diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 659d7cf12..8e83164b3 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration.rst:13 msgid "" ":doc:`History of Versions `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`سجل الإصدارات ` " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 msgid "Install" @@ -51,12 +51,16 @@ msgid "" "Depending on the intended use case, there are multiple ways to install Odoo " "- or not install it at all." msgstr "" +"توجد عدة طرق مختلفة لتثبيت أودو أو عدم تثبيته على الإطلاق - بناءً على حالة " +"الاستخدام المطلوبة " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:10 msgid "" ":doc:`Online ` is the easiest way to use Odoo in production " "or to try it." msgstr "" +":doc:`أونلاين ` هي أسهل طريقة لاستخدام أودو في الإنتاج أو " +"لتجربته. " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -64,6 +68,8 @@ msgid "" "and developing modules. They can be used for long-term production with " "additional deployment and maintenance work." msgstr "" +":doc:`مثبتات الحزم ` مناسبة لاختبار أودو وتطوير التطبيقات." +" يمكن استخدامها للإنتاج على المدى الطويل مع التنفيذ الإضافي وأعمال الصيانة. " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -72,20 +78,25 @@ msgid "" "is adequate to develop modules and can be used as a base for production " "deployment." msgstr "" +":doc:`تثبيت المصدر ` يمنحك مرونة أكثر، حيث إنه يتيح لك تشغيل" +" عدة إصدارات أودو في نفس النظام، على سبيل المثال. إنه مناسب لتطوير التطبيقات" +" ويمكن استخدامه كأساس لتشغيل الإنتاج. " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:20 msgid "" "A `Docker `_ base image is available for " "development or deployment." msgstr "" +"صورة أساس `Docker `_ متاحة للتطوير أو " +"التشغيل. " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:26 msgid "Editions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الإصدارات " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:28 msgid "There are two different editions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يوجد إصداران مختلفان. " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -94,6 +105,9 @@ msgid "" "`_. It is the core upon " "which Odoo Enterprise is built." msgstr "" +"**أودو المجتمعي** هو الإصدار المجاني مفتوح المصدر للبرنامج، يحمل رخصة `GNU " +"LGPLv3 `_. إنه الأساس الذي" +" تم بناء أودو للمؤسسات عليه. " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -102,20 +116,25 @@ msgid "" "hosting. `Pricing `_ starts from one app " "free." msgstr "" +"**أودو للمؤسسات** هو إصدار مشترك المصدر من البرنامج، يمنحك صلاحية الوصول إلى" +" المزيد من الوظائف منها الدعم الفني والترقيات والاستضافة. `بتبدأ الأسعار " +"`_ من تطبيق واحد مجاني. " #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:39 msgid "" ":doc:`Switch from Community to Enterprise ` at any time" " (except for the source install)." msgstr "" +"تمكن من :doc:`التبديل من أودو المجتمعي لأودو للمؤسسات `" +" في أي وقت (باستثناء تثبيت المصدر). " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 msgid "Set up a content delivery network (CDN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإعداد شبكة إيصال المحتوى (CDN) " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التنفيذ باستخدام KeyCDN " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -124,16 +143,22 @@ msgid "" "internet content. The :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` provides quick," " high-quality content delivery for content-heavy websites." msgstr "" +":abbr:`CDN (شبكة إيصال المحتوى)` أو *شبكة توزيع المحتوى*، هي شبكة موزعة " +"جغرافياً من الخوادم التي تمنحك محتوى فائق السرعة على الإنترنت. تسهل " +":abbr:`CDN (شبكة إيصال المحتوى)` من عملية توصيل المحتوى عالي الجودة بسرعة، " +"للمواقع الإلكترونية الغنية بالمحتوى. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:14 msgid "" "This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with an " "Odoo powered website." msgstr "" +"سيرشدك هذا المستند خلال مراحل إعداد حساب KeyCDN_ مع موقع إلكتروني مشغل " +"بواسطة أودو. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:17 msgid "Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء منطقة سحب في لوحة بيانات KeyCDN " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -147,6 +172,15 @@ msgid "" "address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " "Locator)`." msgstr "" +"في لوحة بيانات KeyCDN، ابدأ بالانتقال إلى عنصر قائمة " +":menuselection:`المناطق` إلى اليسار. في الاستمارة، قم بإعطاء قيمة لـ " +":guilabel:`اسم المنطقة`، والذي سيظهر كجزء من :abbr:`URL (محدد موقع الموارد " +"الموحد)` لـ :abbr:`CDN (شبكة توصيل المحتوى)`. بعد ذلك، قم بتعيين " +":guilabel:`حالة المنطقة` كـ :guilabel:`نشطة` للتفاعل مع المنطقة. بالنسبة لـ " +":guilabel:`نوع المنطقة` قم بإعداد القيمة لـ :guilabel:`سحب`، ثم أسفل " +":guilabel:`إعدادات السحب`، قم بإدخال :guilabel:`عنوان URL الأصلي`— يجب أن " +"يكون هذا العنوان هو العنوان الكامل لقاعدة بيانات أودو :abbr:`URL (محدد موقع" +" الموارد الموحد)`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -155,10 +189,14 @@ msgid "" "(Uniform Resource Locator)` can be used, as well, in place of the Odoo " "subdomain that was provided to the database." msgstr "" +"استخدم ``https://yourdatabase.odoo.com`` وقم باستبدال بادئة النطاق الفرعي " +"*yourdatabase* باسم قاعدة بياناتك الفعلي. يمكن استخدام :abbr:`URL (محدد موقع" +" الموارد الموحد)` المخصص كذلك، عوضاً عن نطاق أودو الفرعي الذي تم تقديمه إلى" +" قاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "KeyCDN's Zone configuration page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "صفحة تهيئة منطقة KeyCDN. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -168,6 +206,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`General Settings` ensure that the :guilabel:`CORS` option is " ":guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" +"تحت ترويسة :guilabel:`الإعدادات العامة` أسفل استمارة المنطقة، اضغط على زر " +":guilabel:`إظهار كافة الإعدادات` لتوسيع خيارات المنطقة. يجب أن يكون الخيار " +"الأخير في الصفحة. بعد التوسيع، تضمن :guilabel:`الإعدادات العامة` أن خيار " +":guilabel:`CORS` قد تم :guilabel:`تمكينه`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -175,10 +217,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` the changes. KeyCDN will indicate that the new zone will be" " deployed. This can take about 10 minutes." msgstr "" +"تالياً، قم بالتمرير إلى أسفل صفحة تهيئة المنطقة ثم قم :guilabel:`بحفظ` " +"التغييرات. KeyCDN سيشير إلى أن المنطقة الجديدة سيتم تجهيزها للاستخدام. " +"سيستغرق الأمر حوالي 10 دقائق. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "KeyCDN deploying the new Zone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "KeyCDN يقوم بتجهيز لمنطقة الجديدة للعمل. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -186,16 +231,21 @@ msgid "" " it is ``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com``. This value will differ for each " "database." msgstr "" +"لقد تم إنشاء :guilabel:`رابط URL للمنطقة` جديد لمنطقتك. في هذا المثال، يكون " +"الرابط ``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com``. ستختلف هذه القيمة بالنسبة لكل قاعدة " +"بيانات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:52 msgid "" "Copy this :guilabel:`Zone URL` to a text editor for later, as it will be " "used in the next steps." msgstr "" +"قم بنسخ :guilabel:`URL المنطقة` هذا لمحرر النص، حيث سيتم استخدامه لاحقاً في " +"الخطوات التالية. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:55 msgid "Configure the Odoo instance with the new zone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتهيئة مثيل أودو مع المنطقة الجديدة " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -206,26 +256,35 @@ msgid "" "when :doc:`Developer Mode <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` is " "activated." msgstr "" +"في تطبيق :guilabel:`الموقع الإلكتروني` لدى أودو، اذهب إلى " +":menuselection:`الإعدادات` ثم قم بتفعيل إعداد :guilabel:`شبكة توصيل المحتوى " +"(CDN)` ثم نسخ/لصق قيمة :guilabel:`URL المنطقة` من الخطوة السابقة وإلى حقل " +":guilabel:`CDN Base URL`. يكون هذا الحقل مرئياً ويمكن تهيئته فقط عندما يكون " +":doc:`وضع المطوِّر <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` مفعلاً. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 msgid "" "Ensure that there are two *forward slashes* (`//`) before the :guilabel:`CDN" " Base URL` and one forward slash (`/`) after the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL`." msgstr "" +"تأكد من وجود *شرطتين مائلتين للأمام* (`//`) قبل :guilabel:`CDN Base URL` " +"وشرطة واحدة مائلة (`/`) بعد :guilabel:`CDN Base URL`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings when complete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم :guilabel:`بحفظ` الإعدادات عند الانتهاء. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "Activate the CDN setting in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتفعيل إعداد CDN في أودو. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:72 msgid "" "Now the website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " ":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." msgstr "" +"والآن، يستخدم الموقع الإلكتروني CDN للموارد التي تطابق التعبيرات النمطية لـ " +":guilabel:`فلاتر CDN`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -236,16 +295,22 @@ msgid "" "website. Look for it's record by searching within the :guilabel:`Network` " "tab inside of devtools." msgstr "" +"في HTML موقع أودو الإلكتروني، تم التأكد من أن تكامل :abbr:`CDN (شبكة توصيل " +"المحتوى)` يعمل بشكل صحيح عن طريق التحقق من :abbr:`URL (محدد موقع الموارد " +"الموحد)` الخاص بالصور. يمكن رؤية قيمة *CDN Base URL* عن طريق استخدام خاصية " +"متصفح الويب :guilabel:`فحص` في موقع أودو الإلكتروني. اعثر على سجله عن طريق " +"البحث في علامة تبويب :guilabel:`الشبكة` tab inside of داخل أدوات التطوير. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "" "The CDN Base URL can be seen using the inspect function on the Odoo website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يمكن رؤية CDN Base URL باستخدام خاصية الفحص في موقع أودو الإلكتروني. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:85 msgid "" "Prevent security issues by activating cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)" msgstr "" +"تمكن من منع المشاكل الأمنية عن طريق تفعيل مشاركة الموارد عبر الأصول (CORS) " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -253,6 +318,9 @@ msgid "" "Chrome) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " "this same external server." msgstr "" +"التقييدات الأمنية الموجودة في بعض المتصفحات (مثل Mozilla Firefox و Google " +"Chrome) تمنع ملف CSS المرتبط عن بُعد من جلب الموارد ذات الصلة في نفس الخادم " +"الخارجي. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -261,6 +329,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo website will be the lack of *Font Awesome* icons because the font file " "declared in the *Font Awesome* CSS won't be loaded from the remote server." msgstr "" +"إذا لم يكن خيار :abbr:`CORS (مشاركة الموارد عبر الأصول)` مفعلاً في " +":guilabel:`منطقة CDN`، ستكون المشكلة الناتجة الأكثر وضوحاً على موقع أودو " +"قياسي هي الافتقار إلى أيقونات *Font Awesome* لأنه لن يتم تحميل ملف الخط " +"المحدد في CSS *Font Awesome* من الخادم عن بُعد. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -268,6 +340,8 @@ msgid "" "similar to the output below will appear in the web browser's developer " "console:" msgstr "" +"عندما تحدث مشاكل مشاركة الموارد عبر الأصول، ستظهر رسالة خطأ أمني شبيهة " +"بالمخرجات أدناه على أداة مطوِّر متصفح الويب: " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -276,16 +350,22 @@ msgid "" "Allow-Origin' header is present on the requested resource. Origin " "'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' is therefore not allowed access.``" msgstr "" +"``تم حجب الخط من أصل 'http://pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com' من التحميل /shop:1 من" +" قِبَل سياسة مشاركة الموارد عبر الأصول: لا توجد ترويسة 'Access-Control-" +"Allow-Origin' في المورد المطلوب. وبالتالي، لن يُسمَح للأصل " +"'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' بالوصول.`` " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 msgid "Error message populated in the browser console." -msgstr "" +msgstr "رسالة خطأ تظهر في أداة المتصفح. " #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:106 msgid "" "Enabling the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option in the " ":abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` settings fixes this issue." msgstr "" +"سيؤدي تمكين خيار :abbr:`CORS (مشاركة الموارد عبر الأصول)` في إعدادات " +":abbr:`CDN (شبكة توصيل المحتوى)` إلى إصلاح هذه المشكلة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 msgid "System configuration" @@ -298,16 +378,21 @@ msgid "" "not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the" " internet." msgstr "" +"يصف هذا المستند الخطوات الأساسية لإعداد أودو في الإنتاج أو في الخادم المواجه" +" للإنترنت. إنه يتبع :doc:`installation <../install>`، ولا يعد ضرورياً لأنظمة" +" التطوير غير المكشوفة على الإنترنت. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 msgid "" "If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` " "recommendations!" msgstr "" +"إذا كنت تقوم بإعداد خادم عام، لا تنس إلقاء نظرة على توصيات :ref:`الأمان` " +"الخاصة بنا! " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 msgid "dbfilter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dbfilter" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -316,6 +401,9 @@ msgid "" "customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the " "\"current database\"." msgstr "" +"أودو هو نظام متعدد المستأجرين: بوسع نظام أودو واحد تشغيل وخدمة عدد من مثيلات" +" قواعد البيانات. إنه أيضاً قابل للتخصيص بشكل كبير، مع تخصيصات بدءاً من " +"(التطبيقات التي يتم تحميلها) بناءً على \"قاعدة البيانات الحالية\". " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -323,6 +411,9 @@ msgid "" "in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and " "customizations loaded afterwards." msgstr "" +"لا تُعد هذه مشكلة عند العمل في الواجهة الخلفية (عميل الويب) كمستخدم شركة " +"مسجل دخوله: يمكن تحديد قاعدة البيانات عند تسجيل الدخول، ويتم تحميل التخصيصات" +" بعد ذلك. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -333,6 +424,12 @@ msgid "" "multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should " "use." msgstr "" +"ومع ذلك، فهذه مشكلة بالنسبة للمستخدمين غير المسجلين (البوابة، الموقع " +"الإلكتروني) وغير المرتبطين بقاعدة بيانات: يحتاج أودو إلى معرفة قاعدة " +"البيانات التي يجب استخدامها لتحميل صفحة الموقع الإلكتروني أو إجراء العملية. " +"إذا لم يتم استخدام الإيجار المتعدد، فهذه ليست مشكلة، فهناك قاعدة بيانات " +"واحدة فقط يمكن استخدامها، ولكن إذا كانت هناك قواعد بيانات متعددة يمكن الوصول" +" إليها، سيكون أودو بحاجة إلى قاعدة لمعرفة القاعدة التي يجب أن يستخدمها. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -342,6 +439,11 @@ msgid "" "possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " "subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." msgstr "" +"هذا هو أحد أغراض :option:`--db-filter `: فهو يحدد " +"كيفية اختيار قاعدة البيانات بناءً على اسم المضيف (النطاق) المطلوب. القيمة هي" +" `تعبير نمطي`_، ومن المحتمل أن تتضمن اسم المضيف الذي تم إدخاله ديناميكياً " +"(``%h``) أو النطاق الفرعي الأول (``%d``) الذي يتم من خلاله الوصول إلى " +"النظام. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -349,14 +451,17 @@ msgid "" "``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of " "features will not work correctly." msgstr "" +"بالنسبة للخوادم التي تستضيف قواعد بيانات متعددة في الإنتاج، خاصة إذا تم " +"استخدام ``الموقع الإلكتروني``، **يجب** تعيين dbfilter، وإلا فلن يعمل عدد من " +"الميزات بشكل صحيح. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 msgid "Configuration samples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عينات التكوين " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إظهار قواعد البيانات ذات الأسماء التي تبدأ بـ \"mycompany\" فقط " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 @@ -372,6 +477,10 @@ msgid "" " ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for " "``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." msgstr "" +"إظهار قواعد البيانات المطابقة للنطاق الفرعي الأول بعد ``www`` فقط: على سبيل " +"المثال، سيتم عرض قاعدة البيانات \"mycompany\" إذا تم إرسال الطلب الوارد إلى " +"``www.mycompany.com`` أو ``mycompany.co.uk`` ، ولكن ليس لـ " +"``www2.mycompany.com`` أو ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -382,11 +491,17 @@ msgid "" "database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to " "block access to the database management screens. See also security_." msgstr "" +"يعد إعداد :option:`--db-filter ` المناسب جزءاً مهماً " +"من تأمين عملية النشر الخاصة بك. بمجرد أن تعمل بشكل صحيح وتتطابق فقط مع قاعدة" +" بيانات واحدة لكل اسم مضيف، نوصى بشدة بحظر الوصول إلى شاشات مدير قاعدة " +"البيانات، واستخدام معيار بدء التشغيل ``--no-database-list`` لمنع إدراج قواعد" +" البيانات الخاصة بك، ومنع الوصول إلى شاشات إدارة قاعدة البيانات. ألقِ نظرة " +"أيضاً على الأمان_. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:189 msgid "PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -394,6 +509,8 @@ msgid "" " connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is " "installed on)." msgstr "" +"افتراضياً، يسمح PostgreSQL فقط بالاتصال عبر منافذ UNIX واتصالات الاسترجاع " +"(من \"المضيف المحلي\"، وهو نفس الجهاز الذي تم تثبيت خادم PostgreSQL عليه). " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -402,6 +519,10 @@ msgid "" "and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it " "will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" msgstr "" +"يعد منفذ UNIX جيداً إذا كنت تريد تنفيذ أودو وPostgreSQL على نفس الجهاز، وهو " +"الإعداد الافتراضي عند عدم توفير مضيف، ولكن إذا كنت تريد تنفيذ أودو " +"وPostgreSQL على أجهزة مختلفة [#different-machines] _ فسوف تحتاج إلى " +"`الاستماع إلى واجهات الشبكة`_ [#remote-socket]_، إما: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -409,6 +530,9 @@ msgid "" "machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then " "configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" msgstr "" +"اقبل فقط اتصالات الاسترجاع و\"استخدم نفق SSH\"_ بين الجهاز الذي يعمل عليه " +"أودو والجهاز الذي يعمل عليه PostgreSQL، ثم قم بتهيئة أودو للاتصال بنهاية " +"النفق الخاص به " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -416,34 +540,39 @@ msgid "" "ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo" " to connect over the network" msgstr "" +"اقبل الاتصالات بالجهاز الذي تم تثبيت أودو عليه، ربما عبر SSL (راجع `إعدادات " +"اتصال PostgreSQL`_ للحصول على التفاصيل)، ثم قم بتهيئة أودو للاتصال عبر " +"الشبكة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مثال على التهيئة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "السماح باتصال TCP في المضيف المحلي " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "السماح باتصال TCP من شبكة 192.168.1.x " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql//main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" msgstr "" +"in ``/etc/postgresql//main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 msgid "" "in ``/etc/postgresql//main/postgresql.conf`` set:" msgstr "" +"in ``/etc/postgresql//main/postgresql.conf`` set:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 msgid "Configuring Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تهيئة أودو " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -452,12 +581,18 @@ msgid "" "` when your Postgres deployment is not " "local and/or does not use the installation defaults." msgstr "" +"بإمكان أودو الاتصال مباشرة بـ postgres محلي عبر مقبس UNIX عبر المنفذ 5432. " +"ويمكن تجاوز ذلك باستخدام :ref:`خيارات قاعدة البيانات " +"` عندما لا يكون نشر Postgres محلياً و/أو " +"لا يستخدم إعدادات التثبيت الافتراضية. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 msgid "" "The :doc:`packaged installers ` will automatically create a new " "user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." msgstr "" +"ستقوم :doc:`المثبتات المجمعة` تلقائياً بإنشاء مستخدم جديد " +"(``أودو``) وتعيينه كمستخدم لقاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -467,6 +602,10 @@ msgid "" " randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this " "interface." msgstr "" +"شاشات إدارة قاعدة البيانات محمية بواسطة الإعداد ``admin_passwd``. لا يمكن " +"ضبط هذا الإعداد إلا باستخدام ملفات التهيئة، ويتم فحصه ببساطة قبل إجراء " +"تعديلات على قاعدة البيانات. ويجب ضبطها على قيمة يتم إنشاؤها عشوائياً لضمان " +"عدم تمكن الجهات الخارجية من استخدام هذه الواجهة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -475,6 +614,10 @@ msgid "" "screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the " "PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." msgstr "" +"تستخدم كافة عمليات قواعد البيانات :ref:`خيارات قاعدة البيانات " +"`، شاملة شاشة إدارة قاعدة البيانات. حتى " +"تعمل شاشة إدارة قاعدة البيانات، يجب أن يكون لمستخدم PostgreSQL صلاحيات " +"``createdb``. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -483,6 +626,9 @@ msgid "" "with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different " "PostgreSQL user." msgstr "" +"بإمكان المستخدمين دائماً تعطيل قواعد البيانات التي يملكونها. حتى تصبح شاشة " +"إدارة قاعدة البيانات غير فعالة تماماً، يجب أن يتم إنشاء مستخدم PostgreSQL و " +"``no-createdb`` ويجب أن تكون قاعدة البيانات تابعة لمستخدم PostgreSQL آخر. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" @@ -490,27 +636,27 @@ msgstr "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اتصل بخادم PostgreSQL على 192.168.1.2 " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 msgid "port 5432" -msgstr "" +msgstr "منفذ 5432 " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," -msgstr "" +msgstr "باستخدام حساب مستخدم \"أودو\"، " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مع استخدام 'pwd' ككلمة مرور " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فلترة قواعد البيانات ذات الأسماء التي تبدأ بـ \"mycompany\" فقط " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSL بين أودو و PostgreSQL " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -519,21 +665,27 @@ msgid "" "value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " "'verify-full'" msgstr "" +"منذ أودو 11.0، بإمكانك إنشاء اتصال ssl بين أودو و PostgreSQL. في أودو، يتحكم" +" db_sslmode في أمن ssl للاتصال، مع القيمة المحددة من بين 'تعطيل'، 'سماح'، " +"'يفضل'، 'يتطلب'، 'verify-ca' أو 'verify-full' " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 msgid "" "`PostgreSQL Doc `_" msgstr "" +"`PostgreSQL Doc `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 msgid "Builtin server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خادم مدمج " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " "multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" +"يحتوي أودو على خوادم HTTP و cron ودردشة مباشرة مدمجة باستخدام إما نظام أداء " +"المهام في آن واحد أو المعالجة في آن واحد. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -544,6 +696,11 @@ msgid "" "cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " "make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" +"خادم **أداء المهام في آن واحد** هو خادم أبسط يستخدم بشكل أساسي للتطوير " +"والعروض التوضيحية وتوافقه مع أنظمة التشغيل المختلفة (بما في ذلك Windows). " +"يتم إنشاء مؤشر ترابط جديد لكل طلب HTTP جديد، حتى بالنسبة للاتصالات طويلة " +"الأمد مثل websocket. يتم أيضاً إنشاء سلاسل daemonic cron إضافية. نظراً لقيود" +" Python (GIL)، فإنه لا يحقق الاستفادة القصوى من الأجهزة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -563,6 +720,14 @@ msgid "" "spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " "kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" +"الخادم **متعدد المعالجة** هو خادم كامل يستخدم بشكل أساسي للإنتاج. إنه لا " +"يخضع لنفس قيود Python (GIL) لاستخدام الموارد، وبالتالي يحقق أفضل استفادة من " +"الأجهزة. يتم إنشاء مجموعة من المشغلين عند بدء تشغيل الخادم. يتم وضع طلبات " +"HTTP الجديدة في قائمة الانتظار بواسطة نظام التشغيل حتى يكون هناك مشغلون " +"جاهزون لمعالجتها. يتم إنشاء مشغل HTTP إضافي مرتبط بالحدث للدردشة المباشرة " +"على منفذ بديل. يتم إنشاء مشغلي cron إضافيين أيضاً. يقوم جهاز حصاد العمليات " +"القابل للتهيئة بمراقبة استخدام الموارد ويمكنه التخلص من/إعادة تشغيل المشغلات" +" التي بها أعطال. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -578,52 +743,60 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "Worker number calculation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حساب عدد المشغلات " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "القاعدة الأساسية : (#CPU*2) + 1 " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تحتاج مشغلات Cron إلى وحدة المعالجة المركزية " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مشغّل واحد 1 ~= 6 مستخدمين في آن واحد " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حساب حجم الذاكرة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نعتبر 20% من الطلبات معقدة، بينما الـ 80% الأخرى بسيطة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" +"المشغّل الثقيل، عندما تكون كافة الحقول المحسوبة مصممة بشكل جيد وتكون طلبات " +"SQL مصممة بشكل جيد، ... من المقدر أن يستهلك حوالي 1 جيجابايت من ذاكرة الوصول" +" العشوائي (RAM) " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" +"من المقدر أن يستهلك المشغّل الأخف، في نفس السيناريو، حوالي 150 ميجابايت من " +"ذاكرة الوصول العشوائي (RAM) " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" +"ذاكرة الوصول العشوائي (RAM) المطلوبة = عدد المشغلين * ( (light_worker_ratio " +"* light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * " +"heavy_worker_ram_estimation) ) " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "LiveChat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدردشة المباشرة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -636,6 +809,13 @@ msgid "" " --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " "scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" +"في المعالجة المتعددة، يتم تشغيل عامل LiveChat مخصص تلقائيًا ويستمع إلى " +":option:`--gevent-port `. افتراضيًا، ستستمر طلبات " +"HTTP في الوصول إلى عمال HTTP العاديين بدلاً من عامل LiveChat. يجب عليك نشر " +"وكيل أمام Odoo وإعادة توجيه الطلبات الواردة التي يبدأ مسارها بـ " +"``/websocket/`` إلى عامل LiveChat. يجب عليك أيضًا تشغيل Odoo في " +":option:`--proxy-mode ` بحيث يستخدم رؤوس العميل " +"الحقيقية (مثل اسم المضيف والمخطط وIP) بدلاً من رؤوس الوكيل. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" @@ -643,21 +823,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "60 مستخدم في آن واحد " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "60 مستخدم / 6 = 10 <- العدد النظري للمشغلين المطلوبين " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- الحد الأقصى النظري لعدد المشغلين " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" +"سوف نستخدم 8 مشغلين + 1 لـ cron. سنستخدم أيضاً نظام مراقبة لقياس حمل وحدة " +"المعالجة المركزية (CPU) والتحقق مما إذا كان يتراوح بين 7 و7.5. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" @@ -665,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "في :ref:`ملف التهيئة `: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -678,34 +860,42 @@ msgid "" "Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via " "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" +"سواء تم الوصول إليها عبر موقع الويب/عميل الويب أو خدمة الويب، ينقل Odoo " +"معلومات المصادقة بنص واضح. وهذا يعني أن النشر الآمن لـ Odoo يجب أن يستخدم " +"HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. يمكن تنفيذ إنهاء SSL عبر أي وكيل إنهاء SSL تقريبًا، " +"ولكنه يتطلب الإعداد التالي: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" +"قم بتمكين Odoo :option:`proxy mode `. يجب أن يتم " +"تمكينه فقط عندما يكون أودو خلف وكيل عكسي " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإعداد وكيل إنهاء SSL (`مثال إنهاء Nginx`_) " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإعداد الوكيل نفسه (`مثال Nginx للوكيل`_) " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" +"يجب أيضاً على وكيل إنهاء SSL الخاص بك إعادة توجيه الاتصالات غير الآمنة " +"تلقائياً إلى المنفذ الآمن " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إعادة توجيه طلبات http إلى https " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "طلبات الوكيل إلى أودو " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" @@ -713,7 +903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362 msgid "HTTPS Hardening" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تقوية HTTPS " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" @@ -723,12 +913,16 @@ msgid "" "this domain at all times, otherwise your users will see security alerts or " "be entirely unable to access it." msgstr "" +"أضف رأس `Strict-Transport-Security` إلى جميع الطلبات، وذلك لمنع المتصفحات من" +" إرسال طلب HTTP عادي إلى هذا النطاق. ستحتاج إلى الحفاظ على خدمة HTTPS عاملة " +"بشهادة صالحة على هذا النطاق في جميع الأوقات، وإلا فسيرى المستخدمون لديك " +"تنبيهات أمنية أو لن يتمكنوا تمامًا من الوصول إليها." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 msgid "" "Force HTTPS connections during a year for every visitor in NGINX with the " "line:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بفرض اتصالات HTTPS خلال عام لكل زائر في NGINX باستخدام السطر: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" @@ -736,10 +930,13 @@ msgid "" "`Secure` flag can be added to ensure it is never transmitted over HTTP and " "`SameSite=Lax` to prevent authenticated `CSRF`_." msgstr "" +"يمكن تحديد تكوين إضافي لملف تعريف الارتباط \"session_id\". يمكن إضافة " +"العلامة `Secure` لضمان عدم إرسالها مطلقًا عبر HTTP و`SameSite=Lax` لمنع " +"`CSRF`_ المصادق عليه. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أودو كتطبيق WSGI " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:389 msgid "" @@ -750,6 +947,11 @@ msgid "" ":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " "configuration file." msgstr "" +"من الممكن أيضاً تركيب أودو كتطبيق WSGI_ قياسي. يمنحك أودو الأساس لنَص مُشغّل" +" WSGI كـ ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. يجب أن يكون هذا النص مخصصاً (يمكن أو يكون" +" بعد نسخه من دليل الإعداد) لإعداد التهيئة بشكل صحيح مباشرة في " +":mod:`odoo.tools.config` عوضا ًعن القيام بها من خلال بند الأمر أو ملف " +"التهيئة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:395 msgid "" @@ -757,10 +959,13 @@ msgid "" "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" +"ولكن سيكشف خادم WSGI فقط نقطة نهاية HTTP الأساسية لعميل الويب والموقع " +"الإلكتروني والواجهة البرمجية لخدمة الويب. لأن أودو لا يتحكم في إنشاء " +"المشغلات بعد الآن، لا يمكنه إعداد مشغلات cron أو الدردشة المباشرة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:400 msgid "Cron Workers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مشغلات Cron " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402 msgid "" @@ -770,6 +975,10 @@ msgid "" "--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " "setting." msgstr "" +"تحتاج إلى تشغيل أحد خوادم أودو المدمجة بجانب خادم WSGI لمعالجة أعمال cron. " +"يجب أن تتم تهيئة ذلك الخادم ليقوم بمعالجة crons فقط وليس طلبات HTTP باستخدام" +" خيار :option:`--no-http ` cli أو ``http_enable = " +"False`` في إعدادات ملف التهيئة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407 msgid "" @@ -779,6 +988,10 @@ msgid "" "--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" " cli options." msgstr "" +"في الأنظمة المشابهة لنظام Linux، يوصى باستخدام خادم متعدد المعالجة بدلاً من " +"خادم متعدد الخيوط للاستفادة من استخدام أفضل للأجهزة وزيادة الاستقرار، أي " +"باستخدام :option:`--workers=-1 ` و :option:`--max-cron-" +"threads=n ` خيارات cli. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415 msgid "" @@ -789,6 +1002,12 @@ msgid "" "directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" " be used for all other requests." msgstr "" +"يلزم استخدام خادم WSGI متوافق مع gevent للتشغيل الصحيح لميزة الدردشة " +"المباشرة. يجب أن يكون هذا الخادم قادرًا على التعامل مع العديد من الاتصالات " +"المتزامنة طويلة الأمد ولكنه لا يحتاج إلى قدر كبير من قوة المعالجة. يجب توجيه" +" كافة الطلبات التي يبدأ مسارها بـ ``/websocket/`` إلى ذلك الخادم. يجب " +"استخدام خادم WSGI عادي (يعتمد على مؤشر الترابط/العملية) لجميع الطلبات " +"الأخرى. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421 msgid "" @@ -799,10 +1018,16 @@ msgid "" "--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " "` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" +"يمكن أيضًا استخدام خادم Odoo cron لخدمة طلبات الدردشة المباشرة. ما عليك سوى " +"إسقاط الخيار :option:`--no-http ` cli من خادم cron " +"والتأكد من توجيه الطلبات التي يبدأ مسارها بـ ``/websocket/`` إلى هذا الخادم،" +" إما على :option:`--http-port ` (خادم متعدد الخيوط) أو" +" على :option:`--gevent-port ` (خادم متعدد " +"المعالجة). " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:430 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تقديم الملفات والمرفقات الثابتة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432 msgid "" @@ -811,10 +1036,13 @@ msgid "" "performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP " "server." msgstr "" +"لتسهيل التطوير، يخدم Odoo مباشرة جميع الملفات الثابتة والمرفقات في وحداته. " +"قد لا يكون هذا مثاليًا عندما يتعلق الأمر بالعروض، ويجب عمومًا تقديم الملفات " +"الثابتة بواسطة خادم HTTP ثابت. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 msgid "Serving static files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تقديم الملفات الثابتة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439 msgid "" @@ -823,6 +1051,10 @@ msgid "" ":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) " "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" +"توجد ملفات Odoo الثابتة في مجلد :file:`static/` الخاص بكل وحدة، لذلك يمكن " +"تقديم الملفات الثابتة عن طريق اعتراض جميع الطلبات إلى " +":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`، والبحث عن الوحدة الصحيحة (والملف) في مسارات" +" الوظائف الإضافية المختلفة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443 msgid "" @@ -832,12 +1064,19 @@ msgid "" ":file:`static/` folder and existing images are final (they do not fetch new " "resources by themselves). However, it is good practice." msgstr "" +"يوصى بتعيين رأس ``Content-Security-Policy: default-src 'none'`` على جميع " +"الصور التي يتم تسليمها بواسطة خادم الويب. ليس ذلك ضروريًا تمامًا حيث لا يمكن" +" للمستخدمين تعديل/حقن المحتوى داخل مجلد الوحدات النمطية :file:`static/` " +"والصور الموجودة نهائية (لا تجلب موارد جديدة بنفسها). ومع ذلك، فهي ممارسة " +"جيدة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:448 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following ``map`` and " "``location`` blocks should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" +"باستخدام تكوين NGINX (https) أعلاه، يجب إضافة كتل ``map`` و``location`` " +"التالية لخدمة الملفات الثابتة عبر NGINX. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:475 msgid "" @@ -845,10 +1084,12 @@ msgid "" "installation, specifically on your :option:`--addons-path `." msgstr "" +"تعتمد التوجيهات الفعلية ``root`` و``try_files`` على التثبيت لديك، وتحديداً " +"على :option:`--addons-path `. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 msgid "Debian package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حزمة Debian " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:484 msgid "" @@ -856,15 +1097,18 @@ msgid "" "Enterprise, and that the :option:`--addons-path ` is" " ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" +"لنفترض أنه تم تثبيت Odoo عبر **حزم دبيان** للمجتمع والمؤسسات، وأن " +":option:`--addons-path ` هو ``'/usr/lib/ " +"python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons''`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:488 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "The ``root`` and ``try_files`` should be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يجب أن تكون ``root`` و``try_files``: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:495 msgid "Git sources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مصادر Git " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497 msgid "" @@ -874,10 +1118,16 @@ msgid "" "path ` is " "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" +"لنفترض أنه تم تثبيت Odoo عبر **sources**، حيث تم استنساخ مستودعات git الخاصة" +" بالمجتمع والمؤسسة في :file:`/opt/odoo/community` و " +":file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise` على التوالي، و أن :option:`--addons-path ` هو " +"``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo / " +"المؤسسة ''''. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510 msgid "Serving attachments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مرفقات الاستضافة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 msgid "" @@ -886,6 +1136,10 @@ msgid "" "them requires multiple lookups in the database to determine where the files " "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" +"المرفقات هي ملفات مخزنة في مخزن الملفات والتي يتم تنظيم الوصول إليها بواسطة " +"Odoo. لا يمكن الوصول إليها مباشرة عبر خادم ويب ثابت لأن الوصول إليها يتطلب " +"عمليات بحث متعددة في قاعدة البيانات لتحديد مكان تخزين الملفات وما إذا كان " +"المستخدم الحالي يمكنه الوصول إليها أم لا. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:517 msgid "" @@ -900,18 +1154,28 @@ msgid "" "--x-sendfile>` CLI flag (this unique flag is used for both X-Sendfile and " "X-Accel)." msgstr "" +"ومع ذلك، بمجرد تحديد موقع الملف والتحقق من حقوق الوصول بواسطة Odoo، فمن " +"الجيد تقديم الملف باستخدام خادم الويب الثابت بدلاً من Odoo. لكي يقوم Odoo " +"بتفويض ملفات الخدمة إلى خادم الويب الثابت، استخدم `X-Sendfile " +"`_ (Apache) أو `X-Accel " +"`_ " +"(nginx) يجب تمكين الامتدادات وتكوينها على خادم الويب الثابت. بمجرد إعداده، " +"ابدأ تشغيل Odoo باستخدام :option:`--x-sendfile ` " +"علامة CLI (يتم استخدام هذه العلامة الفريدة لكل من X-Sendfile وX-Accel). " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" +"لا يتطلب ملحق X-Sendfile لـ Apache (وخوادم الويب المتوافقة) أي تهيئة إضافية." +" " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:529 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يتطلب ملحق X-Accel لـ NGINX **** التهيئة الإضافية التالية: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:538 msgid "" @@ -921,6 +1185,10 @@ msgid "" "NGINX). This logs a warnings, the message contains the configuration you " "need." msgstr "" +"في حال كنت لا تعرف ما هو المسار إلى مخزن الملفات الخاص بك، ابدأ تشغيل Odoo " +"باستخدام خيار :option:`--x-sendfile ` وانتقل إلى " +"``/web/filestore `` عنوان URL مباشرة عبر Odoo (لا تنتقل إلى عنوان URL عبر " +"NGINX). يؤدي هذا إلى تسجيل تحذيرات، وتحتوي الرسالة على التكوين الذي تحتاجه. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:547 msgid "Security" @@ -932,6 +1200,8 @@ msgid "" "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" +"بالنسبة للمبتدئين، ضع في اعتبارك أن تأمين نظام المعلومات هو عملية مستمرة، " +"وليست عملية لمرة واحدة. في أي لحظة، ستكون آمنًا بقدر أضعف حلقة في بيئتك. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:553 msgid "" @@ -942,12 +1212,20 @@ msgid "" "system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and " "access control management, etc." msgstr "" +"لذا يرجى عدم اعتبار هذا القسم بمثابة القائمة النهائية للإجراءات التي من " +"شأنها منع جميع المشكلات الأمنية. الغرض منه فقط هو أن يكون ملخصًا للأشياء " +"المهمة الأولى التي يجب عليك التأكد من تضمينها في خطة العمل الأمنية الخاصة " +"بك. سيأتي الباقي من أفضل ممارسات الأمان لنظام التشغيل والتوزيع الخاص بك، " +"وأفضل الممارسات فيما يتعلق بالمستخدمين وكلمات المرور وإدارة التحكم في الوصول" +" وما إلى ذلك. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" +"عند استخدام خادم متصل بالإنترنت، يرجى التأكد من مراعاة المواضيع التالية " +"المتعلقة بالأمان:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:562 msgid "" @@ -955,6 +1233,8 @@ msgid "" "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" +"قم دائمًا بتعيين كلمة مرور قوية للمسؤول المتميز، وتقييد الوصول إلى صفحات " +"إدارة قاعدة البيانات بمجرد إعداد النظام. راجع :المرجع:`db_manager_security`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" @@ -964,6 +1244,11 @@ msgid "" "*Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging " "databases." msgstr "" +"اختر تسجيلات دخول فريدة وكلمات مرور قوية لجميع حسابات المسؤولين في جميع " +"قواعد البيانات. لا تستخدم \"المسؤول\" لتسجيل الدخول. لا تستخدم عمليات تسجيل " +"الدخول هذه للعمليات اليومية، فقط للتحكم/إدارة التثبيت. *لا تستخدم أبدًا* أي " +"كلمات مرور افتراضية مثل admin/admin، حتى بالنسبة لقواعد بيانات " +"الاختبار/التدريج. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:570 msgid "" @@ -971,6 +1256,10 @@ msgid "" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" +"لا **لا** تثبت البيانات التجريبية على الخوادم التي تواجه الإنترنت. تحتوي " +"قواعد البيانات التي تحتوي على بيانات تجريبية على معلومات تسجيل الدخول وكلمات" +" المرور الافتراضية التي يمكن استخدامها للدخول إلى أنظمتك والتسبب في مشاكل " +"كبيرة، حتى في أنظمة التدريج/التطوير. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:574 msgid "" @@ -981,6 +1270,11 @@ msgid "" "from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " "backend." msgstr "" +"استخدم عوامل تصفية قاعدة البيانات المناسبة ( :option:`--db-filter `) لتقييد رؤية قواعد البيانات الخاصة بك وفقًا لاسم المضيف. " +"راجع:المرجع:`db_filter`. يمكنك أيضًا استخدام :option:`-d ` " +"لتوفير قائمة خاصة بك (مفصولة بفواصل) بقواعد البيانات المتاحة للتصفية منها، " +"بدلاً من السماح للنظام بجلبها جميعًا من الواجهة الخلفية لقاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:581 msgid "" @@ -991,6 +1285,11 @@ msgid "" ":option:`--no-database-list ` command-line " "option)" msgstr "" +"بمجرد تكوين ``db_name`` و``db_filter`` ومطابقة قاعدة بيانات واحدة فقط لكل " +"اسم مضيف، يجب عليك تعيين خيار التكوين ``list_db`` على ``False``، لمنع إدراج " +"قواعد البيانات بالكامل، ولحظر الوصول إلى شاشات إدارة قاعدة البيانات (يتم عرض" +" هذا أيضًا كخيار سطر الأوامر :option:`--no-database-list `) " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:587 msgid "" @@ -1000,6 +1299,10 @@ msgid "" "using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also " ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" +"تأكد من أن مستخدم PostgreSQL (:option:`--db_user `) ليس " +"مستخدماً خارقاً، وأن قواعد بياناتك يملكها مستخدم مختلف. على سبيل المثال، " +"يمكن أن تكون تابعة لمستخدم ``postgres`` الخارق إذا كنت تستخدم ``db_user`` " +"المخصص غير المميز. ألقِ نظرة أيضاً على :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:592 msgid "" @@ -1007,12 +1310,18 @@ msgid "" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" +"حافظ على تحديث عمليات التثبيت عن طريق تثبيت أحدث الإصدارات بانتظام، إما عبر " +"GitHub أو عن طريق تنزيل أحدث إصدار من https://www.odoo.com/page/download أو " +"http://nightly.odoo.com " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:596 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" +"قم بتهيئة خادمك في وضع العمليات المتعددة مع الحدود المناسبة التي تتوافق مع " +"استخدامك المعتاد (الذاكرة/وحدة المعالجة المركزية/أوقات التوقف). ألقِ نظرة " +"أيضاً على :ref:`builtin_server`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 msgid "" @@ -1023,6 +1332,11 @@ msgid "" "enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also " ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" +"قم بتشغيل أودو خلف خادم ويب يوفر إنهاء HTTPS مع شهادة SSL صالحة، وذلك لمنع " +"التنصت على اتصالات cleartext. شهادات SSL رخيصة الثمن، وتوجد العديد من " +"الخيارات المجانية. قم بتتهيئة وكيل الويب للحد من حجم الطلبات، وقم بتعيين " +"أوقات التوقف المناسبة، ثم قم بتمكين خيار :option:`proxy mode `. ألقِ نظرةأيضاً على :ref:`https_proxy`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:606 msgid "" @@ -1033,6 +1347,12 @@ msgid "" " allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force " "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" +"إذا كنت بحاجة إلى السماح بوصول SSH عن بعد إلى خوادمك، فتأكد من تعيين كلمة " +"مرور قوية **لكافة** الحسابات، وليس `الجذر` فحسب. نوصى بشدة بتعطيل المصادقة " +"المستندة إلى كلمة المرور بالكامل، والسماح فقط بمصادقة المفتاح العام. ضع بعين" +" الاعتبار أيضاً تقييد الوصول عبر شبكة VPN، والسماح فقط بعناوين IP الموثوقة " +"في جدار الحماية، و/أو تشغيل نظام كشف القوة الغاشمة مثل \"fail2ban\" أو ما " +"يعادله. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:612 msgid "" @@ -1040,6 +1360,9 @@ msgid "" "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" +"يمكنك أيضاً تثبيت تحديد المعدل المناسب على الخادم الوكيل أو جدار الحماية " +"الخاص بك، لمنع هجمات القوة الغاشمة وهجمات رفض الخدمة. ألقِ نظرة أيضاً على " +":ref:`login_brute_force` للتعرف على التدابير المحددة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:616 msgid "" @@ -1047,6 +1370,8 @@ msgid "" "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" +"يوفر العديد من مزودي الشبكات تخفيفاً تلقائياً لهجمات رفض الخدمة الموزعة " +"(DDOS)، ولكن غالباً ما تكون هذه الخدمة اختيارية، لذا عليك استشارتهم. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:620 msgid "" @@ -1054,6 +1379,9 @@ msgid "" "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" +"كلما أمكن، قم باستضافة مثيلاتك التجريبية/الاختبارية/التدريجية العامة على " +"أجهزة مختلفة عن الأجهزة الخاصة بالإنتاج. وتطبيق نفس الاحترازات الأمنية " +"المتبعة في الإنتاج. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:624 msgid "" @@ -1069,6 +1397,16 @@ msgid "" "systemd.html>`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access " "control." msgstr "" +"إذا كان خادم أودو العام لديك يتمتع بإمكانية الوصول إلى موارد أو خدمات الشبكة" +" الداخلية الحساسة (على سبيل المثال من خلال VLAN)، فقم بتنفيذ قواعد جدار " +"الحماية المناسبة لحماية تلك الموارد الداخلية. سيضمن ذلك عدم إمكانية استخدام " +"خادم أودو عن طريق الخطأ (أو نتيجة لإجراءات المستخدم الضارة) للوصول إلى تلك " +"الموارد الداخلية أو تعطيلها. عادةً ما يمكن القيام بذلك عن طريق تطبيق قاعدة " +"DENY الافتراضية الصادرة على جدار الحماية، وبعد ذلك فقط يتم السماح بشكل صريح " +"بالوصول إلى الموارد الداخلية التي يحتاج خادم أودو للوصول إليها. `التحكم في " +"الوصول إلى حركة مرور IP للنظام `_ قد يكون مفيداً أيضاً في تنفيذ التحكم في " +"الوصول إلى الشبكة لكل عملية. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:635 msgid "" @@ -1084,18 +1422,32 @@ msgid "" "CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for " "this purpose." msgstr "" +"إذا كان خادم أودو الخاص بك موجوداً خلف جدار حماية لتطبيق الويب، أو مٌوازن " +"التحميل، أو خدمة حماية DDoS تتسم بالشفافية (مثل CloudFlare) أو جهاز مشابه " +"على مستوى الشبكة، فقد ترغب في تجنب الوصول المباشر إلى نظام أودو. من الصعب " +"عموماً المحفاظة على سرية عناوين IP لنقطة النهاية لخوادم أودو الخاصة بك. على " +"سبيل المثال، يمكن أن تظهر في سجلات خادم الويب عند الاستعلام عن الأنظمة " +"العامة، أو في ترويسات رسائل البريد الإلكتروني المرسلة من أودو. في مثل هذه " +"الحالة، قد ترغب في تهيئة جدار الحماية الخاص بك بحيث لا يمكن الوصول إلى نقاط " +"النهاية بشكل عام إلا من خلال عناوين IP المحددة لخدمة WAF أو مُوازن التحميل " +"أو خدمة الوكيل. عادةً ما يحتفظ مقدمو الخدمات مثل CloudFlare بقائمة عامة " +"بنطاقات عناوين IP الخاصة بهم لهذا الغرض. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:646 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" +"إذا كنت تستضيف عدة عملاء، قم بعزل بيانات وملفات العملاء عن بعضها البعض " +"باستخدام الحاويات أو تقنيات \"السجن\" المناسبة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:649 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +"قم بإعداد نسخ احتياطية يومية لقواعد البيانات وبيانات مخزن الملفات، وانسخها " +"إلى خادم أرشفة عن بُعد لا يمكن الوصول إليه من الخادم نفسه. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:652 msgid "" @@ -1104,10 +1456,13 @@ msgid "" "hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " "scope of this guide." msgstr "" +"نوصى بشدة باستخدام أودو على نظام تشغيل Linux عوضاً عن نظام تشغيل Windows. " +"ومع ذلك، إذا اخترت استخدام نظام Windows الأساسي، فيجب إجراء مراجعة شاملة " +"لتعزيز الأمان للخادم، وهذا خارج نطاق هذا الدليل. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:660 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "منع هجمات القوة الغاشمة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:662 msgid "" @@ -1116,56 +1471,67 @@ msgid "" "emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the " "result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." msgstr "" +"بالنسبة لعمليات إعداد النظام المواجهة للإنترنت، تعد هجمات القوة الغاشمة على " +"كلمات مرور المستخدم شائعة جداً، ويجب عدم إهمال هذا التهديد بالنسبة لخوادم " +"أودو. يقوم أودو بإصدار قيد سجل كلما تم إجراء محاولة لتسجيل الدخول، وبقوم " +"بالإبلاغ عن النتيجة: النجاح أو الفشل، بالإضافة إلى تسجيل الدخول المستهدف " +"وعنوان IP المصدري. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:666 msgid "The log entries will have the following form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "سيكون لدى قيود السجل التنسيق التالي. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:668 msgid "Failed login::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عملية تسجيل الدخول الفاشلة:: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:672 msgid "Successful login::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عملية تسجيل الدخول الناجحة:: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:677 msgid "" "These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " "`fail2ban`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يمكن تحليل هذه السجلات بسهولة عن طريق نظام منع التطفل مثل \"fail2ban\". " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:679 msgid "" "For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " "login::" msgstr "" +"على سبيل المثال، يجب أن يتطابق تعريف فلتر Fail2ban التالي مع عملية تسجيل " +"الدخول الفاشلة:: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:686 msgid "" "This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " "HTTP(S)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يمكن استخدام ذلك مع تعريف السجن لمنع عنوان IP المهاجم على HTTP(S). " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:688 msgid "" "Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " "failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" msgstr "" +"إليك ما يمكن أن يبدو عليه حظر عنوان IP لمدة 15 دقيقة عند اكتشاف 10 محاولات " +"تسجيل دخول فاشلة من نفس عنوان IP خلال دقيقة واحدة:: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:702 msgid "Database Manager Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أمن مدير قاعدة البيانات " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:704 msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` قام بذكر ``admin_passwd`` عند المرور. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:706 msgid "" "This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " "dump or restore databases)." msgstr "" +"يُستخدم هذا الإعداد على كافة شاشات إدارة قواعد البيانات (لإنشاء قواعد " +"البيانات أو حذفها أو تفريغها أو استعادتها). " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:709 msgid "" @@ -1173,6 +1539,9 @@ msgid "" "``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the " "database selection and management screens." msgstr "" +"إذا كان لا بد من عدم إمكانية الوصول إلى شاشات الإدارة على الإطلاق، فيجب عليك" +" تعيين خيار التهيئة ``list_db`` كـ``خطأ``، لمنع الوصول إلى كافة شاشات اختيار" +" قاعدة البيانات وإدارتها. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:715 msgid "" @@ -1182,6 +1551,11 @@ msgid "" "production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also " "not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." msgstr "" +"نوصى بشدة بتعطيل مدير قاعدة البيانات لأي نظام متصل بالإنترنت! والغرض من " +"الأداة هو أن تكون أداةً للتطوير/للتوضيح، لتسهيل إنشاء قواعد البيانات " +"وإدارتها بسرعة. إنه غير مصمم للاستخدام في الإنتاج، وقد يؤدي حتى إلى تعريض " +"خصائص خطيرة للمهاجمين. كما أنه غير مصمم للتعامل مع قواعد البيانات الكبيرة، " +"وقد يؤدي إلى حدود للذاكرة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:721 msgid "" @@ -1189,6 +1563,8 @@ msgid "" "performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new " "databases and automated backups." msgstr "" +"في أنظمة الإنتاج، يجب دائماً تنفيذ عمليات إدارة قاعدة البيانات بواسطة مسؤول " +"النظام، بما في ذلك توفير قواعد بيانات جديدة ونسخ احتياطية آلية. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:724 msgid "" @@ -1197,6 +1573,9 @@ msgid "" "each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to " "choose the database themselves." msgstr "" +"تأكد من إعداد معيار ``db_name`` مناسب (واختيارياً، ``db_filter`` أيضاً) حتى " +"يتمكن النظام من تحديد قاعدة البيانات المستهدفة لكل طلب، وإلا فسيتم حظر " +"المستخدمين لأنه لن يُسمح لهم باختيار قاعدة البيانات نفسها. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:729 msgid "" @@ -1205,6 +1584,10 @@ msgid "" "starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` " "which displays the database-selection screen." msgstr "" +"إذا كان يجب الوصول إلى شاشات الإدارة فقط من مجموعة محددة من الأجهزة، فاستخدم" +" خصائص الخادم الوكيل لمنع الوصول إلى كافة المسارات التي تبدأ بـ " +"``/web/database`` باستثناء (ربما) ``/web/database/selector`` الذي يعرض شاشة " +"اختيار قاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:733 msgid "" @@ -1212,60 +1595,72 @@ msgid "" "``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this " "password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." msgstr "" +"إذا كان يجب ترك شاشة إدارة قاعدة البيانات متاحة للوصول إليها، فيجب تغيير " +"إعداد ``admin_passwd`` من الإعداد الافتراضي ``admin``: يتم التحقق من كلمة " +"المرور هذه قبل السماح بعمليات تغيير قاعدة البيانات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:737 msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" +"يجب أن يتم تخزينها بشكل آمن، ويجب أن يتم إنشاؤها بشكل عشوائي على سبيل المثال" +" " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:743 msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" +"والذي سيؤدي إلى إنشاء سلسلة شبه عشوائية قابلة للطباعة مكونة من 32 حرف. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:746 msgid "Supported Browsers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المتصفحات المدعومة " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:748 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "" +"يدعم أودو كافة متصفحات سطح المكتب والهاتف المحمول الرئيسية المتوفرة في " +"السوق، طالما أنها مدعومة من قبل ناشريها. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:751 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إليك قائمة المتصفحات المدعومة: " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:753 msgid "Google Chrome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Chrome" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:754 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mozilla Firefox" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:755 msgid "Microsoft Edge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoft Edge" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:756 msgid "Apple Safari" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apple Safari" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:758 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" +"يرجى التأكد من أن متصفحك محدث ومن أنه لا يزال مدعوماً من قبل ناشره قبل تقديم" +" تقرير بالأخطاء. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:763 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ES6 مدعوم منذ إصدار أودو 13.0، ولذلك، تم إسقاط دعم IE. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:766 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" +"حتى تقوم عدة عمليات تثبيت لأودو باستخدام نفس قاعدة بيانات PostgreSQL، أو " +"لتوفير المزيد من موارد الحوسبة لكلا البرنامجين. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:769 msgid "" @@ -1273,6 +1668,9 @@ msgid "" "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "" +"من الناحية الفنية، يمكن استخدام أداة مثل socat_ لتوكيل مقابس توصيل UNIX عبر " +"الشبكات، ولكن ذلك مخصص في الغالب للبرامج التي لا يمكن استخدامها إلا عبر " +"مقابس توصيل UNIX " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:773 msgid "" @@ -1283,28 +1681,40 @@ msgid "" "certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the " "internet." msgstr "" +"أو يمكن الوصول إليها فقط عبر شبكة داخلية لتبديل الحزم، ولكن يتطلب ذلك محولات" +" آمنة وحماية ضد ``انتحال الشخصية ARP`_ ويمنع استخدام WiFi. وحتى عبر شبكات " +"تبديل الحزم الآمنة، نوصي بالاستخدام عبر HTTPS، ويتم تقليل التكاليف المحتملة،" +" حيث من الأسهل استخدام الشهادات \"الموقعة ذاتياً\" في بيئة خاضعة للرقابة " +"مقارنة بالإنترنت. " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:3 msgid "Email gateway" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بوابة البريد الإلكتروني " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails " "in Odoo." msgstr "" +"تتيح لك بوابة البريد الإلكتروني لدى أودو بإدخال كافة رسائل البريد الإلكتروني" +" المستلمة في أودو مباشرة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:7 msgid "" "Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\"" " script for every new incoming email." msgstr "" +"مبدأه واضح ومباشر: يقوم خادم SMTP الخاص بك بتنفيذ البرنامج النصي " +"\"mailgate\" لكل بريد إلكتروني وارد جديد. " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:10 msgid "" "The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, " "and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." msgstr "" +"يعتني البرنامج النصي بالاتصال بقاعدة بياناتك على أودو من خلال XML-RPC، " +"وإرسال رسائل البريد الإلكتروني باستخدام خاصية " +"`MailThread.message_process()`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -1312,23 +1722,23 @@ msgstr "المتطلبات " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "صلاحيات وصول المدير إلى قاعدة بيانات أودو. " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:17 msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." -msgstr "" +msgstr "خادم البريد الخاص بك مثل Postfix أو Exim. " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:18 msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "المعرفة التقنية حول كيفية تهيئة خادم بريد إلكتروني. " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:21 msgid "For Postfix" -msgstr "" +msgstr "من أجل Postfix " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:23 msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "في تهيئة اللقب الخاص بك (:file:`/etc/aliases`): " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:45 @@ -1337,37 +1747,39 @@ msgstr "الموارد" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:32 msgid "`Postfix `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postfix `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:33 msgid "`Postfix aliases `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`ألقاب Postfix `_ " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:34 msgid "`Postfix virtual `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Postfix virtual `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:38 msgid "For Exim" -msgstr "" +msgstr "من أجل Exim " #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:47 msgid "`Exim `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Exim `_" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:50 msgid "" "If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound " "messages `." msgstr "" +"إذا لم تكن لديك صلاحية الوصول/إدارة خادم البريد الإلكتروني الخاص بك، فاستخدم" +" :ref:`الرسائل الواردة `. " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:3 msgid "Geo IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عنوان IP الجغرافي " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:6 msgid "This documentation only applies to On-premise databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "هذا التوثيق ينطبق فقط على قواعد البيانات المستضافة محلياً. " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:9 msgid "Installation" @@ -1379,10 +1791,12 @@ msgid "" "system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " "being used." msgstr "" +"يرجى العلم بأن عملية التثبيت تعتمد على نظام التشغيل والتوزيع بجهاز الكمبيوتر" +" الخاص بك. سنفترض أنه يتم استخدام نظام تشغيل Linux. " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:18 msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تثبي مكتبة بايثون `geoip2 `__ " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1390,14 +1804,17 @@ msgid "" "`_. You should end up with a" " file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" msgstr "" +"قم بتنزيل قاعدة بيانات مدينة GeoLite2 " +"`_. يجب أن يكون لديك ملف في " +"النهاية يسمى ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb`` " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:25 msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "انقل الملف إلى مجلد ``/usr/share/GeoIP/`` " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:27 msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إعادة تشغيل الخادم " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1406,10 +1823,14 @@ msgid "" "command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " "database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" msgstr "" +"إذا كنت لا تستطيع/لا ترغب في تحديد موقع قاعدة بيانات Geoip في " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``، فيمكنك استخدام خيار ``--geoip-db`` في واجهة بند أوامر" +" أودو. يأخذ هذا الخيار المسار المطلق لملف قاعدة بيانات GeoIP ويستخدمه كقاعدة" +" بيانات GeoIP. على سبيل المثال: " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`توثيق CLI `. " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1418,54 +1839,66 @@ msgid "" "discontinued `_" msgstr "" +"``يمكن استخدام مكتبة ``GeoIP`` Python كذلك. مع ذلك، تم إيقاف هذا الإصدار منذ" +" 1 يناير. ألقِ نظرة على `تم الآن إيقاف قواعد بيانات GeoLite Legacy " +"`_ " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:47 msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website" msgstr "" +"كيفية اختبار تحديد الموقع الجغرافي GeoIP في موقعك الإلكتروني على أودو " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:49 msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." msgstr "" +"اذهب إلى موقعك الإلكتروني. افتح صفحة الويب التي ترغب في اختبار ``GeoIP`` " +"فيها. " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:50 msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتحديد :menuselection:`تخصيص --> محرر HTML/CSS/JS`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:51 msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أضف الجزء التالي من XML في الصفحة: " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:57 msgid "" "You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " "address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يجب أن ينتهي بك الأمر بقاموس يشير إلى موقع عنوان IP. " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:63 msgid "" "If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " "reasons :" msgstr "" +"إذا كانت الأقواس المتعرجة فارغة ``{}``، فيمكن أن يكون ذلك لأي من الأسباب " +"التالية: " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:65 msgid "" "The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " "network one (``192.168.*.*``)" msgstr "" +"عنوان IP للتصفح هو المضيف المحلي (``127.0.0.1``) أو الشبكة المحلية " +"(``192.168.*.*``) " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:67 msgid "" "If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " ":option:`proxy mode `" msgstr "" +"إذا تم استخدام وكيل معكوس، تأكد من تهيئته بشكل صحيح. ألقِ نظرة " +"على:option:`proxy mode ` " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:69 msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``geoip2`` غير مثبت، أو لم يتم العثور على ملف قاعدة بيانات GeoIP " #: ../../content/administration/install/geo_ip.rst:70 msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "لم تتمكن قاعدة بيانات GeoIP من حل عنوان IP المعطى " #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" @@ -1476,6 +1909,8 @@ msgid "" "Online instances are accessed using any web browser and do not require a " "local installation." msgstr "" +"يمكن الوصول إلى المثيلات عبر الإنترنت باستخدام أي متصفح ويب ولا يتطلب أي " +"عملية تثبيت محلية. " #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:8 msgid "Demo" @@ -1487,6 +1922,9 @@ msgid "" "are available. No registration is required, but each instance only lives for" " a few hours." msgstr "" +"لتجربة أودو تجربة سريعة، توجد مثيلات قواعد بيانات مشتركة `demo " +"`_ متاحة. لا حاجة لتسجيل الدخول، ولكن تنتهي مدة " +"صلاحية كل مثيل بعد بضع ساعات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:14 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:157 @@ -1504,14 +1942,18 @@ msgid "" "production or to test Odoo thoroughly, including customizations that don't " "require code." msgstr "" +"`أودو أونلاين `_ يمَكّنك من الوصول إلى مثيلات " +"عبر الإنترنت تتم إدارتها واستضافتها بواسطة أودو بشكل كامل. يمكن استخدامه " +"لعمليات الإنتاج طويلة الأمد أو لاختبار أودو بدقة، شاملة التخصيصات التي لا " +"تتطلب البرمجة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:21 msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store." -msgstr "" +msgstr "أودو أونلاين غير متوافق مع التطبيقات المخصصة أو متجر التطبيقات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:3 msgid "Packaged installers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أدوات التثبيت المجمعة " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1519,6 +1961,10 @@ msgid "" "(Debian, Ubuntu, etc.), RPM-based Linux distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL," " etc.), and Windows for the Community and Enterprise editions." msgstr "" +"يوفر أودو أدوات تثبيت مجمعة لتوزيعات Linux المستندة إلى Debian (Debian، " +"وUbuntu، وما إلى ذلك)، وتوزيعات Linux المستندة إلى RPM (Fedora، وCentOS، " +"وRHEL، وما إلى ذلك)، وإصدارات Windows للإصدار المجتمعي وإصدار أودو للمؤسسات." +" " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -1526,22 +1972,28 @@ msgid "" "requirements are available on the `nightly server " "`_." msgstr "" +"تتوفر حزم **المجتمع** الرسمية الليلية مع كافة متطلبات التبعيات ذات الصلة على" +" `الخادم الليلي `_. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:13 msgid "Nightly packages may be difficult to keep up to date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قد يكون من الصعب تحديث الحزم الليلية. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:15 msgid "" "Official **Community** and **Enterprise** packages can be downloaded from " "the `Odoo download page `_." msgstr "" +"يمكن تنزيل الحزم الرسمية لأودو **المجتمعي** وأودو **للمؤسسات** من `صفحة " +"تنزيل أودو `_. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:19 msgid "" "It is required to be logged in as a paying on-premise customer or partner to" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" +"يتطلب تسجيل الدخول كوكيليل أو عميل محلي يدفع حتى تتمكن من تنزيل حزم أودو " +"للمؤسسات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 @@ -1559,20 +2011,22 @@ msgstr "Linux" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:116 msgid "Prepare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تجهيز " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL `_ server to run " "properly." msgstr "" +"يحتاج أودو إلى خادم `PostgreSQL `_ حتى يعمل " +"بشكل صحيح. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:34 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:70 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:100 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:274 msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian/Ubuntu" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1580,18 +2034,23 @@ msgid "" "PostgreSQL server on the same host as the Odoo instance. Execute the " "following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" msgstr "" +"التهيئة الافتراضية لحزمة أودو 'deb' هي استخدام خادم PostgreSQL على نفس " +"المضيف الذي يستخدمه مثيل أودو. قم بتنفيذ الأمر التالي لتثبيت خادم " +"PostgreSQL: " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:44 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:80 #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:132 msgid "Fedora" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fedora" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only" " then, execute the following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" msgstr "" +"تأكد من أن أمر `sudo` متاح وقد تمت تهيئته بشكل جيد، وعندها فقط قم بتنفيذ " +"الأمر التالي لتثبيت خادم PostgreSQL: " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:57 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:412 @@ -1603,29 +2062,36 @@ msgid "" "`_ for more details on the " "various versions." msgstr "" +"لم يتم تثبيت `wkhtmltopdf` من خلال **pip** ويجب تثبيته يدوياً في `الإصدار " +"0.12.6 `_ " +"لذلك لدعم الترويسات والتذييلات. ألقِ نظرة على `wkhtmltopdf wiki " +"`_ للمزيد من التفاصيل حول " +"الإصدارات المختلفة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:63 msgid "Repository" -msgstr "" +msgstr "المستودع " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:65 msgid "" "Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used to install the " "**Community** edition by executing the following commands:" msgstr "" +"يوفر Odoo S.A. مستودعاً يمكن استخدامه لتثبيت إصدار أودو **المجتمعي** عن طريق" +" تنفيذ الأوامر التالية: " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:78 msgid "" "Use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep the installation up-to-date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "استخدم الأمر المعتاد `apt-get Upgrade` لإبقاء التثبيت محدثاً. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:90 msgid "Currently, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise edition." -msgstr "" +msgstr "لا يوجد حالياً مستودع ليلي لإصدار أودو للمؤسسات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:93 msgid "Distribution package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حزمة التوزيع " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -1633,6 +2099,9 @@ msgid "" "**Enterprise** editions can be downloaded from the `Odoo download page " "`_." msgstr "" +"عوضاً عن استخدام المستودع، يمكن تنزيل الحزم الخاصة بإصداري أودو **المجتمعي**" +" وأودو **للمؤسسات** من `صفحة تنزيل Odoo " +"`_. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -1640,6 +2109,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ and `Ubuntu 18.04 " "`_ or above." msgstr "" +"تدعم حزمة أودو 16 'deb' حالياً `Debian Buster " +"`_ وUbuntu 18.04 " +"`_ أو الإصدارات الأحدث. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1647,6 +2119,8 @@ msgid "" "as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL user, and automatically start " "the server:" msgstr "" +"بمجرد التنزيل، قم بتنفيذ الأوامر التالية **كجذر** لتثبيت أودو كخدمة، وقم " +"بإنشاء مستخدم PostgreSQL الضروري، وابدأ بتشغيل الخادم تلقائياً: " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -1654,6 +2128,9 @@ msgid "" "does not exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. If needed, install it " "manually with the following:" msgstr "" +"حزمة Debian `python3-xlwt`، المطلوبة للتصدير إلى تنسيق XLS، غير موجودة في " +"Debian Buster ولا Ubuntu 18.04. إذا لزم الأمر، قم بتثبيتها يدوياً باستخدام " +"ما يلي: " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -1661,16 +2138,19 @@ msgid "" " exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04, which could cause problems with " "the `l10n_mx_edi` module. If needed, install it manually with the following:" msgstr "" +"حزمة Python `num2words` - اللازمة لعرض كميات نصية - غير موجودة في Debian " +"Buster أو Ubuntu 18.04، مما قد يتسبب في مشاكل في تطبيق `l10n_mx_edi`. إذا " +"لزم الأمر، قم بتثبيتها يدوياً باستخدام ما يلي: " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:135 msgid "Odoo 16 'rpm' package supports Fedora 36." -msgstr "" +msgstr "حزمة أودو 16 'rpm' تدعم Fedora 36. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:137 msgid "" "Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package " "manager:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بمجرد تنزيل الحزمة، يمكن تثبيتها باستخدام مدير حزم 'dnf': " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:148 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:70 @@ -1683,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:389 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:452 msgid "Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Windows" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -1692,6 +2172,9 @@ msgid "" "a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " "Windows platform." msgstr "" +"يتم تقديم حزمة Windows لتسهيل اختبار أو تشغيل المثيلات المحلية لمستخدم واحد،" +" ولكن لا نحبذ البدء في الإنتاج جراء عدد من القيود والمخاطر المرتبطة بتشغيل " +"أودو على منصة Windows. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -1699,30 +2182,37 @@ msgid "" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "`_ (any edition." msgstr "" +"قم بتنزيل أداة التثبيت من `الخادم الليلي `_ (أودو " +"المجتمعي فقط) أو أداة تثبيت Windows من `صفحة تنزيل أودو " +" `_ (أي إصدار. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "تنفيذ ملف التنزيل. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" +"في نظام التشغيل Windows 8 والإصدارات التي تتبعه، قد يتم عرض تحذير بعنوان " +"*Windows قام بحماية جهاز الكمبيوتر الخاص بك*. اضغط على **المزيد من " +"المعلومات** ثم **التشغيل بأي حال** للمتابعة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC `_ " "prompt." msgstr "" +"قبول أمر `UAC `_. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "اذهب إلى خطوات التثبيت. " #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يتم تشغيل أودو تلقائياً عند نهاية عملية التثبيت. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:3 msgid "Source" @@ -1733,12 +2223,16 @@ msgid "" "The source 'installation' is not about installing Odoo but running it " "directly from the source instead." msgstr "" +"لا يتعلق \"تثبيت\" المصدر بتثبيت أودو، بل بتشغيله مباشرةً من المصدر عوضاً عن" +" ذلك. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:8 msgid "" "Using the Odoo source can be more convenient for module developers as it is " "more easily accessible than using packaged installers." msgstr "" +"يمكن أن يكون استخدام مصدر أودو أكثر ملاءمة لمطوري التطبيقات حيث يسهل الوصول " +"إليه أكثر من استخدام أدوات التثبيت المجمعة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1747,22 +2241,30 @@ msgid "" "settings using :ref:`command-line parameters ` without " "needing to edit a configuration file." msgstr "" +"إنه يجعل من عمليتَي تشغيل وإيقاف أودو أكثر مرونة ووضوحاً من الخدمات التي تم " +"إعدادها بواسطة أدوات التثبيت المجمعة. كما أنه يسمح بتجاوز الإعدادات باستخدام" +" :ref:`معايير بند الأمر ` دون الحاجة إلى تحرير ملف " +"التهيئة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:15 msgid "" "Finally, it provides greater control over the system's setup and allows to " "more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." msgstr "" +"وأخيراً، إنه يوفر تحكماً أكبر في إعداد النظام ويسمح بالاحتفاظ (وتشغيل) " +"إصدارات متعددة من أودو جنباً إلى جنب بسهولة أكبر. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:19 msgid "Fetch the sources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إحضار الموارد " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:21 msgid "" "There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a ZIP **archive** " "or through **Git**." msgstr "" +"هناك طريقتان للحصول على الكود المصدري لأودو: كملف ZIP **أرشيف** أو من خلال " +"**Git**. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:24 msgid "Archive" @@ -1770,38 +2272,41 @@ msgstr "الأرشيف " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:26 msgid "Community edition:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إصدار أودو المجتمعي: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:34 msgid "`Odoo download page `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`صفحة تنزيل أودو `_ " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:29 msgid "`GitHub Community repository `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "` مستودع GitHub لأودو المجتمعي `_ " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:30 msgid "`Nightly server `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`الخادم الليلي `_ " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:32 msgid "Enterprise edition:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إصدار أودو للمؤسسات " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:35 msgid "`GitHub Enterprise repository `_" msgstr "" +"` مستودع GitHub لإصدار أودو للمؤسسات `_ " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:40 msgid "Git" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Git" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:43 msgid "" "It is required to have `Git `_ installed, and it is " "recommended to have a basic knowledge of Git commands to proceed." msgstr "" +"من الضروري تثبيت `Git `_، ومن المستحسن أن تكون لديك " +"معرفة أساسية بأوامر Git للمتابعة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1810,18 +2315,22 @@ msgid "" "source code or when following the :doc:`Getting Started developer tutorial " "`." msgstr "" +"لاستنساخ مستودع Git، اختر بين الاستنساخ باستخدام HTTPS أو SSH. في معظم " +"الحالات، الخيار الأفضل هو HTTPS. ومع ذلك، اختر SSH للمساهمة في كود أودو " +"المصدري أو عند اتباع :doc:`الدرس التعليمي للبدء كمطور " +"`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:56 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:74 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:92 msgid "Clone with HTTPS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الاستنساخ باستخدام HTTPS " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:63 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:81 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:99 msgid "Clone with SSH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الاستنساخ باستخدام SSH " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:88 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:137 @@ -1845,6 +2354,12 @@ msgid "" "Community and Enterprise repositories to have a working Odoo Enterprise " "installation." msgstr "" +"**لا يحتوي مستودع git لإصدار أودو للمؤسسات على كود أودو المصدري الكامل**. " +"إنها مجرد مجموعة من المكونات الإضافية. كود الخادم الرئيسي موجود في إصدار " +"أودو المجتمعي. إن تشغيل إصدار أودو للمؤسسات يعني تشغيل الخادم من إصدار أودو " +"المجتمعي مع تعيين خيار \"addons-path\" على المجلد الذي يحتوي على إصدار أودو " +"للمؤسسات. يلزم استنساخ مستودعات كلا الإصدارين أودو المجتمعي وأودو للمؤسسات " +"حتى تتم عملية تثبيت إصدار أودو للمؤسسات بشكل فعال. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:119 msgid "Python" @@ -1852,62 +2367,76 @@ msgstr "Python" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:121 msgid "Odoo requires **Python 3.7** or later to run." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يتطلب أودو إصدار **Python 3.7** أو إصدار أحدث للتشغيل. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:127 msgid "Use a package manager to download and install Python 3 if needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "استخدم مدير الحزم لتنزيل وتثبيت Python 3 إذا لزم الأمر. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:131 msgid "" "`Download the latest version of Python 3 " "`_ and install it." msgstr "" +"`قم بتنزيل أحدث إصدار من Python 3 " +"`_ وتثبيته. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:134 msgid "" "During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize " "Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." msgstr "" +"أثناء عملية التثبيت، قم بتحديد خيار **إضافة Python 3 إلى PATH**، ثم اضغط على" +" **تخصيص عملية التثبيت** وتأكد من أن خيار **pip** محدد. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:139 msgid "" "Use a package manager (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " "`_) to download and install Python 3 if needed." msgstr "" +"استخدم مدير الحزم (`Homebrew `_، `MacPorts " +"`_) لتنزيل Python 3 وتثبيته إذا لزم الأمر. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:143 msgid "" "If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or " "above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." msgstr "" +"إذا كان Python 3 مثبتاً بالفعل، فتأكد من أن الإصدار هو 3.7 أو أحدث، لأن " +"الإصدارات السابقة غير متوافقة مع أودو. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:166 msgid "" "Verify that `pip `_ is also installed for this version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "تأكد من أن `pip `_ مثبت أيضاً لهذا الإصدار. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:191 msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as its database management system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يستخدم أودو PostgreSQL كنظام لإدارة قواعد البيانات. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:197 msgid "" "Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported " "versions: 12.0 or above). It can be achieved by executing the following:" msgstr "" +"استخدم مدير الحزم لتنزيل PostgreSQL وتثبيته (الإصدارات المدعومة: 12.0 أو " +"أحدث). يمكن تحقيق ذلك عن طريق تنفيذ ما يلي: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:206 msgid "" "`Download PostgreSQL `_ " "(supported versions: 12.0 or above) and install it." msgstr "" +"`قم بتنزيل PostgreSQL `_ " +"(الإصدارات المدعومة: 12.0 أو أحدث) وقم بتثبيته. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:211 msgid "" "Use `Postgres.app `_ to download and install " "PostgreSQL (supported version: 12.0 or above)." msgstr "" +"استخدم `Postgres.app `_ لتنزيل PostgreSQL وتثبيته " +"(الإصدار المدعوم: 12.0 أو أحدث). " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -1915,12 +2444,17 @@ msgid "" "sure to set up the `$PATH` variable by following the `Postgres.app CLI tools" " instructions `_." msgstr "" +"لجعل أدوات بند الأمر متاحة مع Postgres.app، تأكد من إعداد متغير `$PATH` عن " +"طريق اتباع تعليمات أدوات Postgres.app CLI " +"`_. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:219 msgid "" "By default, the only user is `postgres`. As Odoo forbids connecting as " "`postgres`, create a new PostgreSQL user." msgstr "" +"افتراضياً، يكون المستخدم الوحيد هو `postgres`. نظراً لأن أودو يحظر الاتصال " +"كـ \"postgres\"، قم بإنشاء مستخدم PostgreSQL جديد. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:232 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:257 @@ -1928,44 +2462,53 @@ msgid "" "Because the PostgreSQL user has the same name as the Unix login, it is " "possible to connect to the database without a password." msgstr "" +"نظراً لأن مستخدم PostgreSQL له نفس اسم تسجيل الدخول إلى Unix، فمن الممكن " +"الاتصال بقاعدة البيانات دون كلمة مرور. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:237 msgid "" "Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: :file:`C:\\\\Program " "Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) to the `PATH`." msgstr "" +"أضف دليل \"bin\" الخاص بـ PostgreSQL (افتراضياً :file:`C:\\\\Program " +"Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) إلى `PATH`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:239 msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإنشاء مستخدم postgres مع كلمة مرور باستخدام pg admin gui: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:241 msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بفتح **pgAdmin**. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:242 msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بالضغط مرتين على الخادم لإنشاء اتصال. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:243 msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." msgstr "" +"قم بتحديد :menuselection:`كائن --> إنشاء --> تسجيل الدخول/دور المجموعة`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:244 msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g., `odoo`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "أدخل اسم المستخدم في الحقل **اسم الدور** (على سبيل المثال، `odoo`). " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:245 msgid "" "Open the **Definition** tab, enter a password (e.g., `odoo`), and click " "**Save**." msgstr "" +"قم بفتح علامة تبويب **التعريف**، وأدخل كلمة المرور (على سبيل المثال، " +"`odoo`)، واضغط على **حفظ**. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:246 msgid "" "Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create " "database?** to `Yes`." msgstr "" +"قم بفتح علامة تبويب **الامتيازات** وقم بتبديل **هل يمكن تسجيل الدخول؟** إلى " +"`نعم` و **إنشاء قاعدة بيانات؟** إلى `نعم`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:263 msgid "Dependencies" @@ -1976,6 +2519,8 @@ msgid "" "Using **distribution packages** is the preferred way of installing " "dependencies. Alternatively, install the Python dependencies with **pip**." msgstr "" +"يعد استخدام **حزم التوزيع** الطريقة المفضلة لتثبيت التبعيات. عوضاً عن ذلك، " +"قم بتثبيت تبعيات Python باستخدام **pip**. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -1983,34 +2528,44 @@ msgid "" "`_ file of the Odoo " "sources." msgstr "" +"بالنسبة للأنظمة المستندة إلى Debian، يتم إدراج الحزم في ملف `debian/control " +"`_ الخاص بمصادر أودو." +" " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:279 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " "packages:" msgstr "" +"في نظام Debian/Ubuntu، يجب أن تقوم الأوامر التالية بتثبيت الحزم المطلوبة: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:286 msgid "Install with pip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التثبيت باستخدام pip " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:288 msgid "" "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " "libraries to be installed." msgstr "" +"نظراً لأن بعض حزم Python تحتاج إلى خطوة تجميع، فإنها تتطلب تثبيت مكتبات " +"النظام. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:291 msgid "" "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " "libraries:" msgstr "" +"في نظام Debian/Ubuntu، يجب أن يقوم الأمر التالي بتثبيت هذه المكتبات " +"المطلوبة: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:297 msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" " the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" +"تم إدراج تبعيات أودو في ملف :file:`requirements.txt` الموجود في جذر دليل " +"مجتمع أودو. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:301 msgid "" @@ -2020,6 +2575,11 @@ msgid "" "2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye and 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. The lowest version is " "then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" +"تعتمد حزم Python الموجودة في :file:`requirements.txt` على الإصدار " +"المستقر/LTS Debian/Ubuntu المقابل لها في وقت إصدار أودو. على سبيل المثال، " +"بالنسبة لأودو 15.0، إصدار حزمة `python3-babel` هو 2.8.0 في Debian Bullseye " +"و2.6.0 في Ubuntu Focal. يتم بعد ذلك اختيار الإصدار الأدنى في " +":file:`requirements.txt`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:308 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:330 @@ -2030,6 +2590,9 @@ msgid "" "`virtualenv `_ to create isolated " "Python environments." msgstr "" +"قد يكون من الأفضل عدم خلط حزم وحدات Python بين مثيلات مختلفة من أودو أو مع " +"النظام. ومع ذلك، من الممكن استخدام `virtualenv " +"`_ لإنشاء بيئات Python معزولة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -2037,6 +2600,8 @@ msgid "" "(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " "the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" +"انتقل إلى مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو (:file:`CommunityPath`) وقم بتشغيل **pip** " +"في ملف المتطلبات لتثبيت المتطلبات للمستخدم الحالي. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:322 msgid "" @@ -2044,6 +2609,9 @@ msgid "" "for Visual Studio `_. Select " "**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" +"قبل تثبيت التبعيات، قم بتنزيل وتثبيت `Build Tools for Visual Studio " +"`_. قم بتحديد **أدوات بناء " +"C++** في علامة تبويب **ضغط العمل** وقم بتثبيتها عند المطالبة بذلك. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:326 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:345 @@ -2051,6 +2619,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " "root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" +"يتم إدراج تبعيات أودو في ملف \"requirements.txt\" الموجود في جذر دليل مجتمع " +"أودو. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -2058,46 +2628,54 @@ msgid "" "and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " "privileges**:" msgstr "" +"انتقل إلى مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو (`CommunityPath`) وقم بتشغيل **pip** على ملف" +" المتطلبات في الوحدة الطرفية **مع امتيازات المسؤول**: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:353 msgid "" "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " "and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" +"انتقل إلى مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو (`CommunityPath`) وقم بتشغيل **pip** في ملف " +"المتطلبات: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:363 msgid "" "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" +"يجب تثبيت التبعيات لغير Python باستخدام مدير الحزم (`Homebrew " +"`_، `MacPorts `_). " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:366 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتنزيل وتثبيت **أدوات بند الأمر**: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:372 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "استخدم مدير الحزم لتثبيت التبعيات لغير Python. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:375 msgid "" "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " "Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" +"بالنسبة للغات التي تستخدم **واجهة من اليمين إلى اليسار** (مثل العربية أو " +"العبرية)، تكون الحزمة `rtlcss` مطلوبة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:382 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتنزيل وتثبيت **nodejs** و**npm** باستخدام مدير الحزم. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:383 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:392 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:405 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتثبيت `rtlcss`: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:391 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتنزيل وتثبيت `nodejs `_. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:398 msgid "" @@ -2105,16 +2683,21 @@ msgid "" "`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " ":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" +"قم بتحرير متغير بيئة نظام \"PATH\" لإضافة المجلد الذي يوجد به \"rtlcss.cmd\"" +" (يكون عادةً: " +":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`). " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:403 msgid "" "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " "`_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" +"قم بتنزيل **nodejs** وتثبيته باستخدام مدير الحزم (`Homebrew " +"`_، `MacPorts `_). " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:420 msgid "Running Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تشغيل أودو " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -2122,6 +2705,8 @@ msgid "" "bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" " the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن قد تم إعداد كافة التبعيات، يمكن تشغيل أودو عن طريق تشغيل \"odoo-" +"bin\"، وهي واجهة بند الأوامر للخادم. وهو موجود في جذر دليل مجتمع أودو. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:425 msgid "" @@ -2129,6 +2714,8 @@ msgid "" "` or a :ref:`configuration file " "`." msgstr "" +"لتهيئة الخادم، حدد إما :ref:`وسائط بند الأوامر ` " +"أو :ref:`ملف التهيئة `. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:429 msgid "" @@ -2136,22 +2723,26 @@ msgid "" "`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " "`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" +"بالنسبة لإصدار أودو للمؤسسات، أضف المسار إلى الوظائف الإضافية `أودو " +"للمؤسسات` إلى الوسيطة `addons-path`. لاحظ أنه يجب أن يأتي قبل المسارات " +"الأخرى في \"addons-path\" حتى يتم تحميل الوظائف الإضافية بشكل صحيح. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:433 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "من التهيئات الضرورية الشائعة: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:435 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "اسم المستخدم وكلمة المرور لـ PostgreSQL " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:436 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" +"مسارات إضافية مخصصة تتجاوز الإعدادات الافتراضية لتحميل الوحدات المخصصة. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:438 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الطريقة النموذجية لتشغيل الخادم هي: " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:449 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:470 @@ -2159,6 +2750,8 @@ msgid "" "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " "`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" +"حيث `CommunityPath` هو مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو، و`mydb` هو اسم قاعدة بيانات " +"PostgreSQL. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:459 msgid "" @@ -2166,6 +2759,9 @@ msgid "" "`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " "and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" +"حيث `CommunityPath` هو مسار تثبيت مجتمع أودو، و`dbuser` هو تسجيل دخول " +"PostgreSQL، و`dbpassword` هو كلمة مرور PostgreSQL، و`mydb` هو اسم قاعدة " +"بيانات PostgreSQL. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:473 msgid "" @@ -2174,23 +2770,31 @@ msgid "" "into the Odoo database with the base administrator account: use `admin` as " "the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" +"بعد بدء تشغيل الخادم (تتم طباعة سجل المعلومات `odoo.modules.loading: " +"التطبيقات المحملة.`)، قم بفتح http://localhost:8069 في متصفح الويب وسجل " +"الدخول إلى قاعدة بيانات أودو باستخدام حساب المدير الأساسي: استخدم كلمة " +"`admin` كالبريد الإلكتروني، ونفس كلمة `admin` ككلمة المرور. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:478 msgid "" "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " "<../../applications/general/users/manage_users>`." msgstr "" +"من هناك، قم بإنشاء وإدارة :doc:`users " +"<../../applications/general/users/manage_users>`. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:479 msgid "" "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " ":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" +"يختلف حساب المستخدِم المستخدَم لتسجيل الدخول إلى واجهة الويب الخاصة بأودو عن" +" وسيطة CLI :option:`--db_user `. " #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:483 msgid "" ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`قائمة وسيطات CLI لـ odoo-bin ` " #: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 msgid "Maintain" @@ -2198,7 +2802,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:3 msgid "Connect Microsoft Outlook 365 to Odoo using Azure OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "توصيل Microsoft Outlook 365 بأودو باستخدام Azure OAuth " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2208,6 +2812,11 @@ msgid "" " the Odoo database. This configuration works with either a personal email " "address or an address created by a custom domain." msgstr "" +"أودو متوافق مع Microsoft's Azure OAuth لـ Microsoft 365. حتى تتمكن من إرسال " +"واستلام رسائل بريد إلكتروني آمنة من نطاق مخصص، كل ما هو مطلوب هو تهيئة بعض " +"الإعدادات على منصة Azure، بالإضافة إلى الواجهة الخلفية لقاعدة بيانات أودو. " +"تعمل هذه التهيئة عن طريق استخدام إما عنوان البريد الإلكتروني الخاص أو " +"العنوان الذي تم إنشاؤه بواسطة النطاق المخصص. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2215,6 +2824,9 @@ msgid "" "platform `_" msgstr "" +"`Microsoft Learn: قم بتسجيل تطبيق باستخدام منصة هوية Microsoft " +"`_ " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:15 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" @@ -2226,11 +2838,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:19 msgid "Setup in Microsoft Azure Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الإعداد في بوابة Microsoft Azure " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:22 msgid "Create a new application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء تطبيق جديد " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -2242,6 +2854,13 @@ msgid "" " Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Microsoft Entra ID`" " (formally *Azure Active Directory*)." msgstr "" +"للبدء، اذهب إلى `Microsoft's Azure Portal `_. ثم " +"قم بتسجيل الدخول باستخدام حساب :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook Office 365` إذا " +"كان هناك حساب، وإلا قم بتسجيل الدخول باستخدام :guilabel:`حساب Microsoft` " +"الشخصي. سيحتاج المستخدم الذي يتمتع بحق الوصول الإداري إلى إعدادات Azure إلى " +"الاتصال وتنفيذ التهيئة التالية. بعد ذلك، انتقل إلى القسم " +"المسمى:guilabel:`Manage Microsoft Entra ID` (والذي يُعرَف رسمياً بـ *Azure " +"Active Directory*). " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2253,6 +2872,12 @@ msgid "" "directory - Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, " "Xbox)`." msgstr "" +"الآن، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إضافة (+)`، الموجود في القائمة العلوية، ثم قم " +"بتحديد :guilabel:`تسجيل تطبيق`. في شاشة :guilabel:`تسجيل تطبيق`، أعد تسمية " +":guilabel:`الاسم` إلى `أودو` أو أي شيء يمكن التعرف عليه. ضمن قسم :guilabel: " +"`أنواع الحسابات المدعومة`، حدد :guilabel: `الحسابات في أي دليل تنظيمي (أي " +"دليل معرف Microsoft Entra - متعدد المستأجرين) وحسابات Microsoft الشخصية (مثل" +" Skype وXbox)`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2261,22 +2886,30 @@ msgid "" " in the :guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base URL is the canonical domain at " "which your Odoo instance can be reached in the URL field." msgstr "" +"ضمن قسم :guilabel:`إعادة توجيه URL`، قم بتحديد :guilabel:`الويب` كالمنصة، ثم" +" أدخِل `https:///microsoft_outlook/confirm` في حقل " +":guilabel:`URL`. عنوان URL الأساسي لأودو هو النطاق الأساسي الذي يمكن من " +"خلاله الوصول إلى مثيل أودو الخاص بك في حقل عنوان URL. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:41 msgid "" "*mydatabase.odoo.com*, where *mydatabase* is the actual prefix of the " "database's subdomain, assuming it's hosted on Odoo.com" msgstr "" +"*mydatabase.odoo.com*، حيث *mydatabase* هي البادئة الفعلية للنطاق الفرعي " +"لقاعدة البيانات، بافتراض أنها مستضافة على Odoo.com " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:44 msgid "" "After the URL has been added to the field, :guilabel:`Register` the " "application so it is created." msgstr "" +"بعد إضافة عنوان URL إلى الحقل، قم :guilabel:`بتسجيل` التطبيق حتى يتم إنشاؤه." +" " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:47 msgid "API permissions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أذونات الواجهة البرمجية للتطبيق " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2288,40 +2921,54 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Commonly Used Microsoft APIs`. After, select the " ":guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." msgstr "" +"يجب أن يتم تعيين :guilabel:`أذونات الواجهة البرمجية` بعد ذلك. سيحتاج أودو " +"إلى أذونات محددة للواجهة البرمجية حتى يتمكن من قراءة (IMAP) وإرسال رسائل " +"البريد الإلكتروني (SMTP) في إعداد Microsoft 365. أولاً، قم بالضغط على رابط " +":guilabel:`أذونات الواجهة البرمجية`، الموجود في شريط القائمة الأيسر. بعد " +"ذلك، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`(+) إضافة إذن` وحدد :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` " +"ضمن :guilabel:`واجهات Microsoft الأكثر استخداماً`. بعد ذلك، حدد خيار " +":guilabel:`الأذونات المفوضة`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 msgid "" "In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Delegated " "permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" msgstr "" +"في شريط البحث، ابحث عن :guilabel:`الأذونات المفوضة` التالية ثم اضغط على " +":guilabel:`إضافة أذونات` لكل واحد: " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:62 msgid "The :guilabel:`User.Read` permission will be added by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ستتم إضافة الإذن :guilabel:`User.Read` افتراضياً. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "API permissions needed for Odoo integration are listed under the Microsoft " "Graph." msgstr "" +"ستكون أذونات الواجهة البرمجية اللازمة لتكامل أودو مدرجة ضمن Microsoft Graph." +" " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:69 msgid "Assign users and groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تعيين المستخدمين والمجموعات " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:71 msgid "" "After adding the API permissions, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Overview` " "of the :guilabel:`Application` in the top of the left sidebar menu." msgstr "" +"بعد إضافة أذونات الواجهة البرمجية، انتقل مرة أخرى إلى :guilabel:`النظرة " +"العامة` الخاصة بـ :guilabel:`التطبيق` في الجزء العلوي من قائمة الشريط " +"الجانبي الأيسر. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2330,12 +2977,17 @@ msgid "" "Local Directory`, or the last option on the bottom right-hand side of the " "table." msgstr "" +"الآن، أضف مستخدمين إلى هذا التطبيق. ضمن جدول النظرة العامة على " +":guilabel:`الأساسيات`، اضغط على الرابط المسمى :guilabel:`التطبيق المُدار في " +"الدليل المحلي`، أو الخيار الأخير في الجانب الأيمن السفلي من الجدول. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "" "Add users/groups by clicking the Managed application in local directory link for the\n" "created application." msgstr "" +"قم بإضافة المستخدمين/المجموعات عن طريق الضغط على رابط التطبيق المُدار في الدليل المحلي لـ\n" +"التطبيق الذي تم إنشاؤه. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -2345,6 +2997,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Users`. Personal accounts will only allow for :guilabel:`Users` " "to be added." msgstr "" +"في قائمة الشريط الجانبي الأيسر، قم بتحديد خيار :guilabel:`المستخدمون " +"والمجموعات`. بعد ذلك، اضغط على :guilabel:`(+) إضافة مستخدم/مجموعة`. بناءً " +"على الحساب، يمكن إضافة إما :guilabel:`مجموعة` و :guilabel:`مستخدم`، أو " +":guilabel:`مستخدمين` فقط. لن تسمح الحسابات الشخصية إلا بإضافة " +":guilabel:`مستخدمين`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2354,10 +3011,15 @@ msgid "" "users/groups, click :guilabel:`Select`, and then :guilabel:`Assign` them to " "the application." msgstr "" +"ضمن :guilabel:`المستخدمون` أو :guilabel:`المجموعات`، اضغط على :guilabel:`غير" +" محدد` وقم بإضافة المستخدمين أو مجموعة المستخدمين الذين سيقومون بإرسال رسائل" +" البريد الإلكتروني من :guilabel:`حساب Microsoft` في أودو. " +":guilabel:`أضف`المستخدمين/المجموعات، ثم اضغط على زر :guilabel:`تحديد`، ثم " +":guilabel:`قم بإسنادهم` إلى التطبيق. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:94 msgid "Create credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء بيانات الاعتماد " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -2368,10 +3030,16 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Application ID` is located under the :guilabel:`Display Name` in" " the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview of the app." msgstr "" +"الآن بعد أن تم إعداد تطبيق Microsoft Azure، يجب إنشاء بيانات الاعتماد لإعداد" +" أودو. يتضمن ذلك :guilabel:`معرف العميل` و:guilabel:`سر العميل`. للبدء، يمكن" +" نسخ :guilabel:`معرّف العميل` من صفحة :guilabel:`النظرة العامة` الخاصة " +"بالتطبيق. يقع :guilabel:`معرف العميل` أو :guilabel:`معرف التطبيق` ضمن " +":guilabel:`اسم العرض` في النظرة العامة على :guilabel:`الأساسيات` في التطبيق." +" " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Application/Client ID located in the Overview of the app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "معرف التطبيق/العميل في النظرة العامة على التطبيق. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -2380,6 +3048,10 @@ msgid "" "menu. Then, a :guilabel:`Client Secret` needs to be produced. In order to do" " this, click on the :guilabel:`(+) New Client Secret` button." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، يجب استرداد :guilabel:`قيمة العميل السرية`. للحصول على هذه القيمة، " +"اضغط على :guilabel:`الشهادات والأسرار` في قائمة الشريط الجانبي إلى اليسار. " +"بعد ذلك، يجب إنشاء :guilabel:`سر العميل`. للقيام بذلك، اضغط على زر " +":guilabel:`(+) سر عميل جديد`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -2387,6 +3059,9 @@ msgid "" "client secret`. Under :guilabel:`Description`, type in `Odoo Fetchmail` or " "something recognizable, and then set the :guilabel:`expiration date`." msgstr "" +"ستظهر نافذة إلى جهة اليمين مع زر يسمى :guilabel:`إضافة سر عميل`. تحت " +":guilabel:`الوصف`، قم بكتابة `Odoo Fetchmail` أو أي شيء يمكن التعرف عليه، ثم" +" قم بتعيين :guilabel:`تاريخ انتهاء الصلاحية`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -2395,6 +3070,9 @@ msgid "" "service, so the expiration date should be noted and set to the furthest " "possible date." msgstr "" +"يجب إنشاء وتهيئة :guilabel:`سر العميل` الجديد في حالة انتهاء صلاحية الأول. " +"في هذه الحالة، من الممكن أن يكون هناك انقطاع في الخدمة، لذا يجب ملاحظة تاريخ" +" انتهاء الصلاحية وضبطه على أبعد تاريخ ممكن. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -2404,28 +3082,32 @@ msgid "" "Value` into a notepad as it will become encrypted after leaving this page. " "The :guilabel:`Secret ID` is not needed." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، اضغط على زر :guilabel:`إضافة` عند إدخال هاتين القيمتين. سيتم إنشاء " +":guilabel:`القيمة السرية للعميل` و:guilabel:`المعرف السري`. من المهم نسخ " +":guilabel:`القيمة` أو :guilabel:`قيمة سر العميل` إلى المفكرة لأنها ستصبح " +"مشفرة بعد مغادرة هذه الصفحة. ليس هناك حاجة إلى :guilabel:`المعرف السري`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Client Secret Value or Value in the app's credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "القيمة السرية للعميل أو القيمة في بيانات اعتماد التطبيق. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:128 msgid "" "After these steps, the following items should be ready to be set up in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بعد تلك الخطوات، يجب أن تكون العناصر التالية جاهزة للإعداد في أودو: " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:130 msgid "A client ID (:guilabel:`Client ID` or :guilabel:`Application ID`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "معرف العميل (:guilabel:`معرف العميل` أو :guilabel:`معرف التطبيق`) " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:131 msgid "A client secret (:guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret Value`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "سر العميل (:guilabel:`القيمة` أو :guilabel:`قيمة سر العميل`) " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:133 msgid "" "This completes the setup on the :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` side." -msgstr "" +msgstr "يُكمِل هذا الإعداد من جهة :guilabel:`بوابة Microsoft Azure`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 @@ -2434,7 +3116,7 @@ msgstr "الإعداد في أودو " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:139 msgid "Enter Microsoft Outlook credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإدخال بيانات اعتماد Microsoft Outlook " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -2443,6 +3125,9 @@ msgid "" "`Outlook`. After that, install the module called :guilabel:`Microsoft " "Outlook`." msgstr "" +"أولاً، قم بفتح قاعدة بيانات أودو ثم انتقل إلى :guilabel:`التطبيقات`. بعد " +"ذلك، أزل فلتر :guilabel:`التطبيقات` من شريط البحث، واكتب `Outlook`. بعد ذلك،" +" قم بتثبيت التطبيق المسمى :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2451,10 +3136,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for" " :guilabel:`Outlook Credentials`." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، انتقل إلى :menuselection:`الإعدادات --> الإعدادات العامة`، وضمن " +"القسم :guilabel:`المناقشة`، تأكد من تحديد مربع الاختيار الخاص بـ " +":guilabel:`خوادم البريد الإلكتروني المخصصة`. يؤدي هذا إلى إنشاء خيار جديد لـ" +" :guilabel:`بيانات اعتماد Outlook`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the progress." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`حفظ` التقدم. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -2462,10 +3151,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Client Secret (Client Secret Value)` into the respective fields " "and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، قم بنسخ ولصق :guilabel:`معرف العميل` (معرف التطبيق) و :guilabel:`سر" +" العميل (قيمة سر العميل)` في الحقول المعنية ثم قم بـ :guilabel:`حفظ` " +"الإعدادات. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Outlook Credentials in Odoo General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "بيانات اعتماد Outlook في إعدادات أودو العامة. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:159 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:127 @@ -2478,6 +3170,9 @@ msgid "" "Servers` setting, click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link to " "configure the Microsoft account." msgstr "" +"في صفحة :guilabel:`الإعدادات العامة`، ضمن إعداد :guilabel:`خوادم البريد " +"الإلكتروني المخصصة`، اضغط على رابط :guilabel:`خوادم البريد الإلكتروني " +"الصادر` لتهيئة حساب Microsoft. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -2485,16 +3180,21 @@ msgid "" "Next, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` (it can be anything) and the Microsoft " "Outlook email :guilabel:`Username`." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، قم بإنشاء خادم بريد إلكتروني جديد وحدد المربع بجوار " +":guilabel:`Outlook`. بعدها، قم بتعبئة :guilabel:`الاسم` (يمكن أن يكون أي " +"شيء) و :guilabel:`اسم مستخدم` البريد الإلكتروني لـ Microsoft Outlook. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:167 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`From Filter` field is empty, enter either a :ref:`domain " "or email address `." msgstr "" +"إذا كان حقل :guilabel:`فلتر \"من\"` فارغاً، قم بإدخال إما :ref:`النطاق أو " +"عنوان البريد الإلكتروني `. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:170 msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`توصيل حساب Outlook الخاص بك`. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2502,10 +3202,13 @@ msgid "" "process`. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"يتم فتح نافذة جديدة من Microsoft لإكمال :guilabel:`عملية التفويض`. حدد عنوان" +" البريد الإلكتروني المناسب الذي تمت تهيئته في أودو. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Permission page to grant access between newly created app and Odoo." msgstr "" +"صفحة الأذونات لمنح صلاحية الوصول بين التطبيق الذي تم إنشاؤه حديثاً وأودو. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -2515,6 +3218,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically loads the :guilabel:`token` in Odoo, and a tag stating " ":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" +"بعد ذلك، اسمح لأودو بالوصول إلى حساب Microsoft من خلال الضغط على خيار " +":guilabel:`نعم`. بعد ذلك، ستنتقل الصفحة مرة أخرى إلى :guilabel:`خادم البريد " +"الصادر` الذي تمت تهيئته حديثاً في أودو. تقوم التهيئة تلقائياً بتحميل " +":guilabel:`الرمز` في أودو، وتظهر علامة باللون الأخضر تفيد بأن :guilabel:`رمز" +" Outlook صالح` باللون الأخضر. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 msgid "Valid Outlook Token indicator." diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 645ec8c06..d41322dcc 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 msgid "Create a new application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء تطبيق جديد " #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 43727590d..845ea8fe8 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Niyas Raphy, 2023 # Mustafa J. Kadhem , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Malaz Abuidris , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Malaz Abuidris , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 msgid "Create credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إنشاء بيانات الاعتماد " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index c60ac95e1..023ee10e7 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -2124,6 +2124,8 @@ msgid "" "It is required to be logged in as a paying on-premise customer or partner to" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" +"Para descargar los paquetes de Enterprise es necesario que haya iniciado " +"sesión como un cliente que paga Odoo de forma local o un partner." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 @@ -3110,6 +3112,9 @@ msgid "" "In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Delegated " "permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" msgstr "" +"En la barra de búsqueda, busque :guilabel:`Delegated permissions` (permisos " +"delegados) y haga clic en :guilabel:`Add permissions` (agregar permisos) " +"para cada uno:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" @@ -3718,12 +3723,19 @@ msgid "" "websites. They provide a more memorable and recognizable way for people to " "navigate the internet than numerical IP addresses." msgstr "" +"Los nombres de dominio son direcciones basadas en texto que identifican " +"ubicaciones en línea, como sitios web. También son más fáciles de recordar, " +"así las personas pueden navegar por internet sin tener que hacer uso de " +"direcciones IP numéricas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:8 msgid "" "**Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh** databases use a **subdomain** of the " "`odoo.com` **domain** by default (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"Las bases de datos de **Odoo en línea** y **Odoo.sh** usan un **subdominio**" +" del **dominio** de `odoo.com` de forma predeterminada (por ejemplo, " +"`miempresa.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3732,12 +3744,18 @@ msgid "" "databases) or by :ref:`configuring a domain name you already own `." msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, puede hacer uso de un nombre de dominio personalizado y " +":ref:`registrar un nombre de dominio gratuito ` (solo " +"está disponible para las bases de datos de Odoo en línea) o :ref:`configurar" +" uno que ya le pertenezca `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a free domain name [video] " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: registrar un nombre de dominio gratis [video] " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:22 msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" @@ -3750,24 +3768,32 @@ msgid "" "`_. Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) " "next to the database name and select :guilabel:`Domain Names`." msgstr "" +"Para registrar un nombre de dominio gratuito por un año para su base de " +"datos de Odoo en línea, inicie sesión en su cuenta y vaya al `gestor de " +"bases de datos `_. Haga clic en el icono " +"de engranaje (:guilabel:`⚙️`) ubicado junto al nombre de la base de datos y " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Nombres de dominio`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Accessing a database's domain names configuration" msgstr "" +"Acceder a la configuración de nombres de dominio de una base de datos." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:31 msgid "Search for the desired domain name and check its availability." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Busque el nombre de dominio deseado y verifique su disponibilidad." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Searching for an available domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buscar un nombre de dominio disponible." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:37 msgid "" "Ensure the Website app is installed if the domain name registration option " "does not appear." msgstr "" +"Si la opción para registrar un nombre de dominio no aparece, primero " +"asegúrese de que la aplicación Sitio web está instalada." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3776,10 +3802,15 @@ msgid "" " the database, but you still need to :ref:`map your domain name to your Odoo" " website `." msgstr "" +"Seleccione el nombre de dominio deseado, complete el formulario de " +":guilabel:`Propietario del dominio` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Registrar`. El" +" nombre de dominio elegido se vinculará a la base de datos, pero aún " +"necesita :ref:`asociar su nombre de dominio a su sitio web de Odoo `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Filling in the domain owner information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Completar la información del propietario de dominio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -3788,6 +3819,11 @@ msgid "" "essential to verify your email address to keep the domain active and receive" " the renewal quote before expiration." msgstr "" +"Recibirá un correo electrónico de verificación de " +"`noreply@domainnameverification.net` en la dirección que proporcionó en el " +"formulario :guilabel:`Propietario del dominio`. Es muy importante que " +"verifique su dirección de correo electrónico, así mantendrá el dominio " +"activo y podrá recibir la cotización de renovación antes de que venza." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3799,18 +3835,29 @@ msgid "" "several weeks before the expiration date of the domain. The domain is " "renewed automatically when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" +"El registro del nombre de dominio es gratis durante el primer año. Después " +"de este periodo, Odoo continuará gestionando el dominio con **Gandi.net**, " +"el registrador de nombres de dominio, y se le cobrará la `tarifa de " +"renovación de Gandi.net `_. Cada año, Odoo " +"envía una cotización de renovación a la dirección de correo electrónico que " +"estableció en el formulario :guilabel:`Propietario del dominio` varias " +"semanas antes de la fecha de vencimiento del dominio. El dominio se renueva " +"de forma automática cuando confirma la cotización." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:59 msgid "The offer is only available for **Odoo Online** databases." msgstr "" +"Esta oferta solo está disponible para las bases de datos de **Odoo en " +"línea**." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:60 msgid "The offer is limited to **one** domain name per client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La oferta está limitada a **un** nombre de dominio por cliente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:61 msgid "The offer is limited to the registration of a **new** domain name." msgstr "" +"La oferta está limitada al registro de un **nuevo** nombre de dominio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3820,6 +3867,11 @@ msgid "" "`_. Given the high number of requests, " "it can take Odoo several days to review them." msgstr "" +"La oferta está disponible para los planes de *una aplicación gratis*. " +"Asegúrese de que su sitio web incluya suficiente contenido original para que" +" Odoo verifique que su solicitud es legítima y respeta la `Política de uso " +"aceptable de Odoo `_. Recibimos varias " +"solicitudes, así que su revisión puede tardar varios días." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:70 msgid "DNS records" @@ -3832,12 +3884,19 @@ msgid "" "gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) next to the database name, select " ":guilabel:`Domain Names`, and click :guilabel:`DNS`." msgstr "" +"Para gestionar los registros :abbr:`DNS (Sistema de nombres de dominio)` de " +"su dominio gratuito, abra el `gestor de bases de datos " +"`_, haga clic en el icono de engranaje " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) ubicado junto al nombre de la base de datos, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Nombres de dominio` y haga clic en :guilabel:`DNS`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A`: the A record holds the IP address of the domain. It is " "automatically created and **cannot** be edited or deleted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A`: el registro A contiene la dirección IP del dominio. Se crea " +"de forma automática y **no** se puede editar ni eliminar." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -3846,23 +3905,34 @@ msgid "" "database. If the database is renamed, the CNAME record **must** also be " "renamed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CNAME`: los registros CNAME se encargan de reenviar un dominio o " +"subdominio a otro dominio. Uno se crea de forma automática para asignar el " +"subdominio `www.` a la base de datos. Si cambia el nombre de la base de " +"datos, también **deberá** cambiar el nombre del registro CNAME." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MX`: MX records instruct servers on where to deliver emails." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MX`: los registros MX le indican a los servidores a dónde enviar " +"los correos electrónicos." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`TXT`: TXT records can be used for different purposes (e.g., to " "verify domain name ownership)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`TXT`: los registros TXT sirven para cumplir con distintos " +"propósitos (por ejemplo, para verificar la propiedad de un nombre de " +"dominio)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:85 msgid "" "Any modification to the DNS records can take up to **72 hours** to propagate" " worldwide on all servers." msgstr "" +"Cualquier modificación a los registros DNS puede tardar hasta **72 horas** " +"en propagarse a todos los servidores." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -3881,6 +3951,8 @@ msgid "" "The one-year free domain name offer does **not** include a mailbox. There " "are two options to link your domain name with a mailbox." msgstr "" +"La oferta de un año de dominio gratis **no** incluye buzón de correo, pero " +"hay dos opciones para vincular su nombre de dominio con uno." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:99 msgid "Use a subdomain" @@ -3908,6 +3980,14 @@ msgid "" "`mycompany.odoo.com.`) in the :guilabel:`Content` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add record`." msgstr "" +"Para ello, abra el `gestor de bases de datos " +"`_, haga clic en el icono de engranaje " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) ubicado junto al nombre de la base de datos y vaya a " +":menuselection:`Nombres de dominio --> DNS --> Agregar registro DNS --> " +"CNAME`. Después, escriba el subdominio deseado en el campo " +":guilabel:`Nombre` (por ejemplo, `subdominio`), el dominio original de la " +"base de datos con un punto al final (por ejemplo, `miempresa.odoo.com.`) en " +"el campo :guilabel:`Contenido` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar registro`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -3916,6 +3996,10 @@ msgid "" "`subdomain.yourdomain.com`), clicking :guilabel:`Verify`, and then " ":guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"Luego, agregue el dominio del seudónimo como su *propio dominio*. Haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Usar mi propio dominio`, escriba el dominio del seudónimo (por" +" ejemplo, `subdominio.sudominio.com`), haga clic en :guilabel:`Verificar` y " +"luego en :guilabel:`Confirmo, está listo`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3923,6 +4007,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` field, enter the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` " "(e.g., `subdomain.yourdomain.com`) and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Por último, vaya a su base de datos y abra los :guilabel:`ajustes`. Habilite" +" el campo :guilabel:`Servidores de correo electrónico personalizados`, " +"escriba el :guilabel:`dominio del seudónimo` (por ejemplo, " +"`subdominio.sudominio.com`) y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:120 msgid "Use an external email provider" @@ -3937,12 +4025,22 @@ msgid "" "you should enter for the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Content`, and " ":guilabel:`Priority` fields depend on the external email provider." msgstr "" +"Es necesario que configure un registro MX para poder utilizar un proveedor " +"de correo electrónico externo. Para ello, abra el `gestor de bases de datos " +"`_, haga clic en el icono de engranaje " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) ubicado junto al nombre de la base de datos, haga clic en " +":menuselection:`Nombres de dominio --> DNS --> Agregar registro DNS --> MX`." +" Los valores que agregará a los campos :guilabel:`Nombre`, " +":guilabel:`Contenido` y :guilabel:`Prioridad` dependen del proveedor de " +"correo electrónico externo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:129 msgid "" "`Google Workspace: MX record values " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Valores de los registros MX de Google Workspace " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3952,6 +4050,11 @@ msgid "" "provider?view=o365-worldwide#add-an-mx-record-for-email-outlook-exchange-" "online>`_" msgstr "" +"`Agregar un registro MX para el correo electrónico (Outlook, Exchange " +"Online) `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:135 msgid "Configure an existing domain name" @@ -3969,6 +4072,8 @@ msgid "" "It is strongly recommended to follow **in order** these three steps to avoid" " any :ref:`SSL certificate validation ` issues:" msgstr "" +"Le recomendamos que siga estos tres pasos **en orden** para evitar cualquier" +" problema con la :ref:`validación de certificados SSL `:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 msgid ":ref:`Add a CNAME record `" @@ -3996,12 +4101,16 @@ msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to forward your domain name to the address of your " "Odoo database is required." msgstr "" +"Es necesario que cree un registro CNAME para reenviar su nombre de dominio a" +" la dirección de su base de datos de Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:159 msgid "" "The CNAME record's target address should be your database's address as " "defined at its creation (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"La dirección de destino del registro CNAME debe ser la dirección de su base " +"de datos tal como la definió al crearla (por ejemplo, `miempresa.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:162 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:221 @@ -4021,10 +4130,18 @@ msgid "" "domains`, and clicking :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. A message " "indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" +"La dirección de destino del registro CNAME puede ser la dirección principal " +"del proyecto, disponible en Odoo.sh si se dirige a :menuselection:`Ajustes " +"--> Nombre del proyecto`, o una rama específica (producción, preproducción o" +" desarrollo) si se dirige a :menuselection:`Ramas --> seleccione la rama -->" +" Ajustes --> Dominios personalizados` y hace clic en :guilabel:`¿Cómo " +"configurar mi dominio?`. Un mensaje le indicará a qué dirección debe apuntar" +" su registro CNAME." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 msgid "The specific instructions depend on your DNS hosting service." msgstr "" +"Las instrucciones específicas dependen de su servicio de alojamiento de DNS." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -4040,6 +4157,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap: Cómo crear un registro CNAME para su dominio " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -4064,6 +4184,9 @@ msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to map the `www` subdomain (`www.yourdomain.com`) as" " some visitors are used to typing `www.` before entering a domain name." msgstr "" +"Cree un registro CNAME para mapear el subdominio `www` (`www.sudominio.com`)" +" ya que algunos visitantes suelen escribir `www.` antes de ingresar un " +"nombre de dominio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -4073,6 +4196,11 @@ msgid "" "domain :dfn:`(a domain name without any subdomains or prefixes)` " "`yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"Usted es propietario del nombre de dominio `sudominio.com` y la dirección de" +" su base de datos de Odoo en línea es `miempresa.odoo.com`. Es común que " +"desee acceder a su base de datos de Odoo con el dominio `www.sudominio.com` " +"pero también con el dominio simple :dfn:`(un nombre de dominio sin " +"subdominios ni prefijos)` `sudominio.com`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -4081,16 +4209,23 @@ msgid "" "or visible redirect) to redirect visitors from `yourdomain.com` to " "`wwww.yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"Para ello, deberá crear un registro CNAME para el subdominio `www` en el que" +" el destino sea `miempresa.odoo.com` y después crear una redirección (3010 " +"redirección permanente o visible) para redirigir a los visitantes de " +"`sudominio.com` a `wwww.sudominio.com`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:195 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapear un nombre de dominio a una base de datos de Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 msgid "" "Ensure you have :ref:`added a CNAME record ` to your " "domain name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name to your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de haber :ref:`agregado un registro CNAME ` al " +"DNS de su nombre de dominio **antes** de mapear el nombre de su dominio a la" +" base de datos de Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -4099,6 +4234,11 @@ msgid "" "Web browsers often display this as a warning, such as *\"Your connection is " "not private\"*." msgstr "" +"Si no lo hace, podría evitar la validación del :ref:`certificado SSL " +"`, lo que a su vez causaría un error de *discordancia con " +"el nombre del certificado*. Por lo general, los navegadores web indican esto" +" mediante una advertencia en la que aparece el mensaje *\"La conexión no es " +"privada\"*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -4107,6 +4247,11 @@ msgid "" "`submit a support ticket `_, including " "screenshots of your CNAME records." msgstr "" +"En caso de que ocurra este error después de mapear el nombre de dominio a su" +" base de datos deberá esperar máximo cinco días, pues es probable que la " +"validación se encuentre en curso. De lo contrario, `envíe un ticket de " +"soporte `_ e incluya capturas de pantalla de sus " +"registros CNAME." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -4116,10 +4261,16 @@ msgid "" "name (e.g., `yourdomain.com`), click :guilabel:`Verify` and :guilabel:`I " "confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"Abra el `gestor de bases de datos `_, " +"haga clic en el icono de engranaje (:guilabel:`⚙️`) ubicado junto al nombre " +"de la base de datos y vaya a :menuselection:`Nombres de dominio --> Utilizar" +" mi propio dominio`. Luego, escriba el nombre de dominio (por ejemplo, " +"`tudominio.com`), haga clic en :guilabel:`Verificar` y luego en " +":guilabel:`Confirmo, está listo`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo Online database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapear un nombre de dominio a una base de datos de Odoo en línea" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -4127,6 +4278,9 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Custom domains`, type the domain name to add, then click " ":guilabel:`Add domain`." msgstr "" +"En Odoo.sh, vaya a :menuselection:`Ramas --> seleccione su rama --> Ajustes " +"--> Dominios personalizados`, escriba el nombre de dominio a agregar y haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Agregar dominio`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo.sh branch" @@ -4150,6 +4304,9 @@ msgid "" "connection, which appears as the *https://* protocol at the beginning of a " "web address rather than the non-secure *http://* protocol." msgstr "" +"El **cifrado SSL** permite que los visitantes naveguen por un sitio web a " +"través de una conexión segura. Aparece con el protocolo *https://* al " +"principio de una dirección web en lugar del protocolo no seguro *http://*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -4157,26 +4314,35 @@ msgid "" "database ` using `Let's Encrypt's certificate authority " "and ACME protocol `_." msgstr "" +"Odoo genera un certificado SSL distinto para cada dominio :ref:`mapeado a " +"una base de datos `, mediante `la autoridad de " +"certificación Let's Encrypt y el protocolo ACME " +"`_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:246 msgid "Certificate generation may take up to 24 hours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generar un certificado puede tomar hasta 24 horas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:247 msgid "" "Several attempts to validate your certificate are made for five days after " "you map your domain name to your database." msgstr "" +"Se realizan varios intentos para validar su certificado durante los cinco " +"días posteriores de mapear su nombre de dominio a su base de datos." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:249 msgid "If you use another service, you can keep using it or change to Odoo's." msgstr "" +"Si hace uso de otro servicio, puede seguir usándolo o cambiarse a Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 msgid "" "No SSL certificate is generated for naked domains :dfn:`(domain names " "without any subdomains or prefixes)`." msgstr "" +"No se generan certificados SSL para los dominios simples :dfn:`(nombres de " +"dominio sin subdominios ni prefijos)`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:258 msgid "Web base URL of a database" @@ -4188,6 +4354,9 @@ msgid "" "continue from the :ref:`Map a domain name to a website ` section." msgstr "" +"Omita esta sección si su base de datos tiene la aplicación Sitio web " +"instalada, continúe en la sección :ref:`Mapear un nombre de dominio a un " +"sitio web de Odoo ` ." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -4195,6 +4364,9 @@ msgid "" "address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, portal " "links, etc.)." msgstr "" +"La *URL web base* o *URL raíz* de una base de datos afecta la dirección de " +"su sitio web principal y todos los enlaces que sus clientes recibieron (por " +"ejemplo, cotizaciones, enlaces al portal, entre otros)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -4203,6 +4375,10 @@ msgid "" ":dfn:`(a user part of the Settings access right group under " "Administration)`." msgstr "" +"Para convertir su nombre de dominio personalizado en la *URL web base* de su" +" base de datos, primero acceda a su base de datos con su nombre de dominio " +"personalizado e inicie sesión como administrador :dfn:`(un usuario que forma" +" parte del grupo de permisos de acceso a los ajustes en Administración)`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -4214,6 +4390,13 @@ msgid "" "Parameters --> New`, and enter `web.base.url.freeze` as the :guilabel:`Key` " "and `True` as the :guilabel:`Value`." msgstr "" +"Si accede a su base de datos con la dirección original de Odoo (por ejemplo," +" `miempresa.odoo.com`), la *URL base web* de su base de datos se " +"actualizará. Para evitar que ocurra esto con la *URL base web* cuando un " +"administrador inicie sesión en la base de datos, active el :ref:`modo de " +"desarrollador `, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico " +"--> Parámetros del sistema --> Nuevo`. En la :guilabel:`Clave` escriba " +"`web.base.url.freeze` y establezca `True` como :guilabel:`Valor`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -4224,34 +4407,49 @@ msgid "" "value (e.g., `https://www.yourdomain.com`). The URL must include the " "protocol `https://` (or `http://`) and *not* end with a slash (`/`)." msgstr "" +"También puede establecer la URL base web de forma manual. Para ello, active " +"el :ref:`modo de desarrollador `, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Parámetros del sistema`, busque la " +"clave `web.base.url` (créela si es necesario) y escriba la dirección " +"completa de su sitio web en el valor correspondiente (por ejemplo, " +"`https://www.sudominio.com`). La URL debe incluir el protocolo `https://` (o" +" `http://`) y *no* terminar con una barra (`/`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapear un nombre de dominio a un sitio web de Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:290 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your website is different than mapping it to " "your database:" msgstr "" +"Mapear su nombre de dominio a su sitio web no es igual a mapearlo a su base " +"de datos:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:292 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" " engines to index your website correctly." msgstr "" +"Define su nombre de dominio como el principal para su sitio web, lo que " +"ayuda a los buscadores a indexar su sitio web de forma correcta." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:294 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including " "portal links sent by email to your customers." msgstr "" +"Define su nombre de domino como la URL base para su base de datos e incluye " +"los enlaces del portal enviados por correo electrónico a sus clientes." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 msgid "" "If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name to the appropriate " "website." msgstr "" +"En caso de que tenga varios sitios web, mapea su nombre de dominio al sitio " +"web correcto." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -4260,12 +4458,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Domain` field, enter the address of your website (e.g., " "`https://www.yourdomain.com`) and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. En caso de " +"que tenga varios sitios web, seleccione el que desea configurar. Escriba la " +"dirección de su sitio web (por ejemplo, `https://www.sudominio.com`) en el " +"campo :guilabel:`Dominio` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:303 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your Odoo website prevents Google Search from " "indexing your original database address (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"Mapear su nombre de dominio a su sitio web de Odoo evita que el buscador web" +" de Google indexe la dirección original de su base de datos (por ejemplo, " +"`miempresa.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -4274,6 +4479,10 @@ msgid "" "the `Google Search Console `_ to fix the issue." msgstr "" +"Si ambas direcciones ya están indexadas, puede que pase tiempo antes de que " +"la indexación de la segunda dirección se elimine del buscador web de Google." +" Puede utilizar `Search Console de Google `_ para solucionar el problema." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -4282,6 +4491,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as the" " :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in use." msgstr "" +"Si tiene varios sitios web y empresas en su base de datos, asegúrese de " +"seleccionar la :guilabel:`empresa` correcta en :menuselection:`Sitio web -->" +" Configuración --> Ajustes`. Esto le indica a Odoo qué URL utilizar como la " +":ref:`URL base ` según la empresa en uso." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" @@ -5759,28 +5972,39 @@ msgid "" "data (e.g., sending emails to customers). Live access is removed and turned " "into a testing environment." msgstr "" +"Una base de datos neutralizada es una base de datos que no pertenece a " +"producción en la que se desactivan varios parámetros. Esto permite realizar " +"pruebas sin el riesgo de iniciar procesos automatizados específicos que " +"podrían afectar los datos que sí pertenecen a producción (por ejemplo, " +"enviar correos electrónicos a los clientes). El acceso en tiempo real se " +"elimina y se convierte en un entorno de prueba." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:11 msgid "**Any testing database created is a neutralized database:**" msgstr "" +"**Cualquier base de datos de prueba que cree es una base de datos " +"neutralizada:**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:13 msgid "testing backup databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bases de datos de respaldo para pruebas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:14 msgid "duplicate databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bases de datos duplicadas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:15 msgid "for Odoo.sh: staging and development databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En Odoo.sh: bases de datos de preproducción y desarrollo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:18 msgid "" "A database can also be neutralized when upgrading, as it is vital to do some" " tests before switching to a new version." msgstr "" +"Una base de datos también se puede neutralizar en una actualización, pues es" +" muy importante hacer algunas pruebas antes de comenzar a usar una nueva " +"versión." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:22 msgid "Deactivated features" @@ -5789,12 +6013,15 @@ msgstr "Funciones desactivadas" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:24 msgid "Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated parameters:" msgstr "" +"La siguiente lista incluye algunos de los parámetros que se desactivan:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:26 msgid "" "all planned actions (e.g., automatic invoicing of subscriptions, mass " "mailing, etc.)" msgstr "" +"Todas las acciones planificadas (como la facturación automática de " +"suscripciones, el envío de correos masivos, entre otras)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:27 msgid "outgoing emails" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index b4fe9cdf6..810ba1108 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -21081,7 +21081,7 @@ msgstr "Singapur - Contabilidad" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:118 msgid "Slovak - Accounting" -msgstr "Eslovenia - Contabilidad" +msgstr "Eslovaquia - Contabilidad" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:119 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" @@ -21155,7 +21155,7 @@ msgstr "Argentina" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" -msgstr "Webinars" +msgstr "Webinarios" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -43305,7 +43305,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`." -msgstr "Configure el campo :guilabel:`Estado` como :guilabel:`Activado`." +msgstr "Configure el campo :guilabel:`Estado` como :guilabel:`Habilitado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:34 @@ -43587,17 +43587,28 @@ msgid "" "contact form. They just have to validate the payment on Google's or Apple's " "payment form." msgstr "" +":ref:`Si el proveedor de pago es compatible con esta función " +"`, puede dejar que los clientes usen los" +" botones de :guilabel:`Google Pay` y :guilabel:`Apple Pay` para pagar por " +"las órdenes de comercio electrónico. Al usar cualquiera de estos botones, " +"pasarán directamente desde el carrito a la página de confirmación sin tener " +"que llenar un formulario de contacto, ya que solo tienen que validar el pago" +" en el formulario de pago de Google o Apple." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:317 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the " "selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout`." msgstr "" +"Para activar esta función vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Configuración` del " +"proveedor de pago seleccionado y active :guilabel:`Permitir el pago rápido`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:321 msgid "" "All prices shown on the express checkout payment form always include taxes." msgstr "" +"Todos los precios que se muestran en el formulario de pago rápido siempre " +"incluyen los impuestos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:326 msgid "Extra Fees" @@ -43612,6 +43623,11 @@ msgid "" "They can also differ based on whether the transaction is **domestic** or " "**international**." msgstr "" +":ref:`Si el proveedor de pago es compatible con esta función " +"`, puede agregar cargos adicionales para" +" transacciones en línea. Los cargos se pueden configurar como cantidades o " +"porcentajes **fijos**, **variables** o ambos al mismo tiempo. También podrán" +" diferir dependiendo si la transacción es **doméstica** o **internacional**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -43619,6 +43635,9 @@ msgid "" "payment provider, enable :guilabel:`Add Extra Fees`, and configure the " "settings to your liking." msgstr "" +"Para activar esta función, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Cargos` del " +"proveedor de pago seleccionado, active :guilabel:`Agregar cuotas " +"adicionales` y haga los ajustes que desee." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." @@ -43634,10 +43653,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maximum Amount` allowed and modifying the :guilabel:`Currencies` " "and :guilabel:`Countries` in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"Es posible configurar la disponibilidad del proveedor de pago si especifica " +"el :guilabel:`monto máximo` permitido y modifica tanto la :guilabel:`Divisa`" +" como los :guilabel:`Países` en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Configuración`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:349 msgid "Currencies and countries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Divisas y países" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -43649,6 +43671,14 @@ msgid "" "available currencies and countries, adding or removing a payment provider's " "supported currencies or countries is possible." msgstr "" +"Todos los proveedores de pago tienen una lista de divisas y países en los " +"que están disponibles diferente. Son el primer filtro durante las " +"operaciones de pago, es decir, los métodos de pago vinculados a un proveedor" +" de pago no estarán disponibles para el cliente si su divisa o su país no " +"está en la lista de países o divisas compatibles. Como es posible que haya " +"errores, actualizaciones y otros problemas, es posible agregar o quitar " +"divisas o países de la lista de opciones compatibles de un proveedor de " +"pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:359 msgid "" @@ -43656,6 +43686,9 @@ msgid "" "own list of available currencies and countries that serves as another filter" " during payment operations." msgstr "" +":ref:`Los métodos de pago ` también " +"tienen su propia lista de países y divisas compatibles que sirve como otro " +"filtro durante las operaciones de pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -43665,10 +43698,15 @@ msgid "" "possible the payment will be refused at a later stage should the country or " "currency not be supported." msgstr "" +"Si la lista de países o divisas compatibles está vacía, significa que la " +"lista es muy larga para mostrarse, u Odoo no tiene la información de este " +"proveedor de pago. El proveedor de pago seguirá estando disponible, aunque " +"es posible que el pago se rechace más adelante si el país o la divisa no son" +" compatibles." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 msgid "Maximum amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cantidad máxima" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:369 msgid "" @@ -43676,6 +43714,9 @@ msgid "" "selected provider. Leave the field to `0.00` to make the payment provider " "available regardless of the payment amount." msgstr "" +"Puede restringir la :guilabel:`Cantidad máxima` que se puede pagar con el " +"proveedor de pago seleccionado. Deje el campo como `0.00` para que el " +"proveedor de pago esté disponible sin importar la cantidad del pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" @@ -43684,6 +43725,10 @@ msgid "" "**Checkout** page when paid :doc:`shipping methods " "<../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` are enabled." msgstr "" +"Esta función no se creó para que funcionara dentro de páginas en las que el " +"cliente puede actualizar la cantidad del pago, por ejemplo, el snippet de " +"**donación* y la página de **pago** cuando los :doc:`métodos de envío " +"<../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` están activados." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "Payment journal" @@ -43696,14 +43741,18 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and " "select a :guilabel:`Payment Journal`." msgstr "" +"Se debe definir un :doc:`diario de pago ` en el que se " +"registren los pagos de un proveedor de pago en una **cuenta pendiente**. " +"Para hacerlo, vaya a la pestaña de :guilabel:`Configuración` del proveedor " +"de pago seleccionado y elija un :guilabel:`diario de pago`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 msgid "The payment journal must be a :guilabel:`Bank` journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El diario de pago debe ser un diario de :guilabel:`Banco`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:388 msgid "The same journal can be used for several payment providers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puede usar el mismo diario para varios proveedores de pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "Accounting perspective" @@ -43720,6 +43769,14 @@ msgid "" "to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you ask your " "accountant for advice." msgstr "" +"Desde una perspectiva de contabilidad, hay dos tipos de flujos de pago en " +"línea: los pagos que se depositan directamente en su cuenta bancaria y " +"siguen el flujo de :doc:`conciliación ` " +"usual y los pagos que vienen de :ref:`proveedores de pago en línea " +"` externos que requieren que se siga " +"otro flujo de trabajo. Para estos pagos necesita pensar cómo quiere " +"registrar sus asientos de pago. Le recomendamos que hable con su contador " +"para obtener su opinión al respecto." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -43728,10 +43785,15 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`outstanding account ` for each payment " "provider to separate the provider's payments from other payments." msgstr "" +"Por defecto, se usa la :guilabel:`cuenta bancaria` que está definida para el" +" :ref:`diario de pago `, pero también puede " +"especificar una :ref:`cuenta pendiente ` para " +"cada proveedor de pago y así separar los pagos provenientes de este " +"proveedor del resto de los pagos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 msgid "Define an outstanding account for a payment provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definir una cuenta pendiente para un proveedor de pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" @@ -44145,6 +44207,9 @@ msgid "" "explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"Para establecer la cuenta pendiente, active la opción **Capturar importe " +"manualmente** en Odoo, como se explica en :ref:`documentación sobre los " +"proveedores de pago `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -44284,7 +44349,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:11 msgid "Configuration on APS Dashboard" -msgstr "Configuración en el tablero de APS. " +msgstr "Configuración en el tablero de APS" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -44467,8 +44532,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider AsiaPay ` " "and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -":ref:`Vaya a el proveedor de pago AsiaPay ` y " -"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Activado`." +":ref:`Vaya al proveedor de pago AsiaPay ` y " +"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Habilitado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -44583,6 +44648,9 @@ msgid "" "`. If enabled, the funds are reserved for " "30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." msgstr "" +"Con Authorize.net, puede activar la :ref:`captura manual " +"`. Si es así, los fondos se apartan por 30" +" días en la tarjeta del cliente, pero no se hace el cargo todavía. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -45002,7 +45070,7 @@ msgid "" " and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" ":ref:`Vaya al proveedor de pago Buckaroo ` y " -"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Activado`." +"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Habilitado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -45096,7 +45164,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:11 msgid "Configuration on Flutterwave Dashboard" -msgstr "Configuración en el Tablero de Flutterwave. " +msgstr "Configuración en el tablero de Flutterwave" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -45150,7 +45218,7 @@ msgid "" "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" ":ref:`Vaya al proveedor de pago Flutterwave ` y " -"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Activado`." +"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Habilitado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -45238,7 +45306,7 @@ msgid "" "` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" ":ref:`Vaya al proveedor de pago Mercado Pago ` y " -"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Activado`." +"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Habilitado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -45903,6 +45971,9 @@ msgid "" " choosing to pay with PayPal in order to cover the transaction fees PayPal " "charges you." msgstr "" +"Puede cobrar :ref:`cuotas adicionales ` a los " +"clientes que elijan pagar con PayPal para cubrir los cargos por servicio que" +" le cobra PayPal a usted. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -46058,7 +46129,7 @@ msgid "" " and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" ":ref:`Vaya al proveedor de pago Razorpay ` y " -"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Activado`." +"cambie su estado a :guilabel:`Habilitado`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -46166,16 +46237,18 @@ msgid "" "solution provider allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" +"`Stripe `_ es un proveedor de soluciones de pago en " +"línea con sede en Estados Unidos con el que las empresas pueden aceptar " +"**tarjetas de crédito** y otros métodos de pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Create your Stripe account with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree su cuenta de Stripe con Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" msgstr "" -"El método para adquirir sus credenciales depende del tipo de su alojamiento:" -" " +"El método para obtener sus credenciales depende de su tipo de alojamiento:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:26 @@ -46184,6 +46257,9 @@ msgid "" "` and click :guilabel:`Connect " "Stripe`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Vaya al proveedor de pago " +"Stripe` y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Conectar Stripe`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:28 @@ -46191,6 +46267,8 @@ msgid "" "Go through the setup process and confirm your email address when Stripe " "sends you a confirmation email." msgstr "" +"Siga el proceso de configuración y confirme su dirección de correo cuando " +"Stripe le envíe un correo de confirmación." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -46198,6 +46276,9 @@ msgid "" "requested information has been submitted, you are then redirected to Odoo, " "and your payment provider is enabled." msgstr "" +"Al final del proceso, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agree and submit` (estoy de " +"acuerdo y enviar). Si se envió toda la información solicitada regresará a " +"Odoo y se activará su proveedor de pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:36 @@ -46213,6 +46294,9 @@ msgid "" "At the end of the process, click :guilabel:`Agree and submit`; you are then " "redirected to the payment provider **Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Al final del proceso, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agree and submit` (estoy de " +"acuerdo y enviar). Se le redirigirá al proveedor de pago **Stripe** dentro " +"de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." @@ -46230,6 +46314,11 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`generate a webhook `, and enable " "the payment provider." msgstr "" +"Para usar una cuenta de Stripe existente, :ref:`active el modo " +"desarrollador ` y :ref:`active Stripe manualmente " +"`. Entonces podrá :ref:`completar sus " +"credenciales `, :ref:`generar un webhook ` " +"y establecer su proveedor de pago." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -46242,6 +46331,14 @@ msgid "" " ` with the test keys, and set the :guilabel:`State` field " "to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." msgstr "" +"También puede probar Stripe con el :ref:`payment_providers/test-mode` (modo " +"de prueba de proveedores de pago). Para hacerlo, primero `inicie sesión en " +"su tablero de Stripe `_ y cambie al " +"**modo de prueba**. Después en Odoo :ref:`active el modo de Desarrollador " +"`, :ref:`vaya al proveedor de pago Stripe " +"`, :ref:`llene las credenciales de su" +" API ` con las claves de prueba y configure " +"elm:guilabel:`Estado` como :guilabel:`Modo de prueba`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "Fill in your credentials" @@ -46252,6 +46349,8 @@ msgid "" "If your **API credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"Si necesita sus **credenciales API** para conectar con su cuenta de Stripe, " +"haga lo siguiente:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -46259,12 +46358,18 @@ msgid "" "`_, or log into your Stripe " "dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a `la página de claves API de Stripe " +"`_, o inicie sesión en su " +"tablero de Stripe y vaya a :menuselection:`Desarrolladores --> Claves API." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Standard keys` section, copy the :guilabel:`Publishable " "key` and the :guilabel:`Secret key` and save them for later." msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Standard keys` (claves estándar) copie la " +":guilabel:`Publishable key` (clave pública) y la :guilabel:`Secret key` " +"(clave secreta) y guárdelas para que pueda usarlas después." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:99 @@ -46272,12 +46377,16 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Stripe " "`." msgstr "" +"En Odoo :ref:`vaya al proveedor de pago de Stripe " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Publishable Key` " "and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields with the values you previously saved." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Credenciales` llene los campos :guilabel:`Clave " +"pública` y :guilabel:`Clave secreta` con los valores que guardó antes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:68 msgid "Generate a webhook" @@ -46288,6 +46397,8 @@ msgid "" "If your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your Stripe " "account, you can create a webhook automatically or manually." msgstr "" +"Si necesita su **secreto de implementación Webhook** para conectarse con su " +"cuenta de Stripe, puede crear un webhook de manera automática o manual. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:74 msgid "Create the webhook automatically" @@ -46298,6 +46409,9 @@ msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " "filled in, then click :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook`." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de haber completado la información de sus :ref:`Claves publicables" +" y secretas `, luego haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Generar su webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "Create the webhook manually" @@ -46309,6 +46423,9 @@ msgid "" "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" " and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a `la página de Webhooks de Stripe " +"`_, o inicie sesión en su " +"tablero de Stripe y vaya a :menuselection:`Desarrolladores --> Webhooks`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -46317,18 +46434,27 @@ msgid "" "URL, followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`, e.g., " "`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` (puntos finales alojados) haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un punto final`. Después, en el campo " +":guilabel:`Endpoint URL` (URL del punto final) ingrese la URL de su base de " +"datos de Odoo seguida por `/payment/stripe/webhook`, por ejemplo, " +"`https://suempresa.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:86 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Select events` at the bottom of the form, then select the " "following events:" msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Seleccionar eventos` al final del formulario y " +"después seleccione los siguientes eventos:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Charge` section: :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " ":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`;" msgstr "" +"en la sección :guilabel:`Charge` (cargo): :guilabel:`charge.refunded` y " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -46337,32 +46463,45 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed`;" msgstr "" +"en la sección :guilabel:`Payment intent` (intención de pago): " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded` y " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:94 msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Setup intent` section: :guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" +"en la sección :guilabel:`Setup intent` (intención de configuración): " +":guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:96 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add events`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar eventos`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:97 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, then click :guilabel:`Reveal` and save your " ":guilabel:`Signing secret` for later." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Add endpoint` (agregar punto final), después en " +":guilabel:`Reveal` (mostrar) y guarde su :guilabel:`Signing secret` (secreto" +" de inicio de sesión) para después." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Webhook Signing " "Secret` field with the value you previously saved." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Credenciales` llene el :guilabel:`Secreto de " +"webhook` con el valor que guardó antes." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 msgid "" "You can select other events, but they are currently not processed by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Puede seleccionar otros eventos, pero no se pueden procesar con Odoo por el " +"momento." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:110 msgid "Enable local payment methods" @@ -46373,10 +46512,13 @@ msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "specific providers and for specific countries and currencies." msgstr "" +"Los métodos de pago locales son métodos de pago que solo están disponibles " +"para proveedores, países y divisas específicas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods for Stripe:" msgstr "" +"Odoo es compatible con los siguientes métodos de pago locales para Stripe:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:117 msgid "Bancontact" @@ -46404,6 +46546,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab and edit the list of :guilabel:`Supported " "Payment Icons`." msgstr "" +"Para adaptar la lista de métodos de pago activados, vaya a la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Configuración` y edite la lista de guilabel:`Iconos de pago " +"compatibles`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -46411,6 +46556,9 @@ msgid "" "local payment method is listed above, it is automatically enabled with " "Stripe." msgstr "" +"Si no existe el registro de un ícono de pago en la base de datos y su método" +" de pago correspondiente está en la lista anterior, se activa de forma " +"automática con Stripe." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -46430,17 +46578,23 @@ msgid "" "orders, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, enable :guilabel:`Allow " "Express Checkout`, and click :guilabel:`Enable Apple Pay`." msgstr "" +"Para permitir que los clientes usen el botón de pago de Apple Pay para pagar" +" sus órdenes de comercio electrónico, vaya a la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Configuración`, active :guilabel:`Permitir el pago rápido` y haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Habilitar Apple Pay`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:139 msgid "" ":ref:`Express checkout and Google Pay `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Pago exprés y Google Pay `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" ":doc:`Use Stripe as a payment terminal in Point of Sale " "<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Usar Stripe como terminal de pago en el punto de venta " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Wire transfers" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 5e7d5d1e1..8449da313 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Pablo Rojas , 2024 # David Ramia, 2024 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1212,54 +1212,71 @@ msgid "" "Install the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) module in General " "Settings." msgstr "" +"Instale el módulo de protocolo ligero de acceso a directorios (LDAP, por sus" +" siglas en inglés) en Ajustes generales." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create** in Setup the :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access " "Protocol)` Server." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en **Crear** para configurar el servicor :abbr:`LDAP (Protocolo " +"ligero de acceso a directorios)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "" "LDAP Authentication checkbox highlighted in the integrations settings on " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"La casilla de verificación Autenticación LDAP resaltada en los ajustes de " +"integraciones dentro de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Create highlighted in the LDAP server settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear resaltado en la configuración del servidor LDAP." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:17 msgid "Choose the company using the LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elija la empresa que usará LDAP" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Select the company drop-down menu highlighted in LDAP setup." msgstr "" +"Imagen en la que se resalta el menú desplegable para seleccionar la empresa " +"en la configuración de LDAP." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:23 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of the server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" +"En **Información del servidor** ingrese la dirección IP del servidor y el " +"puerto al que escucha. " #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:25 msgid "Tick **Use TLS** if the server is compatible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marque **Usar TLS** si el servidor es compatible." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "LDAP server settings highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Imagen en la que se resaltan los ajustes del servidor LDAP en la " +"configuración del servidor LDAP en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:31 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server queries anonymously." msgstr "" +"En **información de inicio de sesión** ingrese la ID y la contraseña de la " +"cuenta que se usa para consultar al servidor. Si se deja en blanco, el " +"servidor se consultará de forma anónima." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Login information highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Imagen en la que se resalta la información de inicio de sesión en la " +"configuración del servidor en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1267,6 +1284,9 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)` nomenclature (e.g. " "``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" +"En **Parámetros del proceso** ingrese el nombre del dominio del servidor " +"LDAP en l nomenclatura de :abbr:`LDAP (Protocolo ligero de acceso a " +"directorios)` (por ejemplo, ``dc=example,dc=com``)." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" @@ -1275,6 +1295,8 @@ msgstr "En **filtro LDAP**, ingrese ``uid=%s``" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Process parameter highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Imagen donde se resaltan los parámetros del proceso en la configuración del " +"servidor LDAP en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1282,6 +1304,9 @@ msgid "" "profile the first time someone logs in with :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight " "Directory Access Protocol)`." msgstr "" +"En **Información del usuario** marque *Crear usuario* si Odoo debería crear " +"un perfil del usuario la primera vez que alguien inicia sesión con " +":abbr:`LDAP (Protocolo ligero de acceso a directorios)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1295,6 +1320,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "User information highlighted on LDAP server setup on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Imagen donde se resalta la información del usuario en la configuración del " +"servidor LDAP en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" @@ -5486,10 +5513,11 @@ msgstr "Geolocalización" msgid "" "You can locate contacts or places and generate routes on a map in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Puede ubicar contacto o lugares y generar rutas en un mapa dentro de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst-1 msgid "Map displaying a contact's location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapa donde se muestra la ubicación de un contacto." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5497,6 +5525,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Integrations`, section, activate :guilabel:`Geo Localization`. " "Then, choose between using the OpenStreetMap or Google Places API." msgstr "" +"Para usar la función, abra la aplicación :guilabel:`Ajustes` y active " +":guilabel:`Geolocalización` en la sección :guilabel:`Integraciones`. " +"Después, seleccione si usar la API de OpenStreetMap o Google Places." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:14 msgid "**OpenStreetMap**" @@ -5507,6 +5538,9 @@ msgid "" "OpenStreetMap is a free, open geographic database updated and maintained by " "volunteers. To use it, select :guilabel:`Open Street Map`." msgstr "" +"OpenStreetMap es una base de datos geográfica gratis y de código abierto que" +" voluntarios actualizan y mantienen. Para usarla, seleccione :guilabel:`Open" +" Street Map`." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -5514,10 +5548,13 @@ msgid "" "community `_ to fix any issues " "encountered." msgstr "" +"Es posible que OpenStreetMap no siempre sea preciso. Puede `unirse a la " +"comunidad de OpenStreetMap `_ para " +"solucionar cualquier problema que se encuentre." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:23 msgid "**Google Places API map**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**API del mapa de Google Places**" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -5525,22 +5562,29 @@ msgid "" "points of interest. It supports location-based features like search, " "navigation, and recommendations." msgstr "" +"El API del mapa de Google Places brinda información detallada sobre lugares," +" empresa y puntos de interés. Es compatible con funciones según ubicaciones," +" como búsqueda, navegación y recomendaciones." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:29 msgid "" "Using the Google Places API could require `payment to Google " "`_." msgstr "" +"Es posible que `necesite pagarle a Google " +"`_ si usa la API de Google Places." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:32 msgid "" "To use it, select :guilabel:`Google Place Map` and enter your :ref:`API Key " "`." msgstr "" +"Para usarlo, seleccione :guilabel:`mapa de Google Places` e ingrese su " +":ref:`clave de API `." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst-1 msgid "Google Places API key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clave de la API de Google Places" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -7700,6 +7744,8 @@ msgid "" "For more information, reference the `Odoo eLearning (video tutorials) on " "VoIP `_" msgstr "" +"Para más información, vea el `video tutorial de Odoo eLearning sobre VoIP " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:5 msgid "Axivox configuration" @@ -7707,7 +7753,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:3 msgid "VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servicios de VoIP en Odoo con Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 @@ -7720,6 +7766,10 @@ msgid "" " `Axivox `_. In that case, an Asterisk server is " "**not** necessary, as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by Axivox." msgstr "" +"Puede configurar el VoIP (Voz sobre protocolo de internet) de Odoo para que " +"funcione junto con `Axivox `_. En ese caso, no se " +"necesita un servidor Asterisk ya que la infraestructura se aloja y se " +"gestiona en Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -7727,24 +7777,34 @@ msgid "" "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's " "area, along with the areas the company's users wish to call." msgstr "" +"Para usar este servicio `contacte a Axivox " +"`_ para abrir una cuenta. Antes de hacerlo," +" compruebe que Axivox tenga cobertura en su área y en las zonas a las que " +"desea llamar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure Axivox in Odoo, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, " "and search for `VoIP`. Then, install the :guilabel:`VoIP` module." msgstr "" +"Para configurar Axivox en Odoo, vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones` y " +"busque `VoIP` e instale el módulo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:22 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> General Settings --> " "Integrations section`, and fill out the :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` field:" msgstr "" +"Después, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> Sección de" +" integraciones` y llene el campo :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: set the domain created by Axivox for the account " "(e.g., `yourcompany.axivox.com`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dominio OnSIP`: configure el dominio que creó Axivox para la " +"cuenta (por ejemplo, `yourcompany.axivox.com`)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: type in `wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443`" @@ -7752,11 +7812,12 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: escriba `wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: set as :guilabel:`Production`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Entorno VoIP`: configurado como :guilabel:`Producción`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Integración de Axivox como un proveedor de VoIP en la base de datos de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7765,16 +7826,23 @@ msgid "" "into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to any user) -->" " SIP Identifiers tab --> Domain`." msgstr "" +"Ingrese al dominio desde el panel administrativo de Axivox desde " +"`https://manage.axivox.com/ `_. Después de " +"iniciar sesión en el portal, vaya a :menuselection:`Usuarios --> Editar (a " +"un lado de cualquier usuario) --> pestaña de identificadores SIP --> " +"Dominio`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:40 msgid "Configure VoIP user in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar el usuario VoIP en Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, the user is configured in Odoo, which **must** take place for every " "Axivox/Odoo user using VoIP." msgstr "" +"Después, el usuario estará configurado en Odoo, lo cual se debe hacer para " +"cada usuario de Axivox/Odoo que use VoIP." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -7783,45 +7851,61 @@ msgid "" "over Internet Protocol)`. Under the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, fill out " "the :guilabel:`VOIP Configuration` section:" msgstr "" +"En Odoo, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Usuarios y empresas --> " +"Usuarios`, después abra el formulario del usuario que quiera y configure el " +":abbr:`VoIP (Voz sobre protocolo de internet`. En la pestaña de " +":guilabel:`Preferencias` llene la sección :guilabel:`Configuración VOIP`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VoIP username` / :guilabel:`Browser's Extension`: (Axivox) " ":guilabel:`SIP username`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre de usuario VoIP` / :guilabel:`Extensión del navegador` = " +":guilabel:`Nombre de usuario` OnSIP." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Secret`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP Password`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Secreto VoIP`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`Contraseña SIP`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`External device number`: SIP external phone extension" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Número de dispositivo externo`: extensión de teléfono externo SIP" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`How to place calls on mobile`: method to make calls on a mobile " "device" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cómo realizar llamadas desde el móvil`: método para hacer " +"llamadas en un dispositivo móvil" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP Auth User`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP username`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Usuario de autorización OnSIP`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`nombre de " +"usuario SIP`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Call from another device`: option to always transfer phone calls " "to handset" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Llamadas de otro dispositivo`: opción para siempre transferir las" +" llamadas telefónicas a un dispositivo auricular." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reject All Incoming Calls`: option to reject all incoming calls" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rechazar todas las llamadas entrantes`: opción para rechazar " +"todas las llamadas entrantes" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference." msgstr "" +"Integración del usuario Axivox en las preferencias de usuario de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -7830,10 +7914,15 @@ msgid "" "into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to the user) -->" " SIP Identifiers tab --> SIP username / SIP password`." msgstr "" +"Ingrese al dominio desde el panel administrativo de Axivox desde " +"`https://manage.axivox.com/ `_. Después de " +"iniciar sesión en el portal, vaya a :menuselection:`Usuarios --> Editar (a " +"un lado del usuario) --> pestaña de identificadores SIP --> Nombre de " +"usuario SIP / contraseña SIP`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:0 msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Credenciales SIP en el gestor Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -7841,10 +7930,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, this value **must** be typed out manually and " "**not** pasted in. Pasting in causes a `401 server rejection error`." msgstr "" +"Al ingresar la :guilabel:`contraseña SIP` en la pestaña de " +":guilabel:`preferencias` del usuario **debe** escribir el valor, **no** " +"puede copiar y pegarlo, si lo hace causará un `error 401 de rechazo del " +"servidor`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:3 msgid "Call queues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cola de llamadas" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7852,12 +7945,18 @@ msgid "" "customers call a business, and all of the agents are busy, the call queue " "lines up the callers in sequential order, based on the time they called in." msgstr "" +"La cola de llamadas es un sistema que organiza y enruta las llamadas " +"entrantes. Cuando los clientes llamad a una empresa y todos los trabajadores" +" están ocupados, la cola de llamadas acomoda la llamada en orden secuencial " +"dependiendo de cuánto hayan llamado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:9 msgid "" "The callers then wait on hold to be connected to the next available call " "center agent." msgstr "" +"La persona que haya realizado la llamada tendrá que esperar hasta que un " +"empleado pueda atender su llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -7866,6 +7965,10 @@ msgid "" "expectations with customers, and to distribute the workload equally amongst " "employees." msgstr "" +"Usar un sistema de cola de llamadas reduce el estrés de los empleados y " +"ayuda a mejorar la confianza de los clientes. Muchas empresas usan el " +"sistema para establecer las expectativas de los clientes y para distribuir " +"la carga de trabajo de forma equitativa entre todos los empleados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7873,6 +7976,9 @@ msgid "" "advanced settings), as well as how to log into a call queue from the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"En este documento explicamos el proceso para configurar el sistema de cola " +"de llamadas (con ajustes avanzados) y cómo iniciar sesión en la cola de " +"llamadas desde la base de datos de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/music_on_hold`" @@ -7880,7 +7986,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`voip/axivox/music_on_hold`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:22 msgid "Add a queue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar una cola" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7889,6 +7995,11 @@ msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add a queue`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`New" " queue` form with various fields to fill out." msgstr "" +"Para agregar una cola de llamadas en Axivox, vaya a `la consola de gestión " +"de Axivox `_. En el menú izquierdo haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Queues` (colas) y después en :guilabel:`Add a queue` (agregar una" +" cola). Esto mostrará un formulario en blanco de :guilabel:`New queue` (cola" +" nueva) con varios campos que debe llenar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:30 msgid "Name" @@ -7899,6 +8010,8 @@ msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`New queue` page appears, enter the :guilabel:`Name` of " "the queue." msgstr "" +"Cuando aparezca la página :guilabel:`New queue` (cola nueva) ingrese el " +":guilabel:`Nombre` de la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:35 msgid "Internal extension" @@ -7909,6 +8022,9 @@ msgid "" "Choose an :guilabel:`Internal extension` for the queue. This is a number to " "be dialed by users of the database to reach the login prompt for the queue." msgstr "" +"Seleccione una :guilabel:`extensión interna` para la cola. Este es el número" +" que los usuarios de la base de datos deben detallar para iniciar el proceso" +" de inicio de sesión para la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:41 msgid "Strategy" @@ -7919,49 +8035,57 @@ msgid "" "Next, is the :guilabel:`Strategy` field. This field determines the call " "routing of received calls into this queue." msgstr "" +"Sigue el campo :guilabel:`estrategia`, el cual determina el enrutamiento de " +"llamada de las llamadas que se reciben en esta cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:46 msgid "" "The following choices are available in the :guilabel:`Strategy` drop-down " "menu:" msgstr "" +"Las opciones disponibles en el menú desplegable de :guilabel:`Estrategia` " +"son:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Call all available agents`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:Llamar a todos los agentes disponibles`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Calls the agent who has received the call for the longest time`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Llama al agente que ha recibido la llamada por más tiempo`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Calls the agent who has received the least call`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Llama al agente que ha recibido menos llamadas`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Call a random agent`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Llamar a un agente al azar`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Call agents one after the other`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Llamar a los agentes uno después del otro`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Call agents one after the other starting with the first in the " "list`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Llamar a los agentes uno después del otro empezando con el " +"primero en la lista`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:55 msgid "" "Choose a strategy that best meets the company's needs for customers in the " "queue." msgstr "" +"Seleccione la estrategia que mejor solucione las necesidades de su empresa " +"para clientes en la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:58 msgid "Maximum waiting time in seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tiempo de espera máximo en segundos" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -7969,10 +8093,14 @@ msgid "" "longest time a customer waits in the queue before going to a voicemail, or " "wherever else they are directed to in a dial plan. Enter a time in seconds." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Tiempo de espera máximo en segundos` determine el " +"mayor tiempo que un cliente esperará en la cola antes de que vaya al buzón " +"de voz, o a cualquier otro lugar al que se le dirija en un plan de " +"marcación. Introduzca un tiempo en segundos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:65 msgid "Maximum duration of ringing at an agent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duración máxima de la llamada a un agente" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7981,6 +8109,10 @@ msgid "" "another agent, or moving to the next step in the dial plan. Enter a time in " "seconds." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Duración máxima de llamada a un agente` determine el " +"tiempo máximo que podrá sonar la línea de un agente antes de que se pase a " +"otro agente, o a cualquier otro lugar al que se le dirija en un plan de " +"marcación. Introduzca el tiempo en segundos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:72 msgid "For more information on dial plans, visit:" @@ -8007,6 +8139,10 @@ msgid "" " two pre-configured methods for adding agents onto the call queue during the" " configuration." msgstr "" +"Los últimos dos campos en el formulario :guilabel:`New queue` (nueva cola) " +"involucran agregar agentes. Al agregar :guilabel:`agentes estáticos` y " +":guilabel:`agentes dinámicos` son dos métodos preconfigurados que se usa " +"para agregar agentes a la cola de llamada durante la configuración." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:87 msgid "Static agents" @@ -8017,6 +8153,9 @@ msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Static agents` are added, these agents are automatically " "added to the queue without the need to log in to receive calls." msgstr "" +"Cuando se agregan :guilabel:`agentes estáticos` estos agentes se agregan de " +"forma automática a una cola sin tener que iniciar sesión para recibir " +"llamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:95 msgid "Dynamic agents" @@ -8028,44 +8167,56 @@ msgid "" "log into this queue. They are **not** logged-in automatically, and **must** " "log in to receive calls." msgstr "" +"Cuando se agregan :guilabel:`agentes dinámicos` estos agentes pueden " +"ingresar a esta cola. **No** inician sesión de forma automática y " +"**tienen** que iniciar sesión para recibir llamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:100 msgid "" "Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes, and click :guilabel:`Apply changes`" " in the upper-right corner to implement the change in production." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de :guilabel:`Guardar` los cambios y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Aplicar cambios` en la esquina superior derecha para implementar " +"el cambio en producción." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:104 msgid "Agent connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conexión del agente" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:106 msgid "There are three ways call agents can connect to an Axivox call queue:" msgstr "" +"Hay tres formas en las que los agentes de llamadas pueden conectarse a la " +"cola de llamadas de Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:108 msgid "Dynamic agents connect automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los agentes dinámicos se conectan en automático." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:109 msgid "" "Manager logs in specific agent(s), via the `Axivox management console " "`_." msgstr "" +"El gerente ingresa agentes específicos mediante la `Consola de gestión de " +"Axivox `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:111 msgid "Agent connects to the queue in Odoo, via the *VoIP* widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El agente se conecta a la cola en Odoo, a través del widget *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:114 msgid "" "See the documentation on setting :ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents` in the " "`Axivox management console `_." msgstr "" +"Vea la documentación sobre los ajustes :ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents` en " +"la `consola de gestión Axivox `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:118 msgid "Connect via Axivox queue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conectarse desde la cola de Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -8074,6 +8225,10 @@ msgid "" " console `_ and connect dynamic agents to the " "queue manually." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya terminado la configuración inicial de la cola de llamadas y" +" haya guardado e implementado los cambios, el gerente puede ingresar a la " +"`consola de gestión Axivox `_ y conectar a los " +"agentes dinámicos a la cola de forma manual." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -8081,6 +8236,9 @@ msgid "" "column. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Queues` dashboard, with a few " "different columns listed:" msgstr "" +"Para conectar un agente, haga clic en :guilabel:`Queues` (colas), ubicado en" +" la columna del lado izquierdo. Así se mostrará el tablero de " +":guilabel:`Queues` en donde se mostraran un par de columnas diferentes:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: name of the queue." @@ -8091,51 +8249,63 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extension`: number of the extension to be dialed to reach the " "queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Extensión`: número de la extensión que se tiene que marcar para " +"llegar a la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Agent Connection`: number to dial to log into the queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Conexión del agente`: número que marcar para ingresar a la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agent disconnection`: number to dial to log out of the queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Desconexión del agente`: número que marcar para cerrar sesión en " +"la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Connected Agents`: name of agent connected to the queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agentes conectados`: nombre del agente que está conectado a la " +"cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:133 msgid "" "The following buttons are also available on the :guilabel:`Queues` " "dashboard:" msgstr "" +"Estos son los botones disponibles en el tablero :guilabel:`Queues` (colas):" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`Connect an agent`: manually connect an agent to the queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Conectar un agente`: conectar a un agente de forma manual a la " +"cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:136 msgid ":guilabel:`Report`: run a report on the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Reporte`: obtenga un reporte sobre la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: delete the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Borrar`: borrar la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:138 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit`: make changes to the settings of the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Editar`: cambiar los ajustes de la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:140 msgid "" "When agents are connected to the queue, or are live with a customer, they " "are displayed under the :guilabel:`Connected Agents` column." msgstr "" +"Cuando los agentes se conectan a la cola, o están hablando con un cliente, " +"aparecerán en la columna :guilabel:`Agentes conectados`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:143 msgid "If they are static agents, they **always** show up as connected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si son agentes estáticos **siempre** se mostrarán como conectados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -8143,17 +8313,24 @@ msgid "" "an agent`. Then, select the desired agent's name from the drop-down menu, " "and click :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" +"Para conectar a un agente haga clic en el botón naranja llamado " +":guilabel:`Conectar un agente`. Después, seleccione el nombre del agente que" +" quiera desde el menú desplegable y haga clic en :guilabel:`Conectar`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "" "Call queue with connected agents column highlighted and connect an agent and report buttons\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Cola de llamadas donde se muestra la columna de agentes conectados, el botón de conectar un agente y reporte\n" +"resaltados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:154 msgid "" "For more information on static and dynamic agents, see this documentation:" msgstr "" +"Para más información sobre agentes estáticos y dinámicos, vea esta " +"documentación:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:156 msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/static-agents`" @@ -8174,6 +8351,11 @@ msgid "" "the queue. This information is showcased on a separate :guilabel:`Queue " "report` page, when the green :guilabel:`Report` button is clicked." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Reportes` para revisar el reporte de una cola en " +"específico, así se podrá ver quién se conectó cuándo y qué llamadas entraron" +" y salieron de la cola. Esta información se muestra en una página separada " +"de :guilabel:`Reporte de cola` cuando hace clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Reportes`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -8181,85 +8363,99 @@ msgid "" "specified in the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`to` fields. The information" " can be organized by :guilabel:`Event type`, and :guilabel:`Call ID`." msgstr "" +"Los reportes se personalizan por fecha en el campo :guilabel:`Periodo` y se " +"especifica en los campos :guilabel:`de` y :guilabel:`para`. La información " +"se puede organizar por :guilabel:`Tipo de evento` e :guilabel:`ID de " +"llamada`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:170 msgid "" "When the custom configurations have been entered, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"Una vez que se realicen las configuraciones personalizadas haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Aplicar`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:172 msgid "" "Each report can be exported to a :abbr:`CSV (comma separated value)` file " "for further use and analysis, via the :guilabel:`Export to CSV` button." msgstr "" +"Cada reporte se debe exportar a un archivo :abbr:`CSV (valores separados por" +" comas)` para hacer un mejor uso y analizarla mejor. Esto se hace con el " +"botón :guilabel:`Exportar a CSV`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:175 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Event type` field is clicked, a drop-down menu appears " "with the following options:" msgstr "" +"Cuando se hace clic en el :guilabel:`tipo de evento` aparecerá un menú " +"desplegable con las siguientes opciones:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller quit`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`El cliente colgó`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`An agent is connecting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Un agente está llamado`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`An agent is disconnecting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Un agente se está desconectando`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`The call was terminated (agent hangs up)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`La llamada terminó (el agente colgó)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`The call was terminated (caller hangs up)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`La llamada terminó (el cliente colgó)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller is connected to an agent.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`El cliente está hablando con un agente.`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Someone is entering the queue`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Alguien está entrando en la cola`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:185 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller exits the queue (no agent is connected)`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`El cliente salió de la cola (no hay ningún agente conectado)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller exits the queue (timeout)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`El cliente salió de la cola (límite de tiempo)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:187 msgid ":guilabel:`No one is answering`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nadie está respondiendo`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`No one is answering, the caller hangs up`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nadie está respondiendo, el cliente colgó`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Transferir`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Blind Transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Transferencia de llamada a ciega`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "Event types in the Axivox queue reporting feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de eventos en la función de reportes de la cola Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:196 msgid "" "There is no limit to how many options can be selected from the " ":guilabel:`Event type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"No hay límite sobre cuántas opciones se pueden seleccionar desde el menú " +"desplegable :guilabel:`Tipo de evento`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -8267,20 +8463,28 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu, and clicking :guilabel:`Uncheck all` removes all selections " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Marcar todos` se seleccionarán todas las " +"opciones disponibles en el menú desplegable y si hace clic en " +":guilabel:`Desmarcar todas` quita todas las selecciones en el menú " +"desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:202 msgid "" "To select an individual :guilabel:`Event type`, click on the desired option " "in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar un :guilabel:`tipo de evento` individual, haga clic en la " +"opción deseada en el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "Axivox queue report with result, event type, and period highlighted." msgstr "" +"Reporte de la cola de Axivox con el resultado, tipo de evento y periodo " +"resaltados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:209 msgid "Connect to queue on Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conectar a la cola en Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -8288,6 +8492,9 @@ msgid "" "*VoIP* widget, once the *VoIP* app is configured for the individual user in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Los agentes dinámicos pueden conectarse de forma manual a la cola de " +"llamadas Axivox desde el widget de *VoIP* de Odoo una vez que haya " +"configurado la aplicación *VoIP* para cada usuario en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:215 msgid ":doc:`axivox_config`" @@ -8307,6 +8514,8 @@ msgid "" "For more information on the Odoo *VoIP* widget, see this documentation: " ":doc:`../voip_widget`" msgstr "" +"Para más información en sobre el widget de Odoo *VoIP*, vea la siguiente " +"documentación: :doc:`../voip_widget`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -8316,6 +8525,12 @@ msgid "" " indicating the agent is logged in. The call automatically ends " "(disconnects)." msgstr "" +"Para que un agente se conecte a la cola de llamadas, solo tiene que marcar " +"el número de :guilabel:`Conexión de agente` y presionar el botón verde de " +"llamada con el icono :guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)` en el widget *VoIP*. Después " +"el agente escuchará un mensaje corto de dos segundos en el que se indica que" +" el agente inició sesión. La llamada terminará de manera automática (se " +"desconecta)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -8323,6 +8538,9 @@ msgid "" "management console `_, and click " ":guilabel:`Queues`, located in the left-hand column." msgstr "" +"Para ver a los agentes conectados en la cola de llamada, vaya a `la consola " +"de gestión de Axivox `_ y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Queues` (colas) ubicado en la columna del lado izquierdo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -8331,6 +8549,11 @@ msgid "" "connected to the queue currently, appears in the column next to the queue " "they are logged into." msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en el botón verde :guilabel:`Refresh` (Actualizar) en la " +"parte superior de la columna :guilabel:`Connected agents` (Agentes " +"conectados). Cualquier agente (estático o dinámico) que esté conectado a la " +"cola de llamadas aparecerá en la columna a un lado de la cola a la que está " +"conectado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -8339,6 +8562,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon. The agent is disconnected from the queue after a" " short, two-second message." msgstr "" +"Para cerrar sesión de la llamada, abra el widget *VoIP* de Odoo, marque el " +"número de :guilabel:`Agent disconnection` (desconexión del agente) y " +"presione el botón verde con icono :guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)`. El agente se " +"desconectará de la cola de llamadas después de un mensaje corto de dos " +"segundos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -8348,6 +8576,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refresh` button at the top of the :guilabel:`Connected agents` " "column." msgstr "" +"Para hacer que un agente dinámico cierre sesión en la cola de forma manual, " +"vaya a la `consola de gestión de Axivox `_ y haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Colas`, ubicado en la columna izquierda. Después, haga " +"clic en el botón verde :guilabel:`Refresh` (refrescar) que se encuentra en " +"la parte superior de la columna :guilabel:`Agentes conectados`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -8355,10 +8588,14 @@ msgid "" "button, and they are immediately disconnected. This can be helpful in " "situations where agents forget to log out at the end of the day." msgstr "" +"Para desconectar a un agente de manera manual haga clic en el botón rojo " +":guilabel:`Desconectar` y se desconectará de forma automática. Esto puede " +"ser útil en algunos casos, como si a uno de los agentes se le olvida cerrar " +"sesión al final del día." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:3 msgid "Conference calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conferencia telefónica" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8366,12 +8603,18 @@ msgid "" "can be discussed in an open forum of sorts. Attendees can be limited, via a " "sign-in code. That way, confidential matters stay private." msgstr "" +"Las conferencias telefónicas ayudan a que los empleados puedan conectar " +"rápido y de forma eficiente para discutir asuntos como si fuera un foro de " +"discusión abierta. Puede imponer un código de inicio de sesión para limitar " +"a los asistentes, así podrá cuidar la información privada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:9 msgid "" "This document covers the configuration of conference calls in Axivox for use" " in Odoo *VoIP*." msgstr "" +"Este documento describe la configuración de las conferencias telefónicas en " +"Axivox para su uso en la *VoIP* de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:12 msgid "Add a virtual conference" @@ -8383,34 +8626,46 @@ msgid "" " `_. After logging in, click on " ":guilabel:`Conferences` in the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Vaya a la `consola de gestión de Axivox `_ para " +"agregar una sala de conferencia virtual. Después de iniciar sesión, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Conferencias` ubicado en el menú de la izquierda." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, click the green button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a conference`, and a " ":guilabel:`New conference` form appears." msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en el botón verde llamado :guilabel:`Agregar una " +"conferencia` y aparecerá un formulario de :guilabel:`Conferencia nueva`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "New conference form on Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulario de nueva conferencia en Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:25 msgid "" "From here, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` field, and set an " ":guilabel:`Internal extension`." msgstr "" +"Desde aquí, llene el campo :guilabel:`Nombre` y configure una " +":guilabel:`extensión interna`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:27 msgid "" "The internal extension is what everyone in the network uses to quickly dial " "into the conference call, instead of typing in the whole phone number." msgstr "" +"La extensión interna es lo que todos en la red usarán para conectarse a la " +"llamada de conferencia en lugar de tener que escribir el número de teléfono " +"completo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:31 msgid "" "Pick a number between three and five digits long, making it easy to remember" " and dial." msgstr "" +"Seleccione un número que incluya entre tres y cinco dígitos, para que sea " +"fácil de recordar y marcar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -8419,12 +8674,19 @@ msgid "" "for the conference is dialed. Immediately after dialing the extension, a " "digital receptionist prompts for the :guilabel:`Access code`." msgstr "" +"Después configure el :guilabel:`código de acceso` si la sala de conferencias" +" requiere seguridad. Esta es una contraseña para entrar a la conferencia " +"después de que se haya marcado la extensión de la conferencia. Después de " +"marcar la extensión, un asistente virtual le pedirá el :guilabel:`código de " +"acceso`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Administrator extension` field, click the drop-down menu, " "and select the user's extension that manages the call." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Extensión del administrador` haga clic en el menú " +"desplegable y seleccione la extensión del usuario que gestionará la llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8432,6 +8694,9 @@ msgid "" "conference` field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Yes` or " ":guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" +"Finalmente en el campo :guilabel:`Wait for the administrator to start the " +"conference` (esperar a que el administrador inicie la conferencia) haga clic" +" en el botón desplegable y seleccione :guilabel:`Sí` o :guilabel:`No`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8439,6 +8704,9 @@ msgid "" "the virtual conference room until the administrator is present, and logged " "into the conference call." msgstr "" +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Sí` entonces nadie podrá utilizar la sala de " +"conferencia virtual hasta que el administrador llegue y se conecte a la " +"llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8446,6 +8714,10 @@ msgid "" "configuration. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right " "corner to implement the change in production." msgstr "" +"Después de que haya llenado todos los campos, asegúrese de " +":guilabel:`Guardar` la configuración. Después, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Aplicar cambios` en la esquina superior derecha para implementar " +"el cambio en la producción." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -8453,6 +8725,9 @@ msgid "" " option to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Edit` the conference from the " "Axivox :guilabel:`Conference` main dashboard." msgstr "" +"Al hacerlo, la conferencia se agregará y el administrador de Axivox tendrá " +"la opción de :guilabel:`Borrar` o :guilabel:`Editar` la conferencia desde el" +" tablero inicial :guilabel:`Conferencia` de Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8461,6 +8736,10 @@ msgid "" "enter the extension or phone number of the invitee in the pop-up window that" " appears." msgstr "" +"Para invitar a un usuario de Axivox a una llamada de conferencia en " +"específico, haga clic en :guilabel:`Invitar` a la derecha de la conferencia " +"deseada y después ingrese la extensión o número telefónico del invitado en " +"la pestaña emergente que aparece." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -8469,17 +8748,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invite` button, and the recipient immediately receives a phone " "call, automatically linking them to the conference." msgstr "" +"Una vez que se agregue la extensión o el número al campo :guilabel:`Please " +"enter the phone number of the person you want to invite` (ingrese el número " +"telefónico de la persona a la que quiere invitar) haga clic en el botón " +"verde :guilabel:`Invite` (invitar) y el destinatario recibirá una llamada " +"telefónica que lo vinculará en automático a la conferencia." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:32 msgid "Incoming numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Números entrantes" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:68 msgid "" "To open a conference to a wider audience, an Axivox conference can be linked" " to *Incoming numbers*." msgstr "" +"Para que más personas puedan ingresar a una conferencia, puede vincular una " +"conferencia de Axivox a *números entrantes*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -8487,6 +8773,9 @@ msgid "" "`_, and click :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` in the" " menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Para hacerlo, ingrese a la `consola de gestión de Axivox " +"`_ y haga clic en el menú :guilabel:`Incoming " +"numbers` (números entrantes), que se encuentra en el menú de la izquierda." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -8494,12 +8783,18 @@ msgid "" " far-right of the :guilabel:`Number` to which the conference should be " "attached." msgstr "" +"En el tablero de :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` (números entrantes) haga clic " +"en el botón :guilabel:`Editar` que se encuentra a la derecha del " +":guilabel:`Number` (número) al cual se debe vincular la conferencia." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:76 msgid "" "Then, under the first field, labeled, :guilabel:`Destination type for voice " "call`, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Conference`." msgstr "" +"Después, en el primer campo llamado :guilabel:`Destination type for voice " +"call` (tipo de destino para una llamada de voz) haga clic en el menú " +"desplegable y seleccione :guilabel:`Conferencia`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -8507,6 +8802,9 @@ msgid "" "select the specific conference that should be attached to this incoming " "number." msgstr "" +"Después, en el campo :guilabel:`Conferencia` haga clic en el menú " +"desplegable y seleccione una conferencia específica que adjuntar al número " +"entrante." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -8515,10 +8813,15 @@ msgid "" "*is* an :guilabel:`Access code` required, the caller is then prompted to " "enter the :guilabel:`Access code` to enter the conference." msgstr "" +"Ahora siempre que se marque el número entrante, la persona quien llama irá " +"directo a la conferencia, sin necesidad de un :guilabel:`Código de acceso`, " +"a no ser que se haya configurado de otra manera y la persona que llama tenga" +" que ingresar un :guilabel:`Código de acceso` para ingresar a la " +"conferencia." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:87 msgid "Start call in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciar una llamada en Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8527,16 +8830,25 @@ msgid "" "the specific extension number for the conference, and click the :guilabel:`📞" " (phone)` icon." msgstr "" +"En cualquier parte de su base de datos de Odoo puede abrir el widget de " +"*VoIP*, solo tiene que hacer clic en el icono :guilabel:`☎️ (teléfono)` " +"ubicado en la esquina superior derecha. Después, marque el número de la " +"extensión específica para la conferencia y haga clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "Connecting to a conference extension using the Odoo VoIP widget." msgstr "" +"Conectarse a una extensión de conferencia con el widget de VoIP de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:97 msgid "" "Once the digital receptionist answers, enter the :guilabel:`Access code` (if" " needed), and press the :guilabel:`# (pound)` icon/key." msgstr "" +"Cuando la asistente virtual responda, ingrese el :guilabel:`Código de " +"acceso` (si se necesita) y presione la tecla o el icono :guilabel:`# " +"(numeral)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced dial plans" @@ -8547,6 +8859,9 @@ msgid "" "Typically, companies have a lot of incoming calls every day, but many do not" " want their teams to answer calls 24 hours a day, 7 days a week." msgstr "" +"Las empresas reciben muchas llamadas entrantes cada día, pero muchas no " +"quieren que sus equipos estén respondiendo llamadas las 24 horas del día los" +" 7 días de la semana." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8554,6 +8869,10 @@ msgid "" "and routing can be set up for all scenarios. This way, customers are never " "left waiting, or frustrated, because they cannot get in touch with anyone." msgstr "" +"Al utilizar las funciones avanzadas de plan de marcación de Axivox, el " +"proceso puede automatizarse y el enrutamiento puede configurarse para todos " +"los escenarios. De esta manera, los clientes nunca se quedan esperando, o " +"frustrados, porque no pueden ponerse en contacto con nadie." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -8563,18 +8882,29 @@ msgid "" "automatically using a digital receptionist. This way, an administrative team" " does **not** have to be available around the clock." msgstr "" +"Utilizando los elementos avanzados de los planes de marcación, las empresas " +"pueden automatizar el enrutamiento de llamadas para determinados días u " +"horas, como las vacaciones de la empresa. Las empresas también pueden " +"permitir que las personas que llaman introduzcan ellas mismas las " +"extensiones y sean transferidas automáticamente mediante una recepcionista " +"digital. De este modo, no es necesario que un equipo administrativo esté " +"disponible las 24 horas del día." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:17 msgid "" "There is even the option to route callers, depending on where they are " "calling from in the world, thus maximizing efficiency." msgstr "" +"Incluso hay una opción para enrutar a las personas que llaman según la perte" +" del mundo de la que estén llamando y maximizando la eficacia" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:21 msgid "" "For more information on basic dial plans, and how to add elements, visit " ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`." msgstr "" +"Consulte :doc:`dial_plan_basics` para obtener más información sobre planes " +"de marcación básicos y cómo agregar elementos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8582,17 +8912,22 @@ msgid "" "in dial plans. Do **not** use a translator with the Axivox management " "console." msgstr "" +"El uso de un complemento del navegador para la ortografía puede dificultar " +"el uso del editor visual en los planes de marcación. **No** utilice un " +"traductor con la consola de gestión de Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:160 msgid "Advanced elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elementos avanzados" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:30 msgid "" "In Axivox dial plans (as described in :doc:`dial_plan_basics`), there are " "two advanced elements that can be used." msgstr "" +"En los planes de marcación de Axivox (como se describe en " +":doc:`dial_plan_basics`) hay dos elementos avanzados que se pueden usar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:164 @@ -8600,6 +8935,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Record`: recording feature is enabled (requires plan change, " "enabled in Axivox settings)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Record` (registro): la función de registro está activada " +"(requiere un cambio de plan, que se activa en los ajustes de Axivox)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:166 @@ -8607,6 +8944,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Caller ID`: replace the caller ID by the called number or free " "text." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Caller ID` (identificación de la persona que llama): reemplaza la" +" identificación de la persona que llama con el número al que se llamó o un " +"texto libre." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -8614,6 +8954,9 @@ msgid "" "located in the menu on the left side of the `Axivox management console " "`_." msgstr "" +"Para agregar uno de estos elementos, vaya a la página :guilabel:`planes de " +"marcación` ubicado en el menú del lado izquierdo de la `consola de gestión " +"Axivox `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8621,12 +8964,18 @@ msgid "" "desired dial plan to edit it. Finally, open the :guilabel:`New element` " "drop-down menu, select the element, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Después haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Visual Editor` (editor visual) a la" +" derecha del plan de marcación deseado para editarlo. Finalmente, abra el " +"menú desplegable :guilabel:`New element` (nuevo elemento), seleccione un " +"elemento y haga clic en :guilabel:`agregar`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Visual editor for a dial plan in Axivox, with Add and the dispatcher element" " highlighted." msgstr "" +"Editor visual para el plan de marcación en Axivox en el que los elementos " +"Agregar y operador están resaltados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:99 @@ -8638,6 +8987,8 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Record` element records calls that are routed through this " "element, and requires an additional plan change in Axivox." msgstr "" +"El elemento :guilabel:`Record` (grabar) graba las llamadas que se enrutan " +"con este elemento y requiere de un cambio de plan adicional en Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -8647,24 +8998,36 @@ msgid "" "there, select :guilabel:`Enabled` from the drop-down menu to enable " "recording using the :guilabel:`Record` element in a dial plan." msgstr "" +"Para activar las grabaciones en Axivox vaya a :guilabel:`Ajustes` en la " +"`consola de gestión Axivox `_. Despiés, vaya al " +"menú desplegable :guilabel:`Recording` (grabar) que se encuentra en la parte" +" inferior de la página. Desde aquí, seleccione :guilabel:`Enabled` " +"(activado) desde el menú desplegable para activar la grabación con el " +"elemento :guilabel:`Record` del plan de marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:60 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Recording` drop-down menu is unavailable and unable to " "change, then consult Axivox to enable the feature." msgstr "" +"Si el menú desplegable :guilabel:`grabación` no está disponible y no se " +"puede cambiar, póngase en contacto con Axivox para activar esta función." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Caller ID` element allows for the replacement of the caller " "ID downstream, after routing." msgstr "" +"El elemento :guilabel:`Caller ID` permite la sustitución del identificador " +"de la persona que llama en sentido descendente, tras el enrutamiento" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:66 msgid "" "Upon adding the :guilabel:`Caller ID` element to the dial plan, and double-" "clicking it to configure it, two options appear." msgstr "" +"Al añadir el elemento :guilabel:`Caller ID` al plan de marcación, y hacer " +"doble clic sobre él para configurarlo, aparecen dos opciones." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -8673,6 +9036,12 @@ msgid "" " by the called number`. This option replaces the caller's ID with the " ":guilabel:`Incoming number`." msgstr "" +"La primera es un campo :guilabel:`Free text` (texto libre), en el que se " +"puede introducir cualquier texto para sustituir el identificador de llamada." +" La segunda opción es :guilabel:`Replace the caller ID by the called number`" +" (reemplazar el identificador de la persona que llama con el número al que " +"se llamó). Esta opción sustituye el ID de la persona que llama por el " +":guilabel:`Número entrante`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -8680,11 +9049,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming number`, so employees, or outside transfers, cannot see " "the number, and information is kept private." msgstr "" +"Es posible que una empresa desee utilizar el elemento :guilabel:`Caller ID` " +"(identificador de llamada) para sustituir al :guilabel:`Incoming number` " +"(número entrante), de modo que los empleados, o las transferencias externas," +" no puedan ver el número y la información se mantenga privada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:135 msgid "Basic routing elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elementos básicos de enrutamiento" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -8693,6 +9066,12 @@ msgid "" "numbers to an action, or by using a *Digital Receptionist* to automatically " "route or listen for an extension, based on a key input from the caller." msgstr "" +"Los elementos básicos de enrutamiento en los planes de marcación Axivox " +"proporcionan enrutamiento basado en extensiones. Esto puede hacerse " +"añadiendo un *Menú* para vincular numéricamente la marcación por números a " +"una acción, o utilizando un *asistente digital* para enrutar o escuchar " +"automáticamente una extensión, basándose en una entrada clave de la persona " +"que llama." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -8700,6 +9079,9 @@ msgid "" "Receptionist* does **not** need to be pre-configured numerically with " "actions. Instead, it acts as a virtual receptionist." msgstr "" +"La diferencia principal es que el *asistente virtual* **no** se tiene que " +"preconfigurar de forma numérica con acciones. En su lugar, actúa como un " +"recepcionista virtual" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8708,12 +9090,19 @@ msgid "" "feature an element, wherein clicking '2' takes the caller to the element " "linked to '2' on the Menu element in the dial plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Menú`: añade un directorio de marcación por número y acciones " +"posteriores configuradas (sin terminal). Por ejemplo, una función de " +"marcación por número podría incluir un elemento en el que, al hacer clic en " +"\"2\", la persona que llama accede al elemento vinculado a \"2\" en el " +"elemento Menú del plan de marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`: attach a virtual dispatcher to listen for " "extensions." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Asistente virtual`: adjuntar un operador virtual que escuche para" +" las extensiones." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -8724,10 +9113,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click " ":guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Para agregar uno de estos elementos vaya a la página :guilabel:`Planes de " +"marcación` ubicada en el menú en el lado izquierdo de la `consola de gestión" +" Axivox `_. Después, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Editor visual` ubicado a la derecha del plan de marcación para " +"editar el plan. Después abra el menú desplegable de :guilabel:`Eelemento " +"nuevo`, seleccione un elemento y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:102 msgid "Digital receptionist scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejemplo de un escenario con un asistente virtual" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -8735,6 +9130,9 @@ msgid "" "routes callers through a dial plan, based on the extension they enter, via " "the key pad." msgstr "" +"El elemento *Asistente virtual* es una función de escucha que enruta a las " +"personas que llaman de manera correcta a través del plan de marcación según " +"la extensión que ingresen en el teclado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -8742,6 +9140,9 @@ msgid "" "receptionist, to be on-call all the time. With that element in place, calls " "now reach their destination, without a real person interjecting." msgstr "" +"Configure un *asistente virtual* para eliminar la necesidad de un equipo o " +"un asistente real al que le llamen a tiempo. Con este elemento, las llamadas" +" ahora llegarán a su destino sin que una persona real se interponga." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -8750,12 +9151,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Timeout` on the :guilabel:`receptionist` pop-up window that " "appears." msgstr "" +"Después de agregar un elemento de :guilabel:`Asistente virtual` al plan de " +"marcación, conecte los puntos finales apropiados y haga doble clic en el " +"elemento para configurar un :guilabel:`Límite de tiempo en la ventana " +"emergente de :guilabel:`recepcionista` que aparece." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:115 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timeout` can be set in `5` second increments, from `5` " "seconds to `60` seconds." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`límite de tiempo` se puede configurar con un incremento de `5`" +" segundos, comenzando en `5` y terminando en `60` segundos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -8763,6 +9170,10 @@ msgid "" "a file` element on either side of it, to explain what action to take, and " "when a wrong extension is entered." msgstr "" +"El elemento :guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` (asistente virtual) " +"**requiere** un elemento :guilabel:`Play a file` (reproducir un archivo) a " +"cada lado del mismo, para explicar qué acción realizar y cuándo se introduce" +" una extensión incorrecta." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -8770,6 +9181,11 @@ msgid "" "window, add a :guilabel:`Menu` element, with a :guilabel:`Greeting message` " "that might read, `Press star to dial an extension`." msgstr "" +"Al personalizar un plan de marcación en una ventana emergente " +":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del plan de marcación), añada un " +"elemento :guilabel:`Menu` (menú), con un mensaje de :guilabel:`Greeting` " +"(saludo) que podría decir, `Press star to dial an extension` (presione " +"iniciar para marcar a una extensión)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -8778,6 +9194,10 @@ msgid "" "message` saying, 'Enter the extension of the person you are trying to " "reach'." msgstr "" +"Después en el elemento :guilabel:`Menú` para la opción :guilabel:`* " +"(estrella)` vincule un elemento :guilabel:`Reproducir un archivo` que " +"reproduzca un :guilabel:`mensaje de audio` que diga 'Escriba la extensión de" +" la persona con la que se quiere comunicar'." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -8786,45 +9206,63 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Play a file` element, which states, 'That is not a valid " "extension'." msgstr "" +"Después del primer elemento :guilabel:`Play a file` (reproducir un archivo)," +" agregue el elemento :guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` (asistente virtual) " +"seguido de otro elemento :guilabel:`Play a file` (reproducir un archivo) que" +" diga 'Esta extensión no es válida'." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:134 msgid "" "This last element is in place to close the loop, should the caller not enter" " a correct extension." msgstr "" +"Este último elemento se usa para cerrar el flujo, si es que la persona que " +"llama no ingresa la extensión correcta." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:136 msgid "" "Finally, this last :guilabel:`Play a file` element is looped back into the " ":guilabel:`Menu` element." msgstr "" +"Finalmente, este último elemento :guilabel:`Play a file` (reproducir un " +"archivo) regresará al elemento :guilabel:`Menu`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:0 msgid "A digital receptionist element highlighted in an example dial plan." msgstr "" +"Un elemento de asistente virtual resaltado en un ejemplo de plan de " +"marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:144 msgid "" "Dial plan elements can be configured by double-clicking them, and selecting " "different features of the Axivox console to them." msgstr "" +"Los elementos del plan de marcación pueden configurarse haciendo doble clic " +"en ellos, y seleccionándoles diferentes características de la consola " +"Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:147 msgid "" "For example, an :guilabel:`Audio message` needs to be made, and then " "selected in a :guilabel:`Play a file` or :guilabel:`Menu` element." msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, es necesario crear un :guilabel:`Mensaje de audio` y, a " +"continuación, seleccionarlo en un elemento :guilabel:`Reproducir un archivo`" +" o :guilabel:`Menú`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:150 msgid "" "For more information, see this documentation " ":ref:`voip/axivox/audio_messages`." msgstr "" +"Para más información vea la siguiente documentación " +":ref:`voip/axivox/audio_messages`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:147 msgid "Advanced routing elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elementos de enrutamiento avanzados" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -8833,22 +9271,31 @@ msgid "" "whitelisting, or time-based variables. Calls pass through a filter prior to " "their final destination, and are routed, based on the set variable(s)." msgstr "" +"Los elementos avanzados de enrutamiento dirigen las llamadas automáticamente" +" a medida que se reciben al número o números entrantes. Esto puede " +"configurarse mediante variables de geolocalización, listas de aprobaciones o" +" temporales. Las llamadas pasan a través de un filtro antes de su destino " +"final, y son enrutadas, basándose en la(s) variable(s) establecida(s)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:160 msgid "The following are advanced routing elements:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los siguientes son elementos de enrutamiento avanzados:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dispatcher`: create a call filter to route traffic, based on the " "geo-location of the caller ID." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador): cree un filtro de llamadas para enrutar " +"el tráfico según la geolocalización de la persona que llama." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access List`: create a tailored access list, with VIP customer " "preference." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Access List` (lista de acceso): crear una lista de acceso " +"personalizada, con una preferencia de usuario VIP." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:154 @@ -8856,12 +9303,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Condition`: create time conditions to route incoming traffic" " around holidays, or other sensitive time-frames." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Time Condition` (condición de tiempo): crear condiciones horarias" +" para encaminar el tráfico entrante en días festivos u otras franjas " +"horarias sensibles." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:169 msgid "" "Whitelisting is a technical term used to create a list of allowed numbers. " "Conversely, blacklisting is used to create a list of denied numbers." msgstr "" +"La lista de aprobación es un término técnico que se usa para crear una lista" +" de números permitidos. Por otro lado, la lista de exclusión se usa para " +"crear una lista de números rechazados" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -8872,10 +9325,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click " ":guilabel:`Add`. For more information, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." msgstr "" +"Para agregar uno de estos elementos vaya a la página :guilabel:`Planes de " +"marcación` ubicada en el menú en el lado izquierdo de la `consola de gestión" +" Axivox `_. Después, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Editor visual` ubicado a la derecha del plan de marcación para " +"editar el plan. Después abra el menú desplegable de :guilabel:`Eelemento " +"nuevo`, seleccione un elemento y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar`. Para más " +"información vaya a :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:179 msgid "Dispatcher scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejemplo de operador" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -8884,12 +9344,21 @@ msgid "" " a dial plan is linked to the :guilabel:`Start` element, in order to filter " "or screen calls as they come into an incoming number." msgstr "" +"Un elemento *Dispatcher* (operador) es una función del plan de marcación que" +" dirige las llamadas en función de la región o la geolocalización. En la " +"mayoría de los casos, el elemento :guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador) de un " +"plan de marcación está vinculado al elemento :guilabel:`Start` (iniciar), " +"con el fin de filtrar o filtrar las llamadas a medida que entran en un " +"número entrante." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:185 msgid "" "Double-click the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element in the :guilabel:`Dialplan " "Editor` pop-up window to configure it." msgstr "" +"Haga doble clic en el elemento :guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador) de la " +"ventana emergente :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del plan de marcación)" +" para configurarlo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -8897,6 +9366,10 @@ msgid "" "regular expressions. To add a regular expression, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the bottom of the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Este elemento comprueba los números (enrutados a través de este elemento), " +"de acuerdo con expresiones regulares. Para añadir una expresión regular, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Add a line` (agregar una línea) en la parte inferior" +" de la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -8905,6 +9378,11 @@ msgid "" "element on the dial plan showcased in the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up" " window." msgstr "" +"A continuación, en :guilabel:`Name` (nombre), introduzca un nombre " +"reconocible para identificar esta expresión. Este es el nombre que aparece " +"en el elemento :guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador) del plan de marcación " +"mostrado en la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del " +"plan de marcación)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -8913,18 +9391,27 @@ msgid "" "helpful when a company would like to filter their customers to certain " "queues, or users based on the customer's geo-location." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Expresión regular`, introduzca el código de país, o " +"código de área, que Axivox debe enrutar para las llamadas entrantes. Esto es" +" especialmente útil cuando una empresa desea filtrar sus clientes a ciertas " +"colas, o usuarios en función de la geolocalización del cliente." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:200 msgid "" "To specify all numbers behind a certain country code, or area code, include " "`\\d+` after the country code, or country code + area code." msgstr "" +"Para especificar todos los números con un código de país específico, o un " +"código de zona, incluya `\\d+` después del código del país o el código de " +"país + código de área." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Dispatcher configuration panel, with name, regular expression and add a line" " highlighted." msgstr "" +"Panel de configuración del operador, con el nombre, la expresión regular y " +"añadir una línea resaltados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:208 msgid "`02\\\\d+`: validates the numbers starting with `02`" @@ -8939,12 +9426,16 @@ msgid "" "`0052\\\\d+` validates all numbers beginning with `0052` (Mexico country " "code)" msgstr "" +"`0052\\\\d+` valida todos los números que empiecen con `0052` (código de " +"país de México)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:211 msgid "" "`001716\\\\d+`: validates all numbers beginning with `001716` (USA country " "code + Western New York area code)" msgstr "" +"`001716\\\\d+`: valida todos los números que empiecen con `001716` (código " +"de país de los Estados Unidos + código del área del oeste de Nueva York)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -8953,12 +9444,19 @@ msgid "" "specifies a match pattern in text. In other words, a match is made within " "the given range of numbers." msgstr "" +"Una expresión regular (abreviada \"regex\" o \"regexp\"), también conocida " +"como \"expresión racional\", es una secuencia de caracteres que especifica " +"un patrón de coincidencia en un texto. En otras palabras, se realiza una " +"coincidencia dentro del rango de números dado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:219 msgid "" "When the desired configurations are complete on the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` " "pop-up window, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Cuando se hayan completado las configuraciones deseadas en la ventana " +"emergente :guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador), asegúrese de hacer clic en " +":guilabel:`Save` (guardar)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -8966,12 +9464,17 @@ msgid "" "routes available to configure, based on the :guilabel:`Regular Expressions` " "that were set." msgstr "" +"Al hacerlo, aparecerá el elemento :guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador) con " +"diferentes rutas disponibles para su configuración, según las " +":guilabel:`Regular Expressions` (expresiones regulares) que se configuraron." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:225 msgid "" "Attach these routes to any :guilabel:`New element` in the " ":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Adjunte estas rutas a cualquier :guilabel:`elemento nuevo` en la ventana " +"emergente de :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del plan de marcación)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -8979,26 +9482,35 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dispatcher` element after setting at least one :guilabel:`Regular" " Expression`." msgstr "" +"Por defecto, hay una ruta :guilabel:`desconocida` que aparece en el elemento" +" :guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador) después de configurar al menos una " +":guilabel:`Regular Expression` (expresión regular)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:230 msgid "" "Calls follow this route/path when their number does not match any " ":guilabel:`Regular Expression` set on the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element." msgstr "" +"Las llamadas seguirán esta ruta cuando los números no coincidan con " +"cualquier :guilabel:`expresión regular` configurado en el elemento " +":guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "Dial plan with dispatcher element highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan de marcación con el elemento de operador resaltado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:238 msgid "Time condition scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escenario con una condición de tiempo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:240 msgid "" "When a :guilabel:`Time Condition` element is added to a dial plan, it has a " "simple :guilabel:`True` and :guilabel:`False` routing." msgstr "" +"Cuando un elemento de :guilabel:`Time Condition` (condición de tiempo) se " +"agrega al plan de marcación, tiene un enrutamiento :guilabel:`True` y " +":guilabel:`False` (verdadero y falso) simple." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -9007,6 +9519,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days of the week`, :guilabel:`Day of the month`, and " ":guilabel:`Month` can all be configured." msgstr "" +"Después de agregar el elemento :guilabel:`Time Condition` (condición de " +"tiempo) al plan de marcación, haga doble clic para configurar las variables." +" Puede configurar :guilabel:`Hour/Minute` (horas y minutos), :guilabel:`Days" +" of the week` (días de la semana), :guilabel:`Day of the month` (día del " +"mes) y :guilabel:`Month` (mes)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -9014,28 +9531,35 @@ msgid "" "time conditions, then the :guilabel:`True` path is followed, otherwise the " ":guilabel:`False` path is followed." msgstr "" +"Si el tiempo en el que la persona que llama se pone en contacto con el " +"número entrante es el mismo que las condiciones de tiempo configuradas, " +"entonces se sigue la ruta :guilabel:`True` (verdadera), de lo contrario se " +"sigue la ruta :guilabel:`False` (falsa)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:251 msgid "" "For a company that is closed yearly for the American Independence Day " "holiday (July 4th) the following time conditions should be set:" msgstr "" +"Para una empresa que todos los años cierra en el día de independencia de los" +" Estados Unidos (4 de julio) se deben configurar las siguientes condiciones " +"de tiempo:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:254 msgid ":guilabel:`Hour/Minute` - `0:0 to 23:59`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hora/Minuto` - `0:0 to 23:59`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:255 msgid ":guilabel:`Day of the week` - `All to All`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Día de la semana` - `All to All`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:256 msgid ":guilabel:`Day of the month` - `From 4 to 4`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Día del mes` - `From 4 to 4`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:257 msgid ":guilabel:`Month` - `July`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mes` - `July`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -9044,12 +9568,19 @@ msgid "" "where they can be helped, either with a real person or voicemail, this " "reduces wasted time and hangups." msgstr "" +"El elemento :guilabel:`Time Condition` (condición de tiempo) es muy util " +"sobre todo en los días de asueto, los fines de semana y horas de trabajo " +"configuradas. Cuando una persona que llama llega al destino donde se les " +"puede ayudar, ya sea con una persona o un correo de voz, esto reduce el " +"tiempo desperdiciado y los cuelgues." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Time condition element set in a dial plan on Axivox. Time condition is " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Elemento de condición de tiempo en un plan de marcación de Axivox. La " +"condición de tiempo está resaltada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -9059,16 +9590,25 @@ msgid "" " the left. Then, set the :guilabel:`Timezone` using the second field from " "the bottom, by clicking the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Para configurar la :guilabel:`Timezone` (zona horaria) en la que funciona la" +" :guilabel:`Time Condition` (condición de tiempo) vaya a la `consola de " +"gestión de Axivox `_ y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Ajustes` en el menú de la izquierda. Después, configure la " +":guilabel:`Timezone` (zona horaria) con el segundo campo empezando desde " +"abajo, solo haga clic en el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:274 msgid "Access list scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escenario de lista de acceso" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:276 msgid "" "An *Access List* element in a dial plan allows for the routing of certain " "numbers, and disallows (denies) other numbers." msgstr "" +"Un elemento de *Access list* (lista de acceso) en el plan de marcación " +"permite el enrutamiento de algunos números y desactiva (niega) otros " +"números." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -9076,6 +9616,9 @@ msgid "" "configured by double-clicking on the element directly in the " ":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Después de agregar un elemento de :guilabel:`Lista de acceso` solo tiene que" +" hacer doble clic en el elemento directamente en la ventana emergente de " +":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del plan de marcación)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -9083,6 +9626,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow` and :guilabel:`Deny` fields of the :guilabel:`Access List`" " pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Aparecen dos campos donde puede agregar de forma manual las expresiones " +"regulares, estos son :guilabel:`Allow` (permitir) y :guilabel:`Deny` " +"(bloquear) que salen en la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Access List` (lista " +"de acceso)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -9090,6 +9637,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow` field, and these callers can be sent directly to " "management." msgstr "" +"Para un cliente muy importante, puede configurar su número en el campo " +":guilabel:`Allow` (permitir) y estas personas que llaman pueden ir " +"directamente a la gestión." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:290 msgid "" @@ -9097,11 +9647,16 @@ msgid "" "referred to as a \"rational expression,\" is a sequence of characters that " "specifies a match pattern in text." msgstr "" +"Una expresión regular (abreviada \"regex\" o \"regexp\"), también conocida " +"como \"expresión racional\", es una secuencia de caracteres que especifica " +"un patrón de coincidencia en un texto." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Access list element configuration with the allow/deny fields highlighted." msgstr "" +"Configuración de un elemento de lista de acceso con los campos permitir y " +"bloquear resaltados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:298 msgid "`2\\\\d\\\\d`: validates numbers from `200 to 299`" @@ -9121,12 +9676,18 @@ msgid "" " expressions or numbers, click :guilabel:`Save` on the :guilabel:`Access " "List` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Después de configurar los campos :guilabel:`Allow` (permitir) y " +":guilabel:`Deny` (bloquear) con expresiones regulares o números, haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Save` (guardar) en la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Lista de " +"acceso`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:305 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Access list` element in the dial plan, three paths " "(or routes) are available to link to further actions." msgstr "" +"Después, en el elemento :guilabel:`Access list` (lista de acceso) del plan " +"de marcación hay tres rutas disponibles para vincular más acciones." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:308 msgid "" @@ -9136,25 +9697,37 @@ msgid "" " Lastly, :guilabel:`Authorized` callers can be sent to a specific extension " "or queue." msgstr "" +"Las llamadas desconocidas pueden enrutarse a través del flujo de menú normal" +" añadiendo un elemento :guilabel:`Menu` (menú) y conectándolo a la ruta " +":guilabel:`Unknown` (desconocido). Las llamadas :guilabel:`Refused` " +"(rechazadas) pueden enrutarse al elemento :guilabel:`Hang up` (colgar). Por " +"último, las llamadas :guilabel:`Authorized` (autorizado) pueden enviarse a " +"una extensión o cola específica." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "Access list element highlighted in an example dial plan." msgstr "" +"Elemento de una lista de acceso resaltado en un plan de marcación de " +"ejemplo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:318 msgid "Switches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Switches" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:320 msgid "" "A *Switch* element in Axivox is a simple activated/deactivated route action." msgstr "" +"Un elemento *switch* en Axivox es una acción de ruta simple que se puede " +"activar o desactivar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:322 msgid "" "These can be activated or chosen quickly, allowing for quick routing " "changes, without altering the dial plan." msgstr "" +"Estos se pueden activar o elegir sin problemas, lo que permite hacer cambios" +" rápidos en el enrutamiento sin alterar el plan de marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -9162,18 +9735,25 @@ msgid "" " switched to. This could be for new availability, or to adjust traffic flow " "for any number of reasons." msgstr "" +"Se puede configurar rutas alternas para que se pueda cambiar a estas de " +"inmediato. Esto puede ser para obtener una nueva disponibilidad, o ajustar " +"el flujo de tráfico por cualquier motivo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:328 msgid "" "Axivox allows for a simple on/off switch, and a multi-switch, which can have" " several paths to choose from." msgstr "" +"Axivox permite un switch simple de prendido/apagado y un switch múltiple, " +"con el que puede seleccionar diferentes rutas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switch`: a manual on/off control that can divert traffic, based " "on whether it is opened (on) or closed (off)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Switch`: un control manual de prendido/apagado que puede desviar " +"el tráfico de llamadas, según si se abrió (prendido) o cerró (apagado)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:333 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:156 @@ -9181,10 +9761,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multi-Switch`: a mechanism to create paths, and turn them on and " "off, to divert incoming calls." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Multi-Switch`: un mecanismo para crear rutas, apagarlas y " +"prenderlas y desviar a las llamadas entrantes." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:337 msgid "Basic switch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Switch básico" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -9194,18 +9776,28 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switches` dashboard, configure a :guilabel:`Name` for it, and " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Puede configurar un :guilabel:`Switch` desde la `consola de gestión Axivox " +"`_ desde el botón :guilabel:`Switches` en la " +"izquierda del menú. Para crear un switch nuevo haga clic en :guilabel:`Add a" +" switch` (agregar un switch) desde el tablero de :guilabel:`Switches`, " +"póngale un :guilabel:`Nombre` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:344 msgid "" "Then, toggle the desired switch to either :guilabel:`On` or :guilabel:`Off`," " from the :guilabel:`State` column on the :guilabel:`Switches` dashboard." msgstr "" +"Después, cambie el switch que quiera a :guilabel:`On` (prendido) u " +":guilabel:`Off` (apagado) en el tablero :guilabel:`Switches`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:347 msgid "" "This :guilabel:`On` / :guilabel:`Off` state automatically routes traffic in " "a dial plan, in which this switch is set." msgstr "" +"Este estado :guilabel:`On` (prendido) u :guilabel:`Off` (apagado) " +"automáticamente enruta el tráfico a un plan de marcación en el que se " +"configura este switch." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:350 msgid "" @@ -9213,16 +9805,22 @@ msgid "" "toggled in the switch. The call traffic travels to the :guilabel:`Inactive` " "route when :guilabel:`Off` is toggled in the switch." msgstr "" +"El tráfico se dirige a la ruta :guilabel:`Active` (activa) cuando se activa " +":guilabel:`On` (prendido) en el switch. El tráfico de llamadas se dirige a " +"la ruta :guilabel:`Inactive` (inactiva) cuando se activa :guilabel:`Off` " +"(apagado) en el conmutador." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:354 msgid "" "Changes can be made on the fly, just be sure to click :guilabel:`Apply " "changes` to implement the them." msgstr "" +"Puede hacer cambios al instante, solo asegúrese de hacer clic en " +":guilabel:`Aplicar cambios` para poder implementarlos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:358 msgid "Add a switch to dial plan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar un switch a un plan de marcación" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -9231,6 +9829,12 @@ msgid "" "in the left menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Visual Editor` next to the desired " "dial plan to open the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Para agregar un :guilabel:`Switch` a un plan de marcación, vaya a la " +"`consola de gestión de Axivox `_, y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`planes de marcación` en el menú izquierdo. Después haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Editor visual` que se encuentra a un lado del plan de marcación " +"deseado para abrir la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Edición del plan de " +"marcación`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -9238,22 +9842,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switch`, and then click :guilabel:`Add`. Double-click on the " "element to further configure the :guilabel:`Switch` element." msgstr "" +"Después, desde el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Nuevo elemento` seleccione " +":guilabel:`Switch` y después haga clic en :guilabel:`Add` (agregar). Haga " +"doble clic en el elemento para hacer más configuraciones en el elemento " +":guilabel:`Switch`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Switch configuration in a dial plan, with inactive and active routes " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Configuración de switch en un plan de marcación con las rutas activas e " +"inactivas resaltadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:373 msgid "Multi-switch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi-switch" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:375 msgid "" "A *Multi-Switch* element in Axivox is a switch where multiple paths can be " "configured, and switched between." msgstr "" +"El elemento *multi-switch* de Axivox es un switch donde hay varias rutas que" +" se pueden configurar y entre las que se puede cambiar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:378 msgid "" @@ -9261,12 +9873,17 @@ msgid "" " management console `_. Then, click on the " ":guilabel:`Switches` menu item in the left menu." msgstr "" +"Para configurar y establecer un elemento :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`, vaya a la" +" `consola de gestión de Axivox `_. Después, haga " +"clic en el elemento de menú :guilabel:`Switches` en el menú izquierdo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:381 msgid "" "Toggle to the :guilabel:`Multi-switch` tab to create, or set, a pre-" "configured :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` element." msgstr "" +"Cambie a la pestaña :guilabel:`Multi-switch` para crear, o establecer, un " +"elemento :guilabel:`Multi-switch` preconfigurado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -9275,10 +9892,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available choice`. Enter one :guilabel:`Available choice` per " "line. Do **not** duplicate any entries." msgstr "" +"Para crear un :guilabel:`Multi-switch` nuevo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear " +"nuevo`. Después, ingrese un :guilabel:`Nombre` para el elemento y después " +"ingrese la :guilabel:`Opción disponible`. Ingrese una :guilabel:`Opción " +"disponible` por línea y **no** duplique los registros." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:388 msgid "Remember to click :guilabel:`Save` when done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recuerde hacer clic en :guilabel:`guardar` cuando termine." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:390 msgid "" @@ -9286,6 +9907,10 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` name, under the " ":guilabel:`Multi-switch` tab on the :guilabel:`Switches` dashboard." msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar el :guilabel:`Estado` del :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`, haga " +"clic en el menú desplegable a un lado de la palabra :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Switch`, en la pestaña :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` del tablero " +":guilabel:`Switches`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -9293,10 +9918,14 @@ msgid "" " The :guilabel:`State` can be edited on the fly, just be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Apply changes`." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`State` (estado) seleccionado es la ruta que se sigue en el " +"plan de marcación. El :guilabel:`State` (estado) se puede editar en el " +"momento, solo asegúrese de de hacer clic en :guilabel:`Apply changes` " +"(aplicar cambios)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:398 msgid "Add a multi-switch to dial plan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agregar multi-switch al plan de marcación" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -9304,12 +9933,18 @@ msgid "" "`Axivox management console `_, and click " ":guilabel:`Dial plans` in the left menu." msgstr "" +"Para agregar un elemento :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` al plan de marcación, vaya" +" a la `consola de gestión de Axivox `_ y después " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Dial plans` (planes de marcación) en el menú " +"izquierdo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:403 msgid "" "Then, select or create a dial plan. Next, click :guilabel:`Visual Editor` on" " the desired dial plan." msgstr "" +"Después, seleccione o cree un plan de marcación. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Editor visual` en el plan de marcación deseado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -9318,15 +9953,22 @@ msgid "" " Then, click :guilabel:`Add`. Double-click on the element to further " "configure the :guilabel:`Switch` element." msgstr "" +"En la ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del plan de " +"marcación), haga clic en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` " +"(nuevo elemento) y después seleccione :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`. Después, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Add` (agregar). Haga doble clic en el elemento para" +" hacer más configuraciones del elemento :guilabel:`Switch`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Multi-switch configuration in a dial plan, with chosen route highlighted." msgstr "" +"La configuración del multi-switch en un plan de marcación, con la ruta " +"seleccionada resaltada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:3 msgid "Dial plan basics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información básica de los planes de marcación" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9337,32 +9979,50 @@ msgid "" "company can call them back. With dial plans in Axivox, a company can manage " "how incoming calls like this are handled." msgstr "" +"Cuando alguien marca a una empresa, es posible que quieran hablar con " +"soporte al cliente, el equipo de ventas o incluso con una persona en " +"específico. Es posible que la persona que esté marcando también quiera " +"obtener información sobre el negocio, como a qué hora está abierta una " +"tienda. Por otro lado, también es posible que quieran dejar un buzón de voz " +"para que alguien de la empresa les regrese la llamada. Con los planes de " +"marcación de Axivox una empresa puede gestionar cómo las llamadas entrantes " +"se gestionan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:11 msgid "" "Using proper call architecture through a dial plan, callers get directed to " "the right people, or to the right information, in a quick, efficient manner." msgstr "" +"Si usa una arquitectura de llamada adecuada con un plan de marcación, las " +"personas que llamen llegarán al personal indicado, o a la información " +"correcta, de forma rápida y eficiente." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:14 msgid "This document covers the basic configuration of dial plans in Axivox." msgstr "" +"En este documento se explica la configuración básica de un plan de marcación" +" en Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on advanced dial plans, visit " ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." msgstr "" +"Para más información sobre planes de marcación avanzados, visite " +":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:20 msgid "" "Using a browser add-on for spelling may hinder the use of the visual editor " "in dial plans. Do not use a translator with the Axivox management console." msgstr "" +"El uso de un complemento del navegador para la ortografía puede dificultar " +"el uso del editor visual en los planes de marcación. No utilice un traductor" +" con la consola de gestión de Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:26 msgid "Dial plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planes de marcación" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -9370,12 +10030,18 @@ msgid "" "`_, and clicking on :guilabel:`Dial plans` from " "the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Para acceder a los planes de marcación vaya a `la consola de gestión de " +"Axivox `_ y haga clic en los :guilabel:`Dial " +"plans` (planes de marcación) desde el menú en la izquierda." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:31 msgid "" "To add a new dial plan from the :guilabel:`Dial plan` page, click the green " "button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a new dial plan`." msgstr "" +"Para agregar un nuevo plan de marcación desde la página :guilabel:`Dial " +"plans` (plan de marcación) haga clic en el botón verde llamado guilabel:`Add" +" a new dial plan` (agregar un nuevo plan de marcación)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -9383,32 +10049,45 @@ msgid "" "can be added, and improved upon, at any time. This allows for sandboxes to " "be created with many different configurations." msgstr "" +"Axivox no limita el número de planes de marcación que se pueden crear. Estos" +" se pueden agregar e incluso mejorar en cualquier momento. Esto permite que " +"se creen entornos con muchas configuraciones diferentes." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "" "Dial plan dashboard with the edit features and Add a dial plan button " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"El tablero de plan de marcación con las funciones de edición y el botón " +"Agregar un plan de marcación resaltados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:43 msgid "" "To edit an existing dial plan, choose one of the following options to the " "right of the saved dial plan:" msgstr "" +"Para editar un plan de marcación existente, seleccione una de las siguientes" +" opciones a la derecha del plan de marcación guardado:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: this action deletes the attached dial plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Delete` (borrar): esta acción borra el plan de marcación adjunto." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit`: this action allows the user to edit the dial plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Edit` (editar): esta acción permite que un usuario edite el plan " +"de marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Visual Editor`: this action opens a visual editor window, where " "the dial plan architecture can be viewed and edited." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visual Editor` (editor visual): esta acción abre una ventana de " +"editor visual donde se puede ver y editar la arquitectura del plan de " +"marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9416,10 +10095,13 @@ msgid "" "the bottom of the list, with an extension of one number (+1) larger than the" " original extension." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duplicate` (duplicado): esta acción duplica el plan de marcación " +"y lo coloca al final de la lista, con una extensión que es un número (+1) " +"más larga que la extensión original." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:54 msgid "Dialplan editor (visual editor)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Editor del plan de marcación (editor visual)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -9427,6 +10109,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dial plan` page, a pop-up :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` window " "appears." msgstr "" +"Cuando se hace clic en el :guilabel:`Visual Editor` (editor visual) para un " +"plan de marcación en la página :guilabel:`Dial plan` (plan de marcación), " +"aparecerá una ventana emergente de :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor de un" +" plan de marcación)," #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -9435,18 +10121,27 @@ msgid "" "(graphical user interface)` appears, where various dial plan elements can be" " configured and linked together." msgstr "" +"Esta ventana emergente es el lugar donde la arquitectura o la estructura del" +" plan de marcación se configura. En esta ventana aparecerá una :abbr:`GUI " +"(interfaz gráfica de usuario)` donde puede configurar y vincular varios " +"elementos del plan de marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "" "Visual editor for an example dial plan, with the new element, Add, and Save buttons\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Editor visual para un plan de marcación de ejemplo, con el elemento nuevo y los botones agregar y guardar\n" +"resaltados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:69 msgid "" "New dial plans come blank with :guilabel:`New element` options for the user " "to :guilabel:`Add` and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Los planes de marcación nuevos se crean vacíos con opciones para " +":guilabel:`Add` (agregar) y :guilabel:`Save` (guardar) los :guilabel:`New " +"element` (nuevos elementos)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -9455,6 +10150,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button **must** be pressed before closing the " ":menuselection:`Visual editor`." msgstr "" +"El método para guardar dentro del :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del " +"plan de marcación) es diferente que cuando se hacen otras ediciones en la " +"consola de gestión de Axivox ya que el botón de :guilabel:`Save` (guardar) " +"se **debe** presionar antes de cerrar el :menuselection:`Visual editor` " +"(editor visual)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -9462,6 +10162,10 @@ msgid "" "**must** click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Dial plan` page." msgstr "" +"Después, antes de que se puedan hacer estos cambios en la plataforma de " +"Axivox, el usuario **debe** hacer clic en :guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar" +" cambios) en la esquina superior derecha de la página :guilabel:`Dial plan` " +"(plan de marcación)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -9469,6 +10173,11 @@ msgid "" "element to the dial plan. To do that, open the :guilabel:`New element` drop-" "down menu, and select the desired element. Then, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Desde la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del plan de " +"marcación) los usuarios pueden agregar un nuevo elemento al plan de " +"marcación. Para hacerlo, abra el menú desplegable :guilabel:`New element` " +"(nuevo elemento) y seleccione el elemento deseado. Después, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Add` (agregar)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -9476,6 +10185,9 @@ msgid "" "being modified. This element can be moved where desired amongst the other " "elements present in the dial plan." msgstr "" +"Hacer esto agrega un elemento a la visualización del editor visual del plan " +"de marcación que se está modificando. Este elemento se puede mover a donde " +"se desee de entre varios elementos presentes en el plan de marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -9485,17 +10197,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(arrow)` icon to the desired element in the dial plan that it is " "meant to connect with." msgstr "" +"Para conectar elementos en el plan de marcación haga clic y arrastre hacia " +"afuera del icono :guilabel:`(círculo abierto)` en el lado derecho del " +"elemento. De esta manera se mostrará un icono de :guilabel:`(flecha)`. " +"Después arrastre este icono de :guilabel:`(flecha)` al elemento deseado en " +"el plan de marcación con el que se debe conectar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:91 msgid "" "Connect the :guilabel:`(arrow)` icon to the circle on the left side of the " "desired element." msgstr "" +"Conecte el icono de :guilabel:`(flecha)` al círculo del lado izquierdo del " +"elemento deseado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:93 msgid "" "Calls displayed in the dial plan flow from left-to-right in the element." msgstr "" +"Las llamadas se muestran en el plan de marcación de izquierda a derecha en " +"el elemento." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -9503,12 +10224,17 @@ msgid "" " element inside the dial plan, to reveal a subsequent pop-up window, wherein" " additional customizations can be entered." msgstr "" +"Para poder configurar más un :guilabel:`New element` (nuevo elemento), haga " +"doble clic en el elemento dentro del plan de marcación para que se muestre " +"una ventana emergente, donde se puede realizar más personalizaciones." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:98 msgid "" "Each element has a different configuration pop-up window that appears when " "double-clicked." msgstr "" +"Cada elemento tiene una ventana de configuración emergente diferente que " +"aparece cuando se le hace doble clic." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -9517,12 +10243,19 @@ msgid "" "up` element, or looping the element back to a :guilabel:`Menu` element or " ":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` element elsewhere in the dial plan." msgstr "" +"Todos los elementos **deben** tener un destino final en el plan de marcación" +" para que se pueda cerrar el flujo. Para hacerlo se debe implementar el " +"elemento :guilabel:`Hang up` (colgar) o se debe indicar que el elemento " +"regresará a los elementos :guilabel:`Menu` (menú) o :guilabel:`Digital " +"Receptionist` (asistente virtual) en otro lado del plan de marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:0 msgid "" "Dial plan, shown with highlight looping open end back to the beginning of the menu\n" "element." msgstr "" +"Plano de marcación, mostrado con el extremo abierto en bucle de regreso hacia el principio del elemento\n" +"de menú." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -9532,10 +10265,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dial plans` page to ensure they are implemented into Axivox " "production." msgstr "" +"Una vez que todos los elementos del plan de marcación y configuraciones " +"estén completas, recuerde hacer clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` antes de salir " +"de la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del plan de " +"marcación). Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar " +"cambios) en la página :guilabel:`Dial plans` (planes de marcación) para " +"asegurarse de que se están implementado en un Axivox en producción." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:117 msgid "Dial plan elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elementos del plan de marcación" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -9543,96 +10282,123 @@ msgid "" "down menu, while designing a dial plan in the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Los siguientes elementos están disponibles en el menú desplegable " +":guilabel:`New element` (nuevo elemento) al diseñar un plan de marcación en " +"la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` (editor del plan de " +"marcación)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:123 msgid "Basic elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elementos básicos" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:125 msgid "" "These are the basic elements that are used in simple dial plans in Axivox:" msgstr "" +"Estos son algunos elementos básicos que se usan en planes de marcación en " +"Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Call`: call an extension or queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Call` (llamar): llamar a una extensión o a la cola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Play a file`: play an audio file or voice greeting." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Play a file` (reproducir archivo): reproducir un archivo de audio" +" o un saludo de voz." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Voicemail`: forward to a voicemail (terminal)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Voicemail` (correo de voz): enviar a un correo de voz (terminal)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`Hang up`: hang up the call (terminal)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hang up` (colgar): colgar la llamada (terminal)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Queue`: attach a call queue with a group of users to answer a " "call." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Queue` (cola): adjuntar una cola de llamadas a un grupo de " +"usuarios para responder una llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conference`: add a conference room for a caller to connect to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Conference` (conferencia): agrega un sala de conferencia a la que" +" una persona que llama se pueda conectar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:137 msgid "" "Routing elements change or route the path of a caller, these are some basic " "routing elements used in Axivox:" msgstr "" +"Los elementos de enrutamiento cambian o dirigen a la llamada, estos son " +"elementos de enrutamiento básicos en Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Menu`: add a dial-by-number directory and configure downstream " "actions (not terminal)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Menu` (menú): agregar un directorio de marcación directa y " +"configura acciones descendentes (no terminal)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switch`: attach a manual on/off control that can divert traffic " "based on whether it is opened (On) or closed (Off)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Switch`: un control manual de prendido/apagado que puede desviar " +"el tráfico de llamadas, según si se abrió (prendido) o cerró (apagado)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`: attach a virtual dispatcher to listen for " "extensions to connect to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Asistente virtual`: adjuntar un operador virtual que escuche " +"extensiones a las que conectarse." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:149 msgid "These are the more advanced elements that route calls in Axivox:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estos son los elementos más avanzados que enrutan llamadas en Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dispatcher`: create a call filter to route traffic based on the " "geo-location of the caller ID." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dispatcher` (operador): cree un filtro de llamadas para enrutar " +"el tráfico según la geolocalización de la persona que llama." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access List`: create a tailored access list with VIP customer " "preference." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Access List` (lista de acceso): crear una lista de acceso " +"personalizada, con una preferencia de usuario VIP." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:162 msgid "The following are more advanced elements (not routing) in Axivox:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estos son los elementos más avanzados (sin enrutar) en Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:169 msgid "" "Dial plan elements can be configured by double-clicking them, and linking " "different aspects of the Axivox console to them." msgstr "" +"Los elementos del plan de marcación pueden configurarse haciendo doble clic " +"en ellos y vincular diferentes aspectos de la consola Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:173 msgid "Attach to incoming number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adjuntar a un número entrante" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -9640,12 +10406,17 @@ msgid "" "management console `_ , and click on " ":guilabel:`Incoming numbers`." msgstr "" +"Para adjuntar un plan de marcación existente a un número entrante, vaya a la" +" `consola de gestión de Axivox `_ y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Incoming numbers` (números entrantes)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:178 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` next to the number to which the dial plan " "should be attached." msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Edit` (editar) a un lado del número al que " +"se le debe adjuntar el plan de marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -9655,6 +10426,12 @@ msgid "" "choose the desired dial plan from the :guilabel:`Dial plan` field that " "appears." msgstr "" +"Esto mostrará una página separada en la que el plan de marcación de número " +"se puede modificar. Para hacerlo, seleccione :guilabel:`Dial plan` (plan de " +"marcación) desde el menú desplegable del campo :guilabel:`Destination type " +"for voice call` (tipo de destino para una llamada de voz). Después, " +"seleccione el plan de marcación deseado desde el campo de :guilabel:`Dial " +"plan` (plan de marcación) que aparece." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -9662,16 +10439,21 @@ msgid "" "configured dial plan is activated, and runs through the prompts to properly " "route the caller." msgstr "" +"De este modo, cuando un número en específico llame el plan de marcación " +"configurado se activa y se ejecutan todas las instrucciones para poder " +"enrutar la llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:187 msgid "" "Finally, :guilabel:`Save` the changes, and click :guilabel:`Apply changes` " "in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"Finalmente, :guilabel:`guarde` los cambios y haga clic en :guilabel:`Apply " +"changes` (aplicar cambios) en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:191 msgid "Basic dial plan scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escenario de un plan de marcación básico" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -9681,10 +10463,17 @@ msgid "" "Play a file --> Menu --> (Hang-up, Calls, Queues, Conferences) --> " "(Voicemail, Hang-up)`." msgstr "" +"Aquí se muestra un escenario de plan de marcación básico para enrutar " +"llamadas, donde los elementos adicionales se pueden agregar para expandir la" +" configuración. Este escenario del plan de marcación básico incluye los " +"siguientes elementos vinculados en :menuselection:`Start (iniciar) --> Play " +"a file (reproducir un archivo) --> Menu (menú) --> (Hang-up [colgar], Calls " +"[llamadas], Queues [colas], Conferences [conferencias]) --> (Voicemail " +"[llamada de voz], Hang-up [colgar])`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "Basic dial plan configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración del plan de marcación básico." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -9692,10 +10481,13 @@ msgid "" " information on call routing, reference this documentation: " ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." msgstr "" +"Esta configuración **no** incluye ningún enrutamiento básico o avanzado de " +"llamada. Para más información sobre enrutamiento de llamadas, vea esta " +"documentación: :doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:3 msgid "Dynamic caller ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificador de llamadas dinámico" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9704,12 +10496,19 @@ msgid "" " ID shows users and clients who is calling, so they can choose to pick up or" " decline the call." msgstr "" +"El *Caller ID* identifica la llamada cuando se hace una llamada telefónica. " +"Permite que la persona que reciba la llamada vea el número desde que se está" +" marcando. El identificador de llamadas le muestra a los usuarios y a los " +"clientes quién está llamando, así pueden decidir si responder o colgar la " +"llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:9 msgid "" "Axivox offers a dynamic caller ID option to choose which number is displayed" " on outgoing calls." msgstr "" +"Axivox ofrece una opción de identificador de llamadas dinámico con el que se" +" puede elegir qué número se muestra en las llamadas salientes." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9718,6 +10517,11 @@ msgid "" "country code of the destination being called. By displaying a local number, " "this can increase customer engagement." msgstr "" +"Se pueden comprar números internacionales para hacer transacciones de " +"negocios internacionales, a través de una llamada telefónica, desde un " +"número que tenga un código de área o un código de país del destino al que se" +" está llamando. Si se muestra un número local es más probable que el cliente" +" responda la llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9728,10 +10532,17 @@ msgid "" "main company phone number, so any number of employees in the group can " "answer the call. This way, a call is never missed." msgstr "" +"Algunas empresas tienen muchos empleados que hacen llamadas desde un centro " +"de llamadas. Estos empleados no siempre están disponibles para recibir una " +"llamada regresada de un cliente potencial. En este caso puede configurar el " +":abbr:`VoIP (voz sobre protocolo de internet)`de manera que el identificador" +" de llamadas dinámico muestre el número de la empresa principal, así que " +"cualquier número de empleados dentro del grupo puede responder la llamada. " +"Así nunca se pierden las llamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:24 msgid "Default outgoing number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Número de salida automático" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -9740,6 +10551,10 @@ msgid "" "outside the company, the default outgoing number shows up automatically on " "the caller ID." msgstr "" +"En Axivox se puede configurar un *número predeterminado*, este será el " +"número principal de la empresa. Esto significa que cuando alguien de la " +"empresa (usuario/empleado) llama a un número fuera de la empresa, el número " +"automático de salida se muestra como identificador de llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9749,6 +10564,11 @@ msgid "" " helpful in cases where employees change positions frequently, or if they " "leave the company." msgstr "" +"Si alguien de afuera de la empresa intenta regresar la llamada al " +"usuario/empleado se les canalice a través de la línea principal (número " +"automático). Si hay un plan de marcación configurado, se les pide que hagan " +"unas selecciones. Esto es muy útil en caso donde los empleados cambien de " +"puestos frecuentemente, o si dejan la empresa." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9757,6 +10577,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings` in the left menu, and navigate to :guilabel:`Default " "outgoing number`." msgstr "" +"Para acceder al número automático, vaya a la `consola de gestión de Axivox " +"`_ e inicie sesión. Después, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Settings` (ajustes) en el menú izquierdo y vaya a " +":guilabel:`Default outgoing number` (número de salida automático)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -9764,6 +10588,9 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu, and making a selection from the incoming phone numbers " "available on Axivox." msgstr "" +"Desde aquí, puede cambiar el :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` (número de " +"salida automático) haciendo clic en el menú desplegable y seleccionándolo " +"desde los números entrantes disponibles en Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -9771,6 +10598,10 @@ msgid "" "changes` in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`General Settings` page " "to implement the change." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de :guilabel:`Guardar` los cambios, después haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar cambios) en la esquina superior derecha " +"de la página :guilabel:`General Settings` (ajustes generales) para " +"implementar el cambio." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9778,6 +10609,10 @@ msgid "" "Axivox management portal. However, the outgoing number can also be " "configured differently at the user level." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` (número automático de salida) es lo " +"que se muestra en automático en el portal de gestión de Axivox. Sin embargo," +" el número de salida también se puede configurar de forma diferente a nivel " +"de usuario." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:53 msgid "Users" @@ -9790,6 +10625,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Users` from the menu on the left, and then click :guilabel:`Edit`" " to the right of the user that is to be configured." msgstr "" +"Para configurar el número saliente a nivel de usuario, acceda a la `consola " +"de gestión Axivox `_. A continuación, haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Users` (usuario) en el menú de la izquierda y, a continuación," +" haga clic en :guilabel:`Edit` (editar) a la derecha del usuario que desea " +"configurar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -9798,6 +10638,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-caller-id-default`), or any of the incoming " "numbers on the Axivox account." msgstr "" +"En :guilabel:`Outgoing number` (número saliente), haga clic en el menú " +"desplegable para seleccionar el :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` (Número " +"saliente por defecto) (como se especifica aquí: :ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-" +"caller-id-default`), o cualquiera de los números entrantes de la cuenta " +"Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -9805,6 +10650,10 @@ msgid "" "number` drop-down menu ensures this user has the :guilabel:`Default outgoing" " number` shown on their caller ID when making calls." msgstr "" +"La selección de :guilabel:`Default` (automático) en el menú desplegable " +":guilabel:`Outgoing number` (número saliente) garantiza que este usuario " +"tenga el :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` (número saiente predeterminado)" +" mostrado en su identificador de llamadas al realizar llamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -9812,6 +10661,10 @@ msgid "" "under :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` (in the Axivox console's menu on the " "left), that means this user has a direct line for customers to reach them." msgstr "" +"Si se escoge un número específico y ese número ya se le asignó a otro " +"usuario como :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` (números entrantes) (en el menú de" +" la consola de Axivox), esto significa que este usuario tiene una línea " +"directa para que los clientes se pongan en contacto con ellos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -9819,16 +10672,22 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner to implement " "the change." msgstr "" +"Una vez que los cambios deseados estén completos, asegúrense de hacer clic " +"en :guilabel:`Save` (guardar) y después haga clic en :guilabel:`Aplicar " +"cambios` en la esquina superior derecha para implementar el cambio." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, when creating a new user in Axivox, the :guilabel:`Outgoing " "number` is automatically set to :guilabel:`Default`." msgstr "" +"Por defecto, cuando se crea un nuevo usuario en Axivox, el " +":guilabel:`Outgoing number` (número saliente) está configurado como " +":guilabel:`Default` (predeterminado)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:78 msgid "Advanced options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opciones avanzadas" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -9838,6 +10697,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced options` to the right of :guilabel:`Default outgoing " "number`." msgstr "" +"Para ingresar a las :guilabel:`Advanced options` (opciones avanzadas), vaya " +"a la opción :guilabel:`Ajustes` en el menú de la izquierda de la `consola de" +" gestión Axivox `_. Después, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Advanced options` (opciones avanzadas) a la derecha del " +":guilabel:`Default outgoing number` (número automático de salida)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -9846,6 +10710,11 @@ msgid "" "fields. From here, different caller IDs can be set up, depending on what " "location the user/employee is calling from." msgstr "" +"Por defecto, no hay reglas avanzadas configuradas. Para crear una haga clic " +"en el icono verde :guilabel:`+ (plus)`. Al hacerlo se muestra una línea con " +"dos campos en blanco. Desde aquí puede configurar diferentes identificadores" +" de llamadas, dependiendo en la ubicación desde la que está hablando el " +"usuario o empleado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -9854,6 +10723,11 @@ msgid "" " Then, in the second empty field, select the phone number that should be " "used for calling out from that country code." msgstr "" +"Para crear una regla, primero configure un :guilabel:`Destination prefix` " +"(prefijo de destino) en el primer campo vacío. Este es el código del país " +"completo, incluyendo los ceros frente a él. Después, en el segundo campo " +"vacío, seleccione el número de teléfono que se debe usar para hacer llamadas" +" salientes de ese código de país." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -9861,12 +10735,19 @@ msgid "" "default outgoing number configured` to allow these rules to take precedent " "over all other outgoing configurations." msgstr "" +"Marque la casilla de :guilabel:`Apply advanced rules even for users with a " +"default outgoing number configured` (aplicar reglas avanzadas incluso para " +"usuarios con un número predeterminado configurado) para permitir que estas " +"reglas tengan prioridad sobre todas las demás configuraciones de salida." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:97 msgid "" "The order of the rules can be modified by dragging-and-dropping them into " "another order. The first matching rule is applied." msgstr "" +"Para modificar el orden de las reglas solo tiene que arrastrarlas y " +"soltarlas en otro orden. La regla que se aplica primero es la primera que " +"coincida." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -9874,6 +10755,9 @@ msgid "" "number for Great Britain when calling from the `0044` country code (Great " "Britain)." msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, una empresa quiere que todos sus usuarios o empleados utilicen " +"el número configurado para Inglaterra al llamar desde el código de país " +"`0044` (Inglaterra)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -9882,10 +10766,15 @@ msgid "" "Order the rules as necessary, and select the checkbox to supersede all other" " rules, if needed." msgstr "" +"Para ello, basta con escribir `0044` en el campo :guilabel:`Destination " +"prefix` (Prefijo de destino) y seleccionar el número que empieza por el " +"prefijo de país `+44`. Ordene las reglas según sea necesario, y seleccione " +"la casilla de verificación para reemplazar todas las demás reglas, si es " +"necesario." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:0 msgid "Advanced options for the default outgoing number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las opciones avanzadas para el número de salida predeterminado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -9893,10 +10782,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right " "corner to implement the change." msgstr "" +"Una vez que las configuraciones deseadas estén completas, asegúrense de " +"hacer clic en :guilabel:`Save` (guardar) y después haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Aplicar cambios` en la esquina superior derecha para implementar " +"el cambio." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:3 msgid "Manage users in Axivox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestionar usuarios en Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9906,12 +10799,20 @@ msgid "" "extension, and a voicemail. This way, they can be reached in a variety of " "convenient ways." msgstr "" +"La gestión de usuarios Axivox :abbr:`VoIP (voz sobre protocolo de internet)`" +" es una parte importante de la configuración de :abbr:`VoIP (voz sobre " +"protocolo de internet)` en una base de datos Odoo. Cada usuario Axivox tiene" +" un nombre único, número de teléfono o extensión, y un buzón de voz. De esta" +" manera, tenemos muchas maneras de localizarlos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:10 msgid "" "Axivox users are organized in a simple, straightforward way in the Axivox " "console, so an administrator can manage users quickly and easily." msgstr "" +"Los usuarios Axivox se organizan de una forma simple y directa en la consola" +" de Axivox, así que un administrador puede gestionar usuarios rápido y sin " +"problemas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -9919,6 +10820,9 @@ msgid "" "called, Axivox. Depending on the chosen VoIP provider, the processes to " "manage users may be different." msgstr "" +"Esta documentación habla sobre cómo configurar todo a través del proveedor " +"Axivox. Dependiendo del proveedor VoIP es probable que el proceso para " +"gestionar usuarios sea diferente." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:18 msgid "Overview" @@ -9930,6 +10834,9 @@ msgid "" "`https://manage.axivox.com `_. Log in with the " "appropriate administrator credentials." msgstr "" +"Primero debe ir a la consola de gestión de Axivox en " +"`https://manage.axivox.com `_. Inicie sesión con " +"las credenciales de administrador correctas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -9939,12 +10846,19 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button in the upper-right corner of the " "console." msgstr "" +"Para que los cambios se apliquen las acciones en la consola de gestión se " +"**deben** guardar dos veces. Para guardar cualquier cambio, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Save` (guardar) en los cambios individuales en la pantalla. " +"Después, para implementar esos cambios, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Aplicar cambios` en la esquina superior derecha de la consola." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:34 msgid "" "Incoming numbers are all the numbers a company is paying to use to receive " "calls." msgstr "" +"Los números entrantes son todos los números que una empresa paga para " +"usarlos y para recibir llamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9953,12 +10867,19 @@ msgid "" " page, where all the incoming numbers are listed, along with their " ":guilabel:`Destination` and SMS information." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :menuselection:`Incoming numbers` (números entrantes) en el " +"menú de la izquierda de la consola de gestión Axivox. Al hacerlo, aparecerá " +"la página :menuselection:`Incoming numbers` (números entrantes), donde se " +"enumeran todos los números entrantes, junto con su :guilabel:`Destino` y la " +"información de SMS." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:40 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Destination` determines the action that is taken, or the path" " the caller follows when dialing said numbers." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`destino` determina la acción que se debe tomar, o el camino " +"que la persona que hace la llamada debe seguir al llamar a estos números." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -9967,36 +10888,43 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit number` page that appears, the :guilabel:`Destination type " "for voice call` can be changed." msgstr "" +"Para editar el :guilabel:`Destino`, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Edit` " +"(editar) situado en el extremo derecho de la línea del número entrante que " +"desea modificar. A continuación, en la página :guilabel:`Edit number` " +"(editar número) que aparece, se puede cambiar el :guilabel:`Destination type" +" for voice call` (tipo de destino para una llamada de voz)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:47 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Destination type for voice call` " "drop-down menu are as follows:" msgstr "" +"Las opciones disponibles en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Destination type " +"for voice call` (Tipo de destino para llamada de voz) son las siguientes:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Not configured`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Not configured` (no configurado)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Extension`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Extension` (extensión)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Dial plan`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Dial plan` (plan de marcación)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Voicemail`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Voicemail` (buzón de voz)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Hang up`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hang up` (colgar)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Conference`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Conference` (conferencia)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -10006,12 +10934,22 @@ msgid "" "revealed, based on the selection made in the :guilabel:`Destination type for" " voice call` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de la selección realizada en el menú desplegable " +":guilabel:`Destination type for voice call` (tipo de destino para una " +"llamada de voz), se rellena un segundo menú desplegable específico de la " +"selección con más opciones de configuración. Además, se muestran más campos " +"en función de la selección realizada en el menú desplegable " +":guilabel:`Destination type for voice call` (tipo de destino para una " +"llamada de voz)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then " "click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner to implement them." msgstr "" +"Una vez que las configuraciones estén completas, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar " +"cambios) en la esquina superior derecha para implementar los cambios." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:66 msgid "New users" @@ -10022,6 +10960,8 @@ msgid "" "Every employee using :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` at the " "company needs an Axivox user account associated with them." msgstr "" +"Cada empleado que utilice :abbr:`VoIP (voz sobre protocolo de internet)` en " +"la empresa necesita una cuenta de usuario Axivox asociada a él." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -10030,6 +10970,11 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Number`, :guilabel:`Name`, option for a :guilabel:`Voicemail`, " "and an :guilabel:`Outgoing number` specified." msgstr "" +"Para ver los usuarios existentes en la consola de gestión Axivox haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Users` (usuarios) en el menú de la izquierda de la consola. " +"Cada usuario tiene un :guilabel:`número`, :guilabel:`nombre` y la opción de " +"tener un :guilabel:`buzón de voz` y un :guilabel:`número de salida` " +"específicos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -10037,43 +10982,58 @@ msgid "" "reveal a :guilabel:`New user` form. The following tabs are available for " "configuring the new user:" msgstr "" +"Para crear un usuario nuevo en la consola de Axivox, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Add a user` (agregar un usuario) para mostrar un formulario de " +":guilabel:`New user` (usuario nuevo). Las siguientes pestañas están " +"disponibles para configurar el nuevo usuario:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`General`: basic information, including the extension of the user," " can be set." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`General` (general): se puede configurar información básica, " +"incluyendo la extensión del usuario." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forwardings`: internal forwards on 'no answer' or busy signals." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Forwardings` (reenvíos): reenvíos internos ante señales de \"no " +"contesta\" u ocupado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Follow Me`: external forward configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Follow Me` (sígueme): configuración de reenvío externo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keys`: set hot-keys within the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet " "Protocol)` system." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Keys` (teclas): establezca teclas de acceso rápido dentro del " +"sistema :abbr:`VoIP (Voz sobre protocolo de internet )`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SIP Identifiers`: :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` " "username and password for external configuration." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SIP Identifiers` (identificadores SIP): el nombre de usuario y " +"contraseña :abbr:`SIP (Protocolo de iniciación de sesión)` para " +"configuración externa." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Permissions`: set access rights for users in the Axivox " "management console." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Permissions` (permisos): configura permisos de acceso para " +"usuarios en la consola de gestión de Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:87 msgid "General tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña general" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -10081,10 +11041,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extension` field, input an extension that is unique to the user. " "This is the number internal users dial to reach a specific employee." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`General` \"general\" del formulario :guilabel:`New " +"user` (usuario nuevo) vaya al campo :guilabel:`Extension` (extensión) e " +"ingrese una extensión que sea única para el usuario. Este es el número que " +"los usuarios internos tendrán que marcar para poder hablar con ese empleado " +"en específico." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:93 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, input the employee name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En el campo :guilabel:`Name` (nombre) ingrese el nombre del empleado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -10092,12 +11057,18 @@ msgid "" "email address for the employee should be added here, where the user receives" " business emails." msgstr "" +"Después, llene el campo :guilabel:`Email address of the user` (dirección de " +"correo del usuario). Aquí se debe agregar una dirección de correo válida " +"para el empleado, donde el usuario recibirá correos electrónicos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:98 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`GSM number` field, enter an alternative number at which " "the user can be reached. Be sure to include the country code." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`GSM number` (número GSM) ingrese un número " +"alternativo con el se puede comunicar con el usuario. Asegúrese de incluir " +"el código del país." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:134 @@ -10106,6 +11077,9 @@ msgid "" " phone system. The country code is dialed first, prior to the target number." " Each country in the world has its own specific country code." msgstr "" +"Un código del país es un código de ubicación que permite acceso al sistema " +"telefónico del país deseado. Primero se marca el código del país y después " +"el número deseado. Cada país tiene su propio código de país específico." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:145 @@ -10119,12 +11093,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "General tab layout in the Axivox management console." msgstr "" +"Visualización de la pestaña general en la consola de gestión de Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:113 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Voicemail` field, select either :guilabel:`Yes` or " ":guilabel:`No` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`buzón de voz` seleccione ya sea :guilabel:`Yes` o " +":guilabel:`No` (sí o no) desde el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -10133,12 +11110,19 @@ msgid "" "the drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Directory` is used in the *Digital " "Receptionist* feature element of a dial-plan." msgstr "" +"El administrador puede dejar en blanco el campo :guilabel:`Directory` " +"(directorio) al no hacer ningún cambio o seleccionar :guilabel:`Default` " +"(por defecto) desde el menú desplegable. El :guilabel:`Directory` " +"(directorio) se usa en el elemento *Asistente virtual* del plan de " +"marcación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:120 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`General` tab, there are two separate options" " with selection boxes." msgstr "" +"Al final de la pestaña :guilabel:`General` hay dos opciones separadas donde " +"hay unas cajas de selección." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -10146,12 +11130,19 @@ msgid "" "same time`. By selecting this option, users are able to receive calls when " "on another call." msgstr "" +"La primera opción es :guilabel:`This user can receive multiple calls at the " +"same time` (este usuario puede recibir varias llamadas al mismo tiempo). Al " +"seleccionar esta opción, los usuarios pueden recibir llamadas aunque estén " +"en otra llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:125 msgid "" "The second option, :guilabel:`This user must log-in to call`, provides the " "option to make it mandatory for the user to log in." msgstr "" +"La segunda opción, :guilabel:`This user must log-in to call` (este usuario " +"debe iniciar sesión para llamar), hace que sea obligatorio que un usuario " +"inicie sesión." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -10159,16 +11150,23 @@ msgid "" "to be able to log in from *any* phone or desk in the office, they would make" " the selection for :guilabel:`This user must log-in to call`." msgstr "" +"Si una empresa usa teléfonos físicos de VoIP en los escritorios y quiere que" +" sus empleados inicien sesión desde *cualquier* teléfono o escritorio en la " +"oficina, deben seleccionar :guilabel:`This user must log-in to call` (este " +"usuario debe iniciar sesión para llamar)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:133 msgid "" "Once the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then " "click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"Una vez que las configuraciones estén completas, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar " +"cambios) en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:139 msgid "Forwardings tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña de desvíos" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -10176,11 +11174,16 @@ msgid "" "company can decide what happens if someone calls a user, and the call is not" " answered." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Forwardings` (desvíos) del formulario de " +":guilabel:`New user` (usuario nuevo) una empresa puede decidir qué pasa si " +"alguien llama a un usuario y la llamada no se responde." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:145 msgid "" "Forwardings are disabled when the :guilabel:`Follow Me` option is enabled." msgstr "" +"Los desvíos se desactivan cuando la opción :guilabel:`Follow Me` (sígueme) " +"está activa." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -10190,12 +11193,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Destination`, a specific time frame can be selected by sliding " "the :guilabel:`seconds bar` to the desired ring time." msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, en el campo :guilabel:`Forwarding on no answer` (desviar la " +"llamada cuando no se responde) cuando se selecciona el botón :guilabel:`Add " +"a destination` (agregar un destino) se mostrará la opción para agregar un " +"usuario o un número de teléfono específico. Después de ingresar el " +":guilabel:`Destination` (destino) puede seleccionar un periodo específico, " +"solo tiene que arrastrar la :guilabel:`barra de segundos` al tiempo de " +"espera deseado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:152 msgid "" "Additional :guilabel:`Destinations` can be added on with different ring " "times." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Destinations` (destinos) adicionales se pueden agregar en " +"diferentes tiempos de espera." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -10204,6 +11216,11 @@ msgid "" "voicemail as a last resort` is available to the administrator, should the " ":guilabel:`Destinations` not pick up." msgstr "" +"Los tiempos de espera se pueden escalonar, así la llamada se desvía a otro " +"usuario después de que el primer usuario no responda la llamada. La opción " +"de :guilabel:`Send to voicemail as a last resort` (enviar al buzón de voz " +"como última opción) está disponible para los administradores, si los " +":guilabel:`Destinations` (destinos) no responden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -10213,22 +11230,32 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` extension, or incoming number, " "be busy, the call is forwarded to the destination(s)." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Forwarding on busy` (desviar si está ocupado) un " +"administrador puede :guilabel:`Add a destination` (agregar un destino). Al " +"hacer clic, pueden configurar el :guilabel:`Destination` (usuario de " +"destino). Si la extensión :abbr:`VoIP (Voz sobre protocolo de internet)` o " +"el número entrante, están ocupados, la llamada se desvía al o los destinos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "Manage forwarding calls to different users or phone numbers in the " "Forwardings tab." msgstr "" +"Gestionar desvío de llamadas a diferentes usuarios o números de teléfonos en" +" la pestaña de desvíos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:168 msgid "" "When the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then " "click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the page." msgstr "" +"Cuando las configuraciones estén completas, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`" +" y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar cambios) en la " +"esquina superior derecha de la página." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:172 msgid "Follow Me tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña de Follow me" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -10236,6 +11263,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Follow Me` tab of the :guilabel:`New user` form, no " ":menuselection:`Forwardings` can be made." msgstr "" +"Cuando se selecciona la opción :guilabel:`Follow Me` (sígueme) en la pestaña" +" :guilabel:`Follow Me` (sígueme) del formulario :guilabel:`New user` " +"(usuario nuevo), no se pueden realizar :menuselection:`Forwardings` " +"(desvíos)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -10244,6 +11275,10 @@ msgid "" "number, to the original user's account. That way, these added numbers ring " "when a call is received." msgstr "" +"Cuando se selecciona la opción :guilabel:`Follow Me` (sígueme) puede dar " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Add a destination` (agregar un destino) para " +"agregar usuarios o un teléfono de destino que lleve a la cuenta original del" +" usuario. De esta manera, estos números sonarán cuando se reciba la llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -10251,6 +11286,10 @@ msgid "" "made by sliding the :guilabel:`seconds bar` to the desired ring time. " "Additional :guilabel:`Destinations` can be added with different ring times." msgstr "" +"Después de ingresar un :guilabel:`Destination` (destino) se puede hacer un " +"periodo especifico, solo se tiene que arrastrar la :guilabel:`barra de " +"segundos` al tiempo de espera deseado. Los :guilabel:`Destinations` " +"(destinos) adicionales se pueden agregar en diferentes tiempos de espEra." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -10259,12 +11298,18 @@ msgid "" " the call is forwarded to another user after the first user does not pick up" " the call." msgstr "" +"El número de :abbr:`VoIP (Voz sobre protocolo de internet)` **no** suena " +"cuando esta opción se selecciona. Los tiempos de espera también se pueden " +"escalonar, así que la llamada se desvía a otro usuario después de que el " +"primer usuario no responda la llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "Ring destinations like different users or phone numbers from the Follow Me " "tab." msgstr "" +"Destinos de llamada de diferentes usuarios o números de teléfono desde la " +"pestaña Follow Me (sígueme)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -10273,6 +11318,10 @@ msgid "" "incoming number. For more information, visit the :doc:`VoIP Mobile " "Integrations <../devices_integrations>` documentation." msgstr "" +"La aplicación móvil de Odoo, o cualquier otro cliente móvil de :abbr:`SIP " +"(Protocolo de iniciación de sesión)`, permite que la extensión de un cliente" +" pueda sonar varias veces. Para más información vaya a la documentación " +":doc:`VoIP Mobile Integrations <../devices_integrations>`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:345 @@ -10280,10 +11329,13 @@ msgid "" "Once all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then " "click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"Una vez que las configuraciones estén completas, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar " +"cambios) en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:203 msgid "Keys tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña de teclas" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -10291,18 +11343,25 @@ msgid "" "actions for the user can be configured. Some more advanced options are " "available, as well." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Keys` (teclas) para el formulario :guilabel:`New " +"user` (usuario nuevo) puede configurar los atajos de teclas para el usuario." +" También están disponibles algunas opciones avanzadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:208 msgid "The following options are available to set to numerical values `1-20`." msgstr "" +"Las siguientes opciones están disponibles para configurar valores numéricos" +" `1-20`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:210 msgid "These actions can be set on each number:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estas acciones se pueden configurar en cada número:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Not configured`: the default action, which is nothing." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Not configured` (sin configurar): la acción predeterminada, que " +"es nada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -10310,34 +11369,47 @@ msgid "" "users' phones connected to the Axivox phone system. This is primarily used " "on a desk-phone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`BLF (Busy lamp fields)`: esta acción muestra el estado del " +"teléfono de otros usuarios que están conectados al sistema de teléfono " +"Axivox. Esto se usa principalmente en los teléfonos de escritorio." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quick Call`: this action allows for a speed-dial of an external " "number." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quick Call` (llamada rápida): esta acción permite que se pueda " +"hacer una marcación rápida de un número externo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: this action allows the user to call another user." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Line` (línea): esta acción permite que los usuarios llamen a " +"otros usuarios." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:217 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switch`: this action allows the user to switch between calls from" " a desk-phone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Switch` (cambiar): esta opción permite que los usuarios cambien " +"entre llamadas desde un teléfono de escritorio." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pickup`: this action allows the user to pick up an incoming call " "from a desk-phone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pickup` (responder): esta acción permite que el usuario responda " +"una llamada entrante desde un teléfono de escritorio." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "Manage user page with Keys tab highlighted and number 2 key drop-down menu selected (with\n" "highlight)" msgstr "" +"Página de gestión de usuarios con la pestaña Teclas resaltada y el menú desplegable de la tecla número 2 seleccionado (con\n" +"resaltado)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:313 @@ -10345,6 +11417,9 @@ msgid "" "Once all the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, " "then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"Una vez que las configuraciones estén completas, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar " +"cambios) en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -10352,6 +11427,9 @@ msgid "" "that can be used to link a user, or external phone number. These **must** be" " filled out in conjunction with the initial action." msgstr "" +"Mucha de las opciones anteriores tienen disponibles opciones secundarias que" +" se pueden usar para vincular a un usuario, o a un número externo. Estas " +"**deben** llenarse junto con la acción inicial." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -10359,10 +11437,15 @@ msgid "" "desired numerical value in the :guilabel:`Number of keys` field, located at " "the top of the :guilabel:`Keys` tab of the :guilabel:`New user` form." msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Number of keys` (número de teclas) se puede cambiar, " +"solo tiene que ingresar el valor numérico deseado en el campo " +":guilabel:`Number of keys` (número de teclas) ubicado en la parte superior " +"de la pestaña :guilabel:`Keys` (teclas) en el formulario :guilabel:`New " +"user` (usuario nuevo)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:239 msgid "SIP Identifiers tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña ade identificadores SIP" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -10372,19 +11455,28 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure Axivox users in Odoo and/or a different :abbr:`SIP " "(Session Initiation Protocol)` mobile client." msgstr "" +"*SIP*, que son las siglas en inglés de Protocolo de inicio de sesión, " +"permite que se hagan y reciban llamadas desde una conexión a internet. La " +"pestaña :guilabel:`identificadores SIP` en el formulario :guilabel:`New " +"user` (usuario nuevo) contiene las credenciales que se necesitan para " +"configurar a los usuarios Axivox en Odoo o en un cliente móvil :abbr:`SIP " +"(Protocolo de inicio de sesión)` diferente." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:247 msgid "" "See the documentation on configuring Axivox, using the SIP identifiers:" msgstr "" +"Vea la documentación sobre cómo configurar Axivox usando los identificadores" +" SIP:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:249 msgid ":doc:`Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox `" msgstr "" +":doc:`Utilice los servicios de VoIP en Odoo con Axivox `" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:250 msgid ":doc:`Axivox Mobile Integrations <../devices_integrations>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Integraciones móviles con Axivox <../devices_integrations>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -10392,12 +11484,17 @@ msgid "" "field represents the user's information that was entered in the " ":guilabel:`Extension` field, under the :guilabel:`General` tab." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`indentificadores SIP` el campo :guilabel:`nombre de" +" usuario SIP` representa la información del usuario que se ingresó en el " +"campo :guilabel:`Extensión` en la pestaña :guilabel:`General`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:255 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Domain` field is assigned to the company by the Axivox " "representative." msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Domain` (dominio) se le asigna a la empresa a través de " +"un representante de Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -10405,10 +11502,15 @@ msgid "" "user. This value is used to sign into Axivox on Odoo, and for any mobile " ":abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` clients." msgstr "" +"El valor en el campo :guilabel:`SIP Password` (contraseña SIP) es único para" +" cada usuario de Axivox. Este valor se usa para iniciar sesión en Axivox con" +" Odoo y para clientes móviles de :abbr:`SIP (Protocolo de inicio de sesión)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Important credentials used for external configurations of Axivox VoIP." msgstr "" +"Las credenciales importantes que se usan para configuraciones externas del " +"VoIP de Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -10416,120 +11518,134 @@ msgid "" "typically: `pabx.axivox.com`, but is subject to change by Axivox, so be sure" " to check the :guilabel:`SIP Identifiers` tab for the most accurate value." msgstr "" +"El valor enlistado en el campo :guilabel:`Dirección del servidor proxy` " +"usualmente es `pabx.axivox.com`, pero está a sujeto a cambios por Axivox, " +"así que asegúrese de revisar la pestaña :guilabel:`SIP Identifiers` " +"(identificadores SIP) para obtener un valor correcto." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:268 msgid "" "Once all desired configurations have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"Una vez que las configuraciones se hayan realizado, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar " +"cambios) en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:272 msgid "Permissions tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña de permisos" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:274 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Permissions` tab of a :guilabel:`New user` form, a " ":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` can be entered for the user." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Permissions` (permisos) del formulario de " +":guilabel:`New user` (usuario nuevo) puede ingresar un :guilabel:`Username` " +"(nombre de usuario) y :guilabel:`Password` (contraseña) para el usuario." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:277 msgid "" "Beneath those fields, the following permissions can be granted to Axivox " "users for portal access:" msgstr "" +"Abajo de esos campos, puede otorgar los siguientes permisos a los usuarios " +"de Axivox para el portal de acceso:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:279 msgid ":guilabel:`User portal access`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`User portal access` (acceso del usuario al portal)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:280 msgid ":guilabel:`User management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`User management` (gestión del usuario)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:281 msgid ":guilabel:`Administrator access`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Administrator access` (acceso de administrador)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Phone management` (gestión de teléfono)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:283 msgid ":guilabel:`User group management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`User group management` (gestión del grupo de usuarios)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:284 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone number management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Phone number management` (gestión del número de teléfono)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Dial plan management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Dial plan management` (gestión del plan de marcación)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:286 msgid ":guilabel:`Pickup group management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Pickup group management` (gestión del equipo de respuesta)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Switch management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Switch management` (cambiar gestión)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:288 msgid ":guilabel:`Conference management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Conference management` (gestión de conferencia)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:289 msgid ":guilabel:`Queue management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Queue management` (gestión de cola)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`Voicemail management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Voicemail management` (gestión del buzón de voz)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:291 msgid ":guilabel:`Audio messages management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Audio messages management` (gestión de mensajes de audio)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Music on hold management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Music on hold management` (gestión de la música de espera)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:293 msgid ":guilabel:`Directory management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Directory management` (gestión del directorio)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:294 msgid ":guilabel:`Call list`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Call list` (lista de llamadas)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:295 msgid ":guilabel:`Connected user list`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Connected user list` (lista de usuarios conectados)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Global settings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Global settings` (ajustes globales)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Apply changes button`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Apply changes button` (botón de aplicar cambios)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:298 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice download`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Invoice download` (descargar facturas)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:299 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice details`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Invoice details` (detalles de las facturas)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:300 msgid ":guilabel:`Blacklist management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Blacklist management` (gestión de la lista de exclusión)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:301 msgid ":guilabel:`Conference participant management`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Conference participant management` (gestión de los participantes " +"de la conferencia)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -10538,6 +11654,11 @@ msgid "" "enter the correct :guilabel:`Password` for the individual user. There is a " "minimum of 8 characters for a user password." msgstr "" +"Para acceder a las credenciales del portal de usuarios Axivox, navegue hasta" +" la parte superior de la pestaña :menuselection:`Permissions` (permisos). A " +"continuación, copie la :guilabel:`Username` (nombre de usuario), e " +"introduzca la :guilabel:`Password` (contraseña) correcta para el usuario " +"individual. Hay un mínimo de 8 caracteres para una contraseña de usuario." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -10546,34 +11667,46 @@ msgid "" "selection state :guilabel:`No`, or :guilabel:`No access`, then the menu " "option does **not** populate for the user." msgstr "" +"Estos son los mismos permisos que se le dan al administrador de Axivox y que" +" se enlistan en el menú de la izquierda de la consola de gestión Axivox. Si " +"un estado es :guilabel:`No` o :guilabel:`No access` (sin acceso) entonces el" +" menú de opción **no** se llenará para el usuario." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:316 msgid "" "Upon finishing the setup for a new user, an " ":ref:`voip/axivox/incoming_number` can be linked." msgstr "" +"Al terminar de configurar un usuario nuevo, puede vincular un " +":ref:`voip/axivox/incoming_number`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "Manage a user page, with the permissions tab highlighted, along with the first permission\n" "highlighted indicating a no selection." msgstr "" +"Página de gestión de un usuario, con la pestaña de permisos resaltada, junto con el primer permiso\n" +"resaltado indicando una no selección." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:326 msgid "User groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grupos de usuarios" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:328 msgid "" "A user group is a grouping of Axivox users that can be linked to a queue for" " call center capability." msgstr "" +"Un grupo de usuario es una agrupación de usuarios de Axivox que se pueden " +"vincular a la cola para el centro de llamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:331 msgid "" "To begin using user groups, navigate to `https://manage.axivox.com " "`_." msgstr "" +"Para empezar a usar grupos vaya a https://manage.axivox.com " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -10581,12 +11714,18 @@ msgid "" "on the left of the Axivox administrative panel, click into :guilabel:`User " "Groups`." msgstr "" +"Después, inicie sesión con las credenciales de administrador apropiadas. " +"Desde el menú en la izquierda del panel de administración de Axivox, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`User Groups` (grupos de usuario)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:336 msgid "" "To add a user group from the :guilabel:`User Groups` page, click " ":guilabel:`Add a group`." msgstr "" +"Para agregar un grupo de usuarios desde la página :guilabel:`User Groups` " +"(grupos de usuarios) haga clic en :guilabel:`Add a group` (agregar un " +"grupo)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:338 msgid "" @@ -10596,14 +11735,19 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu below the field. Then, click on the desired user, and they " "are added to the user group." msgstr "" +"A continuación, asigne un nombre al grupo introduciendo texto en el campo " +":guilabel:`Name` (nombre). Después, añada un miembro al grupo escribiendo " +"las primeras letras del nombre del usuario en el campo :guilabel:`Members` " +"(miembros). El usuario aparecerá en un menú desplegable debajo del campo. " +"Haga clic en el usuario deseado y se añadirá al grupo de usuarios." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:343 msgid "Repeat this process to add more users to the group." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repita este proceso para agregar más usuarios al grupo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:3 msgid "Voicemails and audio messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buzones de voz y mensajes de audio" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -10613,16 +11757,24 @@ msgid "" "directing them to the right extension, is also a great way to personalize " "the business interaction, and set the tone with the customer." msgstr "" +"Gestionar los buzones de correo es importante para cualquier empresa. Una " +"empresa necesita acceder a sus mensajes sin problemas y estar al tanto de " +"las llamadas perdidas. Grabar mensajes de audio, agradecerle a una persona " +"por llamar, o enviarlos a la extensión correcta, también es una forma " +"increíble de personalizar la interacción con la empresa y comunicarnos con " +"el cliente." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:12 msgid "" "This document covers the configuration of both voicemail and audio messages " "in the Axivox administrative portal." msgstr "" +"Este documento habla de a documentación de tanto el buzón de voz como los " +"mensajes de audio en el portal administrativo de Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:18 msgid "Set global language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar un idioma global" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -10632,12 +11784,19 @@ msgid "" "portal, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Global language (e.g.: voicemail " "messages,...)`." msgstr "" +"Para empezar a utilizar los mensajes de voz y audio con Axivox, el idioma " +"global debe estar configurado en los ajustes del portal de administración de" +" Axivox. Para ello, navegue a `manage.axivox.com `_. Después " +"de iniciar sesión en el portal, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " +"Idioma global (por ejemplo: mensajes de voz,...)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:25 msgid "" "From here, set the language to either: :guilabel:`Francais`, " ":guilabel:`English`, :guilabel:`Espanol`, or :guilabel:`Deutsch`." msgstr "" +"Desde aquí, puede configurar el idioma a :guilabel:`francés`, " +":guilabel:`inglés`, :guilabel:`Español`, o :guilabel:`alemán`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -10645,6 +11804,10 @@ msgid "" "upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`General Settings` page to implement the" " change into production." msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Save` (guardar) y después en " +":guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar cambios) en la esquina superior derecha " +"de la página :guilabel:`General Settings` (ajustes generales) para " +"implementar los cambios en producción." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:34 msgid "Activate voicemail" @@ -10657,12 +11820,19 @@ msgid "" "voicemail with a user, navigate to `manage.axivox.com `_. " "Then, log in with the appropriate administrator credentials." msgstr "" +"Para que un usuario pueda utilizar el buzón de voz en Axivox, la función de " +"buzón de voz **debe** estar activada en el portal administrativo de Axivox. " +"Para comenzar a utilizar el buzón de voz con un usuario, navegue a " +"`manage.axivox.com `_. A continuación, inicie sesión con las " +"credenciales de administrador apropiadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:40 msgid "" "On the left menu of the Axivox administrative panel, click into " ":guilabel:`Users`." msgstr "" +"En el menú izquierdo del panel administrativo de Axivox haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Users` (usuarios)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -10670,16 +11840,22 @@ msgid "" "Under the section marked, :guilabel:`Voicemail`, open the drop-down menu, " "and click on :guilabel:`Yes`." msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en el usuario específico para el que el buzón de voz debe" +" estar activado. Debajo de la sección marcada :guilabel:`Voicemail` (buzón " +"de voz), abra el menú desplegable y haga clic en :guilabel:`Sí`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:45 msgid "" "Lastly, :guilabel:`Save` the change, then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in" " the upper-right corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"Finalmene, :guilabel:`Guarde` los cambios y después haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Apply changes` (aplicar cambios) en la esquina derecha de la " +"pantalla." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:49 msgid "Voicemail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buzón de voz" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -10688,6 +11864,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ and log in. Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Voicemails`," " located in the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"El siguiente paso es configurar los buzones de voz individuales en el portal" +" administrativo de Axivox. Para ingresar al portal, vaya a " +"`manage.axivox.com `_ y después vaya a " +":menuselection:`buzones de voz` en el menú de la izquierda." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -10695,6 +11875,10 @@ msgid "" "process :ref:`voip/axivox/activate_voicemail`, then a voicemail is " "automatically created on the :guilabel:`Voicemails` page." msgstr "" +"Si la opción de buzón de voz fue activada en el perfil del usuario, usando " +"este proceso :ref:`voip/axivox/activate_voicemail`, entonces se crea " +"automáticamente un buzón de voz en la página :guilabel:`Voicemails` (buzón " +"de voz)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -10702,10 +11886,14 @@ msgid "" "French, as Axivox is a Belgian company. The global language is still set to " "one of the four options as seen here: :ref:`voip/axivox/global_language`." msgstr "" +"Cabe señalar que parte del lenguaje del portal administrativo está en " +"francés, ya que Axivox es una empresa belga. El idioma global sigue siendo " +"una de las cuatro opciones como se ve aquí: " +":ref:`voip/axivox/global_language`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:65 msgid "Manually create voicemail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear un buzón de voz de forma manual" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -10714,6 +11902,10 @@ msgid "" "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` to the far-right of an existing voicemail box on " "the :guilabel:`Voicemails` page." msgstr "" +"Para crear manualmente un nuevo buzón de voz, haga clic en :guilabel:`Añadir" +" un buzón de voz` en la página :guilabel:`Buzones de voz`. O edite un buzón " +"de voz existente haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Editar` a la derecha de un " +"buzón de voz existente en la página :guilabel:`Buzones de voz`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -12026,12 +13218,18 @@ msgid "" "Odoo on their computer, a softphone app on a mobile phone can be used in " "parallel with Odoo *VoIP*." msgstr "" +"Es posible usar una aplicación de softphone en un celular junto a la *VoIP* " +"de Odoo para que un usuario haga y reciba llamadas cuando no se encuentra " +"usando la computadora." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:154 msgid "" "This is useful for convenient, on-the-go calls, and to make sure incoming " "calls are heard. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" +"Esto es útil para realizar llamadas mientras se encuentra en marcha y para " +"asegurarse de escuchar las llamadas entrantes. Cualquier softphone SIP es " +"compatible." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`devices_integrations`" @@ -12053,6 +13251,10 @@ msgid "" "of any business. A company also needs to be available when customers call, " "in order to build trust and make connections." msgstr "" +"En cualquier negocio es importante llamar a clientes potenciales, clientes o" +" compañeros. Además, es necesario que una empresa esté disponible para " +"atender las llamadas que reciben para que sus clientes confíen en su trabajo" +" y para realizar conexiones." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -12113,6 +13315,9 @@ msgid "" "icon, would look like this: `+1`. If one were to dial Belgium, the number " "would be prefixed by `+32`, and for Great Britain it would be `+44`." msgstr "" +"El código de país para Estados Unidos y el icono :guilabel:`+ (más)` sería " +"`+1`. Si desea llamar a Bélgica, el número correspondería a `+32` y en el " +"caso de Gran Bretaña sería `+44`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -12121,6 +13326,10 @@ msgid "" " the call. When finished, click the red :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to end " "the call." msgstr "" +"Después de escribir el número completo con el prefijo :guilabel:`+ (más)` " +"necesario y el código de país, haga clic en el icono verde :guilabel:`📞 " +"(teléfono)` para iniciar la llamada. Al finalizar, haga clic en el icono " +"rojo :guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)` para terminar la llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:45 msgid "Receive calls" @@ -12132,23 +13341,33 @@ msgid "" " the Odoo database. Should the database be open in another tab, a sound " "plays (the sound **must** be activated on the device)." msgstr "" +"El widget *VoIP* se abre de forma automática al recibir una llamada en caso " +"de que un usuario se encuentre usando la base de datos de Odoo. Si la base " +"de datos está abierta en otra pestaña, entonces se reproducirá un sonido (el" +" sonido **debe** estar activado en el dispositivo)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:51 msgid "" "Once back to the tab, the calling screen of the *VoIP* phone widget appears." msgstr "" +"La pantalla del widget con el teléfono *VoIP* aparecerá una vez que regrese " +"a la pestaña donde se encuentra la base de datos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:53 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to pick up the call, or the red " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to reject the call." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)` para contestar la llamada o " +"en el icono :guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)` rojo para rechazarla." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1 msgid "" "Incoming call on the VoIP widget, with the call answer and call reject " "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +"Una llamada entrante en el widget VoIP, los botones para responder o " +"rechazar la llamada aparecen en círculos rojos con flechas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:61 msgid "Add to call queue" @@ -12160,10 +13379,15 @@ msgid "" "place with the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, under the :guilabel:`Next " "activities` tab." msgstr "" +"El widget *VoIP* de Odoo le permite visualizar a todos los clientes y " +"contactos que necesita llamar, estos se encuentran en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Siguientes actividades`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1 msgid "VoIP widget with next activities highlighted, showing tasks below." msgstr "" +"El widget VoIP. Las siguientes actividades aparecen destacadas y muestran " +"las siguientes tareas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -12190,21 +13414,32 @@ msgid "" " scheduled immediately for that day appear in the queue under the " ":guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* pop-up widget." msgstr "" +"Una vez que regrese al widget del teléfono *VoIP*, **solo** aparecerán las " +"llamadas que están programadas para ese día. Podrá encontrarlas en la cola " +"de la pestaña :guilabel:`Siguientes actividades` del widget emergente de " +"*VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1 msgid "Adding a call to the next activities tab in the VoIP phone widget." msgstr "" +"Agregar una llamada a la pestaña Siguientes actividades en el widget de " +"teléfono VoIP." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:84 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* phone widget is integrated" " with the following Odoo apps: *CRM*, *Project*, and *Helpdesk*." msgstr "" +"La pestaña :guilabel:`Siguientes actividades` del widget de teléfono *VoIP* " +"está integrado con las aplicaciones *CRM*, *Proyecto* y *Servicio de " +"asistencia* de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:87 msgid "" "A call can be added in the chatter of records within those applications." msgstr "" +"En esas aplicaciones es posible agregar una llamada al chatter de los " +"registros." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -12212,10 +13447,15 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`🕗 (clock)` icon). Under :guilabel:`Activity Type`, select " ":guilabel:`Call` from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Actividades` (ubicadas junto al icono :guilabel:`🕗 " +"(reloj)`) para agregar una llamada de forma manual desde el chatter. En " +":guilabel:`Tipo de actividad`, seleccione :guilabel:`Llamada` desde el menú " +"desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:93 msgid "Next, set a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and add a :guilabel:`Summary`." msgstr "" +"Después, establezca una :guilabel:`fecha límite` y un :guilabel:`resumen`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -12224,6 +13464,11 @@ msgid "" "has this call show up in their :guilabel:`Next Activities` call queue in the" " Odoo *VoIP* phone widget." msgstr "" +"Por último, en el campo :guilabel:`Asignado a` establezca a la persona que " +"debe realizar la llamada. Cualquier persona que seleccione en ese campo " +"(:guilabel:`Asignado a`) verá esta llamada en su cola de llamadas que se " +"encuentra en :guilabel:`Próximas actividades` en el widget de teléfono " +"*VoIP* de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -12231,16 +13476,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* phone widget for that specific" " user." msgstr "" +"Solo las llamadas del día inmediato (es decir, la fecha correspondiente a " +"ese día) aparecen en la pestaña :guilabel:`Siguientes actividades` del " +"widget de teléfono *VoIP* para ese usuario en particular. " #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:103 msgid "" "If specified, click :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Open Calendar` to " "complete the scheduling of the call." msgstr "" +"If specified, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` o en :guilabel:`Abrir " +"calendario` para agendar la llamada y completar el proceso." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:107 msgid "Transfer calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferir llamadas" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -12249,17 +13499,27 @@ msgid "" " Without picking up the call in the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, the only way " "to transfer a call is automatically though the provider console/portal." msgstr "" +"Una llamada se puede transferir de un usuario a otro en el widget de " +"teléfono *VoIP* de Odoo. Sin embargo, esto **solo** puede ocurrir después de" +" hablar con la persona que llama. Sin contestar la llamada en el widget de " +"teléfono *VoIP* de Odoo, la única manera de transferir una llamada de forma " +"automática es a través de la consola o portal del proveedor." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:115 msgid "" "For more information on transfers, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`." msgstr "" +"Consulte :ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab` para obtener más información " +"sobre la transferencia de llamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:117 msgid "" "To transfer a call within the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, first, answer the " "call using the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon." msgstr "" +"Para transferir una llamada desde el widget de teléfono *VoIP* de Odoo, " +"primero debe responder a la llamada con el icono verde :guilabel:`📞 " +"(teléfono)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -12268,6 +13528,10 @@ msgid "" "forwarded to. Finally, click :guilabel:`Transfer` to route the call to that " "phone number." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya respondido a la llamada entrante, haga clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`↔ (flecha doble)`. Después, agregue la extensión del usuario al " +"que se debe reenviar la llamada y, por último, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Transferir` para enviar la llamada a ese número telefónico." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -12277,6 +13541,12 @@ msgid "" "Manage Users --> Select the user --> Preferences --> VOIP --> VoIP username " "/ Extension number`." msgstr "" +"Acérquese al administrador de la :abbr:`VoIP (Voz sobre protocolo de " +"internet)` para conocer la extensión de un usuario. En caso de que el " +"usuario tenga permisos de acceso a *ajustes* en *Administración*, vaya a " +":menuselection:`aplicación Ajustes --> Administrar usuarios --> seleccione " +"el usuario --> Preferencias --> VoIP --> Nombre de usuario VoIP / Número de " +"extensión`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -12290,6 +13560,8 @@ msgid "" "Transferring a call within the phone widget, with the transfer buttons " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Transferir una llamada desde el widget de teléfono. Los botones para " +"transferir una llamada aparecen en rojo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:137 msgid "Forward calls" @@ -12301,6 +13573,9 @@ msgid "" "call using the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon. Once the incoming call is " "answered, click the :guilabel:`↔ (left-right arrow)` icon." msgstr "" +"Para transferir una llamada desde el widget *VoIP* primero es necesario que " +"responda a la llamada con el icono verde :guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)`. Una vez " +"que haya contestado, presione el icono :guilabel:`↔ (flecha doble)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -12308,12 +13583,16 @@ msgid "" "to. Finally, click :guilabel:`Transfer` to route the call to that phone " "number." msgstr "" +"Después, escriba el número telefónico del usuario al que se debe reenviar la" +" llamada y, por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Transferir`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:147 msgid "" "For more information on forwarding, visit " ":ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`." msgstr "" +"Consulte :ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab` para obtener más información " +"sobre el desvío de llamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:3 msgid "VoIP widget" @@ -12326,6 +13605,10 @@ msgid "" "database. The widget is the control center for making and managing calls in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"El widget *VoIP* es un complemento al que los usuarios de Odoo pueden " +"acceder mediante el módulo *VoIP*. Se utiliza para incorporar la telefonía " +"virtual en la base de datos y es el centro de control para hacer y gestionar" +" llamadas en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:10 msgid "Phone calls" @@ -12336,6 +13619,9 @@ msgid "" "To make phone calls while in the Odoo database, click the :guilabel:`☎️ " "(phone)` icon, located in the top navigation bar." msgstr "" +"Para realizar llamadas telefónicas mientras se encuentra en la base de datos" +" de Odoo, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`☎️ (teléfono)` ubicado en la " +"barra superior de navegación." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -12343,6 +13629,10 @@ msgid "" "corner of the Odoo database. The widget allows users to freely navigate " "throughout the database, while making and receiving calls." msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic, el widget emergente :guilabel:`VoIP` aparece en la esquina " +"inferior derecha de la base de datos de Odoo. Este widget permite que los " +"usuarios naveguen por la base de datos y que al mismo tiempo puedan hacer y " +"recibir llamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -12350,6 +13640,9 @@ msgid "" " a notification. To close the widget, click the :guilabel:`X (close)` icon " "in the upper-right of the widget's screen." msgstr "" +"El widget :guilabel:`VoIP` suena y muestra una notificación cuando recibe " +"llamadas en Odoo. Para cerrar el widget, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`X " +"(cerrar)` ubicado en la parte superior derecha de la pantalla del widget." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -12358,6 +13651,10 @@ msgid "" "`_. After logging into the portal, go to " ":menuselection:`Users --> Outgoing number` (column)." msgstr "" +"El número :abbr:`VoIP (Voz sobre protocolo de internet)` es el que le " +"proporcionó Axivox. Inicie sesión en `https://manage.axivox.com/ " +"`_ y después vaya a :menuselection:`Usuarios -->" +" Número saliente` (columna) para consultarlo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst-1 msgid "VoIP call in Odoo." @@ -12368,10 +13665,15 @@ msgid "" "If a *Missing Parameter* error message appears in the Odoo *VoIP* widget, " "refresh the Odoo window, and try again." msgstr "" +"Si aparece el mensaje de error relacionado a *parámetros faltantes* en el " +"widget *VoIP* de Odoo, asegúrese de actualizar la ventana correspondiente e " +"inténtelo de nuevo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:0 msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone." msgstr "" +"El mensaje de error relacionado a un parámetro faltante en el softphone de " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -12379,16 +13681,23 @@ msgid "" "make sure to use the international format, leading with the :guilabel:`+ " "(plus)` sign, followed by the international country code." msgstr "" +"Si aparece el mensaje de error relacionado a un *número incorrecto* en el " +"widget *VoIP* de Odoo, asegúrese de utilizar el formato internacional. Debe " +"comenzar con el signo :guilabel:`+ (más)`, seguido del código internacional " +"del país." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:47 msgid "" "(E.g., +16506913277, where `+1` is the international prefix for the United " "States.)" msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, en el número +16506913277, el `+1` corresponde al prefijo " +"internacional para Estados Unidos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:0 msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone." msgstr "" +"Mensaje de error relacionado a un número incorrecto en el softphone de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:54 msgid "Tabs" @@ -12400,6 +13709,10 @@ msgid "" "Activities`, and :guilabel:`Contacts`) present in the *VoIP* widget, which " "are used for managing calls and day-to-day activities in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Hay tres pestañas disponibles en el widget *VoIP* que corresponden a " +":guilabel:`Reciente`, :guilabel:`Siguientes actividades` y " +":guilabel:`Contactos` y se usan para gestionar las llamadas y las " +"actividades diarias en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:61 msgid "Recent" @@ -12411,6 +13724,9 @@ msgid "" "the user is available. This includes incoming and outgoing calls. Any number" " can be clicked to begin a call." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Reciente` del widget *VoIP* se encuentra el " +"historial de llamadas del usuario e incluye las llamadas entrantes y " +"salientes. Haga clic en cualquier número para iniciar una llamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:67 msgid "Next activities" @@ -12422,6 +13738,9 @@ msgid "" "see any activities assigned to them, and which ones are due to be completed " "for the day." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Siguientes actividades` del widget *VoIP*, un " +"usuario puede visualizar cualquier actividad que tenga asignada,, además de " +"cuales se deben completar ese día." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -12429,12 +13748,18 @@ msgid "" " email, accessing their contact, scheduling another activity, or accessing a" " linked record (such as a Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity, or Project Task)." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en una actividad de esta pestaña para realizar cualquier acción, " +"como enviar un correo electrónico, acceder a algún contacto, programar otra " +"actividad o acceder a un registro vinculado (puede ser una orden de venta, " +"lead, oportunidad o tarea de un proyecto)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:76 msgid "" "The user can also mark the activity as complete, edit the details of the " "activity, or cancel it." msgstr "" +"El usuario también puede marcar la actividad como completa, editar los " +"detalles relacionados a ella o cancelarla." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -12442,6 +13767,9 @@ msgid "" " (phone)` icon, or click the :guilabel:`⌨️ (keyboard)` icon to dial another " "number for the customer." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`📞 (teléfono)` para llamar al cliente " +"relacionado a una actividad programada o en el icono :guilabel:`⌨️ " +"(teclado)` para marcar a otro número relacionado al cliente." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst-1 msgid "Activity control center on the VoIP widget." @@ -12452,43 +13780,52 @@ msgid "" "Some other icons appear in the *VoIP* widget, categorized by two sections: " ":guilabel:`Document` and :guilabel:`Activity`." msgstr "" +"En el widget *VoIP* aparecen otros iconos categorizados en dos secciones: " +":guilabel:`Documento` y :guilabel:`Actividad`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:88 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Document` section, from right to left:" msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Documento` aparecen los siguientes de derecha a " +"izquierda:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon: sends an email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Icono :guilabel:`✉️ (sobre)`: envía un correo electrónico." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`👤 (person icon)` icon: redirects to the contact card" msgstr "" +"Icono :guilabel:`👤 (persona)`: redirecciona a la tarjeta del contacto." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`📄 (document)` icon: redirects to the attached record in Odoo" msgstr "" +"Icono :guilabel:`📄 (documento)`: redirecciona al registro adjunto en Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`🕓 (clock)` icon: schedule an activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Icono :guilabel:`🕓 (reloj)`: programa una actividad." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:95 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Activity` section, from left to right:" msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Actividad` aparecen los siguientes de izquierda a " +"derecha:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon: mark activity as done" msgstr "" +"Icono :guilabel:`✔️ (marca de verificación)`: marca la actividad como hecha." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon: edit the activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Icono :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)`: edita la actividad." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`✖️ (cancel)` icon: cancel the activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Icono :guilabel:`✖️ (cancelar)` icon: cancela la actividad." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:102 msgid "Contacts" @@ -12499,15 +13836,21 @@ msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts` tab of the *VoIP* widget, a user can access a" " contact in the *Contacts* app." msgstr "" +"Un usuario puede acceder a un contacto de la aplicación *Contactos* desde la" +" pestaña :guilabel:`Contactos` del widget *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:107 msgid "" "Any contact can easily be called by clicking into the contact from the " "*VoIP* widget's :guilabel:`Contacts` tab." msgstr "" +"Es muy fácil llamar a un contacto, solo es necesario que haga clic en él " +"desde la pestaña :guilabel:`Contactos` del widget *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:110 msgid "" "A search feature is also available in the upper-right side of the widget, " "represented by a :guilabel:`🔍 (magnifying glass)` icon." msgstr "" +"La función de búsqueda también está disponible en la parte superior derecha " +"del widget, está representada con el icono :guilabel:`🔍 (lupa)`." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 94a1baec5..a3334b988 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2024 # marcescu, 2024 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2024 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -8827,8 +8827,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle " "that will be assigned to the applicant." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el vehículo " -"que se le asignará al candidato." +":guilabel:`Vehículo predeterminado`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " +"vehículo que se le asignará al candidato." #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753 msgid "" @@ -12210,6 +12210,9 @@ msgid "" "information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " "requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Tiempo personal* de Odoo es la ubicación centralizada en " +"donde se almacena toda la información relacionada a tiempo personal, como " +"solicitudes, días disponibles, asignaciones, aprobaciones y reportes. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -12221,12 +12224,23 @@ msgid "" "` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " "` can be set." msgstr "" +"Los usuarios pueden :ref:`solicitar tiempo personal `, los gerentes pueden :ref:`aprobar solicitudes de permisos " +"`, :ref:`asignar tiempo personal " +"` a personas, equipos o toda la empresa. También se " +"pueden elaborar :ref:`reportes ` para ver cuánto tiempo " +"personal (y cuáles de sus tipos) se está utilizando, crear :ref:`planes de " +"acumulación ` y establecer :ref:`días festivos " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"Tome en cuenta que solo los usuarios que cuentan con permisos de acceso " +"específicos pueden visualizar todas las funciones de la aplicación *Tiempo " +"personal*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -12234,6 +12248,10 @@ msgid "" "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" +"Todos los usuarios pueden acceder a las secciones :guilabel:`Mi tiempo " +"personal` e :guilabel:`Información general` de la aplicación *Tiempo " +"personal*, para todas las otras secciones deben contar con permisos de " +"acceso específicos." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -12241,6 +12259,11 @@ msgid "" "refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " "specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" +"Consulte la documentación sobre " +":doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` para obtener más información " +"relacionada con la manera en que los permisos de acceso influyen en la " +"aplicación *Tiempo personal*, en especial la sección relacionada con la " +"configuración de la pestaña de información de trabajo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 msgid "Configuration" @@ -12252,10 +12275,13 @@ msgid "" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" +"Primero debe configurar los tipos de tiempo personal para que pueda " +"asignárselo a los empleados y para que los empleados puedan solicitarlo y " +"utilizarlo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 msgid "Time off types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de tiempo personal" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -12267,10 +12293,18 @@ msgid "" "Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " "can be used as-is." msgstr "" +"Para consultar los tipos de tiempo personal que tiene configurados, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Configuración --> Tipos de tiempo " +"personal`. Los tipos de tiempo personal aparecerán en una vista de lista. La" +" aplicación *Tiempo personal* incluye cuatro ya configurados: " +":guilabel:`Tiempo personal pagado`, :guilabel:`Tiempo personal por " +"enfermedad`, :guilabel:`Sin pagar` y :guilabel:`Días compensatorios`. Puede " +"modificar cualquiera de estos para adaptarlo a las necesidades de su empresa" +" o puede usarlos tal y como están configurados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "Create time off type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear tipos de tiempo personal" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -12278,6 +12312,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Configuración --> Tipos de tiempo" +" personal` para crear uno nuevo. Una vez allí, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` para abrir un formulario de tipo de tiempo personal vacío." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -12285,16 +12322,22 @@ msgid "" "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form:" msgstr "" +"Escriba el nombre para un tipo de tiempo personal en específico en la línea " +"vacía ubicada en la parte superior del formulario, como `Permiso por " +"enfermedad` o `Vacaciones`, y después ingrese la siguiente información en el" +" formulario:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 msgid "Time off requests section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sección de solicitudes de tiempo personal" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aprobación`: seleccione el tipo de aprobación necesario para ese " +"tipo de tiempo personal. Las opciones disponibles son las siguientes:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -12302,6 +12345,9 @@ msgid "" "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " "requested." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sin validación`: este tipo de tiempo personal no necesita que lo " +"validen. La solicitud de tiempo personal se aprueba en automático al " +"realizarla." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -12310,6 +12356,11 @@ msgid "" " Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " "option is selected by default." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por el encargado de tiempo personal`: solo el :ref:`encargado de " +"tempo personal ` especificado y establecido en " +"este formulario en el campo :guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo personal " +"notificado` deberá aprobar la solicitud. Esta es la opción que seleccionada " +"de forma predeterminada." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -12318,6 +12369,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" " time off request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por aprobador de empleado`: solo el aprobador especificado para " +"tiempo personal de ese empleado, configurado en la pestaña *Información de " +"trabajo* en el :ref:`formulario del empleado `, " +"deberá aprobar la solicitud." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -12326,40 +12381,59 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " "the time off request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Por aprobador de empleado y encargado de tiempo personal`: tanto " +"el :ref:`aprobador de tiempo personal especificado ` y el :ref:`encargado de tiempo personal ` " +"del empleado deberán aprobar la solicitud." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " "approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Encargado responsable del tiempo personal`: seleccione a la " +"persona responsable de aprobar las solicitudes y las asignaciones para este " +"tipo de tiempo personal en específico." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " "from the drop-down menu. The options are:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tomar tiempo personal por`: seleccione el formato correspondiente" +" para la solicitud de tiempo personal con el menú desplegable. Las opciones " +"disponibles son las siguientes:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Día`: si el tiempo personal solo se puede solicitar en intervalos" +" de días completos (es decir, 8 horas)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Medio día`: si el tiempo personal solo se puede solicitar en " +"intervalos de medios días (es decir, 4 horas)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horas`: si el tiempo personal se puede tomar en intervalos por " +"horas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" " factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descontar horas adicionales`: seleccione esta casilla sí las " +"solicitudes de tiempo personal se toman en cuenta para cualquier hora " +"adicional acumulada por el empleado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -12368,6 +12442,10 @@ msgid "" "hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " "deducted from the request." msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si un empleado trabajó dos (2) horas adicionales en la semana y" +" solicita un permiso por cinco (5) horas, entonces la solicitud solo sería " +"por tres (3) horas, ya que primero se toman las otras dos (2) horas " +"adicionales que trabajó y se restan de la solicitud." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -12375,12 +12453,19 @@ msgid "" "employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " "situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Permitir adjuntar justificantes`: seleccione esta casilla para " +"que el empleado pueda adjuntar documentos a su solicitud de tiempo personal." +" Esto es útil en aquellas situaciones donde se necesita de algunos " +"documentos, como un documento de incapacidad médica a largo plazo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " "this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de permiso o de tiempo personal`: seleccione el tipo de " +"permiso correspondiente con el menú desplegable, puede ser " +":guilabel:`Ausencia` u :guilabel:`Otro`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -12389,10 +12474,14 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " "all companies in the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: si creó varias empresas en la base de datos y este tipo" +" de tiempo personal solo aplica para una, selecciónela con el menú " +"desplegable. Si deja este campo vacío, el tipo de tiempo personal será para " +"todas las empresas de la base de datos." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 msgid "Allocation requests section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sección de solicitudes de asignación" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -12402,6 +12491,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" " form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Necesita asignación`: seleccione :guilabel:`Sí` si debe asignar " +"el tiempo personal a los empleados, pero si pueden solicitarlo sin que se " +"los haya asignado con anterioridad, seleccione :guilabel:`Sin límite`. Las " +"siguientes opciones no aparecerán en el formulario si seleccionó " +":guilabel:`Sin límite`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -12409,6 +12503,9 @@ msgid "" "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Solicitudes de empleados`: seleccione :guilabel:`Solicitudes de " +"días adicionales permitidas` si el empleado puede solicitar más tiempo " +"personal del que tiene asignado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -12416,23 +12513,32 @@ msgid "" "particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " "submit a request for more than ten (10) days." msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si el empleado tiene asignados diez (10) días en este tipo de " +"tiempo personal en específico y esta opción está habilitada, entonces el " +"empleado puede solicitar más de diez (10) días." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" +"Seleccione la opción :guilabel:`No permitido` si los empleados **no** " +"deberían poder solicitar más tiempo personal del que tienen asignado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " "allocation of this particular type of time off." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aprobación`: seleccione el tipo de aprobación necesaria para la " +"asignación de este tipo de tiempo personal en particular." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`No necesita validación` indica que no es necesaria ninguna " +"aprobación." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -12440,6 +12546,9 @@ msgid "" "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aprobación del encargado de tiempo personal` indica que el " +":ref:`encargado de tiempo personal ` configurado " +"en ese formulario debe aprobar la asignación." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -12447,10 +12556,13 @@ msgid "" "Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" " off." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Establecido por el encargado de tiempo personal` indica que el " +":ref:`encargado de tiempo personal ` configurado " +"en ese formulario debe asignar el tiempo personal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid "Payroll section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sección de Nómina" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -12458,10 +12570,13 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" +"Seleccione el :guilabel:`Tipo de entrada de trabajo` de la lista desplegable" +" en caso de que el tipo de tiempo personal deba crear " +":doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` en la aplicación *Nómina*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 msgid "Timesheets section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sección de Hojas de horas" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -12469,6 +12584,9 @@ msgid "" "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" +"La sección :guilabel:`Hojas de horas` solo aparece si el usuario se " +"encuentra en modo de desarrollador. Consulte el documento :ref:`developer-" +"mode` para obtener más información sobre cómo acceder a este." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -12476,12 +12594,17 @@ msgid "" "entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" " entered." msgstr "" +"Cuando un empleado toma tiempo personal y también usa las hojas de horas, " +"Odoo crea entradas en la hoja de horas para ese tiempo. Esta sección define " +"cómo registrarlas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Proyecto`: seleccione el proyecto en el que aparecen las entradas" +" del tipo de tiempo personal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -12489,22 +12612,29 @@ msgid "" "time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " "or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tarea`: seleccione la tarea que aparece en la hoja de horas para " +"este tipo de tiempo personal. Las opciones son :guilabel:`Tiempo personal`, " +":guilabel:`Reunión` y :guilabel:`Capacitación`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 msgid "Display option section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sección de opciones de visualización" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Color`: seleccione el color a utilizar en el tablero de la " +"aplicación *Tiempo personal*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Imagen de portada`: seleccione el icono a utilizar en el tablero " +"de la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -12513,15 +12643,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " ":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." msgstr "" +"Los únicos campos necesarios en el formulario de tipo de tiempo personal son" +" el nombre del :guilabel:`tipo de tiempo personal`, :guilabel:`Aprobación`, " +"el :guilabel:`encargado responsable del tiempo personal`, :guilabel:`Tomar " +"tiempo personal por`, :guilabel:`Tipo de permiso o de tiempo personal` y la " +"sección :guilabel:`Solicitudes de asignación`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." msgstr "" +"Formulario de tipo de tiempo personal con toda la información completada " +"para solicitar un día por enfermedad." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 msgid "Accrual plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planes de acumulación" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -12529,6 +12666,10 @@ msgid "" "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" +"Es posible obtener tiempo personal a través de los planes de acumulación. Es" +" decir, por cada cantidad de tiempo especificada que los empleados trabajan " +"(hora, día, semana, etc), ganan o *acumulan* una cantidad específica de " +"tiempo personal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -12536,10 +12677,14 @@ msgid "" "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " "hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" +"Si un empleado acumula un día de vacaciones por cada semana trabajada, " +"ganaría 0.2 días de vacaciones por cada hora que trabaja. Al final de una " +"semana laboral de cuarenta (40) horas, obtendrían un día completo de " +"vacaciones (8 horas)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 msgid "Create accrual plan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear planes de acumulación" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -12547,6 +12692,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," " which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Configuración --> Planes de " +"acumulación` para crear uno nuevo. Una vez allí, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` para abrir un formulario deplan de acumulación en blanco." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -12555,6 +12703,11 @@ msgid "" "menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " "field blank." msgstr "" +"Escriba el nombre del plan de acumulación en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre`. Si" +" el plan de acumulación solo se aplica a un tipo de tiempo personal en " +"específico, entonces selecciónelo en el menú desplegable. Si este plan de " +"acumulación está disponible para todos los tipos de tiempo personal, deje el" +" campo vacío." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -12566,11 +12719,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" " begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." msgstr "" +"Después, seleccione cómo se produce la :guilabel:`transición de nivel`, " +"elija entre :guilabel:`De inmediato` o :guilabel:`Después de este periodo de" +" acumulación`. De forma predeterminada, el primer nivel comienza al aprobar " +"una solicitud de tiempo personal si el tiempo personal está basado en un " +"plan de acumulación. Si selecciona :guilabel:`De inmediato`, entonces el " +"siguiente nivel comienza de acuerdo con el periodo establecido en el nivel. " +"Si selecciona :guilabel:`Después de este periodo de acumulación`, el " +"siguiente nivel no comienza hasta que el primer nivel se complete según las " +"reglas que estableció allí." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." msgstr "" +"Es necesario crear reglas para que el plan de acumulación adquiera tiempo " +"personal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -12578,10 +12742,13 @@ msgid "" "beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " "appears." msgstr "" +"Para crear una regla haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Agregar un nuevo " +"nivel` que se encuentra junto a `Reglas`, aparecerá el formulario emergente " +":guilabel:`Crear nivel`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Complete los siguientes campos del formulario:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -12590,6 +12757,10 @@ msgid "" "starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " "in the first field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empezar después de (#) (periodo) después de la fecha de inicio de" +" la asignación`: proporcione el número y el valor del periodo que debe pasar" +" antes de que un empleado empiece a acumular tiempo personal. El primer " +"valor es numérico, así que en el primer campo deberá escribir un número." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -12597,6 +12768,9 @@ msgid "" "field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " ":guilabel:`year(s)`." msgstr "" +"Después seleccione el tipo de periodo con el menú desplegable del segundo " +"campo. Las opciones disponibles son :guilabel:`días`, :guilabel:`meses` y " +":guilabel:`años`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -12605,6 +12779,10 @@ msgid "" "that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " "their accrual plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Según el tiempo trabajado`: seleccione esta casilla si la " +"acumulación de tiempo personal está basada en el tiempo que el empleado ha " +"trabajado. Si un empleado toma tiempo personal que *no* se considera un día " +"laborable, Odoo no contará ese día para su plan de acumulación." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -12612,12 +12790,18 @@ msgid "" " The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " "numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (tiempo)`: proporcione la tasa de tiempo personal que se" +" acumula. El primer valor es numérico, así que deberá escribir un número en " +"el primer campo. No es necesario que sea entero, puede agregar cualquier " +"valor decimal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 msgid "" "Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" "down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" +"Luego, en el segundo campo, seleccione el tipo de tiempo a acumular con el " +"menú desplegable. Las opciones son :guilabel:`días` u :guilabel:`horas`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -12626,12 +12810,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " ":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Frecuencia (X)`: seleccione la frecuencia con la que el empleado " +"acumulará tiempo personal en esta regla con el menú desplegable. Las " +"opciones son :guilabel:`Diario`, :guilabel:`Semanal`, :guilabel:`Dos veces " +"al mes`, :guilabel:`Mensual`, :guilabel:`Dos veces al mes` o " +":guilabel:`Anual`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " "accrual renews." msgstr "" +"Aparecerán más campos relacionados con la renovación de la acumulación según" +" la opción que elija." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -12640,6 +12831,10 @@ msgid "" "to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " ":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." msgstr "" +"Si el empleado debe recibir un día de vacaciones por cada semana que " +"trabaja, entonces la :guilabel:`Tasa` debe ser `1` y el valor en " +":guilabel:`Frecuencia` deberá ser `Frecuencia (semanal) en (viernes)`. Solo " +"aparecerán los campos :guilabel:`Frecuencia` y :guilabel:`Día de la semana`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -12649,18 +12844,28 @@ msgid "" "(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " ":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." msgstr "" +"Si el empleado debe recibir diez (10) días de vacaciones al año el día " +"primero de enero, entonces la :guilabel:`Tasa` debe ser `10` y el valor en " +":guilabel:`Frecuencia` deberá ser `Frecuencia (anual) el (1) de (enero)`. " +"Aparecerán los campos :guilabel:`Frecuencia`, :guilabel:`Fecha` y " +":guilabel:`Mes`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" " with this plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Limitar a`: proporcione una cantidad máxima de días que el " +"empleado puede acumular con este plan." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" " from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Al final del año, las acumulaciones sin utilizar serán`: " +"seleccione qué ocurrirá con el tiempo personal sin utilizar en el menú " +"desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -12668,10 +12873,14 @@ msgid "" " over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " "means any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" +"Las opciones disponibles son :guilabel:`Transferidas al próximo año`, que " +"transfiere el tiempo que no se utilizó al siguiente año calendario, y " +":guilabel:`Perdidas`, que indica que si ese tiempo no se usó, entonces ya no" +" estará disponible." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un formulario de nivel con toda la información completada." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -12679,20 +12888,27 @@ msgid "" " and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" " a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya terminado de completar el formulario, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para realizar lo pertinente con el formulario o" +" en :guilabel:`Guardar y nuevo` para guardar el formulario y crear una nueva" +" regla. Agregue tantos niveles como sea necesario. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un formulario de acumulación con todas las entradas completadas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 msgid "Public holidays" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Días festivos" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 msgid "" "Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" " specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los países tienen días festivos públicos o nacionales y, en " +"algunos casos, algunas empresas pueden tener días específicos en los que " +"cierran o proporcionar días adicionales como días festivos." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -12700,40 +12916,50 @@ msgid "" "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" +"Es importante configurar estos días en Odoo para que los empleados sepan qué" +" días tienen libres y no tengan que solicitar tiempo personal en los que ya " +"tienen establecidos como días festivos (es decir, días no laborables)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Create public holiday" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear días festivos" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" +"Para crear un día festivo, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> " +"Configuración --> Días festivos`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todos los días festivos aparecen en una vista de lista." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" " the list." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`, aparecerá una línea nueva en la " +"parte inferior de la lista." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "Enter the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Complete la siguiente información:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`: escriba el nombre del día festivo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: la empresa actual completa este campo de forma " +"predeterminada si se encuentra en una base de datos multiempresa. No es " +"posible editar este campo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -12745,6 +12971,13 @@ msgid "" "adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " "company's time zone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de inicio`: seleccione la fecha y hora de inicio del día " +"festivo con el selector de fecha y hora. Este campo está configurado para la" +" fecha actual de forma predeterminada. La hora de inicio se establece según " +"la hora de inicio para la empresa (según los :ref:`horarios laborales " +"`). Si la computadora del usuario está configurada en" +" una zona horaria distinta, la hora de inicio se ajusta según la diferencia " +"en comparación con la zona horaria de la empresa." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 msgid "" @@ -12756,6 +12989,13 @@ msgid "" "according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " "zone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de finalización`: seleccione la fecha y hora de " +"finalización del día festivo con el selector de fecha y hora. Este campo " +"está configurado para la fecha actual de forma predeterminada y la hora de " +"inicio se establece según la hora de finalización para la empresa (según los" +" :ref:`horarios laborales `). Si la computadora del " +"usuario está configurada en una zona horaria distinta, la hora de inicio se " +"ajusta según la diferencia en comparación con la zona horaria de la empresa." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -12767,6 +13007,14 @@ msgid "" " Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " "create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" +"Una empresa está ubicada en San Francisco y su horario laboral es de 9:00 a." +" m. a 6:00 p. m. (una jornada laboral de ocho (8) horas con un descanso de " +"una hora para comer). Un usuario se encuentra en Nueva York y la zona " +"horaria de su computadora está configurada en EST. Al crear un día festivo, " +"la hora de inicio será de 12:00 p. m. a 9:00 p. m., pues se toma en cuenta " +"la zona horaria. Si otro usuario está en Los Ángeles y la zona horaria de su" +" computadora está configurada en PST, al crear un día festivo, la hora será " +"de 9:00 a. m. - 6:00 p. m." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -12774,6 +13022,10 @@ msgid "" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horas laborales`: seleccione las horas laborales con el menú " +"desplegable en caso de que el día festivo solo esté destinado a los " +"empleados con un horario en específico. En caso de que no seleccione nada, " +"el día festivo será para todos los empleados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -12781,10 +13033,13 @@ msgid "" "defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " "type from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de entrada de trabajo`: si usa la aplicación *Nómina*, este " +"campo define de qué forma aparecerá la entrada de trabajo en un día feriado." +" Seleccione el tipo de entrada de trabajo en el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La lista de días festivos en el menú de configuración." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 msgid "Overview" @@ -12797,6 +13052,10 @@ msgid "" "This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " "a month view." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Información general` para " +"visualizar los días por colores relacionados al tiempo libre de los usuarios" +" y de sus equipos administrados. Aquí podrá consultar un calendario con el " +"filtro predeterminado :guilabel:`Mi equipo` en una vista por mes." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -12804,6 +13063,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " "the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el periodo del calendario, haga clic en los botones de " +":guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana`, :guilabel:`Mes` o :guilabel:`Año` " +"disponibles para que aparezca la vista que seleccionó." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -12811,24 +13073,34 @@ msgid "" "regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " "appears on the calendar." msgstr "" +"Los miembros del equipo aparecen en sus respectivas líneas y el calendario " +"muestra todos los permisos que solicitaron sin importar en qué estado se " +"encuentren (:guilabel:`Validado` o :guilabel:`Por aprobar`)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" " does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" +"Cada empleado tiene un color que se selecciona de forma aleatoria y no está " +"relacionado con el tipo de tiempo personal que solicitaron." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " "appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." msgstr "" +"El estado del tiempo personal se representa con el color se la solicitud de " +"forma completa (:guilabel:`Validado`) o con líneas (:guilabel:`Por " +"aprobar`)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" +"El número de días u horas solicitadas aparece en la solicitud (si hay " +"suficiente espacio disponible)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 msgid "" @@ -12836,6 +13108,10 @@ msgid "" "projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " "number of employees out for those highlighted days." msgstr "" +"El gráfico de barras ubicado en la parte inferior del calendario muestra el " +"número de personas que se estima no estarán en un día en específico. El " +"número en la barra representa el número de empleados que no estarán " +"disponibles en los días resaltados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 msgid "" @@ -12843,14 +13119,19 @@ msgid "" "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " "and end time of the time off." msgstr "" +"Pase el cursor sobre una entrada de tiempo personal para ver los detalles de" +" esa entrada en específico. El número total de horas o días están incluidos," +" además de la hora de inicio y fin del tiempo personal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" +"Resumen del equipo del usuario, es posible visualizar las solicitudes de " +"tiempo personal. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "Allocate time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asignar tiempo personal" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" @@ -12859,42 +13140,59 @@ msgid "" "to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"Una vez que terminó de configurar los tipos de tiempo personal y planes de " +"acumulación, el siguiente paso es asignar o proporcionar tiempo personal a " +"sus empleados. Esta sección solo es visible para aquellas personas que " +"cuentan con los permisos de acceso de :guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo " +"personal` o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Approvals --> Allocations`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tempo personal --> Aprobaciones --> Asignaciones` " +"para crear una nueva asignación." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "status." msgstr "" +"Allí podrá consultar una lista de todas las asignaciones actuales con sus " +"respectivos estados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para asignar tiempo personal, aparecerá el " +"formulario correspondiente vacío. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" +"Después de proporcionar un nombre para la asignación en el primer campo " +"vacío del formulario, complete la siguiente información:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " +"tipo de tiempo personal que recibirán los empleados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de asignación`: seleccione :guilabel:`Asignación regular` o " +":guilabel:`Asignación acumulada`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 msgid "" @@ -12904,6 +13202,11 @@ msgid "" " is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Plan de acumulación`: el campo :guilabel:`Plan de acumulación` " +"aparecerá si en :guilabel:`Tipo de asignación` selecciona " +":guilabel:`Asignación acumulada`. Con el menú desplegable seleccione el plan" +" de acumulación relacionado a la asignación. **Debe** seleccionar un plan de" +" acumulación para una :guilabel:`asignación acumulada`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 msgid "" @@ -12911,6 +13214,9 @@ msgid "" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " ":guilabel:`Validity Period`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Periodo de validez o Fecha de inicio`: si en :guilabel:`Tipo de " +"asignación` selecciona :guilabel:`Asignación regular`, entonces este campo " +"recibe el nombre de :guilabel:`Periodo de validez`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 msgid "" @@ -12918,12 +13224,18 @@ msgid "" "allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " "the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." msgstr "" +"Seleccione la fecha de inicio de la asignación con el calendario. Elija la " +"fecha de vencimiento en el siguiente campo de fecha si la asignación expira." +" En caso contrario, deje el segundo campo de fecha vacío." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." msgstr "" +"Si en :guilabel:`Tipo de asignación` selecciona :guilabel:`Asignación " +"acumulada`, entonces este campo recibe el nombre de :guilabel:`Fecha de " +"inicio`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 msgid "" @@ -12932,6 +13244,10 @@ msgid "" "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " "field blank." msgstr "" +"Seleccione la fecha de inicio de la asignación con el selector del " +"calendario. Elija la fecha de vencimiento en el campo :guilabel:`Ejecutar " +"hasta` si la asignación expira. Si **no**, deje el campo :guilabel:`Ejecutar" +" hasta` vacío." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 msgid "" @@ -12940,6 +13256,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " "` is configured (in days or hours)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duración`: proporcione la cantidad de tiempo que recibirán los " +"empleados. Este campo muestra el tiempo en :guilabel:`horas` o en " +":guilabel:`días` según la configuración del :ref:`Tipo de tiempo personal " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 msgid "" @@ -12948,6 +13268,11 @@ msgid "" "The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Modo`: seleccione cómo se proporcionará la asignación con el menú" +" desplegable. Esta selección determina quién recibe la asignación de tiempo " +"personal. Las opciones son :guilabel:`Por empleado`, :guilabel:`Por " +"empresa`, :guilabel:`Por departamento` o :guilabel:`Por etiqueta de " +"empleado`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -12955,24 +13280,33 @@ msgid "" "field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" +"Según lo que haya elegido en :guilabel:`Modo`, el campo recibirá el nombre " +"de :guilabel:`Empleados`, :guilabel:`Empresa`, :guilabel:`Departamento` o " +":guilabel:`Etiqueta de empleado`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" +"Con el menú desplegable seleccione a los empleados, empresas, departamentos " +"o etiquetas de empleados que deben recibir este tiempo personal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" +"Si se trata de :guilabel:`empleados` o :guilabel:`etiquetas de empleados` " +"puede seleccionar tantas como lo desee." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" +"Si se trata de :guilabel:`empresas` o :guilabel:`departamentos`, solo puede " +"seleccionar uno." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 msgid "" @@ -12980,10 +13314,13 @@ msgid "" "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" " form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agregue un motivo...`: si necesita agregar una descripción o nota" +" para explicar la asignación de tiempo personal escríbala en este campo. " +"Está ubicado en la parte inferior del formulario." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitar tiempo personal" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -12992,6 +13329,10 @@ msgid "" "the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " "Off` view." msgstr "" +"Los empleados pueden solicitar tiempo personal luego de recibir una " +"asignación. Estas solicitudes se pueden realizar de dos formas, desde el " +":ref:`tablero ` o desde la vista :guilabel:`Mi tiempo " +"personal`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" @@ -12999,6 +13340,9 @@ msgid "" "Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " "application." msgstr "" +"Para acceder al tablero, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi " +"tiempo --> Tablero`. Esta es la vista predeterminada de la aplicación " +"*Tiempo personal*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 msgid "" @@ -13006,6 +13350,9 @@ msgid "" "--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " "off requests for the employee." msgstr "" +"Para acceder a :guilabel:`Mi tiempo personal`, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo" +" personal --> Mi tiempo --> Mi tiempo personal`. Aquí podrá consultar la " +"vista de lista de todas las solicitudes de tiempo personal del empleado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -13014,16 +13361,23 @@ msgid "" "button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " "time off request form." msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva solicitud de tiempo personal, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` del tablero principal de la aplicación *Tiempo personal* o" +" en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` de la vista de lista de :guilabel:`Mi tiempo " +"personal`. Ambos botones abrirán un formulario de solicitud de tiempo " +"personal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proporcione la siguiente información en el formulario:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " "the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " +"tipo de tiempo personal a solicitar." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 msgid "" @@ -13032,6 +13386,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" " pop-up appears." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fechas`: seleccione las fechas correspondientes al tiempo " +"personal. Hay dos campos que debe completar, :guilabel:`De` y " +":guilabel:`Al`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`De` o en :guilabel:`Al` para abrir " +"sus respectivos calendarios desplegables." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" @@ -13039,22 +13397,32 @@ msgid "" "end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " "purple (if applicable)." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en la fecha de inicio y luego en la fecha de finalización. Las " +"fechas de inicio y fin que haya seleccionado aparecerán en color morado " +"oscuro. Las fechas entre ellas (en caso de que las haya) aparecerán en un " +"morado más tenue." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 msgid "" "If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" " click the same date again for the end date." msgstr "" +"Si solicita tiempo personal para un solo día es necesario que haga clic en " +"esa fecha en el campo de fecha de inicio y que vuelva a seleccionarla en la " +"fecha de finalización. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 msgid "" "When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" " button." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Aplicar` una vez que haya seleccionado las " +"fechas adecuadas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." msgstr "" +"Las fechas ahora aparecerán en los campos :guilabel:`De` y :guilabel:`Al`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 msgid "" @@ -13063,6 +13431,11 @@ msgid "" "is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " ":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Medio día`: marque esta casilla si la solicitud de tiempo " +"personal es de medio día. Al seleccionar esta opción, el campo de fecha " +":guilabel:`Duración` desaparece y se reemplaza con un menú desplegable. " +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Mañana` o :guilabel:`Tarde` para indicar la mitad del " +"día necesaria." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "" @@ -13071,6 +13444,11 @@ msgid "" "beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " "and end time for the time off request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Horas personalizadas`: seleccione esta casilla si el tiempo " +"personal a solicitar no es de un día completo o medio día. Los campos " +":guilabel:`De` y :guilabel:`Al` aparecerán abajo si elige esta opción y " +"deberá seleccionar la hora de inicio y finalización de la solicitud de " +"tiempo personal con el menú desplegable." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 msgid "" @@ -13080,6 +13458,10 @@ msgid "" "requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " ":guilabel:`Date` selections." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duración`: este campo se actualiza de forma automática al " +"completar la sección :guilabel:`Fecha`. En ese caso, se actualiza en " +"automático para mostrar el tiempo personal total solicitado. Este campo es " +"en horas o días, según lo que haya seleccionado en la :guilabel:`fecha`. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 msgid "" @@ -13087,6 +13469,9 @@ msgid "" "should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " "approve the request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: proporcione una descripción sobre la solicitud de " +"tiempo personal, debe incluir todos los detalles necesarios que los gerentes" +" y aprobadores pudieran necesitar para aprobar la solicitud." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 msgid "" @@ -13095,6 +13480,10 @@ msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " "appears." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Justificante`: este campo solo aparece cuando el :guilabel:`Tipo " +"de tiempo personal` elegido permite adjuntar documentos. Haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`Adjuntar archivo`, esta acción abrirá la ventana del " +"explorador de archivos. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 msgid "" @@ -13102,6 +13491,10 @@ msgid "" "The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " "be attached, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Diríjase a los archivos que desea adjuntar y después haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Abrir`. Los archivos aparecerán en el formulario de solicitud de " +"tiempo personal. Es posible adjuntar varios documentos en caso de que sea " +"necesario." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 @@ -13109,16 +13502,21 @@ msgid "" "When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " "information, and submit the request." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya terminado de completar el formulario haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`. Esta acción almacenará la información y enviará la " +"solicitud. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " "with the flu." msgstr "" +"Un formulario de solicitud de tiempo personal completado. En este caso, el " +"empleado pidió dos días debido a un resfriado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 msgid "Request allocation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solicitar una asignación" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 msgid "" @@ -13127,6 +13525,10 @@ msgid "" "requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " "` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." msgstr "" +"Un empleado puede solicitar una asignación de tiempo personal si ya utilizó " +"todo el que tenía disponible o está próximo a terminárselo. Hay dos maneras " +"de solicitar una asignación, desde el :ref:`tablero ` o " +"desde la vista :guilabel:`Mis asignaciones`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 msgid "" @@ -13134,6 +13536,9 @@ msgid "" " Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " "application." msgstr "" +"Para acceder al tablero, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi " +"tiempo --> Tablero`. Esta es la vista predeterminada de la aplicación " +"*Tiempo personal*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 msgid "" @@ -13141,6 +13546,9 @@ msgid "" "Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " "all the allocations for the employee." msgstr "" +"Para acceder a :guilabel:`Mis asignaciones`, vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo " +"personal --> Mi tiempo --> Mis asignaciones`. Aquí podrá consultar la vista " +"de lista de todas las asignaciones del empleado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 msgid "" @@ -13149,18 +13557,27 @@ msgid "" "button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " "allocation request form." msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva solicitud de asignación, haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Solicitud de asignación` del tablero principal de la aplicación " +"*Tiempo personal* o en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` de la vista de lista de " +":guilabel:`Mis asignaciones`. Ambos botones abrirán un formulario para una " +"nueva solicitud de asignación." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" +"Después de proporcionar un nombre para la asignación en la primer línea " +"vacía del formulario, complete la siguiente información:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de tiempo personal`: en el menú desplegable seleccione el " +"tipo de tiempo personal a solicitar para la asignación." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -13169,12 +13586,20 @@ msgid "" "populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " "date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Periodo de validez`: la fecha actual completa la fecha de inicio " +"de forma predeterminada. Si no hay una fecha de vencimiento para el tipo de " +"tiempo personal, no se completa ninguna fecha en la fecha de finalización. " +"En caso contrario, la fecha se completa en automático en el campo de fecha " +"de finalización cuando guarda el formulario." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " "(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duración`: escriba la cantidad de tiempo a solicitar. El formato " +"(pueden ser días u horas) corresponde al formato establecido en el tipo de " +"tiempo personal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 msgid "" @@ -13182,12 +13607,17 @@ msgid "" " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agregue un motivo...`: proporcione una descripción sobre la " +"solicitud de asignación, debe incluir todos los detalles necesarios que los " +"gerentes y aprobadores pudieran necesitar para aprobar la solicitud." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" "sick time." msgstr "" +"Un formulario de solicitud de asignación completo de un empleado que " +"solicita una semana más de tiempo personal por enfermedad." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 msgid "Approvals" @@ -13200,16 +13630,24 @@ msgid "" "employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " "specific type of time off is configured." msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las solicitudes de tiempo personal y asignaciones deben pasar " +"por el proceso de aprobación antes que un empleado pueda recibir una " +"asignación de tiempo personal. Las solicitudes necesitan una o dos " +"aprobaciones, según la configuración de ese tipo de tiempo personal en " +"particular." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"Solo los usuarios que aprueban las solicitudes de tiempo personal y " +"asignaciones pueden visualizar la sección :guilabel:`Aprobaciones` de la " +"aplicación *Tiempo personal*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 msgid "Approve allocations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aprobar asignaciones" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" @@ -13218,6 +13656,11 @@ msgid "" "list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Aprobaciones --> Asignaciones` " +"para consultar las asignaciones que necesitan de aprobación. Las únicas " +"asignaciones visibles en esta lista son de los empleados para los que el " +"usuario tiene permiso de acceso de :guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo personal` " +"o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la aplicación *Tiempo personal*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" @@ -13226,28 +13669,42 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" +"Los filtros predeterminados configurados para visualizar la lista de " +":guilabel:`asignaciones` son :guilabel:`Mi equipo` y :guilabel:`Empleado " +"activo`. De esta forma, *solo* visualizará a los empleados en el equipo del " +"usuario (que gestionan) y a los empleados activos, los usuarios inactivos no" +" aparecen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" +"En el lado izquierdo de la pantalla están presentes varias opciones de " +"agrupación para delimitar las solicitudes de asignación presentadas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 msgid "" "The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." msgstr "" +"Las opciones son :guilabel:`Por aprobar`, :guilabel:`Por enviar`, " +":guilabel:`Rechazado` y :guilabel:`Aprobado`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" +"Para ver todas las solicitudes de asignación, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Todas`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the department to only present allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" +"También es posible visualizar las solicitudes de asignación por " +"departamento. Haga clic en el departamento para consultar solo las " +"asignaciones de ese departamento en específico." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" @@ -13256,12 +13713,18 @@ msgid "" "Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" +"Los grupos ubicados del lado izquierdo solo muestran las solicitudes de " +"asignación que coinciden con los filtros predeterminados, :guilabel:`Mi " +"equipo` y :guilabel:`Empleado activo`. Solo los estados de las solicitudes " +"de asignación que entran en esos filtros aparecen en el lado izquierdo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si no hay ninguna solicitud con el estado :guilabel:`Por " +"enviar`, entonces esa opción del estado no aparecerá del lado izquierdo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 msgid "" @@ -13269,6 +13732,9 @@ msgid "" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" +"Todos los departamentos de los empleados del usuario aparecen en la lista. " +"La lista estará vacía si no hay solicitudes de asignación que coincidan con " +"los filtros preconfigurados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 msgid "" @@ -13276,6 +13742,9 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" +"Además, tiene la opción de eliminar cualquiera de los filtros " +"preconfigurados si hace clic en el icono :guilabel:`✖️ (eliminar)` de un " +"filtro en específico." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 @@ -13283,6 +13752,8 @@ msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" +"La columna de estado muestra el estado de cada solicitud, este aparece en un" +" color específico." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 msgid "" @@ -13291,17 +13762,26 @@ msgid "" "Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" +"Las solicitudes de tipo :guilabel:`Por aprobar`, las solicitudes " +":guilabel:`aprobadas` aparecen en verde, las solicitudes :guilabel:`por " +"enviar` (borradores) aparecen en azul y las solicitudes " +":guilabel:`rechazadas` aparecen en gris." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" " the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." msgstr "" +"Para aprobar una solicitud de asignación haga clic en :guilabel:`✔ Validar` " +"ubicado al final de la línea. Para rechazarla, haga clic en :guilabel:`✖️ " +"Rechazar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." msgstr "" +"Las asignaciones con las secciones de estado, filtros y grupos dentro de un " +"recuadro rojo. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 msgid "" @@ -13309,6 +13789,9 @@ msgid "" "(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " "request in detail." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea (excepto en :guilabel:`✔ Validar` o" +" :guilabel:`✖️ Rechazar`) si necesita consultar más detalles sobre la " +"solicitud de asignación." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 msgid "" @@ -13316,6 +13799,10 @@ msgid "" "request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" " button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Es posible hacer cambios en el formulario de solicitud de asignación según " +"los permisos con los que cuente el usuario. Para modificar la solicitud, " +"haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Editar`, haga los cambios deseados y " +"después haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 msgid "" @@ -13323,10 +13810,13 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" +"También es posible aprobar o rechazar la solicitud en este formulario. Haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Validar` para aprobar la solicitud o en el botón" +" :guilabel:`Rechazar` para rechazarla." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 msgid "Approve time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aprobar tiempo personal" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" @@ -13336,6 +13826,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Aprobaciones --> Tiempo personal`" +" para consultar las solicitudes de tiempo personal que necesitan de " +"aprobación. Las únicas solicitudes visibles en esta lista son de los " +"empleados para los que el usuario tiene permiso de acceso de " +":guilabel:`Encargado de tiempo personal` o :guilabel:`Administrador` en la " +"aplicación *Tiempo personal*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 msgid "" @@ -13345,6 +13841,11 @@ msgid "" "to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " "are active and *not* in a draft mode." msgstr "" +"Los filtros predeterminados en la lista de :guilabel:`tiempo personal` son " +":guilabel:`Por aprobar`, :guilabel:`Mi equipo`, :guilabel:`Empleado activo` " +"y :guilabel:`Tiempo personal activo`. Esto solo muestra las solicitudes de " +"tiempo personal que necesitan ser aprobadas para los empleados actuales del " +"equipo del usuario, que están activas y *no* en modo de borrador." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" @@ -13353,6 +13854,10 @@ msgid "" "approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " ":guilabel:`To Approve`." msgstr "" +"El lado izquierdo de la pantalla cuenta con varias opciones de agrupamiento " +"para delimitar las solicitudes de tiempo personal visibles. Como solo " +"aparecen las solicitudes que necesitan ser aprobadas, las únicas opciones de" +" estado son :guilabel:`Todos` y :guilabel:`Por aprobar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 msgid "" @@ -13360,6 +13865,9 @@ msgid "" "Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " ":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar las solicitudes con otros estados, primero elimine el filtro" +" :guilabel:`Por aprobar`. Para ello, haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`✖️ " +"(eliminar)` ubicado junto al filtro :guilabel:`Por aprobar` para borrarlo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 msgid "" @@ -13367,6 +13875,9 @@ msgid "" "department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " "department are then presented." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar las solicitudes de tiempo personal para departamentos en " +"específico, haga clic en el departamento ubicado en el lado izquierdo. Solo " +"aparecerán las solicitudes dentro del departamento seleccionado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 msgid "" @@ -13377,18 +13888,29 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" " gray." msgstr "" +"Las solicitudes de tipo :guilabel:`Por aprobar` aparecen en amarillo y son " +"las únicas visibles de forma predeterminada en la lista. Si elimina el " +"filtro :guilabel:`Por aprobar`, entonces podrá visualizar todas las demás. " +"Las solicitudes :guilabel:`aprobadas` aparecen en verde, las solicitudes " +":guilabel:`por enviar` (borradores) aparecen en azul y las solicitudes " +":guilabel:`rechazadas` aparecen en gris." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" " line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." msgstr "" +"Para aprobar una solicitud de tiempo personal haga clic en :guilabel:`👍 " +"Aprobar` ubicado al final de la línea. Para rechazarla, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`✖️ Rechazar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Las solicitudes de tiempo personal con las secciones de estado, filtros y " +"grupos dentro de un recuadro rojo. " #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" @@ -13397,12 +13919,18 @@ msgid "" "time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " "made." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea (excepto en :guilabel:`👍 Aprobar` o" +" :guilabel:`✖️ Rechazar`) si necesita consultar más detalles sobre la " +"solicitud de tiempo personal y para abrir el formulario correspondiente. Es " +"posible que un usuario haga cambio según los permisos con los que cuenta." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 msgid "" "To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " "changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para modificar la solicitud haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Editar`, haga " +"los cambios necesarios y después haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 msgid "" @@ -13410,11 +13938,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" +"También es posible aprobar o rechazar la solicitud en este formulario. Haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Aprobar` para aprobar la solicitud o en el botón" +" :guilabel:`Rechazar` para rechazarla." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 msgid "My time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mi tiempo personal" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 msgid "" @@ -13422,6 +13953,9 @@ msgid "" "the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " "allocations." msgstr "" +"La sección :guilabel:`Mi tiempo personal` de la aplicación *Tiempo personal*" +" incluye el tablero del tiempo personal, así como las solicitudes y " +"asignaciones del usuario." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 msgid "Dashboard" @@ -13434,11 +13968,17 @@ msgid "" "point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "My Time Off --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" +"Todos los usuarios tienen acceso al tablero de tiempo personal, además de " +"que es la vista predeterminada de la aplicación *Tiempo personal*. También " +"es posible acceder desde :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi tiempo " +"personal --> Tablero`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." msgstr "" +"La vista predeterminada es la del año actual y el día en curso aparece en " +"rojo." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" @@ -13446,6 +13986,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " "(the default)." msgstr "" +"Para cambiar la vista, haga clic en el botón deseado en la parte superior. " +"Las opciones son :guilabel:`Día`, :guilabel:`Semana`, :guilabel:`Mes` o " +":guilabel:`Año` (esta es la vista predeterminada)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 msgid "" @@ -13453,18 +13996,26 @@ msgid "" "side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " "increments of the presented view." msgstr "" +"Para cambiar las fechas que está visualizando, solo haga clic en las flechas" +" izquierda y derecha ubicadas del lado izquierdo y derecho del botón " +":guilabel:`Hoy`. La vista del calendario se ajustará en incrementos según la" +" vista que haya elegido." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one week." msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si selecciona :guilabel:`Semana`, las flechas ajustarán la " +"vista por una semana." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" +"Para cambiar la vista en cualquier momento a una que incluya la fecha actual" +" solo haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Hoy`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 msgid "" @@ -13474,6 +14025,11 @@ msgid "" "available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " "applicable)." msgstr "" +"Arriba de la vista de calendario podrá encontrar un resumen de los días " +"disponibles de tiempo personal de los usuarios. Cada tipo de tiempo personal" +" asignado aparece en su propia sección y cada una de ellas incluye su tipo e" +" icono correspondientes, el tiempo disponible (en horas o días) y una fecha " +"de vencimiento (en caso de cuente con una)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 msgid "" @@ -13481,6 +14037,9 @@ msgid "" "off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " "requests are shown as well." msgstr "" +"La simbología ubicada del lado derecho de la vista del calendario muestra " +"los diferentes tipos de tiempo personal con sus respectivos colores. También" +" aparecen los estados de las solicitudes de tiempo personal." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 msgid "" @@ -13489,6 +14048,11 @@ msgid "" "still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " "time off requests have a colored line through the dates." msgstr "" +"El tiempo personal validado aparece en un color sólido (en el color que " +"especificó en la sección correspondiente de tipos de tiempo personal). Las " +"solicitudes de tiempo personal que aún necesitan aprobación aparecen con " +"líneas blancas en el color y las solicitudes rechazadas tienen una línea de " +"color que tacha las fechas correspondientes." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 msgid "" @@ -13496,6 +14060,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " ":ref:`time off form ` appears." msgstr "" +"Es posible solicitar tiempo personal desde el tablero. Haga clic en el botón" +" :guilabel:`Nuevo` ubicado en la parte superior del tablero para abrir un " +":ref:`formulario de tiempo personal `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 msgid "" @@ -13504,12 +14071,19 @@ msgid "" " more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." msgstr "" +"También es posible elaborar nuevas solicitudes de asignación desde el " +"tablero. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Solicitud de asignación` ubicado " +"en la parte superior del tablero para solicitar más tiempo personal. Esta " +"acción abrirá un nuevo :ref:`formulario de asignación `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +"Vista del tablero de tiempo personal con la simbología, información general " +"del tiempo personal y los botones de vista en recuadros rojos." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 msgid "" @@ -13517,6 +14091,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " "time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi tiempo personal --> Mi tiempo " +"personal` para ver una lista con todas las solicitudes de tiempo personal de" +" los usuarios. Allí podrá consultar todas las solicitudes de tiempo personal" +" en la vista de lista, tanto las anteriores como las actuales." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 msgid "" @@ -13525,6 +14103,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " ":guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" +"Además del nombre del usuario, la lista incluye la siguiente información de " +"cada solicitud: el :guilabel:`tipo de tiempo personal`, la " +":guilabel:`descripción`, la :guilabel:`fecha de inicio`, la :guilabel:`fecha" +" de finalización`, la :guilabel:`duración` y su :guilabel:`estado`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 msgid "" @@ -13532,10 +14114,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." msgstr "" +"Es posible solicitar tiempo personal desde esta vista. Haga clic en el botón" +" :guilabel:`Nuevo` para :ref:`solicitar tiempo personal `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 msgid "My allocations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mis asignaciones" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 msgid "" @@ -13543,6 +14128,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Mi tiempo personal --> Mis " +"asignaciones` para ver una lista con todas las asignaciones de los usuarios." +" Allí podrá consultar todas las asignaciones y sus solicitudes en la vista " +"de lista." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 msgid "" @@ -13550,6 +14139,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " "and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" +"La información que puede consultar incluye el :guilabel:`tipo de tiempo " +"personal`, la :guilabel:`descripción`, la :guilabel:`duración`, el " +":guilabel:`tipo de asignación` y su :guilabel:`estado`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 msgid "" @@ -13557,6 +14149,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" +"También es posible crear una solicitud de asignación desde esta vista. Haga " +"clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para :ref:`solicitar una asignación " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" @@ -13565,34 +14160,47 @@ msgid "" "are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " "types are being used." msgstr "" +"La función de reportes permite que los usuarios conozcan el tiempo personal " +"de su equipo, ya sea por empleado o por tipo de tiempo personal. Esto les " +"permite ver qué empleados tienen un permiso, cuánto tiempo tomarán y qué " +"tipos de tiempo personal están en uso." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 msgid "By employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por empleado" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Reportes --> Por empleado` para " +"visualizar un reporte de las solicitudes de tiempo personal por empleado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 msgid "" "The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " ":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." msgstr "" +"El reporte predeterminado es un gráfico apilado de barras con los filtros " +":guilabel:`Empleado activo` y :guilabel:`Tipo` habilitados." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 msgid "" "Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " "many days of each type of time off type they requested." msgstr "" +"Cada empleado aparece en su propia columna y la barra muestra cuántos días " +"de cada tipo de tiempo personal solicitaron." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " "top of the report to view the data differently." msgstr "" +"El reporte se puede visualizar de otras formas. Haga clic en las distintas " +"opciones que aparecen en la parte superior para ver los datos en una vista " +"distinta." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 msgid "" @@ -13602,10 +14210,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " ":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." msgstr "" +"Las opciones de gráficos son :guilabel:`gráfico de barras`, " +":guilabel:`gráfico de líneas` y :guilabel:`gráfico circular`. El " +":guilabel:`gráfico de barras` incluye una opción para presentar los datos de" +" forma :guilabel:`apilada`. Tanto el :guilabel:`gráfico de barras` como el " +":guilabel:`gráfico de líneas` tienen opciones para presentar los datos en " +"orden :guilabel:`descendente` o :guilabel:`ascendente`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." msgstr "" +"Reporte de tiempo personal, los empleados aparecen en un gráfico de barras " +"apilado." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "By type" @@ -13617,6 +14233,9 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " "time off type in its own section." msgstr "" +"Para ver una lista del tiempo personal aprobado, organizado por tipo, vaya a" +" :menuselection:`Tiempo personal --> Reportes --> Por tipo`. Allí aparecerá " +"cada tipo de tiempo personal en su propia sección." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 msgid "" @@ -13626,6 +14245,11 @@ msgid "" "Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en un tipo de tiempo libre para abrir la lista. Cada solicitud " +"incluye la siguiente información: :guilabel:`Empleado`, :guilabel:`Número de" +" días`, :guilabel:`Tipo de solicitud`, :guilabel:`Fecha de inicio`, " +":guilabel:`Fecha de finalización`, :guilabel:`Estado` y " +":guilabel:`Descripción`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 msgid "" @@ -13633,7 +14257,12 @@ msgid "" "Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " "the :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" +"Los filtros predeterminados para este reporte son :guilabel:`Solicitudes " +"aprobadas`, :guilabel:`Empleado activo`, el :guilabel:`año actual` y el " +":guilabel:`tipo`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." msgstr "" +"Reporte de tiempo personal por tipo, cada solicitud aparece detallada en la " +"lista." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 5607e155d..05bd2fecb 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -1908,6 +1908,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Simplificar las conversiones de unidades de proveedores con unidades " +"de medida `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -3002,8 +3004,8 @@ msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "" -"Siga esta guía para elegir y configurar un escáner de código de barras " -"compatibles con las aplicaciones *Inventario* y *Código de barras*. " +"Siga esta guía para elegir y configurar un escáner de códigos de barras que " +"sea compatible con las aplicaciones *Inventario* y *Código de barras*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." @@ -3084,7 +3086,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "Diseño del teclado" +msgstr "Distribución del teclado" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -3179,9 +3181,9 @@ msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the " ":guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -"Baje hasta la opción :guilabel:`Salida del teclado` y asegúrese de que la " -"opción :guilabel:`Actibar/desactivar la salida de pulsaciones` esté " -":guilabel:`Activada`. " +"Diríjase hacia abajo a la opción :guilabel:`Salida del teclado` y asegúrese " +"de que la opción :guilabel:`Habilitar/deshabilitar la salida de pulsaciones " +"de tecla` esté :guilabel:`habilitada`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." @@ -3195,13 +3197,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Key event options`. Here, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Characters " "as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" -"Ahora, vuelva a la página de opciones de :guilabel:`Perfil` y seleccione " -":guilabel:`Opciones para eventos clave`. Asegúrese de que la opción " -":guilabel:`Enviar caracteres como eventos` esté activada. " +"Regrese a la página de opciones de :guilabel:`Perfil` y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Opciones para eventos clave`. Asegúrese de que la opción " +":guilabel:`Enviar caracteres como eventos` esté habilitada." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "Active los códigos de barras en Odoo" +msgstr "Activar los códigos de barras en Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -3772,7 +3774,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:60 msgid "Create new reordering rules" -msgstr "Crear nuevas reglas de reabastecimiento" +msgstr "Crear nuevas reglas de reordenamiento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -4771,18 +4773,27 @@ msgid "" "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" +"En algunos casos es necesario gestionar productos en distintas unidades de " +"medida. Por ejemplo, si una empresa compra productos de un país que utiliza " +"el sistema métrico y los vende en un país que utiliza el sistema imperial, " +"entonces deberá convertir las unidades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " "pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" +"Otro caso donde sería útil realizar una conversión de unidades es cuando un " +"negocio le compra un paquete con varios productos iguales a un proveedor y " +"luego los vende de forma unitaria." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " "product." msgstr "" +"Es posible configurar Odoo para que el mismo producto use diferentes " +"*unidades de medida (UdM)*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -4791,6 +4802,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " "setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para usar distintas unidades de medida en Odoo primero vaya a la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la " +"sección :guilabel:`Productos` habilite los ajustes relacionados a la función" +" :guilabel:`Unidades de medida` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." @@ -4809,6 +4824,11 @@ msgid "" "convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " "belong to the same category." msgstr "" +"Después de habilitar el ajuste de *unidades de medida* podrá visualizar las " +"categorías predeterminadas en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración " +"--> Categorías de unidades de medida`. La categoría es importante para " +"realizar la conversión de unidades, ya que Odoo **solo** puede convertir la " +"unidad de un producto a otra si ambas pertenecen a la misma categoría." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." @@ -4853,6 +4873,9 @@ msgid "" "recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " "be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" +"Ingrese una :guilabel:`categoría de UNSPSC` en caso de que sea necesario. Es" +" un `código gestionado por GS1 _` reconocido de " +"forma mundial y **debe** comprarlo para poder utilizarlo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -4860,6 +4883,10 @@ msgid "" "new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" " box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Proporción` ingrese cuántas unidades individuales hay" +" en la nueva unidad de medida, por ejemplo `6.00000` al usar el ejemplo del " +"`Paquete de 6` (ya que una caja de seis es seis veces *más grande* que la " +"unidad de referencia, `1.00000`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -4879,6 +4906,9 @@ msgid "" "app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" " page." msgstr "" +"Para establecer las unidades de medida de un producto vaya a la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> Productos --> Productos` y " +"seleccione un producto para abrir su página de formulario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -4887,12 +4917,18 @@ msgid "" "The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " "inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Información general` edite el campo " +":guilabel:`Unidad de medida` para especificar la correspondiente a la de " +"venta del producto. Esa unidad también se utilizará para llevar seguimiento " +"del inventario y los traslados internos del producto. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:75 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " "the product is purchased in." msgstr "" +"Edite el campo :guilabel:`UdM de compra` para especificar la unidad de " +"medida que se utiliza para comprar el producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" @@ -4904,10 +4940,13 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " "Measure)`." msgstr "" +"Odoo convierte las unidades de medida en automático cuando los productos " +"tienen distintas :abbr:`UdM (Unidades de medida)` y :abbr:`UdM (Unidades de " +"medida)` de compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algunos de los casos en donde esto ocurre son los siguientes:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -4915,6 +4954,9 @@ msgid "" "|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " "documents" msgstr "" +":ref:`Órdenes de proveedor `: la" +" unidad de medida de compra en las órdenes de compra se convierte en la " +"unidad de medida en los documentos internos del almacén." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -4922,6 +4964,11 @@ msgid "" "generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " "below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" +":ref:`Reabastecimiento automáticco " +"`: genera órdenes de compra " +"cuando los niveles de existencias de un producto (de las que se llevan " +"seguimiento en UdM) bajan por debajo de cierto nivel. Las órdenes de compra " +"se crean con la UdM de compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -4929,6 +4976,9 @@ msgid "" "different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " "to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" +":ref:`Venta de productos `: la " +"cantidad se convierte a la unidad de medida preferida del almacén en la " +"orden de entrega al utilizar una unidad distinta en la orden de venta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" @@ -4940,12 +4990,19 @@ msgid "" "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " "needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" +"Odoo utiliza de forma automática la unidad de medida de compra que se " +"especificó en el producto al crear una nueva solicitud de cotización en la " +"aplicación Compra. Edite de forma manual el valor de la :guilabel:`UdM` en " +"la solicitud de cotización si es necesario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:106 msgid "" "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" +"Luego de confirmar la solicitud de cotización se convertirá en una orden de " +"compra. Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Recibo` ubicado en la " +"parte superior de esa orden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4953,6 +5010,9 @@ msgid "" "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" +"De forma automática, Odoo convierte la unidad de medida de compra en la " +"unidad de medida de ventas o inventario del producto, así que la columna " +":guilabel:`Demanda` del recibo de entrega mostrará la cantidad convertida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -4961,26 +5021,34 @@ msgid "" "boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" " the quantity in units." msgstr "" +"Si la :guilabel:`UdM` de compra del producto es `Caja de 6` y su unidad de " +"medida de venta e inventario es `Unidades`, entonces la orden de compra " +"mostrará la cantidad en cajas de seis y en el recibo de entrega (y otros " +"documentos del almacén) aparecerá en unidades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imagen de una orden de compra que usa la unidad de medida de compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:121 msgid "" "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " "6`." msgstr "" +"Se crea una orden de tres con la \"Unidad de medida\" de compra: `Caja de " +"6`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imagen de una recepción con la unidad de medida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:127 msgid "" "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " "of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "" +"Luego de recibir el producto en el almacén, las cantidades registradas se " +"encuentran en la \"Unidad de medida\" interna: `Unidades`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:133 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -4991,6 +5059,8 @@ msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "" +"También es posible generar una solicitud de cotización de un producto desde " +"su formulario con el botón :guilabel:`Reabastecer`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -4998,16 +5068,26 @@ msgid "" " purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" " field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" +"Aparecerá un cuadro con el asistente de reabastecimiento después de hacer " +"clic en :guilabel:`Reabastecer`. En caso de que sea necesario, es posible " +"editar de forma manual la unidad de medida de compra en el campo " +":guilabel:`Cantidad`. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para crear" +" la solicitud de cotización." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:143 msgid "" "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" " listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" +"Una orden de compra se puede generar de forma automática **solo** si hay al " +"menos **un** proveedor establecido en la pestaña :guilabel:`Compra` del " +"formulario del producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." msgstr "" +"Hacer clic en el botón reabastecer para crear un reabastecimiento de forma " +"manual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -5017,6 +5097,12 @@ msgid "" "click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " "purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" +"Para ir a la orden de compra creada haga clic en el botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Pronosticado` del formulario del producto. Diríjase a la sección " +":guilabel:`Inventario pronosticado` y en la línea :guilabel:`Solicitudes de " +"cotización` haga clic en el número de referencia de la solicitud de " +"cotización para abrir el borrador correspondiente. Es posible editar la " +"unidad de medida de compra desde la orden de compra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" @@ -5028,6 +5114,10 @@ msgid "" "the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " "be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" +"Odoo utiliza de forma automática la unidad de medida especificada en el " +"producto para crear nuevas cotizaciones en la aplicación *Ventas*. En caso " +"de que sea necesario, puede editar la :guilabel:`UdM` en la cotización de " +"forma manual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -5037,6 +5127,12 @@ msgid "" "inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " "shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" +"Después de enviar la cotización al cliente y confirmarla para convertirla en" +" una orden de compra, haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` " +"ubicado en la parte superior de la orden de venta. Odoo convierte la unidad " +"de medida en la unidad de medida de inventario del producto de forma " +"automática. De esta forma, en la columna :guilabel:`demanda` de la entrega " +"aparecerá la cantidad convertida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -5044,6 +5140,10 @@ msgid "" "but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" " boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, si la UdM del producto en la orden de venta se cambió a `Caja " +"de 6`, pero su unidad de medida de inventario es `Unidades`, entonces la " +"orden de venta muestra la cantidad en cajas de seis y la entrega la mostrará" +" en unidades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 msgid "Product tracking" @@ -5279,7 +5379,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" -msgstr "Días de caducidad" +msgstr "Fechas de vencimiento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5288,10 +5388,11 @@ msgid "" "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, puede usar los *días de caducidad* para gestionar y dar seguimiento" -" a los ciclos de vida de productos perecederos. SI usa la fecha de caducidad" -" reducirá la pérdida de productos por una caducidad inesperada, además de " -"que ayuda a que evitemos enviar productos que ya caducaron a los clientes." +"En Odoo, puede usar las *fechas de vencimiento* para gestionar y dar " +"seguimiento a los ciclos de vida de los productos perecederos en todas sus " +"etapas. El uso de estas fechas reduce las pérdidas de productos debido a " +"vencimientos inesperados y ayuda a evitar que envíe productos caducados a " +"los clientes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -6686,16 +6787,20 @@ msgid "" "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " "can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "" +"Un *paquete* es un contenedor físico que incluye uno o más productos. Los " +"paquetes también son útiles para almacenar artículos en grandes cantidades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por lo general, los paquetes se utilizan para los siguientes fines:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " "`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Agrupar productos para moverlos a granel " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -6704,10 +6809,14 @@ msgid "" "requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" " carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" +":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " +"configure los tipos de paquetes para que coincidan con los requisitos de " +"tamaño y peso de los transportistas, agilizar el proceso de embalaje y " +"garantizar el cumplimiento de sus especificaciones de envío." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Almacenar productos a granel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6715,6 +6824,9 @@ msgid "" " enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" +"El campo *Uso del paquete* en el formulario correspondiente en Odoo solo " +"será visible luego de habilitar las funciones *Traslados por lote* y " +"*Paquetes* (:menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6723,6 +6835,10 @@ msgid "" "packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" +"El campo *Uso del paquete* en los formularios pertinentes tiene la opción " +"*Caja desechable* establecida de forma predeterminada. Seleccione *Caja " +"reutilizable* **solo** al configurar paquetes destinados para :ref:`preparar" +" varias órdenes `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -6732,6 +6848,11 @@ msgid "" "package itself (e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping " "cost calculations." msgstr "" +"La función opcional *Tipo de paquete* se usa para :doc:`calcular el costo de" +" envío <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method>`, " +"según el peso real del envío. Cree tipos de paquetes para incluir el peso " +"del paquete (por ejemplo, de cajas, palés y otros contenedores de envío) en " +"los cálculos de costos de envío." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6739,6 +6860,10 @@ msgid "" "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " "be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" +"Por lo general los paquetes se usan en :doc:`la ruta de entrega en tres " +"pasos <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, " +"pero también se pueden usar en cualquier flujo de trabajo que involucre " +"productos almacenables." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -6746,19 +6871,25 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " ":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Para utilizar paquetes, primero vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección :guilabel:`Operaciones` active la " +"función :guilabel:`Paquetes` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" +"Activar la función *Paquetes* en Inventario > Configuración > Ajustes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:51 msgid "Pack items" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Empacar artículos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:53 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" msgstr "" +"Puede agregar productos a los paquetes en cualquier traslado de las " +"siguientes formas:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -6766,16 +6897,21 @@ msgid "" "` icon on the product " "line." msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en el icono :ref:`Operaciones detalladas " +"` en la línea del " +"producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:57 msgid "" "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " "button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" +"Con el botón :ref:`Incluir en el paquete ` para colocar todo lo de un traslado en un paquete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:63 msgid "Detailed operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operaciones detalladas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -6783,16 +6919,21 @@ msgid "" " package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"En cualquier traslado de almacén (por ejemplo, una recepción u orden de " +"entrega) puede agregar un producto a un paquete si hace clic en el icono " +":guilabel:`⦙≣ (lista con viñetas)` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El icono \"Operaciones detalladas\" aparece en la línea del producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:72 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" +"Esta acción abrirá la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Operaciones detalladas` " +"del :guilabel:`producto`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -6801,14 +6942,21 @@ msgid "" "existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," " then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" +"Para colocar el :guilabel:`producto` en un paquete, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Agregar una línea` y asigne el producto a un :guilabel:`Paquete " +"de destino`. Seleccione un paquete existente o cree uno nuevo, para esto " +"deberá escribir el nombre del nuevo paquete y luego seleccionar " +":guilabel:`Crear...`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asignar un paquete en el campo \"Paquete de destino\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." msgstr "" +"Doce unidades del producto `Pantallas acústicas` se colocan en " +"`PACK0000001`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -6817,16 +6965,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" +"Después, especifique la cantidad de artículos que se colocarán en el paquete" +" en la columna :guilabel:`Hecho`. Repita los pasos anteriores para colocar " +"el :guilabel:`producto` en distintos paquetes. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Confirmar` para cerrar la ventana después de que haya terminado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Enviar una orden en varios paquetes " +"<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:95 msgid "Put in pack" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Incluir en el paquete" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -6834,6 +6988,9 @@ msgid "" " transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " "in that newly-created package." msgstr "" +"De forma alternativa, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Incluir en el " +"paquete` en **cualquier** traslado de almacén para crear un nuevo paquete y " +"colocar todos los artículos en el traslado en ese paquete recién creado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -6841,10 +6998,16 @@ msgid "" " other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"El botón :guilabel:`Incluir en el paquete` aparece en las recepciones, " +"órdenes de entrega y otros formularios de traslado cuando la función " +"*Paquetes* está habilitada en la :menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> " +"Configuración --> Ajustes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." msgstr "" +"Imagen en donde se puede visualizar cómo se hace clic en el botón \"Incluir " +"en el paquete\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -6852,6 +7015,10 @@ msgid "" "clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " "in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" +"En el traslado por lotes `BATCH/00003` se hizo clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Incluir en el paquete` para crear el nuevo paquete `PACK0000002` " +"y asignar todos los artículos a este en el campo :guilabel:`Paquete de " +"destino`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -6860,12 +7027,18 @@ msgid "" "weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " "shipping costs." msgstr "" +"Cree tipos de paquetes desde la :menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> " +"Configuración --> Tipos de paquetes`, allí también podrá establecer " +"dimensiones personalizadas y límites de peso. Esta función se utiliza en su " +"mayoría para calcular el peso de los paquetes para los costos de envío." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:122 msgid "" ":doc:`Shipping carriers " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Transportistas " +"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" @@ -6876,10 +7049,15 @@ msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " "blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "" +"En la lista de :guilabel:`Tipos de paquetes`, abrirá un formulario vacío de " +"tipo de paquete al hacer clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Los campos del " +"formulario son los siguientes:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de paquete` (obligatorio): defina el nombre del tipo de " +"paquete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -6887,11 +7065,16 @@ msgid "" "The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " ":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tamaño`: defina las dimensiones del paquete en milímetros (mm). " +"Los campos, de izquierda a derecha, definen la :guilabel:`longitud`, el " +":guilabel:`ancho` y la :guilabel:`altura`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Peso`: el peso de un paquete vacío (por ejemplo, una caja vacía, " +"un palé)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -6900,17 +7083,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " "form." msgstr "" +"Odoo calcula el peso del paquete sumando el peso del paquete vacío más el " +"peso de los artículos. Este último está disponible en el formulario de cada " +"producto en el campo :guilabel:`Peso` de la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Peso máximo`: el peso máximo de envío permitido en el paquete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " "scan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Código de barras`: defina un código de barras para identificar el" +" tipo de paquete al escanearlo. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -6918,25 +7107,32 @@ msgid "" "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " "at all companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: especifique una empresa para que el tipo de paquete " +"esté disponible **solo** en la empresa seleccionada. Deje el campo vacío si " +"está disponible en todas las empresas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " "type." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Transportista`: especifique al transportista correspondiente para" +" este tipo de paquete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Código de transportista`: defina un código vinculado al tipo de " +"paquete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipo de paquete para una caja de 25 kilos de FedEx." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:152 msgid "Cluster packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paquetes para varias órdenes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -6945,12 +7141,19 @@ msgid "" "Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " "makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" +"Para utilizar los *paquetes para varias órdenes*, primero vaya a la " +":menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y " +"active la función :guilabel:`Traslados por lote`, está ubicada en la sección" +" :guilabel:`Operaciones`. Una vez que haya hecho esto, el campo *Uso del " +"paquete* aparecerá en el formulario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" +"Activar la función *Traslados por lote* en Inventario > Configuración > " +"Ajustes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -6958,28 +7161,38 @@ msgid "" "Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" " so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Paquetes` y haga clic en" +" :guilabel:`Nuevo` para agregar nuevos paquetes o seleccione uno existente. " +"Esta acción abrirá el formulario del paquete con los siguientes campos:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Referencia del paquete` (obligatorio): el nombre del paquete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " "to the customer `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de paquete`: se utiliza para :ref:`configurar las cajas de " +"envío para enviar al cliente `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" " pickings." msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`tipo de paquete` no es necesario para configurar paquetes de " +"recolección para varias órdenes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " "measuring it on a scale." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Peso de envío`: se utiliza para agregar el peso del paquete " +"después de pesarlo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -6987,14 +7200,17 @@ msgid "" "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " "available at all companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: especifique una empresa para que el paquete esté " +"disponible **solo** en la empresa seleccionada. Deje el campo vacío si está " +"disponible en todas las empresas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicación`: la ubicación actual del paquete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fecha de empaquetado`: la fecha en que se creó el paquete." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -7002,16 +7218,24 @@ msgid "" "moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " "used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Uso del paquete`: seleccione :guilabel:`Caja reutilizable` si se " +"trata de paquetes que se usarán para mover productos dentro del almacén o " +":guilabel:`Caja desechable` en caso de que los paquetes se usen para enviar " +"productos a los clientes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "" +"Visualización del formulario de paquete para crear un paquete para varias " +"órdenes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:188 msgid "" ":doc:`Using cluster packages " "<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Usar paquetes para preparar varias órdenes " +"<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" @@ -10983,6 +11207,9 @@ msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" +"**Envío**: envíe productos de forma directa desde las existencias. No hay " +"pasos intermedios entre las existencias y el envío, como un traslado a una " +"ubicación de empaquetado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -12143,12 +12370,12 @@ msgid "" "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene una capa incorporada de protección contra cargos no deseados al " +"Odoo tiene una capa de protección incorporada contra cargos no deseados al " "usar entornos de prueba. Si se encuentra dentro de un entorno de prueba y " -"utiliza un método de envío para crear etiquetas, entonces estas se cancelan " -"de inmediato tras su creación, de forma automática. La configuración del " -"entorno de prueba y producción se puede alternar desde los " -":guilabel:`botones inteligentes`." +"utiliza un método de envío para crear etiquetas, esas etiquetas se cancelan " +"de forma automática después de su creación. Es posible alternar entre los " +"ajustes del entorno de prueba y de producción con los :guilabel:`botones " +"inteligentes`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" @@ -12230,7 +12457,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "Personal carrier contract" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contratos de transportista" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -12238,10 +12465,14 @@ msgid "" "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " "--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" +"Para hacer uso de los precios personalizados de un contrato directo con los " +"transportistas puede subir un archivo CSV. Inicie sesión en Sendcloud, vaya " +"a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Transportistas --> Mis contratos` y luego " +"seleccione el contrato correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ir a la sección de contratos en Sendcloud." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -12249,28 +12480,39 @@ msgid "" "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Precios del contrato`, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Descargar CSV` y complete los precios del contrato en la columna " +":guilabel:`Precio` de la plantilla del archivo CSV." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que el archivo CSV incluye los precios correctos para evitar " +"cualquier error." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" +"Visualización de un archivo CSV de contrato de muestra desde Sendcloud, la " +"columna de precios aparece con una flecha roja." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya terminado de completarlo, :guilabel:`Suba` el archivo CSV a" +" Sendcloud y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar estos precios`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Sendcloud: Cómo subir los precios de contrato con transportistas " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" @@ -13425,6 +13667,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Caja reutilizable` en el campo :guilabel:`Uso del " +"paquete`. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 msgid ":ref:`Packages `" @@ -15806,8 +16050,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "" -"Vender productos en existencia de varios almacenes mediante ubicaciones " -"virtuales" +"Vender las existencias de varios almacenes mediante ubicaciones virtuales" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15826,6 +16069,10 @@ msgid "" "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" +"A veces los productos incluidos en una sola orden de venta pueden utilizar " +"existencias de dos (o más) almacenes. En Odoo es posible tomar productos de " +"varios almacenes para cumplir con las demandas de ventas gracias a las " +"*ubicaciones virtuales*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -15833,6 +16080,9 @@ msgid "" "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "" +"Este documento describe el uso de un almacén virtual para cumplir con " +"órdenes de varios almacenes, pero tiene algunas limitaciones. Tome en cuenta" +" lo siguiente antes de continuar:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -15840,6 +16090,10 @@ msgid "" "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" +"Al establecer un almacén virtual en el campo :guilabel:`Almacén` de una " +"orden de venta, la dirección del almacén virtual aparecerá en los " +"formularios de recolección, embalaje y entrega, **no** la dirección del " +"almacén real." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -15848,6 +16102,10 @@ msgid "" "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"Cada ubicación tiene un `warehouse_id` (campo oculto). Esto indica que las " +"existencias en el almacén virtual **no** serán la suma de aquellas en los " +"almacenes reales, sino la suma de las existencias en las ubicaciones cuyo ID" +" de almacén es el del almacén virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -15856,22 +16114,33 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" +"Hay una limitación potencial para quienes hacen uso de las :doc:`entregas en" +" dos " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` o " +":doc:`en tres pasos " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" +"La zona de salida o de empaquetado en varios formularios aparece de forma " +"incorrecta, pues indica la dirección del almacén virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "" +"No hay ninguna solución alternativa para las entregas en dos o tres pasos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "" +"Continúe con esto **solo** en caso de que en el flujo de trabajo de su " +"empresa tenga sentido establecer la dirección de un almacén virtual como la " +"zona de salida o empaquetado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -15879,6 +16148,9 @@ msgid "" "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" +"Para crear ubicaciones virtuales en almacenes y poder continuar con los " +"siguientes pasos **debe** activar las funciones :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de " +"almacenamiento` y :guilabel:`Rutas multietapa`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -15887,10 +16159,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`, diríjase a" +" la sección :guilabel:`Almacén`, habilite las opciones " +":guilabel:`Ubicaciones de almacén` y :guilabel:`Rutas multietapa` y haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una ubicación principal virtual" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -15898,6 +16174,9 @@ msgid "" "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "" +"Cree un nuevo almacén antes de crear cualquier ubicación virtual para las " +"existencias. Este nuevo almacén funcionará como un almacén *virtual* y será " +"la ubicación *principal* de otros almacenes físicos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -15932,6 +16211,11 @@ msgid "" "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes` para " +"crear un nuevo almacén y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. Desde aquí puede " +"cambiar el :guilabel:`nombre` y el :guilabel:`nombre corto` del almacén, " +"también puede modificar otros de sus detalles en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Configuración del almacén`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -15939,6 +16223,9 @@ msgid "" "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para terminar de crear un " +"almacén *regular*. Siga los pasos que se encuentran abajo para terminar de " +"configurar el almacén principal virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." @@ -15965,6 +16252,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " "<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Reabastecer desde otro almacén " +"<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" @@ -15974,6 +16263,8 @@ msgstr "Crear almacenes secundarios" msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"Cree al menos dos almacenes *secundarios* para vincularlos al almacén " +"virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -15981,6 +16272,9 @@ msgid "" "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" +"Para poder tomar existencias de varios almacenes y cumplir con una orden de " +"venta, debe haber al menos **dos** almacenes que actúen como ubicaciones " +"secundarias del almacén principal virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -15989,6 +16283,10 @@ msgid "" "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" +"Vaya a: :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes`, haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` y siga las :ref:`instrucciones anteriores " +"` para configurar las ubicaciones físicas de " +"existencias." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" @@ -16000,7 +16298,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacén`: `Almacén virtual`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicación`: `VWH/Stock`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" @@ -16012,12 +16310,14 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacenes`: `Almacén A` y `Almacén B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicaciones`: `WHA` y `WHB`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" +"Gráfico de las ubicaciones secundarias 'WHA' y 'WHB' vinculadas a la " +"ubicación principal." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -16026,10 +16326,14 @@ msgid "" "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" +"La ubicación virtual de existencias se cambiará a \"Vista\" después, pero el" +" :guilabel:`tipo de ubicación` **debe** ser :guilabel:`Ubicación interna` en" +" este punto para :ref:`vincular los almacenes secundarios " +"` en la siguiente sección." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vincular almacenes secundarios a las existencias virtuales" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -16037,6 +16341,10 @@ msgid "" "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" +"Para establecer almacenes físicos como ubicaciones secundarias de la " +"ubicación virtual configurada en el :ref:`paso anterior " +"`, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " +"Configuración --> Ubicaciones`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -16044,6 +16352,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"Elimine los filtros de la barra de búsqueda, haga clic en la " +":guilabel:`ubicación` del almacén físico que creó para que sea una ubicación" +" secundaria (por ejemplo, `WHA`) y después haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -16051,6 +16362,10 @@ msgid "" "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Cambie el campo :guilabel:`Ubicación principal` de :guilabel:`ubicaciones " +"físicas` a la **ubicación de existencias** del almacén virtual (por ejemplo," +" `VWH/Stock`) desde el menú desplegable. Después, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -16059,14 +16374,21 @@ msgid "" "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar la ubicación del almacén virtual en el menú desplegable " +":guilabel:`Ubicación principal`, la ubicación del almacén principal (por " +"ejemplo, `VWH/Stock`) **debe** tener su :guilabel:`tipo de ubicación` " +"configurado en :guilabel:`Ubicación interna`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"Establecer la *ubicación principal* del almacén secundario en el almacén " +"virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "" +"Repita los pasos anteriores para configurar dos o más almacenes secundarios." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -16074,10 +16396,14 @@ msgid "" "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya terminado, el almacén virtual principal (por ejemplo, " +"`VWH/Stock`) completa las órdenes con las existencias de los almacenes " +"secundarios (por ejemplo, `WHA` y `WHB`) en caso de que no haya suficientes " +"en alguna otra ubicación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Establecer la ubicación virtual de existencias como \"Vista\"" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -16085,12 +16411,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" +"Establezca el :guilabel:`Tipo de ubicación` de la ubicación virtual de " +"existencias en :guilabel:`Vista`, ya que es una ubicación inexistente que se" +" utiliza para agrupar varios almacenes físicos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -16098,6 +16427,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" +"En la lista de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones`, haga clic en la correspondiente al " +"almacén virtual de las existencias que :ref:`ya había creado " +"` (por ejemplo, `VWH/Stock`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -16105,6 +16437,9 @@ msgid "" "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" +"En el formulario de ubicación, en la sección :guilabel:`Información " +"adicional`, establezca el :guilabel:`Tipo de ubicación` a :guilabel:`Vista` " +"y :guilabel:`guarde` los cambios." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." @@ -16116,14 +16451,17 @@ msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar la cantidad total en **todos** los almacenes secundarios " +"vinculadas, vaya al formulario del producto y haga clic en el botón " +"inteligente :guilabel:`Disponible`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar las existencias en todos los almacenes vinculados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ejemplos: vender productos de un almacén virtual" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -16132,26 +16470,34 @@ msgid "" "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" +"Para vender productos desde varios almacenes a través de una ubicación " +"virtual principal, la base de datos debe tener al menos **dos** almacenes " +"configurados con al menos **un** producto, y debe haber cantidad disponible " +"en cada almacén, respectivamente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "" +"El producto `Soldado de juguete` está disponible en las ubicaciones con las " +"siguientes cantidades:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHA/Stock`: 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHB/Stock`: 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "" +"Los almacenes `WHA` y `WHB` son almacenes secundarios del almacén virtual " +"`VWH`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -16160,6 +16506,10 @@ msgid "" "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" +"Cree una cotización para el producto desde la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Ventas` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. En la cotización " +"agregue un :guilabel:`cliente` y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un " +"producto` para agregar los dos productos almacenados en ambos almacenes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -16168,12 +16518,19 @@ msgid "" "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" +"Luego, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Información adicional` en el " +"formulario de la orden de venta. En la sección :guilabel:`Entrega`, cambie " +"el valor del campo :guilabel:`Almacén` por el almacén virtual que :ref:`ya " +"había creado ` y :guilabel:`confirme` la orden " +"de venta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "" +"Establecer el almacén virtual en el campo *Almacén* en la pestaña " +"*Información adicional* de la orden de venta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -16182,6 +16539,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega` y en el formulario de " +"entrega del almacén verifique que el valor de la :guilabel:`Ubicación de " +"origen` coincida con el valor del campo :guilabel:`Almacén` del formulario " +"de la orden de venta. Ambos deben incluir la ubicación del almacén virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -16190,6 +16551,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" +"Por último, en el formulario de entrega del almacén, en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Operaciones detalladas`, verifique que las " +":guilabel:`ubicaciones` de la columna :guilabel:`Desde` para cada producto " +"coincidan con las ubicaciones secundarias vinculadas a la ubicación " +"principal virtual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." @@ -16203,22 +16569,33 @@ msgid "" "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`ubicación de origen` en el formulario de entrega del almacén y" +" el :guilabel:`Almacén` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Información adicional` en " +"el formulario de la orden de venta **deben** coincidir para que los " +"productos de la orden de venta se extraigan de distintos almacenes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" +"Si el almacén virtual no está en el campo :guilabel:`Ubicación de origen` en" +" el formulario de entrega de almacén, vuelva a intentar reservar el producto" +" mediante alguna de las siguientes opciones:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" +"Ejecute el planificador: active el :ref:`modo de desarrollador ` y vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Ejecutar " +"planificador`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Comprobar disponibilidad` en la orden de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -16226,6 +16603,9 @@ msgid "" "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" +"Si el almacén virtual **no** está asignado al campo :guilabel:`Almacén` en " +"la orden de venta, entonces deberá cancelarla y crear una nueva con el " +"almacén virtual establecido en el campo :guilabel:`Almacén`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -16234,6 +16614,11 @@ msgid "" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" +"Si el campo :guilabel:`Almacén` no está disponible en el formulario de la " +"orden de venta, es posible que no haya configurado de forma correcta los " +"distintos almacenes secundarios. Consulte la :ref:`sección anterior " +"` para asegurarse de estar haciendo uso de los " +"ajustes adecuados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -16242,6 +16627,10 @@ msgid "" "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" +"Para utilizar una ubicación *principal* virtual como almacén predeterminado " +"para las órdenes de venta, cada vendedor debe tener asignado el almacén " +"virtual desde el menú desplegable junto a :guilabel:`Almacén predeterminado`" +" en su formulario de empleado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." @@ -16249,7 +16638,7 @@ msgstr "Ubicación de almacén predeterminada en el formulario del empleado." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:3 msgid "Packages and packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paquetes y embalajes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16258,6 +16647,10 @@ msgid "" " streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of configurations for " "products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" +"En Odoo hay varias formas de especificar la cantidad de productos que se " +"compran, almacenan y venden. Los *paquetes* y *embalajes* están disponibles " +"para agilizar los flujos de inventario y permitir crear distintas " +"configuraciones para los productos a medida que entran y salen del almacén." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -16267,9 +16660,9 @@ msgid "" "specific to a product." msgstr "" "Los paquetes son contenedores físicos que almacenan uno o varios productos " -"de una recolección y por lo general se utilizan para envíos salientes o " -"transferencias internas. Los paquetes pueden ser cajas (de envío) " -"reutilizables o desechables y **no** son específicos para un producto." +"de una recolección y por lo general se utilizan para realizar envíos o " +"traslados internos. Los paquetes pueden ser cajas (de envío) reutilizables o" +" desechables y **no** son específicos para un producto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -30306,7 +30699,7 @@ msgstr "Productos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" -msgstr "Configure reglas de abastecimiento " +msgstr "Configurar reglas de reordenamiento" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -32824,12 +33217,21 @@ msgid "" "(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " "operations." msgstr "" +"En Odoo, los *puntos de control de calidad* se utilizan para crear " +":doc:`controles de calidad ` de forma automática en " +"intervalos predeterminados. Además, se pueden configurar para crear " +"controles de calidad para operaciones específicas (como fabricación, " +"entrega, entre otras), así como para productos específicos dentro de esas " +"operaciones." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " "inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" +"El uso de puntos de control de calidad permite que los equipos de calidad se" +" aseguren de inspeccionar con frecuencia los productos en busca de defectos " +"y otros errores." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" @@ -32840,12 +33242,17 @@ msgid "" "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo punto de control de calidad, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Calidad --> Control de calidad --> Puntos de control` y haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " "makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" +"Complete el nuevo punto de control de calidad y proporciónele un " +":guilabel:`título` único para que lo pueda identificar con facilidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -32853,6 +33260,10 @@ msgid "" "should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " "select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Productos`, seleccione el o los productos a los que " +"aplicará el punto de control de calidad. En caso de que deba aplicarlo a una" +" categoría completa, selecciónela en el campo :guilabel:`Categorías de " +"productos`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -32861,6 +33272,10 @@ msgid "" "option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " "created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Operaciones` seleccione aquellas que deben activar el" +" punto de control de calidad. Por ejemplo, seleccionar la opción " +":guilabel:`Fabricación` en el campo :guilabel:`Operaciones` hace que se cree" +" un control de calidad para las nuevas órdenes de fabricación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -32870,6 +33285,11 @@ msgid "" "blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " "specified operation(s)." msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Operaciones` debe incluir al menos una operación al " +"crear un nuevo punto de control de calidad. Sin embargo, puede dejar los " +"campos :guilabel:`Productos` y :guilabel:`Categorías de productos` vacíos y," +" en ese caso, el punto de control de calidad generará verificaciones de " +"calidad en cada instancia de las operaciones especificadas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -32879,6 +33299,11 @@ msgid "" "order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " "manufacturing operation in general." msgstr "" +"Si selecciona la operación :guilabel:`Fabricación` en el campo " +":guilabel:`Operaciones`, aparecerá un nuevo campo abajo con el nombre " +":guilabel:`Operación de orden de trabajo`. En este campo deberá seleccionar " +"una orden de trabajo específica para generar controles de calidad para esa " +"operación, en lugar de la operación de fabricación en general." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -32887,18 +33312,27 @@ msgid "" "confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check " "specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" +"Por ejemplo, podría configurar un punto de control de calidad para crear " +"controles de calidad para la orden de trabajo `Ensamblaje` del producto " +"`Mesa de centro`. Al confirmar una nueva orden de fabricación para una `mesa" +" de centro`, el punto de control de calidad creará un control de calidad " +"específico para la operación de `ensamblaje`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Control por` deberá seleccionar una de las tres " +"opciones que determinan *cuándo* se creará un nuevo control de calidad:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, " "as a whole." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operación`: se solicita un control para la operación especificada" +" de forma total." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -32907,6 +33341,10 @@ msgid "" "one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " "products are included in the operation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Producto`: se solicita un control para cada producto *único* " +"incluido en la operación especificada. Por ejemplo, una operación de entrega" +" de una mesa y cuatro sillas generaría dos controles, ya que hay dos " +"productos *únicos* incluidos en ella." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -32916,18 +33354,30 @@ msgid "" "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cantidad`: se solicita un control para un porcentaje determinado " +"de artículos en la operación especificada. Este porcentaje se establece al " +"habilitar la casilla de verificación :guilabel:`Prueba de transferencia " +"parcial`, después deberá establecer un valor numérico en el campo " +":guilabel:`Porcentaje` que aparece abajo. Si la casilla de verificación no " +"está seleccionada, entonces se creará solo un control de calidad para la " +"cantidad completa." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Frecuencia de control` deberá seleccionar una de las " +"tres opciones que determinan *con qué frecuencia* se creará un nuevo control" +" de calidad:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of " "the |QCP| are met." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Todos`: se solicita un control de calidad cada que se cumplen las" +" condiciones del punto de control de calidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -32935,6 +33385,9 @@ msgid "" "percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " "of Transfers` field that appears below." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aleatoria`: se solicita un control de calidad para un porcentaje " +"determinado de operaciones, puede especificarlo en el campo :guilabel:`Cada " +"#% de transferencias` que aparece abajo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -32943,6 +33396,10 @@ msgid "" "below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Periódica`: se solicita un control de calidad una vez cada cierto" +" periodo, puede especificarlo al proporcionar un valor numérico en el campo " +"de abajo y elegir :guilabel:`Días`, :guilabel:`Semanas` o :guilabel:`Meses` " +"como intervalo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -32950,18 +33407,26 @@ msgid "" " be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" " depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Tipo` deberá especificar el tipo de control de " +"calidad que debe realizarse. El método para procesar los controles creados " +"depende del tipo de control de calidad seleccionado:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " "complete the quality check." msgstr "" +"Los controles de tipo :guilabel:`Instrucciones` proporcionan instrucciones " +"específicas sobre cómo realizar el control de calidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " "uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" +"Los controles de tipo :guilabel:`Tomar una foto` necesitan que suba una " +"fotografía del producto para que después el equipo de calidad asignado pueda" +" revisarla." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -32969,12 +33434,18 @@ msgid "" "confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " "manufacturing operation." msgstr "" +"Los controles de tipo :guilabel:`Registrar producción` le solicitan a los " +"empleados de fabricación que confirmen la cantidad del producto que se " +"produjo durante la operación de fabricación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " "for the check to pass." msgstr "" +"Los controles de tipo :guilabel:`Aprueba - Falla` especifican el criterio " +"con el que los productos deben cumplir para que aprobar el control de " +"calidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -32982,17 +33453,24 @@ msgid "" "product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " "pass." msgstr "" +"Los controles de tipo :guilabel:`Medida` le solicitan a los empleados que " +"registren una medida del producto que debe estar dentro de la tolerancia de " +"un valor normal para que el control sea aprobatorio. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be " "filled out by the employee processing the check." msgstr "" +"Los controles de tipo :guilabel:`Hoja de trabajo` proporcionan una hoja de " +"trabajo interactiva que el empleado que procesa el control deberá completar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91 msgid "" "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "" +"Un control de tipo *Instrucciones* es igual a un paso en una orden de " +"trabajo para una orden de fabricación." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -33001,12 +33479,20 @@ msgid "" "check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " "like receipts." msgstr "" +"Al agregar un paso a una orden de trabajo, Odoo lo almacena en la aplicación" +" Calidad como un **punto de control de calidad**. Es posible crear puntos de" +" control de calidad de forma manual con un control de tipo *Instrucciones* e" +" incluso puede asignárselo a una operación que no sea de fabricación, por " +"ejemplo, recepciones." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97 msgid "" "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " "purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, al crear un punto de control en particular con fines de control" +" de calidad, probablemente lo más eficaz sea usar un control con un tipo " +"distinto." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -33015,6 +33501,10 @@ msgid "" "quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Equipo` especifique el equipo de calidad responsable " +"de gestionar el punto de control de calidad y los controles que crea. Si un " +"miembro específico del equipo de calidad es el responsable, selecciónelo en " +"el campo :guilabel:`Responsable`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -33022,6 +33512,9 @@ msgid "" "location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " "checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" +"El campo :guilabel:`Documento de paso` incluye dos opciones que especifican " +"la ubicación de un documento instructivo para describir cómo completar los " +"controles de calidad creados." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -33029,18 +33522,28 @@ msgid "" "included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" " page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Página específica de la hoja de trabajo de operación` " +"si el documento está incluido en la hoja de trabajo instructiva para la " +"orden de trabajo, después escriba el número de página en el campo " +":guilabel:`Página de la hoja de trabajo`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "" +"Seleccione :guilabel:`Personalizado` si es necesario incluir el documento en" +" la pestaña :guilabel:`Instrucciones` en la parte inferior del punto de " +"control de calidad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " "instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" +"Proporcione las instrucciones sobre cómo completar los controles creados por" +" el punto de control de calidad en la pestaña :guilabel:`Instrucciones` en " +"la parte inferior del formulario." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -33050,6 +33553,12 @@ msgid "" "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" +"Si seleccionó la opción :guilabel:`Personalizado` en el campo " +":guilabel:`Documento de paso` podrá adjuntar un documento en esta pestaña. " +"Seleccione el botón :guilabel:`Suba su archivo` para abrir el administrador " +"de archivos de su dispositivo y luego seleccione un archivo o agregue un " +"enlace a un documento de Google Slides en el campo :guilabel:`Enlace de " +"presentación de Google`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -33057,6 +33566,10 @@ msgid "" "do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" " the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Mensaje en caso de error` incluya las instrucciones" +" relacionadas a los pasos a seguir en caso de que el control de calidad " +"falle. Por ejemplo, instruya al empleado encargado del control de calidad a " +"crear una :doc:`alerta de calidad `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -33065,8 +33578,12 @@ msgid "" "tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " "the |QCP|." msgstr "" +"La pestaña :guilabel:`Notas` se utiliza para proporcionar información adicional sobre el punto de control de calidad, por ejemplo, aquí puede agregar el motivo por el que lo creó. \n" +"Los empleados que procesan los controles creados por el punto de control de calidad **no** pueden visualizar la información de esta pestaña." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr "" +"Un punto de control de calidad configurado para crear controles de tipo " +"Aprueba - Falla en una operación de una orden de trabajo. " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 231ee041d..fb1d9d537 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -2165,11 +2165,11 @@ msgid "" "narrow down the target recipients, by clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`." msgstr "" "Una vez que seleccione una opción de este menú (por ejemplo, " -":guilabel:`candidato`, :guilabel:`contacto`, :guilabel:`registro a un " -"evento`, :guilabel:`contacto/oportunidad`, etc.), Odoo enviará la invitación" -" a todos los destinatarios que coincidan con esa regla inicial. Se pueden " -"añadir reglas adicionales para limitar los destinatarios, solo debe hacer " -"clic en :guilabel:`añadir filtro`." +":guilabel:`Postulante`, :guilabel:`Contacto`, :guilabel:`Registro a un " +"evento`, :guilabel:`Lead/Oportunidad`, etc.), Odoo le enviará la invitación " +"a todos los destinatarios que coincidan con esa regla inicial. Puede agregar" +" reglas adicionales para delimitar a los destinatarios, solo debe hacer clic" +" en :guilabel:`Agregar filtro`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 0ae3e47fe..49aca097a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -3446,7 +3446,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code does not show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El código de emparejamiento no aparece en los siguientes casos:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -3465,6 +3465,9 @@ msgid "" "Things)` box has started. It is automatically removed from connected " "displays when this time has expired." msgstr "" +"El código solo es válido durante los primeros 5 minutos después de encender " +"la caja IoT. Una vez pasado este tiempo, se elimina en automático de las " +"pantallas conectadas." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -3491,7 +3494,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 msgid "IoT box is connected but it is not showing in the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La caja IoT está conectada pero no aparece en la base de datos" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -3502,6 +3505,11 @@ msgid "" "can reach the database and that the server does not use a multi-database " "environment." msgstr "" +"Es posible que una caja IoT se reinicie cuando se conecta a una base de " +"datos. En este caso, puede tardar hasta cinco minutos antes de aparecer en " +"la base de datos. Si la caja IoT no aparece después de cinco minutos, " +"asegúrese de que tiene alcance a la base de datos y que el servidor no " +"utiliza un entorno de varias bases de datos." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3529,7 +3537,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 msgid "The HTTPS certificate does not generate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No se genera el certificado HTTPS" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -3575,6 +3583,8 @@ msgid "" "(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " ":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" +"Si una impresora no aparece en su lista de dispositivos, vaya a la página de" +" inicio de la caja IoT y asegúrese de que aparece en :guilabel:`Impresoras`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." @@ -3587,6 +3597,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " "printer is not present in the list, it is likely not connected properly." msgstr "" +"Si la impresora no aparece en la página de inicio de la caja IoT, haga clic " +"en :guilabel:`Servidor de impresoras`, vaya a la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Administración` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar impresora`. Es " +"probable que la impresora no esté conectada correctamente si no aparece en " +"la lista." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 msgid "The printer outputs random text" @@ -3614,6 +3629,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Modify Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and " "*model* corresponding to the printer." msgstr "" +"La solución es seleccionar el controlador correspondiente de forma manual. " +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Servidor de impresoras` en la página de inicio de la" +" caja IoT, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Impresoras` y seleccione la " +"impresora en la lista. En el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Administración` " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Modificar impresora`. Siga los pasos y seleccione la" +" *marca* y el *modelo* que correspondan a la impresora." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." @@ -3808,6 +3829,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" " *` command." msgstr "" +"El comando `CUPS` le solicitará tres datos al administrador: " +":guilabel:`Nombre`, :guilabel:`Descripción` y :guilabel:`Ubicación`. No es " +"necesario que los dos últimos datos sean específicos, sin embargo, el " +":guilabel:`nombre` debe contar con una nomenclatura específica para que " +"funcione con el comando `ESC *`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -3920,12 +3946,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name cannot have spaces." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> El nombre no debe incluir espacios." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 msgid "" "`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it will not use `ESC *`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II` -> El nombre es correcto, pero no hace uso de `ESC *`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." @@ -3992,6 +4018,11 @@ msgid "" " of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " "Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la impresora aparezca en la base de datos de Odoo, deberá " +"elegirla en la configuración del :abbr:`PdV (Punto de venta)` como la " +"impresora :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)`. Vaya a :menuselection:`Punto " +"de venta --> Ajustes --> Dispositivos conectados --> Caja IoT --> Impresora " +"de recibos --> Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -4109,6 +4140,11 @@ msgid "" "biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" " the *density* parameters." msgstr "" +"Es necesario agregar `__IMC` a la nomenclatura del nombre, pues necesitará " +"imprimir con el comando `ESC *`. Busque el modelo de la impresora en `el " +"sitio web de Epson ESC * `_ para obtener más " +"información acerca de los parámetros de *densidad*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." @@ -4182,6 +4218,11 @@ msgid "" "outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " "convention) with the `SCALE` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, al intentar imprimir con la nomenclatura del nombre " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__` se imprimirá el recibo, pero será muy grande y se " +"saldrá del margen. Para solucionar esto, agregue una nueva impresora (y la " +"nomenclatura del nombre) con el parámetro `SCALE ` para adaptar el " +"tamaño del recibo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:320 msgid "Here are some examples:" @@ -4237,7 +4278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:347 msgid "The Zebra printer does not print anything" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La impresora Zebra no imprime nada" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -4269,6 +4310,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:363 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner do not match the barcode" msgstr "" +"El lector de códigos de barras lee caracteres que no coinciden con el código" +" de barras" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -4332,6 +4375,8 @@ msgstr "Modificar la vista de formulario del lector de códigos de barras." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:392 msgid "Barcode scanner processes barcode characters individually" msgstr "" +"El lector de código de barras procesa los caracteres del código de barras de" +" forma individual" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -4342,16 +4387,26 @@ msgid "" "appropriate language of the barcode scanner on the *Barcode Scanner* form " "page." msgstr "" +"Al acceder a Odoo desde un dispositivo móvil o una tableta, enlazado con un " +"lector de códigos de barras mediante la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las " +"cosas)` es posible que el lector procese cada carácter del código de barras " +"de forma individual. En este caso **debe** seleccionar el idioma apropiado " +"del escáner de códigos de barras en la opción *Distribución del teclado* de " +"la página del formulario del *escáner de códigos de barras*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:400 msgid "" "Access the barcode scanner form page by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT " "App --> Devices --> Barcode Scanner`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`IoT --> Dispositivos --> Lector de códigos de barras`" +" para acceder a la página del formulario correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Barcode scanner form page, with keyboard layout option highlighted." msgstr "" +"La página del formulario de lector de códigos de barras. La opción " +"\"Distribución del teclado\" aparece dentro de un rectángulo rojo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:407 msgid "" @@ -4359,6 +4414,10 @@ msgid "" " vary, depending on the device and the language of the database. For " "example: :guilabel:`English (UK)`, :guilabel:`English (US)`, etc." msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`distribución del teclado` toma como referencia el idioma y las" +" opciones disponibles varían según el dispositivo y el idioma de la base de " +"datos. Por ejemplo: :guilabel:`Inglés (RU)`, :guilabel:`Inglés (EE. UU.)`, " +"etc." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:415 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" @@ -4467,7 +4526,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 msgid "Connect the Windows virtual IoT box to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conectar la caja virtual IoT de Windows a una base de datos de Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -4503,6 +4562,8 @@ msgid "" "During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " "the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Durante el siguiente paso de la instalación, seleccione :guilabel:`Odoo IoT`" +" en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Seleccione el tipo de instalación`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" @@ -4560,6 +4621,9 @@ msgid "" "the Window's User's directories. Doing so will not allow for Nginx to " "initialize." msgstr "" +"No debe instalar el software virtual IoT de Odoo para Windows en ninguno de " +"los directorios de usuario de Windows. Si lo hace, Nginx no podrá " +"ejecutarse." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4576,6 +4640,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on a web browser. The webpage " "should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la casilla :guilabel:`Iniciar Odoo` está seleccionada y " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Terminar`. Después de la instalación, el servidor de" +" Odoo se ejecutará y abrirá `http://localhost:8069` de forma automática en " +"el navegador web. La página web debe mostrar la página de inicio de la caja " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -4608,18 +4677,23 @@ msgid "" "automatically recognize the device after connecting, then the administrator " "may need to install the corresponding drivers manually." msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los dispositivos se conectan a la máquina Windows para Windows" +" IoT en automático mediante Plug-N-Play (PnP) de Windows. Sin embargo, es " +"posible que el administrador deba instalar los controladores " +"correspondientes de forma manual si Windows no reconoce automáticamente el " +"dispositivo después de conectarlo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:96 msgid "Devices automatically recognized:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estos son los dispositivos que se reconocen en automático:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:98 msgid "Regular ink/toner based printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impresoras comunes de inyección a tinta y tóner" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid "Receipt printers (Epson/Star)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impresoras de recibos (Epson y Star)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:100 msgid "Barcode scanners" @@ -4631,19 +4705,24 @@ msgid "" "settings is required) See this documentation: " ":doc:`../devices/measurement_tool`" msgstr "" +"Dispositivos de medición (aunque es necesario configurar los ajustes " +"correspondientes). Consulte la siguiente documentación: " +":doc:`../devices/measurement_tool`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:104 msgid "" "Devices not automatically recognized (requires manual driver download):" msgstr "" +"Estos dispositivos no se reconocen en automático (es necesario que descargue" +" los controladores de forma manual):" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:106 msgid "Label printers (Zebra)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impresoras de etiquetas (Zebra)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:107 msgid "Scales" -msgstr "Balanzas" +msgstr "Básculas" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4651,6 +4730,9 @@ msgid "" "download the drivers and install them on the Windows machine. Reconnect the " "device in question and Windows will find the device." msgstr "" +"Consulte el sitio web del fabricante del equipo correspondiente, descargue " +"los controladores e instálelos en la máquina Windows. Vuelva a conectar el " +"dispositivo, Windows lo detectará." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -4770,6 +4852,11 @@ msgid "" "through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " "order to make this exception." msgstr "" +"Es posible permitir que otros dispositivos accedan a la caja :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet de las cosas)` virtual de Windows incluso con el firewall " +"encendido. Cree una regla en *Windows Defender* y permita la comunicación a " +"través del puerto `8069`. El siguiente proceso describe los pasos a seguir " +"para realizar esta excepción." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:169 msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" @@ -4858,7 +4945,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:200 msgid "Worldline exception" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Excepción para Worldline" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -4867,6 +4954,10 @@ msgid "" "experience for customers. Worldline is available in Benelux (coalition of " "Belgium, the Netherlands, and Luxembourg)." msgstr "" +"*Worldline* es una terminal de pago que se puede conectar al sistema de " +"*PdV* (punto de venta) de Odoo. Gracias a ella, los clientes tienen una " +"experiencia de pago completa y sencilla. Worldline está disponible en los " +"países de la Benelux (coalición de Bélgica, los Países Bajos y Luxemburgo)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -4875,6 +4966,10 @@ msgid "" "connection can be made between the Odoo database/:abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box and Worldline." msgstr "" +"Es necesario crear una excepción en el firewall de Windows para poder " +"establecer conexión entre la base de datos Odoo o la caja IoT y Worldline " +"cuando utiliza el servidor Windows IoT para conectar la terminal de pago de " +"Worldline." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -4888,35 +4983,48 @@ msgid "" "the Windows machine. This can be accomplished by typing `windows defender` " "in the :guilabel:`Search` bar." msgstr "" +"Para crear la excepción, primero abra el *firewall de Microsoft Defender* en" +" la máquina Windows. Para ello puede escribir `microsoft defender` o " +"`windows defender` en la barra de búsqueda." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:216 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Advanced settings` in the left menu." msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en la opción :guilabel:`Ajustes avanzados` que se " +"encuentra en el menú izquierdo. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "" "Advanced settings option highlighted in the left pane of the Windows " "Defender Firewall app." msgstr "" +"La opción de ajustes avanzados en el panel izquierdo de la aplicación " +"firewall de Windows Defender aparece en un rectángulo rojo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:222 msgid "In the left menu, choose :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En el menú izquierdo, elija :guilabel:`Reglas de entrada`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "" "Windows Defender left window pane with inbound rules menu item highlighted." msgstr "" +"El panel izquierdo de Windows Defender con el elemento \"Reglas de entrada\"" +" del menú en un recuadro rojo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:228 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`, select :guilabel:`New Rule` in " "the far right menu." msgstr "" +"Después de seleccionar :guilabel:`Reglas de entrada`, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Nueva regla` en el menú de la derecha." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "New rule dropdown shown with new rule option highlighted." msgstr "" +"Visualización de \"Nueva regla\" en el menú desplegable, aparece dentro de " +"un recuadro rojo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -4924,16 +5032,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Port`. Click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the rest of the " "configuration." msgstr "" +"En el :guilabel:`Tipo de regla`, seleccione el botón de opción " +":guilabel:`Puerto` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Siguiente` para continuar con " +"el resto de la configuración." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "Rule Type window open, with the radio button next to port highlighted." msgstr "" +"La ventana de tipo de regla abierta. El botón de opción junto a \"Puerto\" " +"aparece en un recuadro rojo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:241 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Protocols and Ports` page, choose the radio button for " ":guilabel:`TCP`, under :guilabel:`Does this rule apply to TCP or UDP?`." msgstr "" +"En la página :guilabel:`Protocolos y puertos`, elija el botón de opción " +"correspondiente a :guilabel:`TCP` debajo de :guilabel:`¿Esta regla se aplica" +" a TCP o UDP?`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -4941,12 +5057,18 @@ msgid "" "ports?`, select the radio button for :guilabel:`Specific local ports`. Then," " enter `9050`, and click :guilabel:`Next` to continue." msgstr "" +"Después, en :guilabel:`¿Esta regla se aplica a todos los puertos locales o " +"puertos específicos?`, seleccione el botón de opción :guilabel:`Puertos " +"locales específicos`, escriba `9050` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Siguiente` " +"para continuar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "" "Protocol/port configuration window with TCP, specific port (9050) and Next " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"La ventana de configuración de protocolo y puerto. TCP, el puerto específico" +" (9050) y el botón \"Siguiente\" aparecen en recuadros rojos." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -4955,6 +5077,10 @@ msgid "" "choose the radio button for :guilabel:`Allow the connection`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to continue." msgstr "" +"La siguiente pantalla es la página :guilabel:`Acción`. En :guilabel:`¿Qué " +"acción debe tomarse cuando una conexión coincide con las condiciones " +"especificadas?` elija el botón de opción de :guilabel:`Permitir la conexión`" +" y haga clic en :guilabel:`Siguiente` para continuar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -4963,6 +5089,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Public`. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " "continue to the naming convention page." msgstr "" +"Aparecerá la página :guilabel:`Perfil`. En :guilabel:`¿Cuándo se aplica esta" +" regla?`, deje seleccionadas las tres casillas de :guilabel:`Dominio`, " +":guilabel:`Privado` y :guilabel:`Público`. Haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Siguiente` para ir a la página de convención de nombres." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -4970,14 +5100,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name` field. Enter a :guilabel:`Description (optional)`. Finally," " once ready, click :guilabel:`Finish`." msgstr "" +"En la página :guilabel:`Nombre` escriba `Odoo Worldline` en el campo " +":guilabel:`Nombre`. Proporcione una :guilabel:`Descripción (opcional)` y, " +"una vez que haya terminado, haga clic en :guilabel:`Finalizar`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:263 msgid "The final :guilabel:`Inbound rule` should appear as follows:" msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`regla de entrada` final debería estar configurada de la " +"siguiente manera:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:270 msgid "Odoo Worldline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Worldline" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:271 msgid "Profile" @@ -5001,7 +5136,7 @@ msgstr "Permitir" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:277 msgid "Override" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anular" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:278 msgid "No" @@ -5025,19 +5160,19 @@ msgstr "Cualquiera" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:281 msgid "Local Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dirección local" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:283 msgid "Remote Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dirección remota" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:285 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocolo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:286 msgid "TCP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TCP" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:287 msgid "Local Port" @@ -5057,15 +5192,15 @@ msgstr "Usuarios autorizados" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:293 msgid "Authorized Computers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Computadoras autorizadas" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:295 msgid "Authorized Local Principals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Directorios locales autorizados" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:297 msgid "Local User Owner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Propietario del usuario local" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:299 msgid "PolicyAppld" @@ -5077,7 +5212,7 @@ msgstr "Ninguno" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:301 msgid "Application Package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paquete de la aplicación" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:305 msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" @@ -5826,6 +5961,10 @@ msgid "" "linked to the report. Then Odoo sends the report to the selected printer(s)," " and automatically prints it." msgstr "" +"Ahora, cada vez que seleccione :guilabel:`Imprimir` en el panel de control, " +"en lugar de descargar un PDF, aparecerá una ventana emergente con todas las " +"impresoras vinculadas al reporte. Luego, Odoo enviará el reporte a las " +"impresoras seleccionadas y lo imprimirá en automático." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:116 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 2ed2c86b5..69d246300 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -2343,6 +2343,9 @@ msgid "" " Click :guilabel:`Search more` if the desired product is not loaded " "automatically." msgstr "" +"El sistema solo puede cargar un número limitado de productos para que la " +"aplicación abra sin dificultades. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Buscar más` si el " +"producto que necesita no aparece de forma automática." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:56 msgid "Set customers" @@ -3667,9 +3670,9 @@ msgid "" "you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " "making the payment process more efficient." msgstr "" -"Si conecta e integra su terminal de pago con su sistema de PdV le permitirá " -"aceptar varios métodos de pago, incluyendo tarjetas de crédito y débito, lo " -"que hará el proceso de pago más eficiente." +"Conectar e integrar su terminal de pago a su sistema de PdV le permitirá " +"aceptar varios métodos de pago, como tarjetas de crédito y débito, además de" +" que el proceso de pago será más eficiente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -3677,6 +3680,9 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's " "checkbox." msgstr "" +"Vaya a los :ref:`ajustes de la aplicación `, " +"diríjase a la sección :guilabel:`Terminales de pago` y seleccione la casilla" +" de su terminal." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" @@ -3772,6 +3778,13 @@ msgid "" " key to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen API key` field at :ref:`the " "payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"La **clave API de Adyen** se utiliza para autenticar las solicitudes de su " +"terminal de Adyen. Para generar una clave API, vaya a su " +":menuselection:`cuenta de Adyen --> Desarrolladores --> Credenciales de API`" +" y **cree** nuevas credenciales o seleccione las que ya **existen**. Haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Generar una clave API` y guarde la clave para pegarla en " +"el campo :guilabel:`Clave API de Adyen` de Odoo al :ref:`crear el método de " +"pago `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3790,6 +3803,8 @@ msgid "" "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is the terminal's serial number, which is " "used to identify the hardware." msgstr "" +"El **identificador de terminal de Adyen** es el número de serie de la " +"terminal y se utiliza para identificar el hardware." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -3798,16 +3813,23 @@ msgid "" "number to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier` field" " at :ref:`the payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"Para encontrar este número, vaya a su :menuselection:`cuenta de Adyen --> " +"Punto de Venta --> Terminales`, seleccione la terminal que vinculará y " +"guarde su número de serie, después lo pegará en el campo " +":guilabel:`Identificador de terminal de Adyen` de Odoo al :ref:`crear el " +"método de pago `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:51 msgid "Set the Event URLs" -msgstr "Configure las URL del evento" +msgstr "Configurar las URL del evento" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:53 msgid "" "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must configure the terminal " "**Event URLs**. To do so," msgstr "" +"Para que Odoo sepa cuándo se realizó un pago, debe configurar las **URL de " +"eventos** de la terminal. Para ello:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 msgid "Log in to `Adyen's website `_;" @@ -3831,12 +3853,17 @@ msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " ":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" msgstr "" +"Establezca el campo :guilabel:`Cambiar a modo descifrado para editar esta " +"configuración` en :guilabel:`Descifrado`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:60 msgid "" "Click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " "`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field;" msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el **icono de lápiz** y escriba la dirección de su servidor, " +"seguida por `/pos_adyen/notification` en el campo :guilabel:`URL de " +"eventos`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:62 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." @@ -3859,6 +3886,11 @@ msgid "" "<../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and " "select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." msgstr "" +"Habilite la terminal de pago en los :ref:`ajustes de la aplicación " +"` y :doc:`cree el método de pago relacionado " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Establezca el tipo de diario como " +":guilabel:`Banco` y seleccione :guilabel:`Adyen` en el campo :guilabel:`Usar" +" una terminal de pago`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3866,6 +3898,9 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier `, and " ":guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." msgstr "" +"Por último, complete los campos obligatorios con su :ref:`clave API de Adyen" +" `, :ref:`identificador de terminal de Adyen ` " +"y :guilabel:`cuenta de comerciante de Adyen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 @@ -3982,6 +4017,12 @@ msgid "" " Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"Habilite la terminal de pago en los :ref:`ajustes de la aplicación " +"` y :doc:`cree el método de pago relacionado " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Establezca el tipo de diario como " +":guilabel:`Banco` y seleccione :guilabel:`Ingenico` en el campo " +":guilabel:`Usar una terminal de pago`. Luego, seleccione el dispositivo " +"correspondiente en el campo :guilabel:`Dispositivo de terminal de pago`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -4136,6 +4177,12 @@ msgid "" "Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`" " field." msgstr "" +"Habilite la terminal de pago en los :ref:`ajustes de la aplicación " +"` y :doc:`cree el método de pago relacionado " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Establezca el tipo de diario como " +":guilabel:`Banco` y seleccione :guilabel:`SIX IOT` en el campo " +":guilabel:`Usar una terminal de pago`. Luego, seleccione el dispositivo " +"correspondiente en el campo :guilabel:`Dispositivo de terminal de pago`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" @@ -4664,6 +4711,12 @@ msgid "" "field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"Habilite la terminal de pago en los :ref:`ajustes de la aplicación " +"` y :doc:`cree el método de pago relacionado " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Establezca el tipo de diario como " +":guilabel:`Banco` y seleccione :guilabel:`Worldline` en el campo " +":guilabel:`Usar una terminal de pago`. Luego, seleccione el dispositivo " +"correspondiente en el campo :guilabel:`Dispositivo de terminal de pago`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" @@ -6846,7 +6899,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:3 msgid "Ship later" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enviar después" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6855,32 +6908,44 @@ msgid "" "or so voluminous that it requires to be shipped, or if, for any reason, the " "customer needs their order to be shipped later, etc." msgstr "" +"La función **Enviar después** le permite vender productos y programar la " +"entrega en una fecha posterior. Es útil, por ejemplo, cuando un producto " +"está agotado o es tan voluminoso que ya necesita enviarlo, también en caso " +"de que por cualquier motivo, el cliente necesite recibir su orden después, " +"etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Go to the POS settings `, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` section, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Ship Later`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Vaya a los ajustes del PdV `, diríjase a la " +"sección :guilabel:`Inventario` y habilite :guilabel:`Permitir enviar " +"después`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "settings to enable and configure the ship later feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajustes para habilitar y configurar la función Enviar después." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:19 msgid "Once activated, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una vez que haya habilitado esta función podrá:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:21 msgid "" "Choose the location from where the products are shipped by selecting a " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" +"Seleccionar un :guilabel:`almacén` para elegir la ubicación desde donde se " +"enviarán los productos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:22 msgid "" "Define a :guilabel:`Specific route`, or leave this field empty to use the " "default route." msgstr "" +"Definir una :guilabel:`ruta específica` o dejar ese campo vacío para usar la" +" ruta predeterminada." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -6888,6 +6953,10 @@ msgid "" "possible` if the products can be delivered separately or :guilabel:`When all" " products are ready` to ship all the products at once." msgstr "" +"Defina la :guilabel:`Política de envío`. Si los productos pueden entregarse " +"por separado seleccione guilabel:`Lo antes posible` o :guilabel:`Cuando " +"todos los productos estén listos` si desea enviar todos los productos al " +"mismo tiempo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -6903,34 +6972,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Open a session ` and make a sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Abrir una sesión ` y realizar una venta." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:35 msgid "" "On the payment screen, set a customer and select :guilabel:`Ship Later`." msgstr "" +"Seleccione un cliente en la pantalla de pago y seleccione :guilabel:`Enviar " +"después`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:36 msgid "" "On the popup window, set a shipping date and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to " "proceed to payment." msgstr "" +"En la ventana emergente, establezca una fecha de envío y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Confirmar` para ir a la pantalla de pago." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "selecting ship later at checkout." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionar enviar después al pagar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:42 msgid "" "The system instantly creates a delivery order from the warehouse to the " "shipping address." msgstr "" +"De forma instantánea, el sistema crea una orden de entrega del almacén a la " +"dirección de envío." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:45 msgid "" "The selected customer must have referenced an address in the system for " "products to be shipped." msgstr "" +"El cliente seleccionado debe tener una dirección establecida para poder " +"enviar los productos." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 msgid "Rental" @@ -8189,6 +8266,13 @@ msgid "" "Central URL` as described in the `Amazon Documentation for seller central " "URLs `_." msgstr "" +"Ingrese el ID del marketplace en el campo :guilabel:`Identificador API` y " +"seleccione la :guilabel:`región de Amazon` correspondiente tal y como se " +"describe en la `documentación de Amazon sobre los ID y regiones del " +"marketplace `_. Escriba la :guilabel:`URL de la Seller Central` como se especifica " +"en la `documentación de Amazon para las URL de la Seller Central " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -8373,6 +8457,10 @@ msgid "" "Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " ":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Automatización --> Acciones " +"programadas`. Haga clic en la acción programada con el nombre " +":guilabel:`eBay: actualizar categorías` y luego en :guilabel:`Ejecutar de " +"forma manual`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8570,7 +8658,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 msgid "(*Preferred method*) Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cree un producto en Odoo y anúncielo en eBay (*método recomendado*). " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -8588,6 +8676,8 @@ msgid "" "(*Less preferred method*) List the item on eBay, then create the product in " "Odoo, and finally link product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" +"Anuncie el artículo en eBay, luego cree el producto en Odoo y, por último, " +"vincule el producto al artículo en eBay (*método no tan recomendado*)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -20011,9 +20101,10 @@ msgid "" "end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products " "`." msgstr "" -"Llenar la cotización normalemente, asegurándose de seleccionar una " -"recurrencia y una fecha de finalización, si es necesario, y de agregar " -":doc:`productos recurrentes `." +"Completar la cotización como haría de forma habitual, asegurándose de " +"seleccionar una recurrencia y una fecha de finalización en caso de que fuera" +" necesaria, además de agregar los :doc:`productos recurrentes " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -20084,6 +20175,11 @@ msgid "" "that have the :ref:`tokenization feature `. " "This ensures that the customer is automatically charged at each new period." msgstr "" +"Si la confirmación en línea requiere un pago por anticipado, el cliente solo" +" puede seleccionar los :ref:`proveedores de pago " +"` que tienen la :ref:`función de " +"tokenización ` habilitada. Esto asegura que " +"se le cobre al cliente de forma automática cada nuevo periodo." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Automatic alerts" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index c8dee6a7e..35af2ffd1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -1052,6 +1052,13 @@ msgid "" " Capture Method ` can be configured in " "that same menu." msgstr "" +"También puede acceder a los **proveedores de pago** a través de " +":menuselection:`Sitio web --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección " +":guilabel:`Tienda - Pago` puede configurar la :guilabel:`domiciliación " +"bancaria SEPA` en caso de que desee usarla, además podrá :guilabel:`ver " +"otros proveedores`. Si utiliza el proveedor de pago " +":guilabel:`Authorize.net` puede configurar el :ref:`método de captura de " +"pago ` desde el mismo menú." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7583,6 +7590,11 @@ msgid "" "the top left corner, :guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set " "up your project." msgstr "" +"**Cree un nuevo proyecto:** para habilitar la **API de Google Places** " +"primero debe crear un proyecto. Para ello, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Seleccionar un proyecto` en la esquina superior izquierda, " +"después en :guilabel:`Nuevo proyecto` y siga las instrucciones para " +"configurarlo. " #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7591,6 +7603,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. Click on the " ":guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." msgstr "" +"**Habilite la API de Google Places:** vaya a :guilabel:`APIs y servicios " +"habilitados` y haga clic en :guilabel:`+ HABILITAR APIS Y SERVICIOS`. Busque" +" :guilabel:`\"API de Places\"` y selecciónela, luego haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`\"Habilitar\"`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -7617,6 +7633,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credentials`, click :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select " ":guilabel:`API key`." msgstr "" +"**Cree sus credenciales:** para crear sus credenciales, vaya a " +":guilabel:`Credenciales`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear credenciales` y " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Clave API`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:54 msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" @@ -7636,7 +7655,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:61 msgid "Save Your API Key: copy your API key and securely store it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guarde su clave API, cópiela y almacénela en un lugar seguro." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:62 msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." @@ -9841,7 +9860,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 msgid "Search Engine Optimization (SEO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimización de motores de búsqueda (SEO)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9851,6 +9870,12 @@ msgid "" "website, including its content, social sharing, URLs, images, and page " "speed." msgstr "" +"La optimización para motores de búsqueda (con frecuencia abreviada como SEO)" +" es una estrategia de marketing digital para mejorar la visibilidad y el " +"posicionamiento de un sitio web en los resultados de un motor de búsqueda " +"(por ejemplo, Google). Consiste en optimizar varios elementos de su sitio " +"web como su contenido, la imagen que aparece cuando lo comparte en redes " +"sociales, URL, imágenes y velocidad de la página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9858,6 +9883,10 @@ msgid "" "as :doc:`eCommerce <../../ecommerce>`, :doc:`Blog <../../blog>`, " ":doc:`eLearning <../../elearning>`, and :doc:`Forum <../../forum>`." msgstr "" +"Odoo ofrece varios módulos para ayudarte a crear el contenido de tu sitio " +"web, como :doc:`Comercio electrónico <../../ecommerce>`, :doc:`Blog " +"<../../blog>`, :doc:`eLearning <../../elearning>` y :doc:`Foro " +"<../../forum>`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -9866,16 +9895,22 @@ msgid "" " desktop, tablet, or mobile, which positively impacts ranking in search " "engines." msgstr "" +"Todos los temas de Odoo usan `Bootstrap `_, un " +"marco de trabajo para CSS, para renderizar de manera eficiente en el " +"dispositivo correspondiente: escritorio, tableta o celular. Esto influye de " +"forma positiva en el posicionamiento en los motores de búsqueda." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:19 msgid "Content optimization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimización de contenido" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:21 msgid "" "To optimize a webpage's SEO, access the page, then go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Optimize SEO`." msgstr "" +"Para optimizar el SEO de una página web, primero acceda a ella y luego vaya " +"a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Sitio --> Optimizar SEO`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst-1 msgid "Optimize SEO" @@ -9883,7 +9918,7 @@ msgstr "Optimizar SEO" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:28 msgid "Meta tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etiquetas meta" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9893,6 +9928,11 @@ msgid "" "attract visitors with appealing content. There are two types of meta tags in" " Odoo:" msgstr "" +"Las etiquetas meta son elementos HTML que proporcionan información sobre un " +"sitio web a los motores de búsqueda y a sus visitantes. Son una parte " +"elemental para el SEO, pues ayudan a que los motores de búsqueda comprendan " +"el contenido y el contexto de una página web y también atraen visitantes por" +" el mismo motivo. Odoo cuenta con dos tipos de etiquetas meta:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -9902,6 +9942,12 @@ msgid "" "tag of your webpage or keep it empty to use the default value based on the " "page’s content." msgstr "" +"Las etiquetas de :guilabel:`título` específico el título de una página web y" +" en los motores de búsqueda aparecen como un enlace en el que se puede hacer" +" clic. Deben ser concisas, descriptivas y relevantes para el contenido de la" +" página. Es posible actualizar la etiqueta de título de su página web o " +"dejarla vacía para usar el valor predeterminado según el contenido de la " +"página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -9911,12 +9957,20 @@ msgid "" "your webpage or keep it empty to use the default value based on the page’s " "content." msgstr "" +"Las etiquetas de :guilabel:`descripción` resumen el contenido de la página " +"web y con frecuencia aparecen en los resultados del motor de búsqueda debajo" +" del título. Se utilizan para invitar al usuario a visitar la página. Puede " +"actualizar la etiqueta de descripción de su página web o dejarla vacía para " +"usar el valor predeterminado según el contenido de la página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Preview` card displays how the title and description tags " "should appear in search results. It also includes the URL of your page." msgstr "" +"La tarjeta :guilabel:`Vista previa` muestra cómo se visualizarían las " +"etiquetas de título y descripción en los resultados de búsqueda. Además, " +"incluye la URL de su página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:50 msgid "Keywords" @@ -9928,6 +9982,11 @@ msgid "" "optimized for search engines speaks the same language as potential visitors," " with keywords for SEO helping them to connect to your site." msgstr "" +"Las palabras claves son uno de los elementos clave del SEO. Un sitio web que" +" está bien optimizado para los motores de búsqueda utiliza palabras clave " +"que son relevantes para que los visitantes potenciales encuentren lo que " +"están buscando. En resumen, el SEO permite que los visitantes encuentren su " +"sitio con facilidad." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -9938,26 +9997,40 @@ msgid "" " to drive your web traffic. The more keywords are present on your webpage, " "the better." msgstr "" +"Escriba las palabras clave que considere esenciales en el campo " +":guilabel:`Palabra clave` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar` para visualizar" +" cómo se utilizan en distintos niveles de su contenido (H1, H2, título de la" +" página, descripción de la página, contenido de la página) y en las " +"búsquedas relacionadas en Google. La herramienta también sugiere palabras " +"clave relevantes para aumentar el tráfico web. Entre más palabras clave " +"estén presentes en su página web, mejor." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:62 msgid "It is strongly recommended to only use one H1 title per page for SEO." msgstr "" +"Por cuestiones de SEO, le recomendamos encarecidamente que solo use un " +"título H1 por página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:65 msgid "Image for social share" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imágenes para compartir en redes sociales" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:67 msgid "" "When you share your page on social media, your logo image is selected, but " "you can upload any other image by clicking the upward arrow." msgstr "" +"La imagen de su logotipo es la que aparece cuando comparte su página en " +"redes sociales, pero puede subir cualquier otra imagen al hacer clic en la " +"flecha que apunta hacia arriba." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Social Preview` card displays how the page's information " "would appear when shared." msgstr "" +"La tarjeta :guilabel:`Vista previa social` muestra cómo aparecería la " +"información al compartirla." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -9966,6 +10039,11 @@ msgid "" "functions when external websites use a :ref:`301 redirect `, maintaining the SEO link juice." msgstr "" +"Si cambia el título de alguna entrada del blog o el nombre de un producto, " +"los cambios se aplican de forma automática en todas las partes de su sitio " +"web. El enlace antiguo todavía funciona cuando los sitios web externos " +"utilizan una :ref:`redirección 301 ` para mantener " +"el posicionamiento del SEO." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:78 msgid "Images" @@ -9976,6 +10054,9 @@ msgid "" "The size of images has a significant impact on page speed, which is an " "essential criterion for search engines to optimize SEO ranking." msgstr "" +"El tamaño de las imágenes afecta de forma importante la velocidad de la " +"página. Es un criterio indispensable para los motores de búsqueda para " +"optimizar el posicionamiento SEO." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -9983,6 +10064,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ or " "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `_." msgstr "" +"Compare el posicionamiento de su sitio web en `Google Page Speed " +"`_ o en " +"`Pingdom Website Speed Test `_." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -9991,6 +10075,11 @@ msgid "" "also compressed by default. If you are using a third-party theme, it may " "provide images that are not compressed efficiently." msgstr "" +"En automático, Odoo comprime las imágenes que sube para reducir su peso y " +"mejorar la velocidad de carga de la página. Todas las imágenes incluidas en " +"los temas oficiales de Odoo también se comprimen de forma predeterminada. Si" +" está utilizando un tema de terceros, es posible que incluya imágenes que no" +" están comprimidas correctamente." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -9998,10 +10087,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit`, then go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, and adapt the " ":guilabel:`width` in the :guilabel:`Image` section." msgstr "" +"**Para modificar una imagen** de su sitio web, selecciónela, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Editar`, luego vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Personalizar` y " +"ajuste el :guilabel:`ancho` en la sección :guilabel:`Imagen`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst-1 msgid "automated image compression" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compresión de imágenes automatizada. " #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -10011,14 +10103,21 @@ msgid "" "essential from an SEO perspective. This description is added to the HTML " "code of your image, and it is shown when the image cannot be displayed." msgstr "" +"Las etiquetas \"alt\" se utilizan para proporcionar contexto sobre lo que " +"aparece en una imagen, se lo informan a los rastreadores de motores de " +"búsqueda para que puedan indexar una imagen de manera adecuada. Desde la " +"perspectiva de SEO, agregar palabras clave a las etiquetas alt en el campo " +":guilabel:`Descripción` es indispensable. Esta descripción se agrega al " +"código HTML de su imagen y aparece cuando no es posible visualizar la " +"imagen." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:104 msgid "Advanced features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funciones avanzadas" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:107 msgid "Structured data markup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marcado de datos estructurados" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -10027,6 +10126,11 @@ msgid "" "robots, helping them understand your content and create well-presented " "search results." msgstr "" +"El marcado de datos estructurados se encarga de generar fragmentos " +"enriquecidos en los resultados del motor de búsqueda. Gracias a esto, los " +"sitios web pueden enviar datos estructurados a los robots de los motores de " +"búsqueda que les ayudarán a comprender su contenido y crear mejores " +"resultados de búsqueda." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -10035,6 +10139,10 @@ msgid "" "snippets>`_ for content types, including Reviews, People, Products, " "Businesses, Events, and Organizations." msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, Google es compatible con varios `fragmentos " +"enriquecidos `_ para tipos de contenido como comentarios, personas, " +"productos, negocios, eventos y organizaciones." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -10045,10 +10153,18 @@ msgid "" "posts, and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed" " in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" +"Los microdatos son un conjunto de etiquetas, implementados desde HTML5, que " +"ayudan a que los motores de búsqueda comprendan mejor su contenido y lo " +"muestren de forma adecuada. Odoo implementa microdatos según lo definido en " +"la `especificación `_ de schema.org para " +"eventos, productos de comercio electrónico, publicaciones de foros y " +"direcciones de contacto. Esto permite que las páginas de sus productos " +"aparezcan en Google con información adicional como su precio y su " +"calificación:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst-1 msgid "snippets in search engine results" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Snippets en los resultados del motor de búsqueda. " #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 msgid "robots.txt" @@ -10060,6 +10176,10 @@ msgid "" "access on your site, to index its content. This is used mainly to avoid " "overloading your site with requests." msgstr "" +"Los archivos robots.txt se encargan de indicarle a los rastreadores de " +"motores de búsqueda a qué URL de su sitio puede acceder el rastreador para " +"indexar su contenido. Estos se usan principalmente para evitar sobrecargar " +"su sitio con solicitudes. " #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -10067,6 +10187,9 @@ msgid "" "robots.txt file. Odoo automatically creates one robot.txt file available on " "`mydatabase.odoo.com/robots.txt`." msgstr "" +"Los motores de búsqueda consultan el archivo robots.txt al indexar su sitio " +"web. Odoo crea uno de estos archivos de forma automática y está disponible " +"en `mibasededatos.odoo.com/robots.txt`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -10075,12 +10198,19 @@ msgid "" "file, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`SEO` section, and click :guilabel:`Edit robots.txt`." msgstr "" +"Es posible controlar a qué páginas del sitio pueden acceder los rastreadores" +" de motores de búsqueda si edita el archivo robots.txt. Para agregar " +"instrucciones personalizadas al archivo, vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web " +"--> Configuración --> Ajustes`, busque la sección :guilabel:`SEO` y haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Editar robots.txt`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:139 msgid "" "If you do not want the robots to crawl the `/about-us` page of your site, " "you can edit the robots.txt file to add `Disallow: /about-us`." msgstr "" +"Si no desea que los robots rastreen la página `/sobre-nosotros` de su sitio " +"puede editar el archivo robots.txt para agregar `Disallow: /sobre-nosotros`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:143 msgid "Sitemap" @@ -10093,6 +10223,10 @@ msgid "" "URLs. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 " "hours." msgstr "" +"El mapa del sitio señala las páginas del sitio web y su relación entre ellas" +" a los robots de los motores de búsqueda. Odoo genera un archivo " +"`/sitemap.xml` que incluye todas las URL. Por motivos de rendimiento, este " +"archivo se almacena en caché y se actualiza cada 12 horas." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -10101,15 +10235,21 @@ msgid "" "`_, grouping sitemap URLs in 45000 " "chunks per file." msgstr "" +"Odoo creará un archivo de índice de mapa del sitio si su sitio web tiene " +"muchas páginas, respetará `el protocolo de sitemaps.org " +"`_ y agrupará las URL del mapa del " +"sitio en fragmentos de 45,000 por archivo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:154 msgid "" "Every sitemap entry has three attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" +"Cada entrada del mapa del sitio web tiene tres atributos que se calculan de " +"forma automática:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:156 msgid "``: the URL of a page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "``: la URL de una página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -10117,6 +10257,10 @@ msgid "" "based on the related object. For a page related to a product, this could be " "the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" +"``: última fecha de modificación del recurso, se calcula de forma " +"automática según el objeto relacionado. En el caso de una página relacionada" +" con un producto, podría ser la última fecha de modificación del producto o " +"de la página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -10125,6 +10269,12 @@ msgid "" " votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by its " "priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" +"``: es posible que los módulos implementen su algoritmo por " +"prioridad según su contenido. Por ejemplo, la prioridad en un foro se puede " +"asignar según el número de votos en una publicación en específico. Por otro " +"lado, si se trata de una página web estática, esta se definirá por su campo " +"de prioridad, este se encuentra normalizado (16 es el número " +"predeterminado)." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -10132,14 +10282,17 @@ msgid "" " Properties`, click the :guilabel:`Publish` tab, and turn off the " ":guilabel:`Indexed` feature." msgstr "" +"Para evitar que las páginas aparezcan en un mapa del sitio, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Sitio --> Propiedades`, haga clic en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Publicar` y desactive la función :guilabel:`Indexado`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:0 msgid "disabling the “Indexed” checkbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desmarcar la casilla \"Indexado\"." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:172 msgid "Hreflang HTML tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atributos hreflang de HTML" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -10148,6 +10301,11 @@ msgid "" "informing search engines about a specific page's language and geographical " "targeting." msgstr "" +"De forma automática, Odoo incluye los atributos `hreflang` y `x-default` en " +"el código de las páginas con varios idiomas de su sitio web. Estos atributos" +" HTML son indispensables para que los motores de búsqueda cuenten con la " +"información relacionada al idioma y la segmentación geográfica de una página" +" en específico." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:179 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/translate`" @@ -10163,6 +10321,10 @@ msgid "" " provides data on visitor demographics, behavior, and interactions, helping " "improve websites and marketing strategies." msgstr "" +"La analítica del sitio web le ayuda a los propietarios a monitorear de qué " +"forma los visitantes usan su sitio. También proporciona datos acerca del " +"sector demográfico, comportamiento e interacciones de los visitantes, lo que" +" ayuda a mejorar los sitios web y las estrategias de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -10171,10 +10333,10 @@ msgid "" "recommend using Plausible.io as it is privacy-friendly, lightweight, and " "easy to use." msgstr "" -"Puede rastrear el tráfico de tu sitio web de Odoo usando " -":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` or :ref:`website/analytics/GA`. Le " -"recomendamos usar Plausible.io pues es fácil de usar, con buenas opciones de" -" privacidad y no es pesado. " +"Puede monitorear el tráfico de su sitio web de Odoo con " +":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` o :ref:`website/analytics/GA`. Le " +"recomendamos que use Plausible.io, pues es fácil de usar, protege su " +"privacidad y es ligero. " #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -10195,6 +10357,10 @@ msgid "" "creates and sets up your account. You can start using it by going to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> Analytics`." msgstr "" +"Odoo aloja su propio servidor de Plausible.io y proporciona una solución " +"gratuita lista para funcionar en las bases de datos de **Odoo en línea**. De" +" manera automática, Odoo crea y configura su cuenta. Para comenzar a usarlo," +" vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio web --> Reportes --> Analítica`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -10205,12 +10371,12 @@ msgid "" "-- System Parameters`. Click :guilabel:`New` and fill in the following " ":guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields:" msgstr "" -"**Si ya tiene una cuenta de Plausible.io** y la quiere vincular a su base de" -" datos de Odoo en línea, debe crear dos a `ir.config.parameters` para usar " -"los servidores de Plausible.io. Para hacerlo, active el :ref:`modo " +"**Si ya tiene una cuenta de Plausible.io** y desea conectarla a su base de " +"datos de Odoo en línea, debe crear dos `ir.config.parameters` para usar los " +"servidores de Plausible.io. Para hacerlo, active el :ref:`modo de " "desarrollador ` y vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes generales " "--> Ajustes técnicos -- Parámetros del sistema`. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`Nuevo` y complete los siguientes campos de :guilabel:`Clave` y " +":guilabel:`Nuevo` y complete los campos :guilabel:`Clave` y " ":guilabel:`Valor`:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:34 @@ -10477,7 +10643,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:131 msgid "Google Tag Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Tag Manager" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -10486,32 +10652,44 @@ msgid "" "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " "injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` es un sistema de gestión de etiquetas que " +"le permite actualizar con facilidad códigos de medición y fragmentos de " +"código relacionados (a los que se les conoce de forma colectiva como " +"etiquetas) en su sitio web o aplicación móvil mediante el inyector de " +"código. Siga estos pasos para usar GTM:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:137 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" +"Vaya a https://tagmanager.google.com/ para crear o iniciar sesión en una " +"cuenta de Google." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`Cuentas`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear cuenta`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" +"Escriba el :guilabel:`nombre de cuenta` y seleccione el :guilabel:`país` " +"correspondiente." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" +"Escriba la URL de su sitio web en el campo :guilabel:`Nombre de contenedor` " +"y seleccione la :guilabel:`plataforma objetivo`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y acepte las condiciones del servicio." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -10520,16 +10698,24 @@ msgid "" "down to the :guilabel:`Website Settings` section, then click " ":guilabel:`` and :guilabel:`` to paste the codes." msgstr "" +"Copie los códigos `` y `` de la ventana emergente. Después, vaya" +" a su sitio web, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` y diríjase a la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Temas`, busque la sección :guilabel:`Ajustes del sitio web` y " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`` and :guilabel:`` para pegarlos según " +"corresponda." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar Google Tag Manager" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:157 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Los datos se recopilan de las herramientas de marketing utilizadas para " +"monitorear el sitio web (por ejemplo, Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook " +"Pixel), no de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:3 msgid "Link trackers" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 3605fa908..9c3112baf 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -1334,6 +1334,12 @@ msgid "" ":option:`--no-database-list ` command-line " "option)" msgstr "" +"Setelah ``db_name`` dan ``db_filter`` Anda sudah dikonfigurasi dan hanya " +"cocok dengan satu database per nama host, Anda sebaiknya menetapkan opsi " +"konfigurasi ``list_db`` menjadi ``False``, untuk mencegah listing database, " +"dan untuk memblokir akses layar manajemen database (ini juga dapat dilakukan" +" dengan opsi command-line :option:`--no-database-list `)" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:587 msgid "" @@ -1343,6 +1349,11 @@ msgid "" "using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also " ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" +"Pastikan user PostgreSQL (:option:`--db_user `) *bukan* " +"super-user, dan bahwa database Anda dimiliki oleh user yang berbeda. Sebagai" +" contoh mereka dapat dimiliki oleh super-user ``postgres`` bila mereka " +"menggunakan ``db_user`` yang dedicated dan non-privileged. Lihat juga " +":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:592 msgid "" @@ -1350,12 +1361,18 @@ msgid "" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" +"Pastikan software diupdate dengan secara reguler menginstal build terkini, " +"baik melalui GitHub atau dengan mengunduh versi terbaru dari " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download atau http://nightly.odoo.com" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:596 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" +"Konfigurasikan server Anda di mode multi-proses dengan limit yang sesuai " +"yang cocok dengan penggunaan tipikal Anda (memori/CPU/timeout). Lihat juga " +":ref:`builtin_server`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 msgid "" @@ -1366,6 +1383,12 @@ msgid "" "enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also " ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" +"Jalankan Odoo di belakang web server yang menyediakan HTTPS termination " +"dengan sertifikat SSL yang valid, untuk mencegah penyadapan komunikasi " +"cleartext. Sertifikat SSP murah, dan banyak opsi yang gratis yang tersedia. " +"Konfigurasikan proxy website untuk membatasi ukuran permintaan, tetapkan " +"timeout yang sesuai, dan aktifkan opsi :option:`proxy mode `. Lihat juga :ref:`https_proxy`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:606 msgid "" @@ -1376,6 +1399,13 @@ msgid "" " allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force " "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" +"Bila Anda harus mengizinkan akses SSH remote ke server Anda, pastikan Anda " +"menyiapkan password yang kuat untuk **semua** akun, bukan hanya untuk " +"`root`. Sangat disarankan untuk menonaktifkan autentikasi berdasarkan " +"password, dan hanya mengizinkan autentikasi public key. Juga pertimbangkan " +"untuk membatasi akses melalui VPN, sehingga hanya IP yang terpercaya yang " +"dapat melewati firewall, dan/atau menjalankan sistem pendeteksi brute-force " +"seperti `fail2ban` atau yang sepadan." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:612 msgid "" @@ -1383,6 +1413,9 @@ msgid "" "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" +"Pertimbangkan untuk menginstal pembatasan percobaan pada proxy atau firewall" +" Anda, untuk mencegah penyerangan brute-force dan denial of service. Lihat " +"juga :ref:`login_brute_force` untuk pengamanan lebih spesifik." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:616 msgid "" @@ -1390,6 +1423,9 @@ msgid "" "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" +"Banyak penyedia jaringan yang menyediakan migrasi otomatis untuk serangan " +"Distributed Denial of Service (DDOS), tapi ini seringkali merupakan layanan " +"opsional, jadi Anda sebaiknya menanyakan hal tersebut ke mereka." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:620 msgid "" @@ -1397,6 +1433,9 @@ msgid "" "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" +"Kapanpun memungkinkan, host instance demo/test/staging Anda yang publik pada" +" mesin-mesin yang berbeda dari production. Dan terapkan persiapan keamanan " +"yang sama ke mereka dengan yang untuk production." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:624 msgid "" @@ -1412,6 +1451,18 @@ msgid "" "systemd.html>`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access " "control." msgstr "" +"Bila server Odoo Anda yang publik memiliki akses ke sumber daya layanan " +"jaringan internal atau layanan yang sensitif (misal melalui VLAN privat), " +"implementasikan peraturan firewall yang sesuai untuk melindungi sumber daya " +"internal tersebut. Ini akan memastikan server Odoo tidak dapat digunakan " +"secara tidak sengaja (atau sebagai hasil tangan user jahat) untuk mengakses " +"atau mengacaukan sumber daya internal tersebut. Biasanya ini dapat dilakukan" +" dengan menerapkan peraturan outbound default DENY pada firewall, lalu hanya" +" secara eksplisit mengotorisasikan akses ke sumber daya internal yang server" +" Odoo harus akses. `Systemd IP traffic access control " +"`_ juga dapat berguna untuk mengimplementasikan per-process " +"network access control." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:635 msgid "" @@ -1427,18 +1478,34 @@ msgid "" "CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for " "this purpose." msgstr "" +"Bila server Odoo Anda yang publik sembunyi di belakang Web Application " +"Firewall, load-balancer, layanan perlindungan DDoS yang transparan (seperti " +"CloudFlare) atau perangkat level-jaringan yang serupa, ANda mungkin ingin " +"menghindari akses langsung ke sistem Odoo. Secara umum susah untuk menjaga " +"alamat endpoint IP server Odoo Anda agar tetap rahasia. Contohnya mereka " +"dapat muncul di log server website saat meng-query sistem publik, atau di " +"header email yang dipost dari Odoo. Dalam situasi seperti itu Anda mungkin " +"ingin mengonfigurasi firewall Anda supaya endpoint-nya tidak dapat diakses " +"secara publik kecuali dari alamat IP tertentu WAF, load-balancer, atau " +"layanan proxy Anda. Penyedia layanan seperti CloudFlare biasanya memiliki " +"daftar publik rentang alamat IP mereka untuk tujuan ini." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:646 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" +"Bila Anda menghosting lebih dari satu pelanggan, pisahkan data dan file " +"pelanggan dari pelanggan lainnya menggunakan container atau teknik \"jail\" " +"yang sesuai." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:649 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +"Setup backup harian untuk database dan data filestore Anda, dan salin mereka" +" ke server arsip remote yang tidak dapat diakses dari server itu sendiri." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:652 msgid "" @@ -1447,10 +1514,14 @@ msgid "" "hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " "scope of this guide." msgstr "" +"Memasang Odoo pada Linux sangat teramat disarankan ketimbang Windows. " +"Apabila Anda tetap memilih untuk memasang Odoo di platform Window, " +"peninjauan penguatan pengamanan yang sangat menyeluruh untuk server harus " +"dilakukan dan merupakan sesuatu yang di luar cakupan pedoman ini." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:660 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Memblokir Serangan Brute Force" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:662 msgid "" @@ -1459,10 +1530,15 @@ msgid "" "emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the " "result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." msgstr "" +"Untuk deployment yang menggunakan internet, serangan brute force pada " +"password user sangat umum, dan ancaman ini tidak boleh diabaikan untuk " +"server Odoo. Odoo mengeluarkan log entri kapanpun percobaan login dilakukan," +" dan melaporkan hasilnya: sukses atau gagal, beserta login target dan sumber" +" IP." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:666 msgid "The log entries will have the following form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Log entri akan memiliki bentuk berikut." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:668 msgid "Failed login::" @@ -1477,38 +1553,48 @@ msgid "" "These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " "`fail2ban`." msgstr "" +"Log-log ini dapat dengan mudah dianalisis oleh sistem pencegah intrusi " +"seperti `fail2ban`." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:679 msgid "" "For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " "login::" msgstr "" +"Contohnya, definisi filter fail2ban berikut seharusnya cocok dengan login " +"gagal:" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:686 msgid "" "This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " "HTTP(S)." msgstr "" +"Ini dapat digunakan dengan definisi jail untuk memblokir penyerangan IP pada" +" HTTP(S)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:688 msgid "" "Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " "failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" msgstr "" +"Berikut contoh memblokir IP selama 15 menit saat 10 percobaan login gagal " +"dideteksi dari IP yang sama dalam waktu 1 menit::" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:702 msgid "Database Manager Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Keamanan Manajer Database" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:704 msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` menyebut ``admin_passwd`` secara singkat." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:706 msgid "" "This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " "dump or restore databases)." msgstr "" +"Pengaturan ini digunakan di semua layar manajemen database (untuk membuat, " +"menghapus, dump atau memulihkan database)." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:709 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index d403695c7..13428c3a2 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" @@ -722,11 +722,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362 msgid "HTTPS Hardening" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "Add the `Strict-Transport-Security` header to all requests, in order to " "prevent browsers from ever sending a plain HTTP request to this domain. You " @@ -735,24 +735,24 @@ msgid "" "be entirely unable to access it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 msgid "" "Force HTTPS connections during a year for every visitor in NGINX with the " "line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" "Additional configuration can be defined for the `session_id` cookie. The " "`Secure` flag can be added to ensure it is never transmitted over HTTP and " "`SameSite=Lax` to prevent authenticated `CSRF`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:386 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:389 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -762,18 +762,18 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:395 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:400 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402 msgid "" "Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " "required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ msgid "" "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407 msgid "" "On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" "threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ msgid "" " cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:414 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415 msgid "" "Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " "of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ msgid "" " be used for all other requests." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421 msgid "" "The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " "drop the :option:`--no-http ` cli option from the cron " @@ -811,11 +811,11 @@ msgid "" "` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:429 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:430 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:431 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -823,11 +823,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443 msgid "" "It is recommended to set the ``Content-Security-Policy: default-src 'none'``" " header on all images delivered by the web server. It is not strictly " @@ -844,40 +844,40 @@ msgid "" "resources by themselves). However, it is good practice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:447 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:448 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following ``map`` and " "``location`` blocks should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:475 msgid "" "The actual ``root`` and ``try_files`` directives are dependant on your " "installation, specifically on your :option:`--addons-path `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:481 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 msgid "Debian package" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:483 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:484 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise, and that the :option:`--addons-path ` is" " ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:501 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:488 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "The ``root`` and ``try_files`` should be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:494 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:495 msgid "Git sources" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **sources**, that both the Community and" " Enterprise git repositories were cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` and " @@ -886,11 +886,11 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:509 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:516 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:517 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -912,19 +912,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:526 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:528 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:529 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:537 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:538 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to " @@ -933,18 +933,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:546 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:547 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicurezza" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:553 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -954,20 +954,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:558 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:562 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:564 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -976,14 +976,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:570 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:574 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:580 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:581 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:586 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:587 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -1012,20 +1012,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:591 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:592 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:596 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:605 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:606 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1045,28 +1045,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:611 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:612 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:615 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:616 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:619 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:620 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:623 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:624 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:634 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:635 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1096,19 +1096,19 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:645 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:646 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:648 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:649 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:651 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:652 msgid "" "Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " "choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " @@ -1116,11 +1116,11 @@ msgid "" "scope of this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:659 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:660 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:661 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:662 msgid "" "For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are " "very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo " @@ -1128,64 +1128,64 @@ msgid "" "result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:665 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:666 msgid "The log entries will have the following form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:667 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:668 msgid "Failed login::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:671 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:672 msgid "Successful login::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:676 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:677 msgid "" "These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " "`fail2ban`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:678 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:679 msgid "" "For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " "login::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:685 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:686 msgid "" "This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " "HTTP(S)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:687 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:688 msgid "" "Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " "failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:701 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:702 msgid "Database Manager Security" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:703 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:704 msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:705 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:706 msgid "" "This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " "dump or restore databases)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:708 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:709 msgid "" "If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set " "``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the " "database selection and management screens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:714 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:715 msgid "" "It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-" "facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to " @@ -1194,14 +1194,14 @@ msgid "" "not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:720 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:721 msgid "" "On production systems, database management operations should always be " "performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new " "databases and automated backups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:723 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:724 msgid "" "Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, " "``db_filter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for " @@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ msgid "" "choose the database themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:728 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:729 msgid "" "If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of " "machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes " @@ -1217,75 +1217,75 @@ msgid "" "which displays the database-selection screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:732 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:733 msgid "" "If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the " "``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this " "password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:736 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:737 msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:742 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:743 msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:745 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:746 msgid "Supported Browsers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:747 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:748 msgid "" "Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " "market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:750 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:751 msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:752 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:753 msgid "Google Chrome" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:753 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:754 msgid "Mozilla Firefox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:754 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:755 msgid "Microsoft Edge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:755 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:756 msgid "Apple Safari" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:757 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:758 msgid "" "Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " "publisher before filing a bug report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:762 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:763 msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:765 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:766 msgid "" "to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " "provide more computing resources to both software." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:768 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:769 msgid "" "technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " "networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " "sockets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:772 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:773 msgid "" "or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " "requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" @@ -1500,8 +1500,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:14 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:157 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:211 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:29 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:307 @@ -1550,8 +1550,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:19 msgid "" -"It is required to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download " -"the Enterprise packages." +"It is required to be logged in as a paying on-premise customer or partner to" +" download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 @@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 msgid "" -"In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Deregulated " +"In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Delegated " "permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" msgstr "" @@ -2743,305 +2743,285 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:5 msgid "" -"A **domain name** works as an address for your website. It makes the " -"Internet much more accessible as it allows users to type a meaningful web " -"address, such as ``www.odoo.com``, rather than its server's IP address with " -"a series of numbers." +"Domain names are text-based addresses identifying online locations, such as " +"websites. They provide a more memorable and recognizable way for people to " +"navigate the internet than numerical IP addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:8 msgid "" -"You can use a custom domain name to access your Odoo database and websites:" +"**Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh** databases use a **subdomain** of the " +"`odoo.com` **domain** by default (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 msgid "" -"By :ref:`registering a free domain name with Odoo ` (for Odoo Online databases)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By :ref:`configuring a custom domain that you already own ` (only available for Odoo Online " +"databases) or by :ref:`configuring a domain name you already own `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 msgid "" -"Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases, including their websites, use by default " -"a subdomain of ``odoo.com`` for both the URL and the emails (e.g., " -"``https://example.odoo.com``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name ` to " -"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " -"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " -"``example.odoo.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:25 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Register a Free Domain Name " +"`Odoo Tutorials: Register a free domain name [video] " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Quick Tips: Get a free domain name! " -"`_" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:22 +msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:32 -msgid "About domain names" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To register a one-year free domain name for your Odoo Online database, sign " +"in to your account and go to the `database manager " +"`_. Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) " +"next to the database name and select :guilabel:`Domain Names`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Having a **good domain name** is as important to your branding as the name " -"of your business or organization as it is the first thing your visitors will" -" notice. We recommend you keep them *simple, short, easy to remember and " -"spell*." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Accessing a database's domain names configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A **subdomain** is a domain that is a part of another domain. It often " -"refers to the additional part that comes before the main domain name. " -"Traditionally, most websites use the ``www.`` subdomain, but any string of " -"letters can be used as well. You can use subdomains to direct your visitors " -"to other websites than your main website or to specific pages (e.g., " -"``experience.odoo.com`` points to a specific page.)" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:31 +msgid "Search for the desired domain name and check its availability." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Searching for an available domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:37 msgid "" -"All domain names are referenced in the **Domain Name System**, or **DNS**, " -"which works as a giant directory for the Internet. There are many DNS " -"servers, so any modification to the DNS can take up to 72 hours to propagate" -" worldwide on all servers." +"Ensure the Website app is installed if the domain name registration option " +"does not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Select the desired domain name, fill in the :guilabel:`Domain Owner` form, " +"and click :guilabel:`Register`. The chosen domain name is directly linked to" +" the database, but you still need to :ref:`map your domain name to your Odoo" +" website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Filling in the domain owner information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A verification email from `noreply@domainnameverification.net` will be sent " +"to the email address provided in the :guilabel:`Domain Owner` form. It is " +"essential to verify your email address to keep the domain active and receive" +" the renewal quote before expiration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 -msgid "Indexing of domain names by search engines" +msgid "" +"The domain name registration is free for the first year. After this period, " +"Odoo will continue to manage the domain in partnership with **Gandi.net**, " +"the domain name registrar, and you will be charged `Gandi.net's renewal rate" +" `_. Odoo sends a renewal quotation every " +"year to the email address mentioned in the :guilabel:`Domain Owner` form " +"several weeks before the expiration date of the domain. The domain is " +"renewed automatically when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Search engines, such as Google and Bing, rely on web crawlers (:dfn:`robots " -"that explore and analyze the web`) to index all websites and their related " -"domain names. These crawlers discover new URLs thanks to links on known web " -"pages. As a result, search engines should index domain names automatically " -"after a while, as long as their URLs are mentioned elsewhere on the " -"Internet." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:59 +msgid "The offer is only available for **Odoo Online** databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Improving the appearance and positioning of web pages on search engines is a" -" practice named \"Search Engine Optimization\" (SEO)." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:60 +msgid "The offer is limited to **one** domain name per client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:61 +msgid "The offer is limited to the registration of a **new** domain name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 msgid "" -"Adding relevant content, optimizing metadata, and building high-quality " -"backlinks can all help improve a website's search engine visibility." +"The offer is available to *One App Free* plans. Ensure that your website " +"contains enough original content for Odoo to verify that your request is " +"legitimate and respects `Odoo's Acceptable Use Policy " +"`_. Given the high number of requests, " +"it can take Odoo several days to review them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:70 +msgid "DNS records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:72 msgid "" -"Some search engines provide tools for web admins, such as `Google Search " -"Console `_ and `Bing Webmaster " -"Tools `_, to help you analyze and improve " -"your page ranking. To use these services, you must prove that you are the " -"owner of your domain name. One way to verify the ownership of your domain " -"name is by adding a DNS record. You can do this for :ref:`domain names " -"registered with Odoo ` and for domain names managed" -" by other providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:74 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 -msgid "" -"`Google Search Console Help - Verify your site ownership " -"`_" +"To manage your free domain name :abbr:`DNS (domain name system)` records, " +"open the `database manager `_, click the " +"gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) next to the database name, select " +":guilabel:`Domain Names`, and click :guilabel:`DNS`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 msgid "" -"`Bing Webmaster Tools - Add and Verify site " -"`_" +":guilabel:`A`: the A record holds the IP address of the domain. It is " +"automatically created and **cannot** be edited or deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CNAME`: CNAME records forward one domain or subdomain to another " +"domain. One is automatically created to map the `www.` subdomain to the " +"database. If the database is renamed, the CNAME record **must** also be " +"renamed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 -msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:83 msgid "" -"You can register a domain name for your Odoo Online database directly from " -"Odoo Website or your database manager." +":guilabel:`MX`: MX records instruct servers on where to deliver emails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 msgid "" -"Your domain name is **free for one year** if you register it with Odoo!" +":guilabel:`TXT`: TXT records can be used for different purposes (e.g., to " +"verify domain name ownership)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:85 msgid "" -"The domain name is registered with `Gandi `_, the " -"domain name registrar." +"Any modification to the DNS records can take up to **72 hours** to propagate" +" worldwide on all servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 msgid "" -"You are the owner of the domain name and can use it for other purposes." +"`Submit a support ticket `_ if you need " +"assistance to manage your domain name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:91 -msgid "Odoo manages payment and technical support for you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:92 -msgid "" -"This offer doesn't include any mailbox. However, you can :ref:`configure " -"your MX records ` to use your own email server or " -"solution such as Google Workspace." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:93 +msgid "Mailbox" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Domain Name`. Alternatively, " -"open your `database manager `_, click on " -"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, then on " -":guilabel:`Domain names`." +"The one-year free domain name offer does **not** include a mailbox. There " +"are two options to link your domain name with a mailbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 -msgid "Clicking on Domain Names from an Odoo website" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:99 +msgid "Use a subdomain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:101 msgid "" -"Search for the domain name of your choice to check its availability, then " -"select the one you want to register for your website." +"You can create a subdomain (e.g., `subdomain.yourdomain.com`) to use as an " +"alias domain for the database. It allows users to create records in the " +"database from emails received on their `email@subdomain.yourdomain.com` " +"alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:105 msgid "" -"The search of the domain name example.com shows which associated domains are" -" available." +"To do so, open the `database manager `_, " +"click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) next to the database name, and go to " +":menuselection:`Domain Names --> DNS --> Add DNS record --> CNAME`. Next, " +"enter the desired subdomain in the :guilabel:`Name` field (e.g., " +"`subdomain`), the original database domain with a period at the end (e.g., " +"`mycompany.odoo.com.`) in the :guilabel:`Content` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Add record`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:110 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:111 msgid "" -"Next, fill in the form with your information to become the domain name " -"owner." +"Then, add the alias domain as your *own domain* by clicking :guilabel:`Use " +"my own domain`, entering the alias domain (e.g., " +"`subdomain.yourdomain.com`), clicking :guilabel:`Verify`, and then " +":guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:115 msgid "" -"Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have to " -":ref:`map your domain name with your website `." +"Finally, go to your database and open the :guilabel:`Settings`. Enable " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` field, enter the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` " +"(e.g., `subdomain.yourdomain.com`) and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:116 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:120 +msgid "Use an external email provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:122 msgid "" -"Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you " -"installed one app only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your " -"request and your website to avoid abuse. This process can take several days " -"due to the success of the offer." +"To use an external email provider, you should configure an MX record. To do " +"so, open the `database manager `_, click " +"the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) next to the database name, click " +":menuselection:`Domain Names --> DNS --> Add DNS record --> MX`. The values " +"you should enter for the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Content`, and " +":guilabel:`Priority` fields depend on the external email provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 -msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:124 -msgid "Manage your domain name registered with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:126 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:129 msgid "" -"To manage the DNS records of your domain name registered with Odoo or to " -"visualize the contacts associated with it, open your `database manager " -"`_, click on the :guilabel:`settings` " -"button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain names`, and then on " -":guilabel:`Contacts` or :guilabel:`DNS`." +"`Google Workspace: MX record values " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 -msgid "Management of the domain names linked to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please `submit a support ticket `_ if you need " -"further assistance to manage your domain name." +"`Outlook and Exchange Online: Add an MX record for email " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:142 -msgid "Configure your existing domain name" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:135 +msgid "Configure an existing domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If you already have a domain name, you can use it for your Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:140 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended to follow **in order** these three steps to avoid" +" any :ref:`SSL certificate validation ` issues:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 +msgid ":ref:`Add a CNAME record `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If you already own a domain name, you can use it to point to your website." +msgid ":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo database `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:146 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:145 msgid "" -"To avoid any issue with the :ref:`SSL certificate validation `, we highly recommend that you proceed with the following actions " -"in this order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:149 -msgid "" -":ref:`Add a CNAME record ` on your domain name's DNS " -"zone." +":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo website `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 -msgid "" -":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo database `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:151 -msgid "" -":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo website `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:156 msgid "Add a CNAME record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:158 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:152 msgid "" -"A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the domain of " -"another website rather than directly to an IP address." +"Creating a CNAME record to forward your domain name to the address of your " +"Odoo database is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:159 msgid "" -"You need a CNAME record that points to your Odoo database. The requirements " -"are detailed in your database manager." +"The CNAME record's target address should be your database's address as " +"defined at its creation (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 -msgid "" -"The target address is the current address of your database, as defined at " -"its creation (e.g., ``example.odoo.com``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:171 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:221 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:120 @@ -3049,363 +3029,266 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo.sh" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The CNAME record's target address can be the project's main address, which " +"can be found on Odoo.sh by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Project " +"Name`, or a specific branch (production, staging or development) by going to" +" :menuselection:`Branches --> select the branch --> Settings --> Custom " +"domains`, and clicking :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. A message " +"indicates which address your CNAME record should target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 +msgid "The specific instructions depend on your DNS hosting service." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 msgid "" -"Your project's main address is defined in :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Project Name`." +"`GoDaddy: Add a CNAME record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:174 msgid "" -"If you want to target a specific branch (production, staging or " -"development), go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> " -"Settings --> Custom domains`, and click on :guilabel:`How to set up my " -"domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:222 -msgid "Open your domain name's manager dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Open the **DNS zone** management page for the domain name you want to " -"configure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:182 -msgid "Create a **CNAME record** pointing to the address of your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:184 -msgid "" -"While Odoo suggests creating a CNAME record for your ``www.`` subdomain " -"(``www.example.com``), you can of course use any domain name of your choice," -" with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:189 -msgid "" -"You own the domain name ``example.com``, and you have an Odoo Online " -"database at the address ``example.odoo.com``. You want to access your Odoo " -"database primarily with the domain ``www.example.com`` but also with the " -":ref:`naked domain ` ``example.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:194 -msgid "" -"To do so, you create a CNAME record for the ``www`` subdomain, with " -"``example.odoo.com`` as the target. The DNS zone manager generates the " -"following rule and adds it to your DNS zone: ``www IN CNAME " -"example.odoo.com.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 -msgid "" -"You also create a redirection from ``example.com`` to ``wwww.example.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:200 -msgid "Your new DNS records are propagated to all DNS servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:203 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 -msgid "`GoDaddy `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:206 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " +"`Namecheap: How to create a CNAME record for your domain " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:207 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 msgid "" -"`OVH " +"`OVHcloud: Add a new DNS record " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CloudFlare `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:179 msgid "" -"`Google Domains `_" +"Creating a CNAME record to map the `www` subdomain (`www.yourdomain.com`) as" +" some visitors are used to typing `www.` before entering a domain name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:214 -msgid "Naked domain" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:183 +msgid "" +"You own the domain name `yourdomain.com`, and your Odoo Online database's " +"address is `mycompany.odoo.com`. You want to access your Odoo database " +"primarily with the domain `www.yourdomain.com` but also with the naked " +"domain :dfn:`(a domain name without any subdomains or prefixes)` " +"`yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:188 msgid "" -"A **naked domain** is a domain name that doesn't have any subdomain at the " -"beginning of the address (e.g., ``odoo.com`` instead of ``www.odoo.com``)." +"To do so, create a CNAME record for the `www` subdomain, with " +"`mycompany.odoo.com` as the target. Next, create a redirect (301 permanent " +"or visible redirect) to redirect visitors from `yourdomain.com` to " +"`wwww.yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:195 +msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 msgid "" -"You may want your naked domain to redirect to your website as some visitors " -"may not type the full domain name to access your website." +"Ensure you have :ref:`added a CNAME record ` to your " +"domain name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name to your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Failing to do so may prevent the validation of the :ref:`SSL certificate " +"` and could result in a *certificate name mismatch* error. " +"Web browsers often display this as a warning, such as *\"Your connection is " +"not private\"*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 +msgid "" +"If you encounter this error after mapping the domain name to your database, " +"wait up to five days, as the validation may still happen. If not, you can " +"`submit a support ticket `_, including " +"screenshots of your CNAME records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Open the `database manager `_, click the " +"gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) next to the database name, and go to " +":menuselection:`Domain Names --> Use my own domain`. Then, enter the domain " +"name (e.g., `yourdomain.com`), click :guilabel:`Verify` and :guilabel:`I " +"confirm, it's done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 +msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo Online database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 msgid "" -"Create a **redirection** from the naked domain (``example.com``) to your " -"main domain name (``www.example.com``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:227 -msgid "" -"Depending on your domain name registrar, this redirection may be already " -"pre-configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:232 -msgid "Map your domain name with your Odoo database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:238 -msgid "" -"Open your `database manager `_, click on " -"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain " -"names`, and then on :guilabel:`Use my own domain` at the bottom of the right" -" column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:242 -msgid "" -"Type the domain name you want to add to this database, then click on " -":guilabel:`Verify` to check if the CNAME record is correctly configured. " -"Once done, click on :guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." +"On Odoo.sh, go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> " +"Settings --> Custom domains`, type the domain name to add, then click " +":guilabel:`Add domain`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Verification of the CNAME records of a domain name before mapping it with a " -"database" +msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo.sh branch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> Settings --> " -"Custom domains`, type the domain name you want to add to this database, then" -" click on :guilabel:`Add domain`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 -msgid "Mapping a domain name with an Odoo.sh branch" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:260 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:230 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo.sh branches: settings tab `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:263 -msgid "" -"Make sure to :ref:`add a CNAME record ` to your domain " -"name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name with your Odoo database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:266 -msgid "" -"Failing to do so may impede the validation of the :ref:`SSL certificate " -"` and would result in a *certificate name mismatch* error. " -"This is often displayed by web browsers as a warning such as *\"Your " -"connection is not private\"*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:270 -msgid "" -"If this is the case and you have added the domain name to your database's " -"settings less than five days ago, wait 24 hours as the validation may still " -"happen. Otherwise, please `submit a support ticket " -"`_ including screenshots of your CNAME records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:277 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:235 msgid "SSL encryption (HTTPS protocol)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:237 +msgid "" +"**SSL encryption** allows visitors to navigate a website through a secure " +"connection, which appears as the *https://* protocol at the beginning of a " +"web address rather than the non-secure *http://* protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:241 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates a separate SSL certificate for each domain :ref:`mapped to a " +"database ` using `Let's Encrypt's certificate authority " +"and ACME protocol `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:246 +msgid "Certificate generation may take up to 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Several attempts to validate your certificate are made for five days after " +"you map your domain name to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:249 +msgid "If you use another service, you can keep using it or change to Odoo's." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 +msgid "" +"No SSL certificate is generated for naked domains :dfn:`(domain names " +"without any subdomains or prefixes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:258 +msgid "Web base URL of a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:261 +msgid "" +"If the Website app is installed on your database, skip this section and " +"continue from the :ref:`Map a domain name to a website ` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The *web base URL* or root URL of a database affects your main website " +"address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, portal " +"links, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:267 +msgid "" +"To make your custom domain name the *web base URL* of your database, access " +"your database using your custom domain name and log in as an administrator " +":dfn:`(a user part of the Settings access right group under " +"Administration)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 +msgid "" +"If you access your database with the original Odoo address (e.g., " +"`mycompany.odoo.com`), the *web base URL* of your database will be updated " +"accordingly. To prevent the automatic update of the *web base URL* when an " +"administrator logs in to the database, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System " +"Parameters --> New`, and enter `web.base.url.freeze` as the :guilabel:`Key` " +"and `True` as the :guilabel:`Value`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 msgid "" -"**SSL encryption** is an encryption-based Internet security protocol. It " -"allows your visitors to navigate your website through a secure connection, " -"which appears as an ``https://`` protocol at the beginning of your web " -"address, rather than a non-secure ``http://`` protocol." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Odoo generates a separate SSL certificate for each domain :ref:`mapped in " -"the database manager `, using integration with `Let's " -"Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol " -"`_." +"You can also set the web base URL manually. To do so, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode `, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters`, and search for the `web.base.url` key " +"(create it if necessary) and enter the full address of your website as the " +"value (e.g., `https://www.yourdomain.com`). The URL must include the " +"protocol `https://` (or `http://`) and *not* end with a slash (`/`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 -msgid "The certificate generation may take up to 24h." +msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:290 msgid "" -"Several attempts to validate your certificate are made during the five days " -"following the moment you add your domain name in your database's settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:291 -msgid "" -"If you already use another service, you can keep using it or simply change " -"for Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 -msgid "Web base URL of a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:299 -msgid "" -"If you have Odoo Website, you can disregard this part and directly :ref:`map" -" your domain name with your website `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:302 -msgid "" -"The **web base URL** of a database, or **root URL** affects your main " -"website address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, " -"portal links, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:305 -msgid "" -"To configure it, access your Odoo database with your custom address, then " -"log in as an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " -"group) from the login screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Connecting to your database with the original Odoo subdomain address (e.g., " -"``example.odoo.com`` also updates the web base URL of your database. See " -"below to prevent these automatic updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:312 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can do it manually. To do so, activate the " -":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> System Parameters`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:315 -msgid "" -"Find the key called ``web.base.url`` (or create it if it does not exist) and" -" enter the full address of your website as value, such as " -"``https://www.example.com``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:319 -msgid "" -"The URL must include the protocol ``https://`` (or ``http://``) and must not" -" end with a slash (``/``)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:322 -msgid "" -"To prevent the automatic update of the web base URL when an administrator " -"logs in the database, you can create the following System Parameter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:325 -msgid "key: ``web.base.url.freeze``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:326 -msgid "value: ``True``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:331 -msgid "Map your domain name with your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:333 -msgid "" -"Mapping your domain name to your website isn't the same as mapping it with " +"Mapping your domain name to your website is different than mapping it to " "your database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:335 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:292 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" -" engines to index your website properly." +" engines to index your website correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:294 msgid "" -"It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including the" -" portal links sent by email to your customers." +"It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including " +"portal links sent by email to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:339 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 msgid "" -"If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name with the appropriate" -" website." +"If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name to the appropriate " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:341 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:298 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website " -"Info`. If you have multiple websites, select the one you want to configure." +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. If you have " +"multiple websites, select the one you want to configure. In the " +":guilabel:`Domain` field, enter the address of your website (e.g., " +"`https://www.yourdomain.com`) and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:344 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:303 msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Domain` field, fill in the web address of your website " -"(e.g., ``https://www.example.com``) and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +"Mapping your domain name to your Odoo website prevents Google Search from " +"indexing your original database address (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 -msgid "Configuring https://www.example.com as the Domain of the website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:306 msgid "" -"Mapping your domain name with your Odoo website prevents Google from " -"indexing both your custom domain name ``www.example.com`` and your original " -"odoo database address ``example.odoo.com``." +"If both addresses are already indexed, it may take some time before the " +"indexation of the second address is removed from Google Search. You can use " +"the `Google Search Console `_ to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:355 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:311 msgid "" -"If both addresses are already indexed, it may take some time before Google " -"removes the indexation of the second address. You may also try using the " -"`Google Search Console `_ to fix " -"this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:360 -msgid "" -"If you have multiple websites and companies on your database, make sure that" -" you select the right :guilabel:`Company` in the website settings, next to " -"the :guilabel:`Domain` settings. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as" -" the :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in " -"use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:366 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +"If you have multiple websites and companies on your database, make sure to " +"select the right :guilabel:`Company` under :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as the" +" :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 @@ -4467,6 +4350,81 @@ msgid "" "email server for mass mailing or transactional emails!" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:3 +msgid "Neutralized database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A neutralized database is a non-production database on which several " +"parameters are deactivated. This enables one to carry out tests without the " +"risk of launching specific automated processes that could impact production " +"data (e.g., sending emails to customers). Live access is removed and turned " +"into a testing environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:11 +msgid "**Any testing database created is a neutralized database:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:13 +msgid "testing backup databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:14 +msgid "duplicate databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:15 +msgid "for Odoo.sh: staging and development databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A database can also be neutralized when upgrading, as it is vital to do some" +" tests before switching to a new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:22 +msgid "Deactivated features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:24 +msgid "Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:26 +msgid "" +"all planned actions (e.g., automatic invoicing of subscriptions, mass " +"mailing, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:27 +msgid "outgoing emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:28 +msgid "bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:29 +msgid "payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:30 +msgid "delivery methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:31 +msgid ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**A red banner at the top of the screen is displayed on the neutralized " +"database so that it can be seen immediately.**" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:3 msgid "Odoo Online database management" msgstr "" @@ -4594,8 +4552,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." +msgid "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 @@ -4989,19 +4946,20 @@ msgid "End of support" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" +msgid "Odoo saas~17.1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:65 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:66 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:67 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:84 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:89 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:91 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:59 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 @@ -5032,173 +4990,183 @@ msgstr "" msgid "|green|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:93 -msgid "November 2023" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 -msgid "November 2026 (planned)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:60 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:72 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:67 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:78 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:84 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 msgid "N/A" msgstr "N/D" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "January 2024" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "August 2023" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:99 +msgid "November 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 +msgid "October 2026 (planned)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "August 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 msgid "Odoo saas~16.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:47 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:53 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:59 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:65 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:77 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:89 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:90 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:96 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:97 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:101 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:102 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:108 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:109 msgid "|red|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 msgid "June 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 msgid "Odoo saas~16.2" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 msgid "March 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:64 msgid "Odoo saas~16.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:68 msgid "February 2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:70 msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:68 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:99 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:105 msgid "October 2022" msgstr "Ottobre 2022" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 msgid "November 2025 (planned)" msgstr "Novembre 2025 (pianificato)" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:76 msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" msgstr "Odoo saas~15.2" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:80 msgid "March 2022" msgstr "Marzo 2022" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 msgid "January 2023" msgstr "Gennaio 2023" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:82 msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" msgstr "Odoo saas~15.1" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:86 msgid "February 2022" msgstr "Febbraio 2022" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 msgid "July 2022" msgstr "Luglio 2022" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:88 msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 15.0**" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:92 msgid "October 2021" msgstr "Ottobre 2021" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:93 msgid "November 2024 (planned)" msgstr "Novembre 2024 (pianificato)" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:94 msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:98 msgid "October 2020" msgstr "Ottobre 2020" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:100 msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:98 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:104 msgid "October 2019" msgstr "Ottobre 2019" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:106 msgid "Older versions" msgstr "Versioni precedenti" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:110 msgid "Before 2019" msgstr "Prima del 2019" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:105 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:111 msgid "Before 2022" msgstr "Prima del 2022" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:113 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Legenda" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:109 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:115 msgid "|green| Supported version" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:117 msgid "|red| End-of-support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:119 msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:116 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:122 msgid "" "Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from " "any version `_." @@ -5206,7 +5174,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 msgid "Bugfix updates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aggiornamenti correzione bug" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 msgid "Introduction" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index dc7265654..81f2d21a3 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Dario Cucchiar, 2023 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications.rst:9 msgid "User Docs" -msgstr "Documentazione Utente" +msgstr "Documentazione utente" #: ../../content/applications.rst:11 msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index ea7b68575..e6f122312 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # Translators: # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Marianna Ciofani, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33 msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista kanban" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 39782b639..17ebb9d97 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Sergio Zanchetta , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5631,7 +5631,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:391 msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista kanban" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:393 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 931feb156..e316ea118 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ # Sara Ciaurri , 2023 # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -922,10 +922,14 @@ msgid "" "chatter thread, kanban view, list view, or activities view of an " "application." msgstr "" +"Le *attività* rappresentano operazioni di follow-up legate ad un record in " +"un database Odoo. Le attività possono essere programmate su qualsiasi pagina" +" del database contenente una finestra di dialogo, una vista kanban, una " +"vista elenco oppure la vista attività di un'applicazione." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 msgid "Schedule activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pianifica attività" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -934,6 +938,10 @@ msgid "" "pop-up window that appears, select an :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Uno dei modi per creare le attività è fare clic sul pulsante " +":guilabel:`Programma attività` situato nella parte alta del *chatter* su " +"qualsiasi record. Nella finestra pop-up che appare, seleziona un " +":guilabel:`Tipo di attività` dal menu a discesa." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -942,12 +950,18 @@ msgid "" "*CRM* application, go to :menuselection:`CRM app --> Configuration --> " "Activity Types`." msgstr "" +"Le singole applicazioni presentano un elenco di *Tipi di attività* " +"specifici. Ad esempio, per visualizzare e modificare le attività disponibili" +" per l'applicazione *CRM* vai sull'app :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configurazione --> Tipi di attività`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:21 msgid "" "Enter a title for the activity in the :guilabel:`Summary` field, located in " "the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Inserisci un titolo per l'attività nel campo :guilabel:`Riepilogo` situato " +"nella finestra pop-up :guilabel:`Programma attività`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -955,12 +969,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Assigned to` drop-down menu. Otherwise, the user creating the " "activity is automatically assigned." msgstr "" +"Per assegnare l'attività ad un altro utente, seleziona il nome dal menu a " +"discesa :guilabel:`Assegnata a`. Altrimenti, all'utente che sta creando " +"l'attività verrà automaticamente assegnata l'attività stessa." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:27 msgid "" "Lastly, feel free to add any additional information in the optional " ":guilabel:`Log a note...` field." msgstr "" +"Infine, è possibile aggiungere informazioni aggiuntive nel campo facoltativo" +" :guilabel:`Registra una nota...`. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -969,16 +988,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Activity Type`. However, this date can be changed by selecting a " "day on the calendar in the :guilabel:`Due Date` field." msgstr "" +"Il campo :guilabel:`Scadenza` presente nella finestra pop-up " +":guilabel:`Programma attività` viene riempito automaticamente in base alle " +"impostazioni di configurazione del :guilabel:`Tipo di attività` selezionato." +" Tuttavia, la data può essere modificata selezionando un giorno sul " +"calendario per il campo :guilabel:`Scadenza`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:34 msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per concludere, fai clic su uno dei seguenti pulsanti:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule`: adds the activity to the chatter under " ":guilabel:`Planned activities`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Programma`: aggiunge l'attività al chatter corrispondente ad " +":guilabel:`Attività pianificate`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -986,16 +1012,24 @@ msgid "" "under :guilabel:`Today`. The activity is not scheduled, it is automatically " "marked as completed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Segna come completata`: aggiunge i dettagli dell'attività al " +"chatter corrispondente a :guilabel:`Oggi`. L'attività non viene programmata " +"ma viene contrassegnata automaticamente come completata." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Done \\& Schedule Next`: adds the task under :guilabel:`Today` " "marked as done, and opens a new activity window." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Completata/Programma successiva`: aggiunge l'attività a " +":guilabel:`Oggi` contrassegnata come completata e apre una nuova finestra " +"attività." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:41 msgid ":guilabel:`Discard`: discards any changes made on the pop-up window." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Abbandona`: elimina tutte le modifiche apportate alla finestra " +"pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity." @@ -1007,22 +1041,29 @@ msgid "" "replaced by a :guilabel:`Save` button, or an :guilabel:`Open Calendar` " "button." msgstr "" +"In base al tipo di attività, il pulsante :guilabel:`Programma` potrebbe " +"essere sostituito dal pulsante :guilabel:`Salva` oppure dal pulsante " +":guilabel:`Apri calendario`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:51 msgid "" "Scheduled activities are added to the chatter for the record under " ":guilabel:`Planned activities`." msgstr "" +"Le attività programmate vengono aggiunte al chatter per il record nella " +"sezione :guilabel:`Attività pianificate`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:57 msgid "" "Activities can also be scheduled from the kanban, list, or activities view " "of an application." msgstr "" +"Le attività possono essere anche programmate dalle viste kanban, elenco o " +"attività di un'applicazione." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:61 msgid "Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vista kanban" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1030,6 +1071,9 @@ msgid "" "(clock)` icon, then :guilabel:`Schedule An Activity`, and proceed to fill " "out the pop-up form." msgstr "" +"Seleziona un record per il quale vuoi programmare un'attività. Fai clic " +"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)`, in seguito guilabel:`Programma " +"un'attività` e riempi il modulo pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1047,6 +1091,11 @@ msgid "" "has an activity scheduled, the clock icon may be replaced by a :guilabel:`📞 " "(phone)` or an :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon." msgstr "" +"Seleziona un record per il quale vuoi programmare un'attività. Fai clic " +"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)`, in seguito guilabel:`Programma " +"un'attività`. Se per il record è già presente un'attività programmata, " +"l'icona orologio potrebbe essere sostituita da un :guilabel:`📞 (telefono)` " +"oppure da un'icona :guilabel:`✉️ (lettera)`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:0 msgid "List view of the CRM pipeline and the option to schedule an activity." @@ -1063,6 +1112,10 @@ msgid "" "application from the drop-down menu, and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " "icon for the desired app." msgstr "" +"Per aprire la vista attività per un'applicazione, seleziona l'icona " +":guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` dalla barra del menu in qualsiasi sezione del " +"database. Seleziona qualsiasi applicazione del menu a discesa e fai clic " +"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` per l'app desiderata." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1085,21 +1138,27 @@ msgid "" "Activity colors, and their relation to an activity's due date, is consistent" " throughout Odoo, regardless of the activity type, or the view." msgstr "" +"I colori delle attività, e il collegamento alla data di scadenza, sono " +"sempre gli stessi all'interno di Odoo, indipendentemente dal tipo di " +"attività o dalla vista selezionata." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:101 msgid "" "Activities that appear in **green** indicate a due date sometime in the " "future." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le attività che appaiono in **verde** indica una scadenza futura." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:102 msgid "**Yellow** indicates that the activity's due date is today." msgstr "" +"Il colore **giallo** indica che la data di scadenza dell'attività è oggi." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:103 msgid "" "**Red** indicates that the activity is overdue and the due date has passed." msgstr "" +"Il **rosso** indica che l'attività è in ritardo e la scadenza è stata " +"superata." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -1107,10 +1166,13 @@ msgid "" "passes, the activity appears with a red phone in list view, and a red clock " "on the kanban view." msgstr "" +"Ad esempio, se un'attività viene creata per una chiamata telefonica e la " +"data di scadenza viene superata, nella vista elenco accanto all'attività " +"apparirà un telefono rosso e un orologio rosso nella vista kanban." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:109 msgid "View scheduled activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visualizza attività pianificate" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -1118,6 +1180,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`CRM app` and click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located " "to the far-right side of the other view options." msgstr "" +"Per visualizzare le attività programmate, è possibile aprire l' " +":menuselection:`app Vendite` oppure l' :menuselection:`app CRM` e fai clic " +"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` situata a destra delle altre opzioni di " +"visualizzazione. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1125,6 +1191,10 @@ msgid "" "for the user, by default. To show all activities for every user, remove the " ":guilabel:`My Pipeline` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" +"In questo modo, è possibile visualizzare il menu delle attività, " +"visualizzando tutte le attività programmate per l'utente, in maniera " +"predefinita. Per visualizzare tutte le attività per ogni utente, elimina il " +"filtro :guilabel:`Il mio flusso` dalla barra di :guilabel:`Ricerca...`. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -1133,6 +1203,10 @@ msgid "" " the header menu to see the activities for that specific application in a " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Per visualizzare un elenco consolidato di attività separate in base " +"all'applicazione dove sono state create e per data di scadenza, fai clic " +"sull'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` nel menu in alto per vedere le attività" +" corrispondenti ad un'app specifica nel menu a discesa." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -1140,6 +1214,9 @@ msgid "" "Document` appear at the bottom of this drop-down menu, when the :guilabel:`🕘" " (clock)` icon on the header menu is clicked." msgstr "" +"In fondo al menu a discesa, è possibile selezionare :guilabel:`Aggiungi " +"nuova nota` oppure :guilabel:`Richiedi documento` quando viene cliccata " +"l'icona :guilabel:`🕘 (orologio)` nel menu in alto. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "View of CRM leads page emphasizing the activities menu." @@ -1147,13 +1224,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:130 msgid "Configure activity types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configura tipi di attività" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:132 msgid "" "To configure the types of activities in the database, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings app --> Discuss --> Activities --> Activity Types`." msgstr "" +"Per configurare i tipi di attività in un database, vai su " +":menuselection:`Impostazioni --> Comunicazioni --> Attività --> Tipi di " +"attività`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types." @@ -1164,18 +1244,25 @@ msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Activity Types` page, where the existing " "activity types are found." msgstr "" +"In questo modo avrai accesso alla pagina :guilabel:`Tipi di attività` dove " +"sono elencati i tipi di attività esistenti. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:141 msgid "" "To edit an existing activity type, select it from the list, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. To create a new activity type, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Per modificare un tipo di attività esistente, selezionalo dall'elenco e fai " +"clic su :guilabel:`Modifica`. Per creare un nuovo tipo di attività, fai clic" +" su :guilabel:`Crea`. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:144 msgid "" "At the top of a blank activity type form, start by choosing a " ":guilabel:`Name` for the new activity type." msgstr "" +"Nel modulo per la creazione di un nuovo tipo di attività, inizia scegliendo " +"un :guilabel:`Nome`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "New activity type form." @@ -1183,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:152 msgid "Activity settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impostazioni attività" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:275 @@ -1196,30 +1283,42 @@ msgid "" "The *Action* field specifies the intent of the activity. Some actions " "trigger specific behaviors after an activity is scheduled." msgstr "" +"Il campo *Azione* specifica lo scopo dell'attività. Alcune azioni attivano " +"comportamenti specifici dopo la programmazione di un'attività." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:160 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Upload Document` is selected, a link to upload a document is " "added directly to the planned activity in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Se selezioni :guilabel:`Carica documento`, nel chatter, all'attività " +"pianificata verrà aggiunto direttamente un link per caricare un documento. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:162 msgid "" "If either :guilabel:`Phonecall` or :guilabel:`Meeting` are selected, users " "have the option to open their calendar to schedule a time for this activity." msgstr "" +"Se selezioni :guilabel:`Chiamata` oppure :guilabel:`Incontro`, gli utenti " +"hanno la possibilità di aprire il proprio calendario per programmare " +"l'attività stessa." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:164 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Request Signature` is selected, a link is added to the planned" " activity in the chatter that opens a signature request pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Se hai selezionato :guilabel:`Richiedi firma`, all'attività pianificata " +"viene aggiunto un link che apre una finestra pop-up relativa alla richiesta " +"di firma." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:168 msgid "" "The actions available to select on an activity type vary, depending on the " "applications currently installed in the database." msgstr "" +"Le azioni da selezionare disponibili per un tipo di attività variano in base" +" alle applicazioni installate nel database." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:172 msgid "Default user" @@ -1232,16 +1331,22 @@ msgid "" " menu. If this field is left blank, the activity is assigned to the user who" " creates the activity." msgstr "" +"Per assegnare automaticamente l'attività ad un utente specifico quando il " +"tipo di attività è programmato, scegli un nome dal menu a discesa " +":guilabel:`Utente predefinito`. Se il campo è vuoto, l'attività viene " +"assegnata all'utente che l'ha creata." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:179 msgid "Default summary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Riepilogo predefinito" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:181 msgid "" "To include notes whenever this activity type is created, enter them into the" " :guilabel:`Default Summary` field." msgstr "" +"Per inserire delle note indipendentemente dalla data di creazione del tipo " +"di attività, inseriscile nel campo :guilabel:`Riepilogo predefinito`. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -1249,20 +1354,27 @@ msgid "" "Summary` fields are included when an activity is created. However, they can " "be altered before the activity is scheduled or saved." msgstr "" +"Le informazioni presenti nei campi :guilabel:`Utente predefinito` e " +":guilabel:`Riepilogo predefinito` vengono incluse al momento della creazione" +" di un'attività. Tuttavia, possono essere modificate prima che l'attività " +"venga programmata o salvata." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:190 msgid "Next activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attività successiva" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:192 msgid "" "To automatically suggest, or trigger, a new activity after an activity has " "been marked complete, the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` must be set." msgstr "" +"Per suggerire o avviare automaticamente una nuova attività dopo che un'altra" +" è stata contrassegnata come completata, è necessario configurare il " +":guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:196 msgid "Suggest next activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suggerimento attività successiva" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -1271,6 +1383,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest`. Click the :guilabel:`Suggest` field drop-down menu to " "select any activities to recommend as follow-up tasks to this activity type." msgstr "" +"Nel campo :guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento`, seleziona " +":guilabel:`Suggerisci prossima attività`. Dopo averlo fatto, il campo al di " +"sotto diventa :guilabel:`Suggerisci`. Fai clic sul menu a discesa del campo " +":guilabel:`Suggerisci` per selezionare qualsiasi attività da consigliare " +"come follow-up per questo tipo di attività." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:230 @@ -1281,6 +1398,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`after completion date` or :guilabel:`after previous activity " "deadline`." msgstr "" +"Nel campo :guilabel:`Programma`, scegli un scadenza predefinita per queste " +"attività. Per farlo, configura il numero che vuoi di :guilabel:`Giorni`, " +":guilabel:`Settimane` o :guilabel:`Mesi`. In seguito, scegli tra " +":guilabel:`dopo la data di completamento` oppure :guilabel:`dopo la scadenza" +" dell'attività precedente`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:207 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:235 @@ -1288,11 +1410,15 @@ msgid "" "This :guilabel:`Schedule` field information can be altered before the " "activity is scheduled." msgstr "" +"Le informazioni del campo :guilabel:`Programma` possono essere modificate " +"prima della programmazione dell'attività." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:237 msgid "When all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Quando tutte le impostazioni sono state configurate, fai clic su " +":guilabel:`Salva`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "Schedule activity popup with emphasis on recommended activities." @@ -1304,16 +1430,23 @@ msgid "" "Next Activity`, and has activities listed in the :guilabel:`Suggest` field, " "users are presented with recommendations for activities as next steps." msgstr "" +"Se un'attività ha il :guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento` configurato su " +":guilabel:`Suggerisci prossima attività` e presenta attività elencate nel " +"campo :guilabel:`Suggerisci`, gli utenti vengono presentati con " +"raccomandazioni per le attività da svolgere nelle fasi successive." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:221 msgid "Trigger next activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avviare attività successiva" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:223 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Chaining Type` to :guilabel:`Trigger Next Activity` " "immediately launches the next activity once the previous one is completed." msgstr "" +"Se configuri il :guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento` su :guilabel:`Attiva " +"attività successiva`, quest'ultima verrà lanciata immediatamente una volta " +"che la precedente viene completata." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -1322,6 +1455,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger` field drop-down menu, select the activity that should be" " launched once this activity is completed." msgstr "" +"Se selezioni :guilabel:`Attiva attività successiva` nel campo " +":guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento`, il campo in basso diventa: " +":guilabel:`Attiva`. Dal menu a discesa del campo :guilabel:`Attiva`, " +"seleziona l'attività che dovrebbe essere avviata una volta completata." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1334,6 +1471,10 @@ msgid "" " Next Activity`, marking the activity as `Done` immediately launches the " "next activity listed in the :guilabel:`Trigger` field." msgstr "" +"Quando il :guilabel:`Tipo di concatenamento` di un'attività è configurato su" +" :guilabel:`Attiva attività successiva`, contrassegnato l'attività come " +"`Completata`, l'attività immediatamente successiva elencata nel campo " +":guilabel:`Attiva` viene lanciata." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:249 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:113 @@ -1346,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Use channels for team communication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzare i canali per comunicare con il team" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 2848dbc28..2b2d55dfe 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # Giovanni Perteghella , 2023 # Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4908,7 +4908,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:186 msgid "Welcome Bot: \"*What are you looking for?*\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bot di benvenuto: \"*Costa stai cercando?*\"" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:187 msgid "Visitor: \"**I have a pricing question.**\"" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 442e6b360..396120809 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -35807,7 +35807,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:38 msgid "Configuration tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "設定タプ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 5d7d8cecd..1ca26020e 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1931,6 +1931,7 @@ msgid "" " Click :guilabel:`Search more` if the desired product is not loaded " "automatically." msgstr "" +"システムで読み込めるプロダクトの数は限られています。希望のプロダクトが自動的に読み込まれない場合は、:guilabel:`更に検索`をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:56 msgid "Set customers" @@ -3053,6 +3054,8 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's " "checkbox." msgstr "" +"ref:`アプリケーション管理設定 ` に行き、 :guilabel:`決済端末` " +"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、端末のチェックボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" @@ -3139,6 +3142,12 @@ msgid "" " key to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen API key` field at :ref:`the " "payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"Adyen API キー** " +"は、Adyen端末からの要求を認証するために使用されます。APIキーを生成するには、:menuselection:`Adyenアカウント --> 開発者" +" --> " +"API認証情報`にアクセスし、新しい認証情報を**作成**するか、**既存の**認証情報を選択します。guilabel:`APIキーを生成する`をクリックし、キーを保存してOdooの" +" :guilabel:`支払方法作成`の :guilabel:`Adyen APIキー` " +"フィールドに貼り付けます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3156,7 +3165,7 @@ msgstr "Adyen端末識別子を探す" msgid "" "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is the terminal's serial number, which is " "used to identify the hardware." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen端末識別子**は端末のシリアル番号で、ハードウェアを識別するために使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -3165,6 +3174,9 @@ msgid "" "number to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier` field" " at :ref:`the payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"この番号を見つけるには、 :menuselection:`Adyenアカウント --> POS --> " +"端末`にアクセスし、リンクするターミナルを選択してシリアル番号を保存し、Odooの :ref:`支払方法作成 ` の :guilabel:`Adyen端末識別子` フィールドに貼り付けます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:51 msgid "Set the Event URLs" @@ -3174,37 +3186,39 @@ msgstr "イベントURLを設定" msgid "" "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must configure the terminal " "**Event URLs**. To do so," -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払が行われたことをOdooが知るには、端末**イベントURL**を設定する必要があります。そのためには" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 msgid "Log in to `Adyen's website `_;" -msgstr "" +msgstr " `Adyenウェブサイト `_;にログイン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:56 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" " select the connected terminal;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "menuselection:`Adyenダッシュボード --> POS --> 端末`に移動し、接続している端末を選択します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 msgid "From the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "端末の設定から :guilabel:`統合` をクリックします;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:59 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " ":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "この設定を編集するには、:guilabel:`暗号化解除モードに切り替える`フィールドを:guilabel:`暗号化解除`に設定します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:60 msgid "" "Click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " "`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field;" msgstr "" +"鉛筆アイコン**ボタンをクリックし、:guilabel:`イベントURL`フィールドに、サーバアドレスの後に " +"`/pos_adyen/notification` を入力します;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:62 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "画面下の :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 @@ -3221,6 +3235,8 @@ msgid "" "<../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and " "select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." msgstr "" +"アプリケーション設定`で支払端末を有効にし、関連する支払方法<../../payment_methods>`を作成します。仕訳帳タイプを" +" :guilabel:`銀行` に設定し、 :guilabel:`支払端末` フィールドで :guilabel:`Adyen` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3228,6 +3244,8 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier `, and " ":guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." msgstr "" +"最後に、必須フィールドに :ref:`Adyen APIキー`, :ref:`Adyen端末識別子 " +"`, :guilabel:`Adyenマーチャントアカウント` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 @@ -3328,6 +3346,9 @@ msgid "" " Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"アプリケーション設定`で決済端末を有効にし、関連する支払方法<../../payment_methods>`を作成します。仕訳帳タイプを" +" :guilabel:`銀行` に設定し、 :guilabel:`決済端末` フィールドで :guilabel:`Ingenico` を選択します。次に" +" :guilabel:`決済端末デバイス` フィールドで端末デバイスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -3456,6 +3477,10 @@ msgid "" "Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`" " field." msgstr "" +"アプリケーション設定`で決済端末を有効にし、関連する支払方法<../../payment_methods>`を作成します。ジャーナルタイプを" +" :guilabel:`Bank` に設定し、 :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` フィールドで " +":guilabel:`SIX IOT` を選択します。次に、 :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` " +"フィールドで端末デバイスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" @@ -3901,6 +3926,9 @@ msgid "" "field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"アプリケーション設定`で決済端末を有効にし、関連する支払方法<../../payment_methods>`を作成します。ジャーナルタイプを" +" :guilabel:`銀行` に設定し、 :guilabel:`決済端末を使用する` フィールドで :guilabel:`Worldline` " +"を選択します。次に、 :guilabel:`決済端末デバイス` フィールドで端末デバイスを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" @@ -5727,7 +5755,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:3 msgid "Ship later" -msgstr "" +msgstr "後で配送" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5736,32 +5764,35 @@ msgid "" "or so voluminous that it requires to be shipped, or if, for any reason, the " "customer needs their order to be shipped later, etc." msgstr "" +"**後日発送**機能は、プロダクトを販売し、後日配送を予約することができます。例えば、プロダクトが品切れであったり、大量にあるため発送が必要であったり、何らかの理由で顧客がオーダを後日発送する必要がある場合などに便利です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Go to the POS settings `, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` section, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Ship Later`." msgstr "" +":ref:`POS管理設定 ` に行き、 :guilabel:`在庫` " +"セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 :guilabel:`後日配送を許可` を有効にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "settings to enable and configure the ship later feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "後で出荷する機能を有効にし、設定するための設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:19 msgid "Once activated, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有効化されると、以下が可能です:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:21 msgid "" "Choose the location from where the products are shipped by selecting a " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`倉庫`を選択して、プロダクトを出荷する場所を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:22 msgid "" "Define a :guilabel:`Specific route`, or leave this field empty to use the " "default route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`特定のルート`を定義するか、デフォルトのルートを使用するためにこのフィールドを空にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -5769,47 +5800,51 @@ msgid "" "possible` if the products can be delivered separately or :guilabel:`When all" " products are ready` to ship all the products at once." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`配送ポリシー`を定義します。プロダクトを別々に配送できる場合は :guilabel:`なるべく早く` " +"を、全てのプロダクトを一度に配送する場合は :guilabel:`全プロダクトが準備できてから` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:28 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:29 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Open a session ` and make a sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ref:`セッションを開く`、そして販売を行います。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:35 msgid "" "On the payment screen, set a customer and select :guilabel:`Ship Later`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払画面で、顧客を設定し、:guilabel:`後日配送`を選択する。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:36 msgid "" "On the popup window, set a shipping date and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to " "proceed to payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ポップアップウィンドウで発送日を設定し、 :guilabel:`確認` をクリックして支払に進みます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "selecting ship later at checkout." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払時に後日発送を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:42 msgid "" "The system instantly creates a delivery order from the warehouse to the " "shipping address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "システムは即座に倉庫から配送先住所への配送オーダを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:45 msgid "" "The selected customer must have referenced an address in the system for " "products to be shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "選択された顧客は、プロダクトを出荷するためにシステム内の住所を参照している必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 msgid "Rental" @@ -6820,6 +6855,11 @@ msgid "" "Central URL` as described in the `Amazon Documentation for seller central " "URLs `_." msgstr "" +"マーケットプレイスIDを :guilabel:`API識別子` フィールドに入力し、マーケットプレイスの :guilabel:`Amazon地域` を " +"`マーケットプレイスIDと地域用のAmazonドキュメンテーション `_ に記載されているように選択し、 :guilabel:`セラーセントラルURL` を " +"`セラーセントラル用Amazonドキュメンテーション `_ に記載されているように選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -6970,6 +7010,8 @@ msgid "" "Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " ":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." msgstr "" +"menuselection:`管理設定 --> 技術設定 --> 自動化 --> " +"スケジュール済アクション`に移動します。guilabel:`Ebay:カテゴリを更新`と書かれたスケジュールされたアクションをクリックし、:guilabel:`手動で実行`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -7135,7 +7177,7 @@ msgstr "eBayとOdooにプロダクトを出品するために、Odooには2つ #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 msgid "(*Preferred method*) Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "(*望ましい方法*) Odooでプロダクトを作成し、eBayに出品します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -7151,6 +7193,7 @@ msgid "" "(*Less preferred method*) List the item on eBay, then create the product in " "Odoo, and finally link product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" +"(*あまり好ましくない方法*) eBayに商品をリスティングし、Odooでプロダクトを作成し、最後にeBayの商品にプロダクトをリンクします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -8575,37 +8618,37 @@ msgstr "請求書は自動的にドラフトとして作成されるため、検 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " "from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`請求書の作成`ポップアップでは、:guilabel:`請求書の作成`フィールドに3つのオプションがあります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`通常請求書`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`前払い (パーセンテージ)`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`前払 (定額)`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected, the other fields disappear, as " "they only pertain to down payment configurations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`通常請求書` が選択された場合、他のフィールドは頭金の設定にのみ関係するため、表示されなくなります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "Initial down payment request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "初回前払要求" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:40 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up form, the down payment options " "are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`請求書の作成`ポップアップ・フォームでは、前払いの支払オプションがあります：" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -8613,6 +8656,8 @@ msgid "" "Invoice` field on the pop-up form, designate the desired amount, either as a" " percentage or a fixed amount, in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" +"ポップアップフォームの :guilabel:`請求書作成` フィールドで希望する前払支払オプションを選択したら、 :guilabel:`前払支払金額` " +"フィールドで希望する金額をパーセンテージまたは固定金額で指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -8620,12 +8665,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Income Account` field. Next, select a tax amount, if necessary, " "in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` drop-down field." msgstr "" +"次に、:guilabel:`収益勘定` フィールドで請求書に適切な所得勘定を選択します。次に、必要であれば :guilabel:`顧客税` " +"ドロップダウンフィールドで税額を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "A create invoices pop-up form with down payment fields filled in with " "information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "情報請求書作成ポップアップフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -8633,6 +8680,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` button. Upon clicking this button, Odoo " "reveals the :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`." msgstr "" +"全てのフィールドに必要な情報を入力したら、:guilabel:`請求書のドラフトを作成`ボタンをクリックします。このボタンをクリックすると、Odooは " +":guilabel:`顧客請求書ドラフト` を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -8640,18 +8689,21 @@ msgid "" "Draft`, the down payment that was just configured in the :guilabel:`Create " "invoices` pop-up form appears as a :guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`顧客請求書ドラフト` の :guilabel:`請求書明細` タブに、 :guilabel:`請求書作成` " +"ポップアップフォームで設定した前払金が :guilabel:`プロダクト` として表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Down payment as a product in the invoice lines tab of a customer invoice " "draft in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooの顧客請求書ドラフトの請求書明細タブに、プロダクトとして前払金が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:68 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Down payment` product in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` " "tab is clicked, Odoo reveals the product form for the down payment." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`請求書明細`タブの:guilabel:`前払`プロダクトをクリックすると、Odooは前払支払のプロダクトフォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -8659,26 +8711,30 @@ msgid "" "for invoices are set as :guilabel:`Service`, with the :guilabel:`Invoicing " "Policy` set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`." msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは、請求書に生成される頭金プロダクトの :guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` は :guilabel:`サービス` に設定され、 " +":guilabel:`請求ポリシー` は :guilabel:`前払/固定価格` に設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Down payment product form with service product type and invoicing policy " "field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "サービスプロダクトタイプと請求書ポリシーフィールドを備えた前払プロダクトフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:79 msgid "This product can be edited/modified at any time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このプロダクトはいつでも編集/変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Based on Delivered Quantity (Manual)` is chosen as the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`, an invoice will **not** be able to be created." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`配送済数量に基づく (手動)` が :guilabel:`請求ポリシー` " +"として選択された場合、請求書を作成することは**できません**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:86 msgid "Example: request 50% down payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例:50％の前払を要求する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8686,10 +8742,12 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`Cabinet with Doors`) with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`." msgstr "" +"以下の例では、:guilabel:`請求ポリシー` として :guilabel:`オーダ数量` " +"を指定したプロダクト(:guilabel:`ドア付きキャビネット` )に対して、50%の前払金を支払います。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:0 msgid "Cabinet with doors product form showcasing various details and fields." -msgstr "" +msgstr "様々なディテールやフィールドを示す扉付きキャビネットのプロダクトフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:260 @@ -8698,19 +8756,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:166 msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 msgid "" "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`, and add a " ":guilabel:`Customer` to the quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "まず、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 新規` に移動し、見積書に :guilabel:`顧客` を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, " "and select the :guilabel:`Cabinet with Doors` product." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブの :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`扉付きキャビネット`" +" プロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -8718,12 +8778,14 @@ msgid "" "quotation turns into a sales order. Once this occurs, create and view the " "invoice by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." msgstr "" +"オーダが確認されると(:guilabel:`確認` " +"ボタンで)、見積書は販売オーダに変わります。これが発生したら、:guilabel:`請求書作成`をクリックして請求書を作成し、表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Cabinet with doors sales order that's been confirmed in the Odoo Sales " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売アプリケーションで確認されたドア販売オーダを持つキャビネット。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -8731,6 +8793,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " "Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" +"次に、表示された :guilabel:`請求書作成` ポップアップウィンドウで、 :guilabel:`前払(パーセンテージ)` を選択し、 " +":guilabel:`前払金額` フィールドに `50` と入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -8738,6 +8802,8 @@ msgid "" "*not* required fields, and they will *not* appear if they've already been " "preconfigured in previous down payment requests." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`収益勘定` と :guilabel:`顧客税` " +"フィールドは必須フィールドでは*ありません*。以前の前払支払リクエストですでに設定されている場合は、表示されません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -8746,12 +8812,15 @@ msgid "" "down-payments>` and :ref:`income account modification on down payments " "`." msgstr "" +"詳細は :ref:`前払での顧客税変更 `と :ref:`前払での収益勘定変更 `のドキュメントを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:124 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` to create and view the " "invoice draft." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`ドラフト請求書を作成`をクリックすると、請求書の下書きが作成され、表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -8759,6 +8828,8 @@ msgid "" "includes the down payment as a :guilabel:`Product` in the :guilabel:`Invoice" " Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`ドラフト請求書の作成`をクリックすると、ドラフト請求書が表示され、:guilabel:`請求書行`タブの " +":guilabel:`プロダクト` に前払が含まれます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -8767,21 +8838,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. It also reveals a new series of " "buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"そこから :guilabel:`確認` をクリックすることで、請求書を確認し、転記することができます。請求書を確認すると、ステータスが " +":guilabel:`ドラフト` から :guilabel:`記帳済` に変わります。また、ページ上部に新しいボタンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売に記載されている前払のある請求書のサンプルです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:137 msgid "" "From those buttons, the payment can be registered by clicking " ":guilabel:`Register Payment`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これらのボタンから :guilabel:`支払登録` をクリックして支払を登録することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Showcase of the Register Payment button on a confirmed customer invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "確認済の顧客請求書の支払登録ボタンのショーケース。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -8790,11 +8863,14 @@ msgid "" "is correct and make any necessary adjustments. When ready, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Payment` button." msgstr "" +"そうすると :guilabel:`支払登録` " +"ポップアップフォームが表示され、必要な情報が自動入力されます。提供された情報が正しいことを確認し、必要な調整を行います。準備ができたら、 " +":guilabel:`支払作成` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Showcase of the Register Payment pop-up window with create payment button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払登録ポップアップウィンドウのショーケース。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -8802,19 +8878,20 @@ msgid "" "invoice, now with a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner in the upper-right " "corner." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`支払作成`をクリックすると、Odooは顧客の請求書を表示し、右上に緑色の:guilabel:`支払中`バナーが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "Customer Invoice with a green In Payment banner located in the upper-right " "corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "右上に緑色の支払中バナーが表示された顧客請求書。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 msgid "" "Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " "another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, via " "the breadcrumb links." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そして、顧客がオーダの残額を支払いたい場合、別の請求書を作成する必要があります。そのためには、パンくずリンクから販売オーダに戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -8822,25 +8899,28 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, along with the down payment that was " "just invoiced and posted." msgstr "" +"販売オーダに戻ると、:guilabel:`オーダ明細`タブに新しい:guilabel:`前払`セクションがあり、請求され計上されたばかりの前払金も表示されています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "The down payments section in the order lines tab of a sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダの注文明細タブにある前払金セクション。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:168 msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`請求書作成`ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, there are two" " new fields: :guilabel:`Already invoiced` and :guilabel:`Amount to invoice`." msgstr "" +"表示される :guilabel:`請求書作成` ポップアップウィンドウには、 :guilabel:`既に請求済` と :guilabel:`未請求` " +"という2つの新しいフィールドがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "" "The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の請求書作成ポップアップで、前払金を差し引くオプションが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -8849,10 +8929,12 @@ msgid "" "complete the total payment, as indicated in the :guilabel:`Amount to " "invoice` field." msgstr "" +"残りの金額を支払う準備ができたら、 :guilabel:`通常請求書` オプションを選択します。Odooは :guilabel:`未請求額` " +"フィールドに指定された支払総額に必要な金額の請求書を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:181 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "準備ができたら、:guilabel:`ドラフト請求書を作成`をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -8861,6 +8943,8 @@ msgid "" "Lines` tab. Each invoice line item displays all the necessary information " "related to each invoice." msgstr "" +"そうすると、別の :guilabel:`顧客請求ドラフト` ページが表示され、:guilabel:`請求書明細` " +"タブにその特定の販売オーダの請求書が全てリストアップされます。各請求書行には、各請求書に関連する必要な情報が全て表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -8868,17 +8952,19 @@ msgid "" " the invoice from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Register Payment`." msgstr "" +"フローを完了するには、 :guilabel:`確認`をクリックすると、請求書のステータスが :guilabel:`ドラフト` から " +":guilabel:`記帳済` に変更されます。次に :guilabel:`支払を登録` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:190 msgid "" "Once again, the :guilabel:`Register Payment` appears, with all fields auto-" "populated with the necessary information, including the remaining amount " "left to be paid on the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再度、:guilabel:`支払を登録`が表示され、オーダの支払残額を含む必要な情報が全てのフィールドに自動入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "The second register payment pop-up form in Odoo sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の2つ目の支払を登録ポップアップフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -8887,20 +8973,23 @@ msgid "" " Payment` banner in the upper-right corner. Also, both down payments are " "present in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"その情報を確認したら、 :guilabel:`支払を作成` をクリックします。そうすると、最終的な :guilabel:`顧客請求書` " +"が表示され、右上に緑色の :guilabel:`支払中` " +"バナーが表示されます。また、:guilabel:`請求書明細`タブに両方の支払額が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "The second down payment invoice with in payment banner in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の支払バナー付き2回目の前払請求書。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:205 msgid "At this point, the flow is now complete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この時点で、フローは完了です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:208 msgid "" "This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " "option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このフローは :guilabel:`定額` 前払オプションでも可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -8908,18 +8997,20 @@ msgid "" "quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " "deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer." msgstr "" +"もし前払が :guilabel:`配送済数量` " +"の請求ポリシーを持っているプロダクトで使用されている場合、前払金は顧客への請求時に差引かれることは**ありません**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:215 msgid "" "This is because, due to the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to " "be delivered *before* creating the final invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "なぜなら、請求書ポリシーにより、最終請求書を作成する前にプロダクトが配送される必要があるからです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:218 msgid "" "If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " "cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "何も配送されていない場合、:guilabel:`クレジットノート`が作成され、前払金支払後に作成された請求書ドラフトをキャンセルします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -8927,10 +9018,11 @@ msgid "" "must be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the " "delivered quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`クレジットノート`オプションを利用するには、納品を確認するために*在庫*アプリケーションがインストールされている必要があります。そうでない場合は、販売オーダに直接手入力で配送済数量を入力することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:228 msgid "Customer taxes modification on down payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "前払金に対する顧客の税金修正" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -8939,6 +9031,8 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" " bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." msgstr "" +"前払に付随する収益勘定と顧客の税金を調整するには、 :guilabel:`プロダクト`ページ(:menuselection:`販売アプリ --> " +"プロダクト --> プロダクト`)に移動し、検索バーで`前払`プロダクトを検索し、それを選択してプロダクト詳細ページを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -8946,20 +9040,23 @@ msgid "" "Information` tab, the customer taxes can be modified in the " ":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`前受金` プロダクトページの :guilabel:`一般情報` タブにある :guilabel:`顧客税` " +"フィールドで、顧客の税金を変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前受金への収入口座リンクの修正方法。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:244 msgid "Income account modification on down payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "収益勘定と前受金とのリンクを修正する方法。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:246 msgid "" "To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " "Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`前受金`プロダクトページに添付されている収益勘定を変更または調整するには、**会計**アプリがインストールされている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -8967,6 +9064,8 @@ msgid "" "available on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without " "the *Accounting* app installed." msgstr "" +"*会計*アプリをインストールすると、プロダクトページで :guilabel:`会計` " +"タブが利用可能になります。このタブは**会計*アプリがインストールされていないと**アクセスできません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -8974,16 +9073,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Income Account` field, located in the :guilabel:`Receivables` " "section." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`会計` タブの :guilabel:`売掛金` セクションにある :guilabel:`収益勘定` " +"フィールドで収益勘定を変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "経費を顧客に再請求する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "While working on a project for a client, employees often have to spend their" " own money on various expenses related to the project." msgstr "" +"クライアントのためにプロジェクトに取り組んでいる間、従業員はプロジェクトに関連する様々な経費に自分のお金を使わなければならないことが多くあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8992,16 +9094,17 @@ msgid "" "expense should be reinvoiced to the customer. With Odoo, these kinds of " "expenses can quickly be reinvoiced to the customer related to the project." msgstr "" +"例えば、従業員が顧客のためにオンサイトサービスを提供する間、ホテル代を自己負担する必要があるかもしれません。会社として、この経費は顧客に再請求する必要があります。Odooを使用すると、プロジェクトに関連するこうした経費を迅速に顧客に再請求することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:13 msgid "Expenses application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "経費アプリケーション" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:15 msgid "" "To be able to reinvoice a customer for an expense, the *Expenses* " "application **must** be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "経費の再請求を行うには、*経費* アプリケーションがインストールされている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -9010,10 +9113,12 @@ msgid "" "application block. When clicked, Odoo installs the application, refreshes " "the page, and returns to the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" +"*経費*アプリケーションをインストールするには、:menuselection:`メインOdooダッシュボード --> " +"アプリ`に移動し、*経費*アプリケーションブロックの:guilabel:`インストール`をクリックします。クリックするとOdooはアプリケーションをインストールし、ページをリフレッシュしてOdooメインダッシュボードに戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 msgid "Add expenses to sales orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダへの経費追加" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -9022,6 +9127,8 @@ msgid "" "To do that, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`. Doing so " "reveals a blank quotation form." msgstr "" +"まず、*販売*アプリで販売オーダを確定し、そこに再請求された経費を追加します。または、ゼロから新しい販売オーダを作成します。そのためには、 " +":menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 新規`に移動します。そうすると空白の見積書フォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -9029,78 +9136,80 @@ msgid "" "Lines` tab, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`. Next, select a product " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"次に :guilabel:`顧客` を追加し、 :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` をクリックして :guilabel:`オーダ明細` " +"タブにプロダクトを追加します。次に、ドロップダウンメニューからプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:31 msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`確認`をクリックして販売オーダを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "This is how a confirmed sales order looks in the Odoo Sales application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これはOdoo販売アプリケーションで確認された販売オーダの様子です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:37 msgid "With the sales order confirmed, it's time to create an expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダが確定したら、いよいよ経費の作成です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:39 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to the *Expenses* application, by going to " ":menuselection:`main Odoo dashboard --> Expenses`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そのためには、:menuselection:`メインOdooダッシュボード --> 経費`から*経費*アプリケーションに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:42 msgid "" "Then, from the *Expenses* dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to reveal a blank" " expenses form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、*経費*ダッシュボードから :guilabel:`新規` をクリックして、空白の経費フォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "A blank expenses form in the Odoo Expenses application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo経費アプリケーションの空白の経費フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 msgid "" "On the expenses form, add a :guilabel:`Description` to easily reference the " "expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "経費フォームでは、:guilabel:`説明`を追加して、簡単に経費を参照できるようにします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Category` field, select one of the following options" " from the drop-down menu:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`カテゴリ`フィールドで、ドロップダウンメニューから以下のオプションのいずれかを選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Communication`: any form of communication related to a " "project/order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`コミュニケーション`: プロジェクト/オーダに関連するあらゆるコミュニケーション。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Others`: expense that doesn't fit into any other categories." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`その他`: 他のカテゴリに当てはまらない費用。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Meals`: any form of meal costs related to a project/order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`食事`: プロジェクト/オーダに関連するあらゆる食事費用。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Gifts`: any form of gift costs related to a project/order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ギフト`: プロジェクト/オーダに関連するあらゆる形式のギフト費用。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mileage`: any form of mileage (gas) costs related to " "project/order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`マイレージ`: プロジェクト/オーダに関連するあらゆる形式のマイレージ(ガソリン代)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Travel \\& Accommodation`: any travel or accommodation costs " "related to a project/order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`旅費交通費`: プロジェクト/オーダに関連する旅費や宿泊費。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -9109,12 +9218,15 @@ msgid "" "and clicking :guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Search:Category` pop-up " "window." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`カテゴリ`フィールドのドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、 :guilabel:`全て表示`を選択して、 " +":guilabel:`検索:カテゴリ`ポップアップウィンドウから " +":guilabel:`新規`をクリックすることで、経費フォームから新しい経費カテゴリを作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:0 msgid "" "The Search:Category expenses pop-up window from a blank expenses form in " "Odoo Expenses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo経費の空白の経費フォームから検索:カテゴリ経費のポップアップウィンドウを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -9122,18 +9234,20 @@ msgid "" "stay, the :guilabel:`Category` for this example is :guilabel:`[TRANS \\& " "ACC] Travel \\& Accommodation`." msgstr "" +"このサンプルワークフローでは、短期間のホテル滞在に対して顧客に再請求を行うため、 :guilabel:`カテゴリ`は " +":guilabel:`[TRANS・ACC] 旅費交通費` となります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:73 msgid "" "The following example requires the *Sales*, *Accounting*, and *Expense* apps" " to view/modify all the fields mentioned during the workflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下の例では、ワークフロー中に言及された全てのフィールドを表示/変更するために、*販売*、*経理*、*経費*アプリが必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:76 msgid "" "Beneath the :guilabel:`Category` field, enter in the amount to be expensed " "in the :guilabel:`Total` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`カテゴリ`フィールドの下にある :guilabel:`合計`フィールドに費用計上する金額を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -9142,6 +9256,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Included taxes` field, Odoo auto-calculates the taxed amount, " "based on the amount entered in the :guilabel:`Total` field." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`合計` に :guilabel:`税込` があるかどうかを指定します。もし :guilabel:`税込` " +"フィールドから事前に設定された税額が選択された場合、Odooは :guilabel:`合計` " +"フィールドに入力された金額に基づいて、税額を自動計算します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -9149,12 +9266,14 @@ msgid "" " choose an option in the :guilabel:`Paid By` field: :guilabel:`Employee (to " "reimburse)` or :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" +"次に、どの :guilabel:`従業員` がその経費を担当したかを選択し、 :guilabel:`支払者` " +"フィールドで:guilabel:`従業員(払戻)` または :guilabel:`会社`。オプションを選択します" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:86 msgid "" "In this case, our employee paid for the hotel with their own money, so the " ":guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)` option is chosen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この場合、従業員は自分のお金でホテル代を支払ったので、 :guilabel:`従業員 (未払戻)`オプションが選択されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -9162,12 +9281,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill Reference` is available. Beneath that, the auto-populated " ":guilabel:`Expense Date` and :guilabel:`Account` fields are available." msgstr "" +"支出フォームの右側には :guilabel:`取引先請求書参照` を追加するオプションがあります。その下に自動入力される " +":guilabel:`経費日付` と :guilabel:`勘定科目` フィールドがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:94 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Expense Date` and :guilabel:`Account` field can be modified, " "if needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "必要に応じて :guilabel:`経費日付` と :guilabel:`勘定科目` フィールドを変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -9176,6 +9297,7 @@ msgid "" " sales order to which this expense should be attached. This field **must** " "be filled, in order to reinvoice a customer for an expense." msgstr "" +"次に、:guilabel:`顧客へ再請求`フィールドで、空白のフィールドをクリックしてドロップダウンメニューを表示します。このドロップダウンメニューから、この経費を請求する販売オーダを選択します。経費の再請求を行うには、このフィールドに入力する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -9184,28 +9306,33 @@ msgid "" " complete a reinvoiced expense to a customer, but are available to modify, " "if needed." msgstr "" +"最後に、 :guilabel:`分析分配` と :guilabel:`会社` " +"フィールドを変更するオプションがあります。これらのフィールドは顧客への再請求を完了するために必要ではありませんが、必要に応じて変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:104 msgid "" "Also, at the bottom of the expense form, there is a :guilabel:`Notes...` " "section, wherein any notes related to this expense can be added, if needed." msgstr "" +"また、経費フォームの下部には :guilabel:`メモ...` セクションがあり、必要に応じてこの経費に関するメモを追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "A filled out expenses form in the Odoo Expenses application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo経費アプリケーションで記入済みの経費フォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:111 msgid "" "At the top of the expense form, there are buttons to :guilabel:`Attach " "Receipt`, :guilabel:`Create Report`, and :guilabel:`Split Expense`." msgstr "" +"経費フォームの上部には :guilabel:`領収書添付`、 :guilabel:`レポート作成`、 :guilabel:`経費分割` " +"のボタンがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:114 msgid "" "If there is a physical or digital receipt that should be attached to the " "expense, click :guilabel:`Attach Receipt`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "領収書を添付する場合は、:guilabel:`領収書を添付`をクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -9213,21 +9340,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense`. This feature can be used for a number of reasons (spitting expense" " with another employee, to accommodate different tax rates, etc.)." msgstr "" +"この経費を分割する必要がある場合は、:guilabel:`経費を分割`をクリックして下さい。この機能は様々な理由で使用することができます(別の従業員と経費を分ける、異なる税率に対応する、など)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:121 msgid "" "If neither of these options are necessary, click :guilabel:`Create Report` " "to lock in the expense report that was just configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どちらのオプションも必要ない場合は、:guilabel:`報告を作成`をクリックして、先ほど設定した経費報告をロックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:124 msgid "" "Doing so reveals an :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` for the new expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そうすると、新しい支出の :guilabel:`経費報告サマリ` が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "An expense report summary in the Odoo Expenses application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo経費アプリケーションの経費報告書サマリ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -9235,6 +9363,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Submit to Manager`. This sends the expense report to the " "approving manager, who will review the expense." msgstr "" +"経費に関する詳細が確認できたら、:guilabel:`マネジャーに提出`をクリックします。これで経費報告書が承認マネジャーに送信され、マネジャーが経費を確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -9244,12 +9373,14 @@ msgid "" " view of the :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` that's been submitted to the" " manager by the employee." msgstr "" +"経費の確認と承認を担当するマネジャーは、経費に関連する詳細を確認し、問題がなければ :guilabel:`承認` " +"ボタンをクリックします。このボタンは、従業員がマネジャーに提出した :guilabel:`経費報告サマリ` のマネジャーのビューに*のみ*表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "An expense report summary that a manager will approve with an Approve " "button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理者が承認ボタンで承認する経費報告書サマリです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -9259,18 +9390,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, and :guilabel:`Reset" " to Draft`." msgstr "" +"承認されると :guilabel:`経費報告サマリ` の上部のボタンが再び変わります。この時点で :guilabel:`経費報告サマリ` " +"の上部にあるボタンは :guilabel:`仕訳を投稿`、 :guilabel:`次の給与明細で報告`、 :guilabel:`拒否`、 " +":guilabel:`ドラフトに戻す` です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "An expense report summary with post journal entries button at the top of the" " form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "フォームの上部にある仕訳入力後の経費報告書サマリボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:151 msgid "" "When the manager is satisfied with the :guilabel:`Expense Report Summary`, " "they'll click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マネジャーは :guilabel:`経費報告サマリー` に満足したら、 :guilabel:`仕訳入力の投稿` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -9279,16 +9413,17 @@ msgid "" "is filled with the sales order that was initially configured to the expense " "in the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`仕訳を入力`をクリックすると、そのボタンは消え、:guilabel:`経費`タブの:guilabel:`分析分配`カラムには、最初に:guilabel:`顧客へ再請求`フィールドで費用に設定された販売オーダが入力されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:159 msgid "Reinvoice expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "経費を再請求する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:161 msgid "" "With those steps completed, it's time to return to the sales order to " "complete the reinvoice of the expense to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これらのステップが完了したら、販売オーダに戻り、顧客への経費の再請求を完了させます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -9296,6 +9431,7 @@ msgid "" "and select the appropriate sales order that should be reinvoiced for the " "expense." msgstr "" +"そのためには、:menuselection:`メインOdooダッシュボード --> 販売アプリ`に移動し、経費を再請求する販売オーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -9303,12 +9439,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, with its :guilabel:`Delivered` column filled " "in, and ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" +"販売フォーム上では、新しく設定された経費は :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブに表示され、 :guilabel:`配送済` " +"列が埋められ、請求書の発行準備が整いました。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "A sales order with the configured expense ready to be invoiced in the Order " "Lines tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダは、オーダ明細タブで請求書発行の準備が整った経費が設定されています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -9316,12 +9454,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoice` at the top of the sales order. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "invoices` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"経費の詳細を確認したら、販売オーダの一番上にある :guilabel:`請求書を作成` " +"をクリックします。クリックすると、:guilabel:`請求書作成`ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "A create invoices pop-up window that appears when the Create Invoice is " "clicked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "インボイスを作成をクリックすると表示されるインボイス作成ポップアップウィンドウ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -9329,18 +9469,19 @@ msgid "" "default :guilabel:`Regular invoice` option, and click :guilabel:`Create " "Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" +"このポップアップウィンドウから、:guilabel:`請求書作成`フィールドをデフォルトの:guilabel:`通常請求書`オプションのままにして、:guilabel:`ドラフト請求書を作成`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:184 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` showing *only* the " "expense in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そうすると、:guilabel:`請求書明細` タブにある費用だけを表示した :guilabel:`顧客請求書ドラフト` が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "A customer invoice draft with the expense in the Invoice Lines tab of the " "form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "フォームの請求書明細タブにある経費が記載された顧客請求書ドラフト。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -9348,6 +9489,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the invoice. Doing so moves the status of the" " invoice from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" +"経費に関する情報が全て正しければ、請求書を確定するために :guilabel:`確認` をクリックします。これにより、請求書のステータスが " +":guilabel:`ドラフト` から :guilabel:`記帳済` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -9356,6 +9499,8 @@ msgid "" "and PDF invoice in the body of the message. The message can be reviewed and " "modified, if needed." msgstr "" +"請求書を顧客に送信するには、 :guilabel:`送信&印刷` をクリックします。そうすると :guilabel:`送信` " +"ポップアップウィンドウが表示され、あらかじめ設定されたメッセージとPDFの請求書が本文に表示されます。メッセージは必要に応じて確認し、修正することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -9364,17 +9509,18 @@ msgid "" "message/invoice to the customer. Additionally, a PDF of the invoice is " "automatically downloaded for record-keeping and/or printing purposes." msgstr "" +"準備ができたら、:guilabel:`請求書を送信する`をクリックします。クリックするとポップアップウィンドウが消え、Odooから顧客にメッセージ/請求書が送信されます。さらに、記録や印刷用に請求書のPDFが自動的にダウンロードされます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:202 msgid "" "Back on the :guilabel:`Customer Invoice`, click the :guilabel:`Register " "Payment` button when the customer pays for the invoiced expense." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`顧客請求書`に戻り、顧客が請求された費用の支払をしたら、:guilabel:`支払登録`ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "" "A customer invoice with the register payment button ready to be clicked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払登録ボタンがクリックできる状態の顧客請求書。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -9383,10 +9529,12 @@ msgid "" "auto-populated with the correct information. After reviewing the " "information, click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`支払登録`をクリックすると、:guilabel:`支払登録`ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。このポップアップウィンドウでは、必要なフィールドに正しい情報が自動入力されます。情報を確認したら、" +" :guilabel:`支払作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst-1 msgid "A register payment pop-up window on a customer invoice in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の顧客請求書に支払登録ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -9395,31 +9543,33 @@ msgid "" "the invoice, signifying this invoice is paid for in full. Thus, completing " "the workflow." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`支払作成`をクリックすると、ポップアップウィンドウは消え、請求書の右上に緑色の :guilabel:`支払中` " +"バナーが表示されます。これでワークフローは完了です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:236 msgid ":doc:`time_materials`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`time_materials`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:228 msgid ":doc:`milestone`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`milestone`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送済数量またはオーダ数量に基づく請求書" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" "Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "事業方針が異なれば、請求書の発行方法も異なります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Invoice what is ordered* rule is used as the default mode in Odoo " "*Sales*, which means customers are invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo *販売*のデフォルトモードとして*受注請求*ルールが使用されており、販売オーダが確認された時点で顧客に請求書が発行されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -9429,15 +9579,16 @@ msgid "" " slightly from the delivered quantity, making it preferable to invoice the " "quantity actually delivered." msgstr "" +"*配送済のものを請求する*ルールは、納品が完了した時点で顧客に請求書を発行します。この規則は、材料や液体、食品を大量に販売するビジネスでよく使用されます。このような場合、オーダされた数量と納品された数量が若干異なることがあるため、実際に配送された数量を請求書に記載することが望ましいです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:14 msgid "" "Being able to have different invoicing options provides more flexibility." -msgstr "" +msgstr "様々な請求書発行オプションを利用することで、より柔軟な対応が可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:17 msgid "Invoicing policy features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求ポリシー機能" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -9447,10 +9598,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered` or :guilabel:`Invoice what is " "delivered`." msgstr "" +"必要な請求書作成ポリシーの機能を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に進み、 " +":guilabel:`請求` の見出しの下にある :guilabel:`請求ポリシー` の規則を選択します： " +":guilabel:`オーダされたものを請求する` または :guilabel:`配送されたものを請求する`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 msgid "Choosing an invoicing policy on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で請求書発行ポリシーを選択する。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -9458,10 +9612,12 @@ msgid "" "possible to activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature, which " "automatically generates invoices when an online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" +"もし :guilabel:`配送されたものを請求する` 規則が選択された場合、オンライン決済が確認されたときに自動的に請求書を作成する " +":guilabel:`自動請求` 機能を有効にすることは **できません**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:34 msgid "Invoicing policy on product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトフォームの請求書ポリシー" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9470,14 +9626,17 @@ msgid "" "under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. It can be changed manually " "using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"どのプロダクトページでも、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクトダッシュボード` から、 " +":guilabel:`一般情報` タブの下にある :guilabel:`請求ポリシー` " +"オプションを見つけて下さい。ドロップダウンメニューを使って手動で変更することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売のプロダクトフォームで請求書発行ポリシーを変更する方法。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:45 msgid "Impact on sales flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売フローにおける影響" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -9486,18 +9645,20 @@ msgid "" "confirmed, which turns the quotation into a sales order. This, in turn, " "creates an invoice." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"*販売*では、基本的な販売フローは見積書の作成から始まります。次にその見積書を顧客に送信します。次に、見積書を確認する必要があり、見積書は販売オーダに変わります。そして請求書が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" "The following is a breakdown of how invoicing policy rules impact the " "aforementioned sales flow:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下は、請求方針の規則が前述の販売フローにどのような影響を与えるかの内訳です:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered`: No impact on the basic sales flow. An " "invoice is created as soon as a sale is confirmed." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`オーダ数量を請求`:基本的な販売フローに影響はありません。販売が確認されると同時に請求書が作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -9506,6 +9667,7 @@ msgid "" "the *Inventory* app can be installed and used to confirm the delivered " "quantity before creating an invoice with the *Sales* app." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`配送済数量を請求`:配送済数量を販売オーダに手入力する必要があるため、販売フローへの影響は僅かです。または、*販売*アプリで請求書を作成する前に、*在庫*アプリをインストールして配送済数量を確認することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -9514,12 +9676,13 @@ msgid "" "invoiceable line. If a product has a Delivered quantities invoicing policy, " "please make sure that a quantity has been delivered.`" msgstr "" +"ユーザが納品数量を検証せずに請求書を作成しようとすると、以下のエラーメッセージが表示されます::guilabel:`請求可能な明細がありません。プロダクトに配送済数量を請求方針がある場合、数量が配送済であることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 msgid "" "If Delivered Quantities invoicing policy is chosen, ensure a quantity has " "been delivered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配送済数量を請求方針が選択されている場合は、数量が配送済であることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -9528,10 +9691,12 @@ msgid "" "invoiced quantities are available to view, directly from the sales order. " "This is true for both invoicing policy rule options." msgstr "" +"見積が確認され、ステータスが :guilabel:`見積提出済` から :guilabel:`販売オーダ` " +"に変わると、配送済数量と請求済数量が販売オーダから直接確認できるようになります。これは、請求方針規則の両方のオプションに当てはまります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で配送済数量と請求済数量を確認する方法。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -9539,6 +9704,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivered` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`, even if it's a partial " "delivery, when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Odooは見積が確定されると、たとえそれが部分的な配送でも、:guilabel:`配送済`と:guilabel:`請求済`の両方の数量を自動的に請求書に追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -9546,16 +9712,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." msgstr "" +"最後に、請求書の作成にいくつかの異なるオプションがあります::guilabel:`通常請求書`、 :guilabel:`前受金(パーセンテージ)`、 " +":guilabel:`前受金(固定金額)`です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:84 msgid "" "Be sure to check out the documentation explaining down payment options to " "learn more: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgstr "" +"詳しくは、前受金オプションについて説明したドキュメントをご覧下さい::doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロジェクトマイルストンの請求" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9564,6 +9733,7 @@ msgid "" "sequence of work that will inevitably result in the completion of a project " "and/or contract." msgstr "" +"プロジェクトのマイルストンに基づく請求書は、高額プロジェクトや大規模なプロジェクトに使用することができます。プロジェクトにおける一連のマイルストンは、必然的にプロジェクトおよび/または契約が完了する明確な作業順序を表します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -9572,15 +9742,16 @@ msgid "" " phase of the project's development as it happens, in addition to paying a " "large bill in several installments, instead of all at once." msgstr "" +"このような請求方法によって、会社はプロジェクト期間を通じて一貫した資金を確保することができます。顧客はプロジェクトが進行する各段階を注意深く監視することができ、さらに、一度に多額の請求書を支払うのではなく、数回に分けて支払うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:14 msgid "Create milestone products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストンプロダクトを作成する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:16 msgid "" "In Odoo, each milestone of a project is considered as an individual product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでは、プロジェクトの各マイルストンは個別のプロダクトとみなされます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -9588,12 +9759,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`. Then, click on a " "product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"このようにプロダクトを作成または設定するには、まず :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " +"に移動します。次に、プロダクトをクリックするか、:guilabel:`新規`をクリックして新しいプロダクトを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:22 msgid "" "The option to invoice based on milestones is only available for certain " "product types." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストンに基づいて請求書を発行するオプションは、特定のプロダクトタイプでのみ利用可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -9602,11 +9775,14 @@ msgid "" "options: :guilabel:`Service`, :guilabel:`Event Ticket`, :guilabel:`Event " "Booth`, or :guilabel:`Course`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`一般情報` タブの下、 :guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` フィールドが、 " +":guilabel:`サービス`、 :guilabel:`イベントチケット`、 :guilabel:`イベントブース`、 :guilabel:`コース`" +" のいずれかで設定される*必要があります*。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The invoicing policy field drop-down menu with options on product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトフォーム上の請求書発行ポリシーフィールドのドロップダウンメニュー。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -9614,16 +9790,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Based on Milestones` from the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" +"これらの :guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` オプションのいずれかを選択した状態で、 :guilabel:`請求方針` ドロップダウンメニューから" +" :guilabel:`マイルストンに基づく` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:39 msgid "Beneath that is the :guilabel:`Create on Order` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "その下に :guilabel:`オーダ時に作成` フィールドがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:41 msgid "" "To ensure workflows are as seamless as possible, it is recommended that an " "option in the :guilabel:`Create on Order` field is selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ワークフローを可能な限りシームレスにするために、:guilabel:`オーダ時に作成`フィールドのオプションを選択することをお勧めします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -9632,18 +9810,21 @@ msgid "" "from a sales order form with that specific product. Once a project is " "created *then* milestones and tasks can be created and configured." msgstr "" +"デフォルトの:guilabel:`なし`オプションのままにしておいても、望ましいワークフローに悪影響を与えることはありません。しかし、プロジェクトは販売オーダフォームから直接特定のプロダクトで作成する**必要があります**。プロジェクトが作成されると、マイルストンやタスクが作成・設定できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:50 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Create on Order` default option of :guilabel:`Nothing` " "is clicked, a drop-down menu is revealed with the following options:" msgstr "" +"guilabel:`オーダで作成`のデフォルトオプションである:guilabel:`なし`をクリックすると、ドロップダウンメニューが表示され、以下のオプションが表示されます：" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Task`: Odoo creates a task related to this milestone product in " "the *Projects* app when this specific product is ordered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`タスク`: 特定のプロダクトがオーダされると、Odooは*プロジェクト*アプリ内にこのマイルストンに関連するタスクを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -9651,12 +9832,16 @@ msgid "" "this milestone product in the *Projects* app when this specific product is " "ordered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プロジェクト&タスク`: " +"特定のプロダクトがオーダされると、Odooは*プロジェクト*アプリにこのマイルストンに関連するプロジェクトとタスクを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: Odoo creates a project related to this milestone " "product in the *Projects* app when this specific product is ordered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プロジェクト`: " +"特定のプロダクトがオーダされると、Odooは*プロジェクト*アプリにこのマイルストンプロダクトに関連するプロジェクトを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -9664,12 +9849,14 @@ msgid "" "this field, select to which existing project in the *Projects* app this " "created task should be connected." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`タスク` を選択すると、 :guilabel:`プロジェクト` フィールドが表示されます。このフィールドで、作成したタスクを " +"*プロジェクト* アプリ内のどの既存プロジェクトに接続するかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The Project field appears when the Task option is selected in Create on " "Order field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロジェクトフィールドは、オーダで作成フィールドでタスクオプションが選択されている場合に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -9677,18 +9864,22 @@ msgid "" "new fields appear: :guilabel:`Project Template` and :guilabel:`Workspace " "Template`." msgstr "" +" :guilabel:`プロジェクト \\& タスク` または :guilabel:`プロジェクト` " +"が選択されているとき、2つの新しいフィールドが現れます: :guilabel:`プロジェクトテンプレート` と " +":guilabel:`ワークスペーステンプレート`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The Project template and workspace template fields that appear on milestone " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストンプロダクトに表示されるプロジェクトテンプレートとワークスペーステンプレートフィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:74 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Project Template` field provides template options to use for " "the project that will be created when this specific product is ordered." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`プロジェクトテンプレート`フィールドは、この特定のプロダクトがオーダされたときに作成されるプロジェクトに使用するテンプレートオプションを提供します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -9697,6 +9888,8 @@ msgid "" "will be automatically generated for the project when this specific product " "is ordered." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`ワークスペーステンプレート` " +"フィールドは、この特定のプロダクトがオーダされたときにプロジェクト用に自動生成されるワークスペース(*プロジェクト*アプリではなく、*ドキュメント*アプリ用)に使用するテンプレートオプションを提供します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -9706,20 +9899,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` column on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the " "sales order." msgstr "" +"整理するためには、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`販売` タブをクリックし、 :guilabel:`販売説明` フィールドにカスタム " +"'マイルストン' 関連の記述子を入力します。この情報は販売オーダの :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブの " +":guilabel:`説明`列に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:87 msgid "" "Or, directly edit/modify the :guilabel:`Description` field on the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "または、販売オーダの :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブにある :guilabel:`説明` フィールドを直接編集/変更して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:90 msgid "This is *not* a requirement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これは必須では*ありません*。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:93 msgid "Invoice milestones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストンを請求する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -9727,18 +9923,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Service` set as their :guilabel:`Product Type`, and " ":guilabel:`Task` set on their :guilabel:`Create on Order` field." msgstr "" +"以下のフローでは、:guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` に :guilabel:`サービス`、:guilabel:`オーダで作成` フィールドに " +":guilabel:`タスク` が設定されたマイルストンプロダクトを紹介します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:0 msgid "" "Product with Service \"Product Type\" and \"Task\" in the Create on Order " "field on form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "フォームのオーダで作成フィールドに\"プロダクトタイプ\" と \"タスク\"を持つプロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:104 msgid "" "Those tasks are then attached to a pre-existing :guilabel:`Project`, which, " "in this case, is titled, :guilabel:`Rebranding Projects`." msgstr "" +"これらのタスクはあらかじめ存在する :guilabel:`プロジェクト` に添付され、この場合は :guilabel:`リブランディングプロジェクト` " +"というタイトルになります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -9746,6 +9946,8 @@ msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`. Doing so reveals a " "blank quotation form." msgstr "" +"マイルストンを請求するには、マイルストンプロダクトで販売オーダを作成します。そのためには :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 新規` " +"に進みます。そうすると空白の見積書フォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -9753,13 +9955,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, add the " "milestone product(s) to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"この見積フォームから :guilabel:`顧客` を追加します。次に、 :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブの " +":guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` をクリックします。次に、:guilabel:`オーダ明細`タブにマイルストンプロダクトを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:113 msgid "" "Once the corresponding milestone product(s) have been added, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the order, which turns the quotation into a " "sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "対応するマイルストンプロダクトが追加されたら、:guilabel:`確認`をクリックしてオーダを確認すると、見積が販売オーダに変わります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -9767,6 +9971,8 @@ msgid "" "sales order based on what was selected in the :guilabel:`Create on Order` " "field on the product form." msgstr "" +"オーダーが確認されると、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`オーダで作成` " +"フィールドで選択された内容に基づいて、販売オーダの上部に新しいスマートボタンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -9774,10 +9980,12 @@ msgid "" "so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Milestones` page. Click :guilabel:`New` to add" " milestones." msgstr "" +"販売オーダから :guilabel:`マイルストン` スマートボタンをクリックします。空白の :guilabel:`マイルストン` " +"ページが表示されます。guilabel:`新規`をクリックしてマイルストンを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "Adding milestones to a sales order with milestone products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストンプロダクトを使用した販売オーダにマイルストンを追加する。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -9785,10 +9993,12 @@ msgid "" "corresponding :guilabel:`Sales Order Item`. Lastly, assign a " ":guilabel:`Deadline` to the milestone, if desired." msgstr "" +"マイルストンの :guilabel:`名前` を入力します。次に、対応する :guilabel:`販売オーダ項目` " +"に適用します。最後に、必要であればマイルストンに :guilabel:`期日` を割当てます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:129 msgid "Repeat that process for all milestone sales order items." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストンの販売オーダ項目全てについて、このプロセスを繰り返します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -9797,12 +10007,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tasks` page with a task for each sales order item with that " "option designated in the :guilabel:`Create on Order` field." msgstr "" +"次に、パンくずリストを使って販売オーダに戻ります。販売オーダから :guilabel:`タスク` スマートボタンをクリックします。そうすると、 " +":guilabel:`タスク` ページが表示され、 :guilabel:`オーダで作成` " +"フィールドにそのオプションが指定されている各販売オーダ項目のタスクが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample tasks page accessed via the smart button from a sales order with " "milestone products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストンプロダクトを含む販売オーダからスマートボタンでアクセスしたサンプルタスクページ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -9811,28 +10024,30 @@ msgid "" "milestone to which this task should be connected, in the " ":guilabel:`Milestone` field." msgstr "" +"設定されたマイルストンを手動でタスクに割当てるには、目的のタスクをクリックするとタスクフォームが表示されます。タスクフォームの " +":guilabel:`マイルストン` フィールドで、このタスクが接続されるべき適切なマイルストンを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The milestone field on the task form when dealing with milestone products in" " Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売でマイルストーンプロダクトを扱う際のタスクフォームのマイルストーンフィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:147 msgid "Repeat this process for all milestone tasks." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストンのタスク全てについてこのプロセスを繰返します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:149 msgid "" "With those tasks properly configured, employees log in their progress as " "they work on the task, in addition to adding any notes related to the task." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これらのタスクが適切に設定されると、従業員はタスクに関連するメモを追加するだけでなく、タスクに取り組んでいる進捗状況を記録します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:152 msgid "" "Then, when that task is complete, that means that milestone has been " "reached. At that point, it is time to invoice that milestone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そして、そのタスクが完了すれば、マイルストンに到達したことになります。その時点が、そのマイルストンを請求する時です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -9840,6 +10055,8 @@ msgid "" "breadcrumb links, or by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders " "--> Orders` and picking the appropriate sales order." msgstr "" +"マイルストンに請求書を発行するには、まず販売オーダに戻ります - パンくずリンクから、または :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> オーダ" +" --> オーダ` に移動し、該当する販売オーダを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -9847,18 +10064,22 @@ msgid "" " and check the box in the :guilabel:`Reached` column for that particular " "task." msgstr "" +"販売オーダフォームに戻って、:guilabel:`マイルストン`スマートボタンをクリックし、その特定のタスクの :guilabel:`到達済` " +"列のボックスにチェックを入れます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "What it looks like to mark a milestone as reached via the milestone smart " "button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストンスマートボタンでマイルストンに到達したことをマークした時の様子。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:166 msgid "" "Next, return to the sales order — either by clicking :guilabel:`View Sales " "Order` on the :guilabel:`Milestones` page, or via the breadcrumb links." msgstr "" +"次に、販売オーダに戻ります。 :guilabel:`マイルストン`ページの :guilabel:`販売オーダを見る` " +"をクリックするか、パンくずリンクを使用して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -9866,24 +10087,27 @@ msgid "" " has its :guilabel:`Delivered` column filled. That's because the milestone " "has been reached, and therefore delivered." msgstr "" +"販売オーダに戻ると、マイルストンに到達した明細項目の :guilabel:`配送済` " +"列が埋まっています。これはマイルストンが達成され、配送されたためです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "A milestone product that's been reached marked as delivered on the sales " "order in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooの販売オーダで、配送済と表示されたマイルストンプロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:177 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals " "a :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"左上の :guilabel:`請求書作成` をクリックします。そうすると :guilabel:`請求書作成` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The create invoices pop-up window that appears when create invoice button is" " clicked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書作成ボタンをクリックすると表示される請求書作成ポップアップウィンドウ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -9891,6 +10115,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` option on the default :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" " selection, and click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice` button." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`請求書作成`ポップアップウィンドウで、 :guilabel:`請求書作成`オプションをデフォルトの " +":guilabel:`通常請求書` の選択のままにしておき、 :guilabel:`ドラフト請求書の作成`ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -9898,12 +10124,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`, *only* showing that reached milestone in" " the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`請求書ドラフトを作成`をクリックすると、Odooは:guilabel:`顧客請求書ドラフト`を表示し、達成したマイルストン*のみ*を:guilabel:`請求書明細`タブに表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "A customer invoice draft showing only the milestone product that's been " "reached." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストーンに到達したプロダクトのみを示す顧客請求書ドラフト。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -9911,24 +10138,26 @@ msgid "" "invoice. Then, when the customer has paid for this milestone, click " ":guilabel:`Register Payment`." msgstr "" +"この請求書ページから、:guilabel:`確認`ボタンをクリックして請求書を確認します。そして、顧客がこのマイルストンの支払いを完了したら、 " +":guilabel:`支払登録` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:198 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is clicked, a :guilabel:`Register Payment`" " pop-up window appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`支払登録`をクリックすると、:guilabel:`支払登録`ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The Register Payment pop-up window that appears when Register Payment is " "clicked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払登録をクリックすると表示される支払登録ポップアップウィンドウ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:204 msgid "" "On this pop-up window, confirm the accuracy of the auto-populated fields, " "then click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このポップアップウィンドウで、自動入力されたフィールドの正確さを確認し、 :guilabel:`支払作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -9936,12 +10165,14 @@ msgid "" "for that milestone, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner in " "the upper-right corner. This banner signifies the invoice has been paid." msgstr "" +"クリックするとポップアップウィンドウは消え、Odooはそのマイルストンの請求書に戻り、右上に緑色の :guilabel:`支払中` " +"バナーが表示されます。このバナーは請求書が支払われたことを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "An invoice with a milestone product that has been paid with an In Payment " "banner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払中バナーで支払われたマイルストーンプロダクトを含む請求書。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -9949,11 +10180,12 @@ msgid "" " order, in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, the reached milestone that's " "been invoiced and paid for, now has its :guilabel:`Invoiced` column filled." msgstr "" +"次に、パンくずリンクから販売オーダに戻ります。販売オーダに戻り、:guilabel:`オーダ明細`タブで、請求と支払が完了したマイルストンの:guilabel:`請求済`列が埋まっています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The Invoiced column of a milestone product that's been paid for is filled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支払が完了したマイルストーンプロダクトの請求済欄が埋まっています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -9961,32 +10193,33 @@ msgid "" "sales order. Clicking that reveals all the invoices that are connected to " "this sales order." msgstr "" +"また、販売オーダの上部に新しい:guilabel:`請求書`スマートボタンがあります。これをクリックすると、この販売オーダに関連する全ての請求書が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst-1 msgid "" "The invoices smart button that appears at the top of a sales order with " "milestones." -msgstr "" +msgstr "マイルストーンのある販売オーダの上部に表示される請求書スマートボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:230 msgid "" "Simply repeat the above process for each milestone as it is worked on, and " "subsequently, completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "各マイルストンに取り組み、その後完了するまで、上記のプロセスをただ繰返して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:232 msgid "" "Continue that process until the entire project has been completed, each " "milestone has been invoiced, and the entire order has been paid for in full." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロジェクト全体が完了し、各マイルストンに請求書が発行され、オーダ全体が全額支払われるまで、このプロセスを続けます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:237 msgid ":doc:`proforma`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`見積相乗`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 msgid "Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "見積送状" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9994,6 +10227,7 @@ msgid "" " a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " "and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" +"*見積送状*とは、商品の引渡しに先立って送付される簡略化された請求書または見積請求書のことです。商品の種類や数量、価格、その他重量や輸送費などの重要な情報が記載されています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -10002,12 +10236,13 @@ msgid "" "differ from a normal invoice, in that they are *not* a demand (or request) " "for payment." msgstr "" +"見積送状は、一般的に見積書と一緒に予備請求書として使用されます。また、輸入通関の際にも使用されます。通常の請求書とは異なり、支払を求める(または要求する)請求書ではありません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " "**must** be activated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "見積送状を利用するには、*見積送状*機能を有効にする**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -10016,14 +10251,17 @@ msgid "" "section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" +"この機能を有効にするには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定`に移動し、 :guilabel:`見積書 " +"\\&オーダ`セクションで、 :guilabel:`見積送状`の隣のチェックボックスをクリックします。その後、 :guilabel:`保存` " +"をクリックし、全ての変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売アプリケーションでの見積送状機能。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:27 msgid "Send pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "見積送状を送信" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -10031,11 +10269,13 @@ msgid "" " a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " "the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`見積送状` 機能を有効にすると、見積書や販売オーダで :guilabel:`見積送状を送信` " +"ボタンを使って、見積送状を送信できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 msgid "" "The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の典型的な販売オーダの見積送状送信ボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -10043,12 +10283,13 @@ msgid "" "invoice for a down payment has already been sent, or for a recurring " "subscription." msgstr "" +"前受金の請求書がすでに送付されている場合、または定期購読の場合は、販売オーダまたは見積書に対して見積送状を送付することは**できません**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 msgid "" "In either case, the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Froma Invoice` button does **not** " "appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どちらの場合も :guilabel:`見積送状を送信` ボタンは表示されません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -10056,12 +10297,13 @@ msgid "" "registrations, courses, and/or new subscriptions. Pro-forma invoices are not" " limited to physical, consumable, or storable goods." msgstr "" +"ただし、サービス、イベント登録、コース、および/または新規サブスクリプションについては、見積送状を送付することが**可能です**。見積送状は、現物、消耗品、在庫可能品に限定されません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:45 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, a pop-up " "window appears, from which an email can be sent." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`見積送状`ボタンをクリックすると、ポップアップウィンドウが表示され、そこからEメールを送信することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -10069,23 +10311,25 @@ msgid "" "with the customer from the sales order or quotation. The :guilabel:`Subject`" " field and the body of the email can be modified, if necessary." msgstr "" +"ポップアップウィンドウの :guilabel:`受信者` フィールドには、販売オーダまたは見積の顧客が自動的に入力されます。必要に応じて " +":guilabel:`題名` フィールドとメール本文を変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:52 msgid "" "The pro-forma invoice is automatically added as an attachment to the email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "見積送状は自動的にメールに添付されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:54 msgid "" "When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" " the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "準備ができたら :guilabel:`送信` をクリックすると、Odooは即座に見積送状を添付したメールを顧客に送信します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 msgid "" "The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" " Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で見積送状が添付されたEメールのポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -10094,14 +10338,15 @@ msgid "" "clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " "view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." msgstr "" +"見積送状がどのようなものかをプレビューするには、:guilabel:`送信`をクリックする前に、Eメールのポップアップウィンドウの下にあるPDFをクリックして下さい。クリックすると、見積送状が即座にダウンロードされます。そのPDFを開くと、見積送状が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の見積送状サンプルPDF。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing based on time and materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "時間と材料に基づく請求書作成" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10109,6 +10354,7 @@ msgid "" "estimating the size of a project isn't possible, or when the requirements of" " a project may change." msgstr "" +"時間および/または材料に基づく請求書は、通常、プロジェクトの規模を正確に見積もることができない場合、またはプロジェクトの要件が変更される可能性がある場合に使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -10117,22 +10363,24 @@ msgid "" "needs to be paid to the employees, sub-contractors, vendors, suppliers, and " "so on." msgstr "" +"これは、従業員、下請業者、仕入先、サプライヤーなどに支払わなければならないものが何であろうと、顧客が契約の履行に対して指定された総額を支払うことに同意する固定価格契約とは異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:12 msgid "" "The Odoo *Sales* app can invoice for time and various other expenses (e.g. " "transport, lodging), as well as purchases needed to fulfill an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo *販売*アプリは、時間やその他様々な経費(例: 交通費、宿泊費)、オーダを履行するために必要な購買費を請求することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:16 msgid "App and settings configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "アプリと管理設定の設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:18 msgid "" "First, in order to accurately keep track of the progress of a project, the " "Odoo *Project* and *Accounting* apps **must** be installed." msgstr "" +"まず、プロジェクトの進捗を正確に把握するためには、Odooの*プロジェクト*アプリと*会計*アプリをインストールする**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -10142,10 +10390,13 @@ msgid "" "automatically refreshes and returns to the main Odoo dashboard, where the " "*Project* app is now available to access." msgstr "" +"*プロジェクト*アプリをインストールするには、 :menuselection:`Odooメインダッシュボード --> アプリ` に移動します。次に、 " +":guilabel:`アプリ`ページで、 :guilabel:`プロジェクト`アプリブロックを探し、 " +":guilabel:`有効化`をクリックします。ページが自動的に更新され、Odooのメインダッシュボードに戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:26 msgid "Repeat the same process to install the *Accounting* application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "同じプロセスを繰り返して、*会計*アプリケーションをインストールします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -10155,17 +10406,20 @@ msgid "" "section, and ensure the box next to :guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` is " "checked." msgstr "" +"インストール後、Odooのメインダッシュボードから :guilabel:`会計` アプリのアイコンをクリックし、 :menuselection:`設定 " +"--> 管理設定` に移動します。guilabel:`設定`ページで、 :guilabel:`分析`セクションまでスクロールダウンし、 " +":guilabel:`分析会計`の横のボックスにチェックが入っていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How it looks to activate the Analytic Accounting setting in Odoo Accounting " "Setting page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計管理設定ページで分析会計設定を有効にする方法" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そして、 :guilabel:`保存`をクリックして全ての変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -10174,15 +10428,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Management` section, ensure the box beside the " ":guilabel:`Timesheets` feature is checked." msgstr "" +"次に :menuselection:`Odooメインダッシュボード --> プロジェクトアプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` " +"に移動します。guilabel:`設定`ページの :guilabel:`時間管理` セクションで :guilabel:`タイムシート` " +"機能の横のボックスがチェックされていることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "What the Timesheets feature looks like on the Odoo Project settings page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooプロジェクトの管理設定ページでのタイムシート機能の見え方。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "Service product configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "サービスプロダクト設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -10190,12 +10447,14 @@ msgid "" "possible to invoice for time spent on a project, but **only** when the " "following product configurations have been made." msgstr "" +"*プロジェクト*アプリで*タイムシート*機能を有効にすると、プロジェクトに費やした時間に対して請求書を発行できるようになりました。ただし、以下のプロダクト設定がされている時*のみ*です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "" "Invoicing for time spent on a project is **only** possible with products " "that have *Service* set as the *Product Type* on their product form." msgstr "" +"プロジェクトに費やした時間の請求書は、プロダクトフォームの *プロダクトタイプ* に *サービス* が設定されているプロダクトで**のみ** 可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -10204,6 +10463,9 @@ msgid "" "desired service product to be configured, or click :guilabel:`New` to create" " a new product." msgstr "" +"サービスプロダクトを設定するには、まず :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " +"に移動します。guilabel:`プロダクト`ページで、設定したいサービスプロダクトを選択するか、 " +":guilabel:`新規`をクリックして新しいプロダクトを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -10212,6 +10474,9 @@ msgid "" "menu in the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field, and select :guilabel:`Based " "on Timesheets`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`一般情報` タブで :guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ` を :guilabel:`サービス` " +"に設定します。次に、 :guilabel:`請求方針` フィールドのドロップダウンメニューを開き、 :guilabel:`タイムシートに基づく` " +"を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -10220,12 +10485,14 @@ msgid "" "order is created with this specific service product, a new project and task " "is created in the *Project* app." msgstr "" +"次に、:guilabel:`オーダで作成` ドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`プロジェクト&タスク` " +"を選択します。この設定は、この特定のサービスプロダクトで販売オーダが作成されると、*プロジェクト*アプリに新しいプロジェクトとタスクが作成されることを示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "The correct settings for Invoicing Policy and Create on Order fields for " "service product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "サービスプロダクトの請求方針とオーダ作成フィールドの正しい設定。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -10235,17 +10502,21 @@ msgid "" "only appears if :guilabel:`Task` is chosen in the :guilabel:`Create on " "Order` field." msgstr "" +"代わりに :guilabel:`タスク` オプションを :guilabel:`オーダで作成` ドロップダウンメニューから選択することができます。 " +"guilabel:`タスク`が選択された場合、 " +":guilabel:`プロジェクト`フィールドからタスクが表示される既存のプロジェクトを選択します。このフィールドは :guilabel:`タスク` が" +" :guilabel:`オーダで作成` フィールドで選択された場合にのみ表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:84 msgid "Add time spent to sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "費やされた時間を販売オーダに追加する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:86 msgid "" "After properly configuring a service product with the correct *Invoicing " "Policy* and *Create on Order* options, it is possible to add time spent to a" " sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正しい*請求方針*と*オーダで作成*オプションでサービスプロダクトを適切に設定した後、販売オーダに滞在時間を追加することが可能です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -10255,22 +10526,28 @@ msgid "" " select the properly :ref:`configured service product " "` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"アクションでそれを見るには、:menuselection:`販売アプリ --> " +"新規`に進み、空の見積フォームを開きます。次に、:guilabel:`顧客` を追加し、 :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブで、 " +":guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` をクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから適切な :ref:`設定済サービスプロダクト " +"` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:94 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`確認`をクリックしてオーダを確認します。 to confirm the order." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:96 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, two smart buttons appear at the top of the" " order form: :guilabel:`Projects` and :guilabel:`Tasks`." msgstr "" +"販売オーダを確定すると、オーダフォームの上部に :guilabel:`プロジェクト` と :guilabel:`タスク` " +"という2つのスマートボタンが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How the Projects and Tasks smart buttons look on a Sales Order in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の販売オーダでのプロジェクトとタスクのスマートボタンの表示" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -10279,12 +10556,13 @@ msgid "" "is clicked, it reveals the specific project task related to this sales " "order. Both are also accessible in the *Project* app." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`プロジェクト`スマートボタンをクリックすると、この販売オーダに関連する特定のプロジェクトが表示されます。guilabel:`タスク`スマートボタンをクリックすると、この販売オーダーに関連する特定のプロジェクトタスクが表示されます。どちらも*プロジェクト*アプリからもアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:107 msgid "" "In order to add time spent on a sales order, click the :guilabel:`Tasks` " "smart button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダに費やした時間を追加するには、:guilabel:`タスク`スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -10293,6 +10571,8 @@ msgid "" "project, and the time they spend working on the task can be added by the " "employees or by the person who created the sales order." msgstr "" +"タスクフォームで :guilabel:`タイムシート` タブを選択する。guilabel:`タイムシート` " +"タブから、従業員をプロジェクトに割当てることができ、従業員または販売オーダを作成した人がタスクに費やした時間を追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -10302,6 +10582,9 @@ msgid "" "option to add a brief description of the work done during this time in the " ":guilabel:`Description` column, but it's not required." msgstr "" +"従業員とそのタスクの作業時間を追加するには、 :guilabel:`タイムシート` タブの :guilabel:`明細を追加` " +"をクリックします。次に、適切な :guilabel:`日付` と :guilabel:`従業員` " +"を選択します。guilabel:`説明`列にその時間に行った仕事の簡単な説明を追加するオプションもありますが、必須ではありません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -10309,6 +10592,8 @@ msgid "" "Spent` column, and click away to complete that line in the " ":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab." msgstr "" +"最後に、そのタスクにかかった時間を :guilabel:`消費時間` 列に入力し、:guilabel:`タイムシート` " +"タブのその行をクリックして終了します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -10317,6 +10602,8 @@ msgid "" "the task form) as a percentage, which reflects how much of the total " "allocated work hours have been done so far." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`消費時間`列に入力された時間は、:guilabel:`割当時間`フィールド(タスクフォームの一番上にある)にパーセンテージとして即座に反映されます。" +" これは、割当総労働時間のうち、これまでにどれだけの労働が行われたかを反映したものです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -10324,22 +10611,24 @@ msgid "" "Spent` and :guilabel:`Remaining Hours` fields, located at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab." msgstr "" +"同じ情報は :guilabel:`タイムシート` タブの下にある :guilabel:`消費時間` と :guilabel:`残時間` " +"フィールドに時間数として表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:0 msgid "" "How the Timesheets tab appears on a task form in Odoo Sales and Odoo " "Project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売とOdooプロジェクトのタスクフォームにタイムシートタブを表示する方法" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:133 msgid "" "Repeat this process for however many employees and hours have been worked on" " the project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このプロセスを、プロジェクトに従事した従業員と時間の数だけ繰返します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:136 msgid "Invoice time spent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "消費時間を請求する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -10349,6 +10638,8 @@ msgid "" "the top of the task form, or return to the sales order via the breadcrumb " "links, located in the upper-left of the screen." msgstr "" +"プロジェクトタスクに必要な従業員と時間が全て追加されたら、販売オーダに戻り、 顧客にこれらの時間を請求します。そのためには、タスクフォームの上部にある " +":guilabel:`販売オーダ` スマートボタンをクリックするか、画面の左上にあるパンくずリンクから販売オーダーに戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -10357,6 +10648,8 @@ msgid "" "column) and in the new :guilabel:`Recorded Hours` smart button at the top of" " the sales order." msgstr "" +"販売オーダフォームに戻ると、タスクに追加された時間は :guilabel:`オーダ明細` タブ( :guilabel:`配送済` " +"列)と販売オーダの上部にある新しい :guilabel:`記録時間` スマートボタンに反映されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -10365,12 +10658,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" +"プロジェクトにかかった時間を顧客に請求するには、 :guilabel:`請求書作成` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`請求書作成` " +"ポップアップウィンドウから :guilabel:`通常請求書` を選択します。次に :guilabel:`ドラフト請求書を作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:151 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft`, clearly showing all " "the work that's been done in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そうすると、:guilabel:`請求書ドラフト`が表示され、:guilabel:`請求書行`タブで行われた作業が全て明確に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -10378,26 +10673,28 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer Invoice`, as that information is necessary to ensure " "other time/material invoicing tasks are completed properly and accurately." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`顧客請求書`の :guilabel:`分析分配` " +"列に注意してください。この情報は、他の時間/材料請求書作成作業が適切かつ正確に完了するために必要だからです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:0 msgid "Invoice draft showing time spent on sales order in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Salesで販売オーダにかかった時間が表示された請求書ドラフト。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:163 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the invoice and continue with the " "invoicing process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`確認`をクリックして請求書を確認し、請求書発行プロセスを続行します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:169 msgid "Expenses configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "経費設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:171 msgid "" "In order to track and invoice expenses related to a sales order, the Odoo " "*Expenses* app **must** be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダに関連する経費を追跡し請求するためには、Odoo *経費*アプリがインストールされている**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -10405,16 +10702,20 @@ msgid "" "dashboard --> Apps`. Then, on the :guilabel:`Apps` page, locate the " ":guilabel:`Expenses` app block, and click :guilabel:`Activate`." msgstr "" +"*経費*アプリをインストールするには、 :menuselection:`Odooメインダッシュボード --> アプリ`に移動します。次に、 " +":guilabel:`アプリ`ページで、 :guilabel:`経費`アプリブロックを探し、 :guilabel:`有効化`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:178 msgid "" "The page automatically refreshes and returns to the main Odoo dashboard, " "where the :guilabel:`Expenses` app is now available to access." msgstr "" +"ページは自動的にリフレッシュされ、Odooのメインダッシュボードに戻ります。そこで、:guilabel:`経費` " +"アプリにアクセスできるようになりました。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:184 msgid "Add expenses to sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダに経費を追加する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -10422,6 +10723,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses` app. Then, from the main *Expenses* dashboard, " "click :guilabel:`New`, which reveals a blank expense form." msgstr "" +"販売オーダに経費を追加するには、まず :menuselection:`経費` アプリに移動します。次に、メインの*経費*ダッシュボードから " +":guilabel:`新規` をクリックすると、空白の経費フォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -10430,12 +10733,15 @@ msgid "" "select the appropriate option from the drop-down menu (e.g. " ":guilabel:`Meals`, :guilabel:`Miles`, :guilabel:`Travel \\& Accommodation`)." msgstr "" +"支出フォームに、支出の :guilabel:`説明` " +"を追加します(例：`ホテル滞在`、`航空券`)。次に、:guilabel:`カテゴリ`フィールドで、ドロップダウンメニューから適切なオプションを選択します(例：" +" :guilabel:`食事`、 :guilabel:`マイル`、 :guilabel:`旅行`、 :guilabel:`宿泊`)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:194 msgid "" "Expense categories can be added and modified by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "経費カテゴリは :menuselection:`経費アプリ --> 設定 --> 経費カテゴリ` で追加・変更できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -10445,6 +10751,9 @@ msgid "" " expense in the :guilabel:`Paid By` field: the :guilabel:`Employee (to " "reimburse)` or the :guilabel:`Company`." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`合計` フィールドに経費の合計金額を入力し、適用される場合は :guilabel:`税込` も入力します。次に、正しい " +":guilabel:`従業員` が選択されていることを確認し、:guilabel:`支払者` フィールドに経費を支払った :guilabel:`従業員 " +"(払戻対象)` または :guilabel:`会社` を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -10452,6 +10761,8 @@ msgid "" " sales order from the drop-down menu. Then, select that same sales order " "information from the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` field, as well." msgstr "" +"次に、:guilabel:`顧客へ再請求`フィールドで、ドロップダウンメニューから適切な販売オーダを選択します。次に :guilabel:分析分配` " +"フィールドから同じ販売オーダ情報を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -10460,12 +10771,13 @@ msgid "" " product that is billed based on *Timesheets*, *Milestones*, or *Delivered " "Quantities*." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`分析分配`フィールドは、販売オーダが*タイムシート*、*マイルストン*、または*配送済数量*に基づいて請求されるサービスプロダクトを含む場合、対応する販売オーダをオプションとして持つ**だけ**です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How to properly fill out an expense form that's attached to a sales order in" " Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooで販売オーダに添付された経費フォームに正しく記入する方法。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -10474,23 +10786,26 @@ msgid "" "necessary documents to the expense. This is **not** required, but it may " "affect whether or not an expense is approved." msgstr "" +"領収書をアップロードして経費に添付する必要がある場合は、:guilabel:`領収書添付`ボタンをクリックし、必要な書類を経費にアップロードして下さい。これは必須ではありませんが、経費の承認可否に影響する場合があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:219 msgid "" "When all the information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create Report` " "to create an expense report detailing all the expense information that was " "just entered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全ての情報が入力されたら、:guilabel:`報告を作成`をクリックし、入力された全ての経費情報を含む経費報告を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "How an Expense Report Summary looks in Odoo Expenses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo経費での経費報告サマリの見え方。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:226 msgid "" "Then, there's the option to :guilabel:`Submit to Manager` for approval. Once" " approved, the :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip` appears." msgstr "" +"次に、承認のために :guilabel:`マネジャーに提出` というオプションがあります。承認されると :guilabel:`次回の給与明細で報告` " +"が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -10499,6 +10814,8 @@ msgid "" "expense, and click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to post this expense to " "the accounting journal." msgstr "" +"この例で完全なフローを示すには、:guilabel:`マネジャーに提出`を選択します。次に、マネジャーは :guilabel:`承認` " +"をクリックしてこの支出を承認し、 :guilabel:`仕訳を記帳` をクリックしてこの経費を会計仕訳帳に記帳します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:234 msgid "Invoice expenses" @@ -10512,6 +10829,9 @@ msgid "" " in the :menuselection:`Expenses` app. From the expense report, click the " ":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"販売オーダ`の :ref:`経費を顧客に請求するには、 " +":menuselection:`販売` アプリから、または :menuselection:`経費` " +"アプリの経費報告から、関連する販売オーダに移動します。経費報告から、ページ上部の :guilabel:`販売オーダ` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -10519,12 +10839,14 @@ msgid "" "expense now has its own line in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and can be " "invoiced to the customer." msgstr "" +"経費報告書が販売オーダにリンクされていた場合、新しく設定された経費は :guilabel:`オーダ明細` " +"タブに独自の明細を持ち、顧客に請求することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "An expense appearing on Order Lines tab of a Sales Order in Odoo Sales " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売アプリケーションで、販売オーダのオーダラインタブに経費が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -10533,28 +10855,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Create " "Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" +"販売オーダの経費を顧客に請求するには、 :guilabel:`請求書作成` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`請求書作成` " +"ポップアップウィンドウから :guilabel:`通常請求書` を選択し、 :guilabel:`ドラフト請求書作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:252 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` for the expense. Then," " the invoicing process can be completed as usual." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そうすると、その費用の :guilabel:`顧客請求書ドラフト` が表示されます。あとは通常通り請求書発行処理を行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "Sample customer invoice for an expense generated from a sales order in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で販売オーダから作成された経費の請求書のサンプル。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:260 msgid "Purchase configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "購買設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:262 msgid "" "In order to invoice a customer for purchases made on a sales order, the " "*Purchase* application **must** be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダで行われた購買用の請求書を顧客に発行するには、**購買**アプリケーションがインストールされている**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -10564,10 +10888,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically refreshes and returns to the main Odoo dashboard, where the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` app is now available to access." msgstr "" +"*購買*アプリケーションをインストールするには、 :menuselection:`Odooメインダッシュボード --> アプリ` に移動します。次に " +":guilabel:`アプリ`ページで :guilabel:`購買`アプリブロックを探し、 :guilabel:`有効化` " +"をクリックします。ページが自動的にリフレッシュされ、Odooのメインダッシュボードに戻り、 :guilabel:`購買` " +"アプリにアクセスできるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:273 msgid "Add purchase to sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "販売オーダに購買を追加する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -10575,6 +10903,8 @@ msgid "" "To create a purchase order, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "New` to reveal a blank purchase order form." msgstr "" +"販売オーダーに購買を追加するには、まずオーダを作成する必要があります。購買オーダを作成するには、 :menuselection:`購買アプリ --> " +"新規`と進み、空白の購買オーダフォームを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:278 msgid "" @@ -10584,12 +10914,15 @@ msgid "" " the far-right of the column headers. From that drop-down menu, select " ":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`." msgstr "" +"まず、購買オーダに :guilabel:`仕入先` を追加します。次に、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` " +"タブの下で、列ヘッダの右端にある点のついた2本の水平線で表される、 :guilabel:`追加列オプション` " +"ドロップダウンメニューをクリックします。そのドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`分析分配` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How to add analytic distribution column on purchase order form in Odoo " "Purchase." -msgstr "" +msgstr "購買オーダフォームに分析分布列を追加する方法。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -10599,6 +10932,9 @@ msgid "" "product`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu. Repeat for" " all the products to add." msgstr "" +"購買注文フォームの :guilabel:`プロダクト` タブのヘッダーに :guilabel:`分析分布` " +"カラムを追加したら、購買オーダにプロダクトを追加します。そのためには、 :guilabel:`プロダクトを追加` " +"をクリックし、ドロップダウンメニューから必要なプロダクトを選択します。追加する全てのプロダクトについて繰返し行います。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -10608,12 +10944,15 @@ msgid "" "quantities`, and have the :guilabel:`At cost` option selected in the " ":guilabel:`Re-Invoice Expenses` field on its product form." msgstr "" +"購買が販売オーダで適切に請求されるためには、購買オーダのプロダクトが :guilabel:`経費入力可` としてマークされ、 " +":guilabel:`請求方針` が :guilabel:`配送済数量` に設定され、プロダクトフォームの :guilabel:`経費を再請求` " +"フィールドで :guilabel:`At cost` オプションが選択されている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:0 msgid "" "Product settings for a purchase order to be invoiced on a sales order in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooで販売オーダーに請求する購買オーダのプロダクト設定。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -10622,19 +10961,21 @@ msgid "" "click the empty :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` field to reveal an " ":guilabel:`Analytic` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"次に、この購買オーダーが関連する販売オーダーに関連する適切な :guilabel:`分析分配` を選択します。これを行うには、空の " +":guilabel:`分析分配` フィールドをクリックして :guilabel:`分析` ポップアップウィンドウを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:306 msgid "" "Then, from the :guilabel:`Departments` drop-down menu, select the analytic " "distribution associated with the desired sales order to be invoiced for the " "purchase." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`部門` ドロップダウンメニューから、購買の請求書を発行する販売オーダに関連付けられている分析分配を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "How to select the Analytic Distribution department from a purchase order in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooで購買オーダから分析販売部門を選択する方法。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -10643,6 +10984,9 @@ msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` when the products have been " "received. This creates a receipt form." msgstr "" +"購買オーダの :guilabel:`プロダクト` タブに全ての情報を入力したら、 :guilabel:`オーダの確認` " +"をクリックしてオーダを確定します。プロダクトを受け取ったら :guilabel:`プロダクト入荷` " +"をクリックします。これで領収書フォームが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -10651,6 +10995,8 @@ msgid "" "represented by four horizontal lines located to the far-right of the product" " line." msgstr "" +"領収書を確認する前にシリアル番号やロット番号を入力する必要がある場合は、レシートフォームのプロダクトラインの右端にある4本の横線で表された " +":guilabel:`詳細` アイコンをクリックして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:322 msgid "" @@ -10658,10 +11004,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number(s)` and :guilabel:`Done` quantity can be added." " When ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the data." msgstr "" +"これにより :guilabel:`詳細オペレーション` タブが表示され、必要な :guilabel:`ロット/シリアル番号` と " +":guilabel:`完了` 数量を追加することができます。準備ができたら :guilabel:`確認` をクリックしてデータを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:326 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the purchase order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、:guilabel:`検証`をクリックして購買オーダを検証します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:328 msgid "" @@ -10669,11 +11017,13 @@ msgid "" "the page, and click :guilabel:`Create Bill` to create a vendor bill that can" " be invoiced to the customer on the attached sales order." msgstr "" +"次に、ページ上部のパンくずリンクから購買オーダに戻り、 :guilabel:`請求書作成` " +"をクリックして、添付された販売オーダで顧客に請求できる仕入先請求書を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "Vendor bill draft for a purchase order to be invoiced to a customer in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooで顧客に請求する購買オーダ用の仕入先請求書ドラフト。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:337 msgid "" @@ -10682,6 +11032,8 @@ msgid "" "error window appears, requesting that information to be entered before " "confirmation can occur." msgstr "" +"確認する前に、必ず :guilabel:`仕入先請求書ドラフト` に :guilabel:`請求日` を入力してください。もし " +":guilabel:`請求日` が入力*されていない場合、エラーウィンドウが表示され、確認の前にその情報を入力するよう要求されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -10689,10 +11041,12 @@ msgid "" "automatically added to the sales order, where it can be invoiced directly to" " the customer attached to it." msgstr "" +"その後、:guilabel:`確認` " +"をクリックして、仕入先請求書を確認します。この請求書は自動的に販売オーダに追加され、販売オーダに添付されている顧客に直接請求書を発行することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:345 msgid "Invoice purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "購買を請求する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -10700,6 +11054,8 @@ msgid "" "purchase to the sales order `, " "then navigate to the desired sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app." msgstr "" +"販売オーダの購買の請求書を顧客に発行するには、まず :ref:`購買を販売オーダに追加` し、次に :menuselection:`販売` アプリで目的の販売オーダに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -10707,12 +11063,14 @@ msgid "" "product now has its own product line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, " "and it is ready to be invoiced." msgstr "" +"購買オーダに添付された販売オーダでは、購買されたプロダクトは :guilabel:`オーダ明細` " +"タブの下に独自のプロダクトラインを持ち、請求書を発行する準備ができました。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "Purchase order product on sales order to be invoiced to customer via Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で顧客に請求する販売オーダで購買オーダプロダクト。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:358 msgid "" @@ -10720,18 +11078,21 @@ msgid "" "Invoice`, select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` from the :guilabel:`Create " "invoices` pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" +"購買を顧客に請求するには、 :guilabel:`請求書作成` をクリックし、 :guilabel:`請求書作成` ポップアップウィンドウから " +":guilabel:`通常請求書` を選択し、 :guilabel:`ドラフト請求書作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:362 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Customer Invoice Draft` with the newly-added " "purchase order product in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" +"そうすると、:guilabel:`請求明細`タブに新しく追加された購買オーダプロダクトを含む :guilabel:`顧客請求書ドラフト`が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst-1 msgid "" "Customer invoice draft with purchase product attached to sales order in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooの販売オーダで購買プロダクトが添付された顧客請求書ドラフト。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:369 msgid "" @@ -10739,20 +11100,22 @@ msgid "" "invoice, and then click :guilabel:`Register Payment` in the " ":guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up form." msgstr "" +"請求書発行プロセスを完了するには、 :guilabel:`確認`をクリックして請求書を確認し、 :guilabel:`支払登録`ポップアップフォームで " +":guilabel:`支払登録`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト & 価格" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:3 msgid "Use eWallets and gift cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eWalletsとギフトカードを使用する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, customers can use **eWallets** and **gift cards** for online and " "in-store shopping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooを利用することで、顧客は**eWallets**や**ギフトカード**をオンラインや店舗でのショッピングに利用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -10763,6 +11126,10 @@ msgid "" "Gift cards & eWallet` and :guilabel:`Create` a new eWallet or gift card " "program." msgstr "" +"eWalletとギフトカードをeコマースとPOSで使用可能にするには、まず :menuselection:`販売アプリ -->設定 --> 管理設定 " +"--> 価格セクション` で :guilabel:`値引き、ロイヤリティ&ギフトカード` を有効にします。有効化したら、 " +":menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> ギフトカード&eWallet` に進み、 " +":guilabel:新しいeWalletまたはギフトカードプログラムを`作成`します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:13 msgid "eWallets" @@ -10775,6 +11142,8 @@ msgid "" "brick-and-mortar store. eWallets can also be used to centralize multiple " ":ref:`gift cards `." msgstr "" +"eWalletsは、顧客がオンラインアカウントにクレジットを保存し、オンラインストアや実店舗で商品を購入する際に、これらのクレジットを支払方法として使用することを可能にします。eWalletsはまた、複数の" +" :ref:`ギフトカード ` を一元管理するために使用することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10784,12 +11153,15 @@ msgid "" "can then be used as a payment method in the eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS " "(Point of Sale)`. Top-up values can be of different amounts." msgstr "" +"eWalletプログラムを作成する前に、eWallet " +"**トップアップ**プロダクトを作成する必要があります。トップアップとは、あらかじめ定義されたデジタルクレジットの価値を、実際の通貨と交換するためにeWalletに追加することです。これらのクレジットは、eコマースショップまたは" +" :abbr:`POS'`での支払い方法として使用することができます。トップアップバリューは異なる金額にすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:25 msgid "" "A $50 top-up can be bought for $50, and adds that same amount of credits to " "the eWallet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "$50のトップアップは$50で購入でき、同額のクレジットがeウォレットに追加されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -10797,42 +11169,45 @@ msgid "" " Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a new product. On the product template, " "configure the options as follows:" msgstr "" +"トップアッププロダクトを作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` と進み、 " +":guilabel:新規プロダクトを`作成`します。プロダクトテンプレートで以下のようにオプションを設定します:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the top-up product (for example, " "`$50 Top-Up`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト名`: トップアッププロダクトの名前を入力します(例：`$50トップアップ`)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`販売可能`: 有効化済" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: select :guilabel:`Service`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトタイプ`: :guilabel:`サービス`を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`請求方針`: :guilabel:前払/固定金額`を選択して下さい" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order`: select :guilabel:`Nothing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`オーダで作成`: :guilabel:`なし` を選択して下さい" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the top-up" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`販売価格`: トップアップ金額を入力して下さい" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:38 msgid "" "In order to have eWallet top-ups of different amounts, create multiple top-" "up products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." msgstr "" +"異なる金額のeWalletトップアップを行うには、複数のトップアッププロダクトを作成し、それに応じて :guilabel:`販売価格` を変更します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -10840,20 +11215,24 @@ msgid "" " Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` an eWallet program. The " "following configuration options are available:" msgstr "" +"トップアップが作成されたら、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> ギフトカード&eWallet` から " +":guilabel:eWalletプログラムを`作成`します。以下の設定オプションが利用可能です:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the eWallet program" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プログラム名`: eWalletプログラムの名前を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`eWallet`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プログラムタイプ`: :guilabel:`eWallet`を選択します" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eWallet Products`: select the eWallet top-up created earlier. " "Repeat the process if you created top-ups of different amounts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`eWalletプロダクト`: " +"先に作成したeWalletトップアップを選択します。異なる金額のトップアップを作成した場合は、このプロセスを繰り返します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -10861,25 +11240,28 @@ msgid "" "sent to the customer. To create a new template, click on the field, select " ":guilabel:`Search More`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Eメールテンプレート`: " +"顧客に送信するEメールに使用するEメールテンプレートを選択します。新しいテンプレートを作成するには、フィールドをクリックして " +":guilabel:`さらに検索` を選択し、 :guilabel:`作成` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the eWallet program" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`通貨`: eWalletプログラムで使用する通貨を選択します" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company for which the program is valid and " "available" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: プログラムが有効で利用可能な会社を選択します" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available On`: select the applications on which the program is " "valid and available" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`利用可能`: プログラムが有効で利用可能なアプリケーションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:117 @@ -10887,6 +11269,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: select the website on which the program is valid and " "available. Leave this field empty to include all websites." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ウェブサイト`: " +"プログラムが有効で利用可能なウェブサイトを選択します。全てのウェブサイトを含めるには、このフィールドを空にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:119 @@ -10895,10 +11279,12 @@ msgid "" "the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all " ":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`POS`: プログラムが有効で利用可能な :abbr:`POS'`を選択します。全ての :abbr:`POS` " +"を含める場合は、このフィールドを空にします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 msgid "eWallet program configuration page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eWalletプログラム設定ページ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -10909,6 +11295,10 @@ msgid "" " and :guilabel:`Customer Tags` selected. Then, set the :guilabel:`eWallet " "value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period if applicable." msgstr "" +"プログラムの設定が完了したら、左上にある :guilabel:`eWalletを生成` ボタンをクリックしてeWalletを生成します。eWalletは" +" :guilabel:`顧客` および/または :guilabel:`顧客タグ` に基づいて生成することができます。数量は選択された " +":guilabel:`顧客` と :guilabel:`顧客タグ` に応じて自動的に調整されます。次に :guilabel:`eWallet値` " +"を設定します。最後に、:guilabel:`有効期限` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -10916,10 +11306,11 @@ msgid "" "button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " ":guilabel:`Share` the eWallets via email or a URL link." msgstr "" +"生成されたeWalletsは、右上にある:guilabel:`eWallets`スマートボタンからアクセスできます。そこから、:guilabel:`送信`または:guilabel:`共有`して、eWalletsをEメールまたはURLリンクで送信します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 msgid "eWallets send and share buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eWallets送信および共有ボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -10927,16 +11318,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of an " "eWallet *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`有効期限`、 :guilabel:`取引先`、 :guilabel:`残高` " +"を変更するには、eWalletをクリックして下さい。eWalletの :guilabel:`コード` を変更、削除、複製することは*できません*。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:82 msgid "Gift cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ギフトカード" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:84 msgid "" "Gift cards can be purchased by customers, and in turn used as a payment " "method upon checkout at an eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ギフトカードは顧客によって購買され、eコマースショップやPOSでのチ支払時に支払方法として使用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -10945,20 +11338,24 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a product. On the product " "template, configure the options as follows:" msgstr "" +"新しいギフトカードプログラムを作成する前に、まずギフトカードをプロダクトとして作成する必要があります。そのためには、 " +":menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト`に行き、 " +":guilabel:`プロダクトを`作成`します。プロダクトテンプレートで以下のようにオプションを設定します:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the gift card product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト名`: ギフトカードのプロダクト名を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the gift card" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`販売価格`: ギフトカードの金額を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:99 msgid "" "In order to have gift cards of different amounts, create multiple gift card " "products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." msgstr "" +"異なる金額のギフトカードを用意するには、複数のギフトカードプロダクトを作成し、それに応じて :guilabel:`販売価格` を変更して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -10966,14 +11363,16 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` a gift card " "program. The following configuration options are available:" msgstr "" +"ギフトカード商品が作成されたら :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> ギフトカード&eWallet` で " +":guilabel: ギフトカードプログラムを`作成`します。以下の設定オプションが利用可能です:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the gift card program" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プログラム名`: ギフトカードプログラムの名前を入力します" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プログラムタイプ`: :guilabel:`ギフトカード`を選択します" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -10981,6 +11380,8 @@ msgid "" "earlier. Repeat the process if you created gift card products of different " "amounts." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ギフトカードプロダクト`: " +"先に作成したギフトカードプロダクトを選択します。異なる金額のギフトカードプロダクトを作成した場合は、このプロセスを繰返します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -10989,19 +11390,22 @@ msgid "" "field, selecting :guilabel:`Search More`, and then clicking " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Emailテンプレート`: デフォルトの :guilabel:`ギフトカード： " +"ギフトカード情報`のテンプレートを選択するか、フィールドをクリックして :guilabel:`さらに検索` を選択し、 :guilabel:`作成` " +"をクリックして新しいテンプレートを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Print Report`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`レポート印刷`: :guilabel:`ギフトカード`を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the gift card program" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`通貨`: ギフトカードプログラムで使用する通貨を選択します" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 msgid "Gift card program configuration page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ギフトカードプログラム設定ページ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -11014,6 +11418,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Gift Card value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period" " if applicable." msgstr "" +"プログラムの設定が完了したら、左上にある :guilabel:`ギフトカード生成` ボタンをクリックしてギフトカードを生成します。ギフトカードは " +":guilabel:`匿名顧客` または :guilabel:`選択された顧客` に対して生成することができます。guilabel:`匿名顧客`の場合は" +" :guilabel:`生成数` を設定し、 :guilabel:`選択された顧客`の場合は :guilabel:`顧客` と " +":guilabel:`顧客タグ` の両方を選択します。次に :guilabel:`ギフトカード値 を設定します。最後に、:guilabel:`有効期限`" +" を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -11021,10 +11430,12 @@ msgid "" "smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " ":guilabel:`Share` the gift cards via email or a URL link." msgstr "" +"生成されたギフトカードは、右上の :guilabel:`ギフトカード` " +"スマートボタンからアクセスできます。そこから、:guilabel:`送信または:guilabel:`共有`でギフトカードをEメールまたはURLリンクで送ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 msgid "Gift cards send and share buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ギフトカード送信および共有ボタン" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -11032,10 +11443,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of a gift " "card *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`有効期限`、 :guilabel:`取引先`、 :guilabel:`残高` " +"を変更するには、ギフトカードをクリックして下さい。ギフトカードの :guilabel:`コード` を変更、削除、複製することは*できません*。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:3 msgid "Discount and loyalty programs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引とロイヤリティプログラム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11045,10 +11458,11 @@ msgid "" "sensitive pricing options than :doc:`pricelists " "`." msgstr "" +"Odooの*販売*、*eコマース*、*POS*アプリケーションでは、オンラインや店舗でのショッピングで顧客が利用できる値引やロイヤリティプログラムを作成することができます。これらのプログラムは、:doc:`価格表`よりも多様で、公開で、時間制限を設けた価格オプションを提供します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 msgid "Configure the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理設定の設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -11058,16 +11472,21 @@ msgid "" "Gift Card` setting by checking the box next to the feature. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" +"割引とロイヤリティプログラムの使用を開始するには、 :menuselection:`販売 --> 設定 --> " +"管理設定`に移動します。guilabel:`価格設定`の見出しの下にある " +":guilabel:`値引、ロイヤリティ、ギフトカード`の設定を有効にします。最後に :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:19 msgid "Configure discount and loyalty programs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引とロイヤリティプログラムを設定" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:21 msgid "" "To create discount and loyalty programs, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products --> Discount & Loyalty`." msgstr "" +"値引とロイヤリティプログラムを作成するには、 :menuselection:`販売 --> プロダクト --> 値引&ロイヤリティ` " +"にアクセスして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -11076,46 +11495,49 @@ msgid "" "template cards, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new program from " "scratch." msgstr "" +"まだ値引やロイヤルティプログラムが作成されていない場合、Odooは最初のプログラム作成に役立つテンプレートを提供します。テンプレートカードのいずれかを選択するか、:guilabel:`新規`をクリックしてゼロから新しいプログラムを作成して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:28 msgid "" "Or, if there are already existing programs, select an existing program to " "edit it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "または、すでに既存のプログラムがある場合は、既存のプログラムを選択して編集します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Discount and loyalty program template cards." -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引とロイヤルティプログラムのテンプレートカード" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:35 msgid "" "Templates only appear when no programs have been created, and they disappear" " once the first program is created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "テンプレートは、まだプログラムが作成されていないときにのみ表示され、最初のプログラムが作成されると消えます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:38 msgid "Creating or editing a program opens the program form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プログラムを作成または編集すると、プログラムフォームが開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:40 msgid "The program form contains the following options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プログラムフォームには以下のオプションがあります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Program Name`: Enter the name of the program. The program name is" " *not* visible to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プログラム名`: プログラム名を入力します。プログラム名は顧客には表示*されません*。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Program Type`: Select the desired :ref:`program type " "`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プログラムタイプ`: 希望の:ref:`プログラムタイプ `を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: Select the currency used for the program." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`通貨`:プログラムで使用する通貨を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -11124,6 +11546,9 @@ msgid "" "name *is* visible to the customer. This field is only available when the " ":guilabel:`Program Type` is set to :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ポイント単位`: :guilabel:`ロイヤリティカード`プログラムで使用するポイントの名前を入力します(例: " +"`ロイヤリティポイント`)。ポイント単位名は顧客から見え*ます*。このフィールドは :guilabel:`プログラムタイプ` が " +":guilabel:`ロイヤリティカード` に設定されている場合のみ使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -11131,6 +11556,8 @@ msgid "" "Leave this field blank for no end date, meaning the program is always valid " "and does not expire." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`有効性`: " +"プログラムの有効期限を選択します。このフィールドを空白のままにすると、終了日はなく、プログラムは常に有効であり、有効期限はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -11138,24 +11565,28 @@ msgid "" "number of times the program can be used during the :guilabel:`Validity` " "period." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`使用制限`: このボックスをチェックし、 :guilabel:`有効期間` " +"期間中にプログラムを使用できる回数を制限する数値を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: In the case of multiple companies, choose the company " "for which the program is available." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`会社`: 複数の会社がある場合は、プログラムが利用可能な会社を選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available On`: Select the app(s) on which the program is " "available." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`利用可能`: プログラムが利用可能なアプリを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website(s) on which the program is " "available. Leave this field blank to make it available on all websites." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ウェブサイト`: " +"プログラムが利用可能なウェブサイトを選択します。全てのウェブサイトで利用できるようにするには、このフィールドを空白のままにします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -11163,66 +11594,72 @@ msgid "" "is available. Leave this field blank to make it available at all :abbr:`PoS " "(Point of Sale)`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`POS`: " +"このプログラムを利用できるPOSを選択します。全ての:abbr:`POS`で利用できるようにするには、このフィールドを空白のままにします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Program options on the loyalty program form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロイヤリティプログラムフォームでのプログラムオプション。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:67 msgid "" "The options available on the program form vary depending on the " ":ref:`Program Type ` selected." msgstr "" +"ref:`プログラムタイプ`の選択によって、プログラムフォームで使用できるオプションが異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:70 msgid "" "All of the existing cards, codes, coupons, etc. that have been generated for" " the program are accessible through the smart button located in the upper-" "right corner of the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プログラム用に生成された既存のカード、コード、クーポンなどは全て、フォームの右上隅にあるスマートボタンからアクセスできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Program items smart button on the loyalty program form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロイヤリティプログラムフォームのプログラム項目スマートボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:80 msgid "Program types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プログラムタイプ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:82 msgid "" "The different :guilabel:`Program Types` available on the program form are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`プログラムタイプ` はプログラムフォームで利用できます:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes that grant " "immediate access to rewards." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`クーポン`: 特典への即時アクセスを可能にするシングルユースクーポンコードを生成し、共有します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Next Order Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes " "that grant access to rewards on the customer's next order." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`次のオーダクーポン`: 次回のオーダで特典を受けられるクーポンコードを生成し、共有します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " "points to exchange for rewards on future orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ロイヤルティカード`: 購買時にポイントを貯め、次回以降のオーダでリワードと交換できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Promotions`: Set conditional rules for ordering products, which, " "when fulfilled, grant access to rewards for the customer." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`プロモーション`: " +"プロダクトをオーダするための条件付き規則を設定します。この規則が満たされると、顧客はリワードを受けることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Set codes which, when entered upon checkout, " "grant discounts to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`値引コード`: チェックアウト時に入力することで、顧客に値引を付与するコードを設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -11230,6 +11667,8 @@ msgid "" "credit. After accumulating a specified amount of credits, the customer can " "trade them in to receive Y item." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`X購入でYを入手`: " +"X個のアイテムを購入するごとに、顧客は1クレジットを付与されます。クレジットを一定量貯めると、Yアイテムと交換できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:98 msgid "Conditional rules" @@ -11239,7 +11678,7 @@ msgstr "条件ルール" msgid "" "Next, configure the :guilabel:`Conditional rules` that determine when the " "program applies to a customer's order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、プログラムが顧客のオーダに適用されるタイミングを決定する :guilabel:`条件ルール` を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -11247,20 +11686,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conditional rules` to add *conditions* to the program. This " "reveals a :guilabel:`Create Conditional rules` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`規則&リワード`タブで、プログラムに*条件*を追加するために :guilabel:`条件規則`の隣にある " +":guilabel:`追加` をクリックします。これにより :guilabel:`条件規則を作成` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Rules & Rewards tab of the loyalty program form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ロイヤルティプログラムフォームの規則&リワードタブ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:112 msgid "" "The options for :guilabel:`Conditional rules` vary depending on the selected" " :ref:`Program Type `." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`条件規則` のオプションは、選択された :ref:`プログラムタイプ " +"` によって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:115 msgid "The following options are available for configuring conditional rules:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "条件ルールの設定には、以下のオプションが利用できます:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -11269,6 +11712,9 @@ msgid "" " This field is only available when the :guilabel:`Program Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Discount Code`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`値引コード`： " +"guilabel:`値引コード`プログラムで使用するカスタムコードを入力するか、Odooが生成したデフォルトコードを使用します。このフィールドは " +":guilabel:`プログラムタイプ` が :guilabel:`値引コード` に設定されている場合のみ使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -11277,6 +11723,8 @@ msgid "" "least `1` to ensure that the customer must make a purchase in order to " "access the reward." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`最小数量`: " +"リワードを利用するために購買しなければならないプロダクトの最小数を入力します。最小数量を少なくとも`1`に設定することで、顧客がリワードを利用するために購買しなければならないことを確約します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -11286,12 +11734,15 @@ msgid "" "purchase amount are entered, then the customer's order must meet both " "conditions." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`最少購買`： " +"guilabel:`税込`または:guilabel:`税抜`で、特典を利用するために使用しなければならない最低金額(通貨)を入力します。最少数量と最少購買金額の両方が入力されている場合、顧客のオーダは両方の条件を満たす必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: Select the specific product(s) for which the program " "applies. Leave this field blank to apply it to all products." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Products`: プログラムを適用する特定のプロダクトを選択します。全プロダクトに適用する場合は空欄にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -11299,12 +11750,14 @@ msgid "" "program applies. Choose :guilabel:`All` to apply it to all product " "categories." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`カテゴリ`:プログラムを適用するプロダクトのカテゴリーを選択します。全てのプロダクトカテゴリに適用するには " +":guilabel:`全て` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Tag:` Select a tag to apply the program to products with " "that specific tag." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトタグ:` 特定のタグを持つプロダクトにプログラムを適用するには、タグを選択して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -11313,11 +11766,14 @@ msgid "" "unit paid` (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get Y` " "programs)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`付与`: :guilabel:`オーダあたり`、 :guilabel:`使用通貨あたり`、または " +":guilabel:`支払単位あたり` (:guilabel:`ロイヤリティカード` および :guilabel:`X購入でYを入手` " +"プログラムの場合) に顧客が獲得するポイント数を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "" "Conditional rules configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引またはロイヤルティプログラムの条件ルール設定画面。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -11325,6 +11781,8 @@ msgid "" " or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the rule and immediately create a " "new one." msgstr "" +"ルールを保存してポップアップウィンドウを閉じるには :guilabel:`保存&閉じる` を、ルールを保存してすぐに新しいルールを作成するには " +":guilabel:`保存&新規` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:144 msgid "Rewards" @@ -11336,16 +11794,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add` next to :guilabel:`Rewards` to add *rewards* to the program." " This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Rewards` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"プログラムフォームの :guilabel:`ルール&リワード` タブの :guilabel:`リワード` の隣にある :guilabel:`追加` " +"をクリックして、プログラムに *特典* を追加します。これにより :guilabel:`リワードを作成` ポップアップウィンドウが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:151 msgid "" "The options for :guilabel:`Rewards` vary depending on the selected " ":ref:`Program Type `." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`リワード` のオプションは、選択した:ref:`プログラムタイプ " +"` によって異なります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:154 msgid "The following options are available for configuring rewards:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "リワードの設定には以下のオプションがあります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -11354,32 +11816,34 @@ msgid "" "options for reward configuration depend on the :guilabel:`Reward Type` " "selected." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`特典タイプ`: リワードの種類を :guilabel:`プロダクト無料`, :guilabel:`値引`, " +":guilabel:`送料無料` から選択します。リワード設定の他のオプションは、選択した :guilabel:`リワードタイプ` に依存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Free Product`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`無料プロダクト`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity Rewarded`: Select the number of free products rewarded " "to the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`リワード数量`： 顧客に無料で提供されるプロダクトの数を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:163 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product given for free as a reward. Only one" " product can be selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: リワードとして無料で提供されるプロダクトを選択します。選択できるプロダクトは1つだけです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Tag`: Select a tag to further specify the free product " "eligible for the reward." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトタグ`: リワードの対象となる無料プロダクトをさらに指定するタグを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`値引`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -11389,6 +11853,9 @@ msgid "" " the entire :guilabel:`Order`, only the :guilabel:`Cheapest Product` on the " "order, or only :guilabel:`Specific Products`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`値引`： 値引額を :guilabel:`パーセント`、 :guilabel:`ポイントあたりの通貨`、 " +":guilabel:`オーダあたりの通貨` のいずれかで入力します。次に、値引が :guilabel:`オーダ`全体に適用されるか、オーダ内の " +":guilabel:`最も安いプロダクト` にのみ適用されるか、または :guilabel:`特定のプロダクト` にのみ適用されるかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:179 @@ -11396,10 +11863,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Discount`: Enter the maximum amount (in currency) that this " "reward may grant as a discount. Leave this field at `0` for no limit." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`最大値引`： このリワードが値引として付与できる最大金額(通貨)を入力します。無制限の場合、このフィールドは`0`のままにします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Free Shipping`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`送料無料`:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -11407,37 +11875,39 @@ msgid "" "for the reward (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get " "Y` programs)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`交換ポイント`: 特典と交換するために必要なポイント数を入力します (:guilabel:`ロイヤリティカード` および " +":guilabel:`X購入でYを入手` プログラムの場合)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:184 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description on order`: Enter the description of the reward, which" " is displayed to the customer upon checkout." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`オーダの説明`: チェックアウト時に顧客に表示される報酬の説明を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Rewards configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." -msgstr "" +msgstr "値引やロイヤリティプログラムの設定画面。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格を管理する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "Foreign currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "外国通貨" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, pricelists can be used to manage prices in a number of foreign " "currencies. Specifically, Odoo has the ability to work with 167 total " "currencies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooでは、価格表を使用して多くの外国通貨で価格を管理することができます。具体的には、Odooは合計167通貨に対応しています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:9 msgid "" "In order to use multiple currencies in Odoo *Sales*, the *Accounting* " "application **must** be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo *販売*で複数通貨を使用するには、**会計**アプリケーションがインストールされている*必要があります*。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 @@ -11452,17 +11922,19 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Currencies` section, " "and locate the :guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." msgstr "" +"*会計*アプリがインストールされると、外貨をデータベースに追加することができます。menuselection:`会計アプリ --> 設定 --> " +"管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`通貨` セクションまでスクロールし、 :guilabel:`主な通貨` 設定を見つけます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "" "How the main currency feature appears on settings page in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計の設定ページの主要通貨機能の表示。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:23 msgid "" "Odoo automatically sets the main currency as the currency of the country the" " company is based in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odooは自動的に主要通貨を会社のある国の通貨に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -11470,6 +11942,8 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Currency` field, select the desired currency, and be sure to " ":guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" +"会社の主要通貨を変更するには、 :guilabel:`通貨` フィールドのドロップダウンメニューを選択し、希望の通貨を選択して、必ず " +":guilabel:`変更を保存` して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -11478,6 +11952,8 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Currencies section`)." msgstr "" +"通貨レートが自動的に更新されるようにするには、*会計*設定ページで*自動通貨レート*機能を有効にします（:menuselection:`会計アプリ " +"--> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 通貨セクション`）。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -11487,18 +11963,23 @@ msgid "" " of time for the updates to take place. Then determine when the date of the " ":guilabel:`Next Run` should be." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`自動通貨レート`機能の横にあるチェックボックスをクリックし、 " +":guilabel:`Service`フィールドのドロップダウンメニューで通貨レートを取得する指定銀行を選択し、更新が行われる " +":guilabel:`間隔`時間を選択します。次に :guilabel:`次回実行` の日付を決定する。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "To instantly update the currency rates, click the :guilabel:`🔁 (circular " "arrows)` icon, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Next Run` field." msgstr "" +"通貨レートを即座に更新するには、 :guilabel:`次の実行`フィールドの右にある :guilabel:`🔁(円形の矢印)` " +"アイコンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:45 msgid "" "When all configurations are complete, be sure to :guilabel:`Save` all " "changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全ての設定が完了したら、必ず :guilabel:`保存` して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -11506,10 +11987,12 @@ msgid "" "or the company currency, if the company currency is not set. If it is not " "the same, a :guilabel:`Validation Error` message appears." msgstr "" +"全ての支払方法は、販売仕訳帳と同じ通貨、または会社の通貨が設定されていない場合は会社の通貨でなければなりません。もし同じでない場合、:guilabel:`検証エラー`" +" というメッセージが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:53 msgid "View, edit, and add currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通貨を表示、編集、追加" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -11518,16 +12001,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currencies` link, located beneath the :guilabel:`Currency` field " "on the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Settings` page." msgstr "" +"価格表や :guilabel:`主要通貨` ドロップダウンメニューで利用できるようにするために、 :menuselection:`会計アプリ --> " +"管理設定` ページの :guilabel:`通貨` フィールドの下にある :guilabel:`通貨` リンクをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:59 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Currencies` link is clicked, a separate " ":guilabel:`Currencies` page is revealed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`通貨`リンクをクリックすると、別の:guilabel:`通貨`ページが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "How the main currencies page appears in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計でのメイン通貨ページの表示されるか。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -11537,17 +12022,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current Rate` (compared to the default currency of the country in" " which the company is based)." msgstr "" +"このページでは、Odooが提供する世界167通貨のマスターリストが表示されます。各行には、対応する :guilabel:`通貨`、 " +":guilabel:`シンボル`、 :guilabel:`名前`、 :guilabel:`最終更新日`、 " +":guilabel:`現在のレート`(会社が拠点を置く国のデフォルト通貨との比較)が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:70 msgid "" "To the far right, there are two columns, which can be toggled on or off:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "右端には2つの列があり、オン・オフを切り替えることができます:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use on eBay`: this currency can be used with the connected eBay " "account (if applicable)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`eBayで使用`: この通貨は、接続されたeBayアカウント(該当する場合)で使用できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -11556,12 +12044,15 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Currencies section`)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`有効`: " +"この通貨は有効です。つまり、価格リストに追加したり、会社のメイン通貨として使用することができます(:menuselection:`会計アプリ --> " +"設定 --> 管理設定 --> 通貨セクション` 経由)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, all the :guilabel:`Active` currency options are at the top of " "the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "デフォルトでは、全ての :guilabel:`有効` 通貨オプションがリストの一番上に表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -11569,6 +12060,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active` currency. See :doc:`./pricing` to learn more about " "pricelist configuration." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`有効`通貨ごとに少なくとも1つのプライスリストを作成することを推奨します。プライスリストの設定については :doc:`./価格` " +"を参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -11576,21 +12069,22 @@ msgid "" "corresponding column. When *on* the color of the switch is green. When " "*off*, the color of the switch is grey." msgstr "" +"オプションのオン/オフを切り替えるには、対応する列の行にあるトグルスイッチをクリックします。*オン*の場合、スイッチの色は緑になります。*オフ*の場合、スイッチの色はグレーです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:89 msgid "Currency detail form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通貨詳細フォーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:91 msgid "" "To edit any currency on the :guilabel:`Currencies` page, click the desired " "currency to reveal the detail form for that specific currency, and proceed " "to make any necessary changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`通貨`ページで通貨を編集するには、希望の通貨をクリックしてその通貨の詳細フォームを表示し、必要な変更を加えて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "How a currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計での通貨詳細フォームの見え方。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -11598,6 +12092,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency` field. Beneath that, the name for the currency is in " "the :guilabel:`Name` field." msgstr "" +"通貨詳細フォームでは、関連する通貨コードが :guilabel:`通貨` フィールドに表示されます。その下の :guilabel:`名前` " +"フィールドには通貨の名前が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11605,6 +12101,7 @@ msgid "" " *on* is indicated with a green switch, and *off* is indicated with a grey " "switch." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`Active` トグルで通貨の使用可否を切り替えます： *オン*は緑色のスイッチ、*オフ*は灰色のスイッチで表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -11612,12 +12109,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency Unit` (e.g. `Dollars`) and :guilabel:`Currency Subunit` " "(e.g. `Cents`) can be found." msgstr "" +"通貨詳細フォームの右側には、適切な :guilabel:` 通貨単位` (例: `ドル`) と :guilabel:` 通貨サブユニット` (例: " +"`セント`) が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:107 msgid "" "If the currency is meant to be used for eBay purposes, toggle the " ":guilabel:`Use on eBay` option to the desired activation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通貨をeBayで使用する場合は、:guilabel:`eBayで使用`オプションを有効にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -11626,6 +12125,9 @@ msgid "" "specific rate, the :guilabel:`Company` to which it is connected, followed by" " the :guilabel:`Unit per...` and :guilabel:`...per Unit`." msgstr "" +"次に :guilabel:`レート` タブの下で、様々な変換率を表示、追加、削除することができます。各行には、特定のレートの " +":guilabel:`日付`、接続先の :guilabel:`会社`、そして :guilabel:`単位あたり...` と " +":guilabel:`...単位あたり` が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:166 @@ -11634,6 +12136,8 @@ msgid "" "for the company. For example, if the main currency is set to `USD`, the " "columns are titled :guilabel:`Unit per USD` and :guilabel:`USD per Unit`." msgstr "" +"最後の2つの列のそれぞれ*...*は、会社に設定されているメイン通貨を表します。例えば、メイン通貨が `USD` に設定されている場合、列のタイトルは " +":guilabel:`USDごとの単位` と :guilabel:`単位ごとのUSD` になります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -11641,10 +12145,12 @@ msgid "" "tab, and proceed to fill in the necessary information in the aforementioned " "columns." msgstr "" +"新しい料金を追加するには、 :guilabel:`料金` タブの :guilabel:`明細の追加` " +"をクリックし、前述の欄に必要な情報を記入していきます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:123 msgid "Main currency detail form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "主要通貨詳細フォーム" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -11652,10 +12158,12 @@ msgid "" "appears at the top of the currency detail form with the message: " ":guilabel:`This is your company's currency.`." msgstr "" +"選択された通貨が会社の主要通貨である場合、通貨詳細フォームの上部に青いバナーが表示され、次のようなメッセージが表示されます: " +":guilabel:`これが会社の通貨です`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "How a main currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計の主要通貨詳細フォームの見え方" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -11663,26 +12171,29 @@ msgid "" "will **not** be a :guilabel:`Rates` tab because all other currency rates are" " based off the main currency of the company." msgstr "" +"全てのフィールドは一般的な通貨詳細フォームと同じですが、他の全ての通貨レートは会社のメイン通貨に基づいているため、:guilabel:`Rates`タブは**ありません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:137 msgid "Create new currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "新規通貨を作成する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:139 msgid "" "If a desired currency isn't on the :guilabel:`Currencies` page, click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to open a blank currency template form." msgstr "" +"希望する通貨が :guilabel:`通貨` ページにない場合は、 :guilabel:`新規` " +"ボタンをクリックして空白の通貨テンプレートフォームを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:143 msgid "" "The same :guilabel:`New` button is located in the upper-right corner of any " "currency detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "同じ :guilabel:`新規` ボタンが、どの通貨詳細フォームの右上隅にもあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "How a blank currency detail form looks in Odoo Accounting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo会計での空白の通貨詳細フォームの見え方。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -11690,12 +12201,14 @@ msgid "" "code in the :guilabel:`Currency` field. Beneath that, enter the name for the" " currency in the :guilabel:`Name` field." msgstr "" +"空白の通貨詳細フォームで、希望の通貨コードを :guilabel:`通貨` フィールドに入力します。その下の :guilabel:`名前` " +"フィールドに通貨名を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:153 msgid "" "Then, toggle the currency's availability with the :guilabel:`Active` toggle " "switch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`有効` トグルスイッチで通貨の使用可否を切替えます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -11703,12 +12216,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency Unit` (e.g. `Dollars`) and appropriate " ":guilabel:`Currency Subunit` (e.g. `Cents`)." msgstr "" +"通貨詳細フォームの右側に、適切な :guilabel:`通貨ユニット` (例：`ドル`)と適切な :guilabel:`通貨サブ単位` " +"(例：`セント`)を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:158 msgid "" "If the currency is meant to be used for eBay purposes, toggle the " ":guilabel:`Use on eBay` to the desired activation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通貨をeBayで使用する場合は、:guilabel:`eBaydで使用`を有効にして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -11718,10 +12233,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`...per Unit` fields to ensure all the auto-populated information " "is accurate." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`料金` タブで :guilabel:`明細の追加` をクリックして新しい料金を追加します。次に、 " +":guilabel:`日付`、 :guilabel:`会社`、 :guilabel:`単位あたり...`、 :guilabel:`...単位あたり` " +"フィールドの確認と調整を行い、自動入力された情報が全て正確であることを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:171 msgid "Currency-specific pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通貨特有の価格表" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -11730,26 +12248,29 @@ msgid "" "currency, start by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Pricelists`." msgstr "" +"データベースの有効な通貨ごとに少なくとも1つの価格表を作成することをお勧めします。特定の通貨に価格表を作成(または割当て)するには、 " +":menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> 価格表`に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:177 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, either select an existing pricelist to" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`価格表`ページから、既存の価格表を選択して編集するか、 :guilabel:`新規`をクリックして新しい価格表を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:180 msgid "" "On the pricelist detail form, for either a new or existing pricelist, adjust" " the :guilabel:`Currency` field as desired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格表詳細フォームで、新規または既存の価格表の :guilabel:`通貨` フィールドを希望に応じて調整します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:184 msgid ":doc:`./pricing` to learn more about pricelist configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格表設定について更に詳しく知るための:doc:`./pricing` " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:187 msgid "Auto-conversion from public price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公開価格からの自動変換" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -11758,6 +12279,8 @@ msgid "" "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings " "--> Currencies section --> Main Currency --> Currency drop-down menu`." msgstr "" +"プロダクトに表示される公開価格は、その会社が設定した主要通貨に直接関係していることに留意して下さい。これは、 :menuselection:`会計アプリ" +" --> 設定 --> 管理設定 --> 通貨セクション --> 主要通貨 --> 通貨ドロップダウンメニュー`で設定できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -11766,10 +12289,11 @@ msgid "" "currency. The change in price is directly related to the updated conversion " "rate for that currency." msgstr "" +"販売価格は、価格表が会社の主要通貨と異なる通貨を持つ別の価格表に変更された場合、自動的に更新されます。価格の変更は、更新されたその通貨の換算レートに直接関係します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:198 msgid "Set product prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト価格を設定する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -11777,12 +12301,16 @@ msgid "" "currency rates, start by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " "Products --> Products`." msgstr "" +"為替レートの変動を避けるためにプロダクト価格を設定するには、まず :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " +"に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:203 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Products` page, select the desired product to modify. " "Or, create a new product by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`プロダクト`ページから、修正したいプロダクトを選択します。または、 :guilabel:`新規` " +"ボタンをクリックして新しいプロダクトを作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -11790,18 +12318,20 @@ msgid "" "button, located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a separate " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` page, specific to that particular product." msgstr "" +"次に、プロダクト詳細フォームの左上にある :guilabel:`追加価格` スマートボタンをクリックします。そうすると、そのプロダクト専用の " +":guilabel:`価格ルール` ページが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst-1 msgid "" "How to set product prices based on foreign currency pricelists in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で外貨価格表に基づいてプロダクト価格を設定する方法。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:214 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`New`, and select the desired pricelist from the drop-down " "menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`新規`をクリックし、 :guilabel:`価格表`列のドロップダウンメニューから希望する価格リストを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -11809,6 +12339,8 @@ msgid "" "proceed to enter in the desired figures in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` and" " :guilabel:`Price` fields." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`適用対象`フィールドにはプロダクトが自動入力されますので、 :guilabel:`最小数量` と " +":guilabel:`価格`フィールドに希望の数値を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -11816,6 +12348,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price` being set will **only** trigger if at least that amount of" " product is purchased." msgstr "" +"この :guilabel:`最小数量` フィールドの数字は、設定される :guilabel:`価格` " +"が、少なくともその量のプロダクトが購入された場合に**のみ**トリガされることを意味します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -11823,6 +12357,8 @@ msgid "" "for the set prices. Leaving those columns blank ensures the set price will " "remain valid, regardless of the date of sale." msgstr "" +"必要であれば、設定価格に :guilabel:`開始日` と :guilabel:`終了日` " +"を設定して下さい。これらのカラムを空白にすることで、販売日に関係なく設定価格が有効であることを保証します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -11830,6 +12366,8 @@ msgid "" "price rule should be applied in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Leaving that " "field blank ensures the price rule applies to all companies in the database." msgstr "" +"複数の会社が存在する環境で作業する場合は、 :guilabel:`会社` " +"フィールドでこの価格ルールを適用する会社を指定します。このフィールドを空白にすると、価格ルールがデータベース内の全ての会社に適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -11838,20 +12376,21 @@ msgid "" "trying to purchase this specific product, these pre-determined set prices " "appear." msgstr "" +"これらの設定が完了すると、変換の変更/更新に関係なく、指定された価格リストがこの特定のプロダクトを購入しようとする顧客に適用されるたびに、これらの事前に決定された設定価格が表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:236 msgid ":doc:`./pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`./pricing`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "Pricelists, discounts, and formulas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プライスリスト、値引と式" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo *Sales* has a useful pricelist feature that can be tailored to fit any " "unique pricing strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo *販売*には、独自の価格戦略に合わせて調整できる便利な価格リスト機能があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -11860,16 +12399,17 @@ msgid "" "with specific criteria (such as time periods, minimum quantity sold, and " "more) in order to apply certain prices or discounts." msgstr "" +"*価格表*とは、Odooが顧客に対して適切な価格を決定するために使用する価格(または価格ルール)のリストです。これらの価格表は、特定の価格や値引を適用するために特定の条件(期間、最小販売数量など)を設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "Pricelists suggest certain prices, but they can always be overridden on the " "sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格表は特定の価格を提案するが、販売オーダで常に上書きすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:14 msgid "Pricing strategy options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格戦略のオプション" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -11877,6 +12417,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Pricing` section, click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Pricelists` feature." msgstr "" +"価格戦略を選択するには、まず :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 設定 --> 価格設定` " +"に移動します。guilabel:`価格設定`セクションで、 :guilabel:`価格リスト`機能の隣にあるチェックボックスをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -11886,22 +12428,25 @@ msgid "" "to a separate pricelists page, wherein pricelists can be created and/or " "modified." msgstr "" +"そうすると、その下にさらに2つのオプションが表示されます: " +":guilabel:`プロダクトごとの複数価格`と:guilabel:`高度な価格ルール(値引、計算式)`です。guilabel:`価格表`というリンクも表示され、そこから別の価格表ページに行き、価格表を作成および/または変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`: provides the option to set several " "different prices per product." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトごとの複数価格`: プロダクトごとに異なる価格を設定するオプションを提供します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`: provides the option " "to create detailed price rules and apply discounts, margins, and roundings." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`高度な価格ルール(値引、計算式)`: 詳細な価格ルールを作成し、値引、マージン、丸めを適用するオプションを提供します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the pricelist feature setting looks in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で価格表機能を設定する方法。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -11909,6 +12454,8 @@ msgid "" "select one of those two options, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`価格表`機能の横のチェックボックスをクリックした後、これら2つのオプションのいずれかを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`保存`をクリックして全ての変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -11918,24 +12465,27 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Settings` page), or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`価格表`機能を有効にして保存すると、 :guilabel:`管理設定`ページがリロードされ、ここから " +":guilabel:`価格表`リンク(:guilabel:`管理設定`ページの :guilabel:`価格表`機能の下)を選択するか、 " +":menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> 価格表`に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:328 msgid "" "Either option reveals the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, in which pricelists " "can be created and/or modified at any time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "どちらのオプションを選んでも :guilabel:`価格表` ページが表示され、いつでも価格表を作成および/または変更することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the pricelists page looks in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売での価格表ページの見え方。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:267 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Public Pricelist` is the default pricelist used with Odoo " "*Sales* and *eCommerce*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`公開価格表`はOdoo *販売*と*eコマース*で使用されるデフォルトの価格リストです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -11943,10 +12493,12 @@ msgid "" " edit, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist, which reveals a " "blank pricelist form that can be configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`Pricelists`ページから、編集したい価格表を選択するか、 " +":guilabel:`New`をクリックして新しい価格表を作成します。そうすると、様々な設定が可能な空白の価格表フォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the pricelist detail form looks in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売での価格表の詳細フォームの見え方。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -11954,6 +12506,7 @@ msgid "" "the top of the form, in the blank field. Next, select which " ":guilabel:`Currency` should be used." msgstr "" +"新しい価格表を作成する場合、まずフォームの一番上の空欄に価格表の名前を追加します。次に、どの :guilabel:`通貨` を使用するかを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -11962,10 +12515,12 @@ msgid "" " left blank, the pricelist is automatically applied to all companies in the " "database." msgstr "" +"次に、複数会社で作業している場合は、 :guilabel:`会社` " +"フィールドでこの価格リストを適用する会社を選択します。このフィールドが空欄の場合、価格表は自動的にデータベース内の全ての会社に適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:71 msgid "Price rules tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格ルールタブ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -11974,6 +12529,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` or :guilabel:`Advanced price rules " "(discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" +"価格リストフォームの :guilabel:`価格ルール` タブの機能は、選択された :guilabel:`価格表` 設定によって異なります: " +":guilabel:`プロダクトごとの複数価格` または :guilabel:`高度な価格ルール (値引、計算式)` です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -11981,10 +12538,12 @@ msgid "" "tab are always the same, regardless of the chosen :guilabel:`Pricelists` " "setting." msgstr "" +"しかし、 :guilabel:`時間基準ルール` タブと :guilabel:`設定` タブは、選択された :guilabel:`価格表` " +"設定に関わらず、常に同じです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:81 msgid "Price rules tab (multiple prices per product)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格ルールタブ(プロダクトごとに複数価格)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -11992,6 +12551,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the option to add " "specific products, with a specific price, to a pricelist." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`プロダクトごとに複数価格`設定を有効にすると、価格表フォームの:guilabel:`価格ルール`タブで、特定のプロダクトを特定の価格で価格表に追加するオプションが提供されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -12000,6 +12560,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products` column. Then, select the desired product for which a " "specific price should be applied." msgstr "" +"価格表フォームに特定のプロダクトと価格を追加するには、 :guilabel:`価格ルール` タブをクリックし、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` 列の" +" :guilabel:`明細の追加` をクリックします。次に、特定の価格を適用したいプロダクトを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -12007,12 +12569,14 @@ msgid "" "column (e.g. a specific product size, color, etc.). If no variants are " "selected, then this price will apply to all variants of the product." msgstr "" +"次に、必要であれば、 " +":guilabel:`バリアント`列でプロダクトのバリエーションを選択します(例：特定のプロダクトサイズ、カラーなど)。バリアントが選択されていない場合、この価格はプロダクトの全てのバリアントに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "" "If a minimum amount of the product must be purchased in order to apply the " "specific price, enter the amount under the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "特定の価格を適用するためにプロダクトの最小量を購入する必要がある場合は、その量を :guilabel:`最少数量` 列に入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -12021,6 +12585,9 @@ msgid "" "option to add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` to the " "configured product price, if desired." msgstr "" +"この特定の価格表に対してプロダクトの価格を設定するには、 " +":guilabel:`価格`列に希望する金額を入力します。次に、必要であれば、設定したプロダクト価格に :guilabel:`開始日` と " +":guilabel:`終了日` を追加するオプションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -12028,16 +12595,19 @@ msgid "" "the process. There is no limit to how many products can be added in the " ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab of a pricelist form." msgstr "" +"別のプロダクト明細を追加するには、もう一度 :guilabel:`明細を追加` をクリックし、このプロセスを繰り返します。価格表フォームの " +":guilabel:`価格ルール` タブに追加できるプロダクトの数に制限はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "" "For more information, check out the following section: :ref:`Multiple prices" " per product `." msgstr "" +"詳しくは次のセクションをご覧下さい: :ref:`プロダクトごとに複数価格`。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:109 msgid "Price rules tab (advanced price rules)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格ルールタブ(高度な価格ルール)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -12045,6 +12615,8 @@ msgid "" "activated, the :guilabel:`Price Rules` tab on pricelist forms provides the " "option to configure detailed price rules based on formulas." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`高度な価格ルール (値引、計算式)`設定を有効にすると、価格表フォームの :guilabel:`価格ルール` " +"タブに、計算式に基づいた詳細な価格ルールを設定するオプションが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -12052,10 +12624,12 @@ msgid "" "` section for detailed steps on how to add " "advanced price rules to a pricelist." msgstr "" +"価格リストに詳細な価格ルールを追加する方法については、 :ref:`高度な価格ルール (値引き、計算式) ` セクションを参照して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Time-based rules tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "時間基準ルールタブ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -12063,6 +12637,10 @@ msgid "" "`. Be sure to check out the Odoo" " *Subscriptions* :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" +"時間基準ルールは特に " +":doc:`サブスクリプションプロダクト`と使用されます。忘れずにOdoo" +" *サブスクリプション* :doc:`documentation " +"`を確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -12070,6 +12648,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Price Rules` tab is present, with the only difference being that " "a repeating time period can be applied in the :guilabel:`Period` column." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`時間基準ルール`タブでは、:guilabel:`価格ルール`タブと同じ機能がありますが、唯一の違いは、:guilabel:`期間`列で繰返し期間を適用できることです。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -12078,6 +12657,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Period` column to reveal a drop-down menu of pre-designated " "recurrence periods (e.g. `Monthly`, `Quarterly`, `Weekly`, etc.)." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`プロダクト` と潜在的な :guilabel:`バリアント` が :guilabel:`時間基準ルール` タブで選択された後、 " +":guilabel:`期間` 列の空白フィールドを選択すると、あらかじめ指定された繰返期間(例:`月次`、`四半期ごと`、`週次` " +"など)のドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -12087,10 +12669,13 @@ msgid "" " select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to reveal a pop-up form, in which the" " new recurrence period can be directly configured." msgstr "" +"新しい繰返期間をこの列から直接作成することもできます。guilabel:`期間`に新しい名前を入力し、 " +":guilabel:`作成`を選択して期間を作成し、後で編集することができます。または、 :guilabel:`作成と編集...` " +"を選択するとポップアップフォームが表示され、新しい再帰期間を直接設定することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "Custom time period pop-up form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で期間をカスタムするポップアップフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -12098,12 +12683,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`, then a :guilabel:`Unit` (e.g. `Days`, `Weeks`, etc.). " "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" +"この :guilabel:`期間を作成` ポップアップフォームから、 :guilabel:`名前`、 :guilabel:`期間`、そして " +":guilabel:`単位`(`日`、`週` など)を追加します。終了したら :guilabel:`保存して閉じる` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 msgid "" "Lastly, add the desired price for this time-based rule in the " ":guilabel:`Price` column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`価格`列に、この時間を元にしたルールに必要な価格を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:148 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" @@ -12111,17 +12698,17 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:151 msgid "Configuration tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "設定タプ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:153 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, there are a few options that can " "further customize the pricelist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`設定`タブの下には、価格リストをさらにカスタマイズできるオプションがいくつかあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "Configuration tab on pricelist detail form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の価格表詳細フォームの設定タブ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -12130,12 +12717,14 @@ msgid "" " pricelist. There is no limit to how many country groups can be added in " "this field." msgstr "" +"ここから :guilabel:`利用可能` セクションの :guilabel:`国グループ` " +"フィールドで、特定の国グループをプライスリストに追加することができます。このフィールドに追加できる国グループの数に制限はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:165 msgid "" "If no country is set for a customer, Odoo takes the first pricelist without " "any country group." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客に国が設定されていない場合、Odooは国グループなしの最初の価格表を使用します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -12144,6 +12733,7 @@ msgid "" "to a specific website, if working in a multi-website environment. If left " "blank, the pricelist will be applied to all websites in the database." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`ウェブサイト`セクションには、設定可能なオプションがいくつかあります。guilabel:`ウェブサイト`フィールドでは、複数ウェブサイト環境で作業している場合、このプライスリストを特定のウェブサイトに適用することができます。空欄の場合、価格表はデータベース内の全てのウェブサイトに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -12152,6 +12742,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Selectable` box is left unchecked, customers **cannot** select " "this pricelist for themselves as they shop." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`選択可能`チェックボックスをクリックすると、顧客が買物をする際にこの価格表を選択することができます。guilabel:`選択可能`チェックボックスがチェックされていない場合、顧客はこの価格表を選択することはできません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -12160,16 +12751,17 @@ msgid "" "during the checkout process, applies the pricelist to the customer, even if " "the customer does not fall into the previously-specified criteria." msgstr "" +"最後に、:guilabel:`Eコマースプロモーションコード`を追加するオプションがあります。コードを追加するには、顧客が以前に指定された基準に該当しない場合でも、支払プロセスの間に入力されると、顧客に価格表を適用する希望のプロモコードを適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:181 msgid "Show discount percentage to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客に値引率を表示する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:183 msgid "" "With Odoo *Sales*, the option to show the public price *and* the computed " "discount percentage on the product catalog is available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo *販売*では、プロダクトカタログに公開価格と計算された値引率を表示するオプションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -12178,6 +12770,8 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Discounts` feature, and then click :guilabel:`Save` to " "save all changes." msgstr "" +"そのためには :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 設定 --> 管理設定` に移動し、 :guilabel:`価格` セクションで " +":guilabel:`値引` 機能の隣にあるチェックボックスをクリックし、 :guilabel:`保存` をクリックして全ての変更を保存します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -12186,6 +12780,8 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Settings` page, or by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " "Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`値引` 機能を有効にした後、 :guilabel:`管理設定` ページから :guilabel:`価格表` リンクをクリックするか、" +" :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> 価格表` にアクセスして、プライスリストのページに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -12194,32 +12790,34 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab, at the bottom, a :guilabel:`Discounts` " "section is now available." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`価格表`ページで、編集したい価格表を選択します。価格表のフォームで :guilabel:`設定` " +"タブをクリックします。guilabel:`設定` タブの一番下に :guilabel:`値引` セクションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "" "What the discount options are on the configuration tab of a pricelist in " "Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の価格表の設定タブにある値引オプションについて教えて下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:202 msgid "The options available in this section are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "このセクションで利用可能なオプションは以下の通りです:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount included in the price`: shows the customer only the " "final price with the discount already included." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`価格に含まれる値引`: 値引を含んだ最終価格のみを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:206 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show public price & discount to the customer`: shows the customer" " the public price *and* the discount they're earning." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`公開価格&値引を顧客に表示`: 顧客に公開価格と値引を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:210 msgid "Customer pricelist application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客価格表アプリケーション" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -12227,6 +12825,8 @@ msgid "" " Pricelist`, Odoo provides the opportunity to directly apply a different " "pricelist to customers on their contact form." msgstr "" +"どの顧客にも適用されるデフォルトの価格表は :guilabel:`公開価格表` " +"ですが、Odooでは連絡先フォームの顧客に直接別の価格表を適用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -12235,10 +12835,12 @@ msgid "" "customer from the main :guilabel:`Customers` page, or by clicking on the " "customer's name on a sales order." msgstr "" +"そのためには、 :menuselection:`販売オーダ --> オーダ --> 顧客` に移動して、メインの :guilabel:`顧客` " +"ページから顧客を選択するか、販売オーダの顧客名をクリックして、目的の顧客の連絡先フォームを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "Sample customer detail form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の顧客詳細フォームのサンプル。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -12247,10 +12849,12 @@ msgid "" "should be applied to this specific customer from the drop-down menu in the " ":guilabel:`Pricelist` field." msgstr "" +"希望する顧客のコンタクトフォームの :guilabel:`販売&購買` タブの :guilabel:`販売` セクションで、 " +":guilabel:`価格表` フィールドのドロップダウンメニューから、この特定の顧客に適用する価格表を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "The pricelist field in a customer detail form in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の顧客詳細フォームの価格表フィールド。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:236 msgid "" @@ -12260,6 +12864,9 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`), and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"個々のプロダクトごとに複数の価格を適用するには、*販売*アプリの設定ページ（:menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 設定 --> 設定`）で" +" :guilabel:`価格表` 機能を有効にした後に、 :guilabel:`プロダクトごとに複数の価格` オプションを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -12269,16 +12876,19 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Products` page reveals that specific product's product " "form on a separate page." msgstr "" +"次に、プロダクトフォームを使って特定のプロダクトに価格表を適用します。menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> " +"プロダクト`に移動し、複数の価格を適用したいプロダクトを選択します。guilabel:`プロダクト` " +"ページからプロダクトを選択すると、そのプロダクトのプロダクトフォームが別のページに表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:245 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, " "located at the top of the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトフォームで、フォーム上部にある :guilabel:`追加価格` スマートボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the extra prices smart button appears in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で追加価格スマートボタンを表示する方法" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -12286,10 +12896,12 @@ msgid "" " are specific to that particular product. Here, price rules can be edited or" " created at any time." msgstr "" +"そうすると、その特定のプロダクトに固有の :guilabel:`価格ルール` " +"を表示する別のページが現れます。ここでは価格ルールをいつでも編集・作成することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the extra price rules per product page appears in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売でプロダクトページごとの追加価格ルールがどのように表示されるか。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -12297,12 +12909,16 @@ msgid "" " Rules` page, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new, customizable row that has " "the desired product already populated in the :guilabel:`Applied On` column." msgstr "" +"この特定の :guilabel:`価格ルール` ページからプロダクトの新しい価格ルールを作成するには、 :guilabel:`新規` をクリックして、 " +":guilabel:`適用対象` 列に目的のプロダクトが既に入力されている、カスタマイズ可能な新しい明細を追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:263 msgid "" "Next, select which :guilabel:`Pricelist` this specific product price rule " "should apply to, via the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`価格表`列のドロップダウンメニューから、この特定のプロダクト価格ルールを適用する :guilabel:`価格表` " +"を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -12313,12 +12929,15 @@ msgid "" "Pricelists`. Pricelists can also be created on that specific " ":guilabel:`Pricelists` page, as well." msgstr "" +"このページから新しい価格表を作成するには、 :guilabel:`価格表`カラムに新しい価格表の名前を入力し、ドロップダウンメニューから " +":guilabel:`作成` を選択します。全ての価格表は :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> 価格表` " +"に移動することで、いつでも変更することができます。価格表は特定の :guilabel:`価格表` ページで作成することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:276 msgid "" "After the desired pricelist is added to the row, designate a :guilabel:`Min." " Quantity` for the price rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "希望する価格表が行に追加されたら、価格ルールに :guilabel:`最小数量` を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:280 msgid "" @@ -12328,6 +12947,10 @@ msgid "" "to buy more, if the :guilabel:`Price` is set at $85 per product for a " ":guilabel:`Min. Quantity` of `2` products." msgstr "" +"もし :guilabel:`最少数量` 列が `2` に設定されている場合、 " +":guilabel:`価格`列の新しい価格は2つ以上のプロダクトのオーダに適用されます。そのため、理論的には、1つのプロダクトが$100である場合、 " +":guilabel:`価格` が1つのプロダクトにつき$85に設定され、 " +":guilabel:`最小数量`が`2`プロダクトの場合、顧客はさらに購入するよう促されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -12335,6 +12958,8 @@ msgid "" "needed, enter a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` for the " "product's price rule." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`価格`列に希望する金額を入力します。次に、必要であれば、プロダクトの価格ルールの :guilabel:`開始日` と " +":guilabel:`終了日` を入力します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -12343,18 +12968,20 @@ msgid "" "Leaving this field blank means the price rule applies for all companies in " "the database." msgstr "" +"そして最後に、複数会社環境で作業している場合は、 :guilabel:`会社` " +"フィールドでこの価格ルールを適用する会社を選択します。このフィールドを空白にすると、価格ルールはデータベース内の全ての会社に適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:292 msgid "" "Click away from the row to activate Odoo's auto-save capability, meaning " "that newly-created price rule is now ready to be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "行を離れてクリックすると、Odooの自動保存機能が有効になり、新しく作成した価格ルールが使用できるようになります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:295 msgid "" "Proceed to add as many unique price rules per product as desired. There is " "no limit to how many price rules can be added per product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトごとにユニークな価格ルールをいくつでも追加することができます。プロダクトごとに追加できる価格ルールの数に制限はありません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -12364,6 +12991,8 @@ msgid "" "displayed in the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` smart button, located on every " "product form." msgstr "" +"特定のプロダクトに価格ルールが適用されると、その価格表に該当する顧客には自動的に新しい価格が適用されます。特定のプロダクトに適用された価格ルールの数は、全てのプロダクトフォームにある" +" :guilabel:`追加価格` スマートボタンにも表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:304 msgid "" @@ -12373,6 +13002,9 @@ msgid "" " it is also reflected on the product form via the :guilabel:`Extra Prices` " "smart button." msgstr "" +"価格表/価格ルールが :guilabel:`追加価格` " +"スマートボタンによってプロダクトに追加されると、価格表自体にも反映されます。同様に、価格表に特定のプロダクトの価格ルールが追加されると、 " +":guilabel:`追加価格` スマートボタンによってプロダクトフォームにも反映されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -12381,6 +13013,8 @@ msgid "" "formulas. These changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, " "the product's cost, or another pricelist." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`高度な価格ルール " +"(値引、計算式)`価格表機能は、値引や計算式に基づいた価格変更ルールを設定するオプションを提供します。これらの変更は、プロダクトリスト/カタログ価格、プロダクトのコスト、または別の価格表に対して相対的に行うことができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -12390,6 +13024,9 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`), and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"値引や計算式を含む高度な価格ルールを使用するには、*販売*アプリの設定ページ（:menuselection:`販売アプリ --> 設定 --> " +"管理設定`）で :guilabel:`価格表` 機能を有効にした後、 :guilabel:`高度な価格ルール（割引、計算式）` オプションを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`保存` をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:323 msgid "" @@ -12399,12 +13036,16 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Settings` page), or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" " Products --> Pricelists`." msgstr "" +"その :guilabel:`価格表` 機能を有効にして保存すると、 :guilabel:`管理設定` ページがリロードされ、ここから " +":guilabel:`価格表` リンク（ :guilabel:`設定` ページの :guilabel:`価格表` 機能の下）を選択するか、 " +":menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> 価格表` に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:331 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Pricelists` page, select a desired pricelist to modify, " "or create a new pricelist by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`価格表`ページから、修正したい価格表を選択するか、 :guilabel:`新規`ボタンをクリックして新しい価格表を作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -12413,38 +13054,41 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form, in which the advanced rule " "is configured." msgstr "" +"価格表フォームの :guilabel:`Price Rules` タブの下にある :guilabel:`明細を追加` " +"をクリックして、高度な価格ルールを追加します。そうすると :guilabel:`価格ルールを作成` " +"ポップアップフォームが表示され、高度なルールが設定されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "How the Create Pricelist Rules pop-up form looks in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の価格表作成ポップアップフォームの表示。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:343 msgid "Price computation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "価格計算" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:345 msgid "" "On this form, first choose one of the three :guilabel:`Computation` options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "このフォームでは、まず3つの :guilabel:`計算` オプションから1つを選びます:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:347 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: the price computation is based on a fixed price." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`固定価格`: 価格計算は固定価格に基づいています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:348 msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`: the price computation is based on a discount." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`値引`: 価格計算は値引に基づいて行われます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:349 msgid ":guilabel:`Formula`: the price computation is based on a formula." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`計算式`: 価格計算は計算式に基づいています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:352 msgid "" "Each :guilabel:`Computation` option reveals its own computation-specific " "fields on the form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "それぞれの :guilabel:`計算式` オプションは、フォーム上にそれぞれの計算に特化したフィールドを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -12453,15 +13097,17 @@ msgid "" "enter the desired discount percentage in the :guilabel:`Discount` field that" " appears." msgstr "" +"もし :guilabel:`固定価格` が選択された場合、下の :guilabel:`固定価格` フィールドに希望の価格を入力します。もし " +":guilabel:`値引` が選択された場合、表示される :guilabel:`値引` フィールドに希望の値引率を入力して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:358 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Formula` is selected, a number of configurable options appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`計算式` を選択すると、設定可能なオプションがいくつか表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst-1 msgid "The various formula computation options present in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売には様々な計算式オプションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:364 msgid "" @@ -12470,6 +13116,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost`, or :guilabel:`Other Pricelist`. This determines what the " "advanced price rule formula will be based on." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Formula` の計算オプションを設定するには、まず :guilabel:`基準` フィールドからオプションを選択します： " +":guilabel:`販売価格`, :guilabel:`原価`, :guilabel:`その他の価格表` " +"のいずれかです。これにより、詳細価格ルールの計算式が何に基づくかを決定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:368 msgid "" @@ -12477,6 +13126,7 @@ msgid "" "should be applied. It should be noted that a mark-up can be applied by " "setting a negative discount in this field." msgstr "" +"次に、:guilabel:`値引`フィールドで、どの程度の値引を適用するかを決定します。このフィールドにマイナスの値引を設定することで、値上を適用できることに留意して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -12485,12 +13135,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount` to `-100`, and the :guilabel:`Margins` to `5`. This is " "often seen in retail situations." msgstr "" +"100%の値上(またはプロダクト原価の2倍)、最低$5のマージンを設定するには、 :guilabel:`基準` フィールドを " +":guilabel:`原価` に、 :guilabel:`値引` を `-100` に、 :guilabel:`マージン` を `5` " +"に設定します。これは小売の状況でよく見られます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:0 msgid "" "How it looks to formulate a markup cost with 5 dollar minimum margin in Odoo" " Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で最低マージン＄5の値上原価を設定するとどのように見えるか。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -12499,28 +13152,32 @@ msgid "" "desired figure in the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` field. The rounding method" " sets the price so that it is a multiple of the value in the field." msgstr "" +"次に :guilabel:`追加料金` フィールドに、値引で計算された金額に追加(または減算)する固定金額を指定します。その後、 " +":guilabel:`丸め方法` フィールドに希望する数値を入力します。丸め方法はフィールドの値の倍数になるように価格を設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:385 msgid "Rounding is applied *after* the discount and *before* the surcharge." -msgstr "" +msgstr "丸めは値引きの*後*に、追加料金の*前に*適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:388 msgid "" "To have prices that end in 9.99, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` to `10`" " and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`." msgstr "" +"9.99で終わる価格を設定するには、 :guilabel:`丸め方法` を `10` に、 :guilabel:`追加料金` を `-0.01` " +"に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:391 msgid "" "Lastly, specify the minimum amount of margin over the base price in the " ":guilabel:`Margins` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`マージン`フィールドで、基本価格に対するマージンの最低額を指定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:393 msgid "" "Once all formula-related configurations are complete, Odoo provides an " "example of the formula in a blue block to the right of the configurations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数式関連の設定が全て完了すると、Odooは設定の右側にある青いブロックに数式の例を表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:397 msgid "" @@ -12529,10 +13186,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discount` field to `20`, the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` field to " "`-0.01`, and the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` field to `10`." msgstr "" +"20%の値引を適用し、価格を9.99に切り上げるには、 :guilabel:`基準` フィールドを :guilabel:`販売価格` に、 " +":guilabel:`値引` フィールドを `20` に、 :guilabel:`追加価格` フィールドを `-0.01` に、 " +":guilabel:`丸め方法` フィールドを `10` に設定します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:0 msgid "Example of a 20% discount with prices rounded to 9.99 in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で、20％値引で、価格を9.99に丸めした例。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:406 msgid "Conditions" @@ -12542,37 +13202,37 @@ msgstr "条件" msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`Create Pricelist Rules` pop-up form is the " ":guilabel:`Conditions` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`価格表ルールの作成`ポップアップフォームの一番下には、 :guilabel:`条件`セクションがあります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:411 msgid "" "Here, start by selecting one of the options in the :guilabel:`Apply On` " "field:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ここで、まず :guilabel:`適用` フィールドのオプションの一つを選択します:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:413 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All Products`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to all" " products." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`全てのプロダクト`: 高度な価格表ルールは全てのプロダクトに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to" " a specific category of products." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`: 高度な価格表ルールは、プロダクトの特定のカテゴリに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to a " "specific product." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト`: 高度な価格表ルールは特定のプロダクトに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:417 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the advanced pricelist rule will be applied to " "a specific product variant." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトバリアント`: 高度な価格表ルールは特定のプロダクトバリエーションに適用されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -12581,6 +13241,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Product`, or :guilabel:`Product " "Variant` must be chosen." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`全プロダクト`以外のオプションが選択された場合、新しいオプション固有のフィールドが表示され、そこで特定の " +":guilabel:`プロダクトカテゴリ`、 :guilabel:`プロダクト`、 :guilabel:`プロダクトバリエーション` " +"を選択する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:424 msgid "" @@ -12588,6 +13251,8 @@ msgid "" " in the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field. Lastly, select a range of dates for" " the pricelist item validation in the :guilabel:`Validity` field." msgstr "" +"次に、高度な価格表ルールに適用する最小数量を :guilabel:`最小数量` フィールドで選択します。最後に、 " +":guilabel:`有効期間`フィールドで価格表アイテムが有効な日付範囲を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:428 msgid "" @@ -12595,29 +13260,33 @@ msgid "" "to save the advanced pricelist rule, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to " "immediately create another advanced pricelist rule on a fresh form." msgstr "" +"全ての設定が完了したら、 :guilabel:`保存して閉じる` をクリックして高度な価格表ルールを保存するか、 " +":guilabel:`保存して新規作成` をクリックして新しいフォームに別の高度な価格表ルールをすぐに作成します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:433 msgid "" "If a price rule is set for a particular product, and another one for its " "product category, Odoo takes the rule of the product itself." msgstr "" +"特定のプロダクトに価格ルールが設定され、そのプロダクトカテゴリに別の価格ルールが設定されている場合、Odooはプロダクト自体のルールを適用します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:437 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:438 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトを管理する" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "Import products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトをインポートする" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12625,6 +13294,8 @@ msgid "" "variants, which can be opened and edited with any spreadsheet software " "(Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice, Google Sheets, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Odoo *販売*はカテゴリとバリアントを含むプロダクトをインポートするためのテンプレートを提供しており、表計算ソフト(Microsoft " +"Excel、OpenOffice、Google Sheetsなど）で開いて編集することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -12632,10 +13303,11 @@ msgid "" "the Odoo database. When uploaded, those products are instantly added, " "accessible, and editable in the product catalog." msgstr "" +"このスプレッドシートが適切に記入されると、Odooデータベースに素早くアップロードすることができます。アップロードされたプロダクトは即座にプロダクトカタログに追加され、アクセス、編集が可能になります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:12 msgid "Import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "テンプレートのインポート" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -12644,6 +13316,7 @@ msgid "" " can be adjusted and customized, and then uploaded back into the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"カテゴリとバリアント付きのプロダクトをインポートするためには、**プロダクト用テンプレート**をダウンロードする必要があります。一度ダウンロードすると、テンプレートを調整・カスタマイズし、Odooデータベースに再アップロードすることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -12652,17 +13325,20 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"必要なインポートテンプレートをダウンロードするには、 :menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト` " +"に移動します。guilabel:`プロダクト`ページで、左上にある :guilabel:`⚙️ (歯車)` " +"アイコンをクリックします。ドロップダウンメニューが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:22 msgid "" "From this drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`Import records` option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "このドロップダウンメニューから :guilabel:`レコードをインポート` オプションを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The Import records option selectable from the gear icon on the Products page" " in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "インポートオプションはOdoo販売のプロダクトページの歯車アイコンから選択できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -12670,16 +13346,18 @@ msgid "" "download the :guilabel:`Import Template for Products`. Click that link to " "download the template." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`レコードのインポート`を選択すると、別ページに :guilabel:`プロダクト用テンプレートをインポート` " +"をダウンロードするためのリンクが表示されます。そのリンクをクリックしてテンプレートをダウンロードして下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the template download is complete, open the spreadsheet file to " "customize it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "テンプレートのダウンロードが完了したら、スプレッドシートファイルを開いてカスタマイズします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:38 msgid "Customize product import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトインポートテンプレートをカスタマイズする" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -12687,12 +13365,13 @@ msgid "" " its contents. However, before any changes are made, there are a few " "elements to keep in mind during the process:" msgstr "" +"インポートテンプレートをダウンロードして開いたら、次はその内容を変更する番です。しかし、変更を加える前に、その過程で留意すべきいくつかの要素があります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:43 msgid "" "Feel free to remove any columns that aren't deemed necessary. But, it is " "*strongly* advised that the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column remains." -msgstr "" +msgstr "必要と思われない列は自由に削除して下さい。しかし、:guilabel:`内部参照`列は残すことを強くお勧めします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -12701,6 +13380,7 @@ msgid "" " many cases. This can even be from previous software spreadsheets to ease " "the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" +"必須ではありませんが、各プロダクトの:guilabel:`内部参照`列に一意な識別子(例：`FURN_001`)を設定しておくと、多くの場合に役立ちます。Odooへの移行を容易にするため、以前のソフトウェアスプレッドシートを使用することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -12708,6 +13388,7 @@ msgid "" "several times without creating duplicates, thus enhancing the efficiency and" " simplicity of imported product management." msgstr "" +"例えば、インポート済プロダクトを更新する際、同じファイルを重複させることなく何度もインポートすることができ、インポート済プロダクト管理を効率化・簡素化できます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -12715,6 +13396,7 @@ msgid "" "Otherwise, Odoo won't recognize them, forcing the user to map them on the " "import screen manually." msgstr "" +"インポートする列のラベルを変更*しない*で下さい。変更すると、Odooはそれらを認識できず、ユーザはインポート画面で手動でマッピングしなければならなくなります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -12723,6 +13405,7 @@ msgid "" "match the column name with a field, it can be matched manually during the " "import process." msgstr "" +"必要であれば、スプレッドシートのテンプレートに新しい列を自由に追加して下さい。ただし、追加するフィールドはOdooに存在する必要があります。Odooが列名とフィールドを一致させることができない場合は、インポート処理中に手動で一致させることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -12731,6 +13414,9 @@ msgid "" "spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, " "and :guilabel:`Comments`." msgstr "" +"完成したテンプレートのインポート処理中、Odooは新しく設定されたプロダクトテンプレートのスプレッドシートの全ての要素を " +":guilabel:`ファイル列`、 :guilabel:`Odooフィールド`、 :guilabel:`コメント` " +"で区切って表示するページを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -12739,16 +13425,18 @@ msgid "" "that needs a manual adjustment, and select the appropriate field from that " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"手動で列名とOdooのフィールドを一致させるには、手動調整が必要な :guilabel:`ファイル列 の横にある " +":guilabel:`Odooフィールド` ドロップダウンメニューをクリックし、そのドロップダウンメニューから適切なフィールドを選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:0 msgid "" "The Odoo Field drop-down menu next to a Field Column that needs to be " "manually adjusted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "手動で調整する必要があるフィールド列の横にあるOdooフィールドドロップダウンメニュー。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:71 msgid "Import product template spreadsheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトテンプレートスプレッドシートのインポート" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -12756,18 +13444,21 @@ msgid "" "product import page, where the template download link is found, and click " "the :guilabel:`Upload File` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" +"プロダクトテンプレートのスプレッドシートをカスタマイズした後、テンプレートのダウンロードリンクがあるOdooプロダクトインポートページに戻り、左上の " +":guilabel:`ファイルをアップロード` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The upload file button on the import products template download page in Odoo" " Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売のプロダクトインポートテンプレートダウンロードページのファイルアップロードボタン。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:81 msgid "" "Then, a pop-up window appears, in which the completed product template " "spreadsheet file should be selected and uploaded to Odoo." msgstr "" +"その後、ポップアップウィンドウが表示され、完成したプロダクトテンプレートスプレッドシートファイルを選択し、Odooにアップロードする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -12775,25 +13466,28 @@ msgid "" "configured product template spreadsheet, separated by :guilabel:`File " "Column`, :guilabel:`Odoo Field`, and :guilabel:`Comments`." msgstr "" +"その後、Odooは新しく設定したプロダクトテンプレートのスプレッドシートの全ての要素を、 :guilabel:`ファイル列`、 " +":guilabel:`Odooフィールド`、 :guilabel:`コメント`で区切ったページを表示します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The import a file page in Odoo Sales after a product template has been " "uploaded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトテンプレートがアップロードされた後、Odoo販売のファイルのインポートページが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:91 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`File Column` can be manually assigned to an " ":guilabel:`Odoo Field`, if necessary." msgstr "" +"ここから、必要に応じて :guilabel:`ファイル列` を :guilabel:`Odooフィールド` に手動で割当てることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:94 msgid "" "To make sure everything is appropriate, and all the columns and fields are " "lined up accurately, click the :guilabel:`Test` button in the upper-left " "corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全てが適切で、全ての列とフィールドが正確に並んでいることを確認するために、左上の :guilabel:`テスト` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -12801,31 +13495,33 @@ msgid "" "at the top of the page, informing the user that :guilabel:`Everything seems " "valid`." msgstr "" +"全てが正しく並んで適用されている場合、Odooはページ上部に青いバナーを表示し、ユーザに :guilabel:`問題はありませんでした` と知らせます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The everything seems valid message that appears if file columns are entered " "correctly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ファイル列が正しく入力されている場合に表示される、問題はありませんでしたメッセージ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:104 msgid "" "If there are any errors, Odoo reveals a red banner at the top of the page, " "with instructions of where to locate the specific issues, and how to fix " "them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "エラーがある場合、Odooはページ上部に赤いバナーを表示し、具体的な問題の場所と修正方法を説明します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The import error message that appears if file columns don't match an Odoo " "Field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ファイルの列がOdooのフィールドと一致しない場合に表示されるインポートエラーメッセージ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:111 msgid "" "Once those errors are fixed, click :guilabel:`Test` again to ensure all " "necessary issues have been remedied appropriately." msgstr "" +"これらのエラーが修正されたら、:guilabel:`テスト`をもう一度クリックして、必要な問題が全て適切に修正されていることを確認して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -12833,10 +13529,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load File` button, select the desired product template " "spreadsheet, and repeat the process." msgstr "" +"追加のプロダクトテンプレートスプレッドシートをアップロードする必要がある場合は、:guilabel:`ファイルをロード`ボタンをクリックし、必要なプロダクトテンプレートスプレッドシートを選択し、このプロセスを繰り返します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:117 msgid "When everything is ready, click the :guilabel:`Import` button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全ての準備ができたら、:guilabel:`インポート`ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -12845,22 +13542,23 @@ msgid "" "This pop-up message informs the user how many products were successfully " "imported." msgstr "" +"クリックすると、Odooは即座にそれらのプロダクトをインポートし、右上にポップアップメッセージと共にメインの:guilabel:`プロダクト`ページを表示します。このポップアップメッセージは正常にインポートされたプロダクトの数をユーザに知らせます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "The pop-up window that appears after a successful product import process in " "Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売でプロダクトのインポートに成功した後に表示されるポップアップウィンドウ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:127 msgid "" "At this point, all the newly-imported products are accessible and editable " "via the :guilabel:`Products` page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "この時点で、新しくインポートされたプロダクトは全て :guilabel:`プロダクト` ページからアクセスし、編集することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:131 msgid "Import relation fields, attributes, and variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "関連フィールド、属性、バリアントのインポート" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -12869,16 +13567,17 @@ msgid "" " vendors, and things of this nature. These links/connections are known as " "relations." msgstr "" +"Odooのオブジェクトは常に他の多くのオブジェクトと関連していることに注意することが重要です。例えば、プロダクトはプロダクトカテゴリ、属性、仕入先とリンクしています。このようなリンク/つながりを関連と呼びます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:138 msgid "" "In order to import product relations, the records of the related object " "**must** be imported *first* from their own list menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクト関係をインポートするためには、関連したオブジェクトのレコードをリストメニューから最初にインポートする必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:142 msgid "Relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "関係フィールド" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -12887,6 +13586,7 @@ msgid "" "product form. While these fields are easily editable directly on the product" " form, they can also be modified via a product import." msgstr "" +"Odooのプロダクトフォームには、いつでも変更・カスタマイズできるフィールドが多数あります。これらのフィールドはプロダクトフォームの各タブの下にあります。これらのフィールドはプロダクトフォーム上で直接編集することもできますが、プロダクトインポートで変更することもできます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -12896,6 +13596,10 @@ msgid "" "the preconfigured product types existing in the database (e.g. *Storable " "Product*, *Consumable*, etc.)." msgstr "" +"前述のとおり、このような性質のリレーション・フィールドは、すでにデータベースに存在する場合 " +"にのみプロダクトにインポートすることができます。例えば、ユーザが *プロダクトタイプ* " +"を持つプロダクトをインポートしようとした場合、それはデータベース内に存在する事前に設定済のプロダクトタイプ(例えば、*在庫可能品*、*消耗品* " +"など）のいずれかであることしかできません。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -12904,6 +13608,8 @@ msgid "" "spreadsheet. Then, on the appropriate product line, add the desired relation" " field option." msgstr "" +"プロダクトインポートテンプレートのスプレッドシートに関係フ ィールドの情報をインポートするには、スプレッドシートの列名/タイトル " +"としてフィールド名を追加します。次に、該当するプロダクト明細に、必要な関係フィールドオプションを追加します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -12912,6 +13618,9 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️ (gear) icon --> " "Import records --> Upload File`)." msgstr "" +"希望する関係フィールド情報が全て入力されたら、スプレッドシートを保存し、上記のプロセス(:menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト " +"--> プロダクト --> ⚙️ (歯車)アイコン --> レコードをインポート --> " +"ファイルをアップロード`)に従ってデータベースにインポートします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -12919,6 +13628,8 @@ msgid "" "has been uploaded, click :guilabel:`Import`, and Odoo returns to the " ":guilabel:`Products` page." msgstr "" +"新しく設定したリレーションフィールド情報を含むスプレッドシートがアップロードされたら、 :guilabel:`インポート` をクリックし、Odooは " +":guilabel:`プロダクト` ページに戻ります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -12926,10 +13637,12 @@ msgid "" "field information, has been imported and uploaded, that new information can " "be found on the :guilabel:`Products` page." msgstr "" +"新しく変更/修正されたプロダクトが新しい関係フィールド情報とともにインポートされ、アップロードされると、その新しい情報は " +":guilabel:`プロダクト` ページで見ることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:168 msgid "Attributes and values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "属性と値" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -12937,6 +13650,7 @@ msgid "" "used for products that already exist in the database, and/or with imported " "products." msgstr "" +"Odooではユーザがプロダクトの属性や値をインポートすることも可能で、既にデータベースに存在するプロダクトやインポートしたプロダクトに使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -12944,6 +13658,7 @@ msgid "" "dedicated to attributes and values **must** be imported and uploaded before " "they can be used for other products." msgstr "" +"属性と値をインポートするには、他のプロダクトで使用する前に、属性と値専用の別のスプレッドシートまたはCSVファイルをインポートしてアップロードする**必要があります**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -12951,60 +13666,64 @@ msgid "" "as follows: :guilabel:`Attribute`, :guilabel:`Display Type`, " ":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`, and :guilabel:`Values / Value`." msgstr "" +"属性と値のスプレッドシートの列名/タイトルは以下のようにします: :guilabel:`属性`、 :guilabel:`表示タイプ`, " +":guilabel:`バリアント作成モード`, :guilabel:`値`です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "An attributes and values spreadsheet template for imports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "インポート用の属性と値のスプレッドシートのテンプレート。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Attribute`: name of the attribute (e.g. `Size`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`属性`: 属性の名前 (例: `サイズ`)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:185 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Display Type`: display type used in the product configurator. " "There are three display type options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`表示タイプ`: プロダクトコンフィギュレータで使用される表示タイプです。表示タイプには3つのオプションがあります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: values displayed as radio buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`ラジオ`: ラジオボタンとして表示される値" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: values displayed in a selection list" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`選択`: 選択リストに表示される値" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: values denoted as a color selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`色`: 色の選択として示される値" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Variant Creation Mode`: how the variants are created when applied" " to a product. There are three variant creation mode options:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`バリアント作成モード`: " +"プロダクトに適用されたときにバリアントがどのように作成されるか。バリアント作成モードには3つのオプションがあります:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instantly`: all possible variants are created as soon as the " "attribute, and its values, are added to a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクトに追加後`: その属性とその値がプロダクトに追加されると同時に、全ての可能なバリエーションが作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:197 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dynamically`: each variant is created **only** when its " "corresponding attributes and values are added to a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`販売オーダに追加後`: 各バリアントは、対応する属性と値が販売オーダに追加された時**のみ** 作成されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: variants are **never** created for the attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`作成しない`: 属性にバリアントが作成されることは**ありません**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:202 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` **cannot** be changed once the " "attribute is used on at least one product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`バリアント作成モード` 属性は、少なくとも1つのプロダクトで使用されると、変更することは**できません**。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -13012,6 +13731,7 @@ msgid "" "If there are multiple values for the same attribute, the values need to be " "in individual lines on the spreadsheet." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`値`: 対応する属性に関連する値。同じ属性に複数の値がある場合、値はスプレッドシート上の個々の明細にある必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -13020,6 +13740,8 @@ msgid "" "navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Attributes --> " "⚙️ (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." msgstr "" +"必要な属性と値を入力しスプレッドシートに保存したら、Odooにインポートしてアップロードします。そのためには :menuselection:`販売アプリ" +" --> 設定 --> 属性 --> ⚙️ (歯車) アイコン --> レコードをインポート --> ファイルをアップロード`に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -13028,18 +13750,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attributes` page. That's where those newly-added attributes and " "values can be found and edited, if necessary." msgstr "" +"新しく属性と値を設定したスプレッドシートがアップロードされたら、 :guilabel:`インポート` をクリックし、Odooは " +":guilabel:`属性` ページに戻ります。ここで新しく追加された属性と値を確認し、必要に応じて編集することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:216 msgid "" "As mentioned previously, when attributes and values have been added to the " "Odoo database, they can be used for existing or imported products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前述したように、属性と値がOdooデータベースに追加されると、既存またはインポートされたプロダクトに使用することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトバリアント" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -13047,6 +13771,7 @@ msgid "" "be used on product import spreadsheets to add more information and detail to" " products being imported." msgstr "" +"プロダクト属性と値がデータベースで設定されると、プロダクトインポートスプレッドシートで使用することができ、インポートされるプロダクトに詳細な情報と詳細を追加することができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -13055,32 +13780,34 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute`, :guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`, and " ":guilabel:`Name` columns." msgstr "" +"プロダクト属性と値を含むプロダクトをインポートするには、プロダクトインポートテンプレートのスプレッドシートに特定の :guilabel:`プロダクト属性" +" / 属性`、 :guilabel:`プロダクト属性 / 値`、 :guilabel:`名前` 列を設定する必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:229 msgid "" "There can be other columns, as well, but these columns are **required** in " "order to properly import products with specific variants." -msgstr "" +msgstr "他の列もありえますが、これらの列は特定のバリアントを持つプロダクトを適切にインポートするために**必須**です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst-1 msgid "" "Product variants spreadsheet with product attributes and variants for import" " purposes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "インポート用のプロダクト属性とバリアントを含むプロダクトバリアントスプレッドシート。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:236 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: product name" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`名前`: プロダクト名" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:237 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Attribute`: name of attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト属性 / 属性`: 属性の名前" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:238 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Attributes / Values`: values pertaining to the " "corresponding attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`プロダクト属性 / 属性`: 該当する属性に関連する値。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -13088,6 +13815,7 @@ msgid "" "followed by a space, in the product import template spreadsheet (e.g. " "`furniture,couch,home`)." msgstr "" +"複数の値をインポートするには、プロダクトインポートテンプレートのスプレッドシートで、カンマの後にスペースを入れるのではなく、カンマだけで区切って下さい(例：`家具,ソファ,家`)。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -13096,6 +13824,9 @@ msgid "" "that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products --> ⚙️" " (gear) icon --> Import records --> Upload File`." msgstr "" +"必要なプロダクトとプロダクトバリエーションが入力され、スプレッドシートに保存されたら、Odooにインポートしてアップロードします。そのためには " +":menuselection:`販売アプリ --> プロダクト --> プロダクト --> ⚙️ (歯車) アイコン --> レコードをインポート " +"--> ファイルをアップロード`に移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -13104,6 +13835,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products` page. That's where the newly-added products can be " "found." msgstr "" +"新しく設定したプロダクトとプロダクトバリエーションのスプレッドシートがアップロードされたら、 :guilabel:`インポート` " +"をクリックし、Odooは :guilabel:`プロダクト` ページに戻ります。そこに新しく追加されたプロダクトが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -13111,14 +13844,16 @@ msgid "" "desired product from the :guilabel:`Products` page, and click the " ":guilabel:`Attributes \\& Variants` tab." msgstr "" +"任意のプロダクトの属性とバリアントを表示、変更するには、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` ページから目的のプロダクトを選択し、 " +":guilabel:`属性` タブをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:256 msgid ":doc:`variants`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`バリアント`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 msgid "Product images with Google Images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google画像によるプロダクト画像" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13126,6 +13861,7 @@ msgid "" " However, if a lot of products need images, assigning them can become " "incredibly time-consuming." msgstr "" +"Odooで適切なプロダクト画像を持つことは様々な理由で役に立ちます。しかし、多くのプロダクトに画像が必要な場合、画像の割当てに非常に時間がかかります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -13133,22 +13869,26 @@ msgid "" "database, finding product images for products (based on their barcode) is " "extremely efficient." msgstr "" +"幸いOdooデータベース内に*Googleカスタム検索* " +"APIを設定することで、プロダクトの画像を(バーコードに基づいて)見つけることができ、非常に効率的です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to utilize *Google Custom Search* within an Odoo database, both the" " database and the Google API must be properly configured." msgstr "" +"Odooデータベースで*Googleカスタム検索*を利用するには、データベースとGoogle APIの両方が適切に設定されている必要があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:20 msgid "" "Free Google accounts allow users to select up to 100 free images per day. If" " a higher amount is needed, a billing upgrade is required." msgstr "" +"無料のGoogleアカウントでは、ユーザは1日あたり100枚まで無料で画像を選択できます。それ以上の枚数が必要な場合は、課金アップグレードが必要です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:26 msgid "Google API dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google APIダッシュボード" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -14031,7 +14771,7 @@ msgstr "返品は、請求書が送信されるか、または検証される** msgid "" "In order to use *Reverse Transfers*, the *Inventory* app **must** be " "installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*逆転送*を使用するには、**在庫**アプリがインストールされている**必要**があります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -14039,25 +14779,27 @@ msgid "" "app, select the desired sales order, and click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to open the associated delivery order." msgstr "" +"請求書発行前に返品を開始するには、 :menuselection:`販売` アプリに移動し、必要な販売オーダを選択し、 :guilabel:`配送` " +"スマートボタンをクリックして関連する配送オーダを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "A typical sales order with a highlighted delivery smart button in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "典型的な販売オーダで、Odoo販売の配送スマートボタンがハイライトされています。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:25 msgid "On the validated delivery order, click :guilabel:`Return`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有効化された配送オーダで、:guilabel:`返品`をクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "A validated delivery order with a highlighted Return button in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で返品ボタンがハイライトされた有効な配送オーダ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:31 msgid "This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "これは :guilabel:`逆転送` ポップアップウィンドウを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -14066,22 +14808,24 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon next to a line item to remove it from the " "return." msgstr "" +"デフォルトでは、:guilabel:`数量` は配送オーダの検証済数量と一致します。必要に応じて数量を更新して下さい。行項目の横にある " +":guilabel:`🗑️ (ゴミ箱)` アイコンをクリックすると、その行項目が返品から削除されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"Reverse Transfer\" pop-up window, to make a return before invoicing " "the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客への請求前に返品を行うための\"逆送金\"ポップアップウィンドウ。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new " "warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "次に、 :guilabel:`返品` をクリックして返品を確定します。これにより、返品されたプロダクトに対して新しい倉庫作業が発生します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse operation after a return has been confirmed in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で返品が確認された後の倉庫作業。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -14090,22 +14834,24 @@ msgid "" "order, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity updates to reflect the difference " "between the initial validated quantities and the returned quantities." msgstr "" +"返品を受け取ると、倉庫チームは :guilabel:`検証` をクリックして倉庫作業を検証します。その後、元の販売オーダで " +":guilabel:`配送済` の数量が更新され、最初に検証された数量と返品された数量の差が反映されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "The updated \"Delivered\" quantity on the sales order after the reverse " "transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "逆転送後の販売オーダの更新された \"配送済\" 数量。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:56 msgid "" "When an invoice is created, the customer receives an invoice **only** for " "the products they are keeping, if any." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書が作成されると、顧客は保管しているプロダクト(もしあれば)に対してのみ請求書を受け取ります。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:60 msgid "After invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求後" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -14113,18 +14859,19 @@ msgid "" "invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is " "insufficient since validated, or sent, invoices cannot be changed." msgstr "" +"顧客が請求書を受け取った後、および/または代金を支払った後に商品を返品することがあります。このような場合、検証済請求書、または送付済請求書を変更することができないため、*逆転送*のみを使用した返品では不十分です。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:66 msgid "" "However, *Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* " "to complete the customer's return." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ただし、*逆振替*は*クレジットノート*と併用することで、顧客の返品を完了させることができます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:69 msgid "" "To start a return after invoicing, navigate to the relevant sales order in " "the :menuselection:`Sales` app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "請求書発行後に返品を開始するには、 :menuselection:`販売` アプリで該当する販売オーダに移動します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -14133,10 +14880,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button) has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " "banner." msgstr "" +"販売オーダに支払が登録されている場合、支払の詳細がチャッターに表示され、請求書（:guilabel:`請求書`スマートボタンからアクセス可能）には緑色の:guilabel:`支払中`バナーが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "Sample of a green in payment banner in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売の緑の支払中バナーのサンプル。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -14144,6 +14892,8 @@ msgid "" " the validated delivery order. Then, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the " ":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"販売オーダから :guilabel:`配送` スマートボタンをクリックすると、有効な配送オーダが表示されます。次に、 :guilabel:`返品` " +"をクリックして :guilabel:`逆振替` ポップアップウィンドウを開きます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -14153,13 +14903,16 @@ msgid "" " by the warehouse team once the return is received by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" +"次に、 :guilabel:`プロダクト` や :guilabel:`数量` を必要に応じて編集します。そして :guilabel:`返品` " +"をクリックします。これにより、返品されたプロダクトに対する新しい倉庫オペレーションが生成され、 " +":guilabel:`検証`をクリックすることで、倉庫チームによって返品が確認されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, on the sales order, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity updates to " "reflect the difference between the initial validated quantities and the " "returned quantities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "その後、販売オーダ上で、:guilabel:`配送済`の数量が更新され、最初に検証された数量と返品された数量の差が反映されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -14167,20 +14920,22 @@ msgid "" " click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Credit Note` button at the top of the validated invoice." msgstr "" +"返金処理を行うには、該当する請求書に移動します（販売オーダから :guilabel:`請求書` " +"スマートボタンをクリックします）。次に、有効な請求書の上部にある :guilabel:`クレジットノート` ボタンをクリックします。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "" "A typical customer invoice with a Credit Note button highlighted in Odoo " "Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売でクレジットノートボタンがハイライトされた典型的な顧客請求書。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:99 msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Credit Note` pop-up form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "そうすると :guilabel:`クレジットノート` ポップアップフォームが表示されます。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 msgid "Typical credit note pop-up form that appears in Odoo Sales." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo販売で表示される典型的なクレジットノートのポップアップフォーム。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -14188,16 +14943,19 @@ msgid "" "specific :guilabel:`Journal` to process the credit. Then, select a specific " ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`." msgstr "" +"まず :guilabel:`クレジットノートに表示される理由` と、クレジットを処理する特定の :guilabel:`仕訳帳`を入力します。次に、特定の" +" :guilabel:`逆仕訳日` を選択します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:108 msgid "" "After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse` or " ":guilabel:`Reverse and Create Invoice`. Then, edit the draft, if needed." msgstr "" +"情報が入力されたら、:guilabel:`リバース`または:guilabel:`リバースして請求書作成`をクリックして下さい。その後、必要であればドラフトを編集して下さい。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:111 msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the credit note." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後に、:guilabel:`確認`をクリックして、クレジットノートを確認します。" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -14205,18 +14963,20 @@ msgid "" "credits for this customer. You can allocate them to mark this invoice as " "paid.` appears at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"完了すると、次のような青いバナーが表示されます: " +":guilabel:`この顧客の未払クレジットがあります。この請求書を支払済とするために、このクレジットを割当てることができます。` " #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 msgid "Send Quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "見積を送付" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 msgid "Quotation deadlines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "見積期日" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 2d8baab76..c856d810c 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:124 msgid "Permanent discount" @@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "プロダクトバリアント" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 20b91eec4..ee25b757d 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -7980,7 +7980,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:230 msgid "You can either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용 가능한 옵션:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:232 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 1f6214372..4166417c1 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -2118,6 +2118,9 @@ msgid "" "mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "` are also available in the resulting entry section." msgstr "" +"오른쪽 상단에 있는 결과 항목에는 특정 은행 거래가 거래처 항목과 일치하는 경우 표시되며, 잔여 차변 또는 대변 이 있으면 같이 " +"나타납니다. 여기에서 조정 내용을 승인하거나 :guilabel:`확인할 것`으로 표시할 수 있습니다. 결과 입력란에 있는 :ref:`조정" +" 모델 버튼 `도 모두 사용할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 msgid "Reconcile transactions" @@ -2132,6 +2135,10 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +":doc:`조정 모델 `을 사용하여 거래를 자동 매칭시키거나 :ref:`기존 항목 " +"`, :ref:`일괄 결제 `, :ref:`수동 작업 ` 및 :ref:`조정 모델 버튼" +" ``을 사용하여 매칭시킬 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." @@ -2146,6 +2153,10 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +"거래처에 대해 정의합니다. 거래 상대방을 정의하는 방법으로는 :ref:`기존 항목 일치 `, :ref:`수동 작업 `, :ref:`일괄 결제 " +"`, :ref:`조정 모델 버튼 ` 등 " +"여러 가지 방법이 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -2189,6 +2200,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`reconciliation models `, with suggested entries" " appearing first." msgstr "" +"이 탭에는 Odoo에서 조정 모델에 따라 자동으로 미리 선택하는 일치 항목이 표시됩니다. 항목 순서는 :doc:`조정 모델 " +"`을 기준으로 하며, 제안된 항목이 먼저 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -2251,10 +2264,12 @@ msgid "" "quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " "combination with existing entries." msgstr "" +"자주 사용하는 수기 작업에는 :doc:`조정 모델 ` 버튼을 사용합니다. 이와 같은 사용자 지정" +" 버튼으로 은행 거래를 직접 빠르게 조정할 수 있으며 기존 항목과 함께 사용할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "조정 모델" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2263,12 +2278,15 @@ msgid "" "recurring entries like bank fees. Reconciliation models can also be helpful " "in handling :doc:`cash discounts <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`." msgstr "" +"조정 모델로 :doc:`은행 조정 ` 프로세스를 자동화할 수 있으며, 특히 은행 수수료와 같이 반복되는 " +"항목을 처리하기에 편리합니다. 조정 모델은 :doc:`현금 할인 <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` " +"작업에도 유용하게 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:9 msgid "" "Each model is created based on a :ref:`model type ` and " ":guilabel:`bank transaction conditions`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 모델은 :ref:`모델 유형 ` 및 :guilabel:`은행 거래 조건`을 기반으로 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2276,10 +2294,12 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 튜토리얼: 조정 모델 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:19 msgid "Reconciliation model types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "조정 모델 유형" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2288,6 +2308,8 @@ msgid "" "Models`. For each reconciliation model, a :guilabel:`Type` must be set. " "Three types of models exist:" msgstr "" +"조정 모델은 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 은행: 조정 모델`에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 각 조정 모델에 대해" +" 반드시 :guilabel:`유형`을 설정해야 합니다. 모델 유형에는 세 가지가 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2298,6 +2320,9 @@ msgid "" "model determine the counterpart entry's account(s), amount(s), label(s), and" " analytic distribution;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`거래처 항목 생성 버튼`: 은행 조정 화면에서 결과 항목 섹션에 버튼이 생성됩니다. 버튼을 클릭하면 모델에 설정된 " +"규칙에 따라서, 활성화 상태인 거래와 조정할 거래처 항목이 생성됩니다. 모델에 지정된 규칙으로 거래처 항목의 계정, 금액, 라벨 및 분석" +" 분포가 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2305,6 +2330,7 @@ msgid "" "transactions to match the transaction to a new entry based on conditions " "that must match the information on the transaction;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`거래처 항목 제안 규칙`: 거래 정보와의 필수 매칭 조건에 따라, 반복 거래를 새 항목과 매칭하는 데 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2312,10 +2338,12 @@ msgid "" " match the transaction to existing invoices, bills, or payments based on " "conditions that must match the information on the transaction." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`청구서/업체 청구서 일치 규칙`: 거래 정보와의 필수 매칭 조건에 따라, 반복 거래를 기존 청구서, 업체 청구서 또는" +" 결제 항목과 매칭하는 데 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:37 msgid "Default reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 조정 모델" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2323,6 +2351,8 @@ msgid "" "company's fiscal localization. These can be updated if needed. Users can " "also create their own reconciliation models by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 회사의 재정 현지화에 따라 다양한 모델을 기본값으로 사용할 수 있습니다. 필요한 경우 업데이트도 할 수 있습니다. " +":guilabel:`새로 만들기`로 자신만의 조정 모델을 만들 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -2330,14 +2360,16 @@ msgid "" " *sequence* of models is applied. You can rearrange the order by dragging " "and dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" +"레코드가 여러 개의 조정 모델과 일치하는 경우, 모델 *순서*에서 첫 번째에 있는 모델이 적용됩니다. 순서를 다시 정렬하려면 이름 옆의 " +"핸들을 끌어다 놓으세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Rearrange the sequence of models in the list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "목록 화면에서 모델 순서를 재정렬합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:51 msgid "Invoices/Bills perfect match" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서/업체 청구서가 완벽하게 일치함" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2345,10 +2377,12 @@ msgid "" "Odoo to suggest matching existing invoices or bills with a bank transaction " "based on set conditions." msgstr "" +"이 모델이 모델 *순서*에서 가장 처음에 있어야 Odoo에서 설정된 조건에 따라 기존의 청구서 및 업체 청구서에 대한 은행 거래 매칭을 " +"제안할 수 있게 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "Set rules to trigger the reconciliation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "조정을 자동으로 동작시키는 규칙을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2359,10 +2393,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner is set` is selected) to suggest the correct counterpart " "entry and reconcile the payment automatically." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`자동 승인` 항목이 선택되어 있고 모델 조건이 전부 충족되면, Odoo에서 자동으로 결제를 조정합니다. 이 경우 " +"자동으로 은행 명세서 내역에서 청구서/결제 참조 (:guilabel:`라벨` 선택) 및 파트너 이름 (:guilabel:`파트너 설정 " +"완료` 선택)을 찾아 알맞은 거래처 항목을 제안하며 결제 조정을 실행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:66 msgid "Invoices/Bills partial match if underpaid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "미납 청구서 및 업체 청구서 일부 일치" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2372,18 +2409,22 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the account indicated in the :guilabel:`counterpart entries`" " tab." msgstr "" +"이 모델은 **현금 할인**의 경우와 같이 수령 금액이 청구서 금액보다 약간 낮은 경우에 결제 금액과 부분적으로 일치하는 고객 청구서 " +"또는 공급업체 청구서를 제안합니다. 차액은 :guilabel:`거래처 항목` 탭에 표시된 계정과 조정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:73 msgid "" "The reconciliation model :guilabel:`Type` is :guilabel:`Rule to match " "invoices/bills`, and the :guilabel:`Payment tolerance` should be set." msgstr "" +"조정 모델 :guilabel:`유형`은 :guilabel:`청구서/업체청구서 일치 규칙`이며, :guilabel:`결제 허용 오차`가 " +"설정되어야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payment tolerance` is only applicable to lower payments. It " "is disregarded when an overpayment is received." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`결제 허용 오차`는 결제 금액을 적게 받은 경우에만 적용됩니다. 과오납이 발생한 경우에는 무시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" @@ -2391,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:87 msgid "Line with bank fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "은행 수수료 내역" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -2401,6 +2442,9 @@ msgid "" " be used for example, to identify the information referring to the " ":guilabel:`Bank fees` in the label of the transaction." msgstr "" +"이 모델은 모델 설정 규칙에 따라 거래처 항목을 제안합니다. 이 경우 조정 모델 :guilabel:`유형`은 :guilabel:`거래처 " +"항목 제안 규칙`이며, 예를 들어 :guilabel:라벨`을 사용하여 거래 라벨에 표시된 :guilabel:`은행 수수료`를 참조하는 " +"정보를 식별할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2410,6 +2454,9 @@ msgid "" "so it's essential to use it judiciously and with a good understanding of the" " patterns you're working with." msgstr "" +"**정규식**으로 약칭하는 `정규식 표현 `_의 경우에는, 시스템 안에서 다양한 방법으로 " +"데이터를 검색, 검증 및 편집하여 Odoo에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 정규식은 강력하면서도 복잡할 수 있으므로 작업 중인 패턴을 숙지하여 " +"신중하게 사용하는 것이 무엇보다 중요합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -2418,14 +2465,16 @@ msgid "" "expression. Odoo automatically retrieves the transactions that match your " "Regex expression and the conditions specified in your model." msgstr "" +"조정 모델에서 정규식을 사용하려면 :guilabel:`거래 유형`을 :guilabel:`정규식 일치`로 설정하고 표현식을 추가합니다. " +"Odoo는 정규식 및 모델에 지정된 조건과 일치하는 거래를 자동으로 검색합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Using Regex in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 정규식 사용하기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:111 msgid "Partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "파트너 매핑" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -2437,6 +2486,9 @@ msgid "" "incoming payment meets these criteria, Odoo automatically maps it to the " "corresponding customer's account." msgstr "" +"파트너 매핑 기능으로 거래를 올바른 파트너 계정에 자동으로 매칭하는 규칙을 설정하여 시간을 절약하고 수기 조정 중에 오류가 발생할 위험을" +" 줄일 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 거래 설명에 특정 참조 번호나 키워드를 사용하여 입금과 관련한 파트너 매핑 규칙을 생성할 수 있습니다." +" 입금받은 결제 항목이 이와 같은 기준을 충족하면 Odoo는 자동으로 해당 고객의 계정으로 매핑합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -2444,10 +2496,12 @@ msgid "" "and enter the :guilabel:`Find Text in Label`, :guilabel:`Find Text in " "Notes`, and :guilabel:`Partner`." msgstr "" +"파트너 매핑 규칙을 생성하려면 :guilabel:`파트너 매핑` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`라벨에서 텍스트 찾기`, " +":guilabel:`메모에서 텍스트 찾기` 및 :guilabel:`파트너`를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "defining partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "파트너 매핑 정의" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9586,7 +9640,7 @@ msgstr "\"지금 결제하기\" 클릭 후 결제대행업체 선택하기" msgid "" "Make sure your :doc:`payment providers are correctly configured " "<../../payment_providers>`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`알맞게 결제대행업체 설정 ` 되어 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -9595,6 +9649,9 @@ msgid "" "payment provider activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " "details." msgstr "" +"기본값으로 \":doc:`온라인 이체 " +"`\"만 결제대행업체을 사용하도록 " +"설정되어 있으나, 여기에도 결제 세부 정보를 입력해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -26314,7 +26371,7 @@ msgstr "프랑스" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -26323,16 +26380,18 @@ msgid "" "financial year. The entries in the file must be arranged in chronological " "order." msgstr "" +"FEC :dfn:`Fichier des Écritures Comptables` 감사 파일에는 회계연도 동안 회계 전표에 기록된 전체 회계" +" 데이터와 항목이 포함되어 있습니다. 파일 항목은 시간순으로 정렬해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:14 msgid "" "Since January 1st, 2014, every French company is required to produce and " "transmit this file upon request by the tax authorities for audit purposes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "2014년 1월 1일부터 모든 프랑스 기업은 세무 당국의 요청이 있을 경우 감사용으로 이 파일을 작성하여 전송해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "FEC Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEC 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -26341,24 +26400,31 @@ msgid "" "the **FEC Import** feature (module name: ``l10n_fr_fec_import``), which " "enables the import of existing FEC files from older software." msgstr "" +"신규 사용자가 온보딩을 더 쉽게 할 수 있도록 Odoo 엔터프라이즈의 프랑스어 :ref:`재정 현지화 패키지 " +"`에는 이전 소프트웨어의 기존 FEC 파일에서 **FEC 가져오기** 기능 (모듈" +" 이름: ``l10n_fr_fec_import``)이 포함되어 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:24 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Accounting Import`, enable **FEC Import**, and *Save*." msgstr "" +"이 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> 설정 --> 회계 가져오기`로 이동하여 **FEC " +"가져오기**를 활성화한 후 *저장*합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> FEC Import`, " "upload your FEC file, and click on *Import*." msgstr "" +"다음으로 :menuselection:`회계 --> 환경 설정 --> FEC 가져오기`로 이동하여 FEC 파일을 업로드한 후 *가져오기*를" +" 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 msgid "" "Importing FEC files from different year takes no particular action or " "computation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다른 연도의 FEC 파일 가져오기에는 특별한 작업이나 계산을 할 필요가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -26366,15 +26432,17 @@ msgid "" "starting balance of the year, you might need to cancel those entries in the " "User Interface. Odoo makes those entries (RAN) useless." msgstr "" +"여러 개의 파일에 있는 \"Reports à Nouveaux\"(RAN)에 해당 연도의 기초 잔액이 포함되어 있는 경우 사용자 " +"인터페이스에서 이러한 항목을 취소해야 할 수도 있습니다. Odoo에서는 해당 항목 (RAN)이 필요가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:38 msgid "File formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "파일 형식" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "" "FEC files can only be in CSV format, as the XML format is not supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEC 파일은 XML 형식이 지원되지 않으며 CSV 형식만 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -26383,33 +26451,35 @@ msgid "" "and each following line representing one accounting entry, in no " "predetermined order." msgstr "" +"FEC CSV 파일은 데이터 테이블을 나타내는 일반 텍스트 형식이며, 첫 번째 줄은 머리글로 각 항목에 대한 필드 목록을 정의하며, 이후" +" 줄은 미리 정해진 순서 없이 하나씩 회계 항목을 나타냅니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "" "Our module expects the files to meet the following technical specifications:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "본 모듈을 통해 충족되는 파일 기술 사양은 다음과 같습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "**Encoding**: UTF-8, UTF-8-SIG and iso8859_15." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**인코딩**: UTF-8, UTF-8-SIG 및 iso8859_15." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:51 msgid "**Separator**: any of these: `;` or `|` or `,` or `TAB`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**구분 기호**: `;`, `|`, `,` 또는 `TAB` 중 하나입니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:52 msgid "" "**Line terminators**: both CR+LF (`\\\\r\\\\n`) and LF (`\\\\n`) character " "groups are supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**줄 맺음**: CR+LF(`\\\\r\\\\n`) 및 LF(`\\\\n`) 문자 그룹이 모두 지원됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:53 msgid "**Date format**: `%Y%m%d`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**날짜 형식**: `%Y%m%d%d`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:56 msgid "Fields description and use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "필드 설명 및 사용" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 msgid "#" @@ -26417,7 +26487,7 @@ msgstr "#" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 msgid "Field name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "필드명" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 msgid "Format" @@ -26429,15 +26499,15 @@ msgstr "01" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 msgid "JournalCode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전표 코드" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 msgid "Journal Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "전표 코드" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 msgid "`journal.code` and `journal.name` if `JournalLib` is not provided" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`JournalLib`가 없을 경우 `journal.code` 또는 `journal.name` 사용" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 @@ -26451,7 +26521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 msgid "Alphanumeric" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영숫자" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 msgid "02" @@ -26459,7 +26529,7 @@ msgstr "02" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 msgid "JournalLib" -msgstr "" +msgstr "JournalLib" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 msgid "Journal Label" @@ -26467,7 +26537,7 @@ msgstr "분개장 꼬리표" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 msgid "`journal.name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`journal.name`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "03" @@ -26475,15 +26545,15 @@ msgstr "03" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "EcritureNum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EcritureNum" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "Numbering specific to each journal sequence number of the entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "항목의 각 전표 연번으로 고유한 번호 지정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "`move.name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`move.name`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 msgid "04" @@ -26491,11 +26561,11 @@ msgstr "04" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 msgid "EcritureDate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EcritureDate" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 msgid "Accounting entry Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계 입력 날짜" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 @@ -26507,7 +26577,7 @@ msgstr "`move.date`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 msgid "Date (yyyyMMdd)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "날짜 (yyyyMMdd)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 msgid "05" @@ -26516,7 +26586,7 @@ msgstr "05" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 msgid "CompteNum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CompteNum" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 msgid "Account Number" @@ -26524,7 +26594,7 @@ msgstr "계정 과목" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 msgid "`account.code`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`account.code`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 msgid "06" @@ -26532,15 +26602,15 @@ msgstr "06" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 msgid "CompteLib" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CompteLib" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 msgid "Account Label" -msgstr "" +msgstr "계정 라벨" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 msgid "`account.name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`account.name`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "07" @@ -26548,15 +26618,15 @@ msgstr "07" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "CompAuxNum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CompAuxNum" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "Secondary account Number (accepts null)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "보조 계정 번호 (null 값 허용)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "`partner.ref`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`partner.ref`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "08" @@ -26564,15 +26634,15 @@ msgstr "08" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "CompAuxLib" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CompAuxLib" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "Secondary account Label (accepts null)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "보조 계정 라벨 (null 값 허용)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 msgid "`partner.name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`partner.name`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "09" @@ -26580,23 +26650,23 @@ msgstr "09" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "PieceRef" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PieceRef" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "Document Reference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "참조 문서" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "`move.ref` and `move.name` if `EcritureNum` is not provided" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EcritureNum`이 없을 경우 `move.ref` 또는 `move.name` 사용" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 msgid "PieceDate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PieceDate" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 msgid "Document Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "문서 날짜" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 msgid "11" @@ -26604,11 +26674,11 @@ msgstr "11" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 msgid "EcritureLib" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EcritureLib" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 msgid "Account entry Label" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계 입력 라벨" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 msgid "`move_line.name`" @@ -26616,7 +26686,7 @@ msgstr "`move_line.name`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "차변 금액" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "`move_line.debit`" @@ -26636,7 +26706,7 @@ msgstr "13" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit amount (Field name \"Crédit\" is not allowed)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "크레딧 금액 (필드명으로 \"Crédit\"은 허용되지 않음)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "`move_line.credit`" @@ -26648,11 +26718,11 @@ msgstr "14" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "EcritureLet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EcritureLet" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "Accounting entry cross reference (accepts null)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계 항목 상호 참조 (null 값 허용)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "`move_line.fec_matching_number`" @@ -26660,16 +26730,16 @@ msgstr "`move_line.fec_matching_number`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "DateLet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DateLet" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "Accounting entry date (accepts null)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계 항목 날짜 (null 값 허용)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 msgid "unused" -msgstr "" +msgstr "미사용" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 msgid "16" @@ -26677,11 +26747,11 @@ msgstr "16" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 msgid "ValidDate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ValidDate" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 msgid "Accounting entry validation date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "회계 입력 승인 날짜" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "17" @@ -26689,11 +26759,11 @@ msgstr "17" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Montantdevise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Montantdevise" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Currency amount (accepts null)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "통화 금액 (null 값 허용)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "`move_line.amount_currency`" @@ -26705,11 +26775,11 @@ msgstr "18" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 msgid "Idevise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Idevise" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 msgid "Currency identifier (accepts null)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "통화 식별자 (null 값 허용)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 msgid "`currency.name`" @@ -26718,11 +26788,11 @@ msgstr "`currency.name`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:108 msgid "" "These two fields can be found in place of the others in the sence above." -msgstr "" +msgstr "위에 있는 다른 항목 대신 이 두 가지 항목을 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Montant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Montant" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Amount" @@ -26730,19 +26800,19 @@ msgstr "금액" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "`move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`move_line.debit` 또는 `move_line.credit`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 msgid "Sens" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sens" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 msgid "Can be \"C\" for Credit or \"D\" for Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "차변의 경우 \"C\" 또는 대변의 경우 \"D\"를 사용" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 msgid "determines `move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`move_line.debit` 또는 `move_line.credit` 지정" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 msgid "Char" @@ -26750,19 +26820,19 @@ msgstr "문자 유형" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:119 msgid "Implementation details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "구현 세부 정보" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:121 msgid "" "The following accounting entities are imported from the FEC files: " "**Accounts, Journals, Partners**, and **Moves**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEC 파일에서 **계정, 전표, 파트너** 및 **작업** 회계 조직을 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Our module determines the encoding, the line-terminator character, and the " "separator that are used in the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "본 모듈에서는 파일에 사용되는 인코딩, 줄 종결 문자 및 구분 기호를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:127 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c45442413..0a2ce9b23 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2024 # JH CHOI , 2024 # Daye Jeong, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Sarah Park, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3452,25 +3452,25 @@ msgstr "신규 데이터베이스에 대한 기본 한도는 다음과 같습니 msgid "" "**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " "subscription." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 온라인 및 Odoo.sh 데이터베이스 구독이 활성화되어 있는 경우 **매일 이메일 200개**" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "단일앱 무료 데이터베이스의 경우 **매일 이메일 20개**" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "체험판 데이터베이스의 경우 **매일 이메일 50개**" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" "In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " "day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "마이그레이션의 경우에는 이메일 일일 한도가 50개로 재설정될 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일일 한도 도달 시:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3491,7 +3491,7 @@ msgid "" "The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " "emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " "recipient." -msgstr "" +msgstr "반송률: 이메일이 최종 수신자에게 전달되는 도중에 메일 서버에서 반송되어 메일이 전송되지 못한 이메일 주소의 비율입니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -3499,6 +3499,8 @@ msgid "" " (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " "`)." msgstr "" +"외부 발신 이메일 서버를 사용하면 Odoo의 메일 한도에 영향을 받지 않습니다 (해당 :doc:`이메일 문서참조 " +"`)." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3590,6 +3592,8 @@ msgid "" "bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " "correctly." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 실패 사유 관련 정보를 확인할 수 없는 경우도 있습니다. 이메일 공급업체마다 반송된 이메일과 관련하여 개별적인 정책을 " +"적용하고 있는 관계로, Odoo에서는 해당 내용이 파악될 수 없을 수 있다는 점을 참고하시기 바랍니다. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -3597,6 +3601,8 @@ msgid "" "not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help" " in finding a reason." msgstr "" +"동일한 클라이언트나 도메인에서 이 문제가 반복되는 경우에는 원인 파악을 위해 즉시 `Odoo 고객지원 " +"`_으로 연락주시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -3617,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 msgid "Email is sent late" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이메일이 늦게 전송되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -3687,7 +3693,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 msgid "Email is not received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이메일이 수신되지 못했습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -3698,7 +3704,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 msgid "" "**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Odoo.sh** 사용자는 :file:`~/logs/` 폴더에서 실시간 로그를 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -3803,6 +3809,7 @@ msgid "" "Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " "emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" msgstr "" +"Odoo에서 이러한 이메일을 정상적으로 수신하기 위해서 따르게 되는 흐름입니다. 다음과 같은 질문에 대한 답변을 참고하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" @@ -7251,19 +7258,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "From here, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` field, and set an " ":guilabel:`Internal extension`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "여기에서 :guilabel:`이름`을 입력하고 :guilabel:`내부 확장`을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:27 msgid "" "The internal extension is what everyone in the network uses to quickly dial " "into the conference call, instead of typing in the whole phone number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "내선 번호는 전체 전화번호를 입력하는 대신 네트워크에 있는 모든 사람이 전화 회의에 빠르게 전화를 걸기 위해 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:31 msgid "" "Pick a number between three and five digits long, making it easy to remember" " and dial." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기억하기 쉽고 간편하게 전화를 걸 수 있도록 3~5자리 사이의 숫자를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -7272,12 +7279,15 @@ msgid "" "for the conference is dialed. Immediately after dialing the extension, a " "digital receptionist prompts for the :guilabel:`Access code`." msgstr "" +"다음으로, 회의실에 보안을 해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`액세스 코드`를 설정하세요. 이 번호는 회의용 내선 번호로 전화를 걸었을 " +"때 회의에 들어 갈 수 있는 비밀번호입니다. 내선 번호를 누르면 바로 디지털 안내로 :guilabel:`액세스 코드`를 입력하라는 " +"메시지가 나옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Administrator extension` field, click the drop-down menu, " "and select the user's extension that manages the call." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`관리자 내선`에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 통화를 관리자의 내선 번호를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -7285,13 +7295,15 @@ msgid "" "conference` field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Yes` or " ":guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" +"마지막으로 :guilabel:`관리자가 회의를 시작할 때까지 기다리기` 항목에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`예` 또는 " +":guilabel:`아니오`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:43 msgid "" "Should the selection be :guilabel:`Yes`, then nobody is allowed to utilize " "the virtual conference room until the administrator is present, and logged " "into the conference call." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`예`를 선택하면 관리자가 참석하여 전화 회의에 로그인할 때까지 아무도 가상 회의실을 이용할 수 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -7299,6 +7311,8 @@ msgid "" "configuration. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right " "corner to implement the change in production." msgstr "" +"모든 내용 입력이 완료되었으면 설정을 :guilabel:`저장`합니다. 그런 다음 오른쪽 상단의 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용`을 " +"클릭하여 프로덕션에 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -7306,6 +7320,8 @@ msgid "" " option to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Edit` the conference from the " "Axivox :guilabel:`Conference` main dashboard." msgstr "" +"그렇게 하면 회의가 추가되고 Axivox 관리자가 Axivox :guilabel:`회의` 기본 현황판에서 회의를 " +":guilabel:`삭제` 또는 :guilabel:`편집` 중에 선택하여 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -7314,6 +7330,8 @@ msgid "" "enter the extension or phone number of the invitee in the pop-up window that" " appears." msgstr "" +"Axivox 사용자를 특정한 컨퍼런스 콜에 초대하려면 원하는 회의 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`초대`를 클릭하면 나타나는 팝업 창에" +" 초대 대상자의 내선 번호 또는 전화 번호를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -7322,6 +7340,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invite` button, and the recipient immediately receives a phone " "call, automatically linking them to the conference." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`초대하려는 사람의 전화번호를 입력하세요` 입력란에 내선 번호나 일반 번호를 추가한 후 초록색 " +":guilabel:`초대` 버튼을 클릭하면, 수신자에게 즉시 전화가 가며 자동으로 회의에 연결됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:32 @@ -7537,7 +7557,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:135 msgid "Basic routing elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 라우팅 요소" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7546,6 +7566,8 @@ msgid "" "numbers to an action, or by using a *Digital Receptionist* to automatically " "route or listen for an extension, based on a key input from the caller." msgstr "" +"Axivox 다이얼 플랜의 기본 라우팅 요소에서는 내선 기반 라우팅을 사용할 수 있습니다. *메뉴*를 추가하여 숫자별로 다이얼을 작업에 " +"연결하거나 *디지털 안내*를 사용하여 발신자가 키를 입력하면 자동으로 내선 번호를 라우팅하거나 수신하는 방식으로 진행할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -7553,6 +7575,8 @@ msgid "" "Receptionist* does **not** need to be pre-configured numerically with " "actions. Instead, it acts as a virtual receptionist." msgstr "" +"두 가지 요소의 주요 차이점은 *디지털 안내*에서 작업을 숫자로 미리 설정할 필요가 **없다**는 것입니다. 그 대신 가상 안내 센터 " +"역할을 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -7561,12 +7585,14 @@ msgid "" "feature an element, wherein clicking '2' takes the caller to the element " "linked to '2' on the Menu element in the dial plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`메뉴`: 숫자 디렉토리로 전화를 거는 방식과 다운스트림 설정 작업 (터미널 아님)을 추가합니다. 예를 들어, 숫자별 " +"다이얼 기능에서 '2'를 클릭하면 발신자가 다이얼 플랜의 메뉴 요소에 있는 '2'에 연결되어 있는 요소로 이동시킬 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`: attach a virtual dispatcher to listen for " "extensions." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`디지털 안내`: 내선 전화를 수신할 가상 디스패처를 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7577,6 +7603,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click " ":guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"이러한 요소 중에서 하나를 추가하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 `_ 왼쪽 메뉴에 있는 " +":guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지로 이동합니다. 다음으로 다이얼 플랜 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`비주얼 편집기` 버튼을 " +"클릭하여 다이얼 플랜을 편집합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`새 요소` 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 요소를 선택한 다음 " +":guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:102 msgid "Digital receptionist scenario" @@ -7725,10 +7755,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click " ":guilabel:`Add`. For more information, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." msgstr "" +"이러한 요소 중에서 하나를 추가하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 `_ 왼쪽 메뉴에 있는 " +":guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지로 이동합니다. 다음으로 다이얼 플랜 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`비주얼 편집기` 버튼을 " +"클릭하여 다이얼 플랜을 편집합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`새 요소` 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 요소를 선택한 다음 " +":guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다. 자세한 내용은 :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans` 를 참조하시기 바랍니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:179 msgid "Dispatcher scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "디스패처 시나리오" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -7737,12 +7771,15 @@ msgid "" " a dial plan is linked to the :guilabel:`Start` element, in order to filter " "or screen calls as they come into an incoming number." msgstr "" +"*디스패처*는 지역 또는 지리적 위치를 기준으로 통화를 연결하는 다이얼 플랜 기능입니다. 대부분의 경우 다이얼 플랜의 " +":guilabel:`디스패처` 요소는 :guilabel:`시작` 요소에 연결되어 수신 번호로 들어오는 통화를 선별하거나 화면으로 " +"표시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:185 msgid "" "Double-click the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element in the :guilabel:`Dialplan " "Editor` pop-up window to configure it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`다이얼 플랜 편집기` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`디스패처` 요소를 더블 클릭하여 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -7750,6 +7787,8 @@ msgid "" "regular expressions. To add a regular expression, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the bottom of the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"이 요소는 정규식에 따라 숫자 를 확인합니다 (이 요소를 통해 라우팅됨). 정규식을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`디스패처` 팝업 창 " +"하단에 있는 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -7758,6 +7797,8 @@ msgid "" "element on the dial plan showcased in the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up" " window." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 :guilabel:`이름` 아래에 이 표현식을 식별하도록 인식할 수 있는 이름을 입력합니다. 이 이름은 " +"guilabel:`다이얼 플랜 편집기` 팝업 창에 표시된 다이얼 플랜의 :guilabel:`디스패처` 요소에 나타나는 이름입니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -7766,6 +7807,8 @@ msgid "" "helpful when a company would like to filter their customers to certain " "queues, or users based on the customer's geo-location." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`정규 표현식` 영역에 Axivox가 수신 전화를 라우팅할 국가 번호 또는 지역 번호를 입력합니다. 이 항목은 회사가 " +"고객을 특정 대기열로 구분하거나 고객의 지리적 위치를 기반으로 사용자를 선별하려는 경우 특히 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -8179,7 +8222,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:3 msgid "Dial plan basics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다이얼 플랜 기본 사항" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8190,28 +8233,33 @@ msgid "" "company can call them back. With dial plans in Axivox, a company can manage " "how incoming calls like this are handled." msgstr "" +"회사에 전화를 걸어서 고객 지원팀이나 영업팀 또는 개인의 직통 전화로 연락해야 하는 경우가 있습니다. 전화를 건 사람이 매장 영업 시간과" +" 같이 회사 관련 정보를 찾고 있는 중일 수도 있습니다. 또는 회사 직원에게서 다시 전화를 받을 수 있도록 음성 메시지를 남기고 싶을 " +"수도 있습니다. Axivox의 다이얼 플랜을 사용하면 이와 같은 수신 전화를 처리하는 방법을 회사에서 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:11 msgid "" "Using proper call architecture through a dial plan, callers get directed to " "the right people, or to the right information, in a quick, efficient manner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다이얼 플랜으로 통화 구조를 적절하게 사용하면 발신자는 빠르고 효율적인 방식으로 정확한 사람 또는 정보로 연결됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:14 msgid "This document covers the basic configuration of dial plans in Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 문서에서는 Axivox의 다이얼 플랜의 기본 환경 설정에 대해 설명합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on advanced dial plans, visit " ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "고급 다이얼 플랜에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`dial_plan_advanced`에서 확인해 보세요." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:20 msgid "" "Using a browser add-on for spelling may hinder the use of the visual editor " "in dial plans. Do not use a translator with the Axivox management console." msgstr "" +"맞춤법 검사를 하기 위해 브라우저 추가 기능을 사용하면 다이얼 플랜에 있는 비주얼 편집기를 사용하는 데 방해가 될 수 있습니다. " +"Axivox 관리 콘솔에서는 번역기를 사용하지 마세요." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:26 msgid "Dial plans" @@ -8272,7 +8320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:54 msgid "Dialplan editor (visual editor)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다이얼플랜 편집기 (비주얼 편집기)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -8280,6 +8328,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dial plan` page, a pop-up :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` window " "appears." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지에서 다이얼 플랜과 관련하여 :guilabel:`비주얼 편집기` 버튼을 클릭하면 " +":guilabel:`다이얼 계획 편집기` 팝업 창이 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -8288,18 +8338,24 @@ msgid "" "(graphical user interface)` appears, where various dial plan elements can be" " configured and linked together." msgstr "" +"이 팝업 창은 다이얼 플랜의 아키텍처 또는 구조를 구성하는 기본 위치입니다. 이 창에서 다양한 다이얼 플랜 요소를 설정하고 함께 연결할 " +"수 있는 :abbr:`GUI (그래픽 사용자 인터페이스)`가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "" "Visual editor for an example dial plan, with the new element, Add, and Save buttons\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" +"새로운 요소, 추가 및 저장 버튼이 강조 표시된 예시용 다이얼 플랜의\n" +"비주얼 편집기" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:69 msgid "" "New dial plans come blank with :guilabel:`New element` options for the user " "to :guilabel:`Add` and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"새 다이얼 플랜은 공백으로 표시되어 사용자가 :guilabel:`새 요소`를 선택하여 :guilabel:`추가`하거나 " +":guilabel:`저장`할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -8308,6 +8364,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button **must** be pressed before closing the " ":menuselection:`Visual editor`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`다이얼플랜 편집기`에 저장하는 방법은 Axivox 관리 콘솔에 있는 다른 편집 항목 저장 방법과 다르며, " +":menuselection:`비주얼 편집기`를 닫기 전에 **반드시** :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 눌러야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -8315,6 +8373,8 @@ msgid "" "**must** click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Dial plan` page." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 Axivox 플랫폼에서 변경 사항이 적용되게 하려면, **반드시** :guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지의 오른쪽 상단에 " +"있는 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용`을 클릭해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -8322,6 +8382,8 @@ msgid "" "element to the dial plan. To do that, open the :guilabel:`New element` drop-" "down menu, and select the desired element. Then, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`다이얼 플랜 편집기` 팝업 창에서 다이얼 플랜에 새 요소를 추가할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`새" +" 요소` 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 원하는 요소를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -8329,6 +8391,8 @@ msgid "" "being modified. This element can be moved where desired amongst the other " "elements present in the dial plan." msgstr "" +"이렇게 하면 편집 중인 다이얼 플랜의 비주얼 편집기 디스플레이에 해당 요소가 추가됩니다. 이 항목을 다이얼 플랜에 있는 다른 요소 중에서" +" 원하는 위치로 이동할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -8338,17 +8402,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(arrow)` icon to the desired element in the dial plan that it is " "meant to connect with." msgstr "" +"요소 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:` (open circle)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 바깥쪽으로 끌어서 다이얼 플랜의 요소를 연결합니다." +" 그러면 :guilabel:` (arrow)` 아이콘이 나타납니다. 계속해서 이 :guilabel:`(arrow)` 아이콘을 연결하려는 " +"다이얼 플랜의 요소로 끌어다 놓습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:91 msgid "" "Connect the :guilabel:`(arrow)` icon to the circle on the left side of the " "desired element." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`(arrow)` 아이콘을 원하는 요소의 왼쪽에 있는 원에 연결합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:93 msgid "" "Calls displayed in the dial plan flow from left-to-right in the element." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다이얼 플랜에서 통화 표시는 요소의 왼쪽에서 오른쪽 방향 순으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -8356,12 +8423,14 @@ msgid "" " element inside the dial plan, to reveal a subsequent pop-up window, wherein" " additional customizations can be entered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`새 요소`를 추가로 구성하려면 다이얼 플랜 내에 있는 요소를 더블 클릭하며, 후속 팝업 창이 나타나면 추가로 사용자 " +"정의할 내용을 입력할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:98 msgid "" "Each element has a different configuration pop-up window that appears when " "double-clicked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 요소별로 더블 클릭할 때 나타나는 환경 설정 팝업 창이 다릅니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -8370,12 +8439,17 @@ msgid "" "up` element, or looping the element back to a :guilabel:`Menu` element or " ":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` element elsewhere in the dial plan." msgstr "" +"루프를 닫으려면 모든 요소가 **반드시** 다이얼 플랜의 최종 위치에 있어야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`통화 종료` " +"요소를 구현하거나 해당 요소를 다이얼 플랜에서 다른 위치에 있는 :guilabel:`메뉴` 또는 :guilabel:`디지털 안내` " +"항목으로 다시 루프하면 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:0 msgid "" "Dial plan, shown with highlight looping open end back to the beginning of the menu\n" "element." msgstr "" +"다이얼 플랜에서 메뉴요소 중 작업 중인 종료 항목에서 시작 항목까지 루프하는 부분에\n" +"강조된 화면" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -8385,6 +8459,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dial plans` page to ensure they are implemented into Axivox " "production." msgstr "" +"원하는 다이얼 플랜 요소와 환경 설정이 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`다이얼 플랜 편집기` 팝업 창을 종료하기 전에 " +":guilabel:`저장`를 클릭해야 합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`변경 사항 " +"적용`을 클릭하여 Axivox 프로덕션에 구현되었는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:117 msgid "Dial plan elements" @@ -8548,7 +8625,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:3 msgid "Dynamic caller ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "동적 발신자 ID" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8557,12 +8634,14 @@ msgid "" " ID shows users and clients who is calling, so they can choose to pick up or" " decline the call." msgstr "" +"*발신자 ID*를 통해 전화를 거는 발신자를 식별합니다. 전화 수신자는 발신자의 전화 번호를 확인할 수 있습니다. 발신자 ID를 이용하여" +" 발신자가 표시되므로 사용자나 고객이 전화를 받거나 거부할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:9 msgid "" "Axivox offers a dynamic caller ID option to choose which number is displayed" " on outgoing calls." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox는 표시되는 발신 번호를 선택할 수 있도록 동적 발신자 ID 옵션을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -8571,6 +8650,8 @@ msgid "" "country code of the destination being called. By displaying a local number, " "this can increase customer engagement." msgstr "" +"국제 전화 번호는 구입할 수 있으며, 통화할 위치의 지역 번호나 국가 번호가 전화번호에 포함되어 있으므로 국제적으로 비즈니스 거래를 할 " +"수 있습니다. 현지 번호가 표시되게 하면 관심을 가지는 고객이 더 많아질 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -8581,10 +8662,13 @@ msgid "" "main company phone number, so any number of employees in the group can " "answer the call. This way, a call is never missed." msgstr "" +"콜센터에서 많은 직원이 통화하게 하는 회사도 있습니다. 잠재 고객이 답신 전화를 했을 때 이와 같은 직원들이 놓치게 되는 경우가 생기게 " +"됩니다. 이 경우 :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`를 이용하여 회사 대표 전화번호를 동적 " +"발신자 ID로 표시되게 설정하면, 그룹 내 직원 수에 관계없이 전화를 받게 할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 전화를 놓칠 염려가 없습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:24 msgid "Default outgoing number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 발신 번호" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -8593,6 +8677,8 @@ msgid "" "outside the company, the default outgoing number shows up automatically on " "the caller ID." msgstr "" +"Axivox에서는 *기본 번호*를 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 번호는 회사의 대표 번호입니다. 즉, 회사에서 (사용자/직원) 회사 외부 " +"번호로 전화를 걸면 발신자 ID에 기본 발신 번호가 자동으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -8602,6 +8688,8 @@ msgid "" " helpful in cases where employees change positions frequently, or if they " "leave the company." msgstr "" +"회사 외부에서 사용자/직원에게 다시 전화를 걸어 올 경우 기본 회선 (기본 번호)을 통해 다시 연결됩니다. 다이얼 플랜이 설정되어 있으는" +" 경우에는 선택하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 이 기능은 직원 보직이 자주 변경되거나 퇴사하게 되는 경우에 특히 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -8610,6 +8698,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings` in the left menu, and navigate to :guilabel:`Default " "outgoing number`." msgstr "" +"기본 번호에 액세스하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 `_로 이동하여 로그인합니다. 그런 " +"다음 왼쪽 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`설정`을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`기본 발신 번호`로 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8617,6 +8707,8 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu, and making a selection from the incoming phone numbers " "available on Axivox." msgstr "" +"여기에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후 Axivox에서 사용할 수 있는 수신용 전화번호를 선택하여 :guilabel:`기본 발신 번호`를 " +"변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8624,6 +8716,8 @@ msgid "" "changes` in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`General Settings` page " "to implement the change." msgstr "" +"변경 사항을 :guilabel:`저장`한 후 :guilabel:`일반 설정` 페이지의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`변경 사항 " +"적용`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -8631,6 +8725,8 @@ msgid "" "Axivox management portal. However, the outgoing number can also be " "configured differently at the user level." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`기본 발신 번호`는 Axivox 관리 포털에 기본값으로 표시됩니다. 다만 발신 번호를 사용자 수준에서 다르게 설정할 " +"수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:53 msgid "Users" @@ -8643,6 +8739,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Users` from the menu on the left, and then click :guilabel:`Edit`" " to the right of the user that is to be configured." msgstr "" +"사용자 수준에서 발신 번호를 설정하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 `_에 로그인합니다. " +"다음으로 왼쪽 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`사용자`를 클릭한 후, 설정하려는 사용자의 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`편집`을 " +"클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -8651,6 +8750,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-caller-id-default`), or any of the incoming " "numbers on the Axivox account." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`발신 번호`에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`기본 발신 번호` (지정값: " +":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-caller-id-default`), 또는 Axivox 계정의 수신 번호 중에서 하나를 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -8658,6 +8760,8 @@ msgid "" "number` drop-down menu ensures this user has the :guilabel:`Default outgoing" " number` shown on their caller ID when making calls." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`발신 번호` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`기본` 항목을 선택하면 사용자가 전화를 걸면 발신자 ID에 " +":guilabel:`기본 발신 번호`가 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -8665,6 +8769,8 @@ msgid "" "under :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` (in the Axivox console's menu on the " "left), that means this user has a direct line for customers to reach them." msgstr "" +"선택한 특정 번호가 사용자가 :guilabel:`수신 번호`(왼쪽 Axivox 콘솔 메뉴 참조)로 배정되어 있는 경우, 이 번호는 " +"사용자가 고객에게 연락할 수 있는 직통 번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -8672,16 +8778,19 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner to implement " "the change." msgstr "" +"원하는 대로 변경이 모두 완료되었으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭한 후, 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용`을" +" 클릭하여 변경된 내용을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, when creating a new user in Axivox, the :guilabel:`Outgoing " "number` is automatically set to :guilabel:`Default`." msgstr "" +"기본적으로 Axivox에서 새 사용자를 생성할 때 :guilabel:`발신 번호`가 자동 :guilabel:`기본값`으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:78 msgid "Advanced options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고급 선택 항목" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -8691,6 +8800,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced options` to the right of :guilabel:`Default outgoing " "number`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`고급 옵션`에 액세스하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 `_ 왼쪽에 있는" +" 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`설정` 항목으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`기본 발신 번호` 오른쪽에 있는 " +":guilabel:`고급 옵션`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -8699,6 +8811,8 @@ msgid "" "fields. From here, different caller IDs can be set up, depending on what " "location the user/employee is calling from." msgstr "" +"기본값으로 고급 규칙이 설정되어 있지는 않습니다. 새로 만들려면 초록색 :guilabel:`+ (더하기)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그러면 " +"두 개의 빈 필드가 있는 줄이 표시됩니다. 여기에서 사용자/직원이 전화하는 위치에 따라서 발신자 ID를 다양하게 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -8707,6 +8821,8 @@ msgid "" " Then, in the second empty field, select the phone number that should be " "used for calling out from that country code." msgstr "" +"규칙을 생성하려면 먼저 비어있는 첫 번째 필드에 :guilabel:`대상 접두어`를 설정합니다. 0으로 시작하는 국가 코드입니다. 그런 " +"다음 두 번째 빈 필드에서 해당 국가 코드로 전화를 걸 때 사용할 전화번호를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -8714,12 +8830,14 @@ msgid "" "default outgoing number configured` to allow these rules to take precedent " "over all other outgoing configurations." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`기본 발신 번호가 설정된 사용자인 경우에도 고급 규칙 적용` 확인란을 선택하면 이 규칙이 다른 발신 설정 내용보다 " +"우선 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:97 msgid "" "The order of the rules can be modified by dragging-and-dropping them into " "another order. The first matching rule is applied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "규칙의 순서는 다른 순서로 끌어다 놓아서 수정할 수 있습니다. 가장 먼저 매칭되는 규칙이 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -8727,6 +8845,8 @@ msgid "" "number for Great Britain when calling from the `0044` country code (Great " "Britain)." msgstr "" +"예를 들어, 회사에서 '0044' 국가 코드 (영국)로 전화를 걸 경우에는 모든 사용자/직원이 영국으로 설정되어 있는 번호를 사용하도록 " +"합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -8735,10 +8855,12 @@ msgid "" "Order the rules as necessary, and select the checkbox to supersede all other" " rules, if needed." msgstr "" +"사용하려면 :guilabel:`대상 접두어` 필드에 `0044`를 입력하고 `+44` 국가 코드로 시작하는 숫자를 선택하기만 하면 " +"됩니다. 필요에 따라서 규칙의 순서를 지정하고, 전체 규칙을 대체하게 하려면 확인란을 선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:0 msgid "Advanced options for the default outgoing number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "기본 발신 번호에 대한 고급 옵션입니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -8746,10 +8868,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right " "corner to implement the change." msgstr "" +"원하는 대로 환경 설정이 모두 완료되었으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭한 후, 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`변경 사항 " +"적용`을 클릭하여 변경된 내용을 적용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:3 msgid "Manage users in Axivox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox에서 사용자 관리하기" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8759,12 +8883,17 @@ msgid "" "extension, and a voicemail. This way, they can be reached in a variety of " "convenient ways." msgstr "" +"Axivox :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` 사용자 관리는 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 " +":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`를 설정하는 데 있어서 중요한 부분입니다. 각각의 " +"Axivox 사용자에게는 고유한 이름과 전화번호 및/또는 내선 번호, 음성 사서함이 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 다양하고 편리한 방법으로 " +"연락을 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:10 msgid "" "Axivox users are organized in a simple, straightforward way in the Axivox " "console, so an administrator can manage users quickly and easily." msgstr "" +"Axivox 콘솔에서 Axivox 사용자를 간단하고 직관적인 방식으로 구성하므로 관리자가 빠르고 쉽게 사용자를 관리할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -8772,6 +8901,8 @@ msgid "" "called, Axivox. Depending on the chosen VoIP provider, the processes to " "manage users may be different." msgstr "" +"이 문서에서는 Axivox라는 공급업체를 통해 모든 내용을 설정하는 방법을 다룹니다. 선택한 VoIP 제공업체에 따라 사용자 관리 " +"프로세스가 달라질 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:18 msgid "Overview" @@ -8783,6 +8914,8 @@ msgid "" "`https://manage.axivox.com `_. Log in with the " "appropriate administrator credentials." msgstr "" +"`https://manage.axivox.com `_으로 이동하여 Axivox 관리 " +"콘솔에서부터 시작합니다. 적절한 관리자 자격 증명으로 로그인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8792,12 +8925,15 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button in the upper-right corner of the " "console." msgstr "" +"변경 사항을 적용하려면 Axivox 관리 콘솔의 작업을 **반드시** 중복하여 저장해야 합니다. 변경 사항을 저장하려면 개별 변경 사항 " +"화면에서 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 변경 사항을 구현하려면 콘솔 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`변경 " +"사항 적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:34 msgid "" "Incoming numbers are all the numbers a company is paying to use to receive " "calls." -msgstr "" +msgstr "수신 번호는 회사가 전화 수신용으로 비용을 지불하는 번호를 통칭합니다. " #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -8806,12 +8942,14 @@ msgid "" " page, where all the incoming numbers are listed, along with their " ":guilabel:`Destination` and SMS information." msgstr "" +"Axivox 관리 콘솔의 왼쪽 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`수신 번호`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 모든 수신 전화번호가 " +":guilabel:`대상` 및 SMS 정보와 함께 :guilabel:`수신 번호` 페이지에 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:40 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Destination` determines the action that is taken, or the path" " the caller follows when dialing said numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`대상`에 따라 수행되는 작업이나 발신자가 해당 번호로 전화를 걸 때 따르게 되는 경로가 결정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8820,6 +8958,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit number` page that appears, the :guilabel:`Destination type " "for voice call` can be changed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`대상`을 편집하려면 수정하려는 수신 번호 줄의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`편집` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면" +" 표시되는:guilabel:`번호 편집` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`음성 통화 대상 유형`을 변경할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -10009,7 +10149,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:45 msgid "Odoo VoIP (tablet/mobile device)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo VoIP (태블릿/모바일 기기)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -10017,6 +10157,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Android or Apple IOS applications. Additionally, a mobile web browser " "can be used to access the database." msgstr "" +"Odoo *VoIP* 앱은 Odoo Android 또는 Apple IOS 애플리케이션으로 태블릿과 휴대폰에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 또한 " +"모바일 웹 브라우저로 데이터베이스에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -10024,6 +10166,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo on the Android and Apple portals. This means Odoo support only handles " "limited scopes of Odoo Android or Apple IOS support tickets." msgstr "" +"Odoo Android 및 Apple IOS 애플리케이션은 Android 및 Apple 포털에서 Odoo가 더 이상 유지 보수를 진행하지" +" 않습니다. 즉, Odoo에서는 Odoo Android 또는 Apple IOS 관련되어 제한된 범위로만 상담을 지원해 드리고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -10033,10 +10177,14 @@ msgid "" "be reachable on a mobile device at all times, an app, like Zoiper, should be" " used. Apps like that stay connected in the background at all times." msgstr "" +"모바일 장치에서 Odoo를 사용하여 발신 전화를 걸 수 있지만, Odoo는 :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet " +"Protocol)` 전용 애플리케이션이 **아닙니다**. 따라서, 수신 전화에 대해 수신음이 울리지 **않습니다**. 사용자가 모바일 " +"장치에서 항상 연락이 가능한 상태여야 하는 경우에는 Zoiper와 같은 앱을 사용해야 합니다. 해당 앱은 백그라운드에서 항상 연결 상태를" +" 유지하고 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:61 msgid "For more information, see this documentation: :ref:`voip/zoiper`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "자세한 내용은 다음 문서를 참조하세요: :ref:`voip/zoiper`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -10044,6 +10192,8 @@ msgid "" "*VoIP* widget, by tapping on the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in the upper-" "right corner. The widget appears in the lower-left corner." msgstr "" +"모바일 장치/태블릿에 있는 모바일 애플리케이션 오른쪽 상단의 :guilabel:`☎️ (전화)` 아이콘을 탭하여 Odoo *VoIP* " +"위젯에 액세스합니다. 위젯이 왼쪽 하단에 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -10052,16 +10202,19 @@ msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Allow` when prompted to continue with the call using the " "microphone." msgstr "" +"모바일 애플리케이션을 사용하여 태블릿에서 처음 전화를 걸 경우, 사용자에게 데이터베이스에서 마이크를 사용하도록 " +":guilabel:`허용`하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 마이크를 사용하여 통화를 계속할지 여부를 묻는 메시지가 나타나면 " +":guilabel:`허용`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:71 msgid "" "This step is **necessary**, whether using the mobile Odoo application or web" " browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 단계는 모바일 Odoo 애플리케이션 또는 웹 브라우저 양쪽에서 **필수** 단계입니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1 msgid "Allow the database to access the microphone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "데이터베이스에서 마이크에 액세스하도록 허용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -10070,6 +10223,9 @@ msgid "" "box next to :guilabel:`Remember ?` should this decision be the default " "moving forward." msgstr "" +"그 다음 Odoo에서 전화를 거는 방법을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`VOIP` 또는 :guilabel:`Phone` (태블릿에서 " +"통화 기능이 활성화되어 있어야 함) 두 가지 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`정보를 저장할까요?` 옆에 있는 확인란을 " +"선택합하면 앞으로 해당 내용을 기본값으로 사용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 36f6e09ba..50ac90d23 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1984,6 +1984,8 @@ msgid "" " Click :guilabel:`Search more` if the desired product is not loaded " "automatically." msgstr "" +"효율적인 오픈을 위해 시스템은 제한된 수의 제품만 로드할 수 있습니다. 원하는 제품이 자동으로 로드되지 않으면 :guilabel:`추가 " +"검색`을 클릭하세요." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:56 msgid "Set customers" @@ -3116,6 +3118,8 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's " "checkbox." msgstr "" +":ref:`앱 설정 `으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`결제 단말기` 섹션까지 아래로 스크롤한" +" 다음 단말기 옆의 확인란을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" @@ -3204,6 +3208,10 @@ msgid "" " key to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen API key` field at :ref:`the " "payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"**Adyen API 키**는 Adyen 단말기의 요청을 인증하는 데 사용됩니다. API 키를 생성하려면 " +":menuselection:`Adyen 계정 --> 개발자 --> API 자격 증명`으로 이동하여 새 자격 증명을 **생성**하거나 " +"**기존 자격 증명**을 선택합니다. `API 키 생성`을 클릭하고 키를 저장하여 :ref:`결제수단 생성 `의 Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen API 키` 필드에 붙여넣습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3221,7 +3229,7 @@ msgstr "Adyen 터미널 ID 찾기" msgid "" "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is the terminal's serial number, which is " "used to identify the hardware." -msgstr "" +msgstr " **Adyen 단말기 ID**는 하드웨어를 식별하는 데 사용되는 단말기의 일련번호입니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -3230,6 +3238,9 @@ msgid "" "number to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier` field" " at :ref:`the payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"이 번호를 찾으려면 :menuselection:`Adyen 계정 --> POS --> 단말기`로 이동하여 해당 단말기를 선택하고 " +"일련번호를 저장한 다음 :ref:`결제 방법 생성 ` 중 Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen" +" 단말기 ID` 필드에 붙여넣기 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:51 msgid "Set the Event URLs" @@ -3239,37 +3250,39 @@ msgstr "이벤트 URL 설정" msgid "" "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must configure the terminal " "**Event URLs**. To do so," -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 결제 알림을 받으려면 단말기의 **이벤트 URL**을 구성해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 msgid "Log in to `Adyen's website `_;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen 웹사이트 `_에 로그인합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:56 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" " select the connected terminal;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":menuselection:` Adyen의 대시보드 --> POS --> 단말기`로 이동하여 연결된 단말기를 선택합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 msgid "From the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "단말기 설정에서 :guilabel:`연동`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:59 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " ":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 설정을 편집하려면 :guilabel:`해독 모드로 전환` 필드를 :guilabel:`해독`으로 설정합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:60 msgid "" "Click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " "`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field;" msgstr "" +"**연필 아이콘** 버튼을 클릭하고 서버 주소를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`이벤트 URL` 필드에 " +"`/pos_adyen/notification`을 입력합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:62 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr " 화면 하단의 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 @@ -3286,6 +3299,9 @@ msgid "" "<../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and " "select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." msgstr "" +":ref:`앱 설정 `에서 결제 단말기 :ref:`를 활성화하고 :doc:`관련 결제 수단 " +"생성 <../../payment_methods>`을 활성화합니다. 전표 유형을 :guilabel:`은행`으로 설정하고 " +":guilabel:`결제 단말기 사용` 필드에서 :guilabel:`Adyen`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3293,6 +3309,8 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier `, and " ":guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." msgstr "" +"마지막으로 필수 입력 필드에 :ref:`Adyen API 키 `, :ref:`Adyen 단말기 ID " +"`, :guilabel:`Adyen 판매자 계정`을 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 @@ -3397,6 +3415,10 @@ msgid "" " Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +":ref:`앱 설정 ` 및 :doc:`관련 결제 수단 생성 " +"<../../payment_methods>`에서 결제 단말기를 활성화합니다. 전표 유형을 :guilabel:`은행`으로 설정하고 " +":guilabel:`결제 단말기 사용` 필드에서 :guilabel:`Ingenico`를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`결제 " +"단말기 장치` 필드에서 단말기 장치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -3529,6 +3551,10 @@ msgid "" "Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`" " field." msgstr "" +":ref:`앱 설정 ` 및 :doc:`관련 결제 수단 생성 " +"<../../payment_methods>`에서 결제 단말기를 활성화합니다. 전표 유형을 :guilabel:`은행`으로 설정하고 " +":guilabel:`결제 단말기 사용` 필드에서 :guilabel:`SIX IOT`를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`결제 " +"단말기 장치` 필드에서 단말기 장치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" @@ -3990,6 +4016,10 @@ msgid "" "field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +":ref:`앱 설정 ` 및 :doc:`관련 결제 수단 생성 " +"<../../payment_methods>`에서 결제 단말기를 활성화합니다. 전표 유형을 :guilabel:`은행`으로 설정하고 " +":guilabel:`결제 단말기 사용` 필드에서 :guilabel:`Worldline`를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`결제" +" 단말기 장치` 필드에서 단말기 장치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" @@ -4708,28 +4738,32 @@ msgid "" "the available pricelists in the :guilabel:`Available` field. Then, set its " "**default pricelist** in the :guilabel:`Default` field." msgstr "" +":ref:`특정 POS 설정 `으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`사용 가능` 필드에 사용 " +"가능한 모든 가격 목록을 추가합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`기본값` 필드에 **기본 가격 목록**을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:113 msgid "" "When you :ref:`open a POS session `, click the " "**pricelists** button, and select the desired pricelist from the list." msgstr "" +":ref:`POS 세션을 오픈 `할 때 **가격표** 버튼을 클릭하고 목록에서 원하는 가격 목록을 " +"선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1 msgid "Button to select a pricelist on the POS frontend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS 프런트엔드에서 가격표 선택 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:120 msgid "" "Multiple pricelists must be selected for the **pricelist button** to be " "displayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "가격 목록을 여러 개 선택해야 **가격표 버튼**이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:121 msgid "" "If a pricelist is selected on a POS order while its conditions are **not** " "met, the price will **not** be adjusted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS 주문에 대해 가격표를 선택했어도 해당 조건이 **충족되지 않으면** 가격이 **조정되지 않습니다.**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -4738,6 +4772,8 @@ msgid "" "and switch to the preferred pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field of " "the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." msgstr "" +"특정 :ref:`고객 설정 `이 되어있는 경우 가격표를 자동으로 선택할 수도 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 고객 " +"양식으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`판매 및 구매` 탭 아래의 `가격표` 필드에서 선호하는 가격표로 전환합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" @@ -4747,11 +4783,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgid "" ":ref:`How to use pricelists in an ecommerce environment " "`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`이커머스에서 가격표를 사용하는 방법 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3 msgid "Receipts and invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영수증 및 청구서" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 msgid "Receipts" @@ -4763,6 +4799,8 @@ msgid "" "--> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the " ":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." msgstr "" +"영수증을 설정하려면 :menuselection:`POS --> 구성 --> POS`로 이동하여 POS를 선택한 다음 " +":guilabel:`청구서 및 영수증` 섹션으로 스크롤합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4770,16 +4808,18 @@ msgid "" " Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the " "receipts." msgstr "" +"**머리글** 및 바닥글**을 **사용자 지정**하려면 :guilabel:`머리글 및 바닥글`을 활성화하고 영수증에 대한 원하는 정보를 " +"두 필드에 모두 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14 msgid "" "To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable " "the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제 등록 시 영수증을 자동으로 **인쇄**하려면 :guilabel:`자동 영수증 인쇄` 설정을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "POS receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS 영수증" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" @@ -4787,7 +4827,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24 msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영수증 재인쇄" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4796,10 +4836,12 @@ msgid "" " active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding " "order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." msgstr "" +"POS 인터페이스에서 :guilabel:`주문`을 클릭하고 검색창 옆의 드롭다운 메뉴를 열어 기본 :guilabel:`모든 활성 주문` " +"필터를 :guilabel:`결제됨`으로 변경합니다. 그런 다음 해당 주문을 선택하고 :guilabel:`영수증 인쇄`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "백엔드의 영수증 인쇄 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4807,6 +4849,8 @@ msgid "" "reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " ":guilabel:`Customer`." msgstr "" +"검색창을 사용하여 주문 목록을 필터링할 수 있습니다. 참조 번호를 입력하고 :guilabel:`영수증 번호`, :guilabel:`날짜`" +" 또는 :guilabel:`고객`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 msgid "Invoices" @@ -4818,6 +4862,8 @@ msgid "" "customers ` upon payment and retrieve all past invoiced " "orders." msgstr "" +"POS를 사용하면 결제 시 :ref:`등록된 고객 `에 대한 청구서를 발행 및 인쇄하고 과거 청구된 모든 " +"주문을 검색할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -4825,6 +4871,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`accounting journal `, previously :ref:`set up " "`." msgstr "" +"POS에서 청구서를 생성하면 이전에 :ref:`설정 `한 " +":ref:`회계 전표 `에 해당 항목이 생성됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4833,72 +4881,77 @@ msgid "" "accounting section. Then, you can determine the accounting journals used by " "default for orders and invoices in the :guilabel:`Default Journals` section." msgstr "" +"특정 POS에 사용되는 전표를 지정하려면 :ref:`POS' 설정 `으로 이동하여 회계 " +"섹션까지 스크롤합니다. 거기에서 :guilabel:`기본 전표` 섹션에서 주문 및 청구서에 대한 기본 회계 전표를 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "accounting section in the POS settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS 설정의 회계 섹션" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:63 msgid "Invoice a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객에게 청구서 발행" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:65 msgid "" "Upon processing a payment, click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the " "customer's name to issue an invoice for that order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제를 처리한 후 고객 이름 아래의 :guilabel:`청구서`를 클릭하여 해당 주문에 대한 청구서를 발행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:68 msgid "" "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is" " automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." msgstr "" +"결제 방법을 선택하고 :guilabel:`검증`을 클릭합니다. 청구서가 자동으로 발행되며 다운로드 및/또는 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:72 msgid "" "To be able to issue an invoice, a :ref:`customer ` must be " "selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서를 발행하려면 :ref:`고객 `을 선택해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:75 msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:77 msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," -msgstr "" +msgstr "**POS 대시보드**에서 청구서를 가져옵니다," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:79 msgid "" "access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of" " Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS를 통해 이루어진 모든 주문을 보려면 :menuselection:` POS --> 주문 --> 주문`으로 이동합니다;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:81 msgid "" "to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the " "order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문에 대한 청구서를 확인하려면 주문을 선택하여 **주문 양식**을 연 다음 :guilabel:'청구서'를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 양식의 청구서 스마트 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:88 msgid "" "**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in " "the :guilabel:`Status` column." msgstr "" +"**청구서가 발행된 주문**은 :guilabel:`상태` 열에서 :guilabel:`청구서 발행` 상태로 확인할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:90 msgid "" "You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking " ":guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." msgstr "" +"청구서가 발행된 주문만 표시되도록 주문 목록을 필터링하려면 :guilabel:`필터` 및 :guilabel:`청구서`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:94 msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 생성을 위한 QR 코드" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4935,7 +4988,7 @@ msgstr "보고" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6 msgid "View statistics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "통계 보기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4943,16 +4996,18 @@ msgid "" " --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis " "(:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." msgstr "" +"통계에 액세스하려면 :menuselection:`POS --> 보고 --> 주문`으로 이동합니다. 또는 **POS 대시보드**에서 세로 " +"점 세개 (:guilabel:`⋮`) 버튼, :guilabel:`보고`, :guilabel:`주문`을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:12 msgid "" "These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter " "or group depending on your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이러한 통계는 필요에 따라 필터링하거나 그룹화할 수 있는 그래프 또는 피벗 보기 형식으로 제공됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "Restaurant features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "레스토랑 기능" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -4960,40 +5015,42 @@ msgid "" "application provides various features that allow performing all the required" " tasks in such businesses." msgstr "" +"레스토랑이나 바를 운영하려면 특별한 요구 사항이 필요합니다. POS 앱은 이러한 비즈니스에서 필요한 모든 작업을 처리할 수 있는 다양한 " +"기능을 제공합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:10 msgid "Once the POS is set to be used in a restaurant or a bar, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS를 레스토랑 또는 바용으로 설정하면 다음과 같은 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:12 msgid "" ":doc:`organize your floors and tables to reflect your interior " "`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:'인테리어에 맞게 바닥과 테이블을 구성 ';" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:13 msgid ":ref:`take orders `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`주문 받기 `;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:14 msgid "" ":doc:`communicate with the kitchen or the bar through the POS " "`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`POS를 통해 주방이나 바에 직접 주문을 전송 `;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:15 msgid "" ":doc:`print bills in advance and split them `;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`계산서를 미리 인쇄하고 필요에 따라 분할 `;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`collect tips `; and" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`팁 받기 `; 그리고" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`테이크아웃 주문에 대해 다른 세금 적용 `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -5001,15 +5058,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " "POS, and activate :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant`." msgstr "" +"레스토랑 및 바 관련 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`POS --> 설정 --> 환경설정`으로 이동하여 POS를 선택한 " +"다음 :guilabel:`바/레스토랑`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:25 msgid "" "These features are displayed in the :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이러한 기능은 :guilabel:'레스토랑 및 바' 섹션에서 찾을 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst-1 msgid "restaurant and bar-specific features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "레스토랑 및 바 관련 기능" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Bills" @@ -5022,6 +5081,8 @@ msgid "" "provides two features to perform these tasks seamlessly: **Bill Printing** " "and **Bill Splitting**." msgstr "" +"레스토랑이나 바에서는 결제 전 계산서를 요청하거나 주문한 품목에 따라 계산서를 분할하는 것이 일반적입니다. Odoo POS는 이러한 " +"작업을 원활하게 처리할 수 있는 두 가지 기능을 제공합니다: **청구서 인쇄** 및 **청구서 분할**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5030,31 +5091,35 @@ msgid "" "Receipt Printing` and :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` in the " ":guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." msgstr "" +"이 기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`POS --> 설정 --> 환경설정`으로 이동하여 POS를 선택하고 " +":guilabel:`레스토랑 및 바` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`영수증 미리 인쇄` 및 :guilabel:`청구서 분할 허용`을 " +"활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst-1 msgid "" "activate the bill printing and bill splitting features in the POS settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS 설정에서 청구서 인쇄 및 청구서 분할 기능을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:21 msgid "Bill printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 인쇄" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:23 msgid "" "From an open session, click :menuselection:`Bill --> Print` at any moment to" " generate and print a bill." msgstr "" +"열려 있는 세션 중에 언제든지 :menuselection:` 청구서 --> 인쇄`를 클릭하여 청구서를 생성하고 인쇄할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:27 msgid "" "The printed bill is **not** final and will be updated to reflect any changes" " to the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "인쇄된 청구서는 최종 청구서가 아니며 주문 변경 사항을 반영하여 업데이트됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:30 msgid "Bill splitting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "청구서 분할" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -5062,16 +5127,18 @@ msgid "" "regroup. Once everything is selected, click :guilabel:`Payment` and proceed " "to checkout for these items. Repeat for each guest." msgstr "" +"열려 있는 세션 중에 :guilabel:`분할`을 클릭하여 그룹화할 품목을 선택합니다. 선택이 완료되면 :guilabel:`결제`를 " +"클릭하고 해당 품목에 대한 결제를 진행합니다. 각 고객에 대해 이 과정을 반복합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:36 msgid "" "Once you return to the table, the selected items are no longer on order, as " "they have been paid for." -msgstr "" +msgstr "테이블로 돌아오면 선택한 품목은 결제가 완료되었으므로 더 이상 주문에 포함되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:38 msgid "The feature is available as soon as at least two items are ordered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 기능은 두 개 이상의 품목을 주문할 때 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`floors_tables`" @@ -5209,7 +5276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Orders printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 인쇄" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5217,10 +5284,12 @@ msgid "" "communication and collaboration between the front-of-house and back-of-house" " teams, leading to a more streamlined and efficient service." msgstr "" +"레스토랑이나 바의 워크플로우에 프린터를 통합하면 프론트 팀과 백오피스 팀 간의 커뮤니케이션과 협업이 향상되어 보다 효율적인 서비스를 " +"제공할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:15 msgid "Enable and create printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "프린터 활성화 및 생성" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5230,6 +5299,8 @@ msgid "" "Printers`. Type in a name for the printer in the :guilabel:`Printers` field " "and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open a setup form." msgstr "" +"IoT 박스에 연결된 프린터의 경우 :guilabel:`IoT 박스에 연결된 프린터 사용`을 선택하고 :guilabel:`IoT 장치` " +"필드에서 장치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -5237,20 +5308,23 @@ msgid "" "created printer, click :guilabel:`--> Printers` and select the desired " "printer to open the setup form." msgstr "" +"IoT 박스가 없는 Epson 프린터의 경우 :guilabel:`Epson 프린터 사용`을 선택하고 :guilabel:`Epson 프린터" +" IP 주소` 필드에 프린터의 IP 주소를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "settings to enable the kitchen printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주방 프린터 사용 설정하기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:32 msgid "Setup form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "설정 양식" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "" "From the :ref:`setup form `, select the " ":guilabel:`Printer Type` according to your installation:" msgstr "" +":ref:`설정 양식 `에서 설치에 따라 :guilabel:`프린터 유형`을 선택합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5258,6 +5332,8 @@ msgid "" "connected to the IoT Box` and select the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"IoT 박스에 연결된 프린터의 경우 :guilabel:`IoT 박스에 연결된 프린터 사용`을 선택하고 :guilabel:`IoT 장치` " +"필드에서 장치를 지정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5265,6 +5341,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use an Epson printer` and enter the printer's IP address in the " ":guilabel:`Epson Printer IP Address` field." msgstr "" +"IoT 박스가 없는 Epson 프린터의 경우 :guilabel:`Epson 프린터 사용`을 선택하고 :guilabel:`Epson 프린터" +" IP 주소` 필드에 프린터의 IP 주소를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect`" @@ -5285,30 +5363,32 @@ msgid "" "Categories` field. If you leave this field empty, all products are sent to " "the printer regardless of their POS category." msgstr "" +"POS 카테고리에 따라 특정 제품을 인쇄하도록 프린터를 설정합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`항목 추가` 필드에서 " +":guilabel:`인쇄 제품 카테고리`를 클릭합니다. 카테고리에 관계없이 모든 품목을 인쇄하려면 이 필드는 비워 두세요." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "setup form to configure a kitchen printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주방 프린터 설정을 위한 설정 양식" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:56 msgid "Print orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 인쇄" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:58 msgid "" "From an open session, start taking an order and click :guilabel:`Order` to " "send it to the bar or the kitchen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "오픈 세션에서 주문을 받고 :guilabel:`주문`을 클릭하여 바 또는 주방으로 전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "order button from the POS UI to send orders to a kitchen or a bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주방 또는 바에 주문을 전송하기 위한 주문 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:66 msgid "" "When products can be printed, they appear in green in the cart, and the " "order button turns green." -msgstr "" +msgstr "인쇄 가능한 제품이 장바구니에 녹색으로 표시되고 주문 버튼이 녹색으로 바뀝니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Tips" @@ -5339,11 +5419,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "enable tips in a POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS에서 팁 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 msgid "Tip products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "팁 품목" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -5352,6 +5432,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` or press **enter**. The product is automatically " "configured to be used as a tip at the payment screen." msgstr "" +"**팁 품목**은 :ref:`팁 품목` 필드에 품목 이름을 입력하고 :guilabel:`생성`을 클릭하거나 **확인**을 눌러 즉석에서 " +"생성할 수 있습니다. 해당 품목은 결제 화면에서 팁으로 사용하도록 자동으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -5361,23 +5443,26 @@ msgid "" " go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Available in POS` " "checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" +"POS 세션 중에 팁 품목을 선택하려면 **POS에서 사용 가능** 설정을 활성화해야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`생성 및" +" 편집...`을 클릭하여 품목 설정 양식을 엽니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`판매` 탭으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`POS에서 " +"사용 가능` 확인란을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`저장 및 닫기`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 msgid "" "When you create a product to use as a tip, leave the **product type** as " ":guilabel:`Consumable` to avoid unnecessary inventory movements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "팁으로 사용할 품목을 생성할 때는 재고에 영향을 주지 않도록 **품목 유형**을 :guilabel:`소모품`으로 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:39 msgid "" "You can only select one tip product per POS, but you can choose a different " "one for each." -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS당 하나의 팁 품목을 선택할 수 있지만 각 세션마다 다르게 설정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:72 msgid "Tip using an Adyen terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen 단말기 사용 팁" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -5386,11 +5471,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip " "settings `." msgstr "" +":doc:`Adyen <../payment_methods/terminals/adyen>` 결제 단말기를 사용하는 경우 **팁** 기능을 " +"활성화하려면 :ref:`팁 설정 ` 아래 :guilabel:`결제 단말기를 통한 팁 추가(Adyen)`를 " +"체크합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:79 msgid "Tip after payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제 후 팁" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5400,12 +5488,14 @@ msgid "" "waiter. That bill indicates the tip value the customer chooses to give after" " the payment." msgstr "" +"바 또는 레스토랑에서 POS 시스템을 사용하는 경우 :guilabel:`결제 후 팁 추가 (북미 전용)`를 활성화할 수 있습니다. 그러면" +" 고객과 서버가 수동으로 작성할 수 있는 청구서가 생성되며, 결제 후 선택한 팁 금액이 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:56 msgid "" "To use this feature, the selected payment method must have a bank journal " "attributed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이 기능을 사용하려면 선택한 결제 방법에 연결된 은행 전표가 있는지 확인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:59 msgid "Add tips" @@ -5417,10 +5507,12 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." msgstr "" +"주문에 팁을 추가하려면 :ref:`결제 화면 `에 액세스하여 :guilabel:`♥ 팁`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 팁 " +"금액을 입력하고 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭한 후 결제를 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "tip popup window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "팁 팝업 창" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5429,6 +5521,8 @@ msgid "" "automatically set as a tip, and its default value equals its **Sales " "Price**." msgstr "" +" 또는 POS 인터페이스에서 :ref:`팁 품목`을 선택하여 장바구니에 추가합니다. 해당 제품은 자동으로 팁으로 설정되며 기본값은 " +"**판매 가격**으로 설정됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -5437,16 +5531,18 @@ msgid "" "are asked to enter the desired tipping amount on the terminal's screen " "before proceeding to the payment." msgstr "" +" 결제 시 결제 단말기로 **Adyen**을 선택하고 :guilabel:`전송`을 결제 요청을 전송하면 고객은 결제 전에 원하는 팁 " +"금액을 단말기에 입력할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:81 msgid "" "At checkout, select a card payment method and click :guilabel:`Close Tab`. " "Doing so generates a bill to complete by the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "카드 결제의 경우 결제 시 :guilabel:`탭 닫기`를 선택하여 고객이 완료할 수 있도록 계산서를 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "tipping bill after payment to complete by customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객 결제 완료 후 팁 계산서" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -5455,14 +5551,16 @@ msgid "" "amount the customer chose to give. Then, click :guilabel:`Settle` to move to" " the following order." msgstr "" +"다음 화면에서 백분율 (:guilabel:`15%`, :guilabel:`20%`, :guilabel:`25%`), " +":guilabel:`팁 없음`을 선택하거나 원하는 팁 금액을 직접 입력합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`결제`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 msgid "screen to select a tip amount to collect after payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제 후 받을 팁 금액 선택 화면" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 msgid "Shop features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "상점 기능" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" @@ -5474,6 +5572,8 @@ msgid "" "efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be " "used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session." msgstr "" +"POS 주문에 바코드 스캐너를 사용하면 고객 서비스를 더 빠르게 처리할 수 있어 효율성이 향상됩니다. 이러한 스캐너는 제품을 스캔하고 " +"직원을 POS 세션에 로그인할 수 있는 두 가지 용도로 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5481,36 +5581,41 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the " ":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save." msgstr "" +"바코드 스캐너를 사용하려면 재고 관리 앱에서 해당 기능을 활성화해야 합니다. :menuselection:`재고 관리 --> 설정 --> " +"환경설정`으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`바코드` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`바코드 스캐너`를 선택하고 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst-1 msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "재고 관리 앱의 바코드 설정" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" ":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`바코드 스캐너 설정 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" ":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`바코드 스캐너 활성화 `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 msgid "" "Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of" " Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned." msgstr "" +"**재고 관리**에서 바코드 기능을 활성화하면 바코드 번호가 할당된 제품에 대해 **POS**에서 바코드 기능에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28 msgid "Assign barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드 할당" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31 msgid "To your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목에" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -5519,10 +5624,13 @@ msgid "" " a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" +"POS에서 바코드를 사용하려면 제품에 바코드가 할당되어 있어야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`POS --> 품목 " +"--> 품목`으로 이동하여 **품목 양식**을 열고 :guilabel:`일반 정보` 탭의 :guilabel:`바코드` 필드에 바코드 " +"번호를 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38 msgid "To your employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "직원에게" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -5531,10 +5639,12 @@ msgid "" "employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR " "Settings` tab." msgstr "" +"직원의 ID 번호를 추가하려면 **직원** 앱으로 이동하여 **직원 양식**을 엽니다. 직원의 ID 번호를 선택하고 " +":guilabel:`HR 설정` 탭의 :guilabel:`PIN 코드` 필드에 코드를 입력합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45 msgid "Use barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "바코드 사용" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48 msgid "Scan products" @@ -5586,7 +5696,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:10 msgid "Select a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 주문 선택" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5594,10 +5704,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and " "sales orders created on the sales application." msgstr "" +"**POS** 새 세션을 열고 :guilabel:`견적/주문`을 클릭하여 판매 앱에서 생성된 견적 및 판매 주문의 전체 목록을 " +"확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 msgid "Quotations and sales order button on the Point of Sale interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "POS 인터페이스의 견적 및 판매 주문 버튼" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -5606,22 +5718,24 @@ msgid "" "before clicking on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to reduce the list to one " "particular customer." msgstr "" +"적합한 판매 주문을 간편하게 찾으려면 **고객** 또는 **주문 참조**에서 해당 목록을 필터링할 수 있습니다. 또한 " +":guilabel:`견적/주문`을 클릭하기 전에 고객을 설정하여 목록을 특정 고객 한 명으로 좁힐 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:26 msgid "Apply a down payment or settle the order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "계약금 또는 주문 정산 처리" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:28 msgid "From the list of sales order, select one to make a payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "목록에서 판매 주문을 선택하고 결제를 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 msgid "list view of sales orders and quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 주문 및 견적 목록 보기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:34 msgid "You can either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "사용 가능한 옵션:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -5629,18 +5743,20 @@ msgid "" "payment`, enter the percentage of down payment you want the customer to pay." " Then, click on :guilabel:`ok` and proceed with the order." msgstr "" +"**부분** 결제: :guilabel:`선결제 금액 적용`을 클릭한 후 고객이 지불할 선결제 금액 비율을 입력합니다. 그런 다음 " +":guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 주문을 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:39 msgid "" "Settle the order **completely**: click on :guilabel:`Settle the order` to " "pay for the total of the sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 **완료**: :guilabel:`주문 결제`를 클릭하여 판매 주문의 총 금액을 결제합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:43 msgid "" "Once you settle a sales order, the applied down payment is automatically " "deducted from the total amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매 주문을 정산하면 적용된 선결제 금액이 총 금액에서 자동으로 차감됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" @@ -5648,7 +5764,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Serial numbers and lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일련번호 및 로트" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5656,6 +5772,7 @@ msgid "" "movements. When products are tracked, the system identifies their location " "based on their last movement." msgstr "" +"**일련번호**와 **로트**로 품목을 추적하면 품목 이동을 모니터링하고 마지막 이동을 기준으로 위치를 식별하는 데 도움이 됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5664,14 +5781,16 @@ msgid "" "Unique Serial Number` or the :guilabel:`Tracking By Lots` box in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" +"추적 기능을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`POS --> 품목 --> 품목`으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 품목을 선택하고 " +":guilabel:`재고 관리` 탭에서 :guilabel:`고유 일련 번호로 추적` 또는 :guilabel:`로트별 추적`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enable traceability settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "추적 설정 활성화" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "Serial numbers and lots importation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일련번호 및 로트 가져오기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -5679,16 +5798,18 @@ msgid "" "order** or a **quotation** containing tracked products. Then, agree to load " "the **Lots or Serial Numbers** linked to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" +"POS에서 일련번호를 가져오려면 추적된 제품이 포함된 **판매 주문** 또는 **견적서**를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :abbr:`SO " +"(판매 주문)`와 연결된 **로트 또는 일련 번호**를 불러오는 데 동의합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Pop-up window for serial number import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일련번호 가져오기 팝업 창" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:28 msgid "" "The imported tracking numbers appear below the tracked products. You can " "modify them by clicking on the list-view button next to the products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "가져온 추적 번호는 추적된 제품 아래에 표시됩니다. 제품 옆에 있는 목록 보기 버튼을 클릭하여 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" @@ -5696,7 +5817,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "Serial numbers and lots creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "일련번호 및 로트 생성" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5705,16 +5826,20 @@ msgid "" "or lot numbers. To add more than one of the same tracked products, click on " "**enter** to validate and start a new line." msgstr "" +"POS에서 추적된 품목을 장바구니에 추가하면 품목의 일련번호 또는 로트 번호를 입력하거나 스캔할 수 있는 팝업 창이 열립니다. 동일한 " +"추적 품목을 두 개 이상 추가하려면 **입력**을 눌러 승인인하고 추가할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "adding new serial and lots numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "새 일련번호 및 로트 번호 추가" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "Changing a tracked product's quantity using the numpad turns the list-view " "button red. Click on it to add the missing lot and serial numbers." msgstr "" +"숫자 패드를 사용하여 추적된 품목의 수량을 변경하면 목록 보기 버튼이 빨간색으로 바뀝니다. 이 버튼을 클릭하여 필요한 로트 및 일련번호를" +" 추가합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5722,6 +5847,8 @@ msgid "" "products but not mandatory. Meaning that not attributing some or any does " "**not** prevent from completing the sale." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`로트 및 일련번호`는 :guilabel:`필수`는 아니지만 의무 사항은 아닙니다. 즉, 일부 또는 전부를 할당하지 " +"않더라도 판매 완료에 방해가 되지 않습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5737,7 +5864,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:3 msgid "Ship later" -msgstr "" +msgstr "나중에 배송" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5746,32 +5873,36 @@ msgid "" "or so voluminous that it requires to be shipped, or if, for any reason, the " "customer needs their order to be shipped later, etc." msgstr "" +"**나중에 배송** 기능을 사용하면 제품을 판매하고 나중에 배송하도록 예약할 수 있습니다. 제품의 재고가 없거나 부피가 너무 커서 즉시 " +"배송할 수 없는 경우, 또는 고객이 어떤 이유로든 배송 지연을 요청할 때 유용합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Go to the POS settings `, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` section, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Ship Later`." msgstr "" +":ref:` POS 설정 `으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`재고` 섹션으로 스크롤한 다음 " +":guilabel:`나중에 배송 허용`을 활성화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "settings to enable and configure the ship later feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "나중에 배송 기능을 활성화하고 구성하기 위한 설정" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:19 msgid "Once activated, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "활성화하면, 다음과 같은 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:21 msgid "" "Choose the location from where the products are shipped by selecting a " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:'창고'를 선택하고 품목이 배송되는 위치를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:22 msgid "" "Define a :guilabel:`Specific route`, or leave this field empty to use the " "default route." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`특정 경로`를 정의하거나 기본 경로를 사용하려면 이 필드를 비워 둡니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -5779,47 +5910,51 @@ msgid "" "possible` if the products can be delivered separately or :guilabel:`When all" " products are ready` to ship all the products at once." msgstr "" +"배송 정책을 정의합니다; 품목을 개별적으로 배송할 수 있는 경우 :guilabel:`가능한 한 빨리`를 선택하고, 모든 품목을 한꺼번에 " +"배송하려면 :guilabel:`모든 제품이 준비되면`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:28 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:29 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Open a session ` and make a sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`세션을 오픈 `하고 판매합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:35 msgid "" "On the payment screen, set a customer and select :guilabel:`Ship Later`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제 화면에서 고객을 설정하고 :guilabel:`나중에 배송`을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:36 msgid "" "On the popup window, set a shipping date and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to " "proceed to payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "팝업 창에서 배송 날짜를 설정하고 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭하여 결제를 진행합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "selecting ship later at checkout." -msgstr "" +msgstr "결제 시 나중에 배송을 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:42 msgid "" "The system instantly creates a delivery order from the warehouse to the " "shipping address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "시스템이 창고에서 배송 주소로 배송 주문을 즉시 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:45 msgid "" "The selected customer must have referenced an address in the system for " "products to be shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "선택한 고객에게 배송할 제품의 주소가 등록되어 있는지 확인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 msgid "Rental" @@ -5838,11 +5973,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 렌탈: 품목 페이지 `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 렌탈 `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 msgid "Rental Pricing" @@ -5887,33 +6022,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 msgid "Only one price line is used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "하나의 가격 항목만 사용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 msgid "The cheapest line is selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "가장 저렴한 항목이 선택됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "품목에 대한 다음 렌탈 가격 구성을 고려합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 msgid "1 day: $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1일: $100" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 msgid "3 days: $250" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3일: $250" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 msgid "1 week: $500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1주일 $500" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 msgid "" "A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they " "pay?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객이 이 제품을 8일 동안 렌탈하려고 합니다. 지불해야 하는 가격은 얼마인가요?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -5921,10 +6056,12 @@ msgid "" "cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the " "rental's eight days, for a total of $750." msgstr "" +"주문이 생성된 후 Odoo는 가장 저렴한 옵션인 두 번째 항목을 선택합니다. 고객은 8일 렌탈에 대해 '3일'의 세 인 총 750달러를 " +"지불해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 msgid "Customer signature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "고객 서명" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -5964,7 +6101,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 서명 `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" @@ -6002,7 +6139,7 @@ msgstr "아마존 연결기" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ㅍ" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6011,64 +6148,66 @@ msgid "" "orders (from the Amazon Seller account) into Odoo. It also allows users to " "accurately keep track of Amazon sales in Odoo." msgstr "" +"*아마존 커넥터*는 아마존과 Odoo 간의 주문을 동기화하여 아마존 셀러 계정에서 아마존 주문을 Odoo에 수동으로 입력하는 데 필요한 " +"시간을 크게 줄여줍니다. 또한 이 통합을 통해 사용자는 Odoo 내에서 아마존 판매를 정확하게 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 msgid "Supported features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "지원되는 기능" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 msgid "The Amazon Connector is able to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon 커넥터는 다음과 같은 기능을 제공합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM), and " "their order items, which include:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "확인된 모든 주문 (FBA 및 FBM)과 해당 주문 품목의 동기화 (Amazon에서 Odoo로):" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "product name, description, and quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "제품명, 제품 설명 및 수량" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 msgid "shipping costs for the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 제품에 대한 배송비" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "선물 포장 비용" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" "Create any missing partner related to an order in Odoo (contact types " "supported: contact and delivery address)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 주문과 관련된 누락된 파트너 생성하기 (지원되는 연락처 유형: 연락처 및 배송 주소)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:24 msgid "Notify Amazon of confirmed shipment in Odoo (FBM) to get paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "대금을 지급받기 위해 Odoo(FBM)에서 확인된 배송을 Amazon에 알립니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "여러 셀러 계정을 지원합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "셀러 계정당 여러 마켓플레이스를 지원합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:30 msgid "" "The following table lists capabilities provided by Odoo when using the " "Amazon Connector:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "아래 표는 Amazon 커넥터를 사용할 때 Odoo가 제공하는 기능을 간략하게 설명합니다:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon 주문 처리(FBA)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:33 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "판매자 주문 처리(FBM)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "**Orders**" @@ -6076,11 +6215,11 @@ msgstr "**주문**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송 및 취소된 주문 동기화" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "배송되지 않은 주문과 취소된 주문을 동기화합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "**Shipping**" @@ -6089,31 +6228,31 @@ msgstr "**배송**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "" "Shipping cost is computed by Amazon, and included in the synchronized order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon에서 동기화된 주문에 포함된 배송비를 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "" "Shipping cost is computed by Amazon and included in the synchronized orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon에서 동기화된 주문에 포함된 배송비를 계산합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 msgid "Shipping done by Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon에서 배송을 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:42 msgid "" "A delivery order is automatically created in Odoo for each new order. Once " "it has been processed in Odoo, the status is then synchronized in Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "각 새 주문에 대해 Odoo에서 자동 배송 주문이 생성됩니다. Odoo에서 처리되면 상태가 Amazon과 동기화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**선물 포장**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "Handled by Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon에서 처리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -6121,28 +6260,30 @@ msgid "" "message is added on a line of the order and on the delivery order. Then it " "is up to the user." msgstr "" +"Amazon에서 계산한 비용으로, 동기화된 주문에 포함됩니다. 주문 및 배송 주문에 선물 메시지가 한 줄로 추가됩니다. 필요에 따라 " +"사용자가 수정할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "**Stock Management**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**재고 관리**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "" "Managed by Amazon, and synchronized with a virtual location to follow it in " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon에서 관리하며 Odoo의 가상 위치와 동기화 및 추적됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:54 msgid "Managed in Odoo Inventory app, and synchronized with Amazon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 재고 관리 앱에서 관리되며 Amazon과 동기화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "**Delivery Notifications**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**배송 알림**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:59 msgid "Send by Amazon, based on delivery status synchronized from Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo에서 동기화된 배송 상태를 기반으로 Amazon에서 전송합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -6151,20 +6292,24 @@ msgid "" "or issuing refunds, **must** be managed from the *Amazon Seller Central*, as" " usual." msgstr "" +"Amazon 커넥터는 판매 주문 데이터를 동기화하도록 설계되었습니다. 월별 비용 보고서 다운로드, 분쟁 또는 환불 처리 등의 기타 작업은" +" 평소와 같이 *Amazon 셀러 센트럴*에서 **관리해야 합니다**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:71 msgid "Supported marketplaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "지원되는 마켓플레이스" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:73 msgid "The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon 커넥터는 현재 모든 마켓플레이스를 지원합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:75 msgid "" "If a marketplace is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, it's possible to" " :ref:`add a new marketplace `." msgstr "" +"마켓플레이스가 Amazon 마켓플레이스에 포함되어 있지 않은 경우 :ref:`새 마켓플레이스 추가 `를 할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:175 @@ -6172,7 +6317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:8 msgid ":doc:`setup`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`설정`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:155 @@ -6180,21 +6325,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid ":doc:`manage`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`관리`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "Amazon order management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon 주문 관리" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Order synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문 동기화" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon, and synchronized in Odoo, at " "regular intervals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문은 Amazon에서 자동으로 검색되어 일정 간격으로 Odoo에 동기화됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -6202,12 +6347,14 @@ msgid "" "has changed since the last synchronization are fetched from Amazon. This " "includes changes on either end (Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" +"동기화 프로세스는 Amazon 주문 상태를 기반으로 하며, 마지막 동기화 이후 상태가 변경된 주문만 Amazon에서 검색됩니다. 여기에는" +" Amazon과 Odoo의 변경 사항이 모두 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:13 msgid "" "For *FBA* (Fulfilled by Amazon), only *Shipped* and *Canceled* orders are " "fetched." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*FBA* (Amazon 주문 처리)의 경우 *배송됨* 및 *취소됨* 상태의 주문만 가져옵니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6216,16 +6363,18 @@ msgid "" "are created in Odoo (if the customer is not already registered in the " "database)." msgstr "" +"*FBM* (판매자 주문 처리)의 경우 *배송되지 않음* 및 *취소됨* 상태의 주문에도 동일하게 적용됩니다. 동기화된 각 주문에 대해 " +"판매 주문 및 고객 레코드가 Odoo에 생성됩니다. (고객이 아직 데이터베이스에 없는 경우)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:20 msgid "" "When an order is canceled in Amazon, and was already synchronized in Odoo, " "the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이미 Odoo에 동기화된 주문이 Amazon에서 취소된 경우 해당 판매 주문은 Odoo에서도 자동으로 취소됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Force synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "강제 동기화" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -6234,6 +6383,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`developer mode `. This includes changes on either end " "(Amazon or Odoo)." msgstr "" +"이전 동기화 이후 상태가 **변경되지** 않은 주문을 강제로 동기화하려면 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 `를 " +"활성화합니다. 여기에는 Amazon과 Odoo의 변경 사항이 모두 포함됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -6242,13 +6393,16 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`), and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> " "Last Order Sync`." msgstr "" +"그런 다음 Odoo의 Amazon 계정 (:menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 설정 --> 환경설정 --> 커넥터 --> " +"Amazon 동기화 --> Amazon 계정`)으로 이동하여 :menuselection:`주문 추적 --> 마지막 주문 동기화`에서 " +"날짜를 업데이트합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "Be sure to pick a date that occurs prior to the last status change of the " "desired order to synchronize and save. This will ensure synchronization " "occurs correctly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "동기화 및 저장하려는 주문의 마지막 상태 변경 이전 날짜를 선택해야 합니다. 이렇게 하면 동기화가 올바르게 수행됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -6257,10 +6411,13 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Sync Orders`. The same can be done with pickings by " "clicking :guilabel:`Sync Pickings`." msgstr "" +"Amazon 계정에서 주문을 즉시 동기화하려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 `로 전환하고 Odoo에서 Amazon" +" 계정으로 이동한 다음 :guilabel:`주문 동기화`를 클릭합니다. 피킹에 대해서도 동일한 프로세스를 수행하려면 " +":guilabel:`피킹 동기화`를 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FBM에서 배송 관리" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -6270,25 +6427,28 @@ msgid "" "products to the customer at once, or ship products partially using " "backorders." msgstr "" +"FBM (판매자 주문 처리) 주문이 Odoo에서 동기화될 때마다 판매 주문 및 고객 기록과 함께 *재고 관리* 앱에 피킹이 자동으로 " +"생성됩니다. 그런 다음 주문한 모든 제품을 고객에게 한 번에 배송하거나 이월 주문을 사용하여 부분적으로 배송하도록 선택할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is then " "sent to Amazon, who, in turn, notifies the customer that the order (or a " "part of it) is on its way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "주문과 관련된 피킹이 확인되면 Amazon에 알림이 전송되어 고객에게 주문 (또는 일부 주문)이 배송 중임을 알립니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 msgid "" "Amazon requires users to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. " "This is needed to assign a carrier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon은 배송업체를 지정하는 데 필요한 추적 참조를 각 배송과 함께 제공하도록 사용자에게 요청합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 msgid "" "If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a tracking reference, one must " "be set manually. This rule applies to all Amazon marketplaces." msgstr "" +"배송업체가 자동으로 추적 참조를 제공하지 않는 경우 수동으로 설정해야 합니다. 이 규칙은 모든 Amazon 마켓플레이스에 적용됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -6316,7 +6476,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FBA에서 배송 추적" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -6324,12 +6484,15 @@ msgid "" "move is recorded in the *Inventory* app for each sales order item. That way," " it's saved in the system." msgstr "" +"FBA (Amazon 주문 처리) 주문이 Odoo에 동기화되면 각 주문 품목에 대한 재고 이동이 *재고 관리* 앱에 기록됩니다. 이 " +"프로세스는 정보가 시스템 내에 안전하게 저장되도록 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:78 msgid "" "Inventory managers can access these stock moves by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" +"재고 관리자는 :menuselection:`재고 관리 앱 --> 보고 --> 이동 내역`에서 이러한 재고 이동에 액세스할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -6339,6 +6502,9 @@ msgid "" "order) to transfer these products from their warehouse to the Amazon " "location." msgstr "" +"FBA 주문의 경우, Amazon 커넥터를 통해 Amazon에서 제공하는 배송 상태 정보를 활용하여 Odoo에서 재고 이동을 자동으로 " +"생성합니다. Amazon으로 새 제품을 보낼 때는 사용자가 직접 피킹 (배송 주문)을 생성하여 해당 상품을 창고에서 Amazon 위치로 " +"전송해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6346,6 +6512,8 @@ msgid "" "replenishing stock. An automated replenishment from reordering rules can " "also be triggered on the Amazon location." msgstr "" +"Odoo 내에서 *Amazon(FBA)* 재고를 효과적으로 모니터링하려면 재입고 후 재고 조정을 수행하는 것이 좋습니다. 또는 재주문 " +"규칙에 의해 트리거되는 자동 보충을 Amazon 위치에 대해 구성할 수도 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -6354,12 +6522,17 @@ msgid "" " app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> " "Amazon Accounts`." msgstr "" +"Amazon 위치는 Odoo 내에서 Amazon 계정 설정에 액세스하여 관리할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 " +":menuselection:`판매 앱 --> 설정 --> 환경설정 --> 커넥터 --> Amazon 동기화 --> Amazon 계정`으로" +" 이동합니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 msgid "" "All accounts of the same company use the same Amazon location, by default. " "However, it is possible to follow the stock filtered by marketplace." msgstr "" +"기본적으로 같은 회사 내의 모든 계정은 동일한 Amazon 위치를 사용합니다. 그러나 필요한 경우 특정 마켓플레이스를 기준으로 재고를 " +"추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -14427,7 +14600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 msgid "Send Quotations" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index fbcf3414c..7c2fe0e4e 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # JH CHOI , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Sarah Park, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -356,6 +356,9 @@ msgid "" "with an address such as `www.example.com` rather than the default " "`example.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Odoo에서는 모든 Odoo 온라인 데이터베이스에 1년 동안 :ref:`무료 커스텀 도메인 주소 ` 을 제공해 드립니다. 그러면 방문자가 웹사이트에 액세스할 때 기본 주소인 ``example.odoo.com`` 대신 " +"``www.example.com`` 같은 주소를 사용할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Website Documentation `" @@ -896,6 +899,10 @@ msgid "" " Capture Method ` can be configured in " "that same menu." msgstr "" +"또는 :menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 환경설정 --> 설정`에서 **결제대행업체**를 불러올 수 있습니다. " +":guilabel:`쇼핑 - 결제` 항목에서 :guilabel:`SEPA 자동 이체` 기능을 사용하려면 설정할 수 있으며, " +":guilabel:`다른 업체 보기`도 선택할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`Authorize.net`를 결제대행업체로 하려면, 같은" +" 메뉴에서 :ref:`결제 매입 방법 `을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -6548,6 +6555,9 @@ msgid "" "the top left corner, :guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set " "up your project." msgstr "" +"**새 프로젝트 만들기:****Google 장소 API**를 사용할 수 있게 하려면 먼저 프로젝트를 만들어야 합니다. 프로젝트를 만들려면" +" 왼쪽 상단 모서리에 있는 :guilabel:`프로젝트 선택`, :guilabel:`새 프로젝트`를 클릭한 다음 프롬프트에 따라 " +"프로젝트를 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -6556,6 +6566,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. Click on the " ":guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." msgstr "" +"**Google Places API 활성화하기:** :guilabel:`사용 중인 API 및 서비스`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`+ " +"API 및 서비스 사용하기`를 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`\"장소 API\"`를 검색하여 선택하세요. " +":guilabel:`\"사용하기\"` 버튼을 클릭합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -6580,6 +6593,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credentials`, click :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select " ":guilabel:`API key`." msgstr "" +"**자격 증명 만들기:** 자격 증명을 만들려면 :guilabel:`자격 증명`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`자격 증명 만들기`를 " +"클릭한 후 :guilabel:`API 키`를 선택합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:54 msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" @@ -6597,7 +6612,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:61 msgid "Save Your API Key: copy your API key and securely store it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "API 키 저장: API 키를 복사하여 안전하게 저장합니다." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:62 msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." @@ -8493,7 +8508,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 msgid "Search Engine Optimization (SEO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "검색 엔진 최적화 (SEO)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 259a8695e..d04460227 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -2087,6 +2087,8 @@ msgid "" "It is required to be logged in as a paying on-premise customer or partner to" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" +"É necessário estar conectado como cliente ou parceiro pagante no local para " +"fazer o download dos pacotes Enterprise." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 @@ -3070,6 +3072,8 @@ msgid "" "In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Delegated " "permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" msgstr "" +"Na barra de pesquisa, procure as seguintes :guilabel:`Delegated permissions`" +" e clique em :guilabel:`Add permissions` para cada uma delas:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" @@ -3664,12 +3668,17 @@ msgid "" "websites. They provide a more memorable and recognizable way for people to " "navigate the internet than numerical IP addresses." msgstr "" +"Os nomes de domínio são endereços baseados em texto que identificam locais " +"on-line, como sites. Eles fornecem uma maneira mais memorável e reconhecível" +" para as pessoas navegarem na Internet do que os endereços IP numéricos." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:8 msgid "" "**Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh** databases use a **subdomain** of the " "`odoo.com` **domain** by default (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"Os bancos de dados **Odoo Online** e **Odoo.sh** usam um **subdomínio** do " +"**domínio** `odoo.com` por padrão (por exemplo, `mycompany.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3678,12 +3687,18 @@ msgid "" "databases) or by :ref:`configuring a domain name you already own `." msgstr "" +"No entanto, você pode usar um nome de domínio personalizado ao invés disso " +"ao :ref:`registrar um nome de domínio gratuito ` " +"(disponível apenas para bancos de dados Odoo Online) ou ao :ref:`configurar " +"um nome de domínio que você já possui `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a free domain name [video] " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Tutoriais do Odoo: Registre um nome de domínio gratuito [vídeo] " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:22 msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" @@ -3696,24 +3711,31 @@ msgid "" "`_. Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) " "next to the database name and select :guilabel:`Domain Names`." msgstr "" +"Para registrar um nome de domínio gratuito de um ano para seu banco de dados" +" Odoo Online, entre em sua conta e vá para o `gerenciador de banco de dados " +"`_. Clique no ícone de engrenagem " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) ao lado do nome do banco de dados e selecione " +":guilabel:`Domain Names`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Accessing a database's domain names configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acesso à configuração de nomes de domínio de um banco de dados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:31 msgid "Search for the desired domain name and check its availability." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pesquise o nome de domínio desejado e verifique sua disponibilidade." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Searching for an available domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pesquisa de um nome de domínio disponível" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:37 msgid "" "Ensure the Website app is installed if the domain name registration option " "does not appear." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que o aplicativo Website esteja instalado se a opção de " +"registro de nome de domínio não for exibida." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3722,10 +3744,15 @@ msgid "" " the database, but you still need to :ref:`map your domain name to your Odoo" " website `." msgstr "" +"Selecione o nome de domínio desejado, preencha o formulário " +":guilabel:`Domain Owner` e clique em :guilabel:`Register`. O nome de domínio" +" escolhido está diretamente vinculado ao banco de dados, mas você ainda " +"precisa :ref:`mapear seu nome de domínio para o site do Odoo `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Filling in the domain owner information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Preenchimento das informações do proprietário do domínio" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -3734,6 +3761,10 @@ msgid "" "essential to verify your email address to keep the domain active and receive" " the renewal quote before expiration." msgstr "" +"Um e-mail de verificação de `noreply@domainnameverification.net` será " +"enviado para o endereço de e-mail fornecido no formulário :guilabel:`Domain " +"Owner`. É essencial verificar seu endereço de e-mail para manter o domínio " +"ativo e receber a cotação de renovação antes da expiração." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3745,18 +3776,26 @@ msgid "" "several weeks before the expiration date of the domain. The domain is " "renewed automatically when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" +"O registro do nome de domínio é gratuito durante o primeiro ano. Após esse " +"período, a Odoo continuará a gerenciar o domínio em parceria com a " +"**Gandi.net**, o registrador de nomes de domínio, e será cobrada a `taxa de " +"renovação da Gandi.net` `_. A Odoo envia " +"uma cotação de renovação todo ano para o endereço de e-mail mencionado no " +"formulário :guilabel:`Domain Owner` várias semanas antes da data de " +"expiração do domínio. O domínio é renovado automaticamente quando a cotação " +"é confirmada." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:59 msgid "The offer is only available for **Odoo Online** databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A oferta está disponível apenas para bancos de dados **Odoo Online**." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:60 msgid "The offer is limited to **one** domain name per client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A oferta é limitada a **um** nome de domínio por cliente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:61 msgid "The offer is limited to the registration of a **new** domain name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A oferta é limitada ao registro de um **novo** nome de domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3766,10 +3805,15 @@ msgid "" "`_. Given the high number of requests, " "it can take Odoo several days to review them." msgstr "" +"A oferta está disponível para os planos *One App Free*. Certifique-se de que" +" seu site contenha conteúdo original suficiente para que a Odoo verifique se" +" sua solicitação é legítima e respeita a \"Política de uso aceitável da " +"Odoo\" `_. Devido ao grande número de " +"solicitações, a Odoo pode levar vários dias para analisá-las." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:70 msgid "DNS records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registros DNS" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -3778,12 +3822,19 @@ msgid "" "gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) next to the database name, select " ":guilabel:`Domain Names`, and click :guilabel:`DNS`." msgstr "" +"Para gerenciar seus registros de nome de domínio gratuitos :abbr:`DNS " +"(domain name system)`, abra o `gerenciador de banco de dados " +"`_, clique no ícone de engrenagem " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) ao lado do nome do banco de dados, selecione " +":guilabel:`Domain Names` e clique em :guilabel:`DNS`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A`: the A record holds the IP address of the domain. It is " "automatically created and **cannot** be edited or deleted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A`: o registro A contém o endereço IP do domínio. Ele é criado " +"automaticamente e **não pode** ser editado ou excluído." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -3792,43 +3843,58 @@ msgid "" "database. If the database is renamed, the CNAME record **must** also be " "renamed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CNAME`: Os registros CNAME encaminham um domínio ou subdomínio " +"para outro domínio. Um deles é criado automaticamente para mapear o " +"subdomínio `www.` para o banco de dados. Se o banco de dados for renomeado, " +"o registro CNAME **deve** também ser renomeado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MX`: MX records instruct servers on where to deliver emails." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MX`: Os registros MX instruem os servidores sobre onde entregar " +"os e-mails." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`TXT`: TXT records can be used for different purposes (e.g., to " "verify domain name ownership)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`TXT`: Os registros TXT podem ser usados para diferentes " +"finalidades (por exemplo, para verificar a propriedade do nome de domínio)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:85 msgid "" "Any modification to the DNS records can take up to **72 hours** to propagate" " worldwide on all servers." msgstr "" +"Qualquer modificação nos registros DNS pode levar até **72 horas** para se " +"propagar mundialmente em todos os servidores." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 msgid "" "`Submit a support ticket `_ if you need " "assistance to manage your domain name." msgstr "" +"`Envie um tíquete de suporte `_ se precisar de " +"ajuda para gerenciar seu nome de domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:93 msgid "Mailbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mailbox" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 msgid "" "The one-year free domain name offer does **not** include a mailbox. There " "are two options to link your domain name with a mailbox." msgstr "" +"A oferta de um ano de nome de domínio gratuito **não** inclui uma caixa de " +"correio. Há duas opções para vincular seu nome de domínio a uma caixa de " +"correio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:99 msgid "Use a subdomain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use um subdomínio" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -3837,6 +3903,10 @@ msgid "" "database from emails received on their `email@subdomain.yourdomain.com` " "alias." msgstr "" +"Você pode criar um subdomínio (por exemplo, `subdomain.yourdomain.com`) para" +" usar como um domínio de alias para o banco de dados. Isso permite que os " +"usuários criem registros no banco de dados a partir de e-mails recebidos em " +"seu alias `email@subdomain.yourdomain.com`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -3848,6 +3918,14 @@ msgid "" "`mycompany.odoo.com.`) in the :guilabel:`Content` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add record`." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, abra o \"gerenciador de banco de dados\" " +"`_, clique no ícone de engrenagem " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) ao lado do nome do banco de dados e vá para " +":menuselection:`Domain Names --> DNS --> Add DNS record --> CNAME`. Em " +"seguida, digite o subdomínio desejado no campo :guilabel:`Name` (por " +"exemplo, `subdomain`), o domínio original do banco de dados com um ponto no " +"final (por exemplo, `mycompany.odoo.com.`) no campo :guilabel:`Content` e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Add record`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -3856,6 +3934,10 @@ msgid "" "`subdomain.yourdomain.com`), clicking :guilabel:`Verify`, and then " ":guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, adicione o domínio de alias como seu *próprio domínio* clicando " +"em :guilabel:`Use my own domain`, inserindo o domínio de alias (por exemplo," +" `subdomain.yourdomain.com`), clicando em :guilabel:`Verify` e, em seguida, " +"em :guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3866,7 +3948,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:120 msgid "Use an external email provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use um provedor de e-mail externo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -3877,12 +3959,21 @@ msgid "" "you should enter for the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Content`, and " ":guilabel:`Priority` fields depend on the external email provider." msgstr "" +"Para usar um provedor de e-mail externo, é necessário configurar um registro" +" MX. Para isso, abra o `gerenciador de banco de dados " +"`_, clique no ícone de engrenagem " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) ao lado do nome do banco de dados, clique em " +":menuselection:`Domain Names --> DNS --> Add DNS record --> MX`. Os valores " +"que você deve inserir nos campos :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Content` e " +":guilabel:`Priority` dependem do provedor de e-mail externo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:129 msgid "" "`Google Workspace: MX record values " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Google Workspace: Valores de registro MX " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3892,34 +3983,46 @@ msgid "" "provider?view=o365-worldwide#add-an-mx-record-for-email-outlook-exchange-" "online>`_" msgstr "" +"Outlook e Exchange Online: Adicionar um registro MX para e-mail " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:135 msgid "Configure an existing domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar um nome de domínio existente" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:137 msgid "" "If you already have a domain name, you can use it for your Odoo website." msgstr "" +"Se você já tiver um nome de domínio, poderá usá-lo para seu site Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:140 msgid "" "It is strongly recommended to follow **in order** these three steps to avoid" " any :ref:`SSL certificate validation ` issues:" msgstr "" +"É altamente recomendável seguir **em ordem** estas três etapas para evitar " +"qualquer :ref:`validação de certificado SSL ` problema:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 msgid ":ref:`Add a CNAME record `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Adicionar um registro CNAME `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 msgid ":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo database `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Mapeie seu nome de domínio para seu banco de dados Odoo `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:145 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo website `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Mapeie seu nome de domínio para seu site do Odoo `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 msgid "Add a CNAME record" @@ -3930,12 +4033,16 @@ msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to forward your domain name to the address of your " "Odoo database is required." msgstr "" +"É necessário criar um registro CNAME para encaminhar seu nome de domínio " +"para o endereço do seu banco de dados Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:159 msgid "" "The CNAME record's target address should be your database's address as " "defined at its creation (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"O endereço de destino do registro CNAME deve ser o endereço do seu banco de " +"dados, conforme definido na sua criação (por exemplo, `mycompany.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:162 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:221 @@ -3955,16 +4062,26 @@ msgid "" "domains`, and clicking :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. A message " "indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" +"O endereço de destino do registro CNAME pode ser o endereço principal do " +"projeto, que pode ser encontrado no Odoo.sh, acessando " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Project Name`, ou uma ramificação específica " +"(produção, preparação ou desenvolvimento), acessando " +":menuselection:`Branches --> select the branch --> Settings --> Custom " +"domains`, e clicando em :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. Uma mensagem " +"indica para qual endereço o seu registro CNAME deve ser direcionado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 msgid "The specific instructions depend on your DNS hosting service." msgstr "" +"As instruções específicas dependem de seu serviço de hospedagem de DNS." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 msgid "" "`GoDaddy: Add a CNAME record `_" msgstr "" +"`GoDaddy: Adicionar um registro CNAME `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -3972,6 +4089,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap: como criar um registro CNAME para o seu domínio " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -3979,18 +4099,26 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`OVHcloud: Adicionar um novo registro DNS " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:176 msgid "" "`Cloudflare: Manage DNS records `_" msgstr "" +"`Cloudflare: Gerenciar registros DNS `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:179 msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to map the `www` subdomain (`www.yourdomain.com`) as" " some visitors are used to typing `www.` before entering a domain name." msgstr "" +"Criação de um registro CNAME para mapear o subdomínio `www` " +"(`www.yourdomain.com`), pois alguns visitantes estão acostumados a digitar " +"`www.` antes de inserir um nome de domínio." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -4000,6 +4128,11 @@ msgid "" "domain :dfn:`(a domain name without any subdomains or prefixes)` " "`yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"Você possui o nome de domínio `yourdomain.com` e o endereço do seu banco de " +"dados Odoo Online é `mycompany.odoo.com`. Você deseja acessar seu banco de " +"dados do Odoo principalmente com o domínio `www.yourdomain.com`, mas também " +"com o domínio simples :dfn:`(um nome de domínio sem subdomínios ou " +"prefixos)` `yourdomain.com`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -4008,16 +4141,23 @@ msgid "" "or visible redirect) to redirect visitors from `yourdomain.com` to " "`wwww.yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"Para isso, crie um registro CNAME para o subdomínio `www`, com " +"`mycompany.odoo.com` como destino. Em seguida, crie um redirecionamento (301" +" permanente ou visível) para redirecionar os visitantes de `yourdomain.com` " +"para `wwww.yourdomain.com`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:195 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapear um nome de domínio para um banco de dados Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 msgid "" "Ensure you have :ref:`added a CNAME record ` to your " "domain name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name to your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de ter :ref:`adicionado um registro CNAME `" +" ao DNS do seu nome de domínio **antes** de mapear seu nome de domínio para " +"o banco de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -4026,6 +4166,10 @@ msgid "" "Web browsers often display this as a warning, such as *\"Your connection is " "not private\"*." msgstr "" +"Se não fizer isso, poderá impedir a validação do :ref:`certificado SSL " +"` e poderá resultar em um erro de *incompatibilidade de " +"nome de certificado*. Os navegadores da Web geralmente exibem isso como um " +"aviso, como *\"Sua conexão não é privada \"*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -4034,6 +4178,11 @@ msgid "" "`submit a support ticket `_, including " "screenshots of your CNAME records." msgstr "" +"Se você encontrar esse erro após mapear o nome de domínio para seu banco de " +"dados, aguarde até cinco dias, pois a validação ainda pode ocorrer. Caso " +"contrário, você pode `enviar um tíquete de suporte " +"`_, incluindo capturas de tela dos seus registros" +" CNAME." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -4043,10 +4192,16 @@ msgid "" "name (e.g., `yourdomain.com`), click :guilabel:`Verify` and :guilabel:`I " "confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"Abra o `gerenciador de banco de dados `_," +" clique no ícone de engrenagem (:guilabel:`⚙️`) ao lado do nome do banco de " +"dados e vá para :menuselection:`Domain Names --> Use my own domain`. Em " +"seguida, digite o nome do domínio (por exemplo, `seudominio.com`), clique em" +" :guilabel:`Verificar` e :guilabel:`Confirmo, está feito`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo Online database" msgstr "" +"Mapeamento de um nome de domínio para um banco de dados do Odoo Online" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -4054,10 +4209,13 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Custom domains`, type the domain name to add, then click " ":guilabel:`Add domain`." msgstr "" +"No Odoo.sh, vá para :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> " +"Settings --> Custom domains`, digite o nome do domínio a ser adicionado e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Add domain`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo.sh branch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapeamento de um nome de domínio para uma ramificação do Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -4077,6 +4235,9 @@ msgid "" "connection, which appears as the *https://* protocol at the beginning of a " "web address rather than the non-secure *http://* protocol." msgstr "" +"A criptografia **SSL** permite que os visitantes naveguem em um site por " +"meio de uma conexão segura, que aparece como o protocolo *https://* no " +"início de um endereço da Web, em vez do protocolo não seguro *http://*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -4084,26 +4245,35 @@ msgid "" "database ` using `Let's Encrypt's certificate authority " "and ACME protocol `_." msgstr "" +"O Odoo gera um certificado SSL separado para cada domínio :ref:`mapeado em " +"um banco de dados ` usando a autoridade de certificação " +"do `Let's Encrypt e o protocolo ACME `_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:246 msgid "Certificate generation may take up to 24 hours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A geração do certificado pode levar até 24 horas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:247 msgid "" "Several attempts to validate your certificate are made for five days after " "you map your domain name to your database." msgstr "" +"Várias tentativas de validar seu certificado são feitas durante cinco dias " +"depois que você mapeia seu nome de domínio para o banco de dados." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:249 msgid "If you use another service, you can keep using it or change to Odoo's." msgstr "" +"Se você usa outro serviço, pode continuar usando-o ou mudar para o do Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 msgid "" "No SSL certificate is generated for naked domains :dfn:`(domain names " "without any subdomains or prefixes)`." msgstr "" +"Nenhum certificado SSL é gerado para domínios sem conteúdo :dfn:`(nomes de " +"domínio sem subdomínios ou prefixos)`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:258 msgid "Web base URL of a database" @@ -4115,6 +4285,9 @@ msgid "" "continue from the :ref:`Map a domain name to a website ` section." msgstr "" +"Se o aplicativo Website estiver instalado no seu banco de dados, ignore esta" +" seção e continue a partir da seção :ref:`Map um nome de domínio para um " +"site `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -4122,6 +4295,9 @@ msgid "" "address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, portal " "links, etc.)." msgstr "" +"O *URL da base da Web* ou URL raiz de um banco de dados afeta o endereço " +"principal do seu site e todos os links enviados aos seus clientes (por " +"exemplo, cotações, links de portal etc.)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -4130,6 +4306,10 @@ msgid "" ":dfn:`(a user part of the Settings access right group under " "Administration)`." msgstr "" +"Para tornar seu nome de domínio personalizado o *URL de base da Web* do seu " +"banco de dados, acesse o banco de dados usando o nome de domínio " +"personalizado e faça login como administrador :dfn:`(um usuário que faça " +"parte do grupo de direitos de acesso a Configurações em Administração)`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -4141,6 +4321,13 @@ msgid "" "Parameters --> New`, and enter `web.base.url.freeze` as the :guilabel:`Key` " "and `True` as the :guilabel:`Value`." msgstr "" +"Se você acessar seu banco de dados com o endereço original do Odoo (por " +"exemplo, `mycompany.odoo.com`), o *web base URL* do seu banco de dados será " +"atualizado de acordo. Para evitar a atualização automática do *web base URL*" +" quando um administrador fizer login no banco de dados, ative a opção " +":ref:1`, vá para :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System " +"Parameters --> New` e digite `web.base.url.freeze` como a :guilabel:`Key` e " +"`True` como a :guilabel:`Value`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -4151,34 +4338,48 @@ msgid "" "value (e.g., `https://www.yourdomain.com`). The URL must include the " "protocol `https://` (or `http://`) and *not* end with a slash (`/`)." msgstr "" +"Você também pode definir o URL da base da Web manualmente. Para fazer isso, " +"ative a opção :ref:`developer mode 1`, vá para :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` e procure a chave `web.base.url` (crie-a se" +" necessário) e digite o endereço completo de seu site como o valor (por " +"exemplo, ``), `https://www.yourdomain.com`). O URL deve incluir o protocolo " +"`https://` (ou `http://`) e *não* terminar com uma barra (`/`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapear um nome de domínio para um site Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:290 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your website is different than mapping it to " "your database:" msgstr "" +"Mapear seu nome de domínio para o site é diferente de mapeá-lo para o banco " +"de dados:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:292 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" " engines to index your website correctly." msgstr "" +"Ele define seu nome de domínio como o principal para seu site, ajudando os " +"mecanismos de pesquisa a indexar seu site corretamente." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:294 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including " "portal links sent by email to your customers." msgstr "" +"Ele define seu nome de domínio como o URL de base para seu banco de dados, " +"incluindo links de portal enviados por e-mail para seus clientes." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 msgid "" "If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name to the appropriate " "website." msgstr "" +"Se você tiver vários sites, ele mapeará seu nome de domínio para o site " +"apropriado." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -4187,12 +4388,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Domain` field, enter the address of your website (e.g., " "`https://www.yourdomain.com`) and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Vá para :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Se você " +"tiver vários sites, selecione aquele que deseja configurar. No campo " +":guilabel:`Domain`, digite o endereço do seu site (por exemplo, " +"`https://www.yourdomain.com`) e :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:303 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your Odoo website prevents Google Search from " "indexing your original database address (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"O mapeamento do seu nome de domínio para o site do Odoo impede que a " +"Pesquisa do Google indexe o endereço original do seu banco de dados (por " +"exemplo, `mycompany.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -4201,6 +4409,10 @@ msgid "" "the `Google Search Console `_ to fix the issue." msgstr "" +"Se ambos os endereços já estiverem indexados, pode levar algum tempo até que" +" a indexação do segundo endereço seja removida da Pesquisa Google. Você pode" +" usar o `Google Search Console `_ para corrigir o problema." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -4209,6 +4421,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as the" " :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in use." msgstr "" +"Se você tiver vários sites e empresas em seu banco de dados, certifique-se " +"de selecionar o :guilabel:`Company` correto em :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Isso indica ao Odoo qual URL usar como " +":ref:`base URL ` de acordo com a empresa em uso." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" @@ -5642,7 +5858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:3 msgid "Neutralized database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banco de dados neutralizado" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5652,68 +5868,82 @@ msgid "" "data (e.g., sending emails to customers). Live access is removed and turned " "into a testing environment." msgstr "" +"Um banco de dados neutralizado é um banco de dados que não é de produção e " +"no qual vários parâmetros são desativados. Isso permite a realização de " +"testes sem o risco de iniciar processos automatizados específicos que " +"poderiam afetar os dados de produção (por exemplo, o envio de e-mails para " +"os clientes). O acesso em tempo real é removido e transformado em um " +"ambiente de teste." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:11 msgid "**Any testing database created is a neutralized database:**" msgstr "" +"**Qualquer banco de dados de teste criado é um banco de dados " +"neutralizado:**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:13 msgid "testing backup databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Testar bancos de dados de backup" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:14 msgid "duplicate databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "bancos de dados duplicados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:15 msgid "for Odoo.sh: staging and development databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "para Odoo.sh: bancos de dados de preparação e desenvolvimento" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:18 msgid "" "A database can also be neutralized when upgrading, as it is vital to do some" " tests before switching to a new version." msgstr "" +"Um banco de dados também pode ser neutralizado durante a atualização, pois é" +" fundamental fazer alguns testes antes de mudar para uma nova versão." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:22 msgid "Deactivated features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recursos desativados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:24 msgid "Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated parameters:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aqui está uma lista não exaustiva dos parâmetros desativados:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:26 msgid "" "all planned actions (e.g., automatic invoicing of subscriptions, mass " "mailing, etc.)" msgstr "" +"todas as ações planejadas (por exemplo, faturamento automático de " +"assinaturas, envio em massa, etc.)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:27 msgid "outgoing emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "e-mails enviados" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:28 msgid "bank synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sincronização de banco" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:29 msgid "payment providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "provedores de pagamento" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:30 msgid "delivery methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "métodos de entrega" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:31 msgid ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:34 msgid "" "**A red banner at the top of the screen is displayed on the neutralized " "database so that it can be seen immediately.**" msgstr "" +"**Um banner vermelho na parte superior da tela é exibido no banco de dados " +"neutralizado para que ele possa ser visto imediatamente.**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:3 msgid "Odoo Online database management" @@ -5864,6 +6094,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 msgid "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." msgstr "" +"Você pode :ref:`registrar um nome de domínio gratuitamente `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 msgid "Tags" @@ -6361,7 +6593,7 @@ msgstr "FIm do suporte" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo saas~17.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~17.1" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 @@ -6423,7 +6655,7 @@ msgstr "N/D" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2024" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Janeiro de 2024" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" @@ -6436,7 +6668,7 @@ msgstr "Novembro de 2023" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 msgid "October 2026 (planned)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Outubro de 2026 (planejado)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 6aa7cd06c..112a202dc 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2024 -# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1183,54 +1183,69 @@ msgid "" "Install the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) module in General " "Settings." msgstr "" +"Instale o módulo LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) em " +"Configurações gerais." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create** in Setup the :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access " "Protocol)` Server." msgstr "" +"Clique em **Create** em Setup the :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access " +"Protocol)` Server." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "" "LDAP Authentication checkbox highlighted in the integrations settings on " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Caixa de seleção Autenticação LDAP destacada nas configurações de " +"integrações no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Create highlighted in the LDAP server settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crie um destaque nas configurações do servidor LDAP." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:17 msgid "Choose the company using the LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Escolha a empresa usando o LDAP." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Select the company drop-down menu highlighted in LDAP setup." msgstr "" +"Selecione o menu suspenso da empresa destacado na configuração do LDAP." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:23 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of the server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" +"Em **Server Information**, digite o endereço IP do servidor e a porta que " +"ele escuta." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:25 msgid "Tick **Use TLS** if the server is compatible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marque **Usar TLS** se o servidor for compatível." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "LDAP server settings highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Configurações do servidor LDAP destacadas na configuração do servidor LDAP " +"no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:31 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server queries anonymously." msgstr "" +"Em **Login Information**, insira o ID e a senha da conta usada para " +"consultar o servidor. Se forem deixados em branco, o servidor consultará " +"anonimamente." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Login information highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Informações de login destacadas na configuração do servidor LDAP no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1238,6 +1253,9 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)` nomenclature (e.g. " "``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" +"Em **Process Parameter**, digite o nome de domínio do servidor LDAP na " +"nomenclatura :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)` (por " +"exemplo, ``dc=example,dc=com``)." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" @@ -1246,6 +1264,7 @@ msgstr "Em **filtro LDAP**, digite ``uid=%s``" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Process parameter highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Parâmetro do processo destacado na configuração do servidor LDAP no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1253,6 +1272,9 @@ msgid "" "profile the first time someone logs in with :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight " "Directory Access Protocol)`." msgstr "" +"Em **Informações do usuário**, marque *Criar usuário* se o Odoo deve criar " +"um perfil de usuário na primeira vez que alguém fizer login com o " +":abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1265,6 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "User information highlighted on LDAP server setup on Odoo." msgstr "" +"Informações do usuário destacadas na configuração do servidor LDAP no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" @@ -5390,10 +5413,11 @@ msgstr "Geolocalização" msgid "" "You can locate contacts or places and generate routes on a map in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Você pode localizar contatos ou lugares e gerar rotas em um mapa no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst-1 msgid "Map displaying a contact's location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapa que exibe a localização de um contato." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5401,16 +5425,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Integrations`, section, activate :guilabel:`Geo Localization`. " "Then, choose between using the OpenStreetMap or Google Places API." msgstr "" +"Para usar o recurso, abra o aplicativo :guilabel:`Settings` e, na seção " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, ative :guilabel:`Geo Localization`. Em seguida, " +"escolha entre usar o OpenStreetMap ou a API do Google Places." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:14 msgid "**OpenStreetMap**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**OpenStreetMap**" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:16 msgid "" "OpenStreetMap is a free, open geographic database updated and maintained by " "volunteers. To use it, select :guilabel:`Open Street Map`." msgstr "" +"O OpenStreetMap é um banco de dados geográfico aberto e gratuito, atualizado" +" e mantido por voluntários. Para usá-lo, selecione :guilabel:`Open Street " +"Map`." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -5418,10 +5448,13 @@ msgid "" "community `_ to fix any issues " "encountered." msgstr "" +"O OpenStreetMap pode não ser sempre preciso. Você pode `se juntar à " +"comunidade do OpenStreetMap `_ para" +" corrigir quaisquer problemas encontrados." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:23 msgid "**Google Places API map**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Mapa da API do Google Places**" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -5429,27 +5462,35 @@ msgid "" "points of interest. It supports location-based features like search, " "navigation, and recommendations." msgstr "" +"O mapa da API do Google Places fornece informações detalhadas sobre lugares," +" empresas e pontos de interesse. Ele oferece suporte a recursos baseados em " +"localização, como pesquisa, navegação e recomendações." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:29 msgid "" "Using the Google Places API could require `payment to Google " "`_." msgstr "" +"O uso da API do Google Places pode exigir `pagamento ao Google " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:32 msgid "" "To use it, select :guilabel:`Google Place Map` and enter your :ref:`API Key " "`." msgstr "" +"Para usá-lo, selecione :guilabel:`Google Place Map` e digite sua :ref:`API " +"Key `." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst-1 msgid "Google Places API key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chave da API do Google Places" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:39 msgid "" ":doc:`../../applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete`" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" @@ -7570,14 +7611,16 @@ msgid "" "For more information, reference the `Odoo eLearning (video tutorials) on " "VoIP `_" msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações, consulte o `Odoo eLearning (tutoriais em vídeo)" +" sobre VoIP `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:5 msgid "Axivox configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuração do Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:3 msgid "VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serviços de VoIP no Odoo com a Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 @@ -7590,6 +7633,10 @@ msgid "" " `Axivox `_. In that case, an Asterisk server is " "**not** necessary, as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by Axivox." msgstr "" +"O VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) do Odoo pode ser configurado para " +"funcionar em conjunto com o `Axivox `_. Nesse caso," +" um servidor Asterisk **não** é necessário, pois a infraestrutura é " +"hospedada e gerenciada pela Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -7597,36 +7644,46 @@ msgid "" "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's " "area, along with the areas the company's users wish to call." msgstr "" +"Para usar esse serviço, `entre em contato com a Axivox " +"`_ para abrir uma conta. Antes de fazer " +"isso, verifique se a Axivox cobre a área da empresa, juntamente com as áreas" +" para as quais os usuários da empresa desejam ligar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure Axivox in Odoo, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, " "and search for `VoIP`. Then, install the :guilabel:`VoIP` module." msgstr "" +"Para configurar o Axivox no Odoo, acesse o aplicativo :menuselection:`Apps` " +"e procure por `VoIP`. Em seguida, instale o módulo :guilabel:`VoIP`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:22 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> General Settings --> " "Integrations section`, and fill out the :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` field:" msgstr "" +"Em seguida, vá para :menuselection:`Settings app --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations section` e preencha o campo :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: set the domain created by Axivox for the account " "(e.g., `yourcompany.axivox.com`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: define o domínio criado pela Axivox para a conta " +"(por exemplo, `yourcompany.axivox.com`)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: type in `wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: type in `wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: set as :guilabel:`Production`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: definido como :guilabel:`Production`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integração da Axivox como provedor de VoIP em um banco de dados Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7635,16 +7692,22 @@ msgid "" "into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to any user) -->" " SIP Identifiers tab --> Domain`." msgstr "" +"Acesse o domínio no painel administrativo da Axivox, navegando até " +"`https://manage.axivox.com/ `_. Depois de fazer " +"login no portal, vá para :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (ao lado de qualquer" +" usuário) --> guia SIP Identifiers --> Domain`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:40 msgid "Configure VoIP user in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurar o usuário VoIP no Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, the user is configured in Odoo, which **must** take place for every " "Axivox/Odoo user using VoIP." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, o usuário é configurado no Odoo, o que **deve** ocorrer para " +"cada usuário Axivox/Odoo que usa VoIP." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -7653,6 +7716,10 @@ msgid "" "over Internet Protocol)`. Under the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, fill out " "the :guilabel:`VOIP Configuration` section:" msgstr "" +"No Odoo, vá para :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> " +"Users`, depois abra o formulário do usuário desejado para configurar " +":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`. Na guia " +":guilabel:`Preferences`, preencha a seção :guilabel:`VOIP Configuration`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -7662,17 +7729,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Secret`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP Password`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VoIP Secret`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP Password`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`External device number`: SIP external phone extension" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Número do dispositivo externo`: Extensão do telefone externo SIP" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`How to place calls on mobile`: method to make calls on a mobile " "device" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`How to place calls on mobile`: método para fazer chamadas em um " +"dispositivo móvel" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP Auth User`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP username`" @@ -7683,6 +7753,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Call from another device`: option to always transfer phone calls " "to handset" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Call from another device`: opção para sempre transferir chamadas " +"telefônicas para o aparelho" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -7691,7 +7763,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integração do usuário Axivox na preferência do usuário Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -7700,10 +7772,14 @@ msgid "" "into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to the user) -->" " SIP Identifiers tab --> SIP username / SIP password`." msgstr "" +"Acesse o domínio no painel administrativo da Axivox, navegando até " +"`https://manage.axivox.com/ `_. Depois de fazer " +"login no portal, vá para :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (ao lado do usuário)" +" --> guia SIP Identifiers --> SIP username / SIP password`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:0 msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -7711,10 +7787,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, this value **must** be typed out manually and " "**not** pasted in. Pasting in causes a `401 server rejection error`." msgstr "" +"Ao inserir a :guilabel:`SIP Password` na guia :guilabel:`Preferences` do " +"usuário, esse valor **deve** ser digitado manualmente e **não** colado. A " +"colagem causa um erro de rejeição do servidor 401." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:3 msgid "Call queues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filas de chamadas" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7722,12 +7801,18 @@ msgid "" "customers call a business, and all of the agents are busy, the call queue " "lines up the callers in sequential order, based on the time they called in." msgstr "" +"Uma fila de chamadas é um sistema que organiza e encaminha as chamadas " +"recebidas. Quando os clientes ligam para uma empresa e todos os agentes " +"estão ocupados, a fila de chamadas alinha os autores das chamadas em ordem " +"sequencial, com base no horário em que ligaram." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:9 msgid "" "The callers then wait on hold to be connected to the next available call " "center agent." msgstr "" +"Os autores das chamadas aguardam em espera para serem conectados ao próximo " +"agente de call center disponível." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -7736,6 +7821,10 @@ msgid "" "expectations with customers, and to distribute the workload equally amongst " "employees." msgstr "" +"A implementação de um sistema de fila de chamadas reduz o estresse dos " +"funcionários e ajuda a criar a confiança da marca junto aos clientes. Muitas" +" empresas usam filas de chamadas para definir expectativas com os clientes e" +" para distribuir a carga de trabalho igualmente entre os funcionários." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7743,14 +7832,17 @@ msgid "" "advanced settings), as well as how to log into a call queue from the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"Este documento aborda o processo necessário para configurar filas de " +"chamadas (com configurações avançadas), bem como a forma de fazer login em " +"uma fila de chamadas a partir do banco de dados do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/music_on_hold`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`voip/axivox/music_on_hold`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:22 msgid "Add a queue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar uma fila" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7759,6 +7851,11 @@ msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add a queue`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`New" " queue` form with various fields to fill out." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma fila de chamadas na Axivox, navegue até o `Console de " +"gerenciamento da Axivox `_. No menu esquerdo, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Queues`. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Add a queue`." +" Isso revela um formulário em branco :guilabel:`New queue` com vários campos" +" a serem preenchidos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:30 msgid "Name" @@ -7769,69 +7866,81 @@ msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`New queue` page appears, enter the :guilabel:`Name` of " "the queue." msgstr "" +"Quando a página :guilabel:`New queue` for exibida, digite o :guilabel:`Name`" +" da fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:35 msgid "Internal extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ramal interno" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:37 msgid "" "Choose an :guilabel:`Internal extension` for the queue. This is a number to " "be dialed by users of the database to reach the login prompt for the queue." msgstr "" +"Escolha um :guilabel:`Ramal interno` para a fila. Esse é um número a ser " +"discado pelos usuários do banco de dados para acessar o prompt de login da " +"fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:41 msgid "Strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estratégia" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, is the :guilabel:`Strategy` field. This field determines the call " "routing of received calls into this queue." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, temos o campo :guilabel:`Strategy`. Esse campo determina o " +"roteamento das chamadas recebidas nessa fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:46 msgid "" "The following choices are available in the :guilabel:`Strategy` drop-down " "menu:" msgstr "" +"As seguintes opções estão disponíveis no menu suspenso :guilabel:`Strategy`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Call all available agents`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Chamar todos os agentes disponíveis`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Calls the agent who has received the call for the longest time`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Chama o agente que está recebendo a chamada há mais tempo`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Calls the agent who has received the least call`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Chama o agente que recebeu menos chamadas`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Call a random agent`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Chamar um agente aleatório`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Call agents one after the other`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Chamar os agentes um após o outro`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Call agents one after the other starting with the first in the " "list`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Chamar os agentes um após o outro, começando pelo primeiro da " +"lista`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:55 msgid "" "Choose a strategy that best meets the company's needs for customers in the " "queue." msgstr "" +"Escolha uma estratégia que melhor atenda às necessidades da empresa para os " +"clientes na fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:58 msgid "Maximum waiting time in seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tempo máximo de espera em segundos" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -7839,10 +7948,14 @@ msgid "" "longest time a customer waits in the queue before going to a voicemail, or " "wherever else they are directed to in a dial plan. Enter a time in seconds." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Tempo máximo de espera em segundos`, determine o tempo " +"mais longo que um cliente espera na fila antes de ir para o correio de voz " +"ou para qualquer outro lugar para o qual ele seja direcionado em um plano de" +" discagem. Digite um tempo em segundos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:65 msgid "Maximum duration of ringing at an agent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duração máxima do toque em um agente" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7851,24 +7964,28 @@ msgid "" "another agent, or moving to the next step in the dial plan. Enter a time in " "seconds." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Duração máxima do toque em um agente`, determine o tempo" +" mais longo que a linha de um agente individual toca antes de passar para " +"outro agente ou para a próxima etapa do plano de discagem. Digite um tempo " +"em segundos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:72 msgid "For more information on dial plans, visit:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para obter mais informações sobre planos de discagem, acesse:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:78 msgid "Adding agents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar agentes" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -7877,20 +7994,27 @@ msgid "" " two pre-configured methods for adding agents onto the call queue during the" " configuration." msgstr "" +"Os dois últimos campos do formulário :guilabel:`New queue` são referentes à " +"adição de agentes. Adicionar :guilabel:`Static agents` e :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"agents` são dois métodos pré-configurados para adicionar agentes à fila de " +"chamadas durante a configuração." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:87 msgid "Static agents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agentes estáticos" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:89 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Static agents` are added, these agents are automatically " "added to the queue without the need to log in to receive calls." msgstr "" +"Quando :guilabel:`Static agents` são adicionados, esses agentes são " +"automaticamente adicionados à fila sem a necessidade de fazer login para " +"receber chamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:95 msgid "Dynamic agents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agentes dinâmicos" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -7898,44 +8022,56 @@ msgid "" "log into this queue. They are **not** logged-in automatically, and **must** " "log in to receive calls." msgstr "" +"Quando :guilabel:`Agentes dinâmicos` são adicionados, esses agentes podem " +"fazer login nessa fila. Eles **não** se conectam automaticamente e **devem**" +" se conectar para receber chamadas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:100 msgid "" "Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes, and click :guilabel:`Apply changes`" " in the upper-right corner to implement the change in production." msgstr "" +"Não se esqueça de :guilabel:`Save` as alterações e clique em " +":guilabel:`Apply changes` no canto superior direito para implementar a " +"alteração na produção." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:104 msgid "Agent connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conexão do agente" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:106 msgid "There are three ways call agents can connect to an Axivox call queue:" msgstr "" +"Há três maneiras pelas quais os agentes de chamadas podem se conectar a uma " +"fila de chamadas da Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:108 msgid "Dynamic agents connect automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Os agentes dinâmicos se conectam automaticamente." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:109 msgid "" "Manager logs in specific agent(s), via the `Axivox management console " "`_." msgstr "" +"O gerente faz login em agente(s) específico(s), por meio do `console de " +"gerenciamento do Axivox `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:111 msgid "Agent connects to the queue in Odoo, via the *VoIP* widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O agente se conecta à fila no Odoo, por meio do widget *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:114 msgid "" "See the documentation on setting :ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents` in the " "`Axivox management console `_." msgstr "" +"Consulte a documentação sobre a configuração de :ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-" +"agents` no `Axivox management console `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:118 msgid "Connect via Axivox queue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conectar via fila Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -7944,6 +8080,10 @@ msgid "" " console `_ and connect dynamic agents to the " "queue manually." msgstr "" +"Após a conclusão da configuração inicial da fila de chamadas, com as " +"alterações salvas e implementadas, um gerente pode fazer login no `console " +"de gerenciamento do Axivox `_ e conectar agentes " +"dinâmicos à fila manualmente." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -7951,61 +8091,70 @@ msgid "" "column. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Queues` dashboard, with a few " "different columns listed:" msgstr "" +"Para conectar um agente, clique em :guilabel:`Queues`, localizado na coluna " +"da esquerda. Isso revela o painel :guilabel:`Queues`, com algumas colunas " +"diferentes listadas:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: name of the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: nome da fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extension`: number of the extension to be dialed to reach the " "queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Extension`: número do ramal a ser discado para acessar a fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Agent Connection`: number to dial to log into the queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agent Connection`: número a ser discado para fazer login na fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agent disconnection`: number to dial to log out of the queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agent disconnection`: número a ser discado para sair da fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Connected Agents`: name of agent connected to the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Connected Agents`: nome do agente conectado à fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:133 msgid "" "The following buttons are also available on the :guilabel:`Queues` " "dashboard:" msgstr "" +"Os seguintes botões também estão disponíveis no painel :guilabel:`Queues`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`Connect an agent`: manually connect an agent to the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Connect an agent`: conecta manualmente um agente à fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:136 msgid ":guilabel:`Report`: run a report on the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Report`: executa um relatório na fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: delete the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Delete`: exclui a fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:138 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit`: make changes to the settings of the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Edit`: faz alterações nas configurações da fila." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:140 msgid "" "When agents are connected to the queue, or are live with a customer, they " "are displayed under the :guilabel:`Connected Agents` column." msgstr "" +"Quando os agentes estão conectados à fila ou estão ao vivo com um cliente, " +"eles são exibidos na coluna :guilabel:`Connected Agents`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:143 msgid "If they are static agents, they **always** show up as connected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se forem agentes estáticos, eles **sempre** aparecem como conectados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -8013,25 +8162,32 @@ msgid "" "an agent`. Then, select the desired agent's name from the drop-down menu, " "and click :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" +"Connect an agent by clicking the orange button labeled, :guilabel:`Connect " +"an agent`. Then, select the desired agent's name from the drop-down menu, " +"and click :guilabel:`Connect`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "" "Call queue with connected agents column highlighted and connect an agent and report buttons\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Fila de chamadas com a coluna de agentes conectados destacada e botões conectar um agente e reportar\n" +"destaques." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:154 msgid "" "For more information on static and dynamic agents, see this documentation:" msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre agentes estáticos e dinâmicos, consulte " +"esta documentação:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:156 msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/static-agents`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`voip/axivox/static-agents`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:157 msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:160 msgid "Report" @@ -8044,6 +8200,11 @@ msgid "" "the queue. This information is showcased on a separate :guilabel:`Queue " "report` page, when the green :guilabel:`Report` button is clicked." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Report` para verificar os relatórios de uma fila " +"específica, para ver quem se conectou, quando e quais chamadas telefônicas " +"entraram e saíram da fila. Essas informações são exibidas em uma página " +"separada do :guilabel:`Queue report`, quando o botão verde " +":guilabel:`Report` é clicado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -8051,85 +8212,97 @@ msgid "" "specified in the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`to` fields. The information" " can be organized by :guilabel:`Event type`, and :guilabel:`Call ID`." msgstr "" +"Os relatórios podem ser personalizados por data no campo :guilabel:`Period` " +"e especificados nos campos :guilabel:`From` e :guilabel:`to`. As informações" +" podem ser organizadas por :guilabel:`Event type` e :guilabel:`Call ID`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:170 msgid "" "When the custom configurations have been entered, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"Quando as configurações personalizadas tiverem sido inseridas, clique em " +":guilabel:`Apply`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:172 msgid "" "Each report can be exported to a :abbr:`CSV (comma separated value)` file " "for further use and analysis, via the :guilabel:`Export to CSV` button." msgstr "" +"Cada relatório pode ser exportado para um arquivo :abbr:`CSV (valor separado" +" por vírgula) ` para uso e análise adicionais, por meio do botão " +":guilabel:`Export to CSV`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:175 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Event type` field is clicked, a drop-down menu appears " "with the following options:" msgstr "" +"Quando o campo :guilabel:`Event type` é clicado, um menu suspenso é exibido " +"com as seguintes opções:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller quit`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`O autor da chamada saiu`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`An agent is connecting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Um agente está se conectando`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`An agent is disconnecting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Um agente está se desconectando`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`The call was terminated (agent hangs up)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`A chamada foi encerrada (o agente desliga)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`The call was terminated (caller hangs up)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`A chamada foi encerrada (o chamador desliga)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller is connected to an agent.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`O autor da chamada está conectado a um agente.`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Someone is entering the queue`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Alguém está entrando na fila`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:185 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller exits the queue (no agent is connected)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`O chamador sai da fila (nenhum agente está conectado)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller exits the queue (timeout)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`O chamador sai da fila (tempo limite)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:187 msgid ":guilabel:`No one is answering`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ninguém está respondendo`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`No one is answering, the caller hangs up`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ninguém está atendendo, o chamador desliga`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Transferência`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Blind Transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Blind Transfer`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "Event types in the Axivox queue reporting feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tipos de eventos no recurso de relatório de fila do Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:196 msgid "" "There is no limit to how many options can be selected from the " ":guilabel:`Event type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Não há limite para o número de opções que podem ser selecionadas no menu " +"suspenso :guilabel:`Event type`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -8137,20 +8310,26 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu, and clicking :guilabel:`Uncheck all` removes all selections " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Clicar em :guilabel:`Check all` seleciona todas as opções disponíveis no " +"menu suspenso, e clicar em :guilabel:`Uncheck all` remove todas as seleções " +"do menu suspenso." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:202 msgid "" "To select an individual :guilabel:`Event type`, click on the desired option " "in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"To select an individual :guilabel:`Event type`, click on the desired option " +"in the drop-down menu." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "Axivox queue report with result, event type, and period highlighted." msgstr "" +"Relatório de fila Axivox com resultado, tipo de evento e período destacados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:209 msgid "Connect to queue on Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conecte-se à fila no Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -8158,22 +8337,29 @@ msgid "" "*VoIP* widget, once the *VoIP* app is configured for the individual user in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Os agentes dinâmicos podem se conectar manualmente à fila de chamadas da " +"Axivox a partir do widget *VoIP* do Odoo, uma vez que o aplicativo *VoIP* " +"esteja configurado para o usuário individual no Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:215 msgid ":doc:`axivox_config`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`axivox_config`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:217 msgid "" "To access the Odoo *VoIP* widget, click the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in " "the upper-right corner of the screen, from any window within Odoo." msgstr "" +"Para acessar o widget *VoIP* do Odoo, clique no ícone :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)`" +" no canto superior direito da tela, em qualquer janela do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:221 msgid "" "For more information on the Odoo *VoIP* widget, see this documentation: " ":doc:`../voip_widget`" msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre o widget *VoIP* do Odoo, consulte esta " +"documentação: :doc:`../voip_widget`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -8183,6 +8369,11 @@ msgid "" " indicating the agent is logged in. The call automatically ends " "(disconnects)." msgstr "" +"Para que um agente se conecte à fila de chamadas, basta discar o número " +":guilabel:`Agent connection` e pressionar o ícone verde do botão de chamada " +":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` no widget *VoIP*. Em seguida, o agente ouve uma " +"mensagem curta, de dois segundos, indicando que o agente está conectado. A " +"chamada termina automaticamente (desconecta)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -8190,6 +8381,9 @@ msgid "" "management console `_, and click " ":guilabel:`Queues`, located in the left-hand column." msgstr "" +"Para visualizar os agentes conectados em uma fila de chamadas, navegue até o" +" `Console de gerenciamento do Axivox `_ e clique " +"em :guilabel:`Queues`, localizado na coluna da esquerda." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -8198,6 +8392,10 @@ msgid "" "connected to the queue currently, appears in the column next to the queue " "they are logged into." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique no botão verde :guilabel:`Refresh` na parte superior da " +"coluna :guilabel:`Connected agents`. Qualquer agente (estático ou dinâmico) " +"que esteja conectado à fila no momento aparecerá na coluna ao lado da fila " +"na qual ele está conectado." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -8206,6 +8404,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon. The agent is disconnected from the queue after a" " short, two-second message." msgstr "" +"Para sair da fila, abra o widget *VoIP* do Odoo, disque o número " +":guilabel:`Agent disconnection` e pressione o ícone verde do botão de " +"chamada :guilabel:`📞 (phone)`. O agente é desconectado da fila após uma " +"mensagem curta, de dois segundos." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -8215,6 +8417,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refresh` button at the top of the :guilabel:`Connected agents` " "column." msgstr "" +"Para desconectar manualmente um agente dinâmico de uma fila de chamadas, " +"navegue até o `Console de gerenciamento do Axivox " +"`_ e clique em :guilabel:`Queues`, localizado na " +"coluna da esquerda. Em seguida, clique no botão verde :guilabel:`Refresh` na" +" parte superior da coluna :guilabel:`Connected agents`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -8222,10 +8429,14 @@ msgid "" "button, and they are immediately disconnected. This can be helpful in " "situations where agents forget to log out at the end of the day." msgstr "" +"Para desconectar um agente manualmente, clique no botão vermelho " +":guilabel:`Disconnect` e ele será desconectado imediatamente. Isso pode ser " +"útil em situações em que os agentes se esquecem de fazer logout no final do " +"dia." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:3 msgid "Conference calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chamadas em conferência" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8233,16 +8444,22 @@ msgid "" "can be discussed in an open forum of sorts. Attendees can be limited, via a " "sign-in code. That way, confidential matters stay private." msgstr "" +"As teleconferências ajudam os funcionários a se conectarem de forma rápida e" +" eficiente, para que os assuntos possam ser discutidos em um tipo de fórum " +"aberto. Os participantes podem ser limitados, por meio de um código de " +"acesso. Dessa forma, os assuntos confidenciais permanecem privados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:9 msgid "" "This document covers the configuration of conference calls in Axivox for use" " in Odoo *VoIP*." msgstr "" +"Este documento aborda a configuração de chamadas em conferência na Axivox " +"para uso no Odoo *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:12 msgid "Add a virtual conference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar uma conferência virtual" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -8250,34 +8467,45 @@ msgid "" " `_. After logging in, click on " ":guilabel:`Conferences` in the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma sala de conferência virtual, navegue até o `console de " +"gerenciamento do Axivox `_. Depois de fazer " +"login, clique em :guilabel:`Conferences` no menu à esquerda." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, click the green button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a conference`, and a " ":guilabel:`New conference` form appears." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique no botão verde denominado :guilabel:`Add a conference`, e" +" um formulário :guilabel:`New conference` será exibido." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "New conference form on Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Novo formulário de conferência na Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:25 msgid "" "From here, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` field, and set an " ":guilabel:`Internal extension`." msgstr "" +"A partir daí, preencha o campo :guilabel:`Name` e defina um " +":guilabel:`Internal extension`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:27 msgid "" "The internal extension is what everyone in the network uses to quickly dial " "into the conference call, instead of typing in the whole phone number." msgstr "" +"O ramal interno é o que todos na rede usam para discar rapidamente para a " +"chamada em conferência, em vez de digitar o número de telefone inteiro." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:31 msgid "" "Pick a number between three and five digits long, making it easy to remember" " and dial." msgstr "" +"Escolha um número entre três e cinco dígitos, para que seja fácil de lembrar" +" e discar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -8286,12 +8514,18 @@ msgid "" "for the conference is dialed. Immediately after dialing the extension, a " "digital receptionist prompts for the :guilabel:`Access code`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, defina o :guilabel:`Código de acesso`, se a sala de conferência " +"exigir segurança. Trata-se de uma senha para entrar na conferência, assim " +"que o ramal da conferência for discado. Imediatamente após a discagem do " +"ramal, uma recepcionista digital solicita o :guilabel:`Access code`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Administrator extension` field, click the drop-down menu, " "and select the user's extension that manages the call." msgstr "" +"No campo :guilabel:`Administrator extension`, clique no menu suspenso e " +"selecione o ramal do usuário que gerencia a chamada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8299,6 +8533,9 @@ msgid "" "conference` field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Yes` or " ":guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" +"Por fim, no campo :guilabel:`Wait for the administrator to start the " +"conference`, clique no menu suspenso e selecione :guilabel:`Yes` ou " +":guilabel:`No`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8306,6 +8543,9 @@ msgid "" "the virtual conference room until the administrator is present, and logged " "into the conference call." msgstr "" +"Se a seleção for :guilabel:`Yes`, ninguém terá permissão para utilizar a " +"sala de conferência virtual até que o administrador esteja presente e " +"conectado à chamada de conferência." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8313,6 +8553,9 @@ msgid "" "configuration. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right " "corner to implement the change in production." msgstr "" +"Quando todos os campos estiverem preenchidos, certifique-se de " +":guilabel:`Save` a configuração. Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Apply " +"changes` no canto superior direito para implementar a alteração na produção." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -8320,6 +8563,9 @@ msgid "" " option to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Edit` the conference from the " "Axivox :guilabel:`Conference` main dashboard." msgstr "" +"Ao fazer isso, a conferência é adicionada, e o administrador da Axivox tem a" +" opção de :guilabel:`Delete` ou :guilabel:`Edit` a conferência no painel " +"principal da Axivox :guilabel:`Conference`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8328,6 +8574,10 @@ msgid "" "enter the extension or phone number of the invitee in the pop-up window that" " appears." msgstr "" +"Para convidar um usuário da Axivox para uma chamada em conferência " +"específica, clique em :guilabel:`Invite` à direita da conferência desejada e" +" insira o ramal ou o número de telefone do convidado na janela pop-up " +"exibida." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -8336,17 +8586,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invite` button, and the recipient immediately receives a phone " "call, automatically linking them to the conference." msgstr "" +"Depois que o ramal ou o número for adicionado ao campo :guilabel:`Please " +"enter the phone number of the person you want to invite`, clique no botão " +"verde :guilabel:`Invite` e o destinatário receberá imediatamente uma chamada" +" telefônica, vinculando-o automaticamente à conferência." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:32 msgid "Incoming numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Números de entrada" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:68 msgid "" "To open a conference to a wider audience, an Axivox conference can be linked" " to *Incoming numbers*." msgstr "" +"Para abrir uma conferência a um público mais amplo, uma conferência Axivox " +"pode ser vinculada a *Números de entrada*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -8354,6 +8610,9 @@ msgid "" "`_, and click :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` in the" " menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Para fazer isso, faça login no `console de gerenciamento do Axivox " +"`_ e clique em :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` no " +"menu à esquerda." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -8361,12 +8620,17 @@ msgid "" " far-right of the :guilabel:`Number` to which the conference should be " "attached." msgstr "" +"No painel :guilabel:`Incoming numbers`, clique em :guilabel:`Edit` na " +"extremidade direita do :guilabel:`Number` ao qual a conferência deve ser " +"anexada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:76 msgid "" "Then, under the first field, labeled, :guilabel:`Destination type for voice " "call`, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Conference`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, no primeiro campo, denominado :guilabel:`Destination type for " +"voice call`, clique no menu suspenso e selecione :guilabel:`Conference`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -8374,6 +8638,9 @@ msgid "" "select the specific conference that should be attached to this incoming " "number." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, no campo :guilabel:`Conference`, clique no menu suspenso e " +"selecione a conferência específica que deve ser anexada a esse número de " +"entrada." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -8382,10 +8649,15 @@ msgid "" "*is* an :guilabel:`Access code` required, the caller is then prompted to " "enter the :guilabel:`Access code` to enter the conference." msgstr "" +"Agora, sempre que esse número de entrada for discado, o autor da chamada " +"será admitido na conferência, se não for necessário um :guilabel:`Código de " +"acesso`. Se *for necessário um :guilabel:`Código de acesso`, o autor da " +"chamada será solicitado a digitar o :guilabel:`Código de acesso` para entrar" +" na conferência." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:87 msgid "Start call in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniciar chamada no Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8394,26 +8666,35 @@ msgid "" "the specific extension number for the conference, and click the :guilabel:`📞" " (phone)` icon." msgstr "" +"Em qualquer lugar do banco de dados do Odoo, abra o widget *VoIP*, clicando " +"no ícone :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)`, localizado no canto superior direito. Em " +"seguida, disque o número do ramal específico da conferência e clique no " +"ícone :guilabel:`📞 (phone)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "Connecting to a conference extension using the Odoo VoIP widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conectando-se a um ramal de conferência usando o widget VoIP do Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:97 msgid "" "Once the digital receptionist answers, enter the :guilabel:`Access code` (if" " needed), and press the :guilabel:`# (pound)` icon/key." msgstr "" +"Quando o recepcionista digital atender, digite o :guilabel:`Código de " +"acesso` (se necessário) e pressione o ícone/tecla :guilabel:`# (pound)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced dial plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planos de discagem avançada" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:5 msgid "" "Typically, companies have a lot of incoming calls every day, but many do not" " want their teams to answer calls 24 hours a day, 7 days a week." msgstr "" +"Normalmente, as empresas recebem muitas chamadas todos os dias, mas muitas " +"não querem que suas equipes atendam às chamadas 24 horas por dia, 7 dias por" +" semana." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8421,6 +8702,10 @@ msgid "" "and routing can be set up for all scenarios. This way, customers are never " "left waiting, or frustrated, because they cannot get in touch with anyone." msgstr "" +"Ao usar os recursos avançados do plano de discagem da Axivox, o processo " +"pode ser automatizado e o roteamento pode ser configurado para todos os " +"cenários. Dessa forma, os clientes nunca ficam esperando ou frustrados " +"porque não conseguem entrar em contato com ninguém." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -8430,18 +8715,28 @@ msgid "" "automatically using a digital receptionist. This way, an administrative team" " does **not** have to be available around the clock." msgstr "" +"Ao utilizar os elementos avançados dos planos de discagem, as empresas podem" +" automatizar o roteamento de chamadas para determinados dias ou horários, " +"como feriados da empresa. As empresas também podem permitir que os autores " +"das chamadas insiram os próprios ramais e sejam transferidos automaticamente" +" usando uma recepcionista digital. Dessa forma, uma equipe administrativa " +"**não** precisa estar disponível 24 horas por dia." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:17 msgid "" "There is even the option to route callers, depending on where they are " "calling from in the world, thus maximizing efficiency." msgstr "" +"Há até mesmo a opção de rotear os chamadores, dependendo de onde eles estão " +"ligando no mundo, maximizando assim a eficiência." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:21 msgid "" "For more information on basic dial plans, and how to add elements, visit " ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`." msgstr "" +"Para obter mais informações sobre planos de discagem básicos e como " +"adicionar elementos, visite :doc:`dial_plan_basics`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8449,17 +8744,22 @@ msgid "" "in dial plans. Do **not** use a translator with the Axivox management " "console." msgstr "" +"O uso de um complemento de navegador para ortografia pode prejudicar o uso " +"do editor visual em planos de discagem. Não **use** um tradutor com o " +"console de gerenciamento Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:160 msgid "Advanced elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elementos avançados" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:30 msgid "" "In Axivox dial plans (as described in :doc:`dial_plan_basics`), there are " "two advanced elements that can be used." msgstr "" +"Nos planos de discagem Axivox (conforme descrito em " +":doc:`dial_plan_basics`), há dois elementos avançados que podem ser usados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:164 @@ -8467,6 +8767,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Record`: recording feature is enabled (requires plan change, " "enabled in Axivox settings)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Record`: o recurso de gravação está ativado (requer alteração do " +"plano, ativado nas configurações do Axivox)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:166 @@ -8474,6 +8776,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Caller ID`: replace the caller ID by the called number or free " "text." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Caller ID`: substitui o ID do chamador pelo número chamado ou " +"texto livre." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -8481,6 +8785,9 @@ msgid "" "located in the menu on the left side of the `Axivox management console " "`_." msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um desses elementos, navegue até a página :guilabel:`Dial " +"plans`, localizada no menu do lado esquerdo do `Axivox management console " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8488,23 +8795,30 @@ msgid "" "desired dial plan to edit it. Finally, open the :guilabel:`New element` " "drop-down menu, select the element, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique no botão :guilabel:`Visual Editor` à direita do plano de " +"discagem desejado para editá-lo. Por fim, abra o menu suspenso " +":guilabel:`New element`, selecione o elemento e clique em :guilabel:`Add`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Visual editor for a dial plan in Axivox, with Add and the dispatcher element" " highlighted." msgstr "" +"Editor visual de um plano de discagem no Axivox, com Add e o elemento de " +"despachante destacados." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:99 msgid "For more information, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para obter mais informações, visite :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Record` element records calls that are routed through this " "element, and requires an additional plan change in Axivox." msgstr "" +"O elemento :guilabel:`Record` registra as chamadas que são roteadas por meio" +" desse elemento e requer uma alteração de plano adicional no Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -8514,24 +8828,36 @@ msgid "" "there, select :guilabel:`Enabled` from the drop-down menu to enable " "recording using the :guilabel:`Record` element in a dial plan." msgstr "" +"Para ativar a gravação na Axivox, navegue até :guilabel:`Settings` no " +"`console de gerenciamento da Axivox `_. Em " +"seguida, vá até o menu suspenso :guilabel:`Recording`, próximo à parte " +"inferior da página. A partir daí, selecione :guilabel:`Enabled` no menu " +"suspenso para ativar a gravação usando o elemento :guilabel:`Record` em um " +"plano de discagem." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:60 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Recording` drop-down menu is unavailable and unable to " "change, then consult Axivox to enable the feature." msgstr "" +"Se o menu suspenso :guilabel:`Recording` não estiver disponível e não puder " +"ser alterado, consulte a Axivox para ativar o recurso." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Caller ID` element allows for the replacement of the caller " "ID downstream, after routing." msgstr "" +"O elemento :guilabel:`Caller ID` permite a substituição do ID do chamador no" +" sentido descendente, após o roteamento." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:66 msgid "" "Upon adding the :guilabel:`Caller ID` element to the dial plan, and double-" "clicking it to configure it, two options appear." msgstr "" +"Ao adicionar o elemento :guilabel:`Caller ID` ao plano de discagem e clicar " +"duas vezes nele para configurá-lo, são exibidas duas opções." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -8540,6 +8866,10 @@ msgid "" " by the called number`. This option replaces the caller's ID with the " ":guilabel:`Incoming number`." msgstr "" +"A primeira é um campo :guilabel:`Texto livre`, no qual qualquer texto pode " +"ser inserido para substituir o ID do autor da chamada. A segunda opção é " +":guilabel:`Replace the caller ID by the called number`. Essa opção substitui" +" o ID do chamador pelo :guilabel:`Número chamado`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -8547,6 +8877,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming number`, so employees, or outside transfers, cannot see " "the number, and information is kept private." msgstr "" +"Uma empresa pode querer usar o elemento :guilabel:`Caller ID` para " +"substituir o :guilabel:`Incoming number`, de modo que os funcionários ou " +"transferências externas não possam ver o número e as informações sejam " +"mantidas em sigilo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:135 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 6ae0b2bf6..e696bae96 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Jonas Vieira de Souza, 2024 -# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3436,6 +3436,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code does not show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" +"O código de emparelhamento não é exibido nas seguintes circunstâncias:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -3454,6 +3455,9 @@ msgid "" "Things)` box has started. It is automatically removed from connected " "displays when this time has expired." msgstr "" +"O código só é válido por 5 minutos após o início da caixa :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)`. Ele é removido automaticamente dos monitores " +"conectados quando esse tempo expira." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -3481,6 +3485,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 msgid "IoT box is connected but it is not showing in the database" msgstr "" +"A caixa IoT está conectada, mas não está sendo exibida no banco de dados" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -3491,6 +3496,12 @@ msgid "" "can reach the database and that the server does not use a multi-database " "environment." msgstr "" +"Quando uma caixa :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things) ` se conecta a um banco de " +"dados, ela pode ser reiniciada. Nesse caso, pode levar até cinco minutos " +"para aparecer no banco de dados. Se a caixa :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" ainda não estiver sendo exibida após cinco minutos, verifique se a caixa " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` pode acessar o banco de dados e se o " +"servidor não usa um ambiente de vários bancos de dados." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3517,7 +3528,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 msgid "The HTTPS certificate does not generate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O certificado HTTPS não gera" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -3563,6 +3574,9 @@ msgid "" "(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " ":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" +"Se uma impressora não aparecer na lista de dispositivos, acesse a página " +"inicial da caixa :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things) ` e verifique se ela está " +"listada em :guilabel:`Printers`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." @@ -3575,6 +3589,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " "printer is not present in the list, it is likely not connected properly." msgstr "" +"Se a impressora não estiver presente na página inicial da caixa :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)`, clique em :guilabel:`Printers Server`, vá para a guia" +" :guilabel:`Administration` e clique em :guilabel:`Add Printer`. Se a " +"impressora não estiver presente na lista, é provável que ela não esteja " +"conectada corretamente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 msgid "The printer outputs random text" @@ -3601,6 +3620,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Modify Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and " "*model* corresponding to the printer." msgstr "" +"A solução é selecionar manualmente o driver correspondente. Na página " +"inicial da caixa :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things) `, clique em " +":guilabel:`Printers Server`, vá para a guia :guilabel:`Printers` e selecione" +" a impressora na lista. No menu suspenso :guilabel:`Administration`, clique " +"em :guilabel:`Modify Printer`. Siga as etapas e selecione a *marca* e o " +"*modelo* correspondentes à impressora." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." @@ -3792,6 +3817,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" " *` command." msgstr "" +"O `CUPS` solicitará ao administrador três informações: :guilabel:`Name`, " +":guilabel:`Description` e :guilabel:`Location`. As duas últimas informações " +"não precisam ser específicas; no entanto, o :guilabel:`Name` deve seguir uma" +" convenção específica para funcionar com o comando `ESC *`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -3901,12 +3930,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name cannot have spaces." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> O nome não pode ter espaços." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 msgid "" "`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it will not use `ESC *`." msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> O nome em si está correto, mas ele não usará `ESC *`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." @@ -3974,6 +4004,11 @@ msgid "" " of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " "Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." msgstr "" +"Quando a impressora estiver visível no banco de dados do Odoo, não se " +"esqueça de escolhê-la na configuração do :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` como a " +"impressora :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`. Navegue até :menuselection:`Pos" +" App --> Settings --> Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> " +"Save`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -4092,6 +4127,11 @@ msgid "" "biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" " the *density* parameters." msgstr "" +"Para a convenção de nomenclatura, como ele precisa imprimir usando o comando" +" `ESC *`, é imperativo adicionar `__IMC`. Consulte o modelo da impressora no" +" site ESC * da Epson `_ para saber mais sobre " +"os parâmetros de *densidade*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." @@ -4162,6 +4202,11 @@ msgid "" "outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " "convention) with the `SCALE` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." msgstr "" +"No entanto, ao tentar imprimir com a convenção de nomes: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, ele imprime o recibo, mas ele é muito grande e " +"fica fora da margem. Para resolver isso, adicione uma nova impressora (e " +"convenção de nomes) com a opção `SCALE1` parâmetro para se adaptar ao " +"tamanho do nosso recibo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:320 msgid "Here are some examples:" @@ -4218,7 +4263,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:347 msgid "The Zebra printer does not print anything" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A impressora Zebra não imprime nada" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -4250,6 +4295,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:363 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner do not match the barcode" msgstr "" +"Os caracteres lidos pelo leitor de código de barras não correspondem ao " +"código de barras" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -4315,6 +4362,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:392 msgid "Barcode scanner processes barcode characters individually" msgstr "" +"O leitor de código de barras processa os caracteres do código de barras " +"individualmente" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -4325,16 +4374,26 @@ msgid "" "appropriate language of the barcode scanner on the *Barcode Scanner* form " "page." msgstr "" +"Ao acessar a versão móvel do Odoo a partir de um dispositivo móvel ou " +"tablet, emparelhado com um leitor de código de barras, por meio da caixa " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`, o leitor pode processar cada caractere do " +"código de barras como uma leitura individual. Nesse caso, a opção *Keyboard " +"Layout* **deve** ser preenchida com o idioma apropriado do leitor de código " +"de barras na página do formulário *Barcode Scanner*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:400 msgid "" "Access the barcode scanner form page by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT " "App --> Devices --> Barcode Scanner`." msgstr "" +"Acesse a página do formulário do leitor de código de barras navegando até " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Scanner`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Barcode scanner form page, with keyboard layout option highlighted." msgstr "" +"Página de formulário do leitor de código de barras, com a opção de layout de" +" teclado destacada." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:407 msgid "" @@ -4342,6 +4401,9 @@ msgid "" " vary, depending on the device and the language of the database. For " "example: :guilabel:`English (UK)`, :guilabel:`English (US)`, etc." msgstr "" +"O :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` é baseado no idioma e as opções disponíveis " +"variam, dependendo do dispositivo e do idioma do banco de dados. Por " +"exemplo: :guilabel:`English (UK)`, :guilabel:`English (US)`, etc." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:415 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" @@ -4445,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "Assinatura do Odoo :abbr:`IoT`. Consulte: :ref:`iot/iot-eligibility`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 msgid "Connect the Windows virtual IoT box to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conecte a caixa IoT virtual do Windows a um banco de dados Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -4481,6 +4543,8 @@ msgid "" "During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " "the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Durante a próxima etapa da instalação, selecione :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` no " +"menu suspenso :guilabel:`Select the type of install`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" @@ -4538,6 +4602,9 @@ msgid "" "the Window's User's directories. Doing so will not allow for Nginx to " "initialize." msgstr "" +"O software IoT virtual do Windows do Odoo não deve ser instalado dentro de " +"nenhum dos diretórios do usuário do Windows. Isso não permitirá que o Nginx " +"seja inicializado." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4554,6 +4621,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on a web browser. The webpage " "should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." msgstr "" +"Certifique-se de que a caixa :guilabel:`Start Odoo` esteja marcada e clique " +"em :guilabel:`Finish`. Após a instalação, o servidor Odoo será executado e " +"abrirá automaticamente o endereço `http://localhost:8069` em um navegador da" +" Web. A página da Web deve exibir a página inicial da caixa :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -4586,18 +4658,23 @@ msgid "" "automatically recognize the device after connecting, then the administrator " "may need to install the corresponding drivers manually." msgstr "" +"A maioria dos dispositivos se conecta ao Windows Machine para Windows IoT " +"automaticamente por meio do Windows Plug-N-Play (PnP). No entanto, se o " +"Windows não reconhecer automaticamente o dispositivo após a conexão, o " +"administrador poderá precisar instalar os drivers correspondentes " +"manualmente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:96 msgid "Devices automatically recognized:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dispositivos reconhecidos automaticamente:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:98 msgid "Regular ink/toner based printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impressoras comuns à base de tinta/toner" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid "Receipt printers (Epson/Star)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impressoras de recibos (Epson/Star)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:100 msgid "Barcode scanners" @@ -4609,15 +4686,20 @@ msgid "" "settings is required) See this documentation: " ":doc:`../devices/measurement_tool`" msgstr "" +"Dispositivos de medição (embora seja necessária alguma configuração das " +"definições do dispositivo de medição) Consulte esta documentação: " +":doc:`../devices/measurement_tool`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:104 msgid "" "Devices not automatically recognized (requires manual driver download):" msgstr "" +"Dispositivos não reconhecidos automaticamente (requer download manual do " +"driver):" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:106 msgid "Label printers (Zebra)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impressoras de etiquetas (Zebra)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:107 msgid "Scales" @@ -4629,6 +4711,9 @@ msgid "" "download the drivers and install them on the Windows machine. Reconnect the " "device in question and Windows will find the device." msgstr "" +"Consulte o site do fabricante do equipamento em questão. Em seguida, faça o " +"download dos drivers e instale-os no computador Windows. Reconecte o " +"dispositivo em questão e o Windows encontrará o dispositivo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -4744,6 +4829,11 @@ msgid "" "through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " "order to make this exception." msgstr "" +"É possível permitir que outros dispositivos acessem a caixa virtual do " +"Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` mantendo o firewall ativado. Isso é" +" feito criando uma regra no *Windows Defender* e permitindo a comunicação " +"por meio da porta `8069`. O processo a seguir descreve as etapas a serem " +"seguidas para abrir essa exceção." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:169 msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" @@ -4831,7 +4921,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:200 msgid "Worldline exception" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exceção da linha do mundo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -4840,6 +4930,10 @@ msgid "" "experience for customers. Worldline is available in Benelux (coalition of " "Belgium, the Netherlands, and Luxembourg)." msgstr "" +"O *Worldline* é um terminal de pagamento que pode ser conectado ao sistema " +"*PoS* (ponto de venda) do Odoo. Ele permite uma experiência de pagamento " +"abrangente e fluida para os clientes. O Worldline está disponível no Benelux" +" (coalizão da Bélgica, Holanda e Luxemburgo)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -4848,11 +4942,16 @@ msgid "" "connection can be made between the Odoo database/:abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box and Worldline." msgstr "" +"Ao usar o servidor IoT do Windows para conectar o terminal de pagamento " +"Worldline, é necessário criar uma exceção no firewall do Windows para que " +"uma conexão possa ser feita entre a caixa de banco de dados Odoo/:abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` e o Worldline." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:211 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -4860,35 +4959,46 @@ msgid "" "the Windows machine. This can be accomplished by typing `windows defender` " "in the :guilabel:`Search` bar." msgstr "" +"Para criar a exceção, primeiro abra o aplicativo *Windows Defender Firewall*" +" no computador Windows. Isso pode ser feito digitando `windows defender` na " +"barra :guilabel:`Search`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:216 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Advanced settings` in the left menu." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Advanced settings` no menu à esquerda." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "" "Advanced settings option highlighted in the left pane of the Windows " "Defender Firewall app." msgstr "" +"Opção de configurações avançadas destacada no painel esquerdo do aplicativo " +"Windows Defender Firewall." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:222 msgid "In the left menu, choose :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No menu à esquerda, escolha :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "" "Windows Defender left window pane with inbound rules menu item highlighted." msgstr "" +"Painel esquerdo da janela do Windows Defender com o item de menu de regras " +"de entrada destacado." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:228 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`, select :guilabel:`New Rule` in " "the far right menu." msgstr "" +"Depois de selecionar :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`, selecione :guilabel:`New " +"Rule` no menu da extrema direita." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "New rule dropdown shown with new rule option highlighted." msgstr "" +"Novo menu suspenso de regras mostrado com a opção de nova regra destacada." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -4896,16 +5006,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Port`. Click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the rest of the " "configuration." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, para :guilabel:`Rule Type`, selecione o botão de rádio para " +":guilabel:`Port`. Clique em :guilabel:`Next` para continuar com o restante " +"da configuração." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "Rule Type window open, with the radio button next to port highlighted." msgstr "" +"Abra a janela Rule Type, com o botão de opção ao lado da porta destacado." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:241 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Protocols and Ports` page, choose the radio button for " ":guilabel:`TCP`, under :guilabel:`Does this rule apply to TCP or UDP?`." msgstr "" +"Na página :guilabel:`Protocols and Ports`, selecione o botão de opção para " +":guilabel:`TCP`, em :guilabel:`Does this rule apply to TCP or UDP?`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -4913,12 +5029,18 @@ msgid "" "ports?`, select the radio button for :guilabel:`Specific local ports`. Then," " enter `9050`, and click :guilabel:`Next` to continue." msgstr "" +"Em seguida, em :guilabel:`Esta regra se aplica a todas as portas locais ou a" +" portas específicas?`, selecione o botão de rádio para :guilabel:`Portas " +"locais específicas`. Em seguida, digite `9050` e clique em :guilabel:`Next` " +"para continuar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "" "Protocol/port configuration window with TCP, specific port (9050) and Next " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Janela de configuração de protocolo/porta com TCP, porta específica (9050) e" +" Next destacados." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -4927,6 +5049,10 @@ msgid "" "choose the radio button for :guilabel:`Allow the connection`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to continue." msgstr "" +"A próxima tela é a página :guilabel:`Action`. Em :guilabel:`Que ação deve " +"ser tomada quando uma conexão corresponder às condições especificadas?`, " +"escolha o botão de rádio para :guilabel:`Permitir a conexão`. Em seguida, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Next` para continuar." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -4935,6 +5061,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Public`. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " "continue to the naming convention page." msgstr "" +"É exibida uma página :guilabel:`Profile`. Em :guilabel:`Quando esta regra se" +" aplica?`, deixe as três caixas marcadas para: :guilabel:`Domain`, " +":guilabel:`Private` e :guilabel:`Public`. Clique em :guilabel:`Next` para " +"continuar na página de convenção de nomes." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -4942,14 +5072,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name` field. Enter a :guilabel:`Description (optional)`. Finally," " once ready, click :guilabel:`Finish`." msgstr "" +"Na página :guilabel:`Name`, digite `Odoo Worldline`, no campo " +":guilabel:`Name`. Digite uma :guilabel:`Description (opcional)`. Finalmente," +" quando estiver pronto, clique em :guilabel:`Finish`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:263 msgid "The final :guilabel:`Inbound rule` should appear as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O :guilabel:`Inbound rule` final deve ter a seguinte aparência:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:270 msgid "Odoo Worldline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Worldline" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:271 msgid "Profile" @@ -4973,7 +5106,7 @@ msgstr "Permitir" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:277 msgid "Override" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Substituir" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:278 msgid "No" @@ -4997,31 +5130,31 @@ msgstr "Qualquer um" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:281 msgid "Local Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endereço local" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:283 msgid "Remote Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endereço remoto" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:285 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocolo" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:286 msgid "TCP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TCP" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:287 msgid "Local Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porta local" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:288 msgid "9050" -msgstr "" +msgstr "9050" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:289 msgid "Remote Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porta remota" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:291 msgid "Authorized Users" @@ -5029,19 +5162,19 @@ msgstr "Usuários autorizados" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:293 msgid "Authorized Computers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Computadores autorizados" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:295 msgid "Authorized Local Principals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diretores locais autorizados" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:297 msgid "Local User Owner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proprietário do usuário local" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:299 msgid "PolicyAppld" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PolicyAppld" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:300 msgid "None" @@ -5049,7 +5182,7 @@ msgstr "Nenhum" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:301 msgid "Application Package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pacote de aplicativos" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:305 msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" @@ -5797,6 +5930,10 @@ msgid "" "linked to the report. Then Odoo sends the report to the selected printer(s)," " and automatically prints it." msgstr "" +"Agora, toda vez que :guilabel:`Print` é selecionado no painel de controle, " +"em vez de baixar um PDF, aparece um pop-up que exibe todas as impressoras " +"vinculadas ao relatório. Em seguida, o Odoo envia o relatório para a(s) " +"impressora(s) selecionada(s) e o imprime automaticamente." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -6512,7 +6649,7 @@ msgstr "Crie uma lista com numeração." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`LIsta de verificação`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lista de verificação`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 msgid "Track tasks with a checklist." @@ -10117,7 +10254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" -msgstr "Formato de papel" +msgstr "Formato da folha" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -10125,8 +10262,8 @@ msgid "" "You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " "Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -"Use o campo :guilabel:`Paper format` para alterar o tamanho do papel dos " -"relatórios. Você pode selecionar :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29,7 cm) ou " +"Use o campo :guilabel:`Formato do papel` para alterar o tamanho do papel dos" +" relatórios. Você pode selecionar :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29,7 cm) ou " ":guilabel:`US Letter` (21,59 cm x 27,54 cm)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 @@ -10135,10 +10272,10 @@ msgid "" "app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" " Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." msgstr "" -"Você pode alterar o :guilabel:`Paper format` em relatórios individuais. Abra" -" o aplicativo que contém o relatório e, em seguida, vá para " -":menuselection:`Studio --> Reports --> Select or Create a report --> Report " -"--> Select a Paper format`." +"Você pode alterar o :guilabel:`Formato do papel` em relatórios individuais. " +"Abra o aplicativo que contém o relatório e, em seguida, vá para " +":menuselection:`Estúdio --> Relatórios --> Selecionar ou Criar relatório -->" +" Relatório--> Selecionar um formato de papel`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 3e59f0258..7a9f3be9b 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -2314,6 +2314,9 @@ msgid "" " Click :guilabel:`Search more` if the desired product is not loaded " "automatically." msgstr "" +"O sistema só pode carregar um número limitado de produtos para uma abertura " +"eficaz. Clique em :guilabel:`Search more` se o produto desejado não for " +"carregado automaticamente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:56 msgid "Set customers" @@ -3612,6 +3615,9 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's " "checkbox." msgstr "" +"Vá para :ref:`application settings `, role para " +"baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` e marque a caixa de seleção " +"do seu terminal." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" @@ -3709,6 +3715,13 @@ msgid "" " key to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen API key` field at :ref:`the " "payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"A **chave da API da Adyen** é usada para autenticar solicitações de seu " +"terminal da Adyen. Para gerar uma chave de API, acesse sua " +":menuselection:`Adyen account --> Developers --> API credentials` e **crie**" +" novas credenciais ou selecione **existentes**. Clique em " +":guilabel:`Generate an API key` e salve a chave para colá-la no campo Odoo " +":guilabel:`Adyen API key` em :ref:`the payment method creation " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3728,6 +3741,8 @@ msgid "" "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is the terminal's serial number, which is " "used to identify the hardware." msgstr "" +"O **Adyen Terminal Identifier** é o número de série do terminal, que é usado" +" para identificar o hardware." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -3736,6 +3751,11 @@ msgid "" "number to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier` field" " at :ref:`the payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"Para encontrar esse número, acesse sua :menuselection:`Conta da Adyen --> " +"Ponto de venda --> Terminais`, selecione o terminal com o qual deseja se " +"vincular e salve seu número de série para colá-lo no campo do Odoo " +":guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier` em :ref:`a criação do método de " +"pagamento `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:51 msgid "Set the Event URLs" @@ -3746,36 +3766,46 @@ msgid "" "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must configure the terminal " "**Event URLs**. To do so," msgstr "" +"Para que o Odoo saiba quando um pagamento é feito, você deve configurar o " +"terminal **Event URLs**. Para fazer isso," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 msgid "Log in to `Adyen's website `_;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faça o login no site da Adyen `_;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:56 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" " select the connected terminal;" msgstr "" +"Vá para :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` e" +" selecione o terminal conectado;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 msgid "From the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nas configurações do terminal, clique em :guilabel:`Integrations`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:59 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " ":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" msgstr "" +"Defina o campo :guilabel:`Alternar para o modo descriptografado para editar " +"essa configuração` como :guilabel:`Decrypted`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:60 msgid "" "Click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " "`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field;" msgstr "" +"Clique no botão **ícone de lápis** e digite o endereço do servidor, seguido " +"de `/pos_adyen/notification` no campo :guilabel:`Event URLs`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:62 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" +"Clique em :guilabel:`Save` na parte inferior da tela para salvar as " +"alterações." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 @@ -3792,6 +3822,10 @@ msgid "" "<../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and " "select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." msgstr "" +"Ative o terminal de pagamento :ref:` nas configurações do aplicativo " +"` e :doc:` crie o método de pagamento relacionado " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Defina o tipo de registro como :guilabel:`Bank` e " +"selecione :guilabel:`Adyen` no campo :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3799,6 +3833,9 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier `, and " ":guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." msgstr "" +"Por fim, preencha os campos obrigatórios com sua :ref:`Adyen API key " +"`, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier ` e " +":guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 @@ -3917,6 +3954,12 @@ msgid "" " Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"Habilite o terminal de pagamento :ref:`nas configurações do aplicativo " +"` e :doc:`crie o método de pagamento relacionado " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Defina o tipo de registro como :guilabel:`Bank` e " +"selecione :guilabel:`Ingenico` no campo :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal`. " +"Em seguida, selecione seu dispositivo de terminal no campo " +":guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -4072,6 +4115,12 @@ msgid "" "Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`" " field." msgstr "" +"Habilite o terminal de pagamento :ref:`nas configurações do aplicativo " +"` e :doc:`crie o método de pagamento relacionado " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Defina o tipo de registro como :guilabel:`Bank` e " +"selecione :guilabel:`SIX IOT` no campo :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal`. " +"Em seguida, selecione seu dispositivo terminal no campo :guilabel:`Payment " +"Terminal Device`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" @@ -4595,6 +4644,12 @@ msgid "" "field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"Habilite o terminal de pagamento :ref:`nas configurações do aplicativo " +"` e :doc:`crie o método de pagamento relacionado " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Defina o tipo de registro como :guilabel:`Bank` e " +"selecione :guilabel:`Worldline` no campo :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal`." +" Em seguida, selecione seu dispositivo terminal no campo :guilabel:`Payment " +"Terminal Device`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" @@ -6018,7 +6073,7 @@ msgstr "Visão da interface do PDV para registrar pedidos" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:58 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Cliente (s) de transferência" +msgstr "Transferir clientes" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -6768,7 +6823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:3 msgid "Ship later" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enviar mais tarde" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6777,32 +6832,43 @@ msgid "" "or so voluminous that it requires to be shipped, or if, for any reason, the " "customer needs their order to be shipped later, etc." msgstr "" +"O recurso **Ship Later** permite que você venda produtos e agende a entrega " +"em uma data posterior. É útil, por exemplo, quando um produto está fora de " +"estoque ou é tão volumoso que precisa ser enviado, ou se, por qualquer " +"motivo, o cliente precisar que seu pedido seja enviado mais tarde etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Go to the POS settings `, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` section, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Ship Later`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Vá para as configurações do POS `, role para " +"baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Inventory` e ative :guilabel:`Allow Ship " +"Later`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "settings to enable and configure the ship later feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "configurações para ativar e configurar o recurso ship later" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:19 msgid "Once activated, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uma vez ativado, você pode:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:21 msgid "" "Choose the location from where the products are shipped by selecting a " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" +"Escolha o local de onde os produtos são enviados, selecionando um " +":guilabel:`Warehouse`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:22 msgid "" "Define a :guilabel:`Specific route`, or leave this field empty to use the " "default route." msgstr "" +"Defina uma :guilabel:`Rota específica` ou deixe esse campo vazio para usar a" +" rota padrão." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -6810,47 +6876,60 @@ msgid "" "possible` if the products can be delivered separately or :guilabel:`When all" " products are ready` to ship all the products at once." msgstr "" +"Defina a :guilabel:`Shipping Policy`; selecione :guilabel:`As soon as " +"possible` se os produtos puderem ser entregues separadamente ou " +":guilabel:`When all products are ready` para enviar todos os produtos de uma" +" só vez." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:28 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:29 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Open a session ` and make a sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Abra uma sessão ` e faça uma venda." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:35 msgid "" "On the payment screen, set a customer and select :guilabel:`Ship Later`." msgstr "" +"Na tela de pagamento, defina um cliente e selecione :guilabel:`Ship Later`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:36 msgid "" "On the popup window, set a shipping date and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to " "proceed to payment." msgstr "" +"Na janela pop-up, defina uma data de envio e clique em :guilabel:`Confirm` " +"para prosseguir com o pagamento." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "selecting ship later at checkout." -msgstr "" +msgstr "selecionando envio posterior no checkout." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:42 msgid "" "The system instantly creates a delivery order from the warehouse to the " "shipping address." msgstr "" +"O sistema cria instantaneamente uma ordem de entrega do depósito para o " +"endereço de entrega." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:45 msgid "" "The selected customer must have referenced an address in the system for " "products to be shipped." msgstr "" +"O cliente selecionado deve ter feito referência a um endereço no sistema " +"para que os produtos sejam enviados." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 msgid "Rental" @@ -8089,6 +8168,13 @@ msgid "" "Central URL` as described in the `Amazon Documentation for seller central " "URLs `_." msgstr "" +"Digite o ID do Marketplace no campo :guilabel:`API Idenifier` e selecione o " +":guilabel:`Amazon Region` para o seu marketplace, conforme descrito na " +"`Documentação da Amazon para IDs e regiões do marketplace " +"`_, e o " +":guilabel:`Seller Central URL`, conforme descrito na `Documentação da Amazon" +" para URLs de centrais de vendedores `_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -8271,6 +8357,9 @@ msgid "" "Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " ":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." msgstr "" +"Navegue até :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`. Clique na ação agendada denominada: :guilabel:`Ebay: " +"update categories` e, em seguida, clique em :guilabel:`Run Manually`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8466,7 +8555,7 @@ msgstr "Há dois métodos para listar um produto no eBay e no Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 msgid "(*Preferred method*) Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." -msgstr "" +msgstr "(*Método preferido*) Crie um produto no Odoo e liste o item no eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -8484,6 +8573,8 @@ msgid "" "(*Less preferred method*) List the item on eBay, then create the product in " "Odoo, and finally link product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" +"(*Método menos preferido*) Liste o item no eBay, depois crie o produto no " +"Odoo e, por fim, vincule o produto ao item no eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -19839,6 +19930,11 @@ msgid "" "that have the :ref:`tokenization feature `. " "This ensures that the customer is automatically charged at each new period." msgstr "" +"Se a confirmação on-line exigir um pré-pagamento, seu cliente poderá " +"selecionar apenas os :ref:`provedores de pagamento " +"` que tenham o :ref:` recurso de " +"tokenização `. Isso garante que o cliente " +"seja cobrado automaticamente a cada novo período." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Automatic alerts" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 77ca17a8b..92bfdc0e7 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ msgid "" " feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also " "necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." msgstr "" -"Para configurar um depósito padrão do usuário, o recurso :doc:`locais de " +"Para configurar um armazém padrão do usuário, o recurso :doc:`locais de " "armazenamento " "`" " precisa ser ativado no aplicativo **Inventário**. Também é necessário ter " @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ msgid "" "permanently fold the stage. If a stage needs to be folded so the tickets can" " be marked as closed, continue following the steps below." msgstr "" -"Clicar no ícone de engrenagem também exibe a opção de :guilabel:`Dobrar` o " +"Clicar no ícone de engrenagem também exibe a opção de :guilabel:`Dobrar` o " "estágio. Essa definição dobra *temporariamente* o estágio para simplificar a" " visão Kanban. Isso *não* encerra os chamados nesse estágio. Também não " "deixa o estágio permanentemente dobrado. Se um estágio precisa ser dobrado " @@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 msgid "Solve tickets with templates" -msgstr "Resolver chamados com mode,los" +msgstr "Resolver chamados com modelos" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -2486,8 +2486,8 @@ msgid "" " existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." msgstr "" -"Para criar um modelo, vá para :menuselection:`Conhecimento--> Ajuda`. Clique" -" em um artigo aninhado existente ou crie um novo cliecando no ícone " +"Para criar um modelo, vá para :menuselection:`Conhecimento --> Ajuda`. " +"Clique em um artigo aninhado existente ou crie um novo cliecando no ícone " ":guilabel:`➕ (sinal de adição)` ao lado de *Ajuda*." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 @@ -2497,15 +2497,15 @@ msgid "" "`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " "necessary content to this block." msgstr "" -"Digite `\\`` para abrir o :guilabel:`Powerbox` e visualizar uma lista de " -":doc:`commands `. " +"Digite `\\` para abrir a :guilabel:`Powerbox` e visualizar uma lista de " +":doc:`comandos `. " "Selecione o tipo `modelo`. Um bloco de modelo cinza será adicionado à " "página. Adicione conteúdo necessário a esse bloco." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." msgstr "" -"Visão de um modelo no conehcimento, com foco nas opções de enviar e copiar." +"Visão de um modelo no conhecimento, com foco nas opções de enviar e copiar." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2526,9 +2526,8 @@ msgid "" "Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " "message, or to add information to the ticket's description." msgstr "" -"Modelos podem ser usados para responder diretamente como mensagem a um " -"chamado da *Central de Ajuda*, ou para adicionar informações à descrição do " -"chamado." +"Modelos podem ser usados para responder por mensagem a um chamado da " +"*Central de Ajuda*, ou para adicionar informações à descrição do chamado." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -2539,8 +2538,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Para usar modelos em um chamado da *Central de Ajuda*, primeiro abra um " "chamado, seja pelo painel :guilabel:`Central de Ajuda` ou acessando " -":menuselection:`Central de Ajuda --> Chamados --> Todos os chamados` da " -"lista." +":menuselection:`Central de Ajuda --> Chamados --> Todos os chamados` e " +"selecionando um :guilabel:`chamado` da lista." #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 037234067..9bed7691a 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # a75f12d3d37ea5bf159c4b3e85eb30e7_0fa6927, 2023 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2023 -# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Maitê Dietze, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -408,6 +408,10 @@ msgid "" "with an address such as `www.example.com` rather than the default " "`example.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"A Odoo oferece um :ref:`nome de domínio personalizado gratuito ` para todos os bancos de dados do Odoo Online por um ano. Os " +"visitantes podem então acessar seu site com um endereço como " +"`www.example.com` em vez do padrão `example.odoo.com`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Website Documentation `" @@ -1019,6 +1023,13 @@ msgid "" " Capture Method ` can be configured in " "that same menu." msgstr "" +"Como alternativa, você pode acessar **provedores de pagamento** por meio de " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Na seção " +":guilabel:`Shop - Payment`, você pode :guilabel:`Configurar o Débito Direto " +"SEPA` se desejar usá-lo, bem como :guilabel:`Ver outros provedores`. Se você" +" usar o provedor de pagamento :guilabel:`Authorize.net`, o :ref:`Método de " +"captura de pagamento ` poderá ser " +"configurado nesse mesmo menu." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -5669,8 +5680,8 @@ msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" " the chat button should appear." msgstr "" -"No campo :guilabel:`URL Regex`, introduza o URL relativo da página em que o " -"botão de chat deve aparecer." +"No campo :guilabel:`Regex do URL`, introduza o URL da página em que o botão " +"de chat deve aparecer." #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 msgid "Open automatically timer" @@ -7422,6 +7433,10 @@ msgid "" "the top left corner, :guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set " "up your project." msgstr "" +"**Criar um novo projeto:** Para ativar a **API do Google Places**, primeiro " +"você precisa criar um projeto. Para fazer isso, clique em :guilabel:`Select " +"a project` no canto superior esquerdo, :guilabel:`New Project` e siga as " +"instruções para configurar seu projeto." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7430,6 +7445,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. Click on the " ":guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." msgstr "" +"**Habilite a API do Google Places:** Acesse :guilabel:`APIs & Services " +"habilitados` e clique em :guilabel:`+ ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES.` Procure por" +" :guilabel:`\"Places API\"` e selecione-a. Clique no botão " +":guilabel:`\"Enable\"` (Ativar)." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -7455,6 +7474,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credentials`, click :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select " ":guilabel:`API key`." msgstr "" +"**Criar credenciais:** Para criar suas credenciais, vá para " +":guilabel:`Credentials`, clique em :guilabel:`Create Credentials` e " +"selecione :guilabel:`API key`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:54 msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" @@ -7475,6 +7497,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:61 msgid "Save Your API Key: copy your API key and securely store it." msgstr "" +"Salvar sua chave de API: copie sua chave de API e armazene-a com segurança." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:62 msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." @@ -9657,7 +9680,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 msgid "Search Engine Optimization (SEO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otimização de mecanismos de busca (SEO)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9667,6 +9690,12 @@ msgid "" "website, including its content, social sharing, URLs, images, and page " "speed." msgstr "" +"A otimização de mecanismos de busca, geralmente abreviada como SEO, é uma " +"estratégia de marketing digital para melhorar a visibilidade e a " +"classificação de um site nos resultados dos mecanismos de busca (por " +"exemplo, no Google). Ela envolve a otimização de vários elementos do seu " +"site, inclusive o conteúdo, o compartilhamento social, os URLs, as imagens e" +" a velocidade da página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9674,6 +9703,9 @@ msgid "" "as :doc:`eCommerce <../../ecommerce>`, :doc:`Blog <../../blog>`, " ":doc:`eLearning <../../elearning>`, and :doc:`Forum <../../forum>`." msgstr "" +"O Odoo fornece vários módulos para ajudá-lo a criar o conteúdo do seu site, " +"como :doc:`eCommerce <../../ecommerce>`, :doc:`Blog <../../blog>`, " +":doc:`eLearning <../../elearning>` e :doc:`Forum <../../forum>`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -9685,13 +9717,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:19 msgid "Content optimization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otimização de conteúdo" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:21 msgid "" "To optimize a webpage's SEO, access the page, then go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Optimize SEO`." msgstr "" +"Para otimizar o SEO de uma página da Web, acesse a página e, em seguida, vá " +"para :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Optimize SEO`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst-1 msgid "Optimize SEO" @@ -9699,7 +9733,7 @@ msgstr "Otimizar SEO" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:28 msgid "Meta tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meta tags" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9709,6 +9743,11 @@ msgid "" "attract visitors with appealing content. There are two types of meta tags in" " Odoo:" msgstr "" +"As meta-tags são elementos HTML que fornecem informações sobre uma página da" +" Web aos mecanismos de pesquisa e aos visitantes do site. Elas desempenham " +"um papel crucial no SEO, ajudando os mecanismos de pesquisa a entender o " +"conteúdo e o contexto de uma página da Web e a atrair visitantes com " +"conteúdo atraente. Há dois tipos de meta tags no Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -9718,6 +9757,11 @@ msgid "" "tag of your webpage or keep it empty to use the default value based on the " "page’s content." msgstr "" +"As tags :guilabel:`Title` especificam o título de uma página da Web e são " +"exibidas como um link clicável nos resultados dos mecanismos de pesquisa. " +"Elas devem ser concisas, descritivas e relevantes para o conteúdo da página." +" Você pode atualizar a tag de título da sua página da Web ou mantê-la vazia " +"para usar o valor padrão com base no conteúdo da página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -9727,12 +9771,19 @@ msgid "" "your webpage or keep it empty to use the default value based on the page’s " "content." msgstr "" +"As tags :guilabel:`Description` resumem o conteúdo da página da Web, " +"geralmente exibidas nos resultados dos mecanismos de pesquisa abaixo do " +"título. Elas são usadas para incentivar o usuário a visitar a página. Você " +"pode atualizar a tag de descrição de sua página da Web ou mantê-la vazia " +"para usar o valor padrão com base no conteúdo da página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Preview` card displays how the title and description tags " "should appear in search results. It also includes the URL of your page." msgstr "" +"O cartão :guilabel:`Preview` exibe como as tags de título e descrição devem " +"aparecer nos resultados de pesquisa. Ele também inclui o URL de sua página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:50 msgid "Keywords" @@ -9744,6 +9795,10 @@ msgid "" "optimized for search engines speaks the same language as potential visitors," " with keywords for SEO helping them to connect to your site." msgstr "" +"As palavras-chave são um dos principais elementos de SEO. Um site bem " +"otimizado para mecanismos de pesquisa fala a mesma língua que os visitantes " +"em potencial, com palavras-chave para SEO ajudando-os a se conectar ao seu " +"site." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -9754,26 +9809,39 @@ msgid "" " to drive your web traffic. The more keywords are present on your webpage, " "the better." msgstr "" +"Você pode inserir as palavras-chave que considera essenciais no campo " +":guilabel:`Keyword` e clicar em :guilabel:`ADD` para ver como elas são " +"usadas em diferentes níveis do seu conteúdo (H1, H2, título da página, " +"descrição da página, conteúdo da página) e as pesquisas relacionadas no " +"Google. A ferramenta também sugere palavras-chave relevantes para direcionar" +" seu tráfego na Web. Quanto mais palavras-chave estiverem presentes em sua " +"página da Web, melhor." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:62 msgid "It is strongly recommended to only use one H1 title per page for SEO." msgstr "" +"É altamente recomendável usar apenas um título H1 por página para SEO." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:65 msgid "Image for social share" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imagem para compartilhamento social" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:67 msgid "" "When you share your page on social media, your logo image is selected, but " "you can upload any other image by clicking the upward arrow." msgstr "" +"Quando você compartilha sua página nas mídias sociais, a imagem do seu " +"logotipo é selecionada, mas você pode carregar qualquer outra imagem " +"clicando na seta para cima." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Social Preview` card displays how the page's information " "would appear when shared." msgstr "" +"O cartão :guilabel:`Social Preview` exibe como as informações da página " +"apareceriam quando compartilhadas." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -9782,6 +9850,10 @@ msgid "" "functions when external websites use a :ref:`301 redirect `, maintaining the SEO link juice." msgstr "" +"Se você alterar o título de uma postagem de blog ou o nome de um produto, as" +" alterações serão aplicadas automaticamente em todo o seu site. O link " +"antigo ainda funciona quando sites externos usam um :ref:`301 redirect " +"`, mantendo o suco do link de SEO." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:78 msgid "Images" @@ -9792,6 +9864,9 @@ msgid "" "The size of images has a significant impact on page speed, which is an " "essential criterion for search engines to optimize SEO ranking." msgstr "" +"O tamanho das imagens tem um impacto significativo na velocidade da página, " +"que é um critério essencial para os mecanismos de busca otimizarem a " +"classificação de SEO." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -9799,6 +9874,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ or " "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `_." msgstr "" +"Compare a classificação de seu site usando o `Google Page Speed " +"`_ ou o " +"`Pingdom Website Speed Test `_." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -9817,7 +9895,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst-1 msgid "automated image compression" -msgstr "" +msgstr "compactação automatizada de imagens" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -9827,14 +9905,20 @@ msgid "" "essential from an SEO perspective. This description is added to the HTML " "code of your image, and it is shown when the image cannot be displayed." msgstr "" +"As tags Alt são usadas para fornecer contexto ao que uma imagem está " +"exibindo, informando os rastreadores dos mecanismos de pesquisa e permitindo" +" que eles indexem uma imagem corretamente. Adicionar palavras-chave às tags " +"alt no campo :guilabel:`Description` é essencial do ponto de vista de SEO. " +"Essa descrição é adicionada ao código HTML de sua imagem e é mostrada quando" +" a imagem não pode ser exibida." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:104 msgid "Advanced features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recursos avançados" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:107 msgid "Structured data markup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marcação de dados estruturados" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -9843,6 +9927,10 @@ msgid "" "robots, helping them understand your content and create well-presented " "search results." msgstr "" +"A marcação de dados estruturados é usada para gerar rich snippets nos " +"resultados dos mecanismos de pesquisa. É uma forma de os sites enviarem " +"dados estruturados para os robôs dos mecanismos de pesquisa, ajudando-os a " +"entender seu conteúdo e a criar resultados de pesquisa bem apresentados." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -9851,6 +9939,10 @@ msgid "" "snippets>`_ for content types, including Reviews, People, Products, " "Businesses, Events, and Organizations." msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o Google oferece suporte a muitos `rich snippets " +"`_ para tipos de conteúdo, incluindo Avaliações, Pessoas, Produtos," +" Negócios, Eventos e Organizações." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -9861,10 +9953,17 @@ msgid "" "posts, and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed" " in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" +"Microdata é um conjunto de tags, introduzido com o HTML5, que ajuda os " +"mecanismos de pesquisa a entender melhor seu conteúdo e exibi-lo de forma " +"relevante. O Odoo implementa microdados conforme definido no schema.org " +"`specification `_ para eventos, produtos de" +" comércio eletrônico, postagens em fóruns e endereços de contato. Isso " +"permite que suas páginas de produtos sejam exibidas no Google usando " +"informações extras, como o preço e a classificação de um produto:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst-1 msgid "snippets in search engine results" -msgstr "" +msgstr "snippets nos resultados dos mecanismos de pesquisa" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 msgid "robots.txt" @@ -9876,6 +9975,9 @@ msgid "" "access on your site, to index its content. This is used mainly to avoid " "overloading your site with requests." msgstr "" +"Um arquivo robots.txt informa aos rastreadores dos mecanismos de pesquisa " +"quais URLs eles podem acessar em seu site para indexar seu conteúdo. Isso é " +"usado principalmente para evitar sobrecarregar seu site com solicitações." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -9883,6 +9985,9 @@ msgid "" "robots.txt file. Odoo automatically creates one robot.txt file available on " "`mydatabase.odoo.com/robots.txt`." msgstr "" +"Ao indexar seu site, os mecanismos de pesquisa dão uma primeira olhada no " +"arquivo robots.txt. O Odoo cria automaticamente um arquivo robot.txt " +"disponível em `mydatabase.odoo.com/robots.txt`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -9891,12 +9996,19 @@ msgid "" "file, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`SEO` section, and click :guilabel:`Edit robots.txt`." msgstr "" +"Ao editar um arquivo robots.txt, você pode controlar quais páginas do site " +"são acessíveis aos rastreadores dos mecanismos de busca. Para adicionar " +"instruções personalizadas ao arquivo, vá para :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, role para baixo até a seção :guilabel:`SEO` e " +"clique em :guilabel:`Edit robots.txt`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:139 msgid "" "If you do not want the robots to crawl the `/about-us` page of your site, " "you can edit the robots.txt file to add `Disallow: /about-us`." msgstr "" +"Se você não quiser que os robôs rastreiem a página `/about-us` do seu site, " +"poderá editar o arquivo robots.txt para adicionar `Disallow: /about-us`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:143 msgid "Sitemap" @@ -9909,6 +10021,10 @@ msgid "" "URLs. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 " "hours." msgstr "" +"O mapa do site indica as páginas do site e sua relação entre si para os " +"robôs dos mecanismos de pesquisa. O Odoo gera um arquivo `/sitemap.xml`, " +"incluindo todas as URLs. Por motivos de desempenho, esse arquivo é " +"armazenado em cache e atualizado a cada 12 horas." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -9917,15 +10033,21 @@ msgid "" "`_, grouping sitemap URLs in 45000 " "chunks per file." msgstr "" +"Se o seu site tiver muitas páginas, o Odoo criará automaticamente um arquivo" +" Sitemap Index, respeitando o protocolo `sitemaps.org " +"`_, agrupando os URLs do sitemap em " +"45.000 blocos por arquivo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:154 msgid "" "Every sitemap entry has three attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" +"Cada entrada de mapa do site tem três atributos que são computados " +"automaticamente:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:156 msgid "``: the URL of a page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`1`: o URL de uma página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -9933,6 +10055,9 @@ msgid "" "based on the related object. For a page related to a product, this could be " "the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" +"`1`: Data da última modificação do recurso, calculada automaticamente com " +"base no objeto relacionado. Para uma página relacionada a um produto, essa " +"pode ser a data da última modificação do produto ou da página." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -9941,6 +10066,11 @@ msgid "" " votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by its " "priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" +"`1`: Os módulos podem implementar seu algoritmo de prioridade com base em " +"seu conteúdo (por exemplo, um fórum pode atribuir uma prioridade com base no" +" número de votos em uma publicação específica). A prioridade de uma página " +"estática é definida por seu campo de prioridade, que é normalizado (16 é o " +"padrão)." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -9948,14 +10078,17 @@ msgid "" " Properties`, click the :guilabel:`Publish` tab, and turn off the " ":guilabel:`Indexed` feature." msgstr "" +"Para evitar que as páginas apareçam em um mapa do site, vá para " +":menuselection:`Site --> Properties`, clique na guia :guilabel:`Publish` e " +"desative o recurso :guilabel:`Indexed`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:0 msgid "disabling the “Indexed” checkbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desativar a caixa de seleção \"Indexado\"" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:172 msgid "Hreflang HTML tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tags HTML de hreflang" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -9964,10 +10097,14 @@ msgid "" "informing search engines about a specific page's language and geographical " "targeting." msgstr "" +"O Odoo inclui automaticamente as tags `hreflang` e `x-default` no código das" +" páginas multilíngues do seu site. Esses atributos HTML são cruciais para " +"informar aos mecanismos de pesquisa sobre o idioma e o direcionamento " +"geográfico de uma página específica." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:179 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/translate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/translate`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:3 msgid "Website analytics" @@ -9979,6 +10116,10 @@ msgid "" " provides data on visitor demographics, behavior, and interactions, helping " "improve websites and marketing strategies." msgstr "" +"A análise de sites ajuda os proprietários de sites a monitorar como as " +"pessoas usam seus sites. Ele fornece dados sobre a demografia, o " +"comportamento e as interações dos visitantes, ajudando a aprimorar os sites " +"e as estratégias de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -10011,6 +10152,11 @@ msgid "" "creates and sets up your account. You can start using it by going to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> Analytics`." msgstr "" +"O Odoo hospeda seu próprio servidor Plausible.io e fornece uma solução " +"Plausible.io gratuita e pronta para trabalhar para bancos de dados **Odoo " +"Online**. O Odoo cria e configura automaticamente sua conta. Você pode " +"começar a usá-lo acessando :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> " +"Analytics`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -10286,7 +10432,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:131 msgid "Google Tag Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gerenciador de tags do Google" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -10295,32 +10441,43 @@ msgid "" "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " "injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"O :abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` é um sistema de gerenciamento de tags que" +" permite atualizar facilmente códigos de medição e fragmentos de código " +"relacionados, conhecidos coletivamente como tags em seu site ou aplicativo " +"móvel, diretamente por meio do injetor de código. Para usar o GTM, proceda " +"da seguinte forma:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:137 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" +"Crie ou faça login em uma conta do Google acessando " +"https://tagmanager.google.com/." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Na guia :guilabel:`Accounts`, clique em :guilabel:`Create account`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" +"Digite um :guilabel:`Account Name` e selecione o :guilabel:`Country` da " +"conta." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" +"Digite o URL do seu site no campo :guilabel:`Nome do contêiner` e selecione " +"a :guilabel:`Plataforma de destino`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique em :guilabel:`Create` e concorde com os Termos de Serviço." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -10329,16 +10486,23 @@ msgid "" "down to the :guilabel:`Website Settings` section, then click " ":guilabel:`` and :guilabel:`` to paste the codes." msgstr "" +"Copie os códigos `` e `` da janela pop-up. Em seguida, vá para o seu site, " +"clique em :guilabel:`Edit`, vá para a guia :guilabel:`Themes`, role para " +"baixo até a seção :guilabel:`Website Settings` e clique em :guilabel:`` e " +":guilabel:`` para colar os códigos." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar o Google Tag Manager" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:157 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Os dados são coletados nas ferramentas de marketing usadas para monitorar o " +"site (por exemplo, Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), não no " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:3 msgid "Link trackers" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 66074600e..aa2b58d9c 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" -msgstr "PostgreSQL-användaren *får inte* vara en superanvändare" +msgstr "PostgreSQL-användaren *bör inte* vara en superanvändare" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" @@ -2051,6 +2051,8 @@ msgid "" "It is required to be logged in as a paying on-premise customer or partner to" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" +"Det krävs att man är inloggad som betalande on-premise kund eller partner " +"för att ladda ner Enterprise-paketen." #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 @@ -3015,6 +3017,8 @@ msgid "" "In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Delegated " "permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" msgstr "" +"Sök efter följande :guilabel:`Delegerade behörigheter` i sökfältet och " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till behörigheter` för var och en av dem:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" @@ -3598,12 +3602,17 @@ msgid "" "websites. They provide a more memorable and recognizable way for people to " "navigate the internet than numerical IP addresses." msgstr "" +"Domännamn är textbaserade adresser som identifierar platser på nätet, t.ex. " +"webbplatser. De är ett mer minnesvärt och igenkännbart sätt för människor " +"att navigera på internet än numeriska IP-adresser." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:8 msgid "" "**Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh** databases use a **subdomain** of the " "`odoo.com` **domain** by default (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"Databaserna **Odoo Online** och **Odoo.sh** använder som standard en " +"**subdomän** till **domänen** `odoo.com` (t.ex. `mycompany.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3612,12 +3621,18 @@ msgid "" "databases) or by :ref:`configuring a domain name you already own `." msgstr "" +"Du kan dock använda ett eget domännamn istället genom att :ref:`registrera " +"ett gratis domännamn ` (endast tillgängligt för Odoo " +"Online-databaser) eller genom att :ref:`konfigurera ett domännamn du redan " +"äger `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a free domain name [video] " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo Handledning: Registrera ett gratis domännamn [video] " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:22 msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" @@ -3630,24 +3645,30 @@ msgid "" "`_. Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) " "next to the database name and select :guilabel:`Domain Names`." msgstr "" +"För att registrera ett ettårigt gratis domännamn för din Odoo Online-" +"databas, logga in på ditt konto och gå till `databashanteraren " +"`_. Klicka på kugghjulsikonen " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) bredvid databasnamnet och välj :guilabel:`Domännamn`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Accessing a database's domain names configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Åtkomst till en databas konfiguration av domännamn" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:31 msgid "Search for the desired domain name and check its availability." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sök efter önskat domännamn och kontrollera att det är tillgängligt." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Searching for an available domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Söka efter ett ledigt domännamn" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:37 msgid "" "Ensure the Website app is installed if the domain name registration option " "does not appear." msgstr "" +"Kontrollera att appen Webbplats är installerad om alternativet för " +"registrering av domännamn inte visas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3656,10 +3677,14 @@ msgid "" " the database, but you still need to :ref:`map your domain name to your Odoo" " website `." msgstr "" +"Välj önskat domännamn, fyll i formuläret :guilabel:`Domänägare` och klicka " +"på :guilabel:`Registrera`. Det valda domännamnet är direkt länkat till " +"databasen, men du måste fortfarande :ref:`mappa ditt domännamn till din " +"Odoo-webbplats `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Filling in the domain owner information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fylla i information om domänägare" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -3668,6 +3693,10 @@ msgid "" "essential to verify your email address to keep the domain active and receive" " the renewal quote before expiration." msgstr "" +"Ett verifieringsmejl från `noreply@domainnameverification.net` kommer att " +"skickas till den e-postadress som anges i formuläret :guilabel:`Domänägare`." +" Det är viktigt att verifiera din e-postadress för att hålla domänen aktiv " +"och få en offert på förnyelse innan den löper ut." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3679,18 +3708,25 @@ msgid "" "several weeks before the expiration date of the domain. The domain is " "renewed automatically when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Domännamnsregistreringen är gratis under det första året. Efter denna period" +" fortsätter Odoo att hantera domänen i samarbete med **Gandi.net**, " +"domännamnsregistratorn, och du kommer att debiteras `Gandi.nets " +"förnyelsepris `_. Odoo skickar varje år en " +"offert om förnyelse till den e-postadress som anges i formuläret " +":guilabel:`Domänägare` flera veckor före domänens utgångsdatum. Domänen " +"förnyas automatiskt när offerten bekräftas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:59 msgid "The offer is only available for **Odoo Online** databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erbjudandet gäller endast för **Odoo Online**-databaser." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:60 msgid "The offer is limited to **one** domain name per client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erbjudandet är begränsat till **ett** domännamn per kund." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:61 msgid "The offer is limited to the registration of a **new** domain name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erbjudandet är begränsat till registrering av ett **nytt** domännamn." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3700,10 +3736,16 @@ msgid "" "`_. Given the high number of requests, " "it can take Odoo several days to review them." msgstr "" +"Erbjudandet är tillgängligt för *One App Free*-planer. Se till att din " +"webbplats innehåller tillräckligt med originalinnehåll för att Odoo ska " +"kunna verifiera att din begäran är legitim och respekterar `Odoos policy för" +" acceptabel användning `_. Med tanke på" +" det stora antalet förfrågningar kan det ta Odoo flera dagar att granska " +"dem." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:70 msgid "DNS records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNS-poster" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -3712,12 +3754,18 @@ msgid "" "gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) next to the database name, select " ":guilabel:`Domain Names`, and click :guilabel:`DNS`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill hantera dina gratis domännamnsposter :abbr:`DNS (domain name " +"system)` öppnar du `databashanteraren `_," +" klickar på kugghjulsikonen (:guilabel:`⚙️`) bredvid databasnamnet, väljer " +":guilabel:`Domännamn` och klickar på :guilabel:`DNS`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A`: the A record holds the IP address of the domain. It is " "automatically created and **cannot** be edited or deleted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A`: A-posten innehåller IP-adressen för domänen. Den skapas " +"automatiskt och **kan** inte redigeras eller raderas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -3726,43 +3774,57 @@ msgid "" "database. If the database is renamed, the CNAME record **must** also be " "renamed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CNAME`: CNAME-poster vidarebefordrar en domän eller underdomän " +"till en annan domän. En skapas automatiskt för att mappa underdomänen `www.`" +" till databasen. Om databasen byter namn, **måste** CNAME-posten också byta " +"namn." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MX`: MX records instruct servers on where to deliver emails." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MX`: MX-poster ger servrar instruktioner om var e-postmeddelanden" +" ska levereras." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`TXT`: TXT records can be used for different purposes (e.g., to " "verify domain name ownership)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`TXT`: TXT-poster kan användas för olika ändamål (t.ex. för att " +"verifiera domännamnsägande)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:85 msgid "" "Any modification to the DNS records can take up to **72 hours** to propagate" " worldwide on all servers." msgstr "" +"En ändring av DNS-posterna kan ta upp till **72 timmar** att spridas över " +"hela världen på alla servrar." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 msgid "" "`Submit a support ticket `_ if you need " "assistance to manage your domain name." msgstr "" +"Skicka in ett supportärende `_ om du behöver " +"hjälp med att hantera ditt domännamn." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:93 msgid "Mailbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brevlåda" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 msgid "" "The one-year free domain name offer does **not** include a mailbox. There " "are two options to link your domain name with a mailbox." msgstr "" +"Erbjudandet om ett års gratis domännamn inkluderar **inte** en brevlåda. Det" +" finns två alternativ för att koppla ditt domännamn till en brevlåda." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:99 msgid "Use a subdomain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd en underdomän" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -3771,6 +3833,10 @@ msgid "" "database from emails received on their `email@subdomain.yourdomain.com` " "alias." msgstr "" +"Du kan skapa en underdomän (t.ex. `subdomain.yourdomain.com`) som ska " +"användas som en aliasdomän för databasen. Det gör det möjligt för användare " +"att skapa poster i databasen från e-postmeddelanden som tas emot på deras " +"`email@subdomain.yourdomain.com` alias." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -3782,6 +3848,13 @@ msgid "" "`mycompany.odoo.com.`) in the :guilabel:`Content` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add record`." msgstr "" +"Öppna `databashanteraren `_, klicka på " +"kugghjulsikonen (:guilabel:`⚙️`) bredvid databasnamnet och gå till " +":menuselection:`Domännamn --> DNS --> Lägg till DNS-post --> CNAME`. Ange " +"sedan den önskade underdomänen i fältet :guilabel:`Name` (t.ex. " +"`subdomain`), den ursprungliga databasdomänen med en punkt i slutet (t.ex. " +"`mycompany.odoo.com.`) i fältet :guilabel:`Content` och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Add record`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -3790,6 +3863,10 @@ msgid "" "`subdomain.yourdomain.com`), clicking :guilabel:`Verify`, and then " ":guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"Lägg sedan till aliasdomänen som din *egna domän* genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Use my own domain`, ange aliasdomänen (t.ex. " +"`subdomain.yourdomain.com`), klicka på :guilabel:`Verify` och sedan " +":guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3797,10 +3874,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` field, enter the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` " "(e.g., `subdomain.yourdomain.com`) and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till din databas och öppna :guilabel:`Settings`. Aktivera " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` fält, ange :guilabel:`Alias Domain` (t.ex. " +"`subdomain.yourdomain.com`) och klicka på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:120 msgid "Use an external email provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använd en extern e-postleverantör" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -3811,12 +3891,21 @@ msgid "" "you should enter for the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Content`, and " ":guilabel:`Priority` fields depend on the external email provider." msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda en extern e-postleverantör måste du konfigurera en MX-" +"post. Det gör du genom att öppna `databashanteraren " +"`_, klicka på kugghjulsikonen " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) bredvid databasnamnet, klicka på :menuselection:`Domännamn " +"--> DNS --> Lägg till DNS-post --> MX`. Vilka värden du ska ange för fälten " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Content` och :guilabel:`Priority` beror på " +"vilken extern e-postleverantör du använder." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:129 msgid "" "`Google Workspace: MX record values " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Google Workspace: MX-postvärden " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3826,34 +3915,44 @@ msgid "" "provider?view=o365-worldwide#add-an-mx-record-for-email-outlook-exchange-" "online>`_" msgstr "" +"`Outlook och Exchange Online: Lägg till en MX-post för e-post " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:135 msgid "Configure an existing domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera ett befintligt domännamn" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:137 msgid "" "If you already have a domain name, you can use it for your Odoo website." msgstr "" +"Om du redan har ett domännamn kan du använda det för din Odoo-webbplats." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:140 msgid "" "It is strongly recommended to follow **in order** these three steps to avoid" " any :ref:`SSL certificate validation ` issues:" msgstr "" +"Vi rekommenderar starkt att du följer dessa tre steg i **ordning** för att " +"undvika problem med :ref:`SSL-certifikatvalidering `:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 msgid ":ref:`Add a CNAME record `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Lägg till en CNAME-post `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 msgid ":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo database `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Mappa ditt domännamn till din Odoo-databas `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:145 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo website `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Mappa ditt domännamn till din Odoo-webbplats `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 msgid "Add a CNAME record" @@ -3864,12 +3963,16 @@ msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to forward your domain name to the address of your " "Odoo database is required." msgstr "" +"Du måste skapa en CNAME-post för att vidarebefordra ditt domännamn till " +"adressen för din Odoo-databas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:159 msgid "" "The CNAME record's target address should be your database's address as " "defined at its creation (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"CNAME-postens måladress ska vara databasens adress som den definierades när " +"den skapades (t.ex. `mycompany.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:162 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:221 @@ -3889,16 +3992,25 @@ msgid "" "domains`, and clicking :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. A message " "indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" +"CNAME-postens måladress kan vara projektets huvudadress, som kan hittas på " +"Odoo.sh genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Projektnamn`, " +"eller en specifik gren (produktion, staging eller utveckling) genom att gå " +"till :menuselection:`Grenar --> välj gren --> Inställningar --> Anpassade " +"domäner`, och klicka på :guilabel:`Hur konfigurerar jag min domän?`. Ett " +"meddelande anger vilken adress din CNAME-post ska riktas mot." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 msgid "The specific instructions depend on your DNS hosting service." msgstr "" +"De specifika instruktionerna beror på vilken DNS-värdtjänst du använder." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 msgid "" "`GoDaddy: Add a CNAME record `_" msgstr "" +"`GoDaddy: Lägg till en CNAME-post `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -3906,6 +4018,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap: Hur man skapar en CNAME-post för din domän " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -3913,18 +4028,26 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`OVHcloud: Lägg till en ny DNS-post " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:176 msgid "" "`Cloudflare: Manage DNS records `_" msgstr "" +"`Cloudflare: Hantera DNS-poster `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:179 msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to map the `www` subdomain (`www.yourdomain.com`) as" " some visitors are used to typing `www.` before entering a domain name." msgstr "" +"Skapa en CNAME-post för att mappa subdomänen `www` (`www.yourdomain.com`) " +"eftersom vissa besökare är vana vid att skriva `www.` innan de anger ett " +"domännamn." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -3934,6 +4057,10 @@ msgid "" "domain :dfn:`(a domain name without any subdomains or prefixes)` " "`yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"Du äger domännamnet `yourdomain.com`, och adressen till din Odoo Online-" +"databas är `mycompany.odoo.com`. Du vill komma åt din Odoo-databas främst " +"med domänen `www.yourdomain.com` men också med den nakna domänen :dfn:`(ett " +"domännamn utan några underdomäner eller prefix)` `yourdomain.com`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -3942,16 +4069,23 @@ msgid "" "or visible redirect) to redirect visitors from `yourdomain.com` to " "`wwww.yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"För att göra det, skapa en CNAME-post för `www` subdomän, med " +"`mycompany.odoo.com` som mål. Skapa sedan en omdirigering (301 permanent " +"eller synlig omdirigering) för att omdirigera besökare från `yourdomain.com`" +" till `wwww.yourdomain.com`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:195 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Koppla ett domännamn till en Odoo-databas" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 msgid "" "Ensure you have :ref:`added a CNAME record ` to your " "domain name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name to your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Se till att du har :ref:`lagt till en CNAME-post ` till " +"ditt domännamns DNS **innan** du mappar ditt domännamn till din Odoo-" +"databas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -3960,6 +4094,9 @@ msgid "" "Web browsers often display this as a warning, such as *\"Your connection is " "not private\"*." msgstr "" +"Om detta inte görs kan valideringen av :ref:`SSL-certifikat `" +" förhindras och ett fel *certificate name mismatch* kan uppstå. Webbläsare " +"visar ofta detta som en varning, t.ex. *\"Din anslutning är inte privat\"*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -3968,6 +4105,10 @@ msgid "" "`submit a support ticket `_, including " "screenshots of your CNAME records." msgstr "" +"Om du stöter på detta fel efter att ha mappat domännamnet till din databas, " +"vänta upp till fem dagar, eftersom valideringen fortfarande kan ske. Om " +"inte, kan du skicka in ett supportärende `_, " +"inklusive skärmdumpar av dina CNAME-poster." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -3977,10 +4118,15 @@ msgid "" "name (e.g., `yourdomain.com`), click :guilabel:`Verify` and :guilabel:`I " "confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"Öppna `databashanteraren `_, klicka på " +"kugghjulsikonen (:guilabel:`⚙️`) bredvid databasnamnet och gå till " +":menuselection:`Domännamn --> Använd min egen domän`. Ange sedan domännamnet" +" (t.ex. `dindomän.com`), klicka på :guilabel:`Verifiera` och :guilabel:`Jag " +"bekräftar, det är klart`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo Online database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mappa ett domännamn till en Odoo Online-databas" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -3988,10 +4134,13 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Custom domains`, type the domain name to add, then click " ":guilabel:`Add domain`." msgstr "" +"På Odoo.sh, gå till :menuselection:`Brancher --> välj din gren --> " +"Inställningar --> Anpassade domäner`, skriv in domännamnet som ska läggas " +"till och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till domän`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo.sh branch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mappa ett domännamn till en Odoo.sh-gren" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -4011,6 +4160,9 @@ msgid "" "connection, which appears as the *https://* protocol at the beginning of a " "web address rather than the non-secure *http://* protocol." msgstr "" +"**SSL-kryptering** gör att besökare kan navigera på en webbplats via en " +"säker anslutning, som visas som protokollet *https://* i början av en " +"webbadress i stället för det icke-säkra protokollet *http://*." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -4018,26 +4170,36 @@ msgid "" "database ` using `Let's Encrypt's certificate authority " "and ACME protocol `_." msgstr "" +"Odoo genererar ett separat SSL-certifikat för varje domän :ref:`mappad till " +"en databas ` med hjälp av `Let's Encrypt's " +"certifikatutfärdare och ACME-protokoll `_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:246 msgid "Certificate generation may take up to 24 hours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generering av certifikat kan ta upp till 24 timmar." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:247 msgid "" "Several attempts to validate your certificate are made for five days after " "you map your domain name to your database." msgstr "" +"Flera försök att validera ditt certifikat görs under fem dagar efter det att" +" du har mappat ditt domännamn till din databas." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:249 msgid "If you use another service, you can keep using it or change to Odoo's." msgstr "" +"Om du använder en annan tjänst kan du fortsätta använda den eller byta till " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 msgid "" "No SSL certificate is generated for naked domains :dfn:`(domain names " "without any subdomains or prefixes)`." msgstr "" +"Inget SSL-certifikat genereras för nakna domäner :dfn:`(domännamn utan några" +" underdomäner eller prefix)`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:258 msgid "Web base URL of a database" @@ -4049,6 +4211,9 @@ msgid "" "continue from the :ref:`Map a domain name to a website ` section." msgstr "" +"Om appen Webbplats är installerad på din databas hoppar du över det här " +"avsnittet och fortsätter från avsnittet :ref:`Mappa ett domännamn till en " +"webbplats `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -4056,6 +4221,9 @@ msgid "" "address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, portal " "links, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Databasens *webbase URL* eller root URL påverkar adressen till din " +"huvudwebbplats och alla länkar som skickas till dina kunder (t.ex. offerter," +" portallänkar etc.)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -4064,6 +4232,10 @@ msgid "" ":dfn:`(a user part of the Settings access right group under " "Administration)`." msgstr "" +"För att göra ditt anpassade domännamn till *webbas-URL* för din databas, " +"öppna din databas med ditt anpassade domännamn och logga in som " +"administratör :dfn:`(en användare som ingår i behörighetsgruppen " +"Inställningar under Administration)`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -4075,6 +4247,13 @@ msgid "" "Parameters --> New`, and enter `web.base.url.freeze` as the :guilabel:`Key` " "and `True` as the :guilabel:`Value`." msgstr "" +"Om du kommer åt din databas med den ursprungliga Odoo-adressen (t.ex. " +"`mycompany.odoo.com`), kommer *webbase URL* för din databas att uppdateras i" +" enlighet med detta. För att förhindra automatisk uppdatering av *webbas-" +"URL* när en administratör loggar in i databasen, aktivera " +":ref:`utvecklarläge `, gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar" +" --> Teknik --> Systemparametrar --> Ny`, och ange `web.base.url.freeze` som" +" :guilabel:`Key` och `True` som :guilabel:`Value`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -4085,34 +4264,48 @@ msgid "" "value (e.g., `https://www.yourdomain.com`). The URL must include the " "protocol `https://` (or `http://`) and *not* end with a slash (`/`)." msgstr "" +"Du kan också ställa in webbbasens URL manuellt. Aktivera :ref:`utvecklarläge" +" `, gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Teknik --> " +"Systemparametrar`, sök efter nyckeln `web.base.url` (skapa den om det " +"behövs) och ange den fullständiga adressen till din webbplats som värde " +"(t.ex. `https://www.yourdomain.com`). URL-adressen måste innehålla " +"protokollet `https://` (eller `http://`) och *inte* avslutas med ett " +"snedstreck (`/`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Koppla ett domännamn till en Odoo-webbplats" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:290 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your website is different than mapping it to " "your database:" msgstr "" +"Att mappa ditt domännamn till din webbplats är inte samma sak som att mappa " +"det till din databas:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:292 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" " engines to index your website correctly." msgstr "" +"Det definierar ditt domännamn som det huvudsakliga för din webbplats, vilket" +" hjälper sökmotorer att indexera din webbplats korrekt." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:294 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including " "portal links sent by email to your customers." msgstr "" +"Det definierar ditt domännamn som bas-URL för din databas, inklusive " +"portallänkar som skickas via e-post till dina kunder." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 msgid "" "If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name to the appropriate " "website." msgstr "" +"Om du har flera webbplatser mappar den ditt domännamn till rätt webbplats." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -4121,12 +4314,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Domain` field, enter the address of your website (e.g., " "`https://www.yourdomain.com`) and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Webbplats --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`. Om " +"du har flera webbplatser väljer du den som du vill konfigurera. I fältet " +":guilabel:`Domän` anger du adressen till din webbplats (t.ex. " +"`https://www.yourdomain.com`) och :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:303 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your Odoo website prevents Google Search from " "indexing your original database address (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"Att mappa ditt domännamn till din Odoo-webbplats förhindrar Google Sök från " +"att indexera din ursprungliga databasadress (t.ex. `mycompany.odoo.com`)." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -4135,6 +4334,10 @@ msgid "" "the `Google Search Console `_ to fix the issue." msgstr "" +"Om båda adresserna redan är indexerade kan det ta lite tid innan " +"indexeringen av den andra adressen tas bort från Google Search. Du kan " +"använda `Google Search Console `_ för att åtgärda problemet." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -4143,6 +4346,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as the" " :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in use." msgstr "" +"Om du har flera webbplatser och företag i din databas, se till att välja " +"rätt :guilabel:`Företag` under :menuselection:`Webbplats --> Konfiguration " +"--> Inställningar`. Om du gör det anger Odoo vilken URL som ska användas som" +" :ref:`base URL ` beroende på vilket företag som " +"används." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" @@ -5555,7 +5763,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:3 msgid "Neutralized database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neutraliserad databas" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5565,68 +5773,79 @@ msgid "" "data (e.g., sending emails to customers). Live access is removed and turned " "into a testing environment." msgstr "" +"En neutraliserad databas är en icke-produktionsdatabas där flera parametrar " +"är avaktiverade. Detta gör att man kan utföra tester utan att riskera att " +"starta specifika automatiserade processer som kan påverka produktionsdata " +"(t.ex. att skicka e-post till kunder). Live access tas bort och förvandlas " +"till en testmiljö." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:11 msgid "**Any testing database created is a neutralized database:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Varje testdatabas som skapas är en neutraliserad databas:**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:13 msgid "testing backup databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "testa säkerhetskopierade databaser" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:14 msgid "duplicate databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kopiera databaser" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:15 msgid "for Odoo.sh: staging and development databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh: staging- och utvecklingsdatabaser" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:18 msgid "" "A database can also be neutralized when upgrading, as it is vital to do some" " tests before switching to a new version." msgstr "" +"En databas kan också neutraliseras vid uppgradering, eftersom det är viktigt" +" att göra vissa tester innan man byter till en ny version." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:22 msgid "Deactivated features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avaktiverade funktioner" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:24 msgid "Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated parameters:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Här är en icke uttömmande lista över de inaktiverade parametrarna:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:26 msgid "" "all planned actions (e.g., automatic invoicing of subscriptions, mass " "mailing, etc.)" msgstr "" +"alla planerade åtgärder (t.ex. automatisk fakturering av abonnemang, " +"massutskick etc.)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:27 msgid "outgoing emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "utgående e-post" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:28 msgid "bank synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "banksynkronisering" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:29 msgid "payment providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "betalningsleverantörer" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:30 msgid "delivery methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "leveransmetoder" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:31 msgid ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)`-symboler" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:34 msgid "" "**A red banner at the top of the screen is displayed on the neutralized " "database so that it can be seen immediately.**" msgstr "" +"**En röd banner högst upp på skärmen visas på den neutraliserade databasen " +"så att den kan ses omedelbart.**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:3 msgid "Odoo Online database management" @@ -5774,7 +5993,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 msgid "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du kan :ref:`registrera ett domännamn gratis `." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 msgid "Tags" @@ -6271,7 +6490,7 @@ msgstr "Slut på stöd" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo saas~17.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~17.1" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 @@ -6333,7 +6552,7 @@ msgstr "N/A" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2024" -msgstr "" +msgstr "januari 2024" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" @@ -6346,7 +6565,7 @@ msgstr "November 2023" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 msgid "October 2026 (planned)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oktober 2026 (planerat)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" @@ -8880,7 +9099,7 @@ msgid "" "staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks " "like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," msgstr "" -"Staging Builds använder databaser som ligger nära hur produktionen ser ut, " +"staging Builds använder databaser som ligger nära hur produktionen ser ut, " "så att du inte gör dina tester med föråldrade data," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:74 diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 20d2f1c24..dfb7c0f34 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jakob Krabbe , 2024 -# Anders Wallenquist , 2024 # Lasse L, 2024 # Frida E, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 +# Anders Wallenquist , 2024 +# Jakob Krabbe , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Jakob Krabbe , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sv/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Bokföringslathund `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 msgid "Accrual and cash basis" -msgstr "Periodiserings- och kassabas" +msgstr "Faktura- och kontantemetoden" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -100,14 +100,13 @@ msgid "" "reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " "basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" -"Både periodiserings- och kassaredovisning stöds i Odoo. Detta gör det " -"möjligt att rapportera intäkter och kostnader antingen när transaktionen " -"inträffar (periodiseringsbasis) eller när betalningen görs eller tas emot " -"(kontantbasis)." +"Både faktura- och kontantmetoden stöds i Odoo. Detta gör det möjligt att " +"rapportera intäkter och kostnader antingen när transaktionen inträffar " +"(fakturametoden) eller när betalningen görs eller tas emot (kontantmetoden)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" -msgstr ":doc:`Kontantbas `" +msgstr ":doc:`Kontantmetoden `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 msgid "Multi-company" @@ -220,7 +219,7 @@ msgstr "Ekonomiska rapporter" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 msgid "Statement" -msgstr "Uttalande" +msgstr "Redovisning" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 @@ -420,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:219 msgid "Fiduciaries" -msgstr "Ombud" +msgstr "Redovisningsfirma" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -442,15 +441,15 @@ msgid "" "encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" msgstr "" "Fältet :guilabel:`Total (inkl. moms)` visas för att påskynda och kontrollera" -" kodningen genom att automatisera linjeskapandet med rätt konto och skatt;" +" kodningen genom att automatisera radskapandet med rätt konto och skatt;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " "encoding a transaction." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Fakturadatum` och :guilabel:`Fakturdatum` är förifyllda vid " -"inmatning av en transaktion." +":guilabel:`Fakturadatum` och :guilabel:`Faktureringsdatum` är förifyllda vid" +" inmatning av en transaktion." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -1259,7 +1258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Processen är inte avsedd att fungera i realtid eftersom " "tredjepartsleverantörer synkroniserar dina konton med olika intervall. För " -"att tvinga fram synkroniseringen och hämta uttalandena, gå till din " +"att tvinga fram synkroniseringen och hämta utdrag, gå till din " ":guilabel:`Redovisningspanelen` och klicka på knappen " ":guilabel:`Synkronisera nu`. Du kan också synkronisera och hämta " "transaktioner genom :menuselection:`Redovisningspanel --> Konfiguration --> " @@ -2403,6 +2402,12 @@ msgid "" "mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "` are also available in the resulting entry section." msgstr "" +"Den resulterande postens avsnitt längst upp till höger visar den valda " +"banktransaktionen matchad med motsvarande poster och inkluderar eventuella " +"återstående debiteringar eller krediteringar. I det här avsnittet kan du " +"validera avstämningen eller markera den som :guilabel:`Till kontroll`. Alla " +":ref:`avstämningsmodellknappar ` är också tillgängliga i " +"avsnittet om den resulterande posten." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 msgid "Reconcile transactions" @@ -2417,6 +2422,12 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +"Transaktioner kan matchas automatiskt med hjälp av :doc:`avstämningsmodeller" +" `, eller så kan de matchas med :ref:`existerande " +"poster `, :ref:`batchbetalningar " +"`, :ref:`manuella operationer " +"` och :ref:`avstämningsmodellknappar " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." @@ -2431,6 +2442,11 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +"Definiera motparten. Det finns flera alternativ för att definiera en " +"motpart, inklusive :ref:`matcha befintliga poster `, :ref:`manuella operationer `, " +":ref:`batchbetalningar `, och :ref:`knappar " +"för avstämningsmodell `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -2485,6 +2501,9 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`reconciliation models `, with suggested entries" " appearing first." msgstr "" +"Denna flik innehåller matchande poster som Odoo automatiskt väljer ut enligt" +" avstämningsmodellerna. Postordningen baseras på :doc:`avstämningsmodeller " +"`, med föreslagna poster som visas först." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -2559,10 +2578,14 @@ msgid "" "quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " "combination with existing entries." msgstr "" +"Använd en :doc:`avstämningsmodell `-knapp för manuella " +"operationer som används ofta. Med dessa anpassade knappar kan du snabbt " +"stämma av banktransaktioner manuellt och de kan också användas i kombination" +" med befintliga poster." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modeller för avstämning" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2571,12 +2594,19 @@ msgid "" "recurring entries like bank fees. Reconciliation models can also be helpful " "in handling :doc:`cash discounts <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`." msgstr "" +"Avstämningsmodeller används för att automatisera processen " +":doc:`bankavstämning `, vilket är särskilt praktiskt när man " +"hanterar återkommande poster som bankavgifter. Avstämningsmodeller kan också" +" vara användbara vid hantering av :doc:`kontantrabatter " +"<../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:9 msgid "" "Each model is created based on a :ref:`model type ` and " ":guilabel:`bank transaction conditions`." msgstr "" +"Varje modell skapas baserat på en :ref:`modelltyp ` och " +":guilabel:`bankens transaktionsvillkor`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2584,10 +2614,13 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"Handledning för `Odoo: Avstämningsmodeller " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:19 msgid "Reconciliation model types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av avstämningsmodeller" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2596,6 +2629,10 @@ msgid "" "Models`. For each reconciliation model, a :guilabel:`Type` must be set. " "Three types of models exist:" msgstr "" +"Avstämningsmodellerna finns tillgängliga genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Redovisning --> Konfiguration --> Banker: " +"Avstämningsmodeller`. För varje avstämningsmodell måste en :guilabel:`Typ` " +"anges. Det finns tre typer av modeller:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2606,6 +2643,11 @@ msgid "" "model determine the counterpart entry's account(s), amount(s), label(s), and" " analytic distribution;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Knapp för att generera motpost`: en knapp skapas i sektionen för " +"resulterande post i bankavstämningsvyn. Om knappen klickas genereras en " +"motpost som ska stämmas av med den aktiva transaktionen baserat på de regler" +" som anges i modellen. De regler som anges i modellen bestämmer motpostens " +"konto(n), belopp(en), etikett(er) och analytisk distribution;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2613,6 +2655,9 @@ msgid "" "transactions to match the transaction to a new entry based on conditions " "that must match the information on the transaction;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Regel för att föreslå motsvarande post`: används för återkommande" +" transaktioner för att matcha transaktionen till en ny post baserat på " +"villkor som måste matcha informationen i transaktionen;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2620,10 +2665,14 @@ msgid "" " match the transaction to existing invoices, bills, or payments based on " "conditions that must match the information on the transaction." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Regel för matchning av fakturor/räkningar`: används för " +"återkommande transaktioner för att matcha transaktionen mot befintliga " +"fakturor, räkningar eller betalningar baserat på villkor som måste matcha " +"informationen i transaktionen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:37 msgid "Default reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standardmodeller för avstämning" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2631,6 +2680,10 @@ msgid "" "company's fiscal localization. These can be updated if needed. Users can " "also create their own reconciliation models by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"I Odoo finns olika modeller tillgängliga som standard beroende på företagets" +" skattemässiga lokalisering. Dessa kan uppdateras vid behov. Användare kan " +"också skapa sina egna avstämningsmodeller genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -2638,14 +2691,17 @@ msgid "" " *sequence* of models is applied. You can rearrange the order by dragging " "and dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" +"Om en post matchar flera avstämningsmodeller används den första i *följden* " +"av modeller. Du kan ändra ordningen genom att dra och släppa handtaget " +"bredvid namnet." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Rearrange the sequence of models in the list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ordna om sekvensen av modeller i listvyn." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:51 msgid "Invoices/Bills perfect match" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturor/Bills perfekt matchning" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2653,10 +2709,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo to suggest matching existing invoices or bills with a bank transaction " "based on set conditions." msgstr "" +"Denna modell bör vara högst upp i *sekvensen* av modeller, eftersom den gör " +"det möjligt för Odoo att föreslå matchning av befintliga fakturor eller " +"räkningar med en banktransaktion baserat på fastställda villkor." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "Set rules to trigger the reconciliation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange regler för att utlösa avstämningen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2667,10 +2726,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner is set` is selected) to suggest the correct counterpart " "entry and reconcile the payment automatically." msgstr "" +"Odoo stämmer automatiskt av betalningen när alternativet :guilabel:`Auto-" +"validate` är valt och modellvillkoren är helt uppfyllda. I det här fallet " +"förväntar den sig att hitta fakturans/betalningens referens (som " +":guilabel:`Label` är valt) och partnerns namn (som :guilabel:`Partner is " +"set` är valt) på kontoutdragets rad för att föreslå rätt motpartspost och " +"stämma av betalningen automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:66 msgid "Invoices/Bills partial match if underpaid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturor/Fakturor partiell matchning om för lite betalt" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2680,18 +2745,26 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the account indicated in the :guilabel:`counterpart entries`" " tab." msgstr "" +"Denna modell avser en kundfaktura eller leverantörsräkning som delvis " +"överensstämmer med betalningen när det mottagna beloppet är något lägre än " +"fakturabeloppet, t.ex. vid **kassarabatter**. Skillnaden stäms av mot det " +"konto som anges på fliken :guilabel:`motsvarande poster`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:73 msgid "" "The reconciliation model :guilabel:`Type` is :guilabel:`Rule to match " "invoices/bills`, and the :guilabel:`Payment tolerance` should be set." msgstr "" +"Avstämningsmodellen :guilabel:`Type` är :guilabel:`Rule to match " +"invoices/bills`, och :guilabel:`Payment tolerance` bör ställas in." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payment tolerance` is only applicable to lower payments. It " "is disregarded when an overpayment is received." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Betalningstolerans` är endast tillämplig på lägre betalningar. " +"Den ignoreras när en överbetalning tas emot." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" @@ -2699,7 +2772,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:87 msgid "Line with bank fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linje med bankavgifter" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -2709,6 +2782,11 @@ msgid "" " be used for example, to identify the information referring to the " ":guilabel:`Bank fees` in the label of the transaction." msgstr "" +"Denna modell föreslår en motpartspost enligt de regler som anges i modellen." +" I detta fall är avstämningsmodellen :guilabel:`Type` :guilabel:`Rule to " +"suggest counterpart entry`, och :guilabel:`Label` kan till exempel användas " +"för att identifiera information som hänvisar till :guilabel:`Bank fees` i " +"transaktionens etikett." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2718,6 +2796,11 @@ msgid "" "so it's essential to use it judiciously and with a good understanding of the" " patterns you're working with." msgstr "" +"`Regular expressions `_, ofta förkortat **Regex**, " +"kan användas i Odoo på olika sätt för att söka, validera och manipulera data" +" i systemet. Regex kan vara kraftfullt men också komplext, så det är viktigt" +" att använda det med omdöme och med en god förståelse för de mönster du " +"arbetar med." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -2726,14 +2809,18 @@ msgid "" "expression. Odoo automatically retrieves the transactions that match your " "Regex expression and the conditions specified in your model." msgstr "" +"Om du vill använda reguljära uttryck i dina avstämningsmodeller ställer du " +"in :guilabel:`Transaktionstyp` till :guilabel:`Matcha Regex` och lägger till" +" ditt uttryck. Odoo hämtar automatiskt de transaktioner som matchar ditt " +"Regex-uttryck och de villkor som anges i din modell." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Using Regex in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda Regex i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:111 msgid "Partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kartläggning av partner" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -2745,6 +2832,13 @@ msgid "" "incoming payment meets these criteria, Odoo automatically maps it to the " "corresponding customer's account." msgstr "" +"Med partnermappning kan du skapa regler för automatisk matchning av " +"transaktioner till rätt partnerkonto, vilket sparar tid och minskar risken " +"för fel som kan uppstå vid manuell avstämning. Du kan till exempel skapa en " +"partnermappningsregel för inkommande betalningar med specifika " +"referensnummer eller nyckelord i transaktionsbeskrivningen. När en " +"inkommande betalning uppfyller dessa kriterier mappar Odoo den automatiskt " +"till motsvarande kunds konto." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -2752,10 +2846,13 @@ msgid "" "and enter the :guilabel:`Find Text in Label`, :guilabel:`Find Text in " "Notes`, and :guilabel:`Partner`." msgstr "" +"Skapa en partnermappningsregel genom att gå till fliken " +":guilabel:`Partnermappning` och ange :guilabel:`Find Text in Label`, " +":guilabel:`Find Text in Notes` och :guilabel:`Partner`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "defining partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "definiera partner kartläggning" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2795,8 +2892,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping transactions by statement ` is " "optional." msgstr "" -":ref:`Att gruppera transaktioner efter uttalande `" -" är valfritt." +":ref:`Att gruppera transaktioner efter utdrag ` är " +"valfritt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:20 msgid "Import transactions" @@ -2874,7 +2971,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:56 msgid "Statements" -msgstr "Uttalanden" +msgstr "Redovisning" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2970,8 +3067,8 @@ msgstr "" "och växla till listvyn. Markera alla transaktioner som motsvarar " "kontoutdraget, och i kolumnen :guilabel:`Kontoutdrag` väljer du ett " "befintligt kontoutdrag eller skapar ett nytt genom att skriva in dess " -"referens, klicka på :guilabel:`Create and edit...`, fylla i kontoutdragets " -"uppgifter, och spara." +"referens, klicka på :guilabel:`Skapa och redigera...`, fylla i " +"kontoutdragets uppgifter, och spara." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 @@ -6225,7 +6322,7 @@ msgid "" " get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " "it." msgstr "" -"När du först öppnar din Odoo Accounting-app, välkomnar sidan *Bokföring " +"När du först öppnar din Odoo Bokföringsapp, välkomnar sidan *Bokföring " "Överblick* dig med en steg-för-steg introduktionsbanderoll, en guide som " "hjälper dig att komma igång. Denna introduktionsbanderoll visas tills du " "väljer att stänga den." @@ -6247,15 +6344,14 @@ msgid "" "are ready-to-go. :ref:`Click here ` for more " "information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -"Odoo Accounting installerar automatiskt lämpligt **Fiscal Localization " -"Package** för ditt företag, i enlighet med det land som valdes när databasen" -" skapades. På så sätt är rätt konton, rapporter och skatter redo att " -"användas. :ref:`Klicka här ` för mer " -"information om Fiscal Localization Packages." +"Odoo Bokföring installerar automatiskt lämpligt **Räkenskapsår** för ditt " +"företag, i enlighet med det land som valdes när databasen skapades. På så " +"sätt är rätt konton, rapporter och skatter redo att användas. :ref:`Klicka " +"här ` för mer information om Räkenskapsår." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:21 msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" -msgstr "Banner för onboarding inom redovisning" +msgstr "Banderoll för introduktion inom redovisning" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -6265,7 +6361,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Steg-för-steg onboarding banner i Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "Steg-för-steg introduktionsbanderoll till Odoo Redovisning" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" @@ -6273,15 +6369,15 @@ msgstr ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" -msgstr ":ref:`redovisning-uppsättning-bank`" +msgstr ":ref:`Redovisningsinställning bank`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" -msgstr ":ref:`redovisning-uppsättning-perioder`" +msgstr ":ref:`Redovisningsinställning perioder`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" -msgstr ":ref:`Redovisning-uppsättning-diagram`" +msgstr ":ref:`Redovisningsinställning diagram`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:137 @@ -6360,9 +6456,9 @@ msgid "" "**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " "the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." msgstr "" -"**Bank**: klicka på *Create and Edit* för att konfigurera bankens uppgifter." -" Lägg till bankinstitutets namn och dess identifieringskod (BIC eller " -"SWIFT)." +"**Bank**: klicka på *Skapa och Redigera* för att konfigurera " +"bankuppgifterna. Lägg till bankens namn och dess identifieringskod (BIC " +"eller SWIFT)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -6382,8 +6478,8 @@ msgstr "" "**Journal**: Detta fält visas om du har en befintlig bankjournal som ännu " "inte är kopplad till ett bankkonto. Välj i så fall den *Journal* som du vill" " använda för att registrera de finansiella transaktioner som är kopplade " -"till detta bankkonto eller skapa en ny genom att klicka på *Create and " -"Edit*." +"till detta bankkonto eller skapa en ny genom att klicka på *Skapa och " +"Redigera*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -6492,11 +6588,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:124 msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" -msgstr "Faktureringens onboardingbanner består av fyra huvudsteg:" +msgstr "Faktureringens introduktionsbanderoll består av fyra huvudsteg:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "Steg-för-steg onboarding banner i Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "Steg-för-steg introduktionsbanderoll till Odoo Fakturering" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" @@ -6519,8 +6615,8 @@ msgid "" "This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " "onboarding banner `." msgstr "" -"Detta formulär är detsamma som :ref:`det som presenteras i Accounting " -"onboarding banner `." +"Detta formulär är detsamma som :ref:`det som presenteras i banderollen för " +"Redovisningsintroduktionen `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:145 msgid "Invoice Layout" @@ -7559,9 +7655,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. Then set the account :guilabel:`Type` as " "`Expenses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Under :guilabel:`Account Properties` skapar du ett nytt :guilabel:`Price " -"Difference Account` genom att skriva in namnet på kontot och klicka på " -":guilabel:`Create and Edit`. Ange sedan kontot :guilabel:`Typ` som " +"Under :guilabel:`Redovisningsegenskaper` skapar du ett nytt :guilabel:`Price" +" Difference Account` genom att skriva in namnet på kontot och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Skapar och redigerar`. Ange sedan kontot :guilabel:`Typ` som " "`Utgifter` och klicka på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst-1 @@ -8802,7 +8898,7 @@ msgstr "Kontoutdrag" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:254 msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "Uttalande XYZ" +msgstr "Utdrag XYZ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:3 msgid "Multi-currency system" @@ -10886,6 +10982,8 @@ msgid "" "Make sure your :doc:`payment providers are correctly configured " "<../../payment_providers>`." msgstr "" +"Se till att dina :doc:`betalningsleverantörer är korrekt konfigurerade " +"<../../payment_providers>`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -10894,6 +10992,10 @@ msgid "" "payment provider activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " "details." msgstr "" +"Som standard är \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"`\" den enda " +"aktiverade betalningsleverantören, men du måste fortfarande fylla i " +"betalningsuppgifterna." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -29596,7 +29698,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Du måste registrera ditt Odoo ERP-system på din ETA-portal för att få dina " "API-referenser. Du behöver dessa koder för att :ref:`konfigurera din Odoo " -"Accounting-app `." +"Bokföringsapp `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -32425,7 +32527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Du måste registrera dig på :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` " "e-fakturaportal för att få dina **API-referenser**. Du behöver dessa " -"inloggningsuppgifter för att :ref:`konfigurera din Odoo Accounting-app " +"inloggningsuppgifter för att :ref:`konfigurera din Odoo Bokföringsapp " "`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:66 @@ -32692,7 +32794,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Du måste registrera dig på :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` E-Way " "bill portal för att skapa dina **API-referenser**. Du behöver dessa " -"inloggningsuppgifter för att :ref:`konfigurera din Odoo Accounting-app " +"inloggningsuppgifter för att :ref:`konfigurera din Odoo Bokföringsapp " "`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:208 @@ -37933,7 +38035,7 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT:s definition " -"`_." +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:104 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." @@ -38749,7 +38851,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "nvoice after cancellation" -msgstr "Faktura efter avbokning" +msgstr "faktura efter avbokning" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:525 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." @@ -38910,7 +39012,7 @@ msgstr "Som standard är debetnot inställd i dokumenttypen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:604 msgid "Electronic delivery guide 2.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vägledning för elektronisk leverans 2.0" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:606 msgid "" @@ -38920,6 +39022,11 @@ msgid "" "several configuration steps needed before you can successfully use this " "feature." msgstr "" +"GRE (*Guía de Remisión Electrónica*) är ett elektroniskt dokument som " +"genereras av avsändaren för att stödja transport eller överföring av varor " +"från en plats till en annan, t.ex. ett lager eller en anläggning. I Odoo " +"finns det flera konfigurationssteg som behövs innan du kan använda denna " +"funktion." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:611 msgid "" @@ -38928,14 +39035,18 @@ msgid "" "products, except those under the *Single Simplified Regime* (régimen único " "simplificado or RUS)." msgstr "" +"Användningen av det elektroniska dokumentet *guía de remisión electrónica* " +"är obligatorisk och krävs av |SUNAT| för skattebetalare som behöver överföra" +" sina produkter, förutom de som omfattas av *Single Simplified Regime* " +"(régimen único simplificado eller RUS)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:616 msgid "Delivery guide types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av leveransguider" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:619 msgid "Sender" -msgstr "Sändare" +msgstr "Avsändare" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:621 msgid "" @@ -38943,6 +39054,9 @@ msgid "" " rendered (including processing), goods are assigned for use, or goods are " "transferred between premises of the same company and others." msgstr "" +"Leveransstyrningstypen *Sändare* utfärdas när en försäljning görs, en tjänst" +" utförs (inklusive bearbetning), varor överlåts för användning eller varor " +"överförs mellan lokaler i samma företag och andra." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:625 msgid "" @@ -38950,10 +39064,13 @@ msgid "" "at the beginning of the shipment. The sender delivery guide is supported in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Denna leveransguide utfärdas av varans ägare (dvs. avsändaren) i början av " +"försändelsen. Avsändarens leveransguide stöds i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:629 msgid "`SUNAT guía de remisión `_" msgstr "" +"UNAT avi för utbetalning `__" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:632 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:753 @@ -38965,26 +39082,33 @@ msgid "" "The *Carrier* delivery guide type justifies the transportation service the " "driver (or carrier) performs." msgstr "" +"Leveransstyrningstypen *Carrier* motiverar den transporttjänst som föraren " +"(eller transportören) utför." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:637 msgid "" "This delivery guide is issued by the carrier and must be issued to each " "shipper when the shipment goes through public transport." msgstr "" +"Denna leveransguide utfärdas av transportören och måste utfärdas till varje " +"avsändare när sändningen går via allmän transport." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:641 msgid "The carrier delivery guide is **not** supported in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transportörens leveransguide stöds **inte** i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:644 msgid "" "`SUNAT guía de remisión transportista `_" msgstr "" +"UNAT `SUNAT guía de remisión transportista " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:648 msgid "Transportation types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av transporter" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:651 msgid "Private" @@ -38996,6 +39120,8 @@ msgid "" "goods using their own vehicles. In this case, a sender's delivery guide must" " be issued." msgstr "" +"Transportalternativet *Privat* används när ägaren överför varor med sina " +"egna fordon. I detta fall måste en avsändarens leveransguide utfärdas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:657 msgid "Public" @@ -39007,10 +39133,13 @@ msgid "" "moves the goods. In this case, two delivery guides must be issued: the " "sender's delivery guide and the carrier's delivery guide." msgstr "" +"Transportalternativet *Public* används när en extern transportör flyttar " +"varorna. I detta fall måste två leveransguider utfärdas: avsändarens " +"leveransguide och transportörens leveransguide." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:664 msgid "Direct submission to SUNAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Direkt inlämning till SUNAT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:666 msgid "" @@ -39018,10 +39147,13 @@ msgid "" "to the |SUNAT|, regardless of the electronic document provider: IAP, " "Digiflow, or |SUNAT|." msgstr "" +"Skapandet av |GRE|-leveransguiden i Odoo **måste** skickas direkt till " +"|SUNAT|, oavsett leverantör av elektroniska dokument: IAP, Digiflow eller " +"|SUNAT|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:670 msgid "Required information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obligatorisk information" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:672 msgid "" @@ -39030,32 +39162,42 @@ msgid "" "general configuration, it is necessary to add new credentials that you can " "retrieve from the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" +"Version 2.0 av den elektroniska leveransguiden kräver ytterligare " +"information om den allmänna konfigurationen, fordon, kontakter och " +"produkter. I den allmänna konfigurationen är det nödvändigt att lägga till " +"nya autentiseringsuppgifter som du kan hämta från |SUNAT|-portalen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:677 msgid "Cancellations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avbokningar" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:679 msgid "" "**Both** the sender and the carrier can cancel the electronic waybill as " "long as the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" +"**Både** avsändaren och transportören kan annullera den elektroniska " +"fraktsedeln så länge som följande villkor är uppfyllda:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:682 msgid "The shipment has not been initiated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transporten har inte påbörjats." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:683 msgid "" "If the shipment has been initiated, the receiver **must** be changed before " "reaching the final destination." msgstr "" +"Om sändningen har påbörjats, **måste** mottagaren bytas ut innan den når " +"slutdestinationen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:687 msgid "" "The |SUNAT| no longer uses the term \"Anula\", but now uses the term \"Dar " "de baja\" for cancellations." msgstr "" +"SUNAT använder inte längre termen \"Anula\", utan använder nu termen \"Dar " +"de baja\" för avbokningar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:691 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:110 @@ -39068,29 +39210,39 @@ msgid "" "delivery guides that were generated by mistake **will** be sent to the " "|SUNAT|." msgstr "" +"UNAT har inte stöd för en testmiljö. Detta innebär att alla leveransguider " +"som genererats av misstag **kommer** att skickas till |SUNAT|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:696 msgid "" "If, by mistake, the waybill was created in this environment, it is necessary" " to delete it from the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" +"Om fraktsedeln av misstag skapades i denna miljö är det nödvändigt att " +"radera den från |SUNAT|-portalen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:703 msgid "" "Electronic sender's |GRE| is currently the only supported type of waybill in" " Odoo." msgstr "" +"Elektronisk avsändarfraktsedel |GRE| är för närvarande den enda typen av " +"fraktsedel som stöds i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:704 msgid "" "The delivery guide is dependent on the Odoo *Inventory* app, the " ":guilabel:`l10n_pe_edi` and :guilabel:`l10n_pe` modules." msgstr "" +"Leveransguiden är beroende av Odoo-appen *Inventory*, modulerna " +":guilabel:`l10n_pe_edi` och :guilabel:`l10n_pe`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:706 msgid "" "A second user **must** be added for the creation of electronic documents." msgstr "" +"En andra användare **måste** läggas till för skapande av elektroniska " +"dokument." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:708 msgid "" @@ -39099,6 +39251,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`install ` the :guilabel:`Peruvian - Electronic " "Delivery Note 2.0` module (`l10n_pe_edi_stock_20`)." msgstr "" +"Efter att ha följt stegen för att konfigurera :ref:`elektronisk fakturering " +"` och :ref:`master data `, " +":ref:`install ` :guilabel:`Peruvian - Electronic Delivery " +"Note 2.0` module (`l10n_pe_edi_stock_20`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:712 msgid "" @@ -39107,12 +39263,19 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"Därefter måste du hämta *klient-ID* och *klienthemlighet* från |SUNAT|. För " +"att göra det, följ `manual de servicios web plataforma nueva GRE " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:717 msgid "" "In the |SUNAT| portal, it is important to have the correct access rights " "enabled, as they may differ from the user set for electronic invoicing." msgstr "" +"I |SUNAT|-portalen är det viktigt att ha rätt åtkomsträttigheter aktiverade," +" eftersom de kan skilja sig från användaruppsättningen för elektronisk " +"fakturering." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:720 msgid "" @@ -39120,10 +39283,13 @@ msgid "" "settings from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing`." msgstr "" +"Dessa uppgifter ska användas för att konfigurera de allmänna inställningarna" +" för leveransguiden från :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Peruvian Electronic Invoicing`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Example for the SUNAT Delivery Guide API section configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel på konfiguration av SUNAT Delivery Guide API-sektion." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:727 msgid "" @@ -39132,6 +39298,10 @@ msgid "" " the user selected when generating the |GRE| API credentials in the |SUNAT| " "portal." msgstr "" +"Det är obligatoriskt att följa formatet `RUC + UsuarioSol` (t.ex. " +"`20557912879SOLUSER`) för fältet :guilabel:`Guide SOL User`, beroende på " +"vilken användare som valts vid generering av |GRE| API-referenser i " +"|SUNAT|-portalen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:732 msgid "Operator" @@ -39142,12 +39312,16 @@ msgid "" "The *operator* is the vehicle's driver in cases where the delivery guide is " "through *private* transport." msgstr "" +"Operatören* är fordonets förare i de fall leveransguiden är genom *privat* " +"transport." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:737 msgid "" "To create a new operator, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` " "and fill out the contact information." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny operatör, gå till :menuselection:`Kontakter --> Skapa` " +"och fyll i kontaktinformationen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:740 msgid "" @@ -39155,40 +39329,45 @@ msgid "" "add the :guilabel:`Operator License` in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab of " "the contact form." msgstr "" +"Välj först :guilabel:`Individuell` som :guilabel:`Företagstyp`. Lägg sedan " +"till :guilabel:`Operator License` i :guilabel:`Accounting` fliken i " +"kontaktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:743 msgid "For the customer address, make sure the following fields are complete:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera att följande fält är ifyllda för kundadressen:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:745 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:766 msgid ":guilabel:`District`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Distrikt`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:746 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:767 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (:guilabel:`DNI`/:guilabel:`RUC`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (:guilabel:`DNI`/:guilabel:`RUC`)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:747 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:768 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID Number`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Skattenummer`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Individual type operator configurations in the Contact form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Individuell typ av operatörskonfigurationer i kontaktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:755 msgid "" "The *carrier* is used when the delivery guide is through *public* transport." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Förare* används när leveransguiden är genom *offentlig* transport." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:757 msgid "" "To create a new carrier, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` " "and fill out the contact information." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny transportör, gå till :menuselection:`Kontakter --> " +"Skapa` och fyll i kontaktinformationen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:760 msgid "" @@ -39196,14 +39375,17 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`MTC Registration Number`, :guilabel:`Authorization Issuing " "Entity`, and the :guilabel:`Authorization Number`." msgstr "" +"Välj först :guilabel:`Company` som :guilabel:`Company Type`. Lägg sedan till" +" :guilabel:`MTC Registration Number`, :guilabel:`Authorization Issuing " +"Entity` och :guilabel:`Authorization Number`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:764 msgid "For the company address, make sure the following fields are complete:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrollera att följande fält är ifyllda för företagets adress:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Company type operator configurations in the Contact form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Företagstyp operatörskonfigurationer i kontaktformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:774 msgid "Vehicles" @@ -39215,50 +39397,59 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Vehicles` and fill in the vehicle form with the " "information needed for the vehicle:" msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera de tillgängliga fordonen, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Vehicles` och fyll i " +"fordonsformuläret med den information som behövs för fordonet:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:779 msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle Name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fordonsnamn`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:780 msgid ":guilabel:`License Plate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Körkortsplåt`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:781 msgid ":guilabel:`Is M1 or L?`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Är M1 eller L?`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:782 msgid ":guilabel:`Special Authorization Issuing Entity`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Entitet som utfärdar särskilda tillstånd`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:783 msgid ":guilabel:`Authorization Number`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Auktorisationsnummer`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:784 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Operator`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Default Operator`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:785 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Företag`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:788 msgid "" "It is important to check the :guilabel:`Is M1 or L?` checkbox if the vehicle" " has fewer than four wheels or fewer than eight seats." msgstr "" +"Det är viktigt att kryssa i :guilabel:`Is M1 or L?` om fordonet har färre än" +" fyra hjul eller färre än åtta säten." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Vehicle not selected as an M1 or L type with extra fields shown." msgstr "" +"Fordon som inte valts som en M1- eller L-typ med extra fält som visas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:797 msgid "" "To configure the available products, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Products` and open the product to be configured." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera tillgängliga produkter, gå till " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products` och öppna den produkt som ska " +"konfigureras." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:800 msgid "" @@ -39266,10 +39457,13 @@ msgid "" "configured. The :guilabel:`Partida Arancelaria` (Tariff Item) field needs to" " be completed." msgstr "" +"Se till att den tillämpliga informationen i produktformuläret är " +"fullständigt konfigurerad. Fältet :guilabel:`Partida Arancelaria` (Tariff " +"Item) måste fyllas i." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:804 msgid "Generating a GRE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generering av en GRE" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:806 msgid "" @@ -39277,34 +39471,43 @@ msgid "" "sure you complete the |GRE| fields on the top-right section of the transfer " "form for the fields:" msgstr "" +"När leveransen från lagret har skapats under försäljningsarbetsflödet, se " +"till att du fyller i |GRE|-fälten i den övre högra delen av " +"överföringsformuläret för fälten:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:809 msgid ":guilabel:`Transport Type`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Transporttyp`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:810 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason for Transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Skäl för överföring`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:811 msgid ":guilabel:`Departure start date`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Startdatum för avresa`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:813 msgid "" "It is also required to complete the :guilabel:`Vehicle` and " ":guilabel:`Operator` fields under the :guilabel:`Guia de Remision PE` tab." msgstr "" +"Det är också nödvändigt att fylla i fälten :guilabel:`Vehicle` och " +":guilabel:`Operator` under fliken :guilabel:`Guia de Remision PE`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:816 msgid "" "The delivery transfer has to be marked as *Done* for the :guilabel:`Generar " "Guia de Remision` button to appear on the left menu of the transfer form." msgstr "" +"Leveransöverföringen måste markeras som *Done* för att knappen " +":guilabel:`Generar Guia de Remision` ska visas i den vänstra menyn i " +"överföringsformuläret." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Generar Guia de Remision button on a transfer form in the Done stage." msgstr "" +"Generar Guia de Remision-knappen på ett överföringsformulär i Done-fasen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:822 msgid "" @@ -39312,14 +39515,17 @@ msgid "" "file becomes available in the chatter. You can now print the delivery slip " "that shows the transfer details and the QR code validated by |SUNAT|." msgstr "" +"När överföringsformuläret har validerats korrekt av |SUNAT| blir den " +"genererade XML-filen tillgänglig i chatten. Du kan nu skriva ut följesedeln " +"som visar överföringsuppgifterna och QR-koden som validerats av |SUNAT|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 msgid "Transfer details and QR code on generated delivery slip." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Överföringsuppgifter och QR-kod på genererad följesedel." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:832 msgid "`Diferente prefijo para productos (T001 en algunos, T002 en otros)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Olika prefix för produkter (T001 för vissa, T002 för andra)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:834 msgid "" @@ -39328,12 +39534,18 @@ msgid "" "be done for non-storable products. However, keep in mind that there will be " "no traceability." msgstr "" +"För närvarande stöder Odoo inte automatisering av prefix för produkter. " +"Detta kan göras manuellt för varje produktutgång. Detta kan också göras för " +"icke lagringsbara produkter. Tänk dock på att det inte kommer att finnas " +"någon spårbarhet." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:837 msgid "" "`2325 - GrossWeightMeasure - El dato no cumple con el formato establecido " "\"Hace falta el campo\" \"Peso\"\" en el producto`" msgstr "" +"2325 - GrossWeightMeasure - Uppgifterna överensstämmer inte med det " +"fastställda formatet \"Fältet \"Vikt\" saknas\" i produkten`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:840 msgid "" @@ -39342,12 +39554,18 @@ msgid "" " the weight on the product before creating the new waybill, or it will " "result in the same error." msgstr "" +"Detta fel uppstår när vikten på produkten är inställd som `0.00`. För att " +"åtgärda detta måste du avbryta fraktsedeln och återskapa den. Se till att du" +" fixar vikten på produkten innan du skapar den nya fraktsedeln, annars " +"kommer det att resultera i samma fel." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:843 msgid "" "`JSONDecodeError: Expecting value: line 1 column 1 (char 0) when creating a " "Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" +"`JSONDecodeError: Förväntat värde: rad 1 kolumn 1 (char 0) när en Delivery " +"Guide skapas" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:845 msgid "" @@ -39355,33 +39573,44 @@ msgid "" "connection with the |SUNAT|; the SOL user must be established with the " "company RUT + user ID. For example `2012188549JOHNSMITH`." msgstr "" +"Detta fel genereras vanligtvis på grund av SOL-användarproblem. Verifiera " +"användarens anslutning till |SUNAT|; SOL-användaren måste vara etablerad med" +" företagets RUT + användar-ID. Till exempel `2012188549JOHNSMITH`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:848 msgid "" "`El número de documento relacionado al traslado de mercancía no cumple con " "el formato establecido: error: documento relacionado`" msgstr "" +"Dokumentnumret för förflyttning av varor överensstämmer inte med det " +"fastställda formatet: fel: relaterat dokument\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:851 msgid "" "The *Related Document Type* and *Related Document Number* fields only apply " "to invoices and receipts." msgstr "" +"Fälten *Relaterad dokumenttyp* och *Relaterat dokumentnummer* gäller endast " +"för fakturor och kvitton." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:853 msgid "`400 Client error: Bad Request for URL`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`400 Klientfel: Dålig begäran för URL" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:855 msgid "" "This error is not solvable from Odoo; it is advised you reach out to the " "|SUNAT| and verify the user. It may be necessary to create a new user." msgstr "" +"Det här felet kan inte lösas från Odoo; vi rekommenderar att du kontaktar " +"|SUNAT| och verifierar användaren. Det kan vara nödvändigt att skapa en ny " +"användare." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:858 msgid "" "`Invalid content was found starting with element 'cac:BuyerCustomerParty'`" msgstr "" +"`Invalid content hittades med början på elementet 'cac:BuyerCustomerParty'`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:860 msgid "" @@ -39391,10 +39620,15 @@ msgid "" " or *12 (others)* does not work in Odoo, since you should not have an empty " "or blank customer." msgstr "" +"Detta fel uppstår när överföringsorsaken är inställd som *annat*. Vänligen " +"välj ett annat alternativ. Enligt den officiella dokumentationen i |SUNAT|s " +"fraktsedelsguide fungerar inte överföringsorsakerna *03 (försäljning med " +"leverans till tredje part)* eller *12 (andra)* i Odoo, eftersom du inte bör " +"ha en tom eller tom kund." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:864 msgid "`Duda cliente: consumo de créditos IAP al usar GRE 2.0`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kundfråga: IAP-kreditförbrukning vid användning av GRE 2.0" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:866 msgid "" @@ -39402,10 +39636,12 @@ msgid "" "does not go through the OSE, i.e., these documents are directly sent to the " "|SUNAT|." msgstr "" +"För livekunder som använder IAP förbrukas ingen kredit (i teorin) eftersom " +"den inte går via OSE, dvs. dessa dokument skickas direkt till |SUNAT|." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:868 msgid "`Errores con formato credenciales GRE 2.0 (traceback error)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formateringsfel i GRE 2.0-referenser (traceback error)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:870 msgid "" @@ -39413,6 +39649,10 @@ msgid "" "the credentials are not correctly configured in the database. If this occurs" " on your database, please verify your credentials." msgstr "" +"Odoo ger för närvarande ett felmeddelande med en spårning istället för ett " +"meddelande om att autentiseringsuppgifterna inte är korrekt konfigurerade i " +"databasen. Om detta inträffar i din databas, vänligen verifiera dina " +"autentiseringsuppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:3 msgid "Philippines" @@ -40250,8 +40490,8 @@ msgid "" "If any issue occurs during onboarding, click :guilabel:`Regenerate CSR` to " "start again." msgstr "" -"Om något problem uppstår under onboarding, klicka på :guilabel:`Regenerate " -"CSR` för att börja om igen." +"Om något problem uppstår under introduktionen, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Återskapa CSR` för att börja om igen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -41813,10 +42053,15 @@ msgid "" "can pay sales orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments " "using their favorite payment methods, such as **credit cards**." msgstr "" +"Odoo innehåller flera **betalningsleverantörer** som gör att dina kunder kan" +" betala online, på sina *kundportaler* eller på din *eCommerce-webbplats*. " +"De kan betala försäljningsorder, fakturor eller prenumerationer med " +"återkommande betalningar med sina favoritbetalningsmetoder, till exempel " +"**kreditkort**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 msgid "Online payment form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalningsformulär online" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -41827,6 +42072,12 @@ msgid "" "reference number for the data stored safely in the payment providers' " "systems." msgstr "" +"Odoo-appar delegerar hanteringen av känslig information till den " +"certifierade betalningsleverantören så att du aldrig behöver oroa dig för " +"PCI-efterlevnad. Ingen känslig information (t.ex. kreditkortsnummer) lagras " +"på Odoo-servrar eller Odoo-databaser som finns någon annanstans. Istället " +"använder Odoo-apparna ett unikt referensnummer för de data som lagras säkert" +" i betalningsleverantörernas system." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:44 msgid "Supported payment providers" @@ -41838,6 +42089,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Payment Providers` or :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Payment Providers`." msgstr "" +"För att få tillgång till de betalningsleverantörer som stöds, gå till " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers` eller " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:52 msgid "Online payment providers" @@ -41849,23 +42103,23 @@ msgstr "Betalningsflöde från" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:61 msgid ":ref:`Tokenization `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Tokenization `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:62 msgid ":ref:`Manual capture `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Manuell fångst `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:63 msgid ":ref:`Refunds `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Återbetalningar `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Express checkout `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Express checkout `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:65 msgid ":ref:`Extra fees `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Extra avgifter `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`Adyen `" @@ -41916,7 +42170,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:144 msgid "The provider's website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Leverantörens webbplats" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:80 msgid ":doc:`AsiaPay `" @@ -41963,6 +42217,8 @@ msgid "" "Each provider has its own specific configuration flow, depending on which " "feature is available." msgstr "" +"Varje leverantör har sitt eget specifika konfigurationsflöde, beroende på " +"vilken funktion som är tillgänglig." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -41972,6 +42228,12 @@ msgid "" "pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured in the Accounting app" " to do a :doc:`bank reconciliation `." msgstr "" +"Vissa av dessa betalningsleverantörer kan också läggas till som " +":doc:`bankkonton <../finance/accounting/bank>`, men detta är **inte** samma " +"process som att lägga till dem som betalningsleverantörer. " +"Betalningsleverantörer tillåter kunder att betala online, och bankkonton " +"läggs till och konfigureras i appen Bokföring för att göra en " +":doc:`bankavstämning `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -41981,6 +42243,12 @@ msgid "" " business flows involving online payments. No credentials are required as " "the demo payments are dummy payments." msgstr "" +"Förutom de vanliga betalningsleverantörerna som integreras med ett API, till" +" exempel Stripe, PayPal eller Adyen, innehåller Odoo :doc:`Demo " +"betalningsleverantör `. Med denna " +"betalningsleverantör kan du testa affärsflöden som involverar " +"onlinebetalningar. Inga autentiseringsuppgifter krävs eftersom " +"demobetalningarna är dummybetalningar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:171 msgid "Bank payments" @@ -41996,6 +42264,9 @@ msgid "" "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it in your bank account." msgstr "" +"När du väljer detta alternativ visar Odoo din betalningsinformation med en " +"betalningsreferens. Du måste godkänna betalningen manuellt när du har fått " +"den på ditt bankkonto." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" @@ -42006,16 +42277,20 @@ msgid "" "Your customers can make a bank transfer to register a SEPA Direct Debit " "mandate and get their bank account charged directly." msgstr "" +"Dina kunder kan göra en banköverföring för att registrera ett SEPA Direct " +"Debit-mandat och få sitt bankkonto debiterat direkt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:183 msgid "Enable a payment provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera en betalningsleverantör" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make its related payment methods available" " to your customers, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"Gör så här för att lägga till en ny betalningsleverantör och göra dess " +"relaterade betalningsmetoder tillgängliga för dina kunder:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -42023,6 +42298,9 @@ msgid "" "have the API credentials requested for third-party use. These are necessary " "for Odoo to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" +"Gå till betalningsleverantörens webbplats, skapa ett konto och se till att " +"du har de API-referenser som begärs för tredjepartsbruk. Dessa är nödvändiga" +" för att Odoo ska kunna kommunicera med betalningsleverantören." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -42030,20 +42308,23 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers` or " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`." msgstr "" +"I Odoo navigerar du till :guilabel:`Payment providers` genom att gå till " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers` eller " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:194 msgid "Select the provider and configure the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj provider och konfigurera fliken :guilabel:`Credentials`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange :guilabel:`State`-fältet till :guilabel:`Enabled`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:34 msgid "Select a :ref:`payment journal `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj en :ref:`betalningsjournal `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -42051,6 +42332,9 @@ msgid "" "payment provider. Refer to the :ref:`related documentation " "` for more information." msgstr "" +"Vilka fält som finns tillgängliga på fliken :guilabel:`Credentials` beror på" +" betalningsleverantören. Mer information finns i :ref:`relaterad " +"dokumentation `." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -42060,10 +42344,16 @@ msgid "" "they can still manage :dfn:`(delete and assign to a subscription)` their " "existing tokens linked to such a provider." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat betalningsleverantören publiceras den automatiskt på " +"din webbplats. Om du vill avpublicera den klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Published`. Kunder kan inte göra betalningar via en opublicerad " +"leverantör, men de kan fortfarande hantera :dfn:`(ta bort och tilldela en " +"prenumeration)` sina befintliga tokens som är länkade till en sådan " +"leverantör." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:210 msgid "Test mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Testläge" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -42071,22 +42361,30 @@ msgid "" " field in the payment provider form to :guilabel:`Test mode`, then enter " "your provider's test/sandbox credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." msgstr "" +"Om du vill testa betalningsleverantören ställer du in fältet " +":guilabel:`State` i betalningsleverantörsformuläret till :guilabel:`Test " +"mode` och anger sedan leverantörens test/sandbox-autentiseringsuppgifter på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Credentials`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "By default, the payment provider remains **unpublished** in test mode so " "that it's not visible to visitors." msgstr "" +"Som standard förblir betalningsleverantören **opublicerad** i testläge så " +"att den inte är synlig för besökare." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:221 msgid "" "We recommend using the test mode on a duplicate or a test database to avoid " "potential issues with your invoice numbering." msgstr "" +"Vi rekommenderar att du använder testläget på ett duplikat eller en " +"testdatabas för att undvika eventuella problem med fakturanumreringen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "Payment form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalningsformulär" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -42095,6 +42393,10 @@ msgid "" "name in the :guilabel:`Displayed as` field and adapt the " ":guilabel:`Supported Payment Icons` if necessary." msgstr "" +"Du kan ändra betalningsleverantörens utseende på din webbplats på fliken " +":guilabel:`Konfiguration` för den valda betalningsleverantören. Ändra namnet" +" i fältet :guilabel:`Visas som` och anpassa :guilabel:`Stödda " +"betalningsikoner` om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:236 msgid "Tokenization" @@ -42108,6 +42410,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable " ":guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment Methods`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Om betalningsleverantören stöder denna funktion " +"`, kan kunderna spara sina uppgifter om " +"betalningsmetod för senare användning. För att aktivera den här funktionen, " +"gå till fliken :guilabel:`Configuration` för den valda " +"betalningsleverantören och aktivera :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " +"Methods`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -42116,6 +42424,11 @@ msgid "" "payment method details again. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce " "conversion rate and subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" +"I det här fallet skapas en **betalningstoken** i Odoo som används som " +"betalningsmetod för efterföljande betalningar utan att kunden behöver ange " +"sina uppgifter om betalningsmetod igen. Detta är särskilt användbart för " +"konverteringsgraden för e-handel och prenumerationer som använder " +"återkommande betalningar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -42124,6 +42437,10 @@ msgid "" "token that only references the card details stored on the payment provider's" " server." msgstr "" +"Du förblir helt PCI-kompatibel när du aktiverar den här funktionen eftersom " +"Odoo inte lagrar kortuppgifterna direkt. Istället skapas en betalningstoken " +"som endast refererar till de kortuppgifter som lagras på " +"betalningsleverantörens server." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 msgid "Manual capture" @@ -42137,6 +42454,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable " ":guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Om betalningsleverantören stöder denna funktion " +"`, kan du auktorisera och ta emot " +"betalningar i två steg istället för ett. För att aktivera den här " +"funktionen, gå till fliken :guilabel:`Configuration` för den valda " +"betalningsleverantören och aktivera :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -42146,6 +42468,11 @@ msgid "" "to cancel it and release the reserved funds. Capturing payments manually is " "helpful in many situations:" msgstr "" +"När du godkänner en betalning reserveras medlen på kundens betalningsmetod " +"men debiteras inte omedelbart. De debiteras när du manuellt tar emot " +"betalningen senare. Du kan också annullera godkännandet för att avbryta det " +"och frigöra de reserverade medlen. Att registrera betalningar manuellt är " +"användbart i många situationer:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -42168,12 +42495,17 @@ msgid "" "Avoid potentially high refund fees for refunded payments: payment providers " "will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" +"Undvik potentiellt höga avgifter för återbetalda betalningar: " +"betalningsleverantörerna tar inte ut någon avgift för att annullera en " +"auktorisering." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., in case" " of damages)." msgstr "" +"Håll en deposition för att återlämna senare, minus eventuella avdrag (t.ex. " +"i händelse av skador)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -42181,6 +42513,10 @@ msgid "" "order or invoice and click the :guilabel:`Capture Transaction` button. To " "release the funds, click the :guilabel:`Void Transaction` button." msgstr "" +"För att registrera betalningen efter att den godkänts, gå till den " +"relaterade försäljningsordern eller fakturan och klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Capture Transaction`. Om du vill frigöra pengarna klickar du på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Void Transaction`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -42190,6 +42526,12 @@ msgid "" "`. The providers that only support " "capturing or voiding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" +"Vissa betalningsleverantörer stöder att endast en del av det auktoriserade " +"beloppet tas emot. Det återstående beloppet kan sedan antingen tas emot " +"eller annulleras. Dessa leverantörer har värdet **Fullständig och partiell**" +" i :ref:`tabell ovan `. De " +"leverantörer som endast stöder att ta emot eller annullera det totala " +"beloppet har värdet **Full only**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -42206,6 +42548,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow" " the manual capture from their website interface." msgstr "" +"Odoo stöder inte denna funktion för alla betalningsleverantörer, men vissa " +"tillåter manuell registrering från deras webbplatsgränssnitt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "Refunds" @@ -42217,6 +42561,10 @@ msgid "" "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click the :guilabel:`Refund` button." msgstr "" +"Om din betalningsleverantör stöder denna funktion kan du återbetala " +"betalningar direkt från Odoo. Den behöver inte aktiveras först. För att " +"återbetala en kundbetalning, navigera till den och klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Återbetala`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -42226,12 +42574,19 @@ msgid "" "`. The providers that only support " "refunding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" +"Vissa betalningsleverantörer stöder återbetalning av endast en del av " +"beloppet. Det återstående beloppet kan då också återbetalas. Dessa " +"leverantörer har värdet **Fullständig och partiell** i :ref:`table above " +"`. De leverantörer som endast stöder " +"återbetalning av det totala beloppet har värdet **Full only**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow" " to refund payments from their website interface." msgstr "" +"Odoo stöder inte denna funktion för alla betalningsleverantörer, men vissa " +"tillåter återbetalning av betalningar från deras webbplatsgränssnitt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:309 msgid "Express checkout" @@ -42247,17 +42602,29 @@ msgid "" "contact form. They just have to validate the payment on Google's or Apple's " "payment form." msgstr "" +":ref:`Om betalningsleverantören stöder denna funktion " +"`, kan du låta kunderna använda " +"knapparna :guilabel:`Google Pay` och :guilabel:`Apple Pay` och betala sina " +"e-handelsbeställningar med ett klick. När de använder en av dessa knappar " +"går kunderna direkt från kundvagnen till bekräftelsesidan utan att fylla i " +"kontaktformuläret. De behöver bara validera betalningen på Googles eller " +"Apples betalningsformulär." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:317 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the " "selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout`." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera den här funktionen, gå till fliken " +":guilabel:`Configuration` för den valda betalningsleverantören och aktivera " +":guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:321 msgid "" "All prices shown on the express checkout payment form always include taxes." msgstr "" +"Alla priser som anges på betalningsformuläret för expressutcheckning " +"inkluderar alltid skatter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:326 msgid "Extra Fees" @@ -42272,6 +42639,12 @@ msgid "" "They can also differ based on whether the transaction is **domestic** or " "**international**." msgstr "" +":ref:`Om betalningsleverantören stöder denna funktion " +"`, kan du lägga till extra avgifter för " +"online-transaktioner. Avgifterna kan konfigureras antingen som **fasta** " +"belopp och procentsatser, **variabla** belopp och procentsatser, eller båda " +"samtidigt. Avgifterna kan också variera beroende på om transaktionen är " +"**inhemsk** eller **internationell**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -42279,6 +42652,9 @@ msgid "" "payment provider, enable :guilabel:`Add Extra Fees`, and configure the " "settings to your liking." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera den här funktionen, gå till fliken :guilabel:`Avgifter` för" +" den valda betalningsleverantören, aktivera :guilabel:`Lägg till extra " +"avgifter`, och konfigurera inställningarna efter eget tycke." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." @@ -42294,10 +42670,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maximum Amount` allowed and modifying the :guilabel:`Currencies` " "and :guilabel:`Countries` in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"Du kan anpassa betalningsleverantörens tillgänglighet genom att ange det " +"tillåtna :guilabel:`Maximum Amount` och ändra :guilabel:`Currencies` och " +":guilabel:`Countries` på fliken :guilabel:`Configuration`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:349 msgid "Currencies and countries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valutor och länder" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -42309,6 +42688,14 @@ msgid "" "available currencies and countries, adding or removing a payment provider's " "supported currencies or countries is possible." msgstr "" +"Alla betalningsleverantörer har olika listor över tillgängliga valutor och " +"länder. De fungerar som ett första filter under betalningstransaktioner, " +"dvs. de betalningsmetoder som är kopplade till betalningsleverantören är " +"inte tillgängliga för val om kundens valuta eller land inte finns i den " +"stödda listan. Eftersom det kan förekomma fel, uppdateringar och okända " +"uppgifter i listorna över tillgängliga valutor och länder är det möjligt att" +" lägga till eller ta bort en betalningsleverantörs valutor eller länder som " +"stöds." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:359 msgid "" @@ -42316,6 +42703,9 @@ msgid "" "own list of available currencies and countries that serves as another filter" " during payment operations." msgstr "" +":ref:`Betalningsmetoder ` har också sin " +"egen lista över tillgängliga valutor och länder som fungerar som ett annat " +"filter under betalningstransaktioner." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -42325,10 +42715,15 @@ msgid "" "possible the payment will be refused at a later stage should the country or " "currency not be supported." msgstr "" +"Om listan över valutor eller länder som stöds är tom betyder det att listan " +"är för lång för att visas, eller att Odoo inte har information om den " +"aktuella betalningsleverantören. Betalningsleverantören förblir tillgänglig," +" även om det är möjligt att betalningen kommer att nekas i ett senare skede " +"om landet eller valutan inte stöds." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 msgid "Maximum amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Högsta belopp" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:369 msgid "" @@ -42336,6 +42731,9 @@ msgid "" "selected provider. Leave the field to `0.00` to make the payment provider " "available regardless of the payment amount." msgstr "" +"Du kan begränsa :guilabel:`Maximalt belopp` som kan betalas med den valda " +"leverantören. Lämna fältet till `0.00` för att göra betalningsleverantören " +"tillgänglig oavsett betalningsbeloppet." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" @@ -42344,6 +42742,10 @@ msgid "" "**Checkout** page when paid :doc:`shipping methods " "<../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` are enabled." msgstr "" +"Den här funktionen är inte avsedd att fungera på sidor som tillåter kunden " +"att uppdatera betalningsbeloppet, t.ex. utdraget **Donation** och sidan " +"**Checkout** när betalda :doc:`fraktmetoder " +"<../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping>` är aktiverade." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 msgid "Payment journal" @@ -42356,14 +42758,19 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and " "select a :guilabel:`Payment Journal`." msgstr "" +"En :doc:`Payment Journal ` måste definieras för att " +"betalningsleverantören ska kunna registrera betalningarna på ett " +"**outstanding account**. För att göra detta, gå till fliken " +":guilabel:`Configuration` för den valda betalningsleverantören och välj en " +":guilabel:`Payment Journal`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:387 msgid "The payment journal must be a :guilabel:`Bank` journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalningsjournalen måste vara en :guilabel:`Bank` journal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:388 msgid "The same journal can be used for several payment providers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Samma journal kan användas för flera betalningsleverantörer." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 msgid "Accounting perspective" @@ -42380,6 +42787,14 @@ msgid "" "to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you ask your " "accountant for advice." msgstr "" +"Ur ett redovisningsperspektiv finns det två typer av arbetsflöden för " +"onlinebetalningar: de betalningar som sätts in direkt på ditt bankkonto och " +"följer det vanliga :doc:`avstämning ` " +"arbetsflödet, och de som kommer från tredje part :ref:`online payment " +"providers ` och kräver att du följer ett" +" annat arbetsflöde för redovisningen. För dessa betalningar måste du " +"överväga hur du vill registrera dina betalningars journalposter. Vi " +"rekommenderar att du frågar din revisor om råd." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -42388,10 +42803,15 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`outstanding account ` for each payment " "provider to separate the provider's payments from other payments." msgstr "" +"Som standard används :guilabel:`Bank Account` som definierats för " +":ref:`betalningsjournal `, men du kan också ange " +"ett :ref:`outstanding account ` för varje " +"betalningsleverantör för att separera leverantörens betalningar från andra " +"betalningar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 msgid "Define an outstanding account for a payment provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definiera ett utestående konto för en betalningsleverantör." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" @@ -42455,7 +42875,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`accounting/bank`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`redovisning/bank`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" @@ -42800,6 +43220,9 @@ msgid "" "explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " "`." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera det, aktivera alternativet **Fånga belopp manuellt** på " +"Odoo, som förklaras i :ref:`betalningsleverantörers dokumentation " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -43229,6 +43652,9 @@ msgid "" "`. If enabled, the funds are reserved for " "30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." msgstr "" +"Med Authorize.Net kan du aktivera :ref:`manual capture " +"`. Om detta aktiveras reserveras pengarna " +"i 30 dagar på kundens kort, men debiteras inte ännu." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -43307,7 +43733,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:86 msgid "To export a statement:" -msgstr "Exportera ett uttalande:" +msgstr "Exportera ett utdrag:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:88 msgid "Log in to Authorize.Net." @@ -44514,6 +44940,9 @@ msgid "" " choosing to pay with PayPal in order to cover the transaction fees PayPal " "charges you." msgstr "" +"Du kan ta ut :ref:`extra avgifter ` från " +"kunder som väljer att betala med PayPal för att täcka de " +"transaktionsavgifter som PayPal debiterar dig." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -44766,10 +45195,13 @@ msgid "" "solution provider allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " "payment methods." msgstr "" +"`Stripe `_ är en USA-baserad leverantör av " +"betalningslösningar online som gör det möjligt för företag att acceptera " +"**kreditkort** och andra betalningsmetoder." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:9 msgid "Create your Stripe account with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa ditt Stripe-konto med Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:11 msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" @@ -44784,6 +45216,9 @@ msgid "" "` and click :guilabel:`Connect " "Stripe`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Navigera till betalningsleverantören Stripe " +"` och klicka på :guilabel:`Connect " +"Stripe`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:28 @@ -44791,6 +45226,8 @@ msgid "" "Go through the setup process and confirm your email address when Stripe " "sends you a confirmation email." msgstr "" +"Gå igenom installationsprocessen och bekräfta din e-postadress när Stripe " +"skickar ett bekräftelsemeddelande till dig." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -44798,11 +45235,14 @@ msgid "" "requested information has been submitted, you are then redirected to Odoo, " "and your payment provider is enabled." msgstr "" +"I slutet av processen klickar du på :guilabel:`Agree and submit`. Om all " +"begärd information har skickats in kommer du att omdirigeras till Odoo och " +"din betalningsleverantör aktiveras." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:36 msgid ":ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:24 msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" @@ -44813,6 +45253,8 @@ msgid "" "At the end of the process, click :guilabel:`Agree and submit`; you are then " "redirected to the payment provider **Stripe** in Odoo." msgstr "" +"I slutet av processen klickar du på :guilabel:`Agree and submit`; du kommer " +"då att omdirigeras till betalningsleverantören **Stripe** i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." @@ -44830,6 +45272,11 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`generate a webhook `, and enable " "the payment provider." msgstr "" +"För att använda ett befintligt Stripe-konto, :ref:`aktivera utvecklarläget " +"` och :ref:`aktivera Stripe manuellt " +"`. Du kan sedan :ref:`Fyll i dina " +"autentiseringsuppgifter `, :ref:`generera en webhook " +"`, och aktivera betalningsleverantören." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -44842,6 +45289,14 @@ msgid "" " ` with the test keys, and set the :guilabel:`State` field " "to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." msgstr "" +"Du kan också testa Stripe med hjälp av :ref:`payment_providers/test-mode`. " +"För att göra det måste du först `logga in på din Stripe-instrumentpanel " +"`_ och växla till **Testläge**. " +"Sedan, i Odoo, :ref:`aktivera utvecklarläget `, " +":ref:`navigera till betalningsleverantören Stripe " +"`, :ref:`fyll i dina API-referenser " +"` med testnycklarna, och ställ in :guilabel:`State` fältet " +"till :guilabel:`Test Mode`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "Fill in your credentials" @@ -44852,6 +45307,8 @@ msgid "" "If your **API credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"Om dina **API-autentiseringsuppgifter** krävs för att ansluta till ditt " +"Stripe-konto, fortsätt enligt följande:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -44859,12 +45316,17 @@ msgid "" "`_, or log into your Stripe " "dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys`." msgstr "" +"Gå till `sidan för API-nycklar på Stripe " +"`_, eller logga in på din " +"Stripe-instrumentpanel och gå till :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Standard keys` section, copy the :guilabel:`Publishable " "key` and the :guilabel:`Secret key` and save them for later." msgstr "" +"I avsnittet :guilabel:`Standardnycklar` kopierar du :guilabel:`Publicerbar " +"nyckel` och :guilabel:`Sekret nyckel` och sparar dem för senare bruk." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:99 @@ -44872,12 +45334,16 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Stripe " "`." msgstr "" +"I Odoo, :ref:`navigera till betalningsleverantören Stripe " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Publishable Key` " "and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields with the values you previously saved." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Credentials` fyller du i fälten :guilabel:`Publishable " +"Key` och :guilabel:`Secret Key` med de värden du tidigare sparat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:68 msgid "Generate a webhook" @@ -44888,6 +45354,8 @@ msgid "" "If your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your Stripe " "account, you can create a webhook automatically or manually." msgstr "" +"Om din **Webhook Signing Secret** krävs för att ansluta till ditt Stripe-" +"konto kan du skapa en webhook automatiskt eller manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:74 msgid "Create the webhook automatically" @@ -44898,6 +45366,8 @@ msgid "" "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " "filled in, then click :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook`." msgstr "" +"Se till att dina :ref:`Publicerbara och hemliga nycklar ` " +"är ifyllda och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Generera din Webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:79 msgid "Create the webhook manually" @@ -44909,6 +45379,9 @@ msgid "" "`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" " and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`." msgstr "" +"Gå till sidan `Webhooks på Stripe `_," +" eller logga in på din Stripe dashboard och gå till " +":menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -44917,18 +45390,26 @@ msgid "" "URL, followed by `/payment/stripe/webhook`, e.g., " "`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`." msgstr "" +"I avsnittet :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` klickar du på :guilabel:`Add " +"endpoint`. I fältet :guilabel:`Endpoint URL` anger du sedan din Odoo-databas" +" URL, följt av `/payment/stripe/webhook`, t.ex. " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:86 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Select events` at the bottom of the form, then select the " "following events:" msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Select events` längst ned i formuläret och välj sedan " +"följande events:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Charge` section: :guilabel:`charge.refunded` and " ":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`;" msgstr "" +"i avsnittet :guilabel:`Charge`: :guilabel:`charge.refunded` och " +":guilabel:`charge.refund.updated`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -44937,32 +45418,42 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded` and " ":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed`;" msgstr "" +"i avsnittet :guilabel:`Payment intent`: " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated`, " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded` och " +":guilabel:`payment_intent.payment_failed`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:94 msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`Setup intent` section: :guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" +"i avsnittet :guilabel:`Setup intent`: :guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:96 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add events`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till händelser`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:97 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, then click :guilabel:`Reveal` and save your " ":guilabel:`Signing secret` for later." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Reveal` och " +"spara din :guilabel:`Signing secret` för senare användning." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:101 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Webhook Signing " "Secret` field with the value you previously saved." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Credentials` fyller du i fältet :guilabel:`Webhook " +"Signing Secret` med det värde du tidigare sparat." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 msgid "" "You can select other events, but they are currently not processed by Odoo." msgstr "" +"Du kan välja andra händelser, men de behandlas för närvarande inte av Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:110 msgid "Enable local payment methods" @@ -44973,10 +45464,12 @@ msgid "" "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " "specific providers and for specific countries and currencies." msgstr "" +"Lokala betalningsmetoder är betalningsmetoder som endast är tillgängliga för" +" vissa leverantörer och för vissa länder och valutor." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods for Stripe:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo stöder följande lokala betalningsmetoder för Stripe:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:117 msgid "Bancontact" @@ -45004,6 +45497,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab and edit the list of :guilabel:`Supported " "Payment Icons`." msgstr "" +"För att anpassa listan över aktiverade betalningsmetoder, gå till fliken " +":guilabel:`Configuration` och redigera listan över :guilabel:`Supported " +"Payment Icons`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -45011,6 +45507,8 @@ msgid "" "local payment method is listed above, it is automatically enabled with " "Stripe." msgstr "" +"Om en betalningsikonpost inte finns i databasen och dess relaterade lokala " +"betalningsmetod listas ovan, aktiveras den automatiskt med Stripe." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -45030,17 +45528,24 @@ msgid "" "orders, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, enable :guilabel:`Allow " "Express Checkout`, and click :guilabel:`Enable Apple Pay`." msgstr "" +"För att tillåta kunder att använda Apple Pay-knappen för att betala sina " +"e-handelsbeställningar, gå till fliken :guilabel:`Configuration`, aktivera " +":guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` och klicka på :guilabel:`Enable Apple " +"Pay`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:139 msgid "" ":ref:`Express checkout and Google Pay `" msgstr "" +":ref:`Express checkout och Google Pay `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 msgid "" ":doc:`Use Stripe as a payment terminal in Point of Sale " "<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Använd Stripe som betalterminal i Point of Sale " +"<../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Wire transfers" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 4d79e0614..3dad0d04e 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**" msgstr "" -"**Testa installation och borttagning av appen på en kopia av databasen**." +"**Testa installation och borttagning av appen på en kopia av databasen**" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1159,54 +1159,65 @@ msgid "" "Install the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) module in General " "Settings." msgstr "" +"Installera modulen Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) i Allmänna " +"inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create** in Setup the :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access " "Protocol)` Server." msgstr "" +"Klicka på **Create** i Setup the :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access " +"Protocol)` Server." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "" "LDAP Authentication checkbox highlighted in the integrations settings on " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Kryssrutan LDAP Authentication markerad i integrationsinställningarna på " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Create highlighted in the LDAP server settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa markerad i LDAP-serverinställningarna." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:17 msgid "Choose the company using the LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj det företag som använder LDAP." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Select the company drop-down menu highlighted in LDAP setup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Välj företaget i rullgardinsmenyn som markeras i LDAP-inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:23 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of the server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" +"I **Serverinformation** anger du serverns IP-adress och den port som den " +"lyssnar på." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:25 msgid "Tick **Use TLS** if the server is compatible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kryssa i **Använd TLS** om servern är kompatibel." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "LDAP server settings highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-serverinställningar markerade i LDAP-serverinstallation på Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:31 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server queries anonymously." msgstr "" +"I **Logininformation** anger du ID och lösenord för det konto som används " +"för att ställa frågor till servern. Om inget anges kommer servern att göra " +"anonyma förfrågningar." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Login information highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inloggningsinformation markerad i LDAP-serverinstallation på Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -1214,14 +1225,17 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)` nomenclature (e.g. " "``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" +"I **Process Parameter** anger du LDAP-serverns domännamn i :abbr:`LDAP " +"(Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)`-nomenklatur (t.ex. " +"``dc=example,dc=com``)." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "I **LDAP-filter**, ange ``uid=%s``." +msgstr "I **LDAP-filter**, ange ``uid=%s``" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "Process parameter highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Processparameter markerad i LDAP-serverinstallation på Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -1229,6 +1243,9 @@ msgid "" "profile the first time someone logs in with :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight " "Directory Access Protocol)`." msgstr "" +"I **User Information**, kryssa i *Create User* om Odoo ska skapa en " +"användarprofil första gången någon loggar in med :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight " +"Directory Access Protocol)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1240,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "User information highlighted on LDAP server setup on Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användarinformation om installation av LDAP-server i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" @@ -1451,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." -msgstr "avsnittet Sammanfattade e-postmeddelanden i Allmänna inställningar." +msgstr "Avsnittet Sammanfattade e-postmeddelanden i Allmänna inställningar." #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:15 msgid "You can control a variety of settings for your Digest Emails, such as:" @@ -1615,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:77 msgid "select your KPI(s) in the KPIs tab." -msgstr "Välj dina KPI:er på fliken KPI:er." +msgstr "välj dina KPI:er på fliken KPI:er." #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:80 msgid "Computed values reference table" @@ -2030,7 +2047,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 msgid "`p=none`" -msgstr "`p=none`." +msgstr "`p=none`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 @@ -2039,7 +2056,7 @@ msgstr "p=karantän" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 msgid "`p=reject`" -msgstr "`p=reject`." +msgstr "`p=reject`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -2142,7 +2159,7 @@ msgstr "Protokollversion" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 msgid "`v=DMARC1`" -msgstr "`v=DMARC1`." +msgstr "`v=DMARC1`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 msgid "pct" @@ -2154,7 +2171,7 @@ msgstr "Procentandel av meddelanden som filtrerats" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 msgid "`pct=20`" -msgstr "`pct=20`." +msgstr "`pct=20`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 msgid "ruf" @@ -2166,7 +2183,7 @@ msgstr "URI för rapportering av kriminaltekniska rapporter" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" -msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`." +msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 msgid "rua" @@ -2178,7 +2195,7 @@ msgstr "URI för rapportering av aggregerade rapporter" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" -msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`." +msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 msgid "p" @@ -2198,7 +2215,7 @@ msgstr "Policy för OD:s underdomäner" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 msgid "`sp=reject`" -msgstr "`sp=reject`." +msgstr "`sp=reject`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 msgid "adkim" @@ -2210,7 +2227,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassningsläge för DKIM" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 msgid "`adkim=s`" -msgstr "`adkim=s`." +msgstr "`adkim=s`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 msgid "aspf" @@ -2222,7 +2239,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassningsläge för SPF" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 msgid "`aspf=r`" -msgstr "`aspf=r`." +msgstr "`aspf=r`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -2411,7 +2428,7 @@ msgstr "" "fungerar sändning och mottagning av e-post direkt och övervakas av proffs. " "Ett företag kan dock använda sin egen e-postserver om de själva vill hantera" " e-postserverns rykte. För mer information se :doc:`Konfigurera DNS-poster " -"för att skicka e-post i Odoo `." +"för att skicka e-post i Odoo `" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:44 msgid "Default notifications system" @@ -3032,7 +3049,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" -msgstr "De två systemparametrarna är följande" +msgstr "De två systemparametrarna är följande:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:287 msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" @@ -5297,10 +5314,12 @@ msgstr "Geolokalisering" msgid "" "You can locate contacts or places and generate routes on a map in Odoo." msgstr "" +"I Odoo kan du lokalisera kontakter eller platser och skapa rutter på en " +"karta." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst-1 msgid "Map displaying a contact's location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Karta som visar en kontakts position." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5308,16 +5327,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Integrations`, section, activate :guilabel:`Geo Localization`. " "Then, choose between using the OpenStreetMap or Google Places API." msgstr "" +"För att använda funktionen öppnar du appen :guilabel:`Inställningar`, och " +"under avsnittet :guilabel:`Integrationer` aktiverar du " +":guilabel:`Geolokalisering`. Välj sedan mellan att använda OpenStreetMap " +"eller Google Places API." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:14 msgid "**OpenStreetMap**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**OpenStreetMap" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:16 msgid "" "OpenStreetMap is a free, open geographic database updated and maintained by " "volunteers. To use it, select :guilabel:`Open Street Map`." msgstr "" +"OpenStreetMap är en gratis, öppen geografisk databas som uppdateras och " +"underhålls av frivilliga. För att använda den, välj :guilabel:`Open Street " +"Map`." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -5325,10 +5351,13 @@ msgid "" "community `_ to fix any issues " "encountered." msgstr "" +"OpenStreetMap kanske inte alltid är korrekt. Du kan `gå med i OpenStreetMap " +"community `_ för att åtgärda " +"eventuella problem som uppstått." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:23 msgid "**Google Places API map**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Google Places API-karta" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -5336,27 +5365,35 @@ msgid "" "points of interest. It supports location-based features like search, " "navigation, and recommendations." msgstr "" +"Google Places API-karta ger detaljerad information om platser, företag och " +"intressepunkter. Den stöder platsbaserade funktioner som sökning, navigering" +" och rekommendationer." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:29 msgid "" "Using the Google Places API could require `payment to Google " "`_." msgstr "" +"Användning av Google Places API kan kräva `betalning till Google " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:32 msgid "" "To use it, select :guilabel:`Google Place Map` and enter your :ref:`API Key " "`." msgstr "" +"För att använda den, välj :guilabel:`Google Place Map` och ange din " +":ref:`API-nyckel `." #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst-1 msgid "Google Places API key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Places API-nyckel" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:39 msgid "" ":doc:`../../applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../applikationer/webbplatser/webbsida/konfiguration/adress_autokomplett`" #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" @@ -7110,7 +7147,7 @@ msgstr "signaturer" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22 msgid "subscriptions" -msgstr "Prenumerationer" +msgstr "prenumerationer" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -7451,14 +7488,16 @@ msgid "" "For more information, reference the `Odoo eLearning (video tutorials) on " "VoIP `_" msgstr "" +"För mer information, se \"Odoo eLearning (video tutorials) on VoIP " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:5 msgid "Axivox configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox konfiguration" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:3 msgid "VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VoIP-tjänster i Odoo med Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 @@ -7471,6 +7510,10 @@ msgid "" " `Axivox `_. In that case, an Asterisk server is " "**not** necessary, as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by Axivox." msgstr "" +"Odoo VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) kan konfigureras för att fungera " +"tillsammans med `Axivox `_. I det fallet är en " +"Asterisk-server **inte** nödvändig, eftersom infrastrukturen är värd och " +"hanteras av Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -7478,36 +7521,47 @@ msgid "" "open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's " "area, along with the areas the company's users wish to call." msgstr "" +"För att använda denna tjänst, `kontakta Axivox " +"`_ för att öppna ett konto. Kontrollera " +"först att Axivox täcker företagets område, samt de områden som företagets " +"användare önskar ringa till." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:19 msgid "" "To configure Axivox in Odoo, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, " "and search for `VoIP`. Then, install the :guilabel:`VoIP` module." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera Axivox i Odoo, gå till applikationen " +":menuselection:`Apps` och sök efter `VoIP`. Installera sedan modulen " +":guilabel:`VoIP`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:22 msgid "" "Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> General Settings --> " "Integrations section`, and fill out the :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` field:" msgstr "" +"Gå sedan till :menuselection:`Inställningsapp --> Allmänna inställningar -->" +" Integrationsavsnittet`, och fyll i :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` fältet:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: set the domain created by Axivox for the account " "(e.g., `yourcompany.axivox.com`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: ange domänen som skapats av Axivox för kontot " +"(t.ex. `yourcompany.axivox.com`)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: type in `wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: typ i `wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: set as :guilabel:`Production`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: inställd som :guilabel:`Production`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integrering av Axivox som VoIP-leverantör i en Odoo-databas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7516,16 +7570,22 @@ msgid "" "into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to any user) -->" " SIP Identifiers tab --> Domain`." msgstr "" +"Gå till domänen i Axivox administrationspanel genom att navigera till " +"`https://manage.axivox.com/ `_. Efter inloggning" +" i portalen, gå till :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (bredvid valfri " +"användare) --> SIP Identifiers tab --> Domain`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:40 msgid "Configure VoIP user in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurera VoIP-användare i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:42 msgid "" "Next, the user is configured in Odoo, which **must** take place for every " "Axivox/Odoo user using VoIP." msgstr "" +"Därefter konfigureras användaren i Odoo, vilket **måste** ske för varje " +"Axivox/Odoo-användare som använder VoIP." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -7534,45 +7594,59 @@ msgid "" "over Internet Protocol)`. Under the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, fill out " "the :guilabel:`VOIP Configuration` section:" msgstr "" +"I Odoo, gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar app --> Användare & Företag " +"--> Användare`, öppna sedan den önskade användarens formulär för att " +"konfigurera :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`. Under fliken " +":guilabel:`Preferenser` fyller du i avsnittet :guilabel:`VOIP-" +"konfiguration`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VoIP username` / :guilabel:`Browser's Extension`: (Axivox) " ":guilabel:`SIP username`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`VoIP användarnamn` / :guilabel:`Browser's Extension`: (Axivox) " +":guilabel:`SIP användarnamn`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Secret`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP Password`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VoIP Secret`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP Password`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`External device number`: SIP external phone extension" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Externt enhetsnummer`: SIP-tilläggsnummer för extern telefon" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`How to place calls on mobile`: method to make calls on a mobile " "device" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`How to place calls on mobile`: metod för att ringa samtal på en " +"mobil enhet" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP Auth User`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP username`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`OnSIP Auth User`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP-användarnamn`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Call from another device`: option to always transfer phone calls " "to handset" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Call from another device`: möjlighet att alltid överföra " +"telefonsamtal till handenheten" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reject All Incoming Calls`: option to reject all incoming calls" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Avvisa alla inkommande samtal`: möjlighet att avvisa alla " +"inkommande samtal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Integrering av Axivox-användare i Odoo-användarpreferensen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -7581,10 +7655,14 @@ msgid "" "into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to the user) -->" " SIP Identifiers tab --> SIP username / SIP password`." msgstr "" +"Gå till domänen i Axivox administrationspanel genom att navigera till " +"`https://manage.axivox.com/ `_. Efter inloggning" +" i portalen, gå till :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (bredvid användaren) -->" +" SIP Identifiers tab --> SIP username / SIP password`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:0 msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP-autentiseringsuppgifter i Axivox manager." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -7592,10 +7670,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, this value **must** be typed out manually and " "**not** pasted in. Pasting in causes a `401 server rejection error`." msgstr "" +"När du anger :guilabel:`SIP Password` i användarens :guilabel:`Preferences` " +"flik, detta värde **must** skrivas ut manuellt och **inte** klistras in. " +"Klistra in orsakar ett `401 server rejection error`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:3 msgid "Call queues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anropa tails" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7603,12 +7684,17 @@ msgid "" "customers call a business, and all of the agents are busy, the call queue " "lines up the callers in sequential order, based on the time they called in." msgstr "" +"En samtalskö är ett system som organiserar och dirigerar inkommande samtal. " +"När kunder ringer till ett företag och alla handläggare är upptagna, ställer" +" samtalskön de inringande i turordning, baserat på den tid de ringde in." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:9 msgid "" "The callers then wait on hold to be connected to the next available call " "center agent." msgstr "" +"De som ringer får sedan vänta på att bli kopplade till nästa tillgängliga " +"handläggare på callcentret." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -7617,6 +7703,10 @@ msgid "" "expectations with customers, and to distribute the workload equally amongst " "employees." msgstr "" +"Genom att implementera ett system för samtalsköer minskar stressen för " +"medarbetarna och bidrar till att bygga upp förtroendet för varumärket hos " +"kunderna. Många företag använder telefonköer för att skapa förväntningar hos" +" kunderna och för att fördela arbetsbördan jämnt mellan medarbetarna." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7624,14 +7714,17 @@ msgid "" "advanced settings), as well as how to log into a call queue from the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"Detta dokument beskriver den process som krävs för att konfigurera " +"samtalsköer (med avancerade inställningar), samt hur man loggar in i en " +"samtalskö från Odoo-databasen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/music_on_hold`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`voip/axivox/music_on_hold`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:22 msgid "Add a queue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en kö" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7640,6 +7733,10 @@ msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Add a queue`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`New" " queue` form with various fields to fill out." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en samtalskö i Axivox, navigera till `Axivox management " +"console `_. I den vänstra menyn klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Köer`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till en kö`. Då visas ett " +"tomt :guilabel:`New queue`-formulär med olika fält att fylla i." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:30 msgid "Name" @@ -7650,69 +7747,80 @@ msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`New queue` page appears, enter the :guilabel:`Name` of " "the queue." msgstr "" +"När sidan :guilabel:`New queue` visas anger du :guilabel:`Name` för kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:35 msgid "Internal extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intern utbyggnad" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:37 msgid "" "Choose an :guilabel:`Internal extension` for the queue. This is a number to " "be dialed by users of the database to reach the login prompt for the queue." msgstr "" +"Välj en :guilabel:`Intern anknytning` för kön. Detta är ett nummer som " +"användare av databasen skall slå för att komma till inloggningsrutan för " +"kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:41 msgid "Strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strategi" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, is the :guilabel:`Strategy` field. This field determines the call " "routing of received calls into this queue." msgstr "" +"Nästa fält är :guilabel:`Strategi`. Detta fält bestämmer hur mottagna samtal" +" ska dirigeras till denna kö." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:46 msgid "" "The following choices are available in the :guilabel:`Strategy` drop-down " "menu:" msgstr "" +"Följande alternativ finns tillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Strategi`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Call all available agents`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kalla alla tillgängliga agenter`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Calls the agent who has received the call for the longest time`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ringer den agent som har tagit emot samtalet under längst tid`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Calls the agent who has received the least call`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kallar den agent som har fått minst samtal`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Call a random agent`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ring en slumpmässig agent`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Call agents one after the other`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kalla agenterna en efter en`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Call agents one after the other starting with the first in the " "list`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kalla agenter en efter en med början med den första i listan`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:55 msgid "" "Choose a strategy that best meets the company's needs for customers in the " "queue." msgstr "" +"Välj en strategi som bäst tillgodoser företagets behov av kunder i kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:58 msgid "Maximum waiting time in seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximal väntetid i sekunder" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -7720,10 +7828,14 @@ msgid "" "longest time a customer waits in the queue before going to a voicemail, or " "wherever else they are directed to in a dial plan. Enter a time in seconds." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Maximal väntetid i sekunder` anger du den längsta tid " +"som en kund får vänta i kön innan han eller hon går till en röstbrevlåda " +"eller någon annan plats som de hänvisas till i en uppringningsplan. Ange en " +"tid i sekunder." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:65 msgid "Maximum duration of ringing at an agent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maximal varaktighet för ringsignal på en agent" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7732,24 +7844,27 @@ msgid "" "another agent, or moving to the next step in the dial plan. Enter a time in " "seconds." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Maximala ringtiden för en agent` anger du hur länge en " +"enskild agents linje får ringa innan den går vidare till en annan agent " +"eller till nästa steg i uppringningsplanen. Ange en tid i sekunder." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:72 msgid "For more information on dial plans, visit:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "För mer information om uppringningsplaner, besök:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:78 msgid "Adding agents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägga till agenter" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -7758,20 +7873,26 @@ msgid "" " two pre-configured methods for adding agents onto the call queue during the" " configuration." msgstr "" +"De två sista fälten i formuläret :guilabel:`New queue` handlar om att lägga " +"till agenter. Att lägga till :guilabel:`Statiska agenter` och " +":guilabel:`Dynamiska agenter` är två förkonfigurerade metoder för att lägga " +"till agenter i samtalskön under konfigurationen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:87 msgid "Static agents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Statiska agenter" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:89 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Static agents` are added, these agents are automatically " "added to the queue without the need to log in to receive calls." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Statiska agenter` läggs till, läggs dessa agenter automatiskt" +" till i kön utan att behöva logga in för att ta emot samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:95 msgid "Dynamic agents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dynamiska agenter" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -7779,44 +7900,55 @@ msgid "" "log into this queue. They are **not** logged-in automatically, and **must** " "log in to receive calls." msgstr "" +"När :guilabel:`Dynamiska agenter` läggs till, har dessa agenter möjlighet " +"att logga in i denna kö. De är **inte** automatiskt inloggade och **måste** " +"logga in för att ta emot samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:100 msgid "" "Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes, and click :guilabel:`Apply changes`" " in the upper-right corner to implement the change in production." msgstr "" +"Se till att :guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna och klicka på :guilabel:`Tillämpa " +"ändringar` i det övre högra hörnet för att implementera ändringen i " +"produktionen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:104 msgid "Agent connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förbindelse med agent" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:106 msgid "There are three ways call agents can connect to an Axivox call queue:" msgstr "" +"Det finns tre sätt för samtalsagenter att ansluta till en Axivox samtalskö:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:108 msgid "Dynamic agents connect automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dynamiska agenter ansluter automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:109 msgid "" "Manager logs in specific agent(s), via the `Axivox management console " "`_." msgstr "" +"Chefen loggar in specifika agenter via `Axivox ledningskonsol " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:111 msgid "Agent connects to the queue in Odoo, via the *VoIP* widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agenten ansluter till kön i Odoo, via *VoIP*-widgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:114 msgid "" "See the documentation on setting :ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents` in the " "`Axivox management console `_." msgstr "" +"Se dokumentationen om inställning av :ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents` i " +"`Axivox management console `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:118 msgid "Connect via Axivox queue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslut via Axivox kö" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -7825,6 +7957,10 @@ msgid "" " console `_ and connect dynamic agents to the " "queue manually." msgstr "" +"När den inledande konfigurationen av samtalskön är klar och ändringarna " +"sparade och implementerade kan en chef logga in på `Axivox management " +"console `_ och ansluta dynamiska agenter till kön" +" manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -7832,61 +7968,71 @@ msgid "" "column. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Queues` dashboard, with a few " "different columns listed:" msgstr "" +"För att ansluta en agent, klicka på :guilabel:`Queues`, som finns i den " +"vänstra kolumnen. När du gör det visas :guilabel:`Queues` instrumentpanel, " +"med några olika kolumner listade:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: name of the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: köns namn." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extension`: number of the extension to be dialed to reach the " "queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Extension`: nummer på den anknytning som skall ringas upp för att" +" nå kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Agent Connection`: number to dial to log into the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Agent Connection`: nummer att slå för att logga in i kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agent disconnection`: number to dial to log out of the queue." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Agent disconnection`: nummer att slå för att logga ut ur kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Connected Agents`: name of agent connected to the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Connected Agents`: namn på agent som är ansluten till kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:133 msgid "" "The following buttons are also available on the :guilabel:`Queues` " "dashboard:" msgstr "" +"Följande knappar är också tillgängliga på :guilabel:`Queues` " +"instrumentpanelen:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`Connect an agent`: manually connect an agent to the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Connect an agent`: koppla manuellt en agent till kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:136 msgid ":guilabel:`Report`: run a report on the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Report`: kör en rapport om kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: delete the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Delete`: radera kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:138 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit`: make changes to the settings of the queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Edit`: gör ändringar i inställningarna för kön." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:140 msgid "" "When agents are connected to the queue, or are live with a customer, they " "are displayed under the :guilabel:`Connected Agents` column." msgstr "" +"När agenter är anslutna till kön, eller är live med en kund, visas de under " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Anslutna agenter`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:143 msgid "If they are static agents, they **always** show up as connected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om de är statiska agenter visas de **alltid** som anslutna." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -7894,25 +8040,32 @@ msgid "" "an agent`. Then, select the desired agent's name from the drop-down menu, " "and click :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" +"Anslut en agent genom att klicka på den orangea knappen med texten " +":guilabel:`Connect an agent`. Välj sedan den önskade agentens namn i " +"rullgardinsmenyn och klicka på :guilabel:`Connect`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "" "Call queue with connected agents column highlighted and connect an agent and report buttons\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Kolumnen Samtalskö med anslutna agenter markerad och knapparna Anslut en agent och Rapportera\n" +"markerad." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:154 msgid "" "For more information on static and dynamic agents, see this documentation:" msgstr "" +"Mer information om statiska och dynamiska agenter finns i denna " +"dokumentation:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:156 msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/static-agents`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`voip/axivox/static-agents`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:157 msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:160 msgid "Report" @@ -7925,6 +8078,10 @@ msgid "" "the queue. This information is showcased on a separate :guilabel:`Queue " "report` page, when the green :guilabel:`Report` button is clicked." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Report` för att kontrollera rapporteringen för en viss " +"kö, för att se vem som anslöt när, och vilka telefonsamtal som kom in och ut" +" ur kön. Denna information visas på en separat :guilabel:`Körapport` sida, " +"när du klickar på den gröna :guilabel:`Rapport` knappen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -7932,85 +8089,96 @@ msgid "" "specified in the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`to` fields. The information" " can be organized by :guilabel:`Event type`, and :guilabel:`Call ID`." msgstr "" +"Rapporter kan anpassas efter datum i fältet :guilabel:`Period`, och " +"specificeras i fälten :guilabel:`From` och :guilabel:`to`. Informationen kan" +" organiseras efter :guilabel:`Event type`, och :guilabel:`Call ID`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:170 msgid "" "When the custom configurations have been entered, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" +"När de anpassade konfigurationerna har angetts klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Apply`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:172 msgid "" "Each report can be exported to a :abbr:`CSV (comma separated value)` file " "for further use and analysis, via the :guilabel:`Export to CSV` button." msgstr "" +"Varje rapport kan exporteras till en :abbr:`CSV (comma separated value)`-fil" +" för vidare användning och analys, via knappen :guilabel:`Export to CSV`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:175 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Event type` field is clicked, a drop-down menu appears " "with the following options:" msgstr "" +"När du klickar på fältet :guilabel:`Event type` visas en rullgardinsmeny med" +" följande alternativ:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller quit`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Den som ringde slutade`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`An agent is connecting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`En agent ansluter`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`An agent is disconnecting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`En agent kopplar ned`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:181 msgid ":guilabel:`The call was terminated (agent hangs up)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Samtalet avslutades (agenten lägger på luren)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`The call was terminated (caller hangs up)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Samtalet avslutades (uppringaren lägger på luren)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller is connected to an agent.`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Den som ringer är kopplad till en handläggare.`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Someone is entering the queue`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Någon är på väg in i kön`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:185 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller exits the queue (no agent is connected)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Den som ringer lämnar kön (ingen agent är ansluten)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`The caller exits the queue (timeout)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Den som ringer upp lämnar kön (timeout)`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:187 msgid ":guilabel:`No one is answering`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ingen svarar`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`No one is answering, the caller hangs up`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ingen svarar, den som ringer lägger på`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Överföring`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Blind Transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Blind Transfer" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "Event types in the Axivox queue reporting feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Händelsetyper i Axivox funktion för körapportering." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:196 msgid "" "There is no limit to how many options can be selected from the " ":guilabel:`Event type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Det finns ingen gräns för hur många alternativ som kan väljas från " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Event type`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -8018,20 +8186,25 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu, and clicking :guilabel:`Uncheck all` removes all selections " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`Check all` markeras alla tillgängliga alternativ" +" i rullgardinsmenyn, och om du klickar på :guilabel:`Uncheck all` tas alla " +"val bort från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:202 msgid "" "To select an individual :guilabel:`Event type`, click on the desired option " "in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"För att välja en enskild :guilabel:`Eventtyp`, klicka på önskat alternativ i" +" rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1 msgid "Axivox queue report with result, event type, and period highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox körapport med resultat, händelsetyp och period markerade." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:209 msgid "Connect to queue on Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslut till kö i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -8039,22 +8212,30 @@ msgid "" "*VoIP* widget, once the *VoIP* app is configured for the individual user in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"Dynamiska agenter kan ansluta manuellt till Axivox samtalskö från Odoo " +"*VoIP*-widgeten, när *VoIP*-appen har konfigurerats för den enskilda " +"användaren i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:215 msgid ":doc:`axivox_config`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "doc:`axivox_config`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:217 msgid "" "To access the Odoo *VoIP* widget, click the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in " "the upper-right corner of the screen, from any window within Odoo." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt Odoo *VoIP*-widgeten, klicka på :guilabel:`☎️ " +"(phone)`-ikonen i det övre högra hörnet av skärmen, från vilket fönster som " +"helst i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:221 msgid "" "For more information on the Odoo *VoIP* widget, see this documentation: " ":doc:`../voip_widget`" msgstr "" +"För mer information om Odoo *VoIP*-widgeten, se denna dokumentation: " +":doc:`../voip_widget`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -8064,6 +8245,11 @@ msgid "" " indicating the agent is logged in. The call automatically ends " "(disconnects)." msgstr "" +"För att en agent ska kunna ansluta till samtalskön ringer du " +":guilabel:`Agent connection` och trycker på den gröna samtalsknappen " +":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` i *VoIP*-widgeten. Agenten hör sedan ett kort " +"meddelande på två sekunder som indikerar att agenten är inloggad. Samtalet " +"avslutas automatiskt (kopplas bort)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -8071,6 +8257,9 @@ msgid "" "management console `_, and click " ":guilabel:`Queues`, located in the left-hand column." msgstr "" +"För att se de anslutna agenterna i en samtalskö, navigera till `Axivox " +"management console `_, och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Queues`, som finns i den vänstra kolumnen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -8079,6 +8268,10 @@ msgid "" "connected to the queue currently, appears in the column next to the queue " "they are logged into." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på den gröna knappen :guilabel:`Refresh` högst upp i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Connected agents`. Alla agenter (statiska eller dynamiska) som är" +" anslutna till kön för närvarande visas i kolumnen bredvid den kö de är " +"inloggade i." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -8087,6 +8280,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon. The agent is disconnected from the queue after a" " short, two-second message." msgstr "" +"För att logga ut ur kön, öppna Odoo *VoIP*-widgeten, ring upp " +":guilabel:`Agent disconnection`-numret och tryck på den gröna samtalsknappen" +" :guilabel:`📞 (telefon)`-ikonen. Agenten kopplas bort från kön efter ett " +"kort meddelande på två sekunder." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -8096,6 +8293,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refresh` button at the top of the :guilabel:`Connected agents` " "column." msgstr "" +"För att manuellt logga ut en dynamisk agent från en samtalskö, gå till " +"`Axivox management console `_ och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Queues` i den vänstra kolumnen. Klicka sedan på den gröna knappen" +" :guilabel:`Refresh` högst upp i kolumnen :guilabel:`Connected agents`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -8103,10 +8304,13 @@ msgid "" "button, and they are immediately disconnected. This can be helpful in " "situations where agents forget to log out at the end of the day." msgstr "" +"Om du vill koppla bort en agent manuellt klickar du på den röda knappen " +":guilabel:`Disconnect`, så kopplas agenten bort omedelbart. Detta kan vara " +"användbart i situationer där agenter glömmer att logga ut i slutet av dagen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:3 msgid "Conference calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konferenssamtal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8114,16 +8318,22 @@ msgid "" "can be discussed in an open forum of sorts. Attendees can be limited, via a " "sign-in code. That way, confidential matters stay private." msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av telefonkonferenser kan medarbetarna snabbt och effektivt komma " +"i kontakt med varandra och diskutera olika frågor i ett slags öppet forum. " +"Deltagarantalet kan begränsas med hjälp av en inloggningskod. På så sätt " +"förblir konfidentiella frågor privata." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:9 msgid "" "This document covers the configuration of conference calls in Axivox for use" " in Odoo *VoIP*." msgstr "" +"Detta dokument beskriver konfigurationen av konferenssamtal i Axivox för " +"användning i Odoo *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:12 msgid "Add a virtual conference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en virtuell konferens" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -8131,34 +8341,46 @@ msgid "" " `_. After logging in, click on " ":guilabel:`Conferences` in the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett virtuellt konferensrum, navigera till `Axivox " +"management console `_. När du har loggat in " +"klickar du på :guilabel:`Konferenser` i menyn till vänster." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, click the green button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a conference`, and a " ":guilabel:`New conference` form appears." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på den gröna knappen med texten :guilabel:`Add a conference`, " +"så visas formuläret :guilabel:`New conference`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "New conference form on Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nytt konferensformulär om Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:25 msgid "" "From here, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` field, and set an " ":guilabel:`Internal extension`." msgstr "" +"Fyll sedan i fältet :guilabel:`Name` och ange en :guilabel:`Internal " +"extension`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:27 msgid "" "The internal extension is what everyone in the network uses to quickly dial " "into the conference call, instead of typing in the whole phone number." msgstr "" +"Den interna anknytningen är den som alla i nätverket använder för att snabbt" +" ringa in till konferenssamtalet, istället för att skriva in hela " +"telefonnumret." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:31 msgid "" "Pick a number between three and five digits long, making it easy to remember" " and dial." msgstr "" +"Välj ett nummer som är mellan tre och fem siffror långt, så att det blir " +"lätt att komma ihåg och slå." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -8167,12 +8389,18 @@ msgid "" "for the conference is dialed. Immediately after dialing the extension, a " "digital receptionist prompts for the :guilabel:`Access code`." msgstr "" +"Ställ sedan in :guilabel:`Access code`, om konferensrummet kräver säkerhet. " +"Detta är ett lösenord för att komma in i konferensen, när anknytningen för " +"konferensen har ringts upp. Omedelbart efter att du har ringt upp " +"anknytningen frågar en digital receptionist efter :guilabel:`Access code`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Administrator extension` field, click the drop-down menu, " "and select the user's extension that manages the call." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Administratörens anknytning` klickar du på " +"rullgardinsmenyn och väljer den användares anknytning som hanterar samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8180,6 +8408,9 @@ msgid "" "conference` field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Yes` or " ":guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, i fältet :guilabel:`Vänta på att administratören startar " +"konferensen` klickar du på rullgardinsmenyn och väljer :guilabel:`Ja` eller " +":guilabel:`Nej`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8187,6 +8418,9 @@ msgid "" "the virtual conference room until the administrator is present, and logged " "into the conference call." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer :guilabel:`Yes`, får ingen använda det virtuella " +"konferensrummet förrän administratören är närvarande och inloggad i " +"konferenssamtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8194,6 +8428,9 @@ msgid "" "configuration. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right " "corner to implement the change in production." msgstr "" +"När alla fält är ifyllda, se till att :guilabel:`Spara` konfigurationen. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet för att " +"implementera ändringen i produktionen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -8201,6 +8438,9 @@ msgid "" " option to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Edit` the conference from the " "Axivox :guilabel:`Conference` main dashboard." msgstr "" +"När detta görs läggs konferensen till och Axivox-administratören har " +"möjlighet att :guilabel:`Delete` eller :guilabel:`Edit` konferensen från " +"Axivox :guilabel:`Conference` huvudpanel." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8209,6 +8449,10 @@ msgid "" "enter the extension or phone number of the invitee in the pop-up window that" " appears." msgstr "" +"För att bjuda in en Axivox-användare till ett specifikt konferenssamtal, " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Invite` till höger om önskad konferens och ange sedan " +"anknytning eller telefonnummer till den inbjudna personen i popup-fönstret " +"som visas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -8217,17 +8461,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invite` button, and the recipient immediately receives a phone " "call, automatically linking them to the conference." msgstr "" +"När anknytningen eller numret har lagts till i fältet :guilabel:`Ange " +"telefonnumret till den person du vill bjuda in` klickar du på den gröna " +"knappen :guilabel:`Bjud in` och mottagaren får omedelbart ett telefonsamtal " +"som automatiskt kopplar honom/henne till konferensen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:32 msgid "Incoming numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkommande antal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:68 msgid "" "To open a conference to a wider audience, an Axivox conference can be linked" " to *Incoming numbers*." msgstr "" +"För att öppna en konferens för en bredare publik kan en Axivox-konferens " +"kopplas till *Inkommande nummer*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -8235,6 +8485,8 @@ msgid "" "`_, and click :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` in the" " menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Logga in på `Axivox management console `_ och " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` i menyn till vänster." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -8242,12 +8494,16 @@ msgid "" " far-right of the :guilabel:`Number` to which the conference should be " "attached." msgstr "" +"På :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` dashboard, klicka på :guilabel:`Edit` längst" +" till höger om det :guilabel:`Number` som konferensen ska kopplas till." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:76 msgid "" "Then, under the first field, labeled, :guilabel:`Destination type for voice " "call`, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Conference`." msgstr "" +"Sedan, under det första fältet, märkt, :guilabel:`Destinationstyp för " +"röstsamtal`, klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj :guilabel:`Konferens`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -8255,6 +8511,8 @@ msgid "" "select the specific conference that should be attached to this incoming " "number." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på rullgardinsmenyn i fältet :guilabel:`Konferens` och välj den" +" specifika konferens som ska kopplas till det inkommande numret." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -8263,10 +8521,14 @@ msgid "" "*is* an :guilabel:`Access code` required, the caller is then prompted to " "enter the :guilabel:`Access code` to enter the conference." msgstr "" +"När detta inkommande nummer slås släpps uppringaren in i konferensen, om det" +" inte krävs en :guilabel:`Access code`. Om det *finns* en :guilabel:`Access " +"code` som krävs, uppmanas den som ringer upp att ange :guilabel:`Access " +"code` för att komma in i konferensen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:87 msgid "Start call in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starta samtal i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8275,26 +8537,35 @@ msgid "" "the specific extension number for the conference, and click the :guilabel:`📞" " (phone)` icon." msgstr "" +"Var som helst i Odoo-databasen öppnar du *VoIP*-widgeten genom att klicka på" +" :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)`-ikonen, som finns i det övre högra hörnet. Slå sedan" +" det specifika anknytningsnumret för konferensen och klicka på :guilabel:`📞 " +"(telefon)`-ikonen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "Connecting to a conference extension using the Odoo VoIP widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ansluta till ett konferenstillägg med hjälp av Odoo VoIP-widgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:97 msgid "" "Once the digital receptionist answers, enter the :guilabel:`Access code` (if" " needed), and press the :guilabel:`# (pound)` icon/key." msgstr "" +"När den digitala receptionisten svarar, ange :guilabel:`Access code` (vid " +"behov), och tryck på :guilabel:`# (pound)` ikonen/ tangenten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced dial plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancerade uppringningsplaner" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:5 msgid "" "Typically, companies have a lot of incoming calls every day, but many do not" " want their teams to answer calls 24 hours a day, 7 days a week." msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis har företag många inkommande samtal varje dag, men många vill " +"inte att deras team ska svara på samtal 24 timmar om dygnet, 7 dagar i " +"veckan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8302,6 +8573,10 @@ msgid "" "and routing can be set up for all scenarios. This way, customers are never " "left waiting, or frustrated, because they cannot get in touch with anyone." msgstr "" +"Genom att använda Axivox funktioner för avancerad nummerplanering kan " +"processen automatiseras och routing kan ställas in för alla scenarier. På så" +" sätt behöver kunderna aldrig vänta eller bli frustrerade för att de inte " +"kan komma i kontakt med någon." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -8311,18 +8586,28 @@ msgid "" "automatically using a digital receptionist. This way, an administrative team" " does **not** have to be available around the clock." msgstr "" +"Genom att använda de avancerade elementen i nummerplaner kan företag " +"automatisera vidarekoppling av samtal under vissa dagar eller tider, t.ex. " +"företagets helgdagar. Företag kan också låta uppringare själva ange " +"anknytningar och bli automatiskt vidarekopplade med hjälp av en digital " +"receptionist. På så sätt behöver ett administrativt team **inte** vara " +"tillgängligt dygnet runt." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:17 msgid "" "There is even the option to route callers, depending on where they are " "calling from in the world, thus maximizing efficiency." msgstr "" +"Det finns till och med möjlighet att dirigera samtal beroende på varifrån i " +"världen de ringer, vilket maximerar effektiviteten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:21 msgid "" "For more information on basic dial plans, and how to add elements, visit " ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`." msgstr "" +"Mer information om grundläggande uppringningsplaner och hur du lägger till " +"element finns i :doc:`dial_plan_basics`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -8330,17 +8615,22 @@ msgid "" "in dial plans. Do **not** use a translator with the Axivox management " "console." msgstr "" +"Om du använder ett webbläsartillägg för stavning kan det hindra användningen" +" av den visuella redigeraren i uppringningsplaner. Använd **inte** en " +"översättare med Axivox hanteringskonsol." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:160 msgid "Advanced elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancerade element" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:30 msgid "" "In Axivox dial plans (as described in :doc:`dial_plan_basics`), there are " "two advanced elements that can be used." msgstr "" +"I Axivox uppringningsplaner (som beskrivs i :doc:`dial_plan_basics`) finns " +"det två avancerade element som kan användas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:164 @@ -8348,6 +8638,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Record`: recording feature is enabled (requires plan change, " "enabled in Axivox settings)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Record`: inspelningsfunktionen är aktiverad (kräver planändring, " +"aktiverad i Axivox inställningar)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:166 @@ -8355,6 +8647,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Caller ID`: replace the caller ID by the called number or free " "text." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Caller ID`: ersätt uppringarens ID med det uppringda numret eller" +" fritext." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -8362,6 +8656,9 @@ msgid "" "located in the menu on the left side of the `Axivox management console " "`_." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till ett av dessa element går du till sidan :guilabel:`Dial" +" plans`, som finns i menyn till vänster i `Axivox management console " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8369,23 +8666,31 @@ msgid "" "desired dial plan to edit it. Finally, open the :guilabel:`New element` " "drop-down menu, select the element, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Visual Editor` till höger om den önskade " +"uppringningsplanen för att redigera den. Slutligen öppnar du " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`New element`, markerar elementet och klickar på " +":guilabel:`Add`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Visual editor for a dial plan in Axivox, with Add and the dispatcher element" " highlighted." msgstr "" +"Visuell editor för en nummerplan i Axivox, med Add och dispatcher-elementet " +"markerade." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:99 msgid "For more information, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För mer information, besök :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Record` element records calls that are routed through this " "element, and requires an additional plan change in Axivox." msgstr "" +"Elementet :guilabel:`Record` registrerar samtal som dirigeras genom detta " +"element, och kräver ytterligare en planändring i Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -8395,24 +8700,35 @@ msgid "" "there, select :guilabel:`Enabled` from the drop-down menu to enable " "recording using the :guilabel:`Record` element in a dial plan." msgstr "" +"För att aktivera inspelning i Axivox, gå till :guilabel:`Inställningar` i " +"`Axivox management console `_. Gå sedan till " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Inspelning`, nära botten av sidan. Välj sedan " +":guilabel:`Enabled` i rullgardinsmenyn för att aktivera inspelning med " +":guilabel:`Record`-elementet i en uppringningsplan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:60 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Recording` drop-down menu is unavailable and unable to " "change, then consult Axivox to enable the feature." msgstr "" +"Om rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Recording` inte är tillgänglig och inte går " +"att ändra, kontakta Axivox för att aktivera funktionen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Caller ID` element allows for the replacement of the caller " "ID downstream, after routing." msgstr "" +"Elementet :guilabel:`Caller ID` gör det möjligt att byta ut " +"nummerpresentatören nedströms, efter routning." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:66 msgid "" "Upon adding the :guilabel:`Caller ID` element to the dial plan, and double-" "clicking it to configure it, two options appear." msgstr "" +"När du lägger till elementet :guilabel:`Caller ID` i uppringningsplanen, och" +" dubbelklickar på det för att konfigurera det, visas två alternativ." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -8421,6 +8737,10 @@ msgid "" " by the called number`. This option replaces the caller's ID with the " ":guilabel:`Incoming number`." msgstr "" +"Det första är ett :guilabel:`Fri text` fält, där valfri text kan matas in " +"för att ersätta uppringarens ID. Det andra alternativet är :guilabel:`Ersätt" +" uppringarens ID med det uppringda numret`. Det här alternativet ersätter " +"uppringarens ID med :guilabel:`Inkommande nummer`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -8428,11 +8748,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming number`, so employees, or outside transfers, cannot see " "the number, and information is kept private." msgstr "" +"Ett företag kanske vill använda elementet :guilabel:`Caller ID` för att " +"ersätta :guilabel:`Incoming number`, så att anställda eller externa " +"överföringar inte kan se numret och informationen hålls privat." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:135 msgid "Basic routing elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundläggande element för routing" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -8441,6 +8764,11 @@ msgid "" "numbers to an action, or by using a *Digital Receptionist* to automatically " "route or listen for an extension, based on a key input from the caller." msgstr "" +"Grundläggande routningselement i Axivox nummerplaner ger anknytningsbaserad " +"routning. Detta kan göras genom att lägga till antingen en *Meny* för att " +"numeriskt länka uppringningsnumren till en åtgärd, eller genom att använda " +"en *Digital Receptionist* för att automatiskt dirigera eller lyssna efter en" +" anknytning, baserat på en knapptryckning från den som ringer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -8448,6 +8776,9 @@ msgid "" "Receptionist* does **not** need to be pre-configured numerically with " "actions. Instead, it acts as a virtual receptionist." msgstr "" +"Den största skillnaden mellan de två elementen är att *Digital Receptionist*" +" **inte** behöver förkonfigureras numeriskt med åtgärder. Istället fungerar " +"den som en virtuell receptionist." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8456,12 +8787,18 @@ msgid "" "feature an element, wherein clicking '2' takes the caller to the element " "linked to '2' on the Menu element in the dial plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Menu`: lägg till en nummeruppringningskatalog och konfigurerade " +"nedströmsåtgärder (ej terminal). En nummeruppringningsfunktion kan t.ex. " +"innehålla ett element, där den som klickar på '2' kommer till det element " +"som är länkat till '2' i menyelementet i nummeruppringningsplanen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`: attach a virtual dispatcher to listen for " "extensions." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`: koppla en virtuell telefonist för att " +"lyssna av anknytningar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -8472,10 +8809,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click " ":guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett av dessa element, gå till sidan " +":guilabel:`Ringplaner`, som finns i menyn till vänster i `Axivox management " +"console `_. Klicka sedan på knappen " +":guilabel:`Visual Editor` till höger om uppringningsplanen för att redigera " +"uppringningsplanen. Öppna sedan rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Nytt element`, " +"välj elementet och klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:102 msgid "Digital receptionist scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scenario för digital receptionist" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -8483,6 +8826,9 @@ msgid "" "routes callers through a dial plan, based on the extension they enter, via " "the key pad." msgstr "" +"Elementet *Digital Receptionist* är en lyssningsfunktion som på ett korrekt " +"sätt dirigerar inringare genom en uppringningsplan, baserat på den " +"anknytning de anger via knappsatsen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -8490,6 +8836,10 @@ msgid "" "receptionist, to be on-call all the time. With that element in place, calls " "now reach their destination, without a real person interjecting." msgstr "" +"Ställ in en *Digital Receptionist* för att eliminera behovet av ett team, " +"eller en levande receptionist, att vara i beredskap hela tiden. Med denna " +"funktion på plats når samtalen nu sin destination utan att en verklig person" +" behöver ingripa." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -8498,12 +8848,18 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Timeout` on the :guilabel:`receptionist` pop-up window that " "appears." msgstr "" +"När du har lagt till elementet :guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` i en " +"uppringningsplan ansluter du lämpliga ändpunkter och dubbelklickar på " +"elementet för att ställa in :guilabel:`Timeout` i popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`receptionist` som visas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:115 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timeout` can be set in `5` second increments, from `5` " "seconds to `60` seconds." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Timeout` kan ställas in i steg om `5` sekunder, från `5` sekunder" +" till `60` sekunder." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -8511,6 +8867,9 @@ msgid "" "a file` element on either side of it, to explain what action to take, and " "when a wrong extension is entered." msgstr "" +"Elementet :guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` **kräver** ett element " +":guilabel:`Play a file` på båda sidor om det, för att förklara vad som ska " +"göras och när en felaktig anknytning anges." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -8518,6 +8877,10 @@ msgid "" "window, add a :guilabel:`Menu` element, with a :guilabel:`Greeting message` " "that might read, `Press star to dial an extension`." msgstr "" +"När du anpassar en uppringningsplan i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Dialplan " +"Editor` kan du lägga till ett :guilabel:`Menu`-element med ett " +":guilabel:`Greeting message` som kan lyda: `Tryck på star för att ringa upp " +"en anknytning`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -8526,6 +8889,10 @@ msgid "" "message` saying, 'Enter the extension of the person you are trying to " "reach'." msgstr "" +"I :guilabel:`Menu`-elementet, för alternativet :guilabel:`* (star)`, länkar " +"du sedan ett :guilabel:`Play a file`-element, som spelar upp ett " +":guilabel:`Audio message` med texten \"Enter the extension of the person you" +" are trying to reach\" (Ange anknytningen till den person du försöker nå)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -8534,45 +8901,60 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Play a file` element, which states, 'That is not a valid " "extension'." msgstr "" +"Efter det första :guilabel:`Play a file`-elementet lägger du till " +":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`-elementet, följt av ytterligare ett " +":guilabel:`Play a file`-element, som säger: \"Det är inte ett giltigt " +"filnamnstillägg\"." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:134 msgid "" "This last element is in place to close the loop, should the caller not enter" " a correct extension." msgstr "" +"Detta sista element finns på plats för att stänga loopen, om den som ringer " +"inte anger en korrekt anknytning." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:136 msgid "" "Finally, this last :guilabel:`Play a file` element is looped back into the " ":guilabel:`Menu` element." msgstr "" +"Slutligen återkopplas det sista :guilabel:`Play a file`-elementet till " +":guilabel:`Menu`-elementet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:0 msgid "A digital receptionist element highlighted in an example dial plan." msgstr "" +"Ett digitalt receptionistelement markerat i ett exempel på uppringningsplan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:144 msgid "" "Dial plan elements can be configured by double-clicking them, and selecting " "different features of the Axivox console to them." msgstr "" +"Dialplanelement kan konfigureras genom att dubbelklicka på dem och välja " +"olika funktioner i Axivox-konsolen till dem." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:147 msgid "" "For example, an :guilabel:`Audio message` needs to be made, and then " "selected in a :guilabel:`Play a file` or :guilabel:`Menu` element." msgstr "" +"Till exempel måste ett :guilabel:`Audio-meddelande` skapas och sedan väljas " +"i ett :guilabel:`Play a file`- eller :guilabel:`Menu`-element." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:150 msgid "" "For more information, see this documentation " ":ref:`voip/axivox/audio_messages`." msgstr "" +"Mer information finns i denna dokumentation " +":ref:`voip/axivox/audio_messages`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:147 msgid "Advanced routing elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancerade element för routing" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -8581,22 +8963,31 @@ msgid "" "whitelisting, or time-based variables. Calls pass through a filter prior to " "their final destination, and are routed, based on the set variable(s)." msgstr "" +"Avancerad vidarekoppling styr samtalen automatiskt när de tas emot till det " +"eller de inkommande numren. Detta kan konfigureras med hjälp av geografisk " +"lokalisering, vitlistning eller tidsbaserade variabler. Samtalen passerar " +"genom ett filter innan de når sin slutdestination och dirigeras baserat på " +"de inställda variablerna." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:160 msgid "The following are advanced routing elements:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Följande är avancerade routningselement:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dispatcher`: create a call filter to route traffic, based on the " "geo-location of the caller ID." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dispatcher`: skapa ett samtalsfilter för att dirigera trafik, " +"baserat på den geografiska placeringen av uppringarens ID." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access List`: create a tailored access list, with VIP customer " "preference." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Access List`: skapa en skräddarsydd åtkomstlista, med VIP-" +"kundpreferenser." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:154 @@ -8604,12 +8995,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Condition`: create time conditions to route incoming traffic" " around holidays, or other sensitive time-frames." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Time Condition`: skapa tidsvillkor för att dirigera inkommande " +"trafik runt helgdagar eller andra känsliga tidsramar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:169 msgid "" "Whitelisting is a technical term used to create a list of allowed numbers. " "Conversely, blacklisting is used to create a list of denied numbers." msgstr "" +"Vitlistning är en teknisk term som används för att skapa en lista över " +"tillåtna nummer. Omvänt används svartlistning för att skapa en lista över " +"nekade nummer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -8620,10 +9016,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click " ":guilabel:`Add`. For more information, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett av dessa element, gå till sidan " +":guilabel:`Ringplaner`, som finns i menyn till vänster i `Axivox management " +"console `_. Klicka sedan på knappen " +":guilabel:`Visual Editor` till höger om uppringningsplanen för att redigera " +"uppringningsplanen. Öppna sedan rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`New element`, " +"välj elementet och klicka på :guilabel:`Add`. Mer information finns på " +":ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:179 msgid "Dispatcher scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dispatcherscenario" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -8632,12 +9035,19 @@ msgid "" " a dial plan is linked to the :guilabel:`Start` element, in order to filter " "or screen calls as they come into an incoming number." msgstr "" +"Ett *Dispatcher*-element är en funktion i en uppringningsplan som styr " +"samtal baserat på region eller geografisk plats. I de flesta fall är " +":guilabel:`Dispatcher`-elementet i en uppringningsplan länkat till " +":guilabel:`Start`-elementet, för att filtrera eller sortera samtal när de " +"kommer in till ett inkommande nummer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:185 msgid "" "Double-click the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element in the :guilabel:`Dialplan " "Editor` pop-up window to configure it." msgstr "" +"Dubbelklicka på :guilabel:`Dispatcher`-elementet i popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` för att konfigurera det." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -8645,6 +9055,9 @@ msgid "" "regular expressions. To add a regular expression, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the bottom of the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Detta element kontrollerar nummer (som dirigeras genom detta element) enligt" +" reguljära uttryck. Lägg till ett reguljärt uttryck genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Add a line` längst ned i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Dispatcher`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -8653,6 +9066,10 @@ msgid "" "element on the dial plan showcased in the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up" " window." msgstr "" +"Under :guilabel:`Name` anger du sedan ett igenkännbart namn för att " +"identifiera detta uttryck. Detta är det namn som visas i elementet " +":guilabel:`Dispatcher` på den uppringningsplan som visas i popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -8661,38 +9078,49 @@ msgid "" "helpful when a company would like to filter their customers to certain " "queues, or users based on the customer's geo-location." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Regular expression` anger du den landskod eller " +"riktnummer som Axivox ska vidarekoppla inkommande samtal till. Detta är " +"särskilt användbart när ett företag vill filtrera sina kunder till vissa " +"köer eller användare baserat på kundens geografiska position." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:200 msgid "" "To specify all numbers behind a certain country code, or area code, include " "`\\d+` after the country code, or country code + area code." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ange alla nummer bakom en viss landskod eller riktnummer anger du" +" `\\d+` efter landskoden, eller landskod + riktnummer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Dispatcher configuration panel, with name, regular expression and add a line" " highlighted." msgstr "" +"Dispatcherns konfigurationspanel, med namn, reguljärt uttryck och lägg till " +"en rad markerade." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:208 msgid "`02\\\\d+`: validates the numbers starting with `02`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`02\\\\d+`: validerar de tal som börjar med `02`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:209 msgid "`00\\\\d+`: validates all numbers beginning with `00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`00\\\\d+`: validerar alla tal som börjar med `00`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:210 msgid "" "`0052\\\\d+` validates all numbers beginning with `0052` (Mexico country " "code)" msgstr "" +"`0052\\\\d+` validerar alla nummer som börjar med `0052` (Mexikos landskod)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:211 msgid "" "`001716\\\\d+`: validates all numbers beginning with `001716` (USA country " "code + Western New York area code)" msgstr "" +"`001716\\\\d+`: validerar alla nummer som börjar med `001716` (landskod USA " +"+ riktnummer Western New York)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -8701,12 +9129,18 @@ msgid "" "specifies a match pattern in text. In other words, a match is made within " "the given range of numbers." msgstr "" +"Ett reguljärt uttryck (förkortat \"regex\" eller \"regexp\"), ibland kallat " +"\"rationellt uttryck\", är en sekvens av tecken som specificerar ett " +"matchningsmönster i text. Med andra ord görs en matchning inom det angivna " +"talintervallet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:219 msgid "" "When the desired configurations are complete on the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` " "pop-up window, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"När de önskade konfigurationerna är klara i popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Dispatcher` klickar du på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -8714,12 +9148,17 @@ msgid "" "routes available to configure, based on the :guilabel:`Regular Expressions` " "that were set." msgstr "" +"När du gör det visas elementet :guilabel:`Dispatcher` med olika rutter " +"tillgängliga att konfigurera, baserat på de :guilabel:`Regular Expressions` " +"som ställts in." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:225 msgid "" "Attach these routes to any :guilabel:`New element` in the " ":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Koppla dessa rutter till valfritt :guilabel:`Nytt element` i popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -8727,26 +9166,34 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dispatcher` element after setting at least one :guilabel:`Regular" " Expression`." msgstr "" +"Som standard finns det en :guilabel:`Unknown` sökväg som visas på " +":guilabel:`Dispatcher` elementet efter att minst ett :guilabel:`Regular " +"Expression` har angetts." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:230 msgid "" "Calls follow this route/path when their number does not match any " ":guilabel:`Regular Expression` set on the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element." msgstr "" +"Samtal följer denna rutt/väg när deras nummer inte matchar något " +":guilabel:`Regular Expression` som ställts in på " +":guilabel:`Dispatcher`-elementet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "Dial plan with dispatcher element highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uppringningsplan med avsändarelement markerat." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:238 msgid "Time condition scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scenario för tidsförhållanden" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:240 msgid "" "When a :guilabel:`Time Condition` element is added to a dial plan, it has a " "simple :guilabel:`True` and :guilabel:`False` routing." msgstr "" +"När ett :guilabel:`Time Condition`-element läggs till i en uppringningsplan " +"har det en enkel :guilabel:`True`- och :guilabel:`False`-routing." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -8755,6 +9202,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days of the week`, :guilabel:`Day of the month`, and " ":guilabel:`Month` can all be configured." msgstr "" +"När du har lagt till elementet :guilabel:`Time Condition` i en " +"uppringningsplan dubbelklickar du på det för att konfigurera variablerna. " +":guilabel:`Hour/Minute`, :guilabel:`Days of the week`, :guilabel:`Day of the" +" month`, och :guilabel:`Month` kan alla konfigureras." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -8762,28 +9213,33 @@ msgid "" "time conditions, then the :guilabel:`True` path is followed, otherwise the " ":guilabel:`False` path is followed." msgstr "" +"Om den tidpunkt då uppringaren kontaktar det inkommande numret stämmer " +"överens med de angivna tidsvillkoren, följs :guilabel:`True` -vägen, annars " +"följs :guilabel:`False` -vägen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:251 msgid "" "For a company that is closed yearly for the American Independence Day " "holiday (July 4th) the following time conditions should be set:" msgstr "" +"För ett företag som håller stängt varje år på grund av den amerikanska " +"självständighetsdagen (4 juli) bör följande tidsvillkor ställas in:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:254 msgid ":guilabel:`Hour/Minute` - `0:0 to 23:59`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hour/Minute` - `0:0 till 23:59`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:255 msgid ":guilabel:`Day of the week` - `All to All`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Veckodag` - `Alla till alla`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:256 msgid ":guilabel:`Day of the month` - `From 4 to 4`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Månadens dag` - `Från 4 till 4`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:257 msgid ":guilabel:`Month` - `July`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Månad` - `Juli`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -8792,12 +9248,18 @@ msgid "" "where they can be helped, either with a real person or voicemail, this " "reduces wasted time and hangups." msgstr "" +"Elementet :guilabel:`Time Condition` är särskilt användbart för helgdagar, " +"veckoslut och för att ange arbetstider. När en uppringare når en destination" +" där de kan få hjälp, antingen med en riktig person eller röstbrevlådan, " +"minskar detta bortkastad tid och upphängningar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Time condition element set in a dial plan on Axivox. Time condition is " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Tidsvillkoret är inställt i en samtalsplan på Axivox. Tidsvillkoret är " +"markerat." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -8807,16 +9269,23 @@ msgid "" " the left. Then, set the :guilabel:`Timezone` using the second field from " "the bottom, by clicking the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"För att ställa in :guilabel:`Timezone` som :guilabel:`Time Condition` " +"arbetar under, gå till `Axivox management console " +"`_, och klicka på :guilabel:`Settings` i menyn " +"till vänster. Ställ sedan in :guilabel:`Timezone` i det andra fältet " +"nedifrån genom att klicka på rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:274 msgid "Access list scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scenario för åtkomstlista" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:276 msgid "" "An *Access List* element in a dial plan allows for the routing of certain " "numbers, and disallows (denies) other numbers." msgstr "" +"Ett *Access List*-element i en uppringningsplan gör det möjligt att dirigera" +" vissa nummer och avvisa (neka) andra nummer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -8824,6 +9293,9 @@ msgid "" "configured by double-clicking on the element directly in the " ":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"När du har lagt till ett :guilabel:`Access List`-element i en " +"uppringningsplan kan du konfigurera den genom att dubbelklicka på elementet " +"direkt i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -8831,6 +9303,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow` and :guilabel:`Deny` fields of the :guilabel:`Access List`" " pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Två fält visas där reguljära uttryck kan baseras i fälten :guilabel:`Allow` " +"och :guilabel:`Deny` i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Access List`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -8838,6 +9312,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow` field, and these callers can be sent directly to " "management." msgstr "" +"För en mycket viktig kund kan deras nummer anges i fältet :guilabel:`Allow`," +" och dessa samtal kan skickas direkt till ledningen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:290 msgid "" @@ -8845,23 +9321,27 @@ msgid "" "referred to as a \"rational expression,\" is a sequence of characters that " "specifies a match pattern in text." msgstr "" +"Ett reguljärt uttryck (förkortat \"regex\" eller \"regexp\"), ibland även " +"kallat \"rationellt uttryck\", är en sekvens av tecken som anger ett " +"matchningsmönster i text." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Access list element configuration with the allow/deny fields highlighted." msgstr "" +"Konfiguration av element i åtkomstlistan med fälten tillåt/avvisa markerade." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:298 msgid "`2\\\\d\\\\d`: validates numbers from `200 to 299`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`2\\\\d\\\\d`: validerar tal från `200 till 299`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:299 msgid "`02\\\\d*`: validates all numbers beginning with `02`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`02\\\\d*`: validerar alla tal som börjar med `02`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:300 msgid "`0017165551212`: validates the number (`0017165551212`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`0017165551212`: validerar numret (`0017165551212`)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -8869,12 +9349,17 @@ msgid "" " expressions or numbers, click :guilabel:`Save` on the :guilabel:`Access " "List` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"När du har ställt in fälten :guilabel:`Allow` och :guilabel:`Deny` med " +"reguljära uttryck eller siffror klickar du på :guilabel:`Save` i popup-" +"fönstret :guilabel:`Access List`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:305 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Access list` element in the dial plan, three paths " "(or routes) are available to link to further actions." msgstr "" +"På :guilabel:`Access list`-elementet i uppringningsplanen finns sedan tre " +"vägar (eller rutter) tillgängliga för att länka till ytterligare åtgärder." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:308 msgid "" @@ -8884,25 +9369,33 @@ msgid "" " Lastly, :guilabel:`Authorized` callers can be sent to a specific extension " "or queue." msgstr "" +"Okända samtal kan dirigeras genom det vanliga menyflödet genom att lägga " +"till ett :guilabel:`Menu`-element och ansluta det till " +":guilabel:`Unknown`-sökvägen. :guilabel:`Refused`-samtal kan dirigeras till " +":guilabel:`Hang up`-elementet. Slutligen kan :guilabel:`Authorized`-samtal " +"skickas till en specifik anknytning eller kö." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "Access list element highlighted in an example dial plan." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accesslistelement markerade i ett exempel på uppringningsplan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:318 msgid "Switches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strömbrytare" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:320 msgid "" "A *Switch* element in Axivox is a simple activated/deactivated route action." msgstr "" +"Ett *Switch*-element i Axivox är en enkel aktiverad/deaktiverad ruttåtgärd." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:322 msgid "" "These can be activated or chosen quickly, allowing for quick routing " "changes, without altering the dial plan." msgstr "" +"Dessa kan aktiveras eller väljas snabbt, vilket möjliggör snabba ändringar " +"av routingen utan att ändra uppringningsplanen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -8910,18 +9403,25 @@ msgid "" " switched to. This could be for new availability, or to adjust traffic flow " "for any number of reasons." msgstr "" +"Alternativa rutter kan konfigureras så att de kan kopplas om på ett " +"ögonblick. Det kan handla om ny tillgänglighet eller om att justera " +"trafikflödet av olika anledningar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:328 msgid "" "Axivox allows for a simple on/off switch, and a multi-switch, which can have" " several paths to choose from." msgstr "" +"Axivox möjliggör en enkel on/off-switch och en multiswitch, som kan ha flera" +" vägar att välja mellan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:331 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switch`: a manual on/off control that can divert traffic, based " "on whether it is opened (on) or closed (off)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Switch`: en manuell på/av-kontroll som kan avleda trafik, baserat" +" på om den är öppen (på) eller stängd (av)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:333 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:156 @@ -8929,10 +9429,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multi-Switch`: a mechanism to create paths, and turn them on and " "off, to divert incoming calls." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Multi-Switch`: en mekanism för att skapa vägar, och slå på och av" +" dem, för att vidarekoppla inkommande samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:337 msgid "Basic switch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundläggande brytare" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -8942,18 +9444,28 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switches` dashboard, configure a :guilabel:`Name` for it, and " "click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"En :guilabel:`Switch` kan ställas in i `Axivox management console " +"`_ genom att navigera till :guilabel:`Switches` i" +" den vänstra menyn. För att skapa en ny switch klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg" +" till en switch` i :guilabel:`Switches`-panelen, anger ett :guilabel:`Namn` " +"för den och klickar på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:344 msgid "" "Then, toggle the desired switch to either :guilabel:`On` or :guilabel:`Off`," " from the :guilabel:`State` column on the :guilabel:`Switches` dashboard." msgstr "" +"Växla sedan önskad strömbrytare till antingen :guilabel:`On` eller " +":guilabel:`Off` från kolumnen :guilabel:`State` på instrumentpanelen " +":guilabel:`Switches`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:347 msgid "" "This :guilabel:`On` / :guilabel:`Off` state automatically routes traffic in " "a dial plan, in which this switch is set." msgstr "" +"Detta :guilabel:`On` / :guilabel:`Off` tillstånd dirigerar automatiskt " +"trafik i en uppringningsplan, i vilken denna omkopplare är inställd." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:350 msgid "" @@ -8961,16 +9473,21 @@ msgid "" "toggled in the switch. The call traffic travels to the :guilabel:`Inactive` " "route when :guilabel:`Off` is toggled in the switch." msgstr "" +"Trafiken går till :guilabel:`Active`-rutten när :guilabel:`On` är aktiverad " +"i växeln. Samtalstrafiken går till rutten :guilabel:`Inactive` när " +":guilabel:`Off` är omkopplad i växeln." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:354 msgid "" "Changes can be made on the fly, just be sure to click :guilabel:`Apply " "changes` to implement the them." msgstr "" +"Ändringar kan göras i farten, se bara till att klicka på :guilabel:`Apply " +"changes` för att implementera dem." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:358 msgid "Add a switch to dial plan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en växel i uppringningsplanen" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -8979,6 +9496,11 @@ msgid "" "in the left menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Visual Editor` next to the desired " "dial plan to open the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till en :guilabel:`Switch` till en uppringningsplan, gå till " +"`Axivox management console `_, och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Dial plans` i vänstermenyn. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Visual " +"Editor` bredvid den önskade uppringningsplanen för att öppna popup-fönstret " +":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -8986,22 +9508,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switch`, and then click :guilabel:`Add`. Double-click on the " "element to further configure the :guilabel:`Switch` element." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan :guilabel:`Switch` i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`New element` och" +" klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Add`. Dubbelklicka på elementet för att " +"konfigurera :guilabel:`Switch`-elementet ytterligare." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Switch configuration in a dial plan, with inactive and active routes " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Växelkonfiguration i en uppringningsplan, med inaktiva och aktiva rutter " +"markerade." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:373 msgid "Multi-switch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi-switch" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:375 msgid "" "A *Multi-Switch* element in Axivox is a switch where multiple paths can be " "configured, and switched between." msgstr "" +"Ett *Multi-Switch*-element i Axivox är en växel där flera vägar kan " +"konfigureras och växlas mellan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:378 msgid "" @@ -9009,12 +9538,17 @@ msgid "" " management console `_. Then, click on the " ":guilabel:`Switches` menu item in the left menu." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera och ställa in ett :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`-element, gå " +"till `Axivox management console `_. Klicka sedan " +"på menyalternativet :guilabel:`Switches` i den vänstra menyn." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:381 msgid "" "Toggle to the :guilabel:`Multi-switch` tab to create, or set, a pre-" "configured :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` element." msgstr "" +"Växla till fliken :guilabel:`Multi-switch` för att skapa, eller ställa in, " +"ett förkonfigurerat :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`-element." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -9023,10 +9557,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available choice`. Enter one :guilabel:`Available choice` per " "line. Do **not** duplicate any entries." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`, klicka på :guilabel:`Create " +"new`. Ange sedan ett :guilabel:`Namn` för elementet, och ange sedan " +":guilabel:`Tillgängligt val`. Ange ett :guilabel:`Available choice` per rad." +" Du får **inte** duplicera några poster." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:388 msgid "Remember to click :guilabel:`Save` when done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kom ihåg att klicka på :guilabel:`Save` när du är klar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:390 msgid "" @@ -9034,6 +9572,9 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` name, under the " ":guilabel:`Multi-switch` tab on the :guilabel:`Switches` dashboard." msgstr "" +"För att välja :guilabel:`State` för :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`, klicka på " +"rullgardinsmenyn bredvid :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` namn, under " +":guilabel:`Multi-switch` fliken på :guilabel:`Switches` instrumentpanelen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -9041,10 +9582,13 @@ msgid "" " The :guilabel:`State` can be edited on the fly, just be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Apply changes`." msgstr "" +"Den :guilabel:`State` som valts är den rutt som följs i uppringningsplanen. " +":guilabel:`State` kan redigeras i farten, se bara till att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Apply changes`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:398 msgid "Add a multi-switch to dial plan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg till en multi-switch till uppringningsplan" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -9052,12 +9596,18 @@ msgid "" "`Axivox management console `_, and click " ":guilabel:`Dial plans` in the left menu." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`-element i en " +"uppringningsplan, gå till `Axivox management console " +"`_, och klicka på :guilabel:`Dial plans` i den " +"vänstra menyn." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:403 msgid "" "Then, select or create a dial plan. Next, click :guilabel:`Visual Editor` on" " the desired dial plan." msgstr "" +"Välj eller skapa sedan en uppringningsplan. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Visual Editor` för önskad uppringningsplan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -9066,15 +9616,21 @@ msgid "" " Then, click :guilabel:`Add`. Double-click on the element to further " "configure the :guilabel:`Switch` element." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` som visas klickar du på " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`New element` och väljer :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Switch`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Add`. Dubbelklicka på elementet för att " +"konfigurera :guilabel:`Switch`-elementet ytterligare." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Multi-switch configuration in a dial plan, with chosen route highlighted." msgstr "" +"Konfiguration av flera switchar i en uppringningsplan, med vald rutt " +"markerad." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:3 msgid "Dial plan basics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundläggande om nummerplan" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9085,32 +9641,48 @@ msgid "" "company can call them back. With dial plans in Axivox, a company can manage " "how incoming calls like this are handled." msgstr "" +"När någon ringer till ett företag kan de behöva komma i kontakt med " +"kundsupport, ett säljteam eller till och med en persons direktlinje. Den som" +" ringer kanske också är ute efter information om företaget, t.ex. " +"öppettider. Eller så vill de lämna ett röstmeddelande så att någon från " +"företaget kan ringa upp dem. Med samtalsplaner i Axivox kan ett företag " +"hantera hur inkommande samtal som dessa ska hanteras." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:11 msgid "" "Using proper call architecture through a dial plan, callers get directed to " "the right people, or to the right information, in a quick, efficient manner." msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av korrekt samtalsarkitektur via en nummerplan kopplas inringare " +"till rätt personer eller till rätt information på ett snabbt och effektivt " +"sätt." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:14 msgid "This document covers the basic configuration of dial plans in Axivox." msgstr "" +"Detta dokument beskriver den grundläggande konfigurationen av nummerplaner i" +" Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on advanced dial plans, visit " ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." msgstr "" +"Mer information om avancerade uppringningsplaner finns i " +":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:20 msgid "" "Using a browser add-on for spelling may hinder the use of the visual editor " "in dial plans. Do not use a translator with the Axivox management console." msgstr "" +"Om du använder ett webbläsartillägg för stavning kan det hindra användningen" +" av den visuella redigeraren i uppringningsplaner. Använd inte en " +"översättare med Axivox hanteringskonsol." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:26 msgid "Dial plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planer för uppringning" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -9118,12 +9690,17 @@ msgid "" "`_, and clicking on :guilabel:`Dial plans` from " "the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Du får tillgång till uppringningsplaner genom att gå till `Axivox management" +" console `_ och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Oppringningsplaner` i menyn till vänster." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:31 msgid "" "To add a new dial plan from the :guilabel:`Dial plan` page, click the green " "button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a new dial plan`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till en ny nummerplan på sidan :guilabel:`Nummerplan` " +"klickar du på den gröna knappen :guilabel:`Lägg till en ny nummerplan`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -9131,32 +9708,45 @@ msgid "" "can be added, and improved upon, at any time. This allows for sandboxes to " "be created with many different configurations." msgstr "" +"Axivox har ingen gräns för hur många nummerplaner som kan skapas. Dessa kan " +"läggas till och förbättras när som helst. Detta gör det möjligt att skapa " +"sandlådor med många olika konfigurationer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "" "Dial plan dashboard with the edit features and Add a dial plan button " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Instrumentpanel för uppringningsplan med redigeringsfunktionerna och knappen" +" Lägg till en uppringningsplan markerade." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:43 msgid "" "To edit an existing dial plan, choose one of the following options to the " "right of the saved dial plan:" msgstr "" +"Om du vill redigera en befintlig uppringningsplan väljer du något av " +"följande alternativ till höger om den sparade uppringningsplanen:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: this action deletes the attached dial plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Delete`: denna åtgärd tar bort den bifogade uppringningsplanen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit`: this action allows the user to edit the dial plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Edit`: med denna åtgärd kan användaren redigera " +"uppringningsplanen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Visual Editor`: this action opens a visual editor window, where " "the dial plan architecture can be viewed and edited." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Visual Editor`: denna åtgärd öppnar ett visuellt " +"redigeringsfönster, där uppringningsplanens arkitektur kan visas och " +"redigeras." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -9164,10 +9754,13 @@ msgid "" "the bottom of the list, with an extension of one number (+1) larger than the" " original extension." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duplicate`: denna åtgärd duplicerar uppringningsplanen och " +"placerar den längst ner i listan, med en anknytning som är ett nummer (+1) " +"större än den ursprungliga anknytningen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:54 msgid "Dialplan editor (visual editor)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dialplan editor (visuell editor)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -9175,6 +9768,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dial plan` page, a pop-up :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` window " "appears." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på knappen :guilabel:`Visual Editor` för en uppringningsplan " +"på sidan :guilabel:`Dial plan` visas ett popup-fönster :guilabel:`Dial plan " +"Editor`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -9183,18 +9779,26 @@ msgid "" "(graphical user interface)` appears, where various dial plan elements can be" " configured and linked together." msgstr "" +"Detta popup-fönster är den primära platsen där uppringningsplanens " +"arkitektur, eller struktur, konfigureras. I det här fönstret visas ett " +":abbr:`GUI (grafiskt användargränssnitt)` där olika element i " +"uppringningsplanen kan konfigureras och länkas samman." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "" "Visual editor for an example dial plan, with the new element, Add, and Save buttons\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Visuell editor för ett exempel på en uppringningsplan, med knapparna Nytt element, Lägg till och Spara\n" +"markerad." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:69 msgid "" "New dial plans come blank with :guilabel:`New element` options for the user " "to :guilabel:`Add` and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Nya uppringningsplaner kommer tomma med :guilabel:`New element` alternativ " +"för användaren att :guilabel:`Add` och :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -9203,6 +9807,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button **must** be pressed before closing the " ":menuselection:`Visual editor`." msgstr "" +"Metoden för att spara i :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` skiljer sig från att " +"spara andra redigeringar i Axivox management console eftersom knappen " +":guilabel:`Save` **måste** tryckas innan :menuselection:`Visual editor` " +"stängs." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -9210,6 +9818,9 @@ msgid "" "**must** click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the " ":guilabel:`Dial plan` page." msgstr "" +"Innan dessa ändringar kan genomföras på Axivox-plattformen **måste** " +"användaren klicka på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet på " +"sidan :guilabel:`Dial plan`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -9217,6 +9828,9 @@ msgid "" "element to the dial plan. To do that, open the :guilabel:`New element` drop-" "down menu, and select the desired element. Then, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` kan användaren lägga till ett " +"nytt element i uppringningsplanen. Öppna rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Nytt " +"element` och markera önskat element. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Add`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -9224,6 +9838,9 @@ msgid "" "being modified. This element can be moved where desired amongst the other " "elements present in the dial plan." msgstr "" +"Om du gör detta läggs elementet till i den visuella editorn för den " +"uppringningsplan som modifieras. Detta element kan flyttas till önskad plats" +" bland de andra elementen i uppringningsplanen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -9233,17 +9850,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`(arrow)` icon to the desired element in the dial plan that it is " "meant to connect with." msgstr "" +"Anslut element i uppringningsplanen genom att klicka och dra utåt från " +":guilabel:`(öppen cirkel)`-ikonen på elementets högra sida. På så sätt visas" +" en :guilabel:`(pil)`-ikon. Fortsätt att dra denna :guilabel:`(pil)`-ikon " +"till det önskade elementet i uppringningsplanen som den är avsedd att " +"ansluta till." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:91 msgid "" "Connect the :guilabel:`(arrow)` icon to the circle on the left side of the " "desired element." msgstr "" +"Anslut :guilabel:`(pil)` ikonen till cirkeln på vänster sida av det önskade " +"elementet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:93 msgid "" "Calls displayed in the dial plan flow from left-to-right in the element." msgstr "" +"Samtal som visas i uppringningsplanen flödar från vänster till höger i " +"elementet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -9251,12 +9877,17 @@ msgid "" " element inside the dial plan, to reveal a subsequent pop-up window, wherein" " additional customizations can be entered." msgstr "" +"För att ytterligare konfigurera ett :guilabel:`New element`, dubbelklicka på" +" elementet i uppringningsplanen för att öppna ett efterföljande popup-" +"fönster, där ytterligare anpassningar kan anges." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:98 msgid "" "Each element has a different configuration pop-up window that appears when " "double-clicked." msgstr "" +"Varje element har ett eget popup-fönster för konfiguration som visas när du " +"dubbelklickar på det." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -9265,12 +9896,19 @@ msgid "" "up` element, or looping the element back to a :guilabel:`Menu` element or " ":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` element elsewhere in the dial plan." msgstr "" +"Alla element **måste** ha en slutdestination i uppringningsplanen för att en" +" loop ska kunna slutas. Detta kan åstadkommas genom att implementera " +":guilabel:`Hang up`-elementet, eller genom att loopa elementet tillbaka till" +" ett :guilabel:`Menu`-element eller :guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`-element" +" någon annanstans i uppringningsplanen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:0 msgid "" "Dial plan, shown with highlight looping open end back to the beginning of the menu\n" "element." msgstr "" +"Dial plan, visas med highlight looping open end tillbaka till början av menyn\n" +"Element." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -9280,10 +9918,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dial plans` page to ensure they are implemented into Axivox " "production." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade element och konfigurationer är klara, kom ihåg att klicka " +"på :guilabel:`Spara` innan du lämnar popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Dialplan " +"Editor`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` på sidan :guilabel:`Dial " +"plans` för att säkerställa att ändringarna implementeras i Axivox " +"produktion." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:117 msgid "Dial plan elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Delar av dial-planen" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -9291,96 +9934,120 @@ msgid "" "down menu, while designing a dial plan in the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Följande element är tillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`New element` " +"när du utformar en uppringningsplan i popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Dialplan " +"Editor`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:123 msgid "Basic elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundläggande element" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:125 msgid "" "These are the basic elements that are used in simple dial plans in Axivox:" msgstr "" +"Dessa är de grundläggande elementen som används i enkla samtalsplaner i " +"Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Call`: call an extension or queue." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Call`: ring en anknytning eller kö." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Play a file`: play an audio file or voice greeting." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Play a file`: spela upp en ljudfil eller rösthälsning." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Voicemail`: forward to a voicemail (terminal)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Voicemail`: vidarekoppla till ett röstmeddelande (terminal)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`Hang up`: hang up the call (terminal)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hang up`: lägg på luren (terminal)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Queue`: attach a call queue with a group of users to answer a " "call." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Queue`: koppla en samtalskö med en grupp användare som kan svara " +"på ett samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conference`: add a conference room for a caller to connect to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Conference`: lägg till ett konferensrum för en uppringare att " +"ansluta till." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:137 msgid "" "Routing elements change or route the path of a caller, these are some basic " "routing elements used in Axivox:" msgstr "" +"Routingelement ändrar eller dirigerar vägen för en uppringare, detta är " +"några grundläggande routingelement som används i Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Menu`: add a dial-by-number directory and configure downstream " "actions (not terminal)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Menu`: lägg till en nummeruppringningskatalog och konfigurera " +"nedströmsåtgärder (ej terminal)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switch`: attach a manual on/off control that can divert traffic " "based on whether it is opened (On) or closed (Off)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Switch`: bifogar en manuell på/av-kontroll som kan avleda trafik " +"baserat på om den är öppen (On) eller stängd (Off)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`: attach a virtual dispatcher to listen for " "extensions to connect to." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`: koppla en virtuell dispatcher som lyssnar " +"efter anknytningar att ansluta till." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:149 msgid "These are the more advanced elements that route calls in Axivox:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta är de mer avancerade elementen som dirigerar samtal i Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:151 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dispatcher`: create a call filter to route traffic based on the " "geo-location of the caller ID." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dispatcher`: skapa ett samtalsfilter för att dirigera trafik " +"baserat på den geografiska placeringen av uppringarens ID." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:153 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access List`: create a tailored access list with VIP customer " "preference." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Access List`: skapa en skräddarsydd åtkomstlista med VIP-" +"kundpreferenser." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:162 msgid "The following are more advanced elements (not routing) in Axivox:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Följande är mer avancerade element (ej routing) i Axivox:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:169 msgid "" "Dial plan elements can be configured by double-clicking them, and linking " "different aspects of the Axivox console to them." msgstr "" +"Dialplanelement kan konfigureras genom att dubbelklicka på dem och länka " +"olika aspekter av Axivox-konsolen till dem." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:173 msgid "Attach to incoming number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Koppla till inkommande nummer" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -9388,12 +10055,17 @@ msgid "" "management console `_ , and click on " ":guilabel:`Incoming numbers`." msgstr "" +"För att koppla en befintlig nummerplan till ett inkommande nummer, gå till " +"`Axivox management console `_ , och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Inkommande nummer`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:178 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` next to the number to which the dial plan " "should be attached." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Edit` bredvid det nummer som uppringningsplanen " +"ska kopplas till." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -9403,6 +10075,11 @@ msgid "" "choose the desired dial plan from the :guilabel:`Dial plan` field that " "appears." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas en separat sida där du kan ändra numrets " +"uppringningsplan. Det gör du genom att välja :guilabel:`Dial plan` i " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Destinationstyp för röstsamtal` i fältet. Välj " +"sedan önskad uppringningsplan i fältet :guilabel:`Oppringningsplan` som " +"visas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -9410,16 +10087,21 @@ msgid "" "configured dial plan is activated, and runs through the prompts to properly " "route the caller." msgstr "" +"Med detta på plats innebär det att när det specifika numret ringer in " +"aktiveras den konfigurerade uppringningsplanen och går igenom anvisningarna " +"för att dirigera uppringaren på rätt sätt." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:187 msgid "" "Finally, :guilabel:`Save` the changes, and click :guilabel:`Apply changes` " "in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"Slutligen :guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna och klicka på :guilabel:`Tillämpa " +"ändringar` i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:191 msgid "Basic dial plan scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundläggande scenario för uppringningsplan" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -9429,10 +10111,15 @@ msgid "" "Play a file --> Menu --> (Hang-up, Calls, Queues, Conferences) --> " "(Voicemail, Hang-up)`." msgstr "" +"Följande exempel visar ett grundläggande uppringningsscenario för " +"samtalsdirigering, där ytterligare element kan läggas till för att utöka " +"konfigurationen. Detta grundläggande uppringningsscenario innehåller " +"följande länkade element :menuselection:`Start --> Spela upp en fil --> Meny" +" --> (Lägg på, Samtal, Köer, Konferenser) --> (Röstbrevlåda, Lägg på)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "Basic dial plan configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grundläggande konfiguration av uppringningsplan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -9440,10 +10127,13 @@ msgid "" " information on call routing, reference this documentation: " ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." msgstr "" +"Denna konfiguration innehåller **inte** någon grundläggande eller avancerad " +"samtalsdirigering. Mer information om samtalsdirigering finns i denna " +"dokumentation: :doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:3 msgid "Dynamic caller ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dynamiskt nummerpresentation" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9452,12 +10142,18 @@ msgid "" " ID shows users and clients who is calling, so they can choose to pick up or" " decline the call." msgstr "" +"*Caller ID* identifierar uppringaren när denne ringer ett telefonsamtal. Det" +" gör att mottagaren av samtalet kan se vilket nummer den som ringer ringer " +"från. Caller ID visar användare och kunder vem som ringer, så att de kan " +"välja att svara eller avvisa samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:9 msgid "" "Axivox offers a dynamic caller ID option to choose which number is displayed" " on outgoing calls." msgstr "" +"Axivox erbjuder en dynamisk nummerpresentation som gör det möjligt att välja" +" vilket nummer som ska visas vid utgående samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9466,6 +10162,10 @@ msgid "" "country code of the destination being called. By displaying a local number, " "this can increase customer engagement." msgstr "" +"Internationella nummer kan köpas för att göra affärstransaktioner " +"internationellt, via ett telefonsamtal, från ett nummer som har riktnummer " +"eller landskod för den destination som man ringer till. Genom att visa ett " +"lokalt nummer kan man öka engagemanget hos kunderna." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -9476,10 +10176,16 @@ msgid "" "main company phone number, so any number of employees in the group can " "answer the call. This way, a call is never missed." msgstr "" +"Vissa företag har många anställda som ringer från ett callcenter. Dessa " +"anställda är inte alltid tillgängliga för att ta emot ett telefonsamtal från" +" en potentiell kund. I detta fall kan :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet " +"Protocol)` konfigureras på ett sådant sätt att dynamisk nummerpresentation " +"visar företagets huvudtelefonnummer, så att alla anställda i gruppen kan " +"svara på samtalet. På så sätt missar man aldrig ett samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:24 msgid "Default outgoing number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Standard utgående nummer" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -9488,6 +10194,10 @@ msgid "" "outside the company, the default outgoing number shows up automatically on " "the caller ID." msgstr "" +"I Axivox kan man sätta ett *standardnummer*. Detta är ett företags " +"huvudnummer. Det innebär att när någon från företaget (användare/anställd) " +"ringer ett nummer utanför företaget så visas det utgående standardnumret " +"automatiskt i nummerpresentatören." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9497,6 +10207,10 @@ msgid "" " helpful in cases where employees change positions frequently, or if they " "leave the company." msgstr "" +"Om någon utanför företaget försöker ringa upp en användare/anställd kopplas " +"de tillbaka till huvudlinjen (standardnumret). Om en uppringningsplan har " +"ställts in uppmanas de att göra val. Detta är särskilt användbart i fall där" +" anställda ofta byter tjänst eller om de lämnar företaget." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9505,6 +10219,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings` in the left menu, and navigate to :guilabel:`Default " "outgoing number`." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt standardnumret, gå till `Axivox management console " +"`_ och logga in. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Inställningar` i den vänstra menyn och navigera till " +":guilabel:`Förvalt utgående nummer`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -9512,6 +10230,9 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu, and making a selection from the incoming phone numbers " "available on Axivox." msgstr "" +"Ändra sedan :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` genom att klicka på " +"rullgardinsmenyn och göra ett val bland de inkommande telefonnummer som " +"finns tillgängliga i Axivox." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -9519,6 +10240,9 @@ msgid "" "changes` in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`General Settings` page " "to implement the change." msgstr "" +"Se till att :guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna och klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Tillämpa ändringar` i det övre högra hörnet på sidan " +":guilabel:`Generella inställningar` för att implementera ändringen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9526,6 +10250,9 @@ msgid "" "Axivox management portal. However, the outgoing number can also be " "configured differently at the user level." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Default outgoing number` är det som visas som standard i Axivox " +"hanteringsportal. Det utgående numret kan dock också konfigureras annorlunda" +" på användarnivå." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:53 msgid "Users" @@ -9538,6 +10265,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Users` from the menu on the left, and then click :guilabel:`Edit`" " to the right of the user that is to be configured." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera det utgående numret på användarnivå loggar du in på " +"`Axivox management console `_. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Users` i menyn till vänster och sedan på :guilabel:`Edit` till " +"höger om den användare som ska konfigureras." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -9546,6 +10277,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-caller-id-default`), or any of the incoming " "numbers on the Axivox account." msgstr "" +"Under :guilabel:`Utgående nummer`, klicka på rullgardinsmenyn för att välja " +"antingen :guilabel:`Default utgående nummer` (som anges här: " +":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-caller-id-default`), eller något av de inkommande " +"numren på Axivox-kontot." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -9553,6 +10288,9 @@ msgid "" "number` drop-down menu ensures this user has the :guilabel:`Default outgoing" " number` shown on their caller ID when making calls." msgstr "" +"Om du väljer :guilabel:`Default` i rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Outgoing " +"number` får användaren det :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` som visas på " +"nummerpresentatören när han eller hon ringer samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -9560,6 +10298,9 @@ msgid "" "under :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` (in the Axivox console's menu on the " "left), that means this user has a direct line for customers to reach them." msgstr "" +"Om ett specifikt nummer väljs och detta nummer tilldelas denna användare " +"under :guilabel:`Inkommande nummer` (i Axivox-konsolens meny till vänster), " +"innebär det att denna användare har en direktlinje för kunder att nå dem." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -9567,16 +10308,21 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner to implement " "the change." msgstr "" +"När de önskade ändringarna är klara ska du klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` och " +"sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet för att genomföra" +" ändringen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, when creating a new user in Axivox, the :guilabel:`Outgoing " "number` is automatically set to :guilabel:`Default`." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en ny användare i Axivox är :guilabel:`Outgoing number` " +"automatiskt satt till :guilabel:`Default`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:78 msgid "Advanced options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancerade alternativ" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -9586,6 +10332,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Advanced options` to the right of :guilabel:`Default outgoing " "number`." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt :guilabel:`Avancerade alternativ`, gå till alternativet " +":guilabel:`Inställningar` i menyn till vänster i `Axivox hanteringskonsol " +"`_. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Advanced options` " +"till höger om :guilabel:`Default outgoing number`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -9594,6 +10344,10 @@ msgid "" "fields. From here, different caller IDs can be set up, depending on what " "location the user/employee is calling from." msgstr "" +"Som standard finns det inga avancerade regler. För att skapa en, klicka på " +"den gröna :guilabel:`+ (plus)` ikonen. Då visas en rad med två tomma fält. " +"Härifrån kan olika nummerpresentatörer ställas in, beroende på vilken plats " +"användaren/medarbetaren ringer från." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -9602,6 +10356,10 @@ msgid "" " Then, in the second empty field, select the phone number that should be " "used for calling out from that country code." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en regel, ange först :guilabel:`Destination prefix` i det " +"första tomma fältet. Detta är landskoden, komplett med nollor framför den. I" +" det andra tomma fältet väljer du sedan det telefonnummer som ska användas " +"för att ringa ut från den landskoden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -9609,12 +10367,17 @@ msgid "" "default outgoing number configured` to allow these rules to take precedent " "over all other outgoing configurations." msgstr "" +"Markera rutan för :guilabel:`Apply advanced rules even for users with a " +"default outgoing number configured` om du vill att dessa regler ska ha " +"företräde framför alla andra konfigurationer för utgående nummer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:97 msgid "" "The order of the rules can be modified by dragging-and-dropping them into " "another order. The first matching rule is applied." msgstr "" +"Ordningen på reglerna kan ändras genom att dra och släppa dem i en annan " +"ordning. Den första matchande regeln tillämpas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -9622,6 +10385,9 @@ msgid "" "number for Great Britain when calling from the `0044` country code (Great " "Britain)." msgstr "" +"Ett företag vill t.ex. att alla användare/anställda ska använda det " +"konfigurerade numret för Storbritannien när de ringer från landskoden `0044`" +" (Storbritannien)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -9630,10 +10396,14 @@ msgid "" "Order the rules as necessary, and select the checkbox to supersede all other" " rules, if needed." msgstr "" +"Detta gör du genom att skriva `0044` i fältet :guilabel:`Destination prefix`" +" och välja det nummer som börjar med landskoden `+44`. Ordna reglerna efter " +"behov, och markera kryssrutan för att ersätta alla andra regler, om det " +"behövs." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:0 msgid "Advanced options for the default outgoing number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancerade alternativ för det utgående standardnumret." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -9641,10 +10411,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right " "corner to implement the change." msgstr "" +"När de önskade konfigurationerna är klara ska du klicka på :guilabel:`Save` " +"och sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet för att " +"genomföra ändringen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:3 msgid "Manage users in Axivox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hantera användare i Axivox" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9654,12 +10427,20 @@ msgid "" "extension, and a voicemail. This way, they can be reached in a variety of " "convenient ways." msgstr "" +"Att hantera Axivox :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`-användare är " +"en viktig del av att sätta upp :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` i" +" en Odoo-databas. Varje Axivox-användare har ett unikt namn, telefonnummer " +"och/eller anknytning samt en röstbrevlåda. På så sätt kan de nås på en mängd" +" olika bekväma sätt." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:10 msgid "" "Axivox users are organized in a simple, straightforward way in the Axivox " "console, so an administrator can manage users quickly and easily." msgstr "" +"Axivox användare är organiserade på ett enkelt och överskådligt sätt i " +"Axivox konsol, så att en administratör snabbt och enkelt kan hantera " +"användare." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -9667,6 +10448,9 @@ msgid "" "called, Axivox. Depending on the chosen VoIP provider, the processes to " "manage users may be different." msgstr "" +"Denna dokumentation beskriver hur du konfigurerar allt via en leverantör som" +" heter Axivox. Beroende på vilken VoIP-leverantör som valts kan processerna " +"för att hantera användare vara olika." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:18 msgid "Overview" @@ -9678,6 +10462,9 @@ msgid "" "`https://manage.axivox.com `_. Log in with the " "appropriate administrator credentials." msgstr "" +"Börja i Axivox administrationskonsol genom att navigera till " +"`https://manage.axivox.com `_. Logga in med " +"lämpliga administratörsuppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -9687,12 +10474,19 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button in the upper-right corner of the " "console." msgstr "" +"Åtgärder i Axivox management console **måste** sparas två gånger för att " +"ändringarna ska träda i kraft. För att spara ändringarna klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Spara` på skärmen för individuella ändringar. För att genomföra " +"ändringarna klickar du sedan på knappen :guilabel:`Apply Changes` i det övre" +" högra hörnet av konsolen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:34 msgid "" "Incoming numbers are all the numbers a company is paying to use to receive " "calls." msgstr "" +"Inkommande nummer är alla nummer som ett företag betalar för att använda för" +" att ta emot samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9701,12 +10495,18 @@ msgid "" " page, where all the incoming numbers are listed, along with their " ":guilabel:`Destination` and SMS information." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :menuselection:`Inkommande nummer` i menyn till vänster i Axivox " +"administrationskonsol. Då visas sidan :guilabel:`Inkommande nummer`, där " +"alla inkommande nummer listas, tillsammans med deras :guilabel:`Destination`" +" och SMS-information." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:40 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Destination` determines the action that is taken, or the path" " the caller follows when dialing said numbers." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Destination` avgör vilken åtgärd som vidtas, eller vilken väg " +"uppringaren följer när denne slår numret." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -9715,36 +10515,42 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit number` page that appears, the :guilabel:`Destination type " "for voice call` can be changed." msgstr "" +"För att redigera :guilabel:`Destination`, klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Redigera` längst till höger om den inkommande nummerraden som ska" +" ändras. På sidan :guilabel:`Redigera nummer` som visas kan du sedan ändra " +":guilabel:`Destinationstyp för röstsamtal`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:47 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Destination type for voice call` " "drop-down menu are as follows:" msgstr "" +"Följande alternativ finns tillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Destinationstyp för röstsamtal`:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Not configured`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Inte konfigurerad`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Extension`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Extension`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Dial plan`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ringnummer" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Voicemail`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Voicemail`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Hang up`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Häng upp`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Conference`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Konferens`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -9754,22 +10560,32 @@ msgid "" "revealed, based on the selection made in the :guilabel:`Destination type for" " voice call` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Beroende på vilket val som gjorts i rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Destinationstyp för röstsamtal` fylls en andra, valspecifik " +"rullgardinsmeny i med ytterligare konfigurationsalternativ. Dessutom visas " +"fler fält, baserat på det val som gjorts i rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Destinationstyp för röstsamtal`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then " "click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner to implement them." msgstr "" +"När de önskade konfigurationerna är klara klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` " +"och sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet för att " +"implementera dem." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:66 msgid "New users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nya användare" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:68 msgid "" "Every employee using :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` at the " "company needs an Axivox user account associated with them." msgstr "" +"Varje anställd som använder :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` på " +"företaget behöver ett Axivox-användarkonto kopplat till sig." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -9778,6 +10594,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Number`, :guilabel:`Name`, option for a :guilabel:`Voicemail`, " "and an :guilabel:`Outgoing number` specified." msgstr "" +"För att se befintliga användare i Axivox management console, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Users` i menyn till vänster i konsolen. Varje användare har ett " +":guilabel:`Nummer`, :guilabel:`Namn`, möjlighet till ett " +":guilabel:`Voicemail` och ett :guilabel:`Utgående nummer` angivet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -9785,43 +10605,57 @@ msgid "" "reveal a :guilabel:`New user` form. The following tabs are available for " "configuring the new user:" msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny användare i Axivox-konsolen klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en användare` för att visa formuläret :guilabel:`Ny " +"användare`. Följande flikar är tillgängliga för att konfigurera den nya " +"användaren:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`General`: basic information, including the extension of the user," " can be set." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`General`: grundläggande information, inklusive användarens " +"anknytning, kan anges." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forwardings`: internal forwards on 'no answer' or busy signals." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Forwardings`: intern vidarekoppling vid 'inget svar' eller " +"upptaget." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Follow Me`: external forward configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Follow Me`: extern konfiguration för framåtkoppling." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Keys`: set hot-keys within the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet " "Protocol)` system." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Keys`: ange snabbtangenter inom :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet " +"Protocol)`-systemet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`SIP Identifiers`: :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` " "username and password for external configuration." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SIP-identifierare`: :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` " +"användarnamn och lösenord för extern konfiguration." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Permissions`: set access rights for users in the Axivox " "management console." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Permissions`: ange åtkomsträttigheter för användare i Axivox " +"hanteringskonsol." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:87 msgid "General tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Allmänt" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -9829,10 +10663,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extension` field, input an extension that is unique to the user. " "This is the number internal users dial to reach a specific employee." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`General` i formuläret :guilabel:`New user`, i fältet" +" :guilabel:`Extension`, anger du en anknytning som är unik för användaren. " +"Detta är det nummer som interna användare slår för att nå en viss anställd." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:93 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, input the employee name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "I fältet :guilabel:`Namn` anger du den anställdes namn." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -9840,12 +10677,17 @@ msgid "" "email address for the employee should be added here, where the user receives" " business emails." msgstr "" +"Fyll sedan i fältet :guilabel:`E-postadress till användaren`. En giltig " +"e-postadress för den anställde ska läggas till här, där användaren får " +"företagsmejl." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:98 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`GSM number` field, enter an alternative number at which " "the user can be reached. Be sure to include the country code." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`GSM-nummer` anger du ett alternativt nummer som " +"användaren kan nås på. Var noga med att inkludera landskoden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:134 @@ -9854,6 +10696,9 @@ msgid "" " phone system. The country code is dialed first, prior to the target number." " Each country in the world has its own specific country code." msgstr "" +"En landskod är en lokaliseringskod som ger tillgång till det önskade landets" +" telefonsystem. Landskoden slås först, före målnumret. Varje land i världen " +"har sin egen specifika landskod." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:145 @@ -9861,16 +10706,20 @@ msgid "" "For a list of comprehensive country codes, visit: `https://countrycode.org " "`_." msgstr "" +"För en lista över fullständiga landskoder, besök: `https://countrycode.org " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "General tab layout in the Axivox management console." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allmän fliklayout i Axivox managementkonsol." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:113 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Voicemail` field, select either :guilabel:`Yes` or " ":guilabel:`No` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Voicemail` väljer du antingen :guilabel:`Ja` eller " +":guilabel:`Nej` från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -9879,12 +10728,18 @@ msgid "" "the drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Directory` is used in the *Digital " "Receptionist* feature element of a dial-plan." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Directory` har administratören möjlighet att lämna det " +"tomt, genom att inte göra några ändringar, eller välja :guilabel:`Default` " +"från rullgardinsmenyn. :guilabel:`Directory` används i funktionselementet " +"*Digital Receptionist* i en uppringningsplan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:120 msgid "" "At the bottom of the :guilabel:`General` tab, there are two separate options" " with selection boxes." msgstr "" +"Längst ner på fliken :guilabel:`General` finns två separata alternativ med " +"urvalsrutor." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -9892,12 +10747,18 @@ msgid "" "same time`. By selecting this option, users are able to receive calls when " "on another call." msgstr "" +"Det första alternativet är :guilabel:`Den här användaren kan ta emot flera " +"samtal samtidigt`. Genom att välja detta alternativ kan användare ta emot " +"samtal när de är i ett annat samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:125 msgid "" "The second option, :guilabel:`This user must log-in to call`, provides the " "option to make it mandatory for the user to log in." msgstr "" +"Det andra alternativet, :guilabel:`Den här användaren måste logga in för att" +" ringa`, ger möjlighet att göra det obligatoriskt för användaren att logga " +"in." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -9905,16 +10766,22 @@ msgid "" "to be able to log in from *any* phone or desk in the office, they would make" " the selection for :guilabel:`This user must log-in to call`." msgstr "" +"Om ett företag använder fysiska VoIP-telefoner på skrivbord och vill att de " +"anställda ska kunna logga in från *vilken* telefon eller vilket skrivbord " +"som helst på kontoret, väljer de :guilabel:`Den här användaren måste logga " +"in för att ringa`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:133 msgid "" "Once the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then " "click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"När önskad konfiguration är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` och sedan " +"på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:139 msgid "Forwardings tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Framställningar" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -9922,11 +10789,16 @@ msgid "" "company can decide what happens if someone calls a user, and the call is not" " answered." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Vidarekopplingar` i formuläret :guilabel:`Ny " +"användare` kan ett företag bestämma vad som ska hända om någon ringer till " +"en användare och samtalet inte besvaras." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:145 msgid "" "Forwardings are disabled when the :guilabel:`Follow Me` option is enabled." msgstr "" +"Vidarebefordringar är inaktiverade när alternativet :guilabel:`Följ mig` är " +"aktiverat." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -9936,12 +10808,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Destination`, a specific time frame can be selected by sliding " "the :guilabel:`seconds bar` to the desired ring time." msgstr "" +"Under fältet :guilabel:`Forwarding on no answer`, när knappen för " +":guilabel:`Add a destination` är markerad, visas möjligheten att lägga till " +"en specifik användare eller ett telefonnummer. När du har angett " +":guilabel:`Destination` kan du välja en specifik tidsram genom att skjuta " +":guilabel:`sekundstapeln` till önskad ringtid." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:152 msgid "" "Additional :guilabel:`Destinations` can be added on with different ring " "times." msgstr "" +"Ytterligare :guilabel:`Destinationer` kan läggas till med olika ringtider." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -9950,6 +10828,10 @@ msgid "" "voicemail as a last resort` is available to the administrator, should the " ":guilabel:`Destinations` not pick up." msgstr "" +"Ringtiderna kan förskjutas, så att samtalet vidarekopplas till en annan " +"användare om den första användaren inte svarar på samtalet. Administratören " +"kan välja att :guilabel:`Sända till röstbrevlåda som en sista utväg` om " +":guilabel:`Destinationer` inte svarar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -9959,22 +10841,32 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` extension, or incoming number, " "be busy, the call is forwarded to the destination(s)." msgstr "" +"Under fältet :guilabel:`Vidarebefordran vid upptagen` kan en administratör " +":guilabel:`Lägg till en destination`. När administratören klickar på knappen" +" kan han/hon ange :guilabel:`Destination` (användare) och tidsram. Om den " +"ursprungliga användarens :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` " +"anknytning, eller inkommande nummer, är upptaget vidarekopplas samtalet till" +" destinationen/destinationerna." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "Manage forwarding calls to different users or phone numbers in the " "Forwardings tab." msgstr "" +"Hantera vidarekoppling av samtal till olika användare eller telefonnummer på" +" fliken Vidarekopplingar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:168 msgid "" "When the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then " "click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the page." msgstr "" +"När önskad konfiguration är klar klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` och sedan " +"på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i sidans övre högra hörn." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:172 msgid "Follow Me tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Följ mig" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -9982,6 +10874,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Follow Me` tab of the :guilabel:`New user` form, no " ":menuselection:`Forwardings` can be made." msgstr "" +"När alternativet :guilabel:`Följ mig` är valt, under fliken :guilabel:`Följ " +"mig` i formuläret :guilabel:`Ny användare`, kan inga " +":menuselection:`Vidarebefordringar` göras." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -9990,6 +10885,10 @@ msgid "" "number, to the original user's account. That way, these added numbers ring " "when a call is received." msgstr "" +"När alternativet :guilabel:`Follow Me` är valt kan knappen :guilabel:`Add a " +"destination` också väljas för att lägga till användare, eller ett " +"destinationsnummer, till den ursprungliga användarens konto. På så sätt " +"ringer dessa tillagda nummer när ett samtal tas emot." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -9997,6 +10896,9 @@ msgid "" "made by sliding the :guilabel:`seconds bar` to the desired ring time. " "Additional :guilabel:`Destinations` can be added with different ring times." msgstr "" +"När du har angett :guilabel:`Destination` kan du ange en specifik tidsram " +"genom att skjuta :guilabel:`sekundstapeln` till önskad ringtid. Ytterligare " +":guilabel:`Destinationer` kan läggas till med olika ringtider." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -10005,12 +10907,18 @@ msgid "" " the call is forwarded to another user after the first user does not pick up" " the call." msgstr "" +"Den ursprungliga användarens :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet " +"Protocol)`-nummer ringer **inte** med detta alternativ valt. Ringtiderna kan" +" också förskjutas så att samtalet vidarekopplas till en annan användare om " +"den första användaren inte svarar på samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "Ring destinations like different users or phone numbers from the Follow Me " "tab." msgstr "" +"Ring destinationer som olika användare eller telefonnummer från fliken Följ " +"mig." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -10019,6 +10927,10 @@ msgid "" "incoming number. For more information, visit the :doc:`VoIP Mobile " "Integrations <../devices_integrations>` documentation." msgstr "" +"Odoo-mobilappen, eller en annan :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation " +"Protocol)`-mobilklient, tillåter samtidig ringning av användarens anknytning" +" eller inkommande nummer. Mer information finns i dokumentationen :doc:`VoIP" +" Mobile Integrations <../devices_integrations>`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:345 @@ -10026,10 +10938,12 @@ msgid "" "Once all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then " "click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade konfigurationer är klara klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` " +"och sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:203 msgid "Keys tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Nycklar" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -10037,18 +10951,23 @@ msgid "" "actions for the user can be configured. Some more advanced options are " "available, as well." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Keys` i formuläret :guilabel:`New user` kan du " +"konfigurera snabbvalsåtgärder för användaren. Vissa mer avancerade " +"alternativ finns också tillgängliga." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:208 msgid "The following options are available to set to numerical values `1-20`." msgstr "" +"Följande alternativ är tillgängliga för att ställa in numeriska värden " +"`1-20`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:210 msgid "These actions can be set on each number:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dessa åtgärder kan ställas in för varje nummer:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Not configured`: the default action, which is nothing." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Not configured`: standardåtgärden, som är ingenting." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -10056,34 +10975,46 @@ msgid "" "users' phones connected to the Axivox phone system. This is primarily used " "on a desk-phone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`BLF (Busy lamp fields)`: denna åtgärd visar status för andra " +"användares telefoner som är anslutna till Axivox telefonsystem. Detta " +"används främst på en bordstelefon." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:215 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quick Call`: this action allows for a speed-dial of an external " "number." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quick Call`: denna åtgärd möjliggör snabbuppringning av ett " +"externt nummer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: this action allows the user to call another user." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Line`: med denna åtgärd kan användaren ringa en annan användare." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:217 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Switch`: this action allows the user to switch between calls from" " a desk-phone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Switch`: med denna åtgärd kan användaren växla mellan samtal från" +" en bordstelefon." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pickup`: this action allows the user to pick up an incoming call " "from a desk-phone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pickup`: med denna åtgärd kan användaren svara på ett inkommande " +"samtal från en bordstelefon." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "Manage user page with Keys tab highlighted and number 2 key drop-down menu selected (with\n" "highlight)" msgstr "" +"Hantera användarsida med fliken Nycklar markerad och rullgardinsmenyn för nyckel nummer 2 markerad (med\n" +"markerad)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:313 @@ -10091,6 +11022,8 @@ msgid "" "Once all the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, " "then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade konfigurationer är klara klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` " +"och sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -10098,6 +11031,9 @@ msgid "" "that can be used to link a user, or external phone number. These **must** be" " filled out in conjunction with the initial action." msgstr "" +"Många av de föregående alternativen har även sekundära alternativ som kan " +"användas för att länka en användare eller ett externt telefonnummer. Dessa " +"**måste** fyllas i i samband med den första åtgärden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -10105,10 +11041,13 @@ msgid "" "desired numerical value in the :guilabel:`Number of keys` field, located at " "the top of the :guilabel:`Keys` tab of the :guilabel:`New user` form." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Number of keys` kan ändras genom att ange önskat numeriskt" +" värde i fältet :guilabel:`Number of keys`, som finns högst upp på fliken " +":guilabel:`Keys` i formuläret :guilabel:`New user`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:239 msgid "SIP Identifiers tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken SIP-identifierare" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -10118,19 +11057,26 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure Axivox users in Odoo and/or a different :abbr:`SIP " "(Session Initiation Protocol)` mobile client." msgstr "" +"*SIP*, som står för Session Initiation Protocol telephony, gör det möjligt " +"att ringa och ta emot samtal via en internetanslutning. Fliken " +":guilabel:`SIP Identifiers` i formuläret :guilabel:`New user` innehåller de " +"uppgifter som behövs för att konfigurera Axivox-användare i Odoo och/eller " +"en annan :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` mobilklient." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:247 msgid "" "See the documentation on configuring Axivox, using the SIP identifiers:" msgstr "" +"Se dokumentationen om hur du konfigurerar Axivox med hjälp av SIP-" +"identifierare:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:249 msgid ":doc:`Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Använd VoIP-tjänster i Odoo med Axivox `" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:250 msgid ":doc:`Axivox Mobile Integrations <../devices_integrations>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Axivox Mobile Integrations <../devices_integrations>`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -10138,12 +11084,15 @@ msgid "" "field represents the user's information that was entered in the " ":guilabel:`Extension` field, under the :guilabel:`General` tab." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`SIP-identifierare` representerar fältet " +":guilabel:`SIP-användarnamn` den användarinformation som angavs i fältet " +":guilabel:`Extension` under fliken :guilabel:`General`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:255 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Domain` field is assigned to the company by the Axivox " "representative." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fältet :guilabel:`Domain` tilldelas företaget av Axivox representant." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -10151,10 +11100,15 @@ msgid "" "user. This value is used to sign into Axivox on Odoo, and for any mobile " ":abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` clients." msgstr "" +"Värdet i fältet :guilabel:`SIP Password` är unikt för varje Axivox-" +"användare. Detta värde används för att logga in i Axivox på Odoo, och för " +"alla mobila :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` klienter." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Important credentials used for external configurations of Axivox VoIP." msgstr "" +"Viktiga autentiseringsuppgifter som används för externa konfigurationer av " +"Axivox VoIP." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -10162,120 +11116,129 @@ msgid "" "typically: `pabx.axivox.com`, but is subject to change by Axivox, so be sure" " to check the :guilabel:`SIP Identifiers` tab for the most accurate value." msgstr "" +"Det värde som anges i fältet :guilabel:`Adress till proxyservern` är " +"vanligtvis: `pabx.axivox.com`, men kan ändras av Axivox, så se till att " +"kontrollera fliken :guilabel:`SIP-identifierare` för det mest exakta värdet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:268 msgid "" "Once all desired configurations have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade konfigurationer har gjorts klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` " +"och sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:272 msgid "Permissions tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fliken Behörigheter" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:274 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Permissions` tab of a :guilabel:`New user` form, a " ":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` can be entered for the user." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Tillstånd` i formuläret :guilabel:`Ny användare` kan" +" du ange :guilabel:`Username` och :guilabel:`Passord` för användaren." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:277 msgid "" "Beneath those fields, the following permissions can be granted to Axivox " "users for portal access:" msgstr "" +"Under dessa fält kan följande behörigheter ges till Axivox-användare för " +"portalåtkomst:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:279 msgid ":guilabel:`User portal access`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tillgång till användarportal`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:280 msgid ":guilabel:`User management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Användarhantering`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:281 msgid ":guilabel:`Administrator access`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Administratörsbehörighet`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefonhantering`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:283 msgid ":guilabel:`User group management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantering av användargrupper`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:284 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone number management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantering av telefonnummer`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Dial plan management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantering av detaljplaner`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:286 msgid ":guilabel:`Pickup group management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Förvaltning av uppsamlingsgrupp`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Switch management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Switch management`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:288 msgid ":guilabel:`Conference management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Konferensledning`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:289 msgid ":guilabel:`Queue management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantering av köer`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`Voicemail management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantering av voicemail`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:291 msgid ":guilabel:`Audio messages management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantering av ljudmeddelanden`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Music on hold management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Music on hold management`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:293 msgid ":guilabel:`Directory management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantering av kataloger`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:294 msgid ":guilabel:`Call list`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Anropslista`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:295 msgid ":guilabel:`Connected user list`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lista över anslutna användare`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Global settings`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Globala inställningar`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Apply changes button`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Knappen Tillämpa ändringar`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:298 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice download`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Faktura nedladdning`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:299 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice details`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Faktureringsuppgifter`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:300 msgid ":guilabel:`Blacklist management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantering av svartlistor`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:301 msgid ":guilabel:`Conference participant management`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hantering av konferensdeltagare`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:303 msgid "" @@ -10284,6 +11247,10 @@ msgid "" "enter the correct :guilabel:`Password` for the individual user. There is a " "minimum of 8 characters for a user password." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt inloggningsuppgifter för Axivox användarportal, navigera " +"till toppen av fliken :menuselection:`Permissions`. Kopiera sedan " +":guilabel:`Username` och ange rätt :guilabel:`Password` för den enskilda " +"användaren. Ett användarlösenord måste bestå av minst 8 tecken." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -10292,34 +11259,46 @@ msgid "" "selection state :guilabel:`No`, or :guilabel:`No access`, then the menu " "option does **not** populate for the user." msgstr "" +"Detta är samma behörigheter som ges till Axivox administratör och som listas" +" i menyn till vänster i Axivox administrationskonsol. Om ett val anger " +":guilabel:`No`, eller :guilabel:`No access`, kommer menyalternativet " +"**inte** att fyllas i för användaren." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:316 msgid "" "Upon finishing the setup for a new user, an " ":ref:`voip/axivox/incoming_number` can be linked." msgstr "" +"När installationen för en ny användare är klar kan en " +":ref:`voip/axivox/incoming_number` länkas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "Manage a user page, with the permissions tab highlighted, along with the first permission\n" "highlighted indicating a no selection." msgstr "" +"Hantera en användarsida, med fliken behörigheter markerad, tillsammans med den första behörigheten\n" +"markerad vilket indikerar ett nej-val." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:326 msgid "User groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Användargrupper" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:328 msgid "" "A user group is a grouping of Axivox users that can be linked to a queue for" " call center capability." msgstr "" +"En användargrupp är en gruppering av Axivox-användare som kan kopplas till " +"en kö för callcenter-funktionalitet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:331 msgid "" "To begin using user groups, navigate to `https://manage.axivox.com " "`_." msgstr "" +"För att börja använda användargrupper, navigera till " +"`https://manage.axivox.com `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:333 msgid "" @@ -10327,12 +11306,16 @@ msgid "" "on the left of the Axivox administrative panel, click into :guilabel:`User " "Groups`." msgstr "" +"Logga sedan in med lämpliga administratörsuppgifter. I menyn till vänster i " +"Axivox administrationspanel klickar du på :guilabel:`Användargrupper`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:336 msgid "" "To add a user group from the :guilabel:`User Groups` page, click " ":guilabel:`Add a group`." msgstr "" +"Om du vill lägga till en användargrupp på sidan :guilabel:`User Groups` " +"klickar du på :guilabel:`Add a group`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:338 msgid "" @@ -10342,14 +11325,19 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu below the field. Then, click on the desired user, and they " "are added to the user group." msgstr "" +"Namnge sedan gruppen genom att skriva in text i fältet :guilabel:`Name`. " +"Lägg sedan till en medlem i gruppen genom att skriva de första bokstäverna i" +" användarens namn i fältet :guilabel:`Members`. Användaren visas i en " +"rullgardinsmeny under fältet. Klicka sedan på önskad användare så läggs de " +"till i användargruppen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:343 msgid "Repeat this process to add more users to the group." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upprepa denna process för att lägga till fler användare i gruppen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:3 msgid "Voicemails and audio messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Röstmeddelanden och ljudmeddelanden" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -10359,16 +11347,23 @@ msgid "" "directing them to the right extension, is also a great way to personalize " "the business interaction, and set the tone with the customer." msgstr "" +"Att hantera röstbrevlådan är en viktig del av alla företags verksamhet. Ett " +"företag måste enkelt kunna komma åt sina meddelanden och hålla koll på " +"missade samtal. Att spela in ljudmeddelanden, t.ex. för att tacka den som " +"ringt eller hänvisa till rätt anknytning, är också ett bra sätt att göra " +"affärssamtalet personligt och sätta tonen gentemot kunden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:12 msgid "" "This document covers the configuration of both voicemail and audio messages " "in the Axivox administrative portal." msgstr "" +"Detta dokument beskriver konfigurationen av både röstbrevlåda och " +"ljudmeddelanden i Axivox administrativa portal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:18 msgid "Set global language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ställ in globalt språk" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -10378,12 +11373,19 @@ msgid "" "portal, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Global language (e.g.: voicemail " "messages,...)`." msgstr "" +"För att börja använda röstmeddelanden och ljudmeddelanden med Axivox måste " +"det globala språket ställas in i inställningarna för Axivox adminportal. För" +" att göra det, navigera till `manage.axivox.com `_. Efter " +"inloggning i portalen, gå till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Globalt " +"språk (t.ex.: röstmeddelanden,...)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:25 msgid "" "From here, set the language to either: :guilabel:`Francais`, " ":guilabel:`English`, :guilabel:`Espanol`, or :guilabel:`Deutsch`." msgstr "" +"Här anger du språket till antingen: :guilabel:`Francais`, " +":guilabel:`English`, :guilabel:`Espanol`, eller :guilabel:`Deutsch`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -10391,10 +11393,13 @@ msgid "" "upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`General Settings` page to implement the" " change into production." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Save`, följt av :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det " +"övre högra hörnet på sidan :guilabel:`General Settings` för att implementera" +" ändringen i produktionen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:34 msgid "Activate voicemail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivera röstbrevlåda" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -10403,12 +11408,18 @@ msgid "" "voicemail with a user, navigate to `manage.axivox.com `_. " "Then, log in with the appropriate administrator credentials." msgstr "" +"För att en användare ska kunna använda röstbrevlåda i Axivox måste " +"funktionen för röstbrevlåda **var** påslagen i Axivox administrationsportal." +" För att börja använda röstbrevlådan med en användare, navigera till " +"`manage.axivox.com `_. Logga sedan in med lämpliga " +"administratörsuppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:40 msgid "" "On the left menu of the Axivox administrative panel, click into " ":guilabel:`Users`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Users` i vänstermenyn i Axivox administrationspanel." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -10416,16 +11427,21 @@ msgid "" "Under the section marked, :guilabel:`Voicemail`, open the drop-down menu, " "and click on :guilabel:`Yes`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan in på den specifika användaren som röstbrevlådan ska aktiveras " +"för. Under avsnittet :guilabel:`Voicemail` öppnar du rullgardinsmenyn och " +"klickar på :guilabel:`Ja`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:45 msgid "" "Lastly, :guilabel:`Save` the change, then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in" " the upper-right corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"Slutligen :guilabel:`Spara` ändringen och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Apply " +"changes` i det övre högra hörnet av skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:49 msgid "Voicemail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Röstbrevlåda" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -10434,6 +11450,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ and log in. Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Voicemails`," " located in the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Nästa steg är att konfigurera de enskilda röstbrevlådorna i Axivox " +"administrationsportal. För att komma åt portalen, besök `manage.axivox.com " +"`_ och logga in. Navigera sedan till " +":menuselection:`Voicemails`, som finns i menyn till vänster." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -10441,6 +11461,9 @@ msgid "" "process :ref:`voip/axivox/activate_voicemail`, then a voicemail is " "automatically created on the :guilabel:`Voicemails` page." msgstr "" +"Om röstbrevlådealternativet aktiverades i användarprofilen med hjälp av " +"denna process :ref:`voip/axivox/activate_voicemail`, skapas automatiskt ett " +"röstmeddelande på sidan :guilabel:`Voicemails`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -10448,10 +11471,14 @@ msgid "" "French, as Axivox is a Belgian company. The global language is still set to " "one of the four options as seen here: :ref:`voip/axivox/global_language`." msgstr "" +"Det bör noteras att en del av språket i den administrativa portalen är på " +"franska, eftersom Axivox är ett belgiskt företag. Det globala språket är " +"fortfarande inställt på ett av de fyra alternativen som visas här: " +":ref:`voip/axivox/global_language`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:65 msgid "Manually create voicemail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa röstbrevlåda manuellt" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -10460,12 +11487,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` to the far-right of an existing voicemail box on " "the :guilabel:`Voicemails` page." msgstr "" +"Om du vill skapa en ny röstbrevlåda manuellt klickar du på :guilabel:`Add a " +"voicemail` på sidan :guilabel:`Voicemails`. Eller redigera en befintlig " +"röstbrevlåda genom att klicka på :guilabel:`Edit` längst till höger om en " +"befintlig röstbrevlåda på sidan :guilabel:`Voicemails`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:72 msgid "" "Suppose a sales or support team needs a general voicemail box. The voicemail" " would need to be created manually, and attached to an incoming number." msgstr "" +"Anta att ett sälj- eller supportteam behöver en allmän röstbrevlåda. " +"Röstbrevlådan skulle behöva skapas manuellt och kopplas till ett inkommande " +"nummer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -10475,6 +11509,11 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Edit` to the far-right of the specific number the voicemail" " should be linked to." msgstr "" +"Den nya, manuellt skapade röstbrevlådan bör kopplas till ett inkommande " +"nummer, så att den kan ta emot meddelanden. För att göra detta, navigera " +"till :menuselection:`Inkommande nummer`, som finns i menyn till vänster. " +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Edit` längst till höger om det specifika nummer " +"som röstbrevlådan ska kopplas till." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -10483,6 +11522,10 @@ msgid "" "on the next line labeled, :guilabel:`Voicemail`, and select the manually-" "created voicemail box." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Destinationstyp för röstsamtal` klickar du på " +"rullgardinsmenyn och väljer :guilabel:`Voicemail`. Öppna sedan " +"rullgardinsmenyn på nästa rad med namnet :guilabel:`Voicemail` och välj den " +"manuellt skapade röstbrevlådan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -10490,6 +11533,8 @@ msgid "" "additional field, :guilabel:`Destination email address for Incoming SMS`, is" " present." msgstr "" +"Om ett inkommande nummer kan ta emot SMS/textmeddelanden, finns ytterligare " +"ett fält, :guilabel:`Destination email address for Incoming SMS`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -10497,6 +11542,9 @@ msgid "" "messages, click :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` from the menu on the left, then" " check the :guilabel:`SMS compatible` column for the incoming number." msgstr "" +"För att avgöra om ett inkommande nummer kan ta emot SMS/textmeddelanden, " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Inkommande nummer` i menyn till vänster och kontrollera" +" sedan kolumnen :guilabel:`SMS-kompatibel` för det inkommande numret." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -10506,6 +11554,11 @@ msgid "" "in Axivox are capable of receiving text messages from individuals and " "automated numbers." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Destination email address for Incoming SMS` anger du " +"sedan, om tillämpligt, en e-postadress till vilken inkommande " +"textmeddelanden som skickas till det inkommande numret kan tas emot. Vissa " +"inkommande nummer (US +1) i Axivox kan ta emot textmeddelanden från " +"privatpersoner och automatiska nummer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -10513,6 +11566,9 @@ msgid "" "instead (as previously set in the beginning of the process for manually " "creating a voicemail)." msgstr "" +"Om detta fält lämnas tomt används istället den förvalda destinationsadressen" +" (som tidigare angetts i början av processen för att manuellt skapa en " +"röstbrevlåda)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -10520,6 +11576,9 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the screen to " "implement the change into production." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade konfigurationer är klara klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` " +"och sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet av skärmen " +"för att implementera ändringen i produktionen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:104 msgid "Notifications" @@ -10532,6 +11591,10 @@ msgid "" "user's email address, as listed in the :guilabel:`Voicemails` page, or in " "the user's Axivox profile." msgstr "" +"När ett röstmeddelande tas emot på någon av de automatiskt förkonfigurerade " +"eller manuellt länkade röstbrevlådorna skickas nu ett e-postmeddelande till " +"användarens e-postadress, som anges på sidan :guilabel:`Voicemails`, eller i" +" användarens Axivox-profil." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -10539,10 +11602,13 @@ msgid "" "the left menu, and clicking :guilabel:`Edit` next to the specific user in " "question." msgstr "" +"Denna information kan nås genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Users` i " +"vänstermenyn, och klicka på :guilabel:`Edit` bredvid den specifika " +"användaren i fråga." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:116 msgid "Forwarding to voicemail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vidarekoppling till röstbrevlåda" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -10550,17 +11616,23 @@ msgid "" " these forwarding settings, go to `manage.axivox.com `_ and " "log in." msgstr "" +"I Axivox finns det också ett antal vidarebefordringsinställningar för en " +"användare. För att komma åt dessa vidarebefordringsinställningar går du till" +" `manage.axivox.com `_ och loggar in." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:121 msgid "" "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Users`, located in the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"Navigera sedan till :menuselection:`Users`, som finns i menyn till vänster." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:123 msgid "" "From there, click into the specific user the forwarding should be added to. " "Then, open the :guilabel:`Forwardings` tab." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på den specifika användaren som vidarebefordran ska läggas " +"till. Öppna sedan fliken :guilabel:`Vidarebefordringar`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -10569,12 +11641,19 @@ msgid "" "resort`, located in the :guilabel:`Forwarding on no answer` and " ":guilabel:`Forwarding on busy` fields." msgstr "" +"Om användaren är upptagen i ett annat samtal, eller inte har telefonen i " +"handen, finns det ett alternativ på den här fliken för att :guilabel:`Sända " +"till röstbrevlådan som en sista utväg`, som finns i fälten " +":guilabel:`Vidarebefordran vid ej svar` och :guilabel:`Vidarebefordran vid " +"upptaget`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst-1 msgid "" "Send to voicemail as a last resort options highlighted on the Forwardings " "tab of the user." msgstr "" +"Alternativet Skicka till röstbrevlåda som en sista utväg markeras på " +"användarens flik Vidarebefordringar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -10582,12 +11661,18 @@ msgid "" "the forwarding actions stated in each section are not successful, the caller" " is routed to the voicemail set on the particular user." msgstr "" +"Om rutan :guilabel:`Sänd till röstbrevlåda som en sista utväg` är ikryssad, " +"när de vidarekopplingsåtgärder som anges i varje avsnitt inte lyckas, kommer" +" den som ringer att vidarekopplas till röstbrevlådan för den specifika " +"användaren." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:139 msgid "" "For more information on forwarding and transfers, visit " ":ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`." msgstr "" +"Mer information om vidarebefordran och överföringar finns på " +":ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -10595,10 +11680,13 @@ msgid "" "then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the screen" " to implement the change." msgstr "" +"När alla önskade konfigurationer är klara klickar du på :guilabel:`Spara` " +"och sedan på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det övre högra hörnet av skärmen " +"för att implementera ändringen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:147 msgid "Audio messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ljudmeddelanden" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -10606,22 +11694,31 @@ msgid "" "taken, to inform them about the waiting time for deliveries, the " "availability of a product, or any other important promotional messages." msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att lägga till ljudmeddelanden *innan* en kunds samtal ens " +"tas emot, för att informera dem om väntetiden för leveranser, " +"tillgängligheten för en produkt eller andra viktiga " +"marknadsföringsmeddelanden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:153 msgid "" "To record an audio message in Axivox, navigate to `manage.axivox.com " "`_ and log in." msgstr "" +"För att spela in ett ljudmeddelande i Axivox, gå till `manage.axivox.com " +"`_ och logga in." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:155 msgid "" "Next, click on :guilabel:`Audio messages` in the menu on the left. From the " ":guilabel:`Audio messages` page, click :guilabel:`Add a message`." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Audio messages` i menyn till vänster. På sidan " +":guilabel:`Ljudmeddelanden` klickar du på :guilabel:`Lägg till ett " +"meddelande`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:158 msgid "Type in a :guilabel:`Name`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriv in ett :guilabel:`Namn` och klicka på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -10629,6 +11726,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Audio messages` page, where the newly-created message can be " "found on the list." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Save`, omdirigeras webbläsaren tillbaka till " +"huvudsidan :guilabel:`Audio messages`, där det nyskapade meddelandet kan " +"hittas i listan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -10636,10 +11736,13 @@ msgid "" "either record the message over the phone, or type the message (in text), and" " select a computer-generated speaker to read the message." msgstr "" +"Det finns två olika sätt att skapa ett ljudmeddelande. Användaren kan " +"antingen spela in meddelandet via telefon, eller skriva in meddelandet (i " +"textform) och välja en datorgenererad talare som läser upp meddelandet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:168 msgid "Record audio message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spela in ljudmeddelande" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -10647,6 +11750,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Record/Listen`, located to the right of the desired message on " "the list to record, on the :guilabel:`Audio messages` page." msgstr "" +"För att spela in ett ljudmeddelande via telefon, klicka på den orange " +"knappen märkt :guilabel:`Record/Listen`, som finns till höger om det önskade" +" meddelandet i listan för att spela in, på sidan :guilabel:`Audio messages`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -10656,10 +11762,15 @@ msgid "" "message management` field, click the drop-down menu, and select the " "extension where Axivox should call to record the message." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på den visas ett :guilabel:`Spela in / lyssna på ett " +"meddelande` popup-fönster. Meddelandet spelas sedan in via ett av de " +"anknytningar som är kopplade till användaren. Under :guilabel:`Extension to " +"use for message management` klickar du på rullgardinsmenyn och väljer den " +"anknytning som Axivox ska ringa för att spela in meddelandet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:179 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`OK` to begin the call." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`OK` för att starta samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -10668,22 +11779,28 @@ msgid "" "over Internet Protocol)` for a user, see this documentation: " ":doc:`axivox_config`." msgstr "" +"Användaren **måste** vara aktiv i produktionsdatabasen med :abbr:`VoIP " +"(Voice over Internet Protocol)` konfigurerad. För att konfigurera " +":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` för en användare, se denna " +"dokumentation: :doc:`axivox_config`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:186 msgid "" "Upon connecting to the Axivox audio recorder management line, a recorded " "French-speaking operator provides the following options:" msgstr "" +"Vid anslutning till Axivox administrationslinje för ljudinspelare ger en " +"inspelad fransktalande operatör följande alternativ:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:199 msgid "Press `1` to record a message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tryck `1` för att spela in ett meddelande." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:200 msgid "Press `2` to listen to the current message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tryck på `2` för att lyssna på det aktuella meddelandet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -10691,32 +11808,41 @@ msgid "" "message present in the system for this particular audio message that " "requires a review, before recording a new one." msgstr "" +"Tryck antingen `1` eller `2`, beroende på om det redan finns ett meddelande " +"i systemet för just detta ljudmeddelande som kräver en genomgång, innan ett " +"nytt spelas in." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:195 msgid "" "Record the new audio message after pressing `1`, then press `#` to end the " "recording." msgstr "" +"Spela in det nya ljudmeddelandet efter att du tryckt på `1`, tryck sedan på " +"`#` för att avsluta inspelningen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:197 msgid "" "The French-speaking operator returns to the line presenting the first set of" " questions again:" msgstr "" +"Den fransktalande operatören återvänder till linjen och ställer den första " +"uppsättningen frågor igen:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:202 msgid "Press `#` to end the call." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tryck `#` för att avsluta samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:205 msgid "Write audio message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skriv ljudmeddelande" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:207 msgid "" "To type the message, and select a computerized speaker to say the text, " "navigate to the :menuselection:`Audio messages` in the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"För att skriva meddelandet och välja en datoriserad talare som säger texten," +" navigera till :menuselection:`Audio messages` i menyn till vänster." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -10724,10 +11850,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Text message`, next to the corresponding audio message " ":guilabel:`Name` that the message should be attached to." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Ljudmeddelanden` väljer du den blå knappen " +":guilabel:`Textmeddelande` bredvid det motsvarande ljudmeddelande " +":guilabel:`Namn` som meddelandet ska kopplas till." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:213 msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Convert text to message` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det visas ett :guilabel:`Konvertera text till meddelande` popup-" +"fönster." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -10735,6 +11866,9 @@ msgid "" "down menu next to the field labeled, :guilabel:`Voice`, and select an option" " for the :guilabel:`Text` to be read in." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Convert to text message` klickar du på " +"rullgardinsmenyn bredvid fältet :guilabel:`Voice` och väljer ett alternativ " +"för :guilabel:`Text` som ska läsas in." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -10742,6 +11876,9 @@ msgid "" "been written in the :guilabel:`Text` field, click :guilabel:`Generate` to " "process the audio file." msgstr "" +"När du har valt :guilabel:`Voice` och skrivit meddelandet i fältet " +":guilabel:`Text` klickar du på :guilabel:`Generate` för att bearbeta " +"ljudfilen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -10749,24 +11886,33 @@ msgid "" "field. Should the language differ in the :guilabel:`Voice` field, then an " "accent is used by the computerized speaker." msgstr "" +"Texten läses upp på samma språk som den är skriven i fältet " +":guilabel:`Text`. Om språket skiljer sig åt i fältet :guilabel:`Voice`, " +"används en accent av den datoriserade talaren." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:224 msgid "" "Finally, when these steps are complete, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the " "audio message." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, när dessa steg är slutförda, klicka på :guilabel:`Save` för att " +"spara ljudmeddelandet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:226 msgid "" "To implement the changes, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right" " corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"För att implementera ändringarna, klicka på :guilabel:`Apply changes` i det " +"övre högra hörnet av skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert text to message window with voice, text, generate button and save " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Konvertera text till meddelandefönster med röst, text, generera knapp och " +"spara markerad." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -10775,16 +11921,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Menu` element, in which the caller should encounter an urgent " "message, or a dial-by-number directory." msgstr "" +"Dubbelklicka på ett element i uppringningsplanen för att ange en hälsning " +"eller ett ljudmeddelande. Detta kan vara ett :guilabel:`Play a " +"file`-element, eller ett :guilabel:`Menu`-element, i vilket den som ringer " +"upp ska få ett brådskande meddelande, eller en nummeruppringningskatalog." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:237 msgid "" "For more information on dial plans see this documentation: " ":doc:`dial_plan_basics` or :doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." msgstr "" +"Mer information om uppringningsplaner finns i denna dokumentation: " +":doc:`dial_plan_basics` eller :doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:243 msgid "Music on-hold" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Musik i vänteläge" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -10793,12 +11945,18 @@ msgid "" "administrative portal, navigate to the `manage.axivox.com `_," " and log in." msgstr "" +"Axivox har möjlighet att lägga till egen väntemusik till samtalet när en " +"uppringare väntar på att få sitt samtal besvarat. För att lägga till " +"väntemusik i Axivox administrationsportal, navigera till `manage.axivox.com " +"`_ och logga in." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:249 msgid "" "Then, click on :guilabel:`Music on hold` from the menu on the left, and a " ":guilabel:`Change the music on hold` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Music on hold` i menyn till vänster, och ett " +":guilabel:`Change the music on hold` popup-fönster visas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -10806,12 +11964,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Choose File` button to select an MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3) or WAV " "(Waveform Audio File Format ) file to be uploaded." msgstr "" +"I popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Change the music on hold` klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Choose File` för att välja en MP3- (MPEG Audio Layer 3) eller " +"WAV-fil (Waveform Audio File Format ) som ska laddas upp." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:256 msgid "" "Only :abbr:`MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3)` or :abbr:`WAV (Waveform Audio File " "Format)` files can be uploaded to the Axivox administrative portal." msgstr "" +"Endast :abbr:`MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3)` eller :abbr:`WAV (Waveform Audio " +"File Format)` filer kan laddas upp till Axivox administrativa portal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -10819,16 +11982,21 @@ msgid "" "status. When this activity completes, the window can be closed, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Close`." msgstr "" +"När filen har valts visar :guilabel:`Progression` status för uppladdningen. " +"När aktiviteten är slutförd kan fönstret stängas genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`Close`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:262 msgid "" "When the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in " "the upper-right corner of the screen." msgstr "" +"När önskade ändringar är genomförda klickar du på :guilabel:`Apply changes` " +"i det övre högra hörnet av skärmen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:3 msgid "Devices and integrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enheter och integrationer" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10837,6 +12005,10 @@ msgid "" "helpful in that it reduces costs, and employees can work from anywhere in " "the world, so long as they have a broadband internet connection." msgstr "" +":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` kan användas på många olika " +"enheter, t.ex. dator, surfplatta, mobiltelefon och många fler. Det är bra " +"eftersom det minskar kostnaderna och medarbetarna kan arbeta var som helst i" +" världen, så länge de har en bredbandsanslutning till Internet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -10844,49 +12016,65 @@ msgid "" "can be used with *any* :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` compatible " "application." msgstr "" +"Odoo *VoIP* är SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)-kompatibel, vilket innebär " +"att den kan användas med *alla* :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation " +"Protocol)`-kompatibla applikationer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:12 msgid "" "This document covers the process of setting up Odoo *VoIP* across different " "devices and integrations." msgstr "" +"Detta dokument beskriver processen för att konfigurera Odoo *VoIP* på olika " +"enheter och integrationer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo is fully-integrated with all Odoo apps, allowing users to click into " "any app, and schedule a call as an activity in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Odoo är helt integrerat med alla Odoo-appar, så att användarna kan klicka " +"sig in i vilken app som helst och schemalägga ett samtal som en aktivitet i " +"chattern." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:19 msgid "" "For example, in the *CRM* app, a user can click into an opportunity, and " "click on :guilabel:`Activities` in the chatter." msgstr "" +"I *CRM*-appen kan en användare till exempel klicka på en möjlighet och sedan" +" klicka på :guilabel:`Activities` i chattern." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:22 msgid "" "Next, they can choose :guilabel:`Call`, and under :guilabel:`Due Date`, they" " can select a date." msgstr "" +"Därefter kan de välja :guilabel:`Call`, och under :guilabel:`Due Date` kan " +"de välja ett datum." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:24 msgid "Once they click :guilabel:`Save`, an activity shows up in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "När de klickar på :guilabel:`Save` visas en aktivitet i chatten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:26 msgid "" "Should the :guilabel:`Due Date` be for today's date, the activity shows up " "in the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` widget." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Due Date` är för dagens datum, visas aktiviteten i :abbr:`VoIP" +" (Voice over Internet Protocol)`-widgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:0 msgid "" "View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" +"Visning av CRM-leads och möjlighet att schemalägga en aktivitet för Odoo " +"Discuss." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:34 msgid "Odoo VoIP (laptop/desktop computer)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo VoIP (bärbar dator/stationär dator)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -10895,16 +12083,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in the upper-right corner, while in the Odoo " "database, and the widget appears." msgstr "" +"Odoo *VoIP* (Voice over Internet Protocol) modulen och widgeten kan användas" +" från vilken webbläsare som helst på en bärbar eller stationär enhet. Klicka" +" bara på :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)`-ikonen i det övre högra hörnet när du är i " +"Odoo-databasen, så visas widgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:41 msgid "" "To see how to use the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` widget on " "a desktop/laptop computer, check out this documentation: :doc:`voip_widget`." msgstr "" +"För att se hur man använder :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet " +"Protocol)`-widgeten på en stationär/laptop, kolla in den här " +"dokumentationen: :doc:`voip_widget`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:45 msgid "Odoo VoIP (tablet/mobile device)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo VoIP (surfplatta/mobil enhet)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -10912,6 +12107,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo Android or Apple IOS applications. Additionally, a mobile web browser " "can be used to access the database." msgstr "" +"Odoo *VoIP*-appen kan användas på surfplattor och mobiltelefoner via Odoo " +"Android- eller Apple IOS-applikationerna. Dessutom kan en mobil webbläsare " +"användas för att komma åt databasen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -10919,6 +12117,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo on the Android and Apple portals. This means Odoo support only handles " "limited scopes of Odoo Android or Apple IOS support tickets." msgstr "" +"Odoo Android- och Apple IOS-applikationer underhålls inte längre av Odoo på " +"Android- och Apple-portalerna. Detta innebär att Odoo-supporten endast " +"hanterar begränsade delar av Odoo Android- eller Apple IOS-supportärenden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -10928,10 +12129,15 @@ msgid "" "be reachable on a mobile device at all times, an app, like Zoiper, should be" " used. Apps like that stay connected in the background at all times." msgstr "" +"Utgående samtal kan ringas med Odoo på en mobil enhet, men tänk på att Odoo " +"**inte** är en fullständig :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet " +"Protocol)`-applikation, och **inte** ringer upp inkommande samtal. Om " +"användaren behöver vara nåbar på en mobil enhet hela tiden bör en app, som " +"Zoiper, användas. Sådana appar är alltid uppkopplade i bakgrunden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:61 msgid "For more information, see this documentation: :ref:`voip/zoiper`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mer information finns i denna dokumentation: :ref:`voip/zoiper`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -10939,6 +12145,9 @@ msgid "" "*VoIP* widget, by tapping on the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in the upper-" "right corner. The widget appears in the lower-left corner." msgstr "" +"I mobilapplikationen på en mobil enhet/surfplatta öppnar du Odoo " +"*VoIP*-widgeten genom att trycka på :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)`-ikonen i det övre" +" högra hörnet. Widgeten visas i det nedre vänstra hörnet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -10947,16 +12156,22 @@ msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Allow` when prompted to continue with the call using the " "microphone." msgstr "" +"Första gången användaren ringer ett samtal från surfplattan med hjälp av " +"mobilapplikationen uppmanas användaren att :guilabel:`Allow` databasen att " +"använda mikrofonen. Klicka på :guilabel:`Allow` när du uppmanas att " +"fortsätta samtalet med hjälp av mikrofonen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:71 msgid "" "This step is **necessary**, whether using the mobile Odoo application or web" " browser." msgstr "" +"Detta steg är **nödvändigt**, oavsett om du använder den mobila Odoo-" +"applikationen eller webbläsaren." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1 msgid "Allow the database to access the microphone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillåt databasen att komma åt mikrofonen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -10965,38 +12180,49 @@ msgid "" "box next to :guilabel:`Remember ?` should this decision be the default " "moving forward." msgstr "" +"Odoo frågar sedan hur samtalet ska göras. De två alternativen är: " +":guilabel:`VOIP` eller :guilabel:`Phone` (om surfplattan är aktiverad för " +"samtal). Klicka i rutan bredvid :guilabel:`Remember ?` om detta beslut ska " +"vara standard framöver." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1 msgid "" "Window prompt to choose whether to use VOIP or the devices phone to make the" " call." msgstr "" +"Fönstret uppmanar dig att välja om du vill använda VOIP eller enhetens " +"telefon för att ringa samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:85 msgid "" "Here is the layout of what the Odoo *VoIP* app looks like on a mobile " "device:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Här är layouten för hur Odoo *VoIP*-appen ser ut på en mobil enhet:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1 msgid "Layout of what the VoIP app looks like on the a mobile device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Layout av hur VoIP-appen ser ut på en mobil enhet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:94 msgid "Zoiper Lite" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zoiper Lite" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:96 msgid "" "*Zoiper Lite* is a free :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` " ":abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` dialer with voice and video." msgstr "" +"*Zoiper Lite* är en gratis :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` " +":abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` uppringare med röst och video." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:99 msgid "" "To start using the *Zoiper* app, download it to the device, via the `Zoiper " "download page `_." msgstr "" +"För att börja använda *Zoiper*-appen, ladda ner den till enheten via `Zoiper" +" download page `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -11004,6 +12230,9 @@ msgid "" "how to set up on the *Zoiper* IOS application. Screenshots and steps may " "differ depending on the set up conditions." msgstr "" +"En mobil enhet är den vanligaste installationen, och det här dokumentet " +"beskriver hur man installerar *Zoiper* IOS-applikationen. Skärmdumpar och " +"steg kan skilja sig åt beroende på installationsvillkoren." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -11012,6 +12241,10 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounts`, and tap on the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon to add " "an account." msgstr "" +"När du har installerat *Zoiper*-applikationen på mobiltelefonen öppnar du " +"applikationen och trycker på :guilabel:`Inställningar`. Navigera till " +":menuselection:`Accounts`, och tryck på :guilabel:`+ (plus)` ikonen för att " +"lägga till ett konto." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -11019,10 +12252,13 @@ msgid "" "up, then click :guilabel:`Yes`. This means an account username and password " "has already been produced." msgstr "" +"Om :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`-kontot redan är konfigurerat," +" klicka då på :guilabel:`Ja`. Detta innebär att ett användarnamn och " +"lösenord för kontot redan har skapats." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1 msgid "Zoiper account setup, shown in the view from a mobile device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställning av Zoiper-konto, visas i vyn från en mobil enhet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -11031,16 +12267,22 @@ msgid "" "down to a specific country. Choose the country for the provider that is " "being configured, then find the :guilabel:`Provider`, and select it." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Välj en leverantör`. På skärmen som öppnas " +"trycker du på :guilabel:`Country`, i det övre högra hörnet, för att begränsa" +" leverantörerna till ett visst land. Välj land för den provider som ska " +"konfigureras, leta sedan upp :guilabel:`Provider` och välj den." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:121 msgid "" "If the provider being configured is *Axivox*, then select " ":guilabel:`Belgium`. Then, choose :guilabel:`Axivox` as the provider." msgstr "" +"Om den leverantör som konfigureras är *Axivox*, välj :guilabel:`Belgium`. " +"Välj sedan :guilabel:`Axivox` som leverantör." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1 msgid "Zoiper account setup, choosing the provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inställning av Zoiper-konto, val av leverantör." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -11048,6 +12290,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Account name`, :guilabel:`Domain`, :guilabel:`Username`, and " ":guilabel:`Password`. All this information varies, based on the account." msgstr "" +"Under :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)`-alternativ anger du " +":guilabel:`Account name`, :guilabel:`Domain`, :guilabel:`Username` och " +":guilabel:`Password`. All denna information varierar beroende på kontot." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -11056,22 +12301,27 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`SIP username`, :guilabel:`Domain`, :guilabel:`SIP password`, and" " :guilabel:`Address of the proxy server` are all present in this tab." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt denna information, via *Axivox*-portalen, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Användare --> Välj användare --> Redigera --> SIP-" +"identifierare fliken`. På denna flik finns :guilabel:`SIP-användarnamn`, " +":guilabel:`Domän`, :guilabel:`SIP-lösenord` och :guilabel:`Adress till " +"proxyservern`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:141 msgid "Zoiper Field" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zoiper-fältet" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:142 msgid "Axivox Field" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox-fältet" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:143 msgid "Account name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontonamn" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:144 msgid "*Can be anything*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Kan vara vad som helst*" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:146 @@ -11084,7 +12334,7 @@ msgstr "Användarnamn" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:148 msgid "SIP username" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP-användarnamn" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:149 msgid "Password" @@ -11092,7 +12342,7 @@ msgstr "Lösenord" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:150 msgid "SIP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SIP-lösenord" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -11101,20 +12351,26 @@ msgid "" "information is checked, *Zoiper* populates a message, stating " ":guilabel:`Registration Status: OK`." msgstr "" +"När du har angett kontoinformationen klickar du på den gröna knappen " +":guilabel:`Register` högst upp på skärmen. När registreringsinformationen " +"har kontrollerats fyller *Zoiper* i ett meddelande där det står " +":guilabel:`Registreringsstatus: OK`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:156 msgid "" "At this point, *Zoiper* is now set up to make phone calls using the " ":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` service." msgstr "" +"Nu är *Zoiper* konfigurerad för att ringa telefonsamtal med hjälp av " +":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`-tjänsten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1 msgid "Zoiper account setup, registration successful." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zoiper-konto upprättat, registrering framgångsrik." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:164 msgid "Linphone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linfon" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -11122,6 +12378,9 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` softphone, used for voice, video, " "messaging (group and individual), as well as conference calls." msgstr "" +"*Linphone* är en :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` :abbr:`SIP " +"(Session Initiation Protocol)` softphone med öppen källkod, som används för " +"röst, video, meddelanden (grupp och individuella), samt konferenssamtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -11129,6 +12388,9 @@ msgid "" "`Linphone download page `_." msgstr "" +"För att börja använda appen *Linphone*, ladda ner den till enheten via " +"`Linphone download page `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -11136,6 +12398,9 @@ msgid "" "how to set up the *Linphone* IOS application. Screenshots and steps may " "differ depending on the circumstances." msgstr "" +"En mobil enhet är den vanligaste installationen, och detta dokument " +"beskriver hur man installerar IOS-applikationen *Linphone*. Skärmbilder och " +"steg kan skilja sig åt beroende på omständigheterna." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -11143,6 +12408,9 @@ msgid "" "Initiation Protocol)` provider, first open *Linphone*, and an assistant " "screen appears." msgstr "" +"För att börja konfigurera *Linphone* för användning med en :abbr:`SIP " +"(Session Initiation Protocol)` provider, öppna först *Linphone* och en " +"assistentskärm visas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -11151,6 +12419,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Domain`, and :guilabel:`Display Name`. Once complete, press " ":guilabel:`Login`." msgstr "" +"På denna skärm väljer du :guilabel:`Use SIP Account`. På följande skärm " +"anger du sedan :guilabel:`Username`, :guilabel:`Password`, " +":guilabel:`Domain` och :guilabel:`Display Name`. När du är klar trycker du " +"på :guilabel:`Login`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -11158,10 +12430,12 @@ msgid "" "green button at the top of the application screen that reads, " ":guilabel:`Connected`." msgstr "" +"Nu är *Linphone* redo att börja ringa, när det finns en grön knapp högst upp" +" på applikationsskärmen med texten :guilabel:`Connected`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1 msgid "Linphone account setup, registration successful." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linphone-konto upprättat, registrering framgångsrik." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -11170,12 +12444,18 @@ msgid "" "*Linphone* is an open-source project, many new updates are released on a " "regular basis." msgstr "" +"*Linphone* gör en mängd olika applikationer för mobila och stationära " +"enheter i operativsystem som Windows, Linux, Apple och Android. Eftersom " +"*Linphone* är ett projekt med öppen källkod släpps många nya uppdateringar " +"regelbundet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:195 msgid "" "See `Linphone's wiki-documentation page " "`_." msgstr "" +"Se `Linphones wiki-dokumentationssida " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" @@ -11187,18 +12467,25 @@ msgid "" "`_. OnSIP is a VoIP provider. An account is needed " "with OnSIP in order to use this service." msgstr "" +"Odoo *VoIP* kan konfigureras för att fungera tillsammans med `OnSIP " +"`_. OnSIP är en VoIP-leverantör. Ett konto behövs " +"hos OnSIP för att kunna använda denna tjänst." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:11 msgid "" "Before setting up an account with OnSIP, make sure the company's home area, " "and the areas that will be called, are covered by OnSIP services." msgstr "" +"Innan du skapar ett konto med OnSIP ska du kontrollera att företagets " +"hemområde och de områden som ska ringas upp täcks av OnSIP-tjänster." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:14 msgid "" "After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below to " "configure it on an Odoo database." msgstr "" +"När du har öppnat ett OnSIP-konto följer du konfigurationsrutinen nedan för " +"att konfigurera det i en Odoo-databas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -11207,18 +12494,22 @@ msgid "" " remove the default `Apps` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and " "search for `VoIP OnSIP`." msgstr "" +"För att konfigurera Odoo-databasen för att ansluta till OnSIP-tjänster, " +"navigera först till :menuselection:`Apps application` från Odoo-" +"instrumentpanelen. Ta sedan bort standardfiltret `Apps` från fältet " +":guilabel:`Sök...` och sök efter `VoIP OnSIP`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "Next, install the :guilabel:`VOIP OnSIP` module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera sedan modulen :guilabel:`VOIP OnSIP`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1 msgid "View of OnSIP app in the app search results." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa OnSIP-appen i sökresultaten för appar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 msgid "Odoo VoIP setting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo VoIP-inställning" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -11227,24 +12518,30 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` fields. Then, proceed to fill in those three " "fields with the following information:" msgstr "" +"När du har installerat modulen *VOIP OnSIP* går du till " +":menuselection:`Settings app`, bläddrar ner till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Integrations` och letar upp fälten :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)`. " +"Fortsätt sedan med att fylla i de tre fälten med följande information:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: the domain that was assigned when creating an " "account on `OnSIP `_." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: den domän som tilldelades när du skapade ett konto" +" på `OnSIP `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39 msgid ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: `wss://edge.sip.onsip.com`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: `wss://edge.sip.onsip.com`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: :guilabel:`Production`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: :guilabel:`Production`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1 msgid "VoIP configuration settings in Odoo Settings app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurationsinställningar för VoIP i appen Odoo Settings." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -11252,28 +12549,38 @@ msgid "" "and log in. Then, click the :guilabel:`Administrators` link in the top-right" " of the page." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt OnSIP-domänen, navigera till `OnSIP " +"`_ och logga in. Klicka sedan på länken " +":guilabel:`Administrators` längst upp till höger på sidan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:50 msgid "" "Next, in the left menu, click :guilabel:`Users`, and then select any user. " "By default, the selected user opens on the :guilabel:`User Info` tab." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Users` i den vänstra menyn och välj sedan en " +"användare. Som standard öppnas den valda användaren på fliken " +":guilabel:`User Info`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Phone Settings` tab to reveal OnSIP configuration " "credentials (first column)." msgstr "" +"Klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Phone Settings` för att visa " +"inloggningsuppgifter för OnSIP-konfigurationen (första kolumnen)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:0 msgid "" "Domain setting revealed (highlighted) on administrative panel of OnSIP management\n" "console." msgstr "" +"Domäninställningen visas (markerad) på den administrativa panelen i OnSIP-hanteringskonsolen\n" +"konsol." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:62 msgid "Odoo user setting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo-användarinställning" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11281,12 +12588,17 @@ msgid "" "OnSIP user **must** also be configured in the Odoo user's " "settings/preferences." msgstr "" +"Därefter måste användaren konfigureras i Odoo. Varje användare som är " +"kopplad till en OnSIP-användare **måste** också konfigureras i Odoo-" +"användarens inställningar/preferenser." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage Users --> " "Select the User`." msgstr "" +"För att göra det, navigera till :menuselection:`Inställningar app --> " +"Hantera användare --> Välj användaren`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -11294,68 +12606,84 @@ msgid "" "account. Then, click the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, and scroll to the " ":guilabel:`VoIP` section." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Redigera` i användarformuläret för att konfigurera " +"användarens OnSIP-konto. Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Inställningar` " +"och bläddra till avsnittet :guilabel:`VoIP`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 msgid "In this section, fill in the fields with OnSIP credentials." msgstr "" +"I det här avsnittet fyller du i fälten med OnSIP-autentiseringsuppgifter." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74 msgid "" "Fill in the following fields with the associated credentials listed below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fyll i följande fält med de tillhörande referenser som anges nedan:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`VoIP Username` / :guilabel:`Extension Number` = OnSIP " ":guilabel:`Username`" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`VoIP Username` / :guilabel:`Extension Number` = OnSIP " +":guilabel:`Username`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP Auth Username` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Auth Username`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`OnSIP Auth Username` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Auth Username`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP secret` = OnSIP :guilabel:`SIP Password`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`VoIP secret` = OnSIP :guilabel:`SIP Password`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`External device number` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Ext.` (extension " "without the `x`)" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`External device number` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Ext.` (anknytning utan" +" `x`)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1 msgid "" "OnSIP user credentials with username, auth username, SIP password, and extension\n" "highlighted." msgstr "" +"OnSIP-användaruppgifter med användarnamn, auth-användarnamn, SIP-lösenord och anknytning\n" +"markerad." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87 msgid "" "The OnSIP extension can be found in the *User* banner line above the tabs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "OnSIP-tillägget finns i bannerraden *User* ovanför flikarna." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:89 msgid "" "When these steps are complete, navigate away from the user form in Odoo to " "save the configurations." msgstr "" +"När dessa steg är slutförda, navigera bort från användarformuläret i Odoo " +"för att spara konfigurationerna." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:91 msgid "" "Once saved, Odoo users can make phone calls by clicking the :guilabel:`☎️ " "(phone)` icon in the top-right corner of Odoo." msgstr "" +"När de har sparats kan Odoo-användarna ringa genom att klicka på " +":guilabel:`☎️ (phone)`-ikonen i det övre högra hörnet av Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:95 msgid "" "Additional setup and troubleshooting steps can be found on `OnSIP's " "knowledge base `_." msgstr "" +"Ytterligare steg för installation och felsökning finns i `OnSIPs kunskapsbas" +" `_." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:99 msgid "Incoming calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkommande samtal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11363,18 +12691,23 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo. When those call pop-up windows appear, click the green :guilabel:`📞" " (phone)` icon to answer the call." msgstr "" +"Odoo-databasen tar också emot inkommande samtal som skapar popup-fönster i " +"Odoo. När dessa popup-fönster visas klickar du på den gröna :guilabel:`📞 " +"(telefon)`-ikonen för att svara på samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:104 msgid "To ignore the call, click the red :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon." msgstr "" +"För att ignorera samtalet, klicka på den röda :guilabel:`📞 (telefon)` " +"ikonen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1 msgid "Incoming call shown in the Odoo VoIP widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inkommande samtal visas i Odoo VoIP-widgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`voip_widget`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`voip_widget`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:32 @@ -11383,21 +12716,23 @@ msgstr "Felsökning" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:118 msgid "Missing parameters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saknade parametrar" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:120 msgid "" "If a *Missing Parameters* message appears in the Odoo widget, make sure to " "refresh the Odoo browser window (or tab), and try again." msgstr "" +"Om meddelandet *Missing Parameters* visas i Odoo-widgeten, se till att " +"uppdatera Odoo-webbläsarfönstret (eller fliken) och försök igen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1 msgid "Missing parameter message in the Odoo VoIP widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meddelande om saknad parameter i Odoo VoIP-widgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:128 msgid "Incorrect number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felaktigt nummer" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -11405,20 +12740,25 @@ msgid "" "use the international format for the number. This means leading with the " ":guilabel:`+ (plus)` sign, followed by the international country code." msgstr "" +"Om meddelandet *Felaktigt nummer* visas i Odoo-widgeten ska du se till att " +"använda det internationella formatet för numret. Detta innebär att du börjar" +" med :guilabel:`+ (plus)` tecknet, följt av den internationella landskoden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:138 msgid "" "For example, `+16505555555` (where `+1` is the international prefix for the " "United States)." msgstr "" +"Till exempel `+16505555555` (där `+1` är det internationella prefixet för " +"USA)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1 msgid "Incorrect number message populated in the Odoo VoIP widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meddelande om felaktigt nummer visas i Odoo VoIP-widgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:149 msgid "OnSIP on mobile phone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OnSIP på mobiltelefon" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -11426,24 +12766,29 @@ msgid "" "Odoo on their computer, a softphone app on a mobile phone can be used in " "parallel with Odoo *VoIP*." msgstr "" +"För att kunna ringa och ta emot telefonsamtal när användaren inte sitter " +"framför Odoo på sin dator kan en softphone-app på en mobiltelefon användas " +"parallellt med Odoo *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:154 msgid "" "This is useful for convenient, on-the-go calls, and to make sure incoming " "calls are heard. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" +"Detta är användbart för smidiga samtal på språng och för att säkerställa att" +" inkommande samtal hörs. Alla SIP-mjukvarutelefoner fungerar." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`devices_integrations`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`enheter_integrationer`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:159 msgid "`OnSIP App Download `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nedladdning av OnSIP-appen `_" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:3 msgid "Make, receive, transfer, and forward calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ringa, ta emot, överföra och vidarekoppla samtal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11451,16 +12796,21 @@ msgid "" "of any business. A company also needs to be available when customers call, " "in order to build trust and make connections." msgstr "" +"Att ringa presumtiva kunder eller kollegor är en viktig del av all " +"affärsverksamhet. Ett företag måste också vara tillgängligt när kunderna " +"ringer, för att bygga förtroende och skapa kontakter." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:9 msgid "" "This document covers how to make, receive, transfer, and forward calls with " "Odoo *VoIP*." msgstr "" +"Detta dokument beskriver hur man ringer, tar emot, överför och vidarekopplar" +" samtal med Odoo *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:12 msgid "Make calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ringa samtal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -11468,22 +12818,29 @@ msgid "" "widget in the the upper-right corner, which is represented by a " ":guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon." msgstr "" +"Från Odoo-instrumentpanelen kan du ringa ett samtal genom att öppna " +"telefonwidgeten i det övre högra hörnet, som representeras av en " +":guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` ikon." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:17 msgid "" "Then, a user can click on the :guilabel:`Contacts` tab, and click into any " "contact in the database to make a call." msgstr "" +"Sedan kan användaren klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Kontakter` och klicka på " +"valfri kontakt i databasen för att ringa ett samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:20 msgid "" "Additionally, one can also use the :guilabel:`Search bar` in the " ":guilabel:`VOIP` pop-up window to find any desired contact." msgstr "" +"Dessutom kan man använda :guilabel:`Sökfältet` i :guilabel:`VOIP` popup-" +"fönstret för att hitta önskad kontakt." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1 msgid "Using the VoIP phone widget to make calls." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Använda VoIP-telefonwidgeten för att ringa samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -11491,6 +12848,10 @@ msgid "" "proceed to manually key in the desired number. Do not forget to lead with " "the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon, followed by the international country code." msgstr "" +"Om du vill ringa ett samtal manuellt klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`⌨️ " +"(tangentbord)` och fortsätter med att manuellt knappa in önskat nummer. Glöm" +" inte att inleda med ikonen :guilabel:`+ (plus)`, följt av den " +"internationella landskoden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -11498,6 +12859,9 @@ msgid "" "icon, would look like this: `+1`. If one were to dial Belgium, the number " "would be prefixed by `+32`, and for Great Britain it would be `+44`." msgstr "" +"För Amerikas förenta stater ser landskoden och :guilabel:`+ (plus)`-ikonen " +"ut på följande sätt: `+1`. Om du ringer Belgien kommer numret att föregås av" +" `+32`, och för Storbritannien blir det `+44`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -11506,10 +12870,14 @@ msgid "" " the call. When finished, click the red :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to end " "the call." msgstr "" +"När du har angett hela numret, med önskat :guilabel:`+ (plus)` prefix och " +"landskod, klickar du på den gröna :guilabel:`📞 (telefon)`-ikonen för att " +"starta samtalet. När du är klar klickar du på den röda :guilabel:`📞 " +"(telefon)`-ikonen för att avsluta samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:45 msgid "Receive calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta emot samtal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -11517,23 +12885,33 @@ msgid "" " the Odoo database. Should the database be open in another tab, a sound " "plays (the sound **must** be activated on the device)." msgstr "" +"Ett inkommande samtal öppnar automatiskt widgeten *VoIP* när en användare " +"använder Odoo-databasen. Om databasen är öppen i en annan flik spelas ett " +"ljud upp (ljudet **måste** vara aktiverat på enheten)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:51 msgid "" "Once back to the tab, the calling screen of the *VoIP* phone widget appears." msgstr "" +"När du är tillbaka på fliken visas samtalsskärmen för " +"*VoIP*-telefonwidgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:53 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to pick up the call, or the red " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to reject the call." msgstr "" +"Klicka på den gröna :guilabel:`📞 (telefon)`-ikonen för att svara på " +"samtalet, eller på den röda :guilabel:`📞 (telefon)`-ikonen för att avvisa " +"samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1 msgid "" "Incoming call on the VoIP widget, with the call answer and call reject " "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +"Inkommande samtal på VoIP-widgeten, med knapparna för att svara på samtal " +"och avvisa samtal markerade." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:61 msgid "Add to call queue" @@ -11545,16 +12923,21 @@ msgid "" "place with the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, under the :guilabel:`Next " "activities` tab." msgstr "" +"Alla kontakter och kunder som behöver ringas upp kan ses på ett ställe med " +"Odoo *VoIP* telefonwidget, under fliken :guilabel:`Nästa aktiviteter`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1 msgid "VoIP widget with next activities highlighted, showing tasks below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VoIP-widget med nästa aktiviteter markerade, med uppgifter nedan." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:70 msgid "" "To add a call to the :guilabel:`Next activities` tab, click the green " ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon, while in kanban view of the *CRM* application." msgstr "" +"För att lägga till ett samtal på fliken :guilabel:`Nästa aktiviteter`, " +"klicka på den gröna :guilabel:`📞 (telefon)`-ikonen i kanban-vyn i " +"*CRM*-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -11562,6 +12945,9 @@ msgid "" "call scheduled, and click the red :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon that appears " "with the :guilabel:`- (minus)` icon." msgstr "" +"För att ta bort dem från samtalskön, håll muspekaren över den möjlighet som " +"har ett samtal schemalagt och klicka på den röda :guilabel:`📞 " +"(telefon)`-ikonen som visas med :guilabel:`- (minus)`-ikonen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -11569,21 +12955,28 @@ msgid "" " scheduled immediately for that day appear in the queue under the " ":guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* pop-up widget." msgstr "" +"När du navigerar tillbaka till telefonwidgeten *VoIP* visas **endast** de " +"samtal som är schemalagda direkt för den dagen i kön under fliken " +":guilabel:`Nästa aktiviteter` i popup-widgeten *VoIP*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1 msgid "Adding a call to the next activities tab in the VoIP phone widget." msgstr "" +"Lägga till ett samtal till nästa aktivitetsflik i VoIP-telefonwidgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:84 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* phone widget is integrated" " with the following Odoo apps: *CRM*, *Project*, and *Helpdesk*." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Next Activities` i telefonwidgeten *VoIP* är integrerad " +"med följande Odoo-appar: *CRM*, *Project* och *Helpdesk*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:87 msgid "" "A call can be added in the chatter of records within those applications." msgstr "" +"En uppmaning kan läggas till i chatter av poster inom dessa applikationer." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -11591,10 +12984,15 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`🕗 (clock)` icon). Under :guilabel:`Activity Type`, select " ":guilabel:`Call` from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" +"För att manuellt lägga till ett samtal, klicka på :guilabel:`Activities` " +"(bredvid ikonen :guilabel:`🕗 (klocka)`) via chattern. Under " +":guilabel:`Activity Type` väljer du :guilabel:`Call` i rullgardinsmenyn som " +"visas." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:93 msgid "Next, set a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and add a :guilabel:`Summary`." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan en :guilabel:`Due Date` och lägg till en :guilabel:`Summary`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -11603,6 +13001,10 @@ msgid "" "has this call show up in their :guilabel:`Next Activities` call queue in the" " Odoo *VoIP* phone widget." msgstr "" +"Slutligen ändrar du fältet :guilabel:`Assigned to` till den person som ska " +"ringa samtalet. Den person som anges i det sista fältet (:guilabel:`Assigned" +" to`) får detta samtal i sin :guilabel:`Next Activities` samtalskö i Odoo " +"*VoIP* telefonwidget." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -11610,16 +13012,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* phone widget for that specific" " user." msgstr "" +"Endast samtal för den närmaste dagen (dagens datum) visas på fliken " +":guilabel:`Nästa aktiviteter` i telefonwidgeten *VoIP* för den specifika " +"användaren." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:103 msgid "" "If specified, click :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Open Calendar` to " "complete the scheduling of the call." msgstr "" +"Om specificerat, klicka på :guilabel:`Spara` eller :guilabel:`Öppna " +"kalender` för att slutföra schemaläggningen av samtalet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:107 msgid "Transfer calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Överföra samtal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -11628,17 +13035,26 @@ msgid "" " Without picking up the call in the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, the only way " "to transfer a call is automatically though the provider console/portal." msgstr "" +"Ett samtal kan överföras från en användare till en annan i Odoo *VoIP* " +"telefonwidget. Detta kan dock **endast** ske efter att du först talat med " +"den som ringer. Om du inte svarar på samtalet i Odoo *VoIP*-telefonwidgeten " +"är det enda sättet att överföra ett samtal automatiskt via leverantörens " +"konsol/portal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:115 msgid "" "For more information on transfers, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`." msgstr "" +"För mer information om överföringar, besök " +":ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:117 msgid "" "To transfer a call within the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, first, answer the " "call using the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon." msgstr "" +"För att överföra ett samtal i Odoo *VoIP* telefonwidget, svara först på " +"samtalet med den gröna :guilabel:`📞 (telefon)` ikonen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -11647,6 +13063,10 @@ msgid "" "forwarded to. Finally, click :guilabel:`Transfer` to route the call to that " "phone number." msgstr "" +"När det inkommande samtalet har besvarats klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`↔ " +"(vänster-högerpil)`. Ange sedan anknytningen till den användare som samtalet" +" ska vidarekopplas till. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Transfer` för att " +"vidarekoppla samtalet till det aktuella telefonnumret." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -11656,21 +13076,29 @@ msgid "" "Manage Users --> Select the user --> Preferences --> VOIP --> VoIP username " "/ Extension number`." msgstr "" +"För att hitta anknytningen för en användare, kontakta :abbr:`VoIP (Voice " +"over Internet Protocol)` administratören, eller, om användaren har " +"*Inställningar* åtkomsträttigheter till *Administration*, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar App --> Hantera användare --> Välj användaren " +"--> Preferenser --> VOIP --> VoIP användarnamn / anknytningsnummer`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:130 msgid "" "For more information on access rights, visit: :doc:`../users/access_rights`." msgstr "" +"För mer information om åtkomsträttigheter, besök: " +":doc:`../users/access_rights`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1 msgid "" "Transferring a call within the phone widget, with the transfer buttons " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Överföra ett samtal i telefonwidgeten, med överföringsknapparna markerade." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:137 msgid "Forward calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vidarekoppla samtal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -11678,6 +13106,10 @@ msgid "" "call using the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon. Once the incoming call is " "answered, click the :guilabel:`↔ (left-right arrow)` icon." msgstr "" +"För att vidarekoppla ett samtal i Odoo *VoIP* telefonwidget, svara först på " +"samtalet med den gröna :guilabel:`📞 (telefon)` ikonen. När det inkommande " +"samtalet har besvarats klickar du på ikonen :guilabel:`↔ (pil vänster-" +"höger)`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -11685,16 +13117,21 @@ msgid "" "to. Finally, click :guilabel:`Transfer` to route the call to that phone " "number." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan det fullständiga telefonnumret till den användare som samtalet " +"ska vidarekopplas till. Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Transfer` för att " +"vidarekoppla samtalet till det aktuella telefonnumret." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:147 msgid "" "For more information on forwarding, visit " ":ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`." msgstr "" +"Mer information om vidarebefordran finns på " +":ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:3 msgid "VoIP widget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VoIP-widget" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11703,16 +13140,21 @@ msgid "" "database. The widget is the control center for making and managing calls in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"*VoIP*-widgeten är ett tillägg som görs tillgängligt för Odoo-användare via " +"*VoIP*-modulen. Den används för att integrera virtuell telefoni i databasen." +" Widgeten är kontrollcentret för att ringa och hantera samtal i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:10 msgid "Phone calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Telefonsamtal" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:12 msgid "" "To make phone calls while in the Odoo database, click the :guilabel:`☎️ " "(phone)` icon, located in the top navigation bar." msgstr "" +"För att ringa telefonsamtal i Odoo-databasen klickar du på ikonen " +":guilabel:`☎️ (phone)`, som finns i det övre navigeringsfältet." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -11720,6 +13162,9 @@ msgid "" "corner of the Odoo database. The widget allows users to freely navigate " "throughout the database, while making and receiving calls." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på den visas en :guilabel:`VOIP` popup-widget i det nedre " +"vänstra hörnet av Odoo-databasen. Med hjälp av widgeten kan användaren " +"navigera fritt i databasen och samtidigt ringa och ta emot samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -11727,6 +13172,9 @@ msgid "" " a notification. To close the widget, click the :guilabel:`X (close)` icon " "in the upper-right of the widget's screen." msgstr "" +"När du tar emot samtal i Odoo ringer widgeten :guilabel:`VOIP` och visar ett" +" meddelande. För att stänga widgeten, klicka på :guilabel:`X (stäng)` ikonen" +" längst upp till höger på widgetens skärm." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -11735,20 +13183,26 @@ msgid "" "`_. After logging into the portal, go to " ":menuselection:`Users --> Outgoing number` (column)." msgstr "" +":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`-numret är det som tillhandahålls" +" av Axivox. Det kan nås genom att navigera till `https://manage.axivox.com/ " +"`_. När du har loggat in i portalen går du till " +":menuselection:`Användare --> Utgående nummer` (kolumn)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst-1 msgid "VoIP call in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VoIP-samtal i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:35 msgid "" "If a *Missing Parameter* error message appears in the Odoo *VoIP* widget, " "refresh the Odoo window, and try again." msgstr "" +"Om felmeddelandet *Missing Parameter* visas i Odoo *VoIP*-widgeten, " +"uppdatera Odoo-fönstret och försök igen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:0 msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felmeddelande \"Missing Parameter\" i Odoo softphone." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -11756,16 +13210,20 @@ msgid "" "make sure to use the international format, leading with the :guilabel:`+ " "(plus)` sign, followed by the international country code." msgstr "" +"Om felmeddelandet *Incorrect Number* visas i Odoo *VoIP*-widgeten, se till " +"att använda det internationella formatet, som inleds med :guilabel:`+ " +"(plus)` tecknet, följt av den internationella landskoden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:47 msgid "" "(E.g., +16506913277, where `+1` is the international prefix for the United " "States.)" msgstr "" +"(T.ex. +16506913277, där `+1` är det internationella prefixet för USA)" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:0 msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Felmeddelande \"Felaktigt nummer\" i Odoo softphone." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:54 msgid "Tabs" @@ -11777,10 +13235,13 @@ msgid "" "Activities`, and :guilabel:`Contacts`) present in the *VoIP* widget, which " "are used for managing calls and day-to-day activities in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Det finns totalt tre flikar (:guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Next Activities`" +" och :guilabel:`Contacts`) i *VoIP*-widgeten, som används för att hantera " +"samtal och dagliga aktiviteter i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:61 msgid "Recent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Senaste" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -11788,10 +13249,13 @@ msgid "" "the user is available. This includes incoming and outgoing calls. Any number" " can be clicked to begin a call." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Recent` i *VoIP*-widgeten finns samtalshistoriken " +"för användaren tillgänglig. Detta inkluderar inkommande och utgående samtal." +" Du kan klicka på valfritt nummer för att starta ett samtal." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:67 msgid "Next activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nästa verksamhet" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -11799,6 +13263,9 @@ msgid "" "see any activities assigned to them, and which ones are due to be completed " "for the day." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Nästa aktiviteter` i *VoIP*-widgeten kan en " +"användare se alla aktiviteter som tilldelats dem och vilka som ska slutföras" +" för dagen." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -11806,12 +13273,18 @@ msgid "" " email, accessing their contact, scheduling another activity, or accessing a" " linked record (such as a Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity, or Project Task)." msgstr "" +"Klicka på en aktivitet på den här fliken för att utföra någon av följande " +"åtgärder: Skicka ett e-postmeddelande, komma åt deras kontakt, schemalägga " +"en annan aktivitet eller komma åt en länkad post (t.ex. en " +"försäljningsorder, Lead/Opportunity eller projektuppgift)." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:76 msgid "" "The user can also mark the activity as complete, edit the details of the " "activity, or cancel it." msgstr "" +"Användaren kan också markera aktiviteten som slutförd, redigera detaljerna " +"för aktiviteten eller avbryta den." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -11819,53 +13292,59 @@ msgid "" " (phone)` icon, or click the :guilabel:`⌨️ (keyboard)` icon to dial another " "number for the customer." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`📞 (telefon)` för att ringa kunden i samband med en " +"schemalagd aktivitet, eller klicka på :guilabel:`⌨️ (tangentbord)` för att " +"slå ett annat nummer till kunden." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst-1 msgid "Activity control center on the VoIP widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivitetskontrollcenter på VoIP-widgeten." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:85 msgid "" "Some other icons appear in the *VoIP* widget, categorized by two sections: " ":guilabel:`Document` and :guilabel:`Activity`." msgstr "" +"Några andra ikoner visas i *VoIP*-widgeten, kategoriserade i två sektioner: " +":guilabel:`Dokument` och :guilabel:`Aktivitet`." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:88 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Document` section, from right to left:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Under avsnittet :guilabel:`Document`, från höger till vänster:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon: sends an email" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`✉️ (kuvert)` ikon: skickar ett e-postmeddelande" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`👤 (person icon)` icon: redirects to the contact card" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`👤 (personikon)` ikon: omdirigerar till kontaktkortet" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:92 msgid "" ":guilabel:`📄 (document)` icon: redirects to the attached record in Odoo" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`📄 (dokument)` ikon: omdirigerar till den bifogade posten i Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`🕓 (clock)` icon: schedule an activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`🕓 (klocka)` ikon: schemalägg en aktivitet" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:95 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Activity` section, from left to right:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Under avsnittet :guilabel:`Activity`, från vänster till höger:" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon: mark activity as done" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`✔️ (bock)` ikon: markera aktivitet som utförd" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon: edit the activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`✏️ (penna)` ikon: redigera aktiviteten" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`✖️ (cancel)` icon: cancel the activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`✖️ (avbryt)` ikon: avbryt aktiviteten" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:102 msgid "Contacts" @@ -11876,15 +13355,21 @@ msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts` tab of the *VoIP* widget, a user can access a" " contact in the *Contacts* app." msgstr "" +"Under fliken :guilabel:`Kontakter` i *VoIP*-widgeten kan en användare komma " +"åt en kontakt i appen *Kontakter*." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:107 msgid "" "Any contact can easily be called by clicking into the contact from the " "*VoIP* widget's :guilabel:`Contacts` tab." msgstr "" +"Du kan enkelt ringa upp en kontakt genom att klicka på kontakten i " +"*VoIP*-widgetens :guilabel:`Kontakter`-flik." #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:110 msgid "" "A search feature is also available in the upper-right side of the widget, " "represented by a :guilabel:`🔍 (magnifying glass)` icon." msgstr "" +"En sökfunktion finns också i den övre högra delen av widgeten, representerad" +" av en :guilabel:`🔍 (förstoringsglas)` ikon." diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index dd998e617..60925392a 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -11532,7 +11532,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "När en bild har ändrats och nivån har sparats är det **inte möjligt** att " "återgå till den ursprungliga bilden. För att återgå till originalbilden " -"måste Referrals-applikationen *avinstalleras och sedan återinstalleras*." +"måste Referrals-applikationen *avinstalleras och sedan återinstalleras*" #: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677 msgid "Level up" @@ -11813,6 +11813,9 @@ msgid "" "information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to " "requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports." msgstr "" +"Odoo's *Time Off*-applikation är en central plats där all information om " +"ledig tid finns. Appen *Time Off* hanterar allt som rör förfrågningar, " +"saldon, tilldelningar, godkännanden och rapporter." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -11824,12 +11827,24 @@ msgid "" "` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays " "` can be set." msgstr "" +"Användare kan :ref:`begära ledighet `, chefer kan" +" :ref:`godkänna ledighetsbegäran `, " +":ref:`tilldela ledighet ` till individer, team eller hela" +" företaget, :ref:`rapporter ` kan köras för att se hur " +"mycket ledighet (och vilken typ av ledighet) som används, " +":ref:`ackumuleringsplaner `:`rapporter " +"` kan köras för att se hur mycket ledig tid (och vilka " +"typer av ledig tid) som används, :ref:`ackumuleringsplaner " +"` kan skapas, och :ref:`allmänna helgdagar " +"` kan ställas in." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16 msgid "" "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"Observera att endast användare med särskilda rättigheter kan se alla " +"aspekter av applikationen *Ledig tid*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -11837,6 +11852,9 @@ msgid "" "sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific " "access rights." msgstr "" +"Alla användare kan komma åt avsnitten :guilabel:`My Time Off` och " +":guilabel:`Overview` i applikationen *Time Off*. Alla andra sektioner kräver" +" särskilda åtkomsträttigheter." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -11844,6 +11862,9 @@ msgid "" "refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, " "specifically the section about configuring the work information tab." msgstr "" +"För att bättre förstå hur åtkomsträttigheter påverkar applikationen *Ledig " +"tid*, se :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` dokumentet, särskilt" +" avsnittet om konfigurering av fliken arbetsinformation." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27 msgid "Configuration" @@ -11855,10 +11876,13 @@ msgid "" " use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, " "then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)." msgstr "" +"För att kunna tilldela ledighet till anställda, och för att anställda ska " +"kunna begära och använda sin ledighet, måste de olika ledighetstyperna " +"konfigureras först, och sedan tilldelas anställda (om tilldelning krävs)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36 msgid "Time off types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typer av ledighet" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -11870,10 +11894,17 @@ msgid "" "Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or " "can be used as-is." msgstr "" +"För att se vilka typer av ledigheter som är konfigurerade för tillfället, gå" +" till :menuselection:`Ledighetsapplikation --> Konfiguration --> " +"Ledighetstyper`. Ledighetstyperna presenteras i en listvy. Applikationen " +"*Time Off* har fyra typer av ledig tid förkonfigurerade: :guilabel:`Ledig " +"tid med lön`, :guilabel:`Ledig tid vid sjukdom`, :guilabel:`Obetald`, och " +":guilabel:`Kompensationsdagar`. Alla dessa kan modifieras för att passa " +"företagens behov, eller kan användas som de är." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45 msgid "Create time off type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa typ av ledig tid" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -11881,6 +11912,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` " "button to reveal a blank time off type form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny ledighetstyp, gå till :menuselection:`Ledighetsapp --> " +"Konfiguration --> Ledighetstyper`. Klicka sedan på knappen " +":guilabel:`Create` för att visa ett tomt formulär för ledig tid." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -11888,16 +11922,21 @@ msgid "" "top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the " "following information on the form:" msgstr "" +"Ange namnet på den särskilda typen av ledighet på den tomma raden överst i " +"formuläret, t.ex. \"Sjukledighet\" eller \"Semester\". Ange sedan följande " +"information på blanketten:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54 msgid "Time off requests section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avsnitt om begäran om ledighet" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for " "the time off type. The options are:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: välj vilken specifik typ av godkännande som krävs för " +"ledighetstypen. Alternativen är:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -11905,6 +11944,8 @@ msgid "" "type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when " "requested." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`No Validation`: inga godkännanden krävs när du begär denna typ av" +" ledighet. Ledighetsansökan godkänns automatiskt när den begärs." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -11913,6 +11954,10 @@ msgid "" " Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This " "option is selected by default." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: endast den angivna :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"`, som anges på detta formulär i fältet " +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, måste godkänna ledighetsansökan. " +"Detta alternativ är valt som standard." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -11921,6 +11966,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`employee's form `, is required to approve the" " time off request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Av medarbetarens godkännare`: endast medarbetarens angivna " +"godkännare för ledighet, som anges på fliken *Arbetsinformation* på " +":ref:`medarbetarens formulär `, måste godkänna" +" ledighetsansökan." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -11929,40 +11978,55 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Time Off Officer ` are required to approve " "the time off request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: både den anställdes" +" :ref:`specificerade godkännare av ledig tid` och " +":ref:`Time Off Officer ` måste godkänna begäran " +"om ledig tid." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for " "approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: välj den person som är ansvarig " +"för att godkänna ansökningar och tilldelningar för denna specifika typ av " +"ledighet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested " "from the drop-down menu. The options are:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: välj det format som ledigheten begärs i från " +"rullgardinsmenyn. Alternativen är:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8" " hours)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dag`: om ledig tid endast kan begäras i heldagsintervaller (8 " +"timmar)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day " "increments (4 hours)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: om ledighet endast kan begäras i halvdagsintervaller " +"(4 timmar)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Hours`: om ledigheten kan tas ut i intervall om en timme." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should" " factor in any extra time accrued by the employee" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dra av extra timmar`: kryssa i denna ruta om ledighetsansökan ska" +" ta hänsyn till eventuell extra tid som den anställde har tjänat in" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -11971,6 +12035,9 @@ msgid "" "hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and " "deducted from the request." msgstr "" +"Om en anställd t.ex. arbetat två (2) extra timmar under veckan och begär fem" +" (5) timmars ledighet, skulle begäran vara tre (3) timmar, eftersom de två " +"(2) extra arbetstimmarna används först och dras av från begäran." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -11978,12 +12045,19 @@ msgid "" "employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in " "situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tillåt att bifoga stödjande dokument`: kryssa i denna ruta för " +"att tillåta den anställde att bifoga dokument till ledighetsansökan. Detta " +"är användbart i situationer där dokumentation krävs, t.ex. vid långvarig " +"sjukfrånvaro." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave " "this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: välj från rullgardinsmenyn vilken typ av ledighet" +" denna ledighetstyp är, antingen :guilabel:`Time Off` eller " +":guilabel:`Other`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -11992,10 +12066,14 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to " "all companies in the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Företag`: om flera företag skapas i databasen, och denna " +"ledighetstyp endast gäller för ett företag, välj företaget från " +"rullgardinsmenyn. Om detta fält lämnas tomt gäller ledighetstypen för alla " +"företag i databasen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100 msgid "Allocation requests section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avsnitt om begäran om tilldelning" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -12005,6 +12083,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the" " form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kräver tilldelning`: om ledigheten måste tilldelas de anställda, " +"välj :guilabel:`Ja`. Om ledigheten kan begäras utan att ledigheten tidigare " +"har tilldelats, välj :guilabel:`No Limit`. Om :guilabel:`No Limit` har valts" +" visas inte följande alternativ på formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -12012,6 +12094,9 @@ msgid "" "Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was " "allocated." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: välj :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` " +"om den anställde har möjlighet att begära mer ledighet än vad som " +"tilldelats." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -12019,23 +12104,31 @@ msgid "" "particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may " "submit a request for more than ten (10) days." msgstr "" +"Om t.ex. tio (10) dagar har tilldelats den anställde för denna särskilda typ" +" av ledighet, och detta alternativ är aktiverat, kan den anställde skicka in" +" en begäran om mer än tio (10) dagar." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113 msgid "" "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than " "what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option." msgstr "" +"Om anställda **inte** ska kunna begära mer ledighet än vad som tilldelats, " +"välj alternativet :guilabel:`Inte tillåtet`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the " "allocation of this particular type of time off." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Approval`: välj den typ av godkännande som krävs för tilldelning " +"av denna speciella typ av ledighet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ingen validering behövs` indikerar att inga godkännanden krävs." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -12043,6 +12136,9 @@ msgid "" "Officer ` set on this form must approve the " "allocation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Godkänd av Time Off Officer` anger att :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"` som anges på detta formulär måste godkänna " +"tilldelningen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -12050,10 +12146,13 @@ msgid "" "Officer ` set on this form must allocate the time" " off." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` anger att den :ref:`Time Off Officer " +"` som anges på detta formulär måste fördela " +"ledigheten." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126 msgid "Payroll section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avsnittet om löner" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -12061,10 +12160,12 @@ msgid "" "*Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-" "down list." msgstr "" +"Om ledighetstypen ska skapa :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` i programmet " +"*Payroll*, välj :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` i rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132 msgid "Timesheets section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avsnittet om tidrapporter" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -12072,6 +12173,9 @@ msgid "" "mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to " "access the developer mode." msgstr "" +"Avsnittet :guilabel:`Timesheets` visas endast om användaren är i " +"utvecklarläge. Se dokumentet :ref:`developer-mode` för information om hur du" +" får tillgång till utvecklarläget." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -12079,12 +12183,17 @@ msgid "" "entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are" " entered." msgstr "" +"När en anställd tar ledigt och också använder tidrapporter, skapar Odoo " +"poster i tidrapporten för den lediga tiden. Detta avsnitt definierar hur de " +"matas in." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries " "appear in." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Project`: välj det projekt som posterna för ledighetstypen visas " +"i." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -12092,22 +12201,29 @@ msgid "" "time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " "or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Task`: välj den uppgift som visas i tidrapporten för denna typ av" +" ledighet. Alternativen är: :guilabel:`Ledig tid`, :guilabel:`Möte`, eller " +":guilabel:`Utbildning`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146 msgid "Display option section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sektion för visningsalternativ" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application " "dashboard." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Color`: välj en färg som ska användas i instrumentpanelen för " +"applikationen *Time Off*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* " "application dashboard." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cover Image`: välj en ikon som ska användas i applikationens " +"*Time Off* instrumentpanel." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -12116,15 +12232,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, " ":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section." msgstr "" +"De enda obligatoriska fälten i formuläret för ledighetstyp är namnet på " +":guilabel:`Ledighetstyp`, :guilabel:`Godkännande`, " +":guilabel:`Ledighetsansvarig`, :guilabel:`Ta ut ledigheten i`, " +":guilabel:`Sort av ledighet` och avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Allokeringsförfrågningar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off." msgstr "" +"Blankett för sjukfrånvaro med alla uppgifter ifyllda för sjukfrånvaro." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163 msgid "Accrual plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upplupna planer" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -12132,6 +12254,9 @@ msgid "" "specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn" " or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" +"Viss ledighet intjänas genom en ackumuleringsplan, vilket innebär att för " +"varje angiven tid som en anställd arbetar (timme, dag, vecka osv.), tjänar " +"de in eller *ackumulerar* en angiven mängd ledighet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -12139,10 +12264,14 @@ msgid "" "earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) " "hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" +"Om en anställd tjänar in en semesterdag för varje vecka han/hon arbetar, " +"tjänar han/hon in 0,2 semesterdagar för varje timme han/hon arbetar. I " +"slutet av en fyrtio (40) timmars arbetsvecka tjänar de in en hel semesterdag" +" (8 timmar)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174 msgid "Create accrual plan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa periodiseringsplan" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -12150,6 +12279,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button," " which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny periodiseringsplan, gå till :menuselection:`Ledig tid " +"app --> Konfiguration --> Periodiseringsplaner`. Klicka sedan på knappen " +":guilabel:`Create`, som visar ett tomt formulär för periodiseringsplan." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -12158,6 +12290,10 @@ msgid "" "menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this " "field blank." msgstr "" +"Ange namnet på periodiseringsplanen i fältet :guilabel:`Name`. Om " +"periodiseringsplanen endast gäller för en viss ledig tidstyp, välj den från " +"rullgardinsmenyn. Om denna periodiseringsplan är tillgänglig för alla typer " +"av ledighet, lämna detta fält tomt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -12169,11 +12305,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not" " begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan hur :guilabel:`Nivåövergången` ska ske, antingen " +":guilabel:`Omedelbart` eller :guilabel:`Efter denna periodiseringsperiod`. " +"Som standard börjar den första nivån när ledigheten är godkänd om ledigheten" +" baseras på en periodiseringsplan. Om :guilabel:`Omedelbart` är valt, börjar" +" nästa nivå enligt den tidsram som angetts för nivån. Om :guilabel:`Efter " +"denna periodiseringsperiod` har valts, börjar nästa nivå inte förrän den " +"första nivån har slutförts enligt de regler som gäller för den." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "" "Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off." msgstr "" +"Regler måste skapas för att periodiseringsplanen ska kunna periodisera ledig" +" tid." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -12181,10 +12326,13 @@ msgid "" "beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form " "appears." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny regel, klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Add A New Level` " +"precis under ordet `Rules`, och ett :guilabel:`Create Level` popup-formulär " +"visas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fyll i följande fält på formuläret:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -12193,6 +12341,10 @@ msgid "" "starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number " "in the first field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Start efter (#) (tidsperiod) efter tilldelningsdatum`: ange " +"nummer och värde för den tidsperiod som måste passera innan den anställde " +"börjar samla ledighet. Det första värdet är numeriskt; ange en siffra i det " +"första fältet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -12200,6 +12352,9 @@ msgid "" "field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or " ":guilabel:`year(s)`." msgstr "" +"Välj sedan typ av tidsperiod med hjälp av rullgardinsmenyn i det andra " +"fältet. Alternativen är: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, eller " +":guilabel:`year(s)`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -12208,6 +12363,10 @@ msgid "" "that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards " "their accrual plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Baserat på arbetad tid`: kryssa i denna ruta om ackumuleringen av" +" ledig tid baseras på den tid som den anställde har arbetat. Om en anställd " +"tar ledigt som * inte * betraktas som en arbetsdag, kommer Odoo inte att " +"räkna den dagen mot deras upplupningsplan." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -12215,12 +12374,18 @@ msgid "" " The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole " "numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: ange hur mycket ledig tid som ska ackumuleras. " +"Det första värdet är numeriskt; ange en siffra i det första fältet. Hela tal" +" är inte nödvändigt, alla decimalvärden kan anges." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 msgid "" "Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-" "down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`." msgstr "" +"I det andra fältet väljer du sedan typ av upplupen tid med hjälp av " +"rullgardinsmenyn. Alternativen är antingen :guilabel:`Dagar` eller " +":guilabel:`Heltimmar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -12229,12 +12394,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " ":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: välj hur ofta den anställde ska ta ut ledighet " +"för denna regel med hjälp av rullgardinsmenyn. Alternativen är " +":guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, eller :guilabel:`Yearly`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid "" "Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the " "accrual renews." msgstr "" +"Beroende på valet visas fler fält för att ange exakt när periodiseringen " +"förnyas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -12243,6 +12414,10 @@ msgid "" "to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and " ":guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear." msgstr "" +"Om den anställde ska tjäna in en semesterdag för varje arbetad vecka, sätts " +":guilabel:`Rate` till `1`, och :guilabel:`Frequency` sätts till `Frequency " +"(Weekly) on (Friday)`. Endast fälten :guilabel:`Frequency` och " +":guilabel:`Weekday` visas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -12252,18 +12427,26 @@ msgid "" "(Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, " ":guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear." msgstr "" +"Om den anställde ska tjäna in tio (10) semesterdagar varje år och få dessa " +"dagar den första januari varje år, ska :guilabel:`Rate` ställas in på `10` " +"och :guilabel:`Frequency` på `Frequency (Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. " +"Fälten :guilabel:`Frequency`, :guilabel:`Date` och :guilabel:`Month` visas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue" " with this plan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Limit to`: ange ett maximalt antal dagar som den anställde kan " +"samla på sig med denna plan." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select" " from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`I slutet av kalenderåret kommer outnyttjade periodiseringar att " +"vara`: Välj från rullgardinsmenyn hur outnyttjad ledig tid ska hanteras." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -12271,10 +12454,13 @@ msgid "" " over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which " "means any unused time off is gone." msgstr "" +"Alternativen är antingen :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, vilket " +"innebär att outtagen ledighet överförs till nästa kalenderår, eller " +":guilabel:`Lost`, vilket innebär att all outtagen ledighet är borta." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "A level form with all the data filled out." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En nivåblankett med alla uppgifter ifyllda." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -12282,20 +12468,27 @@ msgid "" " and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create" " a new rule. Add as many levels as desired." msgstr "" +"När formuläret är ifyllt klickar du på :guilabel:`Save & Close` för att " +"spara formuläret och stänga popup-fönstret, eller :guilabel:`Save & New` för" +" att spara formuläret och skapa en ny regel. Lägg till så många nivåer som " +"du vill." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En periodiseringsblankett med alla poster ifyllda." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 msgid "Public holidays" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allmänna helgdagar" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 msgid "" "Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have" " specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays." msgstr "" +"De flesta länder har allmänna eller nationella helgdagar, och vissa företag " +"kan ha särskilda dagar då de håller stängt och/eller ge extra dagar som " +"semester." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -12303,40 +12496,50 @@ msgid "" "the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already" " set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" +"Det är viktigt att konfigurera dessa dagar i Odoo, så att medarbetarna är " +"medvetna om vilka dagar de är lediga och inte begär ledighet på dagar som " +"redan är inställda som helgdagar (icke-arbetsdagar)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 msgid "Create public holiday" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa allmän helgdag" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 msgid "" "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Configuration --> Public Holidays`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en allmän helgdag, gå till :menuselection:`App för " +"tidsbegränsning --> Konfiguration --> Allmänna helgdagar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266 msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alla för närvarande konfigurerade helgdagar visas i en listvy." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of" " the list." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Create` och en ny rad visas längst ner i " +"listan." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270 msgid "Enter the following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange följande information:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`: ange namnet på semestern." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company " "populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: i en databas med flera företag fylls detta fält som " +"standard i av det aktuella företaget. Det är inte möjligt att redigera detta" +" fält." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -12348,6 +12551,12 @@ msgid "" "adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the " "company's time zone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Startdatum`: Använd datum- och tidsväljaren för att välja datum " +"och tid då semestern börjar. Som standard är detta fält konfigurerat för det" +" aktuella datumet. Starttiden ställs in enligt starttiden för företaget " +"(enligt :ref:`arbetstider `). Om användarens dator är" +" inställd på en annan tidszon, justeras starttiden enligt skillnaden i " +"tidszonen jämfört med företagets tidszon." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 msgid "" @@ -12359,6 +12568,12 @@ msgid "" "according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time " "zone." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`End Date`: Använd datum- och tidväljaren för att välja datum och " +"tid då semestern avslutas. Som standard är detta fält konfigurerat för det " +"aktuella datumet, och tiden är inställd på sluttiden för företaget (enligt " +":ref:`arbetstider `). Om användarens dator är " +"inställd på en annan tidszon, justeras starttiden enligt skillnaden i " +"tidszonen jämfört med företagets tidszon." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -12370,6 +12585,13 @@ msgid "" " Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they " "create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" +"Ett företag är beläget i San Francisco och arbetstiderna är 9:00 - 18:00 (en" +" åtta (8) timmars arbetsdag med en (1) timmes lunchrast). En användare " +"befinner sig i New York och datorns tidszon är inställd på Eastern. När de " +"skapar en allmän helgdag visas starttiden som 12:00 - 21:00, eftersom " +"tidszonen har tagits med i beräkningen. Om en annan användare befinner sig i" +" Los Angeles och datorns tidszon är inställd på Pacific, visas tiden som " +"9:00 AM - 6:00 PM när de skapar en allmän helgdag." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -12377,6 +12599,9 @@ msgid "" " have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the " "drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbetstider`: om semestern endast ska gälla anställda som har en " +"viss uppsättning arbetstider, välj arbetstiderna från rullgardinsmenyn. Om " +"fältet lämnas tomt gäller semestern för alla anställda." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297 msgid "" @@ -12384,10 +12609,13 @@ msgid "" "defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry " "type from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: om du använder programmet *Payroll*, definierar" +" detta fält hur arbetsposten för semestern visas. Välj typ av arbetspost " +"från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listan över allmänna helgdagar i konfigurationsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307 msgid "Overview" @@ -12400,6 +12628,10 @@ msgid "" "This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in " "a month view." msgstr "" +"För att se ett färgkodat schema över både användarens ledighet och/eller det" +" team som användaren ansvarar för, gå till :menuselection:`Ledighetsappen " +"--> Översikt`. Detta visar en kalender med standardfiltret :guilabel:`My " +"Team`, i en månadsvy." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -12407,6 +12639,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present " "the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" +"För att ändra vilken tidsperiod som visas, klicka på någon av knapparna " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month` eller :guilabel:`Year` " +"för att visa kalendern i motsvarande vy." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -12414,24 +12649,33 @@ msgid "" "regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), " "appears on the calendar." msgstr "" +"Varje teammedlem visas på en rad, och all ledig tid som de har begärt, " +"oavsett status (:guilabel:`Validerad` eller :guilabel:`Att godkänna`), visas" +" i kalendern." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319 msgid "" "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and" " does not correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" +"Varje anställd är färgkodad. Färgen väljs slumpmässigt och motsvarar inte " +"den typ av ledighet som medarbetaren har begärt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322 msgid "" "The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either " "appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)." msgstr "" +"Status för tiden för representeras av färgen på begäran som antingen är " +"heldragen (:guilabel:`Validerad`) eller randig (:guilabel:`Att godkänna`)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "" "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is" " enough space)." msgstr "" +"Det antal dagar eller timmar som efterfrågas anges i förfrågan (om det finns" +" tillräckligt med utrymme)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 msgid "" @@ -12439,6 +12683,9 @@ msgid "" "projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the " "number of employees out for those highlighted days." msgstr "" +"Längst ned i kalendern finns ett stapeldiagram som visar hur många personer " +"som beräknas vara ute en viss dag. Siffran i stapeln representerar antalet " +"anställda som är ute under de markerade dagarna." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 msgid "" @@ -12446,14 +12693,17 @@ msgid "" "entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start " "and end time of the time off." msgstr "" +"Håll muspekaren över en ledig tidspost för att visa detaljerna för den " +"specifika ledig tidsposten. Det totala antalet timmar eller dagar listas, " +"tillsammans med start- och sluttid för ledigheten." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Översikt över användarens team, med önskemål om ledighet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "Allocate time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela ledig tid" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid "" @@ -12462,42 +12712,58 @@ msgid "" "to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"När ledighetstyper och periodiseringsplaner har konfigurerats är nästa steg " +"att tilldela, eller ge, ledighet till de anställda. Detta avsnitt är endast " +"synligt för användare som har antingen :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` eller " +":guilabel:`Administrator` åtkomsträttigheter för *Time Off* applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 msgid "" "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "Approvals --> Allocations`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny tilldelning, navigera till :menuselection:`Ledighetsapp " +"--> Godkännanden --> Tilldelningar`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348 msgid "" "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective " "status." msgstr "" +"Detta visar en lista över alla aktuella allokeringar, inklusive deras " +"respektive status." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form " "appears." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Create` för att tilldela ledig tid, och ett tomt " +"tilldelningsformulär visas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" +"Efter att ha angett ett namn för tilldelningen i det första tomma fältet i " +"formuläret, ange följande information:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time" " off that is being allocated to the employees." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Typ av ledighet`: använd rullgardinsmenyn för att välja vilken " +"typ av ledighet som ska tilldelas de anställda." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or" " :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: välj antingen :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` " +"eller :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 msgid "" @@ -12507,6 +12773,11 @@ msgid "" " is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an " ":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: om :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` är valt för " +":guilabel:`Allocation Type`, visas fältet :guilabel:`Accrual Plan`. Använd " +"rullgardinsmenyn för att välja den periodiseringsplan som allokeringen är " +"kopplad till. En periodiseringsplan **måste** väljas för en " +":guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363 msgid "" @@ -12514,6 +12785,9 @@ msgid "" " selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled " ":guilabel:`Validity Period`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Validitetsperiod/Startdatum`: om :guilabel:`Regelbunden " +"tilldelning` är vald för :guilabel:`Tilldelningstyp`, är detta fält märkt " +":guilabel:`Validitetsperiod`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366 msgid "" @@ -12521,12 +12795,17 @@ msgid "" "allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If " "the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank." msgstr "" +"Använd kalendern för att välja startdatum för tilldelningen. Om " +"tilldelningen löper ut, välj utgångsdatum i nästa datumfält. Om ledigheten " +"*inte* förfaller, lämna det andra datumfältet tomt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation " "Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` är valt för :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"är detta fält märkt :guilabel:`Start Date`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 msgid "" @@ -12535,6 +12814,9 @@ msgid "" "field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` " "field blank." msgstr "" +"Använd kalenderväljaren för att välja startdatum för tilldelningen. Om " +"tilldelningen löper ut, välj utgångsdatum i fältet :guilabel:`Run until`. Om" +" ledigheten *inte* löper ut, lämna fältet :guilabel:`Run until` tomt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 msgid "" @@ -12543,6 +12825,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type " "` is configured (in days or hours)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: ange den tid som de anställda har tilldelats. Detta " +"fält visar tiden i antingen :guilabel:`Hours` eller :guilabel:`Days`, " +"beroende på hur den valda :ref:`Time Off Type ` är " +"konfigurerad (i dagar eller timmar)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379 msgid "" @@ -12551,6 +12837,10 @@ msgid "" "The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " ":guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: Använd rullgardinsmenyn för att välja hur tilldelningen " +"ska göras. Detta val avgör vem som får tilldelningen av ledig tid. " +"Alternativen är :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, " +":guilabel:`By Department`, eller :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -12558,24 +12848,33 @@ msgid "" "field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " ":guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" +"Beroende på vad som valts för :guilabel:`Mode`, är följande fält märkt " +"antingen: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, " +":guilabel:`Department`, eller :guilabel:`Employee Tag`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 msgid "" "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, " "department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off." msgstr "" +"Använd rullgardinsmenyn för att ange de specifika anställda, företag, " +"avdelning eller anställda taggar som får denna ledighet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389 msgid "" "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or " ":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." msgstr "" +"Flera val kan göras för antingen :guilabel:`Employees` eller " +":guilabel:`Employee Tag`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "" "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or " ":guilabel:`Department`." msgstr "" +"Endast ett val kan göras för :guilabel:`Företag` eller " +":guilabel:`Avdelning`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392 msgid "" @@ -12583,10 +12882,13 @@ msgid "" "explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the" " form." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: om det behövs en beskrivning eller anteckning " +"för att förklara ledigheten, ange den i det här fältet längst ner i " +"formuläret." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 msgid "Request time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Begär ledighet" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -12595,6 +12897,10 @@ msgid "" "the :ref:`dashboard ` or from the :guilabel:`My Time " "Off` view." msgstr "" +"När en anställd har tilldelats ledig tid kan en begäran om att ta ut ledig " +"tid skickas in. Ledighet kan begäras på ett av två sätt, antingen från " +":ref:`dashboard ` eller från :guilabel:`My Time Off` " +"vyn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 msgid "" @@ -12602,6 +12908,9 @@ msgid "" "Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " "application." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt instrumentpanelen, navigera till :menuselection:`Time Off " +"app --> My Time Off --> Dashboard`. Detta är också standardvyn för " +"applikationen *Time Off*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 msgid "" @@ -12609,6 +12918,9 @@ msgid "" "--> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time " "off requests for the employee." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigera till :menuselection:`Time" +" Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Detta visar en listvy över alla " +"ledighetsförfrågningar för den anställde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410 msgid "" @@ -12617,16 +12929,22 @@ msgid "" "button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new " "time off request form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny ledighetsansökan, klicka antingen på knappen " +":guilabel:`New Time Off` i huvudpanelen *Time Off*, eller på knappen " +":guilabel:`Create` i listvyn :guilabel:`My Time Off`. Båda knapparna öppnar " +"ett nytt formulär för ledighetsansökan." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange följande information på formuläret:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from " "the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Typ av ledighet`: välj den typ av ledighet som begärs från " +"rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 msgid "" @@ -12635,6 +12953,9 @@ msgid "" "Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar" " pop-up appears." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dates`: ange de datum som ledigheten ska gälla för. Det finns två" +" fält att fylla i, :guilabel:`From` och :guilabel:`To`. Klicka på antingen " +"fältet :guilabel:`From` eller :guilabel:`To` så visas en popup-kalender." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421 msgid "" @@ -12642,22 +12963,28 @@ msgid "" "end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale " "purple (if applicable)." msgstr "" +"Klicka på startdatumet och sedan på slutdatumet. De valda start- och " +"slutdatumen visas i djuplila, och datumen mellan dem visas i ljuslila (om " +"tillämpligt)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424 msgid "" "If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then" " click the same date again for the end date." msgstr "" +"Om ledigheten gäller en enda dag klickar du på startdatumet och sedan på " +"samma datum igen för slutdatumet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 msgid "" "When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply`" " button." msgstr "" +"När rätt datum har valts/markerats klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Apply`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Datumen fyller nu i fälten :guilabel:`From` och :guilabel:`To`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431 msgid "" @@ -12666,6 +12993,10 @@ msgid "" "is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or " ":guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: kryssa i denna ruta om ledigheten gäller en halv dag. " +"När detta är markerat försvinner datumfältet :guilabel:`Från` och ersätts " +"med en rullgardinsmeny. Välj antingen :guilabel:`Morning` eller " +":guilabel:`Afternoon` för att ange vilken halva av dagen som önskas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 msgid "" @@ -12674,6 +13005,10 @@ msgid "" "beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start " "and end time for the time off request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: om den begärda ledigheten inte är en hel eller " +"halv dag, kryssa i denna ruta. Ett :guilabel:`Från` och :guilabel:`Till` " +"fält visas under detta alternativ om det är markerat. Använd " +"rullgardinsmenyn för att välja start- och sluttid för ledighetsansökan." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 msgid "" @@ -12683,6 +13018,11 @@ msgid "" "requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the " ":guilabel:`Date` selections." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: detta fält uppdateras automatiskt när avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Date` är ifyllt. Om avsnittet :guilabel:`Date` ändras, uppdateras" +" detta avsnitt automatiskt för att återspegla den totala ledighet som " +"begärts. Detta fält är antingen i timmar eller dagar, beroende på " +":guilabel:`Date`-valen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 msgid "" @@ -12690,6 +13030,9 @@ msgid "" "should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to " "approve the request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Description`: ange en beskrivning för ledighetsansökan. Detta bör" +" inkludera alla detaljer som chefer och godkännare kan behöva för att " +"godkänna begäran." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445 msgid "" @@ -12698,6 +13041,9 @@ msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window " "appears." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: detta fält visas endast om den valda " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` tillåter bifogande av dokument. Klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Attach File` och ett filutforskarfönster visas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449 msgid "" @@ -12705,6 +13051,9 @@ msgid "" "The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can " "be attached, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Navigera till den eller de filer som ska bifogas och klicka sedan på knappen" +" :guilabel:`Öppna`. Filerna visas sedan på formuläret för ledighetsansökan. " +"Flera dokument kan bifogas om det behövs." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492 @@ -12712,16 +13061,20 @@ msgid "" "When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the " "information, and submit the request." msgstr "" +"När formuläret är ifyllt klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Save` för att " +"spara informationen och skicka in begäran." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days " "with the flu." msgstr "" +"En ledighetsansökan som fyllts i för en anställd som varit hemma i två dagar" +" på grund av influensa." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462 msgid "Request allocation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Begär tilldelning" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 msgid "" @@ -12730,6 +13083,10 @@ msgid "" "requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard " "` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view." msgstr "" +"Om en anställd har använt all sin lediga tid, eller är på väg att få slut på" +" ledig tid, kan de begära en tilldelning för ytterligare tid. Tilldelning " +"kan begäras på ett av två sätt, antingen från :ref:`dashboard " +"` eller från :guilabel:`Mina tilldelningar` vyn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 msgid "" @@ -12737,6 +13094,9 @@ msgid "" " Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* " "application." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt instrumentpanelen, navigera till :menuselection:`Time Off " +"app --> My Time Off --> Dashboard`. Detta är också standardvyn för " +"applikationen *Time Off*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 msgid "" @@ -12744,6 +13104,10 @@ msgid "" "Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of " "all the allocations for the employee." msgstr "" +"För att komma åt :guilabel:`Mina tilldelningar`, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Tidsfrånvaro app --> Min tidsfrånvaro --> Mina " +"tilldelningar`. Här visas en listvy över alla tilldelningar för den " +"anställde." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 msgid "" @@ -12752,18 +13116,26 @@ msgid "" "button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new " "allocation request form." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny begäran om tilldelning klickar du antingen på knappen " +":guilabel:`Allocation Request` på huvudpanelen *Time Off*, eller på knappen " +":guilabel:`Create` i listvyn :guilabel:`My Allocations`. Båda knapparna " +"öppnar ett nytt formulär för begäran om tilldelning." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid "" "After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the " "form, enter the following information:" msgstr "" +"Efter att ha angett ett namn för tilldelningen på den första tomma raden i " +"formuläret, ange följande information:" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for " "the allocation from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Typ av ledighet`: välj den typ av ledighet som begärs för " +"tilldelningen från rullgardinsmenyn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -12772,12 +13144,18 @@ msgid "" "populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the " "date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Giltighetsperiod`: aktuellt datum fylls i som startdatum som " +"standard. Om det inte finns något utgångsdatum för ledighetstypen fylls " +"inget datum i som slutdatum. Om ledighetstypen har ett utgångsdatum fylls " +"datumet automatiskt i fältet för slutdatum när formuläret sparas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format " "(either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: ange hur lång tid som önskas. Formatet (antingen dagar" +" eller timmar) är i samma format som typen av ledig tid." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489 msgid "" @@ -12785,12 +13163,17 @@ msgid "" " This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in " "order to approve the request." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: ange en beskrivning för begäran om tilldelning." +" Detta bör inkludera alla detaljer som chefer och godkännare kan behöva för " +"att godkänna begäran." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n" "sick time." msgstr "" +"En blankett för begäran om tilldelning som fylls i för en anställd som begär en extra veckas\n" +"sjuktid." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 msgid "Approvals" @@ -12803,16 +13186,22 @@ msgid "" "employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the " "specific type of time off is configured." msgstr "" +"De flesta ansökningar om ledighet och tilldelningar måste gå igenom " +"godkännandeprocessen innan ledigheten tilldelas och sedan beviljas till en " +"anställd. Förfrågningar behöver antingen ett eller två godkännanden, " +"beroende på hur den specifika typen av ledighet är konfigurerad." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507 msgid "" "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the " ":guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"Endast användare som kan godkänna tilldelningar och ledighetsansökningar har" +" avsnittet :guilabel:`Approvals` synligt i applikationen *Time Off*." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511 msgid "Approve allocations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Godkänna anslag" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 msgid "" @@ -12821,6 +13210,11 @@ msgid "" "list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or " ":guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"För att se tilldelningar som behöver godkännas, gå till :menuselection:`Time" +" Off app --> Godkännanden --> Tilldelningar`. De enda tilldelningar som syns" +" i den här listan är för anställda som användaren har antingen " +":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` eller :guilabel:`Administrator` behörighet för " +"i *Time Off* applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid "" @@ -12829,28 +13223,39 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's " "team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown." msgstr "" +"De standardfilter som är konfigurerade att användas när du navigerar till " +"listan :guilabel:`Allocations` är :guilabel:`My Team` och :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Detta visar *endast* anställda i användarens team (som de " +"hanterar) och aktiva anställda. Inaktiva användare visas inte." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523 msgid "" "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the " "presented allocation requests." msgstr "" +"På vänster sida av skärmen finns olika grupperingsalternativ för att " +"begränsa de presenterade tilldelningsbegärandena." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526 msgid "" "The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " ":guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`." msgstr "" +"Alternativen är :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Refused`, och :guilabel:`Approved`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "För att se alla tilldelningsansökningar, klicka på :guilabel:`All`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "" "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on " "the department to only present allocations for that specific department." msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att visa allokeringsförfrågningar per avdelning. Klicka" +" på avdelningen för att endast visa tilldelningar för den specifika " +"avdelningen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "" @@ -12859,12 +13264,18 @@ msgid "" "Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those " "filters are presented on the left side." msgstr "" +"Grupperingarna på vänster sida visar endast tilldelningsförfrågningar som " +"faller under standardfiltren :guilabel:`My Team` och :guilabel:`Active " +"Employee`. Endast status för allokeringsförfrågningar som faller under dessa" +" filter presenteras på vänster sida." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 msgid "" "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To " "Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side." msgstr "" +"Om det t.ex. inte finns några förfrågningar med status :guilabel:`To " +"Submit`, visas inte det statusalternativet på vänster sida." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542 msgid "" @@ -12872,6 +13283,9 @@ msgid "" " allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-" "configured filters, the list is blank." msgstr "" +"Alla avdelningar för användarens anställda visas i listan. Om det inte finns" +" några tilldelningsförfrågningar som faller under den avdelningen som " +"matchar de förkonfigurerade filtren är listan tom." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 msgid "" @@ -12879,6 +13293,9 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove " "it." msgstr "" +"Det är alltid möjligt att ta bort något av de förkonfigurerade filtren genom" +" att klicka på :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)`-ikonen på det specifika filtret för " +"att ta bort det." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597 @@ -12886,6 +13303,8 @@ msgid "" "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status " "highlighted in a specific color." msgstr "" +"Statuskolumnen visar status för varje förfrågan, med status markerad i en " +"specifik färg." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 msgid "" @@ -12894,17 +13313,24 @@ msgid "" "Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the " ":guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`To Approve`-förfrågningar är markerade med gult, " +":guilabel:`Approved`-förfrågningar är markerade med grönt, :guilabel:`To " +"Submit` (drafts)-förfrågningar är markerade med blått och " +":guilabel:`Refused`-förfrågningar är markerade med grått." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "" "To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of" " the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." msgstr "" +"För att godkänna en begäran om tilldelning, klicka på :guilabel:`✔ Validate`" +" i slutet av raden, för att avslå en begäran, klicka på :guilabel:`✖️ " +"Refuse`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldelningar med filter, grupperingar och statusavsnitt markerade." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562 msgid "" @@ -12912,6 +13338,9 @@ msgid "" "(except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the " "request in detail." msgstr "" +"Om du behöver mer information, klicka var som helst på raden för " +"tilldelningsbegäran (förutom :guilabel:`✔ Validate` och :guilabel:`✖️ " +"Refuse`) för att se begäran i detalj." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565 msgid "" @@ -12919,6 +13348,10 @@ msgid "" "request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit`" " button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Beroende på användarens rättigheter kan ändringar göras i det formulär för " +"tilldelningsbegäran som visas. För att ändra begäran klickar du på knappen " +":guilabel:`Edit`, gör önskade ändringar och klickar sedan på " +":guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569 msgid "" @@ -12926,10 +13359,13 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button" " to refuse the request." msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att godkänna eller avslå begäran från detta formulär. " +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Validate` för att godkänna, eller på knappen " +":guilabel:`Refuse` för att avvisa begäran." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 msgid "Approve time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Godkänna ledighet" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577 msgid "" @@ -12939,6 +13375,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for " "the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" +"För att visa ledighetsansökningar som behöver godkännas, gå till " +":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. De enda " +"ledighetsansökningar som syns i den här listan är för anställda som " +"användaren har antingen :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` eller " +":guilabel:`Administrator` åtkomsträttigheter för *Time Off*-applikationen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582 msgid "" @@ -12948,6 +13389,11 @@ msgid "" "to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that " "are active and *not* in a draft mode." msgstr "" +"Standardfiltren i listan :guilabel:`Time Off` är :guilabel:`To Approve`, " +":guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, och :guilabel:`Active Time" +" Off`. Här visas endast ledighetsansökningar som behöver godkännas för " +"nuvarande anställda i användarens team, för ansökningar som är aktiva och " +"*inte* i utkastläge." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587 msgid "" @@ -12956,6 +13402,10 @@ msgid "" "approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and " ":guilabel:`To Approve`." msgstr "" +"På vänster sida av skärmen finns olika grupperingsalternativ för att " +"begränsa de presenterade ledighetsansökningarna. Eftersom endast " +"ledighetsansökningar som behöver godkännas visas, är de enda " +"statusalternativen :guilabel:`Alla` och :guilabel:`Att godkänna`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591 msgid "" @@ -12963,6 +13413,9 @@ msgid "" "Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the " ":guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it." msgstr "" +"För att se förfrågningar med andra statusar, ta först bort :guilabel:`Att " +"godkänna` filtret, genom att klicka på :guilabel:`✖️ (ta bort)` ikonen " +"bredvid :guilabel:`Att godkänna` filtret för att ta bort det." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594 msgid "" @@ -12970,6 +13423,9 @@ msgid "" "department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected " "department are then presented." msgstr "" +"För att visa ledighetsförfrågningar för specifika avdelningar, klicka på " +"avdelningen på vänster sida. Endast förfrågningar inom den valda avdelningen" +" visas då." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600 msgid "" @@ -12980,18 +13436,26 @@ msgid "" "highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in" " gray." msgstr "" +"Förfrågningarna :guilabel:`To Approve` är markerade med gult och är de enda " +"som visas i listan som standard. Om filtret :guilabel:`To Approve` tas bort " +"visas alla statusar. :guilabel:`Approved`-förfrågningar är markerade med " +"grönt, :guilabel:`To Submit` (utkast) är markerade med blått och " +":guilabel:`Refused`-förfrågningar är markerade med grått." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605 msgid "" "To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the" " line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." msgstr "" +"För att godkänna en ledighetsansökan, klicka på :guilabel:`👍 Approve` i " +"slutet av raden, för att avslå en ansökan, klicka på :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Begäran om ledighet med filter-, grupperings- och statusavsnitten markerade." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612 msgid "" @@ -13000,12 +13464,18 @@ msgid "" "time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be " "made." msgstr "" +"Om du behöver mer information klickar du var som helst på raden för " +"ledighetsansökan (förutom :guilabel:`👍 Approve` och :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) " +"för att ladda formuläret för ledighetsansökan. Beroende på användarens " +"rättigheter kan ändringar göras." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616 msgid "" "To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired " "changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att ändra begäran klickar du på knappen :guilabel:`Edit`, gör önskade " +"ändringar och klickar sedan på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619 msgid "" @@ -13013,11 +13483,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button " "to refuse the request." msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att godkänna eller avslå begäran från detta formulär. " +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Approve` för att godkänna, eller på knappen " +":guilabel:`Refuse` för att avslå begäran." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674 msgid "My time off" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Min lediga tid" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625 msgid "" @@ -13025,6 +13498,9 @@ msgid "" "the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and " "allocations." msgstr "" +"Avsnittet :guilabel:`My Time Off` i applikationen *Time Off* innehåller " +"instrumentpanelen för ledig tid, samt användarens ledighetsförfrågningar och" +" tilldelning av ledig tid." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631 msgid "Dashboard" @@ -13037,11 +13513,15 @@ msgid "" "point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> " "My Time Off --> Dashboard`." msgstr "" +"Alla användare har tillgång till time off-instrumentpanelen, som är " +"standardvyn i applikationen *Time Off*. Instrumentpanelen kan också nås när " +"som helst i applikationen genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Time Off " +"app --> My Time Off --> Dashboard`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637 msgid "" "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det aktuella året visas och den aktuella dagen är rödmarkerad." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639 msgid "" @@ -13049,6 +13529,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " "(the default)." msgstr "" +"För att ändra vy, klicka på önskad knapp längst upp. Alternativen är " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, eller :guilabel:`Year`" +" (standard)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642 msgid "" @@ -13056,18 +13539,25 @@ msgid "" "side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in " "increments of the presented view." msgstr "" +"Klicka på vänster- och högerpilarna på vardera sidan om " +":guilabel:`Today`-knappen för att ändra de datum som visas. Kalendervyn " +"justeras i steg med den presenterade vyn." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645 msgid "" "For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by " "one week." msgstr "" +"Om till exempel :guilabel:`Week` är markerad, justerar pilarna vyn med en " +"vecka." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647 msgid "" "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, " "click the :guilabel:`Today` button." msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Today` om du när som helst vill ändra vyn till " +"en vy som innehåller aktuellt datum." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650 msgid "" @@ -13077,6 +13567,11 @@ msgid "" "available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if " "applicable)." msgstr "" +"Ovanför kalendervyn finns en sammanfattning av användarens ledighetssaldon. " +"Varje ledig tidstyp som har tilldelats visas i sin egen sammanfattningsruta." +" Varje sammanfattning visar typen av ledighet, motsvarande ikon, det " +"aktuella tillgängliga saldot (i timmar eller dagar) och ett utgångsdatum (om" +" tillämpligt)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655 msgid "" @@ -13084,6 +13579,8 @@ msgid "" "off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off " "requests are shown as well." msgstr "" +"Legenden på höger sida av kalendervyn visar de olika typerna av ledighet, " +"med motsvarande färger. Status för ledighetsförfrågningarna visas också." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658 msgid "" @@ -13092,6 +13589,10 @@ msgid "" "still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused " "time off requests have a colored line through the dates." msgstr "" +"Ledig tid som har validerats visas i en enfärgad färg (i den färg som anges " +"i Ledig tidstyper i teckenförklaringen). Ledighetsförfrågningar som " +"fortfarande måste godkännas visas med vita ränder i färgen. Avslagna " +"ledighetsansökningar har en färgad linje genom datumen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662 msgid "" @@ -13099,6 +13600,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new " ":ref:`time off form ` appears." msgstr "" +"Nya förfrågningar om ledighet kan göras från instrumentpanelen. Klicka på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Ny ledig tid` högst upp i instrumentpanelen, och ett nytt" +" :ref:`ledighetsformulär ` visas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665 msgid "" @@ -13107,12 +13611,18 @@ msgid "" " more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form ` appears." msgstr "" +"Nya förfrågningar om tilldelning kan också göras från instrumentpanelen. " +"Klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Allokeringsförfrågan` högst upp i " +"instrumentpanelen för att begära mer ledighet, och ett nytt " +":ref:`allokeringsformulär ` visas." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view " "buttons highlighted." msgstr "" +"Översiktsvy över ledighet med teckenförklaring, ledighetssammanfattningar " +"och visningsknappar markerade." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676 msgid "" @@ -13120,6 +13630,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all " "time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present." msgstr "" +"För att se en lista över alla användarens ledighetsansökningar, gå till " +":menuselection:`Ledighetsapp --> Min ledighetsapp --> Min ledighetsapp`. Här" +" visas alla ledighetsförfrågningar i en listvy, både tidigare och nuvarande." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680 msgid "" @@ -13128,6 +13641,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the " ":guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" +"Förutom den anställdes namn innehåller listan följande information för varje" +" begäran: :guilabel:`Typ av ledig tid`, :guilabel:`Beskrivning`, " +":guilabel:`Startdatum`, :guilabel:`Slutdatum`, :guilabel:`Duration` och " +":guilabel:`Status`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684 msgid "" @@ -13135,10 +13652,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off `." msgstr "" +"En ny ledighetsförfrågan kan göras från denna vy. Klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`Create` för att :ref:`begära ledigt `." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688 msgid "My allocations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mina tilldelningar" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690 msgid "" @@ -13146,6 +13665,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All " "allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view." msgstr "" +"För att se en lista över alla användares tilldelningar, gå till " +":menuselection:`Ledighetsapp --> Min ledighet --> Mina tilldelningar`. Alla " +"tilldelningar och begärda tilldelningar visas i en listvy." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693 msgid "" @@ -13153,6 +13675,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " "and the :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" +"Den information som presenteras inkluderar: :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, " +":guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, " +"och :guilabel:`Status`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696 msgid "" @@ -13160,6 +13685,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation `." msgstr "" +"En ny begäran om tilldelning kan också göras från denna vy. Klicka på " +"knappen :guilabel:`Create` för att :ref:`begära en allokering " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702 msgid "" @@ -13168,34 +13696,46 @@ msgid "" "are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off " "types are being used." msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av rapporteringsfunktionen kan användarna visa ledighet för sitt " +"team, antingen per anställd eller per typ av ledighet. På så sätt kan " +"användarna se vilka anställda som tar ledigt, hur mycket ledighet de tar ut " +"och vilka typer av ledighet som används." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707 msgid "By employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Av anställd" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709 msgid "" "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`." msgstr "" +"För att se en rapport över anställdas ledighetsansökningar, gå till " +":menuselection:`Ledighetsapp --> Rapportering --> per anställd`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712 msgid "" "The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of " ":guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place." msgstr "" +"Standardrapporten är ett staplat stapeldiagram med filtren :guilabel:`Active" +" Employee` och :guilabel:`Type` på plats." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715 msgid "" "Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how " "many days of each type of time off type they requested." msgstr "" +"Varje medarbetare visas i en egen kolumn, där stapeln visar hur många dagar " +"av varje ledighetsform som medarbetaren har begärt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718 msgid "" "The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the " "top of the report to view the data differently." msgstr "" +"Rapporten kan visas på andra sätt. Klicka på de olika alternativen längst " +"upp i rapporten för att visa data på olika sätt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721 msgid "" @@ -13205,14 +13745,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either " ":guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order." msgstr "" +"Alternativen för grafen är :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart` " +"eller :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. I :guilabel:`Bar Chart` finns ett alternativ " +"för att presentera data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Både :guilabel:`Bar Chart` och " +":guilabel:`Line Chart` har alternativ för att presentera data i antingen " +":guilabel:`Descending` eller :guilabel:`Ascending` ordning." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart." msgstr "" +"Rapport över ledig tid, visad för varje anställd i ett staplat " +"stapeldiagram." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731 msgid "By type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Efter typ" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733 msgid "" @@ -13220,6 +13767,9 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each " "time off type in its own section." msgstr "" +"För att se en lista över godkänd ledighet, organiserad efter ledighetstyp, " +"gå till :menuselection:`Ledighetsapp --> Rapportering --> efter typ`. Här " +"visas varje typ av ledighet i ett eget avsnitt." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736 msgid "" @@ -13229,6 +13779,10 @@ msgid "" "Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the " ":guilabel:`Description`." msgstr "" +"Klicka på en ledighetstyp för att expandera listan. Varje begäran listas och" +" följande information visas: :guilabel:`Anställd`, :guilabel:`Antal dagar`, " +":guilabel:`Typ av begäran`, :guilabel:`Startdatum`, :guilabel:`Slutdatum`, " +":guilabel:`Status` och :guilabel:`Beskrivning`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740 msgid "" @@ -13236,7 +13790,10 @@ msgid "" "Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and " "the :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" +"Standardfiltren för denna rapport är :guilabel:`Approved Requests`, " +":guilabel:`Active Employee`, :guilabel:`Current Year`, och :guilabel:`Type`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst-1 msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list." msgstr "" +"Redovisning av ledig tid per typ, med varje begäran specificerad i listan." diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 80fe798e1..b5bf28c0e 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -1836,6 +1836,8 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Enklare enhetskonverteringar för leverantörer med UoMs " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -4606,18 +4608,27 @@ msgid "" "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" +"I vissa fall är det nödvändigt att hantera produkter i olika måttenheter. " +"Ett företag kan t.ex. köpa produkter från ett land som använder det metriska" +" systemet och sedan sälja dessa produkter i ett land som använder det " +"imperialistiska systemet. I så fall måste företaget konvertera enheterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " "pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" +"Ett annat fall av enhetskonvertering är när ett företag köper produkter i " +"ett stort paket från en leverantör och sedan säljer dessa produkter i " +"enskilda enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " "product." msgstr "" +"Odoo kan ställas in för att använda olika *units of measure (UoM)* för en " +"produkt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -4626,6 +4637,10 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " "setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att använda olika måttenheter i Odoo, gå först till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, och under " +":guilabel:`Products` avsnittet, aktivera :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " +"inställningen. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." @@ -4643,6 +4658,11 @@ msgid "" "convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " "belong to the same category." msgstr "" +"När du har aktiverat inställningen *Måttenheter* kan du se " +"standardkategorierna för måttenheter i :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> UoM Categories`. Kategorin är viktig för " +"enhetskonvertering; Odoo kan konvertera en produkts enheter från en enhet " +"till en annan **endast** om båda enheterna tillhör samma kategori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." @@ -4671,6 +4691,14 @@ msgid "" "field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" " the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny enhet väljer du först rätt kategori på sidan " +":guilabel:`Måttenhetskategorier`. Om du t.ex. vill sälja en produkt i en " +"låda med sex enheter klickar du på kategorilinjen :guilabel:`Enhet`. På " +"kategorisidan som visas klickar du sedan på :guilabel:`Lägg till en rad` på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Måttenheter`. I fältet :guilabel:`Måttenhet` anger du " +"namnet på den nya enheten, till exempel `Box of 6`, och i fältet " +":guilabel:`Typ` väljer du lämplig storleksreferens, till exempel " +":guilabel:`Större än referensmåttenheten`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4678,6 +4706,9 @@ msgid "" "recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " "be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" +"Om tillämpligt, ange en :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, som är en globalt " +"erkänd `kod som hanteras av GS1 `_, som **måste** " +"köpas för att kunna användas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -4685,6 +4716,9 @@ msgid "" "new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" " box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Ratio` anger du hur många enskilda enheter som finns i " +"den nya |UOM|, t ex `6.00000` om du använder exemplet `6-Pack` (eftersom en " +"sexpack är sex gånger *större* än referensenheten `1.00000`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -4704,6 +4738,9 @@ msgid "" "app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" " page." msgstr "" +"För att ange måttenheter på en produkt, gå först till " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` och välj en produkt" +" för att öppna dess produktformulärssida." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -4712,12 +4749,18 @@ msgid "" "The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " "inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`General Information` redigerar du fältet " +":guilabel:`Måttenhet` för att ange den måttenhet som produkten säljs i. Den " +"angivna enheten är också den enhet som används för att hålla reda på " +"produktens lager och interna överföringar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:75 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " "the product is purchased in." msgstr "" +"Redigera fältet :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` för att ange den måttenhet som " +"produkten köps i." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" @@ -4729,10 +4772,12 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " "Measure)`." msgstr "" +"Odoo konverterar automatiskt måttenheter när produkter har olika :abbr:`UoMs" +" (Units of Measure)` och köp :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detta kan inträffa i olika scenarier, t.ex:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -4740,6 +4785,8 @@ msgid "" "|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " "documents" msgstr "" +":ref:`Försäljarorder `: inköp " +"|UOM| på inköpsorder (PO) konverteras till |UOM| på interna lagerdokument" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -4747,6 +4794,9 @@ msgid "" "generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " "below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" +":ref:`Automatisk påfyllning `: " +"genererar |POs| när lagernivåerna för en produkt (spåras i |UOM|) sjunker " +"under en viss nivå. Men |POs| skapas med hjälp av inköpet |UOM|" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -4754,10 +4804,13 @@ msgid "" "different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " "to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" +":ref:`Sälja produkter `: om en " +"annan |UOM| används på försäljningsordern (SO), konverteras kvantiteten till" +" lagrets föredragna |UOM| på leveransordern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Köp produkter i inköp UoM" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -4765,12 +4818,17 @@ msgid "" "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " "needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en ny offertförfrågan (RFQ) i appen *Inköp* använder Odoo " +"automatiskt produktens angivna måttenhet för inköp. Om det behövs kan du " +"manuellt redigera :guilabel:`UoM`-värdet på |RFQ|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:106 msgid "" "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" +"När |RFQ| har bekräftats till en |PO| klickar du på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Receipt` längst upp i |PO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4778,6 +4836,9 @@ msgid "" "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" +"Odoo konverterar automatiskt inköpets måttenhet till produktens " +"försäljnings-/lagermåttenhet, så kolumnen :guilabel:`Demand` på " +"leveranskvittot visar den konverterade kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -4786,26 +4847,33 @@ msgid "" "boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" " the quantity in units." msgstr "" +"När produktens inköpsenhet :guilabel:`UoM` är `Box of 6`, och dess måttenhet" +" för försäljning/lager är `Units`, visar |PO| kvantiteten i lådor om sex, " +"och kvittot (och andra interna lagerdokument) visar kvantiteten i enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bild på en inköpsorder som använder inköpets måttenhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:121 msgid "" "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " "6`." msgstr "" +"En beställning på tre kvantiteter görs med hjälp av inköpet \"UoM\": `Box om" +" 6`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bild på kvitto som visar måttenheten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:127 msgid "" "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " "of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "" +"Vid mottagandet på lagret är de registrerade kvantiteterna i den interna " +"\"måttenheten\": `Enheter`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:133 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -4816,6 +4884,8 @@ msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "" +"En offertförfrågan för en produkt kan också genereras direkt från " +"produktformuläret med hjälp av knappen :guilabel:`Replenish`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -4823,16 +4893,22 @@ msgid "" " purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" " field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" +"När du klickar på :guilabel:`Replenish` visas en assistentruta för " +"påfyllning. Måttenheten för inköpet kan redigeras manuellt i fältet " +":guilabel:`Quantity`, om det behövs. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Confirm` för" +" att skapa |RFQ|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:143 msgid "" "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" " listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" +"En |PO| kan **bara** genereras automatiskt om minst **en** leverantör är " +"listad i produktformulärets :guilabel:`Purchase` flik." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på knappen Fyll på för att fylla på manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -4842,6 +4918,11 @@ msgid "" "click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " "purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" +"Navigera till den skapade |PO| genom att klicka på smartknappen " +":guilabel:`Prognostiserad` på produktformuläret. Bläddra ner till avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Forecasted Inventory` och på raden :guilabel:`Requests for " +"quotation` klickar du på referensnumret |RFQ| för att öppna utkastet till " +"|RFQ|. Om det behövs kan inköps- |UOM| redigeras direkt på |PO|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" @@ -4853,6 +4934,9 @@ msgid "" "the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " "be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en ny offert i appen *Sales* använder Odoo automatiskt " +"produktens angivna måttenhet. Om det behövs kan :guilabel:`UoM` redigeras " +"manuellt på offerten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -4862,6 +4946,10 @@ msgid "" "inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " "shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" +"När offerten har skickats till kunden och bekräftats i en försäljningsorder " +"(SO) klickar du på smartknappen :guilabel:`Delivery` längst upp i |SO|. Odoo" +" konverterar automatiskt måttenheten till produktens lagermåttenhet, så " +"kolumnen :guilabel:`Demand` i leveransen visar den konverterade kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -4869,6 +4957,9 @@ msgid "" "but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" " boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" +"Om t.ex. produktens |UOM| på |SO| har ändrats till `Box of 6`, men dess " +"måttenhet i lagret är `Units`, visar |SO| kvantiteten i lådor om sex, och " +"leveransen visar kvantiteten i enheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 msgid "Product tracking" @@ -6470,16 +6561,20 @@ msgid "" "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " "can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "" +"Ett *förpackning* är en fysisk behållare som innehåller en eller flera " +"produkter. Förpackningar kan också användas för att lagra varor i bulk." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paket används vanligen för följande ändamål:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " "`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Gruppering av produkter för att flytta dem i bulk " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -6488,10 +6583,15 @@ msgid "" "requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" " carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" +":ref:`Sändning till kunder `: " +"konfigurera förpackningstyper för att anpassa dem till transportföretagens " +"krav på storlek och vikt, effektivisera förpackningsprocessen och " +"säkerställa överensstämmelse med transportföretagens " +"leveransspecifikationer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lagring av varor i bulk." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6499,6 +6599,9 @@ msgid "" " enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" +"*Package use* är ett fält på paketformuläret i Odoo som endast är synligt " +"genom att aktivera funktionerna *Batch Transfers* och *Packages* " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6507,6 +6610,10 @@ msgid "" "packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" +"Som standard är fältet *Package Use* i ett paketformulär inställt på " +"*Disposable Box*. Ändra detta fält till *Återanvändbar låda* **endast** när " +"du konfigurerar paket för :ref:`cluster pickings " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -6516,6 +6623,12 @@ msgid "" "package itself (e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping " "cost calculations." msgstr "" +"*Pakettyp* är en valfri funktion som används för :doc:`beräkning av " +"fraktkostnad " +"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method>`, baserat på " +"verklig fraktvikt. Skapa pakettyper för att inkludera vikten på själva " +"paketet (t.ex. lådor, pallar, andra fraktbehållare) i beräkningen av " +"fraktkostnaden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6523,6 +6636,9 @@ msgid "" "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " "be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" +"Paket används ofta i :doc:`tre-stegs leveransväg " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, men de " +"kan användas i alla arbetsflöden som involverar lagringsbara produkter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -6530,19 +6646,23 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " ":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"För att använda paket, gå först till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under rubriken :guilabel:`Operations` aktiverar" +" du funktionen :guilabel:`Packages`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" +"Aktivera inställningen *Packages* i Inventory > Configuration > Settings." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:51 msgid "Pack items" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Förpackningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:53 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produkter kan läggas till paket i vilken överföring som helst:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -6550,16 +6670,20 @@ msgid "" "` icon on the product " "line." msgstr "" +"Klicka på varje :ref:`Detailed Operations " +"`-ikon på produktlinjen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:57 msgid "" "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " "button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" +"Använd knappen :ref:`Put in Pack `" +" för att placera allt i överföringen i ett paket." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:63 msgid "Detailed operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detaljerad verksamhet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -6567,16 +6691,21 @@ msgid "" " package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" +"Vid varje lageröverföring (t.ex. kvitto, leveransorder) kan du lägga till en" +" produkt i ett paket genom att klicka på ikonen :guilabel:`⦙≣ (punktlista)` " +"på fliken :guilabel:`Operations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa ikonen \"Detaljerad drift\" i produktlinjen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:72 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" +"Om du gör det öppnas popup-fönstret :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` för " +":guilabel:`Product`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -6585,14 +6714,18 @@ msgid "" "existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," " then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" +"För att placera :guilabel:`Produkt` i ett paket, klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg " +"till en rad`, och tilldela produkten till ett :guilabel:`Destinationspaket`." +" Välj ett befintligt paket eller skapa ett nytt genom att skriva in namnet " +"på det nya paketet och sedan välja :guilabel:`Create...`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tilldela ett paket till fältet \"Destinationspaket\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tolv enheter av `Acoustic Bloc Screen` placeras i `PACK0000001`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -6601,16 +6734,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" +"Ange sedan antalet artiklar som ska ingå i paketet i kolumnen " +":guilabel:`Done`. Upprepa ovanstående steg för att placera " +":guilabel:`Produkt` i olika paket. När du är klar klickar du på " +":guilabel:`Bekräfta` för att stänga fönstret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Sänd en order i flera paket " +"<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:95 msgid "Put in pack" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lägg i förpackning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -6618,6 +6757,9 @@ msgid "" " transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " "in that newly-created package." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du klicka på knappen :guilabel:`Put in Pack` på **någon** " +"lagertransport för att skapa ett nytt paket och placera alla artiklar i " +"transporten i det nyskapade paketet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -6625,10 +6767,13 @@ msgid "" " other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Knappen :guilabel:`Put in Pack` visas på kvitton, leveransorder och andra " +"överföringsformulär med funktionen *Packages* aktiverad i " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bild på när knappen \"Lägg i förpackning\" klickas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -6636,6 +6781,9 @@ msgid "" "clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " "in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" +"I batchöverföringen `BATCH/00003` klickades på knappen :guilabel:`Put in " +"Pack` för att skapa ett nytt paket, `PACK0000002`, och tilldela alla objekt " +"till det i fältet :guilabel:`Destination Package`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -6644,26 +6792,34 @@ msgid "" "weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " "shipping costs." msgstr "" +"Skapa pakettyper genom att navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Package Types`, för att ställa in anpassade mått och " +"viktgränser. Denna funktion används främst för att beräkna paketvikter för " +"fraktkostnader." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:122 msgid "" ":doc:`Shipping carriers " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Sändningsföretag " +"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:125 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " "blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "" +"Om du klickar på :guilabel:`New` i listan :guilabel:`Packagetyper` öppnas " +"ett tomt formulär för pakettyp. Fälten i formuläret är följande:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): definiera namnet på pakettypen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -6671,11 +6827,15 @@ msgid "" "The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " ":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Size`: anger förpackningens mått i millimeter (mm). Fälten, från " +"vänster till höger, definierar :guilabel:`Length`, :guilabel:`Width`, och " +":guilabel:`Height`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Weight`: vikten av ett tomt kolli (t.ex. en tom låda, pall)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -6684,17 +6844,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " "form." msgstr "" +"Odoo beräknar paketets vikt genom att lägga till vikten på det tomma paketet" +" plus vikten på artikeln (erna), som finns i fältet :guilabel:`Vikt`, på " +"fliken :guilabel:`Inventory`, i varje produktformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: högsta tillåtna fraktvikt i paketet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " "scan." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: definiera en streckkod för att identifiera " +"förpackningstypen från en skanning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -6702,25 +6867,32 @@ msgid "" "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " "at all companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: ange ett företag för att göra pakettypen tillgänglig " +"**endast** på det valda företaget. Lämna fältet tomt om den är tillgänglig " +"på alla företag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " "type." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Carrier`: ange den avsedda transportören för denna " +"förpackningstyp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: definiera en kod som är kopplad till " +"förpackningstypen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pakettyp för FedEx 25 kilogram box." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:152 msgid "Cluster packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klusterpaket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -6729,12 +6901,18 @@ msgid "" "Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " "makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" +"För att använda *klusterpaket*, gå först till :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, och aktivera :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " +"funktionen, som finns i :guilabel:`Operations` sektionen. Detta gör att " +"fältet *Package Use* blir synligt på ett paketformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" +"Aktivera funktionen *Batch Transfers* i Inventory > Configuration > " +"Settings." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -6742,28 +6920,37 @@ msgid "" "Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" " so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" +"Lägg till nya paket genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Packages`. Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Ny`, eller välj ett " +"befintligt paket. Då öppnas paketformuläret, som innehåller följande fält:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (krävs): namnet på paketet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " "to the customer `." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Package Type`: används för :ref:`konfigurering av fraktlådor som " +"ska skickas till kunden `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" " pickings." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Package Type` är onödigt för att konfigurera paket för " +"klusterplockning." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " "measuring it on a scale." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: används för att ange förpackningens vikt efter " +"att den har mätts på en våg." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -6771,14 +6958,17 @@ msgid "" "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " "available at all companies." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Company`: ange ett företag för att göra paketet tillgängligt " +"**endast** på det valda företaget. Lämna fältet tomt om paketet är " +"tillgängligt på alla företag." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`: aktuell plats för paketet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: det datum då paketet skapades." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -6786,16 +6976,21 @@ msgid "" "moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " "used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Package Use`: välj :guilabel:`Reusable` för paket som används för" +" att flytta produkter inom lagret; :guilabel:`Disposable` för paket som " +"används för att skicka produkter till kunder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa paketformulär för att skapa ett klusterpaket." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:188 msgid "" ":doc:`Using cluster packages " "<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Användning av klusterpaket " +"<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" @@ -10643,6 +10838,9 @@ msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" +"**Sändning**: Skicka produkter direkt från lager. Inga mellanliggande steg " +"förekommer mellan lager och leverans, t.ex. en överföring till en " +"förpackningsplats." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -10672,7 +10870,7 @@ msgstr "Artiklar tas emot eller skickas direkt till/från lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`receipts_delivery_one_step`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`kvitton_leverans_ett_steg`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "Two-step flow" @@ -11869,7 +12067,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "Personal carrier contract" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personligt transportavtal" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -11877,10 +12075,14 @@ msgid "" "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " "--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" +"Använd anpassade priser från ett direkt transportavtal, via CSV-uppladdning," +" genom att först logga in på Sendcloud, navigera till " +":menuselection:`Inställningar --> Transportörer --> Mina avtal`, och sedan " +"välja det avsedda avtalet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navigera till avtalssektionen i Sendcloud." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -11888,28 +12090,38 @@ msgid "" "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Download CSV` under avsnittet :guilabel:`Contract " +"prices` och fyll i kontraktspriserna i kolumnen :guilabel:`price` i CSV-" +"filmallen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" +"Se till att CSV-filen innehåller korrekta priser för att undvika " +"felaktigheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" +"Visa exempel på kontrakt CSV från Sendcloud, med pris kolumnen markerad." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ladda upp` den färdiga CSV-filen till Sendcloud och klicka sedan " +"på :guilabel:`Spara dessa priser`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Sendcloud: Hur man laddar upp avtalspriser med operatörer " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" @@ -13023,7 +13235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätt fältet :guilabel:`Package Use` till :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 msgid ":ref:`Packages `" @@ -15348,6 +15560,9 @@ msgid "" "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" +"Ibland kan produkter som ingår i en enda försäljningsorder finnas på två " +"(eller flera) lager; i Odoo kan man hämta produkter från flera lager för att" +" tillgodose försäljningskrav med hjälp av *virtuella platser*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -15355,6 +15570,9 @@ msgid "" "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "" +"Lösningen i detta dokument, som beskriver användningen av ett virtuellt " +"lager för att uppfylla order för flera lager, har vissa begränsningar. Tänk " +"på följande innan du fortsätter:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -15362,6 +15580,9 @@ msgid "" "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" +"När fältet :guilabel:`Warehouse` är inställt på ett virtuellt lager på en " +"försäljningsorder, anges det virtuella lagrets adress på plocknings-, " +"packnings- och leveransblanketterna, **inte** det faktiska lagrets adress." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -15370,6 +15591,10 @@ msgid "" "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"Varje plats har ett `warehouse_id` (dolt fält). Detta innebär att lagret i " +"det virtuella lagret **inte** kommer att vara summan av lagren i de verkliga" +" lagren, utan snarare summan av lagren på de platser vars lager-ID är det " +"virtuella lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -15378,22 +15603,30 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" +"Potentiell begränsning för de som använder :doc:`two " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` " +"eller :doc:`three-step delivery " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" +"Utgångs- eller förpackningszonen på de olika blanketterna anges felaktigt " +"som det virtuella lagrets adress." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Det finns ingen lösning för två- eller trestegsleveranser." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "" +"Fortsätt **endast** om det är meningsfullt för företagets arbetsflöde att " +"ange ett virtuellt lagers adress som utmatnings- eller förpackningszon." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -15401,6 +15634,9 @@ msgid "" "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" +"För att kunna skapa virtuella platser i lagerlokaler och gå vidare till " +"följande steg måste funktionerna :guilabel:`Storage Locations` och " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` **must** vara aktiverade." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -15409,10 +15645,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"bläddra ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Warehouse` och aktivera alternativen " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` och :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Avsluta " +"sedan med att :guilabel:`Spara` ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa virtuell föräldraplats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -15420,6 +15660,9 @@ msgid "" "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "" +"Innan du skapar några virtuella lagerplatser skapar du ett nytt lager som " +"fungerar som ett *virtuellt* lager - *föräldra* platsen för andra fysiska " +"lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -15452,6 +15695,10 @@ msgid "" "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" +"Du skapar ett nytt lager genom att gå till :menuselection:`Inventory app -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Härifrån " +"kan du ändra lagrets :guilabel:`Namn` och :guilabel:`Kortnamn`, och andra " +"lagerdetaljer kan ändras under fliken :guilabel:`Lagerkonfiguration`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -15459,37 +15706,46 @@ msgid "" "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"Klicka slutligen på :guilabel:`Spara` för att avsluta skapandet av ett * " +"vanligt* lager. Fortsätt att följa stegen nedan för att slutföra " +"konfigurationen av det virtuella moderlagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ny lagerform." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Lagerkonfigurationer <../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" msgstr "" +":ref:`Inkommande och utgående försändelser " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " "<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`Återleverans från annat lager " +"<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skapa lager för barn" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"Skapa minst två *underordnade* lager som länkas till det virtuella lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -15497,6 +15753,9 @@ msgid "" "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" +"För att kunna ta ut lager från flera lager för att uppfylla en " +"försäljningsorder måste det finnas minst **två** lager som fungerar som " +"underordnade lager till det virtuella huvudlagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -15505,6 +15764,10 @@ msgid "" "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" +"Navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`, klicka på :guilabel:`Create`, och följ :ref:`föregående " +"instruktioner ` för att konfigurera de fysiska " +"lagerplatserna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" @@ -15516,7 +15779,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" @@ -15528,12 +15791,14 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lagerhus`: `Lagerhus A` och `Lagerhus B`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` och `WHB`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" +"Grafik över underordnade platser \"WHA\" och \"WHB\" som är knutna till den " +"överordnade platsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -15542,10 +15807,14 @@ msgid "" "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" +"Den virtuella lagerplatsen kommer att ändras till \"View\" senare, men " +":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** är :guilabel:`Internal Location` vid " +"denna tidpunkt för att :ref:`länka de underordnade lagren " +"` i nästa avsnitt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Länka barnlager till virtuellt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -15553,6 +15822,9 @@ msgid "" "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" +"För att ange fysiska lager som underordnade platser till den virtuella plats" +" som konfigurerats i :ref:`förra steget `, gå " +"till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -15560,6 +15832,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"Ta bort eventuella filter från sökfältet. Klicka sedan på det fysiska lagret" +" :guilabel:`Location` som tidigare skapats för att vara en child location " +"(t.ex. `WHA`), och klicka på :guilabel:`Edit`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -15567,6 +15842,9 @@ msgid "" "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Ändra fältet :guilabel:`Parent Location` från :guilabel:`Physical Locations`" +" till det virtuella lagrets **stock location** (t.ex. `VWH/Stock`) i " +"rullgardinsmenyn och klicka på :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -15575,14 +15853,20 @@ msgid "" "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" +"För att välja det virtuella lagrets lagerplats i rullgardinsmenyn " +":guilabel:`Parent Location`, måste det överordnade lagrets lagerplats (t.ex." +" `VWH/Stock`) **must** ha sin :guilabel:`Location Type` inställd på " +":guilabel:`Internal Location`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" +"Ange det virtuella lagret som *Parent Location* för det underordnade lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "" +"Upprepa de föregående stegen för att konfigurera två eller flera barnlager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -15590,10 +15874,13 @@ msgid "" "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" +"När det virtuella moderlagret (t.ex. `VWH/Stock`) är klart uppfyller det " +"beställningar med hjälp av lager från underordnade lager (t.ex. `WHA` och " +"`WHB`), om det inte finns tillräckligt med lager på någon av platserna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange virtuell lagerplats som \"vy" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -15601,12 +15888,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" +"Ställ in den virtuella lagerplatsens :guilabel:`Location Type` till " +":guilabel:`View`, eftersom det är en icke-existerande plats som används för " +"att gruppera olika fysiska lager tillsammans." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" +"För att göra det, navigera till :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -15614,6 +15906,9 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" +"Klicka på det virtuella lagrets lagerplats (t.ex. `VWH/Stock`) som var " +":ref:`tidigare skapad `, från listan " +":guilabel:`Locations`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -15621,6 +15916,9 @@ msgid "" "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" +"På platsformuläret, under rubriken :guilabel:`Additional Information`, anger" +" du :guilabel:`Location Type` till :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` " +"ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." @@ -15631,14 +15929,16 @@ msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" +"För att se den totala kvantiteten i **alla** länkade barns lager, gå till " +"produktformuläret och klicka på smartknappen :guilabel:`On Hand`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visa lager över alla länkade lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exempel: sälja produkter från ett virtuellt lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -15647,26 +15947,33 @@ msgid "" "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" +"För att sälja produkter från flera lager med hjälp av en virtuell överordnad" +" plats måste databasen ha minst **två** lager konfigurerade - med minst " +"**en** produkt, med antal i lager i respektive lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "" +"Följande produkt, `Toy soldier`, är tillgänglig på varje plats med " +"kvantiteterna:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHA/Stock` : 1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`WHB/Stock` : 2" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "" +"Lagren `WHA` och `WHB` är underordnade lager till det virtuella lagret " +"`VWH`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -15675,6 +15982,10 @@ msgid "" "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" +"Skapa en offert för produkten genom att navigera till appen " +":menuselection:`Sales` och klicka på :guilabel:`Create`. Lägg till en " +":guilabel:`Kund` i offerten och klicka på :guilabel:`Lägg till en produkt` " +"för att lägga till de två produkter som lagras i de två lagren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -15683,12 +15994,19 @@ msgid "" "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på fliken :guilabel:`Övrig information` på " +"försäljningsorderformuläret. Under avsnittet :guilabel:`Leverans` ändrar du " +"fältvärdet :guilabel:`Warehouse` till det virtuella lager som :ref:`förut " +"skapades `. Därefter :guilabel:`Bekräfta` " +"försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "" +"Ange virtuellt lager som fältet *Warehouse* på fliken *Övrig information* i " +"försäljningsordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -15697,6 +16015,10 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" +"Klicka sedan på smartknappen :guilabel:`Levery`. I formuläret för " +"lagerleverans bekräftar du att värdet :guilabel:`Source Location` matchar " +"fältvärdet :guilabel:`Warehouse` från försäljningsordern. Båda bör visa den " +"virtuella lagerplatsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -15705,6 +16027,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" +"Slutligen, på formuläret för lagerleverans, under fliken :guilabel:`Detailed" +" Operations`, bekräfta att :guilabel:`Locations` i kolumnen :guilabel:`From`" +" för varje produkt matchar de underordnade platser som är knutna till den " +"virtuella överordnade platsen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." @@ -15717,22 +16043,31 @@ msgid "" "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" +"Uppgifterna :guilabel:`Source Location` på lagerleveransblanketten och " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` under fliken :guilabel:`Övrig information` på " +"försäljningsordern **måste** stämma överens för att produkterna i " +"försäljningsordern ska kunna hämtas från olika lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" +"Om det virtuella lagret inte finns i fältet :guilabel:`Source Location` på " +"formuläret för lagerleverans, försök boka produkten igen genom:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" +"Kör schemaläggaren: slå på :ref:`utvecklarläge `, och gå " +"sedan till :menuselection:`Inventeringsapp --> Operationer --> Kör " +"schemaläggare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Check Availability` på leveransordern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -15740,6 +16075,10 @@ msgid "" "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" +"Om det virtuella lagret **inte** har tilldelats fältet :guilabel:`Warehouse`" +" på försäljningsordern ska du annullera den och skapa en ny " +"försäljningsorder med det virtuella lagret angivet i fältet " +":guilabel:`Warehouse`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -15748,6 +16087,10 @@ msgid "" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" +"Om fältet :guilabel:`Warehouse` saknas på försäljningsorderformuläret kan " +"det hända att de flera underordnade lagren inte har konfigurerats korrekt. " +"Gå igenom :ref:`förra avsnittet ` för att " +"säkerställa att inställningarna är korrekta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -15756,6 +16099,10 @@ msgid "" "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" +"För att använda en virtuell *förälder* som standardlager för " +"försäljningsorder, bör varje säljare ha det virtuella lagret tilldelat sig " +"från rullgardinsmenyn bredvid :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` på sin " +"medarbetarblankett." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." @@ -15763,7 +16110,7 @@ msgstr "Förvald lagerplats på medarbetarformulär." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:3 msgid "Packages and packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paket och förpackningar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15772,6 +16119,10 @@ msgid "" " streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of configurations for " "products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" +"I Odoo finns det en mängd olika sätt att specificera mängden produkter som " +"köps, lagras och säljs. *Packages* och *packagings* är alla tillgängliga för" +" att effektivisera lagerflöden, vilket möjliggör en mängd olika " +"konfigurationer för produkter när de kommer in och lämnar lagret." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -31709,7 +32060,7 @@ msgstr "En kvalitetskontroll för en arbetsorder." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Quality control points" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontrollpunkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -31719,12 +32070,19 @@ msgid "" "(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " "operations." msgstr "" +"I Odoo används *kvalitetskontrollpunkter* (QCP) för att automatiskt skapa " +":doc:`kvalitetskontroller ` vid förutbestämda intervall. " +"|QCPs kan konfigureras för att skapa kvalitetskontroller för specifika " +"verksamheter (tillverkning, leverans, etc.), samt specifika produkter inom " +"dessa verksamheter." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " "inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" +"Med hjälp av |QCPs| kan kvalitetsteamen säkerställa att produkterna " +"regelbundet inspekteras för defekter och andra problem." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" @@ -31735,12 +32093,16 @@ msgid "" "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"För att skapa en ny |QCP|, navigera till :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality" +" Control --> Control Points`, och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`New`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " "makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" +"Börja fylla i det nya |QCP| genom att ange en unik :guilabel:`Title` som gör" +" det lätt att identifiera |QCP|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -31748,6 +32110,9 @@ msgid "" "should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " "select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Produkter` väljer du en eller flera produkter som |QCP| " +"ska gälla för. Om |QCP| ska gälla för en hel produktkategori väljer du den i" +" fältet :guilabel:`Produktkategorier`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -31756,6 +32121,10 @@ msgid "" "option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " "created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Operations` väljer du den eller de operationer som ska " +"utlösa |QCP|. Om du t.ex. väljer alternativet :guilabel:`Manufacturing` i " +"fältet :guilabel:`Operations` skapas en kvalitetskontroll för nya " +"tillverkningsorder (MO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -31765,6 +32134,11 @@ msgid "" "blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " "specified operation(s)." msgstr "" +"När du skapar en ny |QCP| måste minst en verksamhet anges i fältet " +":guilabel:`Operations`. Fälten :guilabel:`Produkter` och " +":guilabel:`Produktkategorier` kan dock lämnas tomma. Om de lämnas tomma " +"genererar |QCP| kvalitetskontroller för varje förekomst av den/de angivna " +"verksamheten/verksamheterna." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -31774,6 +32148,11 @@ msgid "" "order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " "manufacturing operation in general." msgstr "" +"Om du har valt :guilabel:`Tillverkning` i fältet :guilabel:`Operationer`, " +"visas ett nytt fält under det, med titeln :guilabel:`Arbetsorderoperation`. " +"I detta fält kan du välja en specifik arbetsorder för att generera " +"kvalitetskontroller för denna operation, snarare än för " +"tillverkningsoperationen i allmänhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -31782,18 +32161,26 @@ msgid "" "confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check " "specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" +"Till exempel kan en |QCP| konfigureras för att skapa kvalitetskontroller för" +" arbetsordern `Assembly` för produkten `Coffee Table`. Om sedan en ny |MO| " +"bekräftas för en `Coffee Table`, skapar |QCP| en kvalitetskontroll specifikt" +" för `Assembly`-operationen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Control Per` är inställt på ett av tre alternativ som " +"avgör *när* en ny kvalitetskontroll skapas:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, " "as a whole." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operation`: en kontroll begärs för den angivna operationen som " +"helhet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -31802,6 +32189,10 @@ msgid "" "one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " "products are included in the operation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkt`: en kontroll begärs för varje *unik* produkt som ingår i" +" den angivna åtgärden. Till exempel, en leverans av ett bord och fyra stolar" +" skulle generera två kontroller, eftersom två *unika* produkter ingår i " +"transaktionen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -31811,18 +32202,28 @@ msgid "" "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Quantity`: en kontroll begärs för en viss procentandel av " +"objekten inom den angivna operationen. Denna procentsats anges genom att " +"aktivera kryssrutan :guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` och sedan ange ett " +"numeriskt värde i fältet :guilabel:`Percentage` som visas nedan. Om " +"kryssrutan inte är aktiverad skapas en kvalitetskontroll för hela " +"kvantiteten." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Kontrollfrekvens` är inställt på ett av tre alternativ som" +" bestämmer *hur ofta* en ny kvalitetskontroll skapas:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of " "the |QCP| are met." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`All`: en kvalitetskontroll begärs varje gång villkoren i |QCP| är" +" uppfyllda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -31830,6 +32231,9 @@ msgid "" "percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " "of Transfers` field that appears below." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Randomly`: en kvalitetskontroll begärs slumpmässigt för en viss " +"procentandel av operationerna, som kan anges i fältet :guilabel:`Every #% of" +" Transfers` som visas nedan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -31838,6 +32242,10 @@ msgid "" "below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Periodically`: en kvalitetskontroll begärs en gång per angiven " +"tidsperiod, som anges genom att ange ett numeriskt värde i fältet nedan och " +"välja antingen :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks` eller :guilabel:`Monthhs`" +" som önskat tidsintervall." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -31845,18 +32253,25 @@ msgid "" " be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" " depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Type` anger du vilken typ av kvalitetskontroll som ska " +"utföras. Metoden för att bearbeta kvalitetskontroller som skapats av |QCP| " +"beror på vilken typ av kvalitetskontroll som valts:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " "complete the quality check." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instruktioner` ger specifika instruktioner för hur " +"kvalitetskontrollen ska utföras." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " "uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` kräver att en bild av produkten laddas upp för " +"senare granskning av det tilldelade kvalitetsteamet." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -31864,12 +32279,17 @@ msgid "" "confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " "manufacturing operation." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Register Production` kontrollerna uppmanar tillverkningsanställda" +" att bekräfta mängden av den produkt som tillverkades under " +"tillverkningsprocessen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " "for the check to pass." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` kontroller anger ett kriterium som produkter måste " +"uppfylla för att kontrollen ska godkännas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -31877,17 +32297,24 @@ msgid "" "product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " "pass." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Measure`-kontroller uppmanar anställda att registrera en mätning " +"av produkten som måste ligga inom en tolerans av ett normvärde för att " +"kontrollen ska godkännas." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be " "filled out by the employee processing the check." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Worksheet` checkar innehåller ett interaktivt arbetsblad som " +"måste fyllas i av den anställde som hanterar checken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91 msgid "" "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "" +"En *Instruktioner*-kontroll är samma sak som ett steg i en arbetsorder för " +"en MO." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -31896,12 +32323,18 @@ msgid "" "check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " "like receipts." msgstr "" +"När ett steg läggs till i en arbetsorder lagrar Odoo det i appen Kvalitet " +"som en |QCP|. Det är möjligt att manuellt skapa en |QCP| med kontrolltypen " +"*Instruktioner* och till och med tilldela den till en annan operation än " +"tillverkning, som kvitton." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97 msgid "" "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " "purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "" +"Men om du skapar en kontrollpunkt specifikt för kvalitetskontroll är det " +"förmodligen mer effektivt att använda en annan kontrolltyp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -31910,6 +32343,10 @@ msgid "" "quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" +"I fältet :guilabel:`Team` anger du det kvalitetsteam som är ansvarigt för " +"att hantera |QCP| och de kvalitetskontroller som skapas. Om en viss medlem i" +" kvalitetsteamet är ansvarig för |QCP| väljer du denne i fältet " +":guilabel:`Responsible`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -31917,6 +32354,9 @@ msgid "" "location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " "checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" +"Fältet :guilabel:`Step Document` har två alternativ som anger platsen för " +"ett instruktionsdokument som beskriver hur man slutför de " +"kvalitetskontroller som skapats av |QCP|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -31924,18 +32364,26 @@ msgid "" "included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" " page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" +"Välj :guilabel:`Specifik sida i arbetsbladet` om dokumentet ingår i " +"instruktionsarbetsbladet för arbetsordern och ange sedan sidnumret i fältet " +":guilabel:`Sida i arbetsbladet` som visas nedan." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "" +"Välj :guilabel:`Custom` om dokumentet ska inkluderas i fliken " +":guilabel:`Instruktioner` längst ned i |QCP|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " "instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Instruktioner` längst ner i formuläret anger du " +"instruktioner för hur du ska genomföra de kvalitetskontroller som skapats av" +" |QCP|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -31945,6 +32393,11 @@ msgid "" "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" +"Om alternativet :guilabel:`Custom` har valts i fältet :guilabel:`Step " +"Document` ovan kan ett dokument bifogas på den här fliken. Välj antingen " +"knappen :guilabel:`Ladda upp din fil` för att öppna enhetens filhanterare " +"och välj sedan en fil, eller lägg till en länk till ett Google Slides-" +"dokument i fältet :guilabel:`Google Slide Link`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -31952,6 +32405,10 @@ msgid "" "do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" " the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Message If Failure` ska du inkludera instruktioner för " +"vad som ska göras om kvalitetskontrollen misslyckas. Instruera till exempel " +"den medarbetare som hanterar kvalitetskontrollen att skapa en " +":doc:`kvalitetsvarning `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -31960,8 +32417,14 @@ msgid "" "tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " "the |QCP|." msgstr "" +"Fliken :guilabel:`Notes` används för att ge ytterligare information om " +"|QCP|, t.ex. anledningen till att den skapades. Informationen som anges på " +"den här fliken visas **inte** för anställda som bearbetar de " +"kvalitetskontroller som skapats av |QCP|." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr "" +"Ett QCP som konfigurerats för att skapa kontroller för Godkänd - Underkänd " +"för en arbetsorderoperation." diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index f925f61ba..ec8626685 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -3378,7 +3378,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 msgid "The pairing code does not show under the following circumstances:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Koden visas inte under följande omständigheter:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -3400,6 +3400,9 @@ msgid "" "Things)` box has started. It is automatically removed from connected " "displays when this time has expired." msgstr "" +"Koden är endast giltig i 5 minuter efter att :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` boxen har startat. Den tas automatiskt bort från anslutna skärmar " +"när denna tid har löpt ut." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -3426,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 msgid "IoT box is connected but it is not showing in the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT-boxen är ansluten men visas inte i databasen" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -3437,6 +3440,12 @@ msgid "" "can reach the database and that the server does not use a multi-database " "environment." msgstr "" +"När en :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box ansluter till en databas kan den" +" starta om. Om så är fallet kan det ta upp till fem minuter innan den visas " +"i databasen. Om :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`-boxen fortfarande inte " +"visas efter fem minuter, kontrollera att :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)`-boxen kan nå databasen och att servern inte använder en miljö med " +"flera databaser." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3462,7 +3471,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 msgid "The HTTPS certificate does not generate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS-certifikatet genererar inte" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -3498,7 +3507,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" -msgstr ":doc:`HTTPS-certifikat (IoT) `." +msgstr ":doc:`HTTPS-certifikat (IoT) `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 msgid "The printer is not detected" @@ -3510,6 +3519,9 @@ msgid "" "(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " ":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" +"Om en skrivare inte visas i enhetslistan, gå till :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box hemsida och se till att den är listad under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." @@ -3522,6 +3534,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " "printer is not present in the list, it is likely not connected properly." msgstr "" +"Om skrivaren inte finns på :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box hemsida, " +"klicka på :guilabel:`Printers Server`, gå till fliken " +":guilabel:`Administration` och klicka på :guilabel:`Add Printer`. Om " +"skrivaren inte finns med i listan är den troligen inte korrekt ansluten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 msgid "The printer outputs random text" @@ -3548,6 +3564,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Modify Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and " "*model* corresponding to the printer." msgstr "" +"Lösningen är att manuellt välja motsvarande drivrutin. På :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box hemsida, klicka på :guilabel:`Printers Server`, gå" +" till :guilabel:`Printers` fliken och välj skrivaren i listan. I " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Administration` klickar du på :guilabel:`Modify " +"Printer`. Följ stegen och välj *fabrikat* och *modell* som motsvarar " +"skrivaren." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." @@ -3736,6 +3758,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" " *` command." msgstr "" +"`CUPS` frågar administratören om tre typer av information: :guilabel:`Name`," +" :guilabel:`Description` och :guilabel:`Location`. De två sista uppgifterna " +"behöver inte vara specifika, men :guilabel:`Name` bör följa en viss " +"konvention för att fungera med kommandot `ESC *`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -3847,12 +3873,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name cannot have spaces." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> Namnet får inte innehålla mellanslag." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 msgid "" "`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it will not use `ESC *`." msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> Namnet i sig är korrekt, men det kommer inte att använda " +"`ESC *`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." @@ -3917,6 +3945,10 @@ msgid "" " of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " "Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." msgstr "" +"När skrivaren är synlig i Odoo-databasen, glöm inte att välja den i " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`konfigurationen som :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)`-skrivare. Navigera till :menuselection:`Pos App --> Inställningar " +"--> Anslutna enheter --> IoT Box --> Kvittoskrivare --> Spara`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -4032,6 +4064,11 @@ msgid "" "biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" " the *density* parameters." msgstr "" +"För namnkonventionen är det absolut nödvändigt att lägga till `__IMC`, " +"eftersom den måste skrivas ut med kommandot `ESC *`. Se skrivarmodellen på " +"`Epson's ESC * site `_ för mer information om" +" *density* parametrarna." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." @@ -4100,6 +4137,11 @@ msgid "" "outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " "convention) with the `SCALE` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." msgstr "" +"Men när du försöker skriva ut med namnkonventionen: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, skriver den ut kvittot, men det är för stort och " +"utanför marginalen. För att lösa detta lägger vi till en ny skrivare (och " +"namnkonvention) med parametern `SCALE` för att anpassa den till vår " +"kvittostorlek." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:320 msgid "Here are some examples:" @@ -4149,7 +4191,7 @@ msgstr "Kvittoformat med namnkonvention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:347 msgid "The Zebra printer does not print anything" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zebra-skrivaren skriver inte ut något" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -4180,6 +4222,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:363 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner do not match the barcode" msgstr "" +"De tecken som läses av streckkodsläsaren stämmer inte överens med " +"streckkoden" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -4240,7 +4284,7 @@ msgstr "Modifiering av streckkodsläsarens formvy." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:392 msgid "Barcode scanner processes barcode characters individually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Streckkodsläsare bearbetar streckkodstecken individuellt" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "" @@ -4251,16 +4295,26 @@ msgid "" "appropriate language of the barcode scanner on the *Barcode Scanner* form " "page." msgstr "" +"När du öppnar den mobila versionen av Odoo från en mobil enhet eller " +"surfplatta med en streckkodsläsare, via :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box, kan det hända att läsaren behandlar varje streckkodstecken som en " +"enskild läsning. I detta fall **måste** alternativet *Tangentbordslayout* " +"fyllas i med lämpligt språk för streckkodsläsaren på formulärsidan " +"*Streckkodsläsare*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:400 msgid "" "Access the barcode scanner form page by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT " "App --> Devices --> Barcode Scanner`." msgstr "" +"Gå till formulärsidan för streckkodsläsaren genom att navigera till " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Scanner`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Barcode scanner form page, with keyboard layout option highlighted." msgstr "" +"Blankettsida för streckkodsläsare, med markerat alternativ för " +"tangentbordslayout." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:407 msgid "" @@ -4268,6 +4322,9 @@ msgid "" " vary, depending on the device and the language of the database. For " "example: :guilabel:`English (UK)`, :guilabel:`English (US)`, etc." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` är språkbaserad och de tillgängliga alternativen" +" varierar beroende på enhet och databasens språk. Till exempel: " +":guilabel:`Engelska (UK)`, :guilabel:`Engelska (US)`, etc." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:415 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" @@ -4372,7 +4429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 msgid "Connect the Windows virtual IoT box to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anslut den virtuella Windows IoT-boxen till en Odoo-databas" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -4408,6 +4465,8 @@ msgid "" "During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " "the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Under nästa steg i installationen väljer du :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` i " +"rullgardinsmenyn :guilabel:`Välj typ av installation`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" @@ -4419,7 +4478,7 @@ msgstr "**Odoo-server**" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 msgid "**Odoo IoT**" -msgstr "**Odoo IoT** " +msgstr "**Odoo IoT**" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" @@ -4465,6 +4524,9 @@ msgid "" "the Window's User's directories. Doing so will not allow for Nginx to " "initialize." msgstr "" +"Odoo's Windows virtuella IoT-programvara bör inte installeras i någon av " +"Windows User's kataloger. Om du gör det kommer Nginx inte att kunna " +"initialiseras." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -4481,6 +4543,10 @@ msgid "" "automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on a web browser. The webpage " "should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." msgstr "" +"Se till att rutan :guilabel:`Start Odoo` är markerad och klicka på " +":guilabel:`Finish`. Efter installationen kommer Odoo-servern att köras och " +"automatiskt öppna `http://localhost:8069` i en webbläsare. Webbsidan bör " +"visa :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` boxens hemsida." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -4513,18 +4579,22 @@ msgid "" "automatically recognize the device after connecting, then the administrator " "may need to install the corresponding drivers manually." msgstr "" +"De flesta enheter ansluts automatiskt till Windows Machine för Windows IoT " +"via Windows Plug-N-Play (PnP). Men om Windows inte automatiskt känner igen " +"enheten efter anslutningen kan administratören behöva installera motsvarande" +" drivrutiner manuellt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:96 msgid "Devices automatically recognized:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enheter identifieras automatiskt:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:98 msgid "Regular ink/toner based printers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vanliga bläck-/tonerbaserade skrivare" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid "Receipt printers (Epson/Star)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kvittoskrivare (Epson/Star)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:100 msgid "Barcode scanners" @@ -4536,19 +4606,23 @@ msgid "" "settings is required) See this documentation: " ":doc:`../devices/measurement_tool`" msgstr "" +"Mätinstrument (även om viss konfiguration av mätinstrumentets inställningar " +"krävs) Se denna dokumentation: :doc:`../devices/measurement_tool`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:104 msgid "" "Devices not automatically recognized (requires manual driver download):" msgstr "" +"Enheter identifieras inte automatiskt (kräver manuell nedladdning av " +"drivrutiner):" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:106 msgid "Label printers (Zebra)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etikettskrivare (Zebra)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:107 msgid "Scales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vågar" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -4556,6 +4630,9 @@ msgid "" "download the drivers and install them on the Windows machine. Reconnect the " "device in question and Windows will find the device." msgstr "" +"Gå till tillverkarens webbplats för den aktuella utrustningen. Ladda sedan " +"ner drivrutinerna och installera dem på Windows-maskinen. Anslut den " +"aktuella enheten igen och Windows kommer att hitta enheten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -4670,6 +4747,11 @@ msgid "" "through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " "order to make this exception." msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att tillåta andra enheter att komma åt den virtuella Windows " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` boxen samtidigt som brandväggen är " +"aktiverad. Detta görs genom att skapa en regel på *Windows Defender* och " +"tillåta kommunikation via port `8069`. Följande process beskriver de steg " +"som ska tas för att göra detta undantag." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:169 msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" @@ -4757,7 +4839,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:200 msgid "Worldline exception" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Worldline undantag" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -4766,6 +4848,10 @@ msgid "" "experience for customers. Worldline is available in Benelux (coalition of " "Belgium, the Netherlands, and Luxembourg)." msgstr "" +"*Worldline* är en betalterminal som kan anslutas till Odoo's *PoS* (point of" +" sale) system. Den möjliggör en omfattande och smidig betalningsupplevelse " +"för kunderna. Worldline är tillgänglig i Benelux (Belgien, Nederländerna och" +" Luxemburg)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -4774,11 +4860,16 @@ msgid "" "connection can be made between the Odoo database/:abbr:`IoT (Internet of " "Things)` box and Worldline." msgstr "" +"När Windows IoT-servern används för att ansluta Worldlines betalterminal är " +"det nödvändigt att skapa ett undantag i Windows brandvägg så att en " +"anslutning kan göras mellan Odoo databas/:abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box och Worldline." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:211 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -4786,35 +4877,44 @@ msgid "" "the Windows machine. This can be accomplished by typing `windows defender` " "in the :guilabel:`Search` bar." msgstr "" +"För att skapa undantaget måste du först öppna appen *Windows Defender " +"Firewall* på Windows-maskinen. Detta kan göras genom att skriva `windows " +"defender` i :guilabel:`Sök`-fältet." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:216 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Advanced settings` in the left menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Avancerade inställningar` i vänstermenyn." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "" "Advanced settings option highlighted in the left pane of the Windows " "Defender Firewall app." msgstr "" +"Alternativet Avancerade inställningar markeras i den vänstra rutan i appen " +"Windows Defender Firewall." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:222 msgid "In the left menu, choose :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "I menyn till vänster väljer du :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "" "Windows Defender left window pane with inbound rules menu item highlighted." msgstr "" +"Windows Defender vänster fönsterruta med menyalternativet inkommande regler " +"markerat." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:228 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`, select :guilabel:`New Rule` in " "the far right menu." msgstr "" +"När du har valt :guilabel:`Inbound Rules` väljer du :guilabel:`New Rule` i " +"menyn längst till höger." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "New rule dropdown shown with new rule option highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rullgardinsmenyn Ny regel visas med alternativet Ny regel markerat." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -4822,16 +4922,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Port`. Click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the rest of the " "configuration." msgstr "" +"För :guilabel:`Rule Type` väljer du sedan alternativknappen för " +":guilabel:`Port`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Next` för att fortsätta med resten av" +" konfigurationen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "Rule Type window open, with the radio button next to port highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fönstret Regeltyp öppet, med radioknappen bredvid port markerad." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:241 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Protocols and Ports` page, choose the radio button for " ":guilabel:`TCP`, under :guilabel:`Does this rule apply to TCP or UDP?`." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Protokoll och portar` väljer du alternativknappen för " +":guilabel:`TCP`, under :guilabel:`Är denna regel tillämplig på TCP eller " +"UDP?`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -4839,12 +4945,18 @@ msgid "" "ports?`, select the radio button for :guilabel:`Specific local ports`. Then," " enter `9050`, and click :guilabel:`Next` to continue." msgstr "" +"Markera sedan alternativknappen för :guilabel:`Specifika lokala portar` " +"under :guilabel:`Är denna regel tillämplig på alla lokala portar eller " +"specifika portar`. Ange sedan `9050` och klicka på :guilabel:`Next` för att " +"fortsätta." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst-1 msgid "" "Protocol/port configuration window with TCP, specific port (9050) and Next " "highlighted." msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsfönster för protokoll/port med TCP, specifik port (9050) och " +"Nästa markerat." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -4853,6 +4965,10 @@ msgid "" "choose the radio button for :guilabel:`Allow the connection`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to continue." msgstr "" +"Nästa skärm är sidan :guilabel:`Åtgärd`. Under :guilabel:`What action should" +" be taken when a connection matches the specified conditions?` väljer du " +"alternativknappen för :guilabel:`Allow the connection`. Klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`Nästa` för att fortsätta." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -4861,6 +4977,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Public`. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " "continue to the naming convention page." msgstr "" +"Sidan :guilabel:`Profil` visas. Under :guilabel:`När gäller denna regel?` " +"låter du de tre kryssrutorna vara markerade för: :guilabel:`Domän`, " +":guilabel:`Privat` och :guilabel:`Publik`. Klicka på :guilabel:`Next` för " +"att fortsätta till sidan med namngivningskonventioner." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -4868,14 +4988,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name` field. Enter a :guilabel:`Description (optional)`. Finally," " once ready, click :guilabel:`Finish`." msgstr "" +"På sidan :guilabel:`Name`, ange `Odoo Worldline`, under fältet " +":guilabel:`Name`. Ange en :guilabel:`Beskrivning (valfri)`. Slutligen, när " +"du är klar, klicka på :guilabel:`Finish`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:263 msgid "The final :guilabel:`Inbound rule` should appear as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Den slutliga :guilabel:`Inbound rule` bör se ut på följande sätt:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:270 msgid "Odoo Worldline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo Worldline" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:271 msgid "Profile" @@ -4895,11 +5018,11 @@ msgstr "Ja" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:276 msgid "Allow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillåt" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:277 msgid "Override" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Åsidosättande" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:278 msgid "No" @@ -4923,31 +5046,31 @@ msgstr "Någon" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:281 msgid "Local Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lokal adress" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:283 msgid "Remote Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fjärradress" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:285 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokoll" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:286 msgid "TCP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TCP" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:287 msgid "Local Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lokal hamn" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:288 msgid "9050" -msgstr "" +msgstr "9050" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:289 msgid "Remote Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fjärrport" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:291 msgid "Authorized Users" @@ -4955,19 +5078,19 @@ msgstr "Behöriga användare" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:293 msgid "Authorized Computers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Auktoriserade datorer" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:295 msgid "Authorized Local Principals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Godkända lokala huvudmän" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:297 msgid "Local User Owner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lokal användare Ägare" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:299 msgid "PolicyAppld" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PolicyAppld" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:300 msgid "None" @@ -4975,7 +5098,7 @@ msgstr "Inga" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:301 msgid "Application Package" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paket för ansökan" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:305 msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" @@ -5694,6 +5817,10 @@ msgid "" "linked to the report. Then Odoo sends the report to the selected printer(s)," " and automatically prints it." msgstr "" +"Nu, varje gång :guilabel:`Print` väljs i kontrollpanelen, istället för att " +"ladda ner en PDF, visas en popup som visar alla skrivare som är länkade till" +" rapporten. Odoo skickar sedan rapporten till de valda skrivarna och skriver" +" ut den automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -6464,7 +6591,7 @@ msgstr "Format" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Rubrik 1`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Rubrik 1`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 msgid "Big section heading." @@ -6472,7 +6599,7 @@ msgstr "Stor sektionsrubrik." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Rubrik 2`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Rubrik 2`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 msgid "Medium section heading." @@ -6480,7 +6607,7 @@ msgstr "Medium rubrik för avsnitt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Rubrik 3`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Rubrik 3`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 msgid "Small section heading." @@ -7860,7 +7987,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Vyer `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`Models `" -msgstr ":doc:`Modeller `." +msgstr ":doc:`Modeller `" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 0ea700b19..0b4fecae1 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -2276,6 +2276,9 @@ msgid "" " Click :guilabel:`Search more` if the desired product is not loaded " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Systemet kan bara ladda ett begränsat antal produkter för effektiv öppning. " +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Sök mer` om den önskade produkten inte laddas " +"automatiskt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:56 msgid "Set customers" @@ -3564,6 +3567,9 @@ msgid "" "to the :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's " "checkbox." msgstr "" +"Gå till :ref:`application settings `, bläddra ner " +"till avsnittet :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` och markera kryssrutan för din " +"terminal." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" @@ -3657,6 +3663,13 @@ msgid "" " key to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen API key` field at :ref:`the " "payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"**Adyen API-nyckel** används för att autentisera förfrågningar från din " +"Adyen-terminal. För att generera en API-nyckel går du till ditt " +":menuselection:`Adyen-konto --> Utvecklare --> API-referenser` och " +"**skapar** nya referenser eller väljer **befintliga** referenser. Klicka på " +":guilabel:`Generera en API-nyckel` och spara nyckeln för att klistra in den " +"i Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen API-nyckel` fältet vid " +":ref:`betalningsmetodskapandet `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -3675,6 +3688,8 @@ msgid "" "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is the terminal's serial number, which is " "used to identify the hardware." msgstr "" +"**Adyen Terminal Identifier** är terminalens serienummer, som används för " +"att identifiera hårdvaran." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -3683,6 +3698,11 @@ msgid "" "number to paste it into the Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier` field" " at :ref:`the payment method creation `." msgstr "" +"För att hitta detta nummer, gå till ditt :menuselection:`Adyen-konto --> " +"Point of Sale --> Terminals`, välj den terminal du vill länka till och spara" +" dess serienummer för att klistra in det i Odoo :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal " +"Identifier`-fältet på :ref:`betalningsmetodskapandet `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:51 msgid "Set the Event URLs" @@ -3693,36 +3713,45 @@ msgid "" "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must configure the terminal " "**Event URLs**. To do so," msgstr "" +"För att Odoo ska veta när en betalning görs måste du konfigurera terminalen " +"**Event URLs**. För att göra detta," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 msgid "Log in to `Adyen's website `_;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logga in på `Adyens webbplats `_;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:56 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" " select the connected terminal;" msgstr "" +"Gå till :menuselection:`Adyens instrumentpanel --> Försäljningsställe --> " +"Terminaler` och välj den anslutna terminalen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 msgid "From the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I terminalinställningarna klickar du på :guilabel:`Integrations`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:59 msgid "" "Set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " ":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" msgstr "" +"Ställ in fältet :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` " +"som :guilabel:`Decrypted`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:60 msgid "" "Click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " "`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field;" msgstr "" +"Klicka på knappen **pencil icon** och ange din serveradress, följt av " +"`/pos_adyen/notification` i fältet :guilabel:`Event URLs`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:62 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save changes." msgstr "" +"Klicka på :guilabel:`Save` längst ned på skärmen för att spara ändringarna." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 @@ -3739,6 +3768,10 @@ msgid "" "<../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and " "select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." msgstr "" +"Aktivera betalterminalen :ref:`i applikationsinställningarna " +"` och :doc:`skapa den relaterade betalningsmetoden " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Ange journaltyp som :guilabel:`Bank` och välj " +":guilabel:`Adyen` i fältet :guilabel:`Använd en betalterminal`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -3746,6 +3779,9 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier `, and " ":guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." msgstr "" +"Slutligen fyller du i de obligatoriska fälten med din :ref:`Adyen API-nyckel" +" `, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier ` och " +":guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 @@ -3861,6 +3897,11 @@ msgid "" " Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"Aktivera betalterminalen :ref:`i applikationsinställningarna " +"` och :doc:`skapa den relaterade betalningsmetoden " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Ange journaltypen som :guilabel:`Bank` och välj " +":guilabel:`Ingenico` i fältet :guilabel:`Använd en betalterminal`. Välj " +"sedan din terminalenhet i fältet :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -4013,6 +4054,11 @@ msgid "" "Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`" " field." msgstr "" +"Aktivera betalterminalen :ref:`i applikationsinställningarna " +"` och :doc:`skapa den relaterade betalningsmetoden " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Ange journaltypen som :guilabel:`Bank` och välj " +":guilabel:`SIX IOT` i fältet :guilabel:`Använd en betalterminal`. Välj sedan" +" din terminalenhet i fältet :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" @@ -4529,6 +4575,11 @@ msgid "" "field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal " "Device` field." msgstr "" +"Aktivera betalterminalen :ref:`i applikationsinställningarna " +"` och :doc:`skapa den relaterade betalningsmetoden " +"<../../payment_methods>`. Ange journaltypen som :guilabel:`Bank` och välj " +":guilabel:`Worldline` i fältet :guilabel:`Använd en betalterminal`. Välj " +"sedan din terminalenhet i fältet :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" @@ -5584,7 +5635,7 @@ msgid "" "order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." msgstr "" "För att få tillgång till en orders faktura, öppna **orderformuläret** genom " -"att markera ordern och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Invoice`" +"att markera ordern och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Invoice`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" @@ -6670,7 +6721,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:3 msgid "Ship later" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skeppas senare" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6679,32 +6730,45 @@ msgid "" "or so voluminous that it requires to be shipped, or if, for any reason, the " "customer needs their order to be shipped later, etc." msgstr "" +"Med funktionen **Sänds senare** kan du sälja produkter och schemalägga " +"leverans vid ett senare datum. Det är till exempel användbart när en produkt" +" är slut i lager eller så omfattande att den måste skickas, eller om kunden " +"av någon anledning vill att deras beställning ska skickas senare, etc." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Go to the POS settings `, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` section, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Ship Later`." msgstr "" +":ref:`Gå till POS-inställningarna `, bläddra ner " +"till avsnittet :guilabel:`Inventory`, och aktivera :guilabel:`Allow Ship " +"Later`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "settings to enable and configure the ship later feature" msgstr "" +"inställningar för att aktivera och konfigurera funktionen för senare " +"leverans" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:19 msgid "Once activated, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "När den är aktiverad kan du:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:21 msgid "" "Choose the location from where the products are shipped by selecting a " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" +"Välj den plats varifrån produkterna skickas genom att välja en " +":guilabel:`Warehouse`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:22 msgid "" "Define a :guilabel:`Specific route`, or leave this field empty to use the " "default route." msgstr "" +"Definiera en :guilabel:`Specifik rutt`, eller lämna detta fält tomt för att " +"använda standardrutten." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -6712,47 +6776,59 @@ msgid "" "possible` if the products can be delivered separately or :guilabel:`When all" " products are ready` to ship all the products at once." msgstr "" +"Definiera :guilabel:`Sändningspolicy`; välj :guilabel:`Så snart som möjligt`" +" om produkterna kan levereras separat eller :guilabel:`När alla produkter är" +" klara` för att skicka alla produkter på en gång." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:28 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:29 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Open a session ` and make a sale." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Öppna en session ` och gör en försäljning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:35 msgid "" "On the payment screen, set a customer and select :guilabel:`Ship Later`." msgstr "" +"På betalningsskärmen anger du en kund och väljer :guilabel:`Ship Later`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:36 msgid "" "On the popup window, set a shipping date and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to " "proceed to payment." msgstr "" +"Ange ett leveransdatum i popup-fönstret och klicka på :guilabel:`Confirm` " +"för att gå vidare till betalning." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst-1 msgid "selecting ship later at checkout." -msgstr "" +msgstr "välj leverans senare i kassan." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:42 msgid "" "The system instantly creates a delivery order from the warehouse to the " "shipping address." msgstr "" +"Systemet skapar omedelbart en leveransorder från lagret till " +"leveransadressen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:45 msgid "" "The selected customer must have referenced an address in the system for " "products to be shipped." msgstr "" +"Den valda kunden måste ha hänvisat till en adress i systemet för att " +"produkter ska kunna skickas." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 msgid "Rental" @@ -7968,6 +8044,12 @@ msgid "" "Central URL` as described in the `Amazon Documentation for seller central " "URLs `_." msgstr "" +"Ange marknadsplats-ID i fältet :guilabel:`API Idenifier` och välj " +":guilabel:`Amazon Region` för din marknadsplats enligt beskrivningen i " +"`Amazon Documentation for marketplace IDs and regions `_, och :guilabel:`Seller " +"Central URL` enligt beskrivningen i `Amazon Documentation for seller central" +" URLs `_." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -8146,6 +8228,10 @@ msgid "" "Scheduled Actions`. Click into the scheduled action labeled: " ":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` and then click :guilabel:`Run Manually`." msgstr "" +"Navigera till :menuselection:`Inställningar --> Tekniskt --> Automation --> " +"Schemalagda åtgärder`. Klicka på den schemalagda åtgärden märkt: " +":guilabel:`Ebay: update categories` och klicka sedan på :guilabel:`Run " +"Manually`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/linking_listings.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8343,6 +8429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:9 msgid "(*Preferred method*) Make a product in Odoo and list the item eBay." msgstr "" +"(*Företrädd metod*) Skapa en produkt i Odoo och lista objektet på eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -8359,6 +8446,8 @@ msgid "" "(*Less preferred method*) List the item on eBay, then create the product in " "Odoo, and finally link product to the item on eBay." msgstr "" +"(*mindre föredragen metod *) Lista objektet på eBay, skapa sedan produkten i" +" Odoo och länka slutligen produkten till objektet på eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -19446,6 +19535,11 @@ msgid "" "that have the :ref:`tokenization feature `. " "This ensures that the customer is automatically charged at each new period." msgstr "" +"Om online-bekräftelsen kräver en förskottsbetalning kan din kund endast " +"välja de :ref:`betalningsleverantörer " +"` som har :ref:`tokenization feature " +"`. Detta säkerställer att kunden automatiskt" +" debiteras vid varje ny period." #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Automatic alerts" diff --git a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 2db200710..13f94f77e 100644 --- a/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -394,6 +394,10 @@ msgid "" "with an address such as `www.example.com` rather than the default " "`example.odoo.com`." msgstr "" +"Odoo erbjuder ett :ref:`gratis eget domännamn ` till " +"alla Odoo Online-databaser under ett år. Besökare kan då komma åt din " +"webbplats med en adress som `www.example.com` istället för standardadressen " +"`example.odoo.com`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Website Documentation `" @@ -999,6 +1003,13 @@ msgid "" " Capture Method ` can be configured in " "that same menu." msgstr "" +"Alternativt kan du komma åt **betalningsleverantörer** via " +":menuselection:`Webbplats --> Konfiguration --> Inställningar`. I avsnittet " +":guilabel:`Shop - Payment` kan du :guilabel:`Konfigurera SEPA Direct Debit` " +"om du vill använda det, samt :guilabel:`Visa andra leverantörer`. Om du " +"använder :guilabel:`Authorize.net` betalningsleverantör, kan :ref:`Payment " +"Capture Method ` konfigureras i samma " +"meny." #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7326,6 +7337,10 @@ msgid "" "the top left corner, :guilabel:`New Project`, and follow the prompts to set " "up your project." msgstr "" +"**Skapa ett nytt projekt:** För att aktivera **Google Places API** måste du " +"först skapa ett projekt. Klicka på :guilabel:`Välj ett projekt` i det övre " +"vänstra hörnet, :guilabel:`Nytt projekt` och följ anvisningarna för att " +"konfigurera ditt projekt." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7334,6 +7349,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`\"Places API\"` and select it. Click on the " ":guilabel:`\"Enable\"` button." msgstr "" +"**Aktivera Google Places API:** Gå till :guilabel:`Enabled APIs & Services` " +"och klicka på :guilabel:`+ ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES.` Sök efter " +":guilabel:`\"Places API\"` och välj det. Klicka på knappen " +":guilabel:`\"Aktivera\"`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -7359,6 +7378,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Credentials`, click :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select " ":guilabel:`API key`." msgstr "" +"**Create credentials:** För att skapa dina referenser, gå till " +":guilabel:`Credentials`, klicka på :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, och välj " +":guilabel:`API key`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:54 msgid "Restrict the API Key (Optional)" @@ -7379,6 +7401,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:61 msgid "Save Your API Key: copy your API key and securely store it." msgstr "" +"Spara din API-nyckel: kopiera din API-nyckel och lagra den på ett säkert " +"sätt." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:62 msgid "Do not share it publicly or expose it in client-side code." @@ -9529,7 +9553,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 msgid "Search Engine Optimization (SEO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sökmotoroptimering (SEO)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9539,6 +9563,11 @@ msgid "" "website, including its content, social sharing, URLs, images, and page " "speed." msgstr "" +"Sökmotoroptimering, ofta förkortat SEO, är en digital " +"marknadsföringsstrategi som syftar till att förbättra en webbplats synlighet" +" och ranking i sökmotorresultat (t.ex. i Google). Det innebär att man " +"optimerar olika delar av webbplatsen, t.ex. innehåll, social delning, " +"webbadresser, bilder och sidhastighet." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9546,6 +9575,10 @@ msgid "" "as :doc:`eCommerce <../../ecommerce>`, :doc:`Blog <../../blog>`, " ":doc:`eLearning <../../elearning>`, and :doc:`Forum <../../forum>`." msgstr "" +"Odoo tillhandahåller flera moduler som hjälper dig att bygga innehållet på " +"din webbplats, till exempel :doc:`eCommerce <../../ecommerce>`, :doc:`Blog " +"<../../blog>`, :doc:`eLearning <../../elearning>`, och :doc:`Forum " +"<../../forum>`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -9554,16 +9587,22 @@ msgid "" " desktop, tablet, or mobile, which positively impacts ranking in search " "engines." msgstr "" +"Alla Odoo-teman bygger på CSS-ramverket `Bootstrap " +"`_ för effektiv rendering beroende på enhet: " +"dator, surfplatta eller mobil, vilket påverkar rankningen i sökmotorer " +"positivt." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:19 msgid "Content optimization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimering av innehåll" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:21 msgid "" "To optimize a webpage's SEO, access the page, then go to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Optimize SEO`." msgstr "" +"För att optimera en webbsidas SEO, öppna sidan och gå sedan till " +":menuselection:`Webbplats --> Webbplats --> Optimera SEO`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst-1 msgid "Optimize SEO" @@ -9571,7 +9610,7 @@ msgstr "Optimera SEO" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:28 msgid "Meta tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meta tags" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9581,6 +9620,11 @@ msgid "" "attract visitors with appealing content. There are two types of meta tags in" " Odoo:" msgstr "" +"Metataggar är HTML-element som ger information om en webbsida till " +"sökmotorer och webbplatsbesökare. De spelar en avgörande roll i SEO genom " +"att hjälpa sökmotorer att förstå innehållet och sammanhanget på en webbsida " +"och locka besökare med tilltalande innehåll. Det finns två typer av " +"metataggar i Odoo:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -9590,6 +9634,10 @@ msgid "" "tag of your webpage or keep it empty to use the default value based on the " "page’s content." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Title`-taggar anger en webbsidas titel och visas som en klickbar " +"länk i sökmotorresultat. De bör vara kortfattade, beskrivande och relevanta " +"för sidans innehåll. Du kan uppdatera titeltaggen på din webbsida eller " +"lämna den tom för att använda standardvärdet baserat på sidans innehåll." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -9599,12 +9647,19 @@ msgid "" "your webpage or keep it empty to use the default value based on the page’s " "content." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Description`-taggar sammanfattar webbsidans innehåll och visas " +"ofta i sökmotorresultat under titeln. De används för att uppmuntra " +"användaren att besöka sidan. Du kan uppdatera beskrivningstaggen på din " +"webbsida eller lämna den tom för att använda standardvärdet baserat på " +"sidans innehåll." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Preview` card displays how the title and description tags " "should appear in search results. It also includes the URL of your page." msgstr "" +"Kortet :guilabel:`Preview` visar hur titel- och beskrivningstaggarna ska " +"visas i sökresultaten. Det innehåller också webbadressen till din sida." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:50 msgid "Keywords" @@ -9616,6 +9671,9 @@ msgid "" "optimized for search engines speaks the same language as potential visitors," " with keywords for SEO helping them to connect to your site." msgstr "" +"Nyckelord är en av de viktigaste beståndsdelarna i SEO. En webbplats som är " +"väl optimerad för sökmotorer talar samma språk som potentiella besökare, med" +" nyckelord för SEO som hjälper dem att ansluta till din webbplats." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -9626,26 +9684,37 @@ msgid "" " to drive your web traffic. The more keywords are present on your webpage, " "the better." msgstr "" +"Du kan ange de nyckelord du anser vara viktiga i fältet :guilabel:`Keyword` " +"och klicka på :guilabel:`ADD` för att se hur de används på olika nivåer i " +"ditt innehåll (H1, H2, sidtitel, sidbeskrivning, sidinnehåll) och de " +"relaterade sökningarna i Google. Verktyget föreslår också relevanta " +"nyckelord för att driva din webbtrafik. Ju fler nyckelord som finns på din " +"webbsida, desto bättre." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:62 msgid "It is strongly recommended to only use one H1 title per page for SEO." msgstr "" +"Det rekommenderas starkt att endast använda en H1-titel per sida för SEO." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:65 msgid "Image for social share" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bild för social delning" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:67 msgid "" "When you share your page on social media, your logo image is selected, but " "you can upload any other image by clicking the upward arrow." msgstr "" +"När du delar din sida på sociala medier väljs din logotypbild, men du kan " +"ladda upp vilken annan bild som helst genom att klicka på uppåtpilen." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Social Preview` card displays how the page's information " "would appear when shared." msgstr "" +"Kortet :guilabel:`Social Preview` visar hur sidans information skulle se ut " +"när den delas." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -9654,6 +9723,10 @@ msgid "" "functions when external websites use a :ref:`301 redirect `, maintaining the SEO link juice." msgstr "" +"Om du ändrar titeln på ett blogginlägg eller namnet på en produkt gäller " +"ändringarna automatiskt överallt på din webbplats. Den gamla länken fungerar" +" fortfarande när externa webbplatser använder en :ref:`301 redirect " +"`, vilket bibehåller SEO-länkjuicen." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:78 msgid "Images" @@ -9664,6 +9737,8 @@ msgid "" "The size of images has a significant impact on page speed, which is an " "essential criterion for search engines to optimize SEO ranking." msgstr "" +"Storleken på bilder har en betydande inverkan på sidhastigheten, vilket är " +"ett viktigt kriterium för sökmotorer för att optimera SEO-ranking." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -9671,6 +9746,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ or " "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `_." msgstr "" +"Jämför hur din webbplats rankas med hjälp av `Google Page Speed " +"`_ eller " +"`Pingdom Website Speed Test `_." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -9679,6 +9757,11 @@ msgid "" "also compressed by default. If you are using a third-party theme, it may " "provide images that are not compressed efficiently." msgstr "" +"Odoo komprimerar automatiskt uppladdade bilder för att minska deras vikt och" +" förbättra sidans laddningshastighet. Alla bilder som används i officiella " +"Odoo-teman komprimeras också som standard. Om du använder ett tema från " +"tredje part kan det innehålla bilder som inte är komprimerade på ett " +"effektivt sätt." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -9686,10 +9769,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit`, then go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, and adapt the " ":guilabel:`width` in the :guilabel:`Image` section." msgstr "" +"**För att ändra en bild** från din webbplats, välj bilden, klicka på " +":guilabel:`Edit`, gå sedan till fliken :guilabel:`Customize`, och anpassa " +":guilabel:`width` i avsnittet :guilabel:`Image`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst-1 msgid "automated image compression" -msgstr "" +msgstr "automatiserad komprimering av bilder" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -9699,14 +9785,19 @@ msgid "" "essential from an SEO perspective. This description is added to the HTML " "code of your image, and it is shown when the image cannot be displayed." msgstr "" +"Alt-taggar används för att ge sammanhang till vad en bild visar, informera " +"sökmotorer och göra det möjligt för dem att indexera en bild korrekt. Att " +"lägga till nyckelord för alt-taggar i :guilabel:`Description`-fältet är " +"viktigt ur ett SEO-perspektiv. Denna beskrivning läggs till i HTML-koden för" +" din bild, och den visas när bilden inte kan visas." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:104 msgid "Advanced features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avancerade funktioner" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:107 msgid "Structured data markup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strukturerad datamarkering" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -9715,6 +9806,10 @@ msgid "" "robots, helping them understand your content and create well-presented " "search results." msgstr "" +"Strukturerad datamarkering används för att generera Rich Snippets i " +"sökmotorresultat. Det är ett sätt för webbplatser att skicka strukturerad " +"data till sökmotorrobotar, vilket hjälper dem att förstå ditt innehåll och " +"skapa väl presenterade sökresultat." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -9723,6 +9818,10 @@ msgid "" "snippets>`_ for content types, including Reviews, People, Products, " "Businesses, Events, and Organizations." msgstr "" +"Som standard stöder Google många `rich snippets " +"`_ för innehållstyper, inklusive recensioner, personer, produkter, " +"företag, evenemang och organisationer." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -9733,10 +9832,17 @@ msgid "" "posts, and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed" " in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" +"Microdata är en uppsättning taggar som introducerades med HTML5 och som " +"hjälper sökmotorer att bättre förstå ditt innehåll och visa det på ett " +"relevant sätt. Odoo implementerar mikrodata enligt definitionen i schema.org" +" `specification `_ för evenemang, " +"e-handelsprodukter, foruminlägg och kontaktadresser. Detta gör att dina " +"produktsidor kan visas i Google med hjälp av extra information som pris och " +"betyg för en produkt:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst-1 msgid "snippets in search engine results" -msgstr "" +msgstr "utdrag i sökmotorresultat" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 msgid "robots.txt" @@ -9748,6 +9854,10 @@ msgid "" "access on your site, to index its content. This is used mainly to avoid " "overloading your site with requests." msgstr "" +"En robots.txt-fil talar om för sökmotorernas sökrobotar vilka webbadresser " +"som sökrobotarna kan komma åt på din webbplats för att indexera dess " +"innehåll. Detta används främst för att undvika att överbelasta din webbplats" +" med förfrågningar." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -9755,6 +9865,9 @@ msgid "" "robots.txt file. Odoo automatically creates one robot.txt file available on " "`mydatabase.odoo.com/robots.txt`." msgstr "" +"När sökmotorerna indexerar din webbplats tittar de först på filen " +"robots.txt. Odoo skapar automatiskt en robot.txt-fil som finns tillgänglig " +"på `mydatabase.odoo.com/robots.txt`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -9763,12 +9876,20 @@ msgid "" "file, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`SEO` section, and click :guilabel:`Edit robots.txt`." msgstr "" +"Genom att redigera en robots.txt-fil kan du styra vilka sidor på webbplatsen" +" som är tillgängliga för sökmotorer. Om du vill lägga till anpassade " +"instruktioner i filen går du till :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`, bläddrar ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`SEO` och klickar på " +":guilabel:`Edit robots.txt`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:139 msgid "" "If you do not want the robots to crawl the `/about-us` page of your site, " "you can edit the robots.txt file to add `Disallow: /about-us`." msgstr "" +"Om du inte vill att robotarna ska genomsöka sidan `/about-us` på din " +"webbplats kan du redigera filen robots.txt och lägga till `Disallow: /om-" +"oss`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:143 msgid "Sitemap" @@ -9781,6 +9902,10 @@ msgid "" "URLs. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 " "hours." msgstr "" +"Webbplatskartan visar webbplatsens sidor och deras förhållande till varandra" +" för sökmotorrobotar. Odoo genererar en `/sitemap.xml`-fil, inklusive alla " +"webbadresser. Av prestandaskäl cachas denna fil och uppdateras var 12:e " +"timme." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -9789,15 +9914,19 @@ msgid "" "`_, grouping sitemap URLs in 45000 " "chunks per file." msgstr "" +"Om din webbplats har många sidor skapar Odoo automatiskt en Sitemap Index-" +"fil, med respekt för `sitemaps.org-protokollet " +"`_, och grupperar webbadresser för " +"webbplatskartor i 45000 bitar per fil." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:154 msgid "" "Every sitemap entry has three attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Varje sitemap-post har tre attribut som beräknas automatiskt:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:156 msgid "``: the URL of a page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "``: URL-adressen till en sida." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -9805,6 +9934,10 @@ msgid "" "based on the related object. For a page related to a product, this could be " "the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" +"``: senaste ändringsdatum för resursen, beräknas automatiskt " +"baserat på det relaterade objektet. För en sida som är relaterad till en " +"produkt kan detta vara det senaste ändringsdatumet för produkten eller " +"sidan." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -9813,6 +9946,10 @@ msgid "" " votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by its " "priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" +"``: moduler kan implementera sin prioritetsalgoritm baserat på " +"deras innehåll (till exempel kan ett forum tilldela en prioritet baserat på " +"antalet röster på ett specifikt inlägg). Prioriteten för en statisk sida " +"definieras av dess prioritetsfält, som är normaliserat (16 är standard)." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -9820,14 +9957,17 @@ msgid "" " Properties`, click the :guilabel:`Publish` tab, and turn off the " ":guilabel:`Indexed` feature." msgstr "" +"För att förhindra att sidor visas i en webbplatskarta, gå till " +":menuselection:`Site --> Properties`, klicka på fliken :guilabel:`Publish`, " +"och stäng av funktionen :guilabel:`Indexed`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:0 msgid "disabling the “Indexed” checkbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "inaktivera kryssrutan \"Indexerad\"" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:172 msgid "Hreflang HTML tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTML-taggar" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -9836,10 +9976,13 @@ msgid "" "informing search engines about a specific page's language and geographical " "targeting." msgstr "" +"Odoo inkluderar automatiskt taggarna `hreflang` och `x-default` i koden på " +"din webbplats flerspråkiga sidor. Dessa HTML-attribut är avgörande för att " +"informera sökmotorer om en specifik sidas språk och geografiska inriktning." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:179 msgid ":doc:`../configuration/translate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../konfiguration/translate`" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:3 msgid "Website analytics" @@ -9851,6 +9994,10 @@ msgid "" " provides data on visitor demographics, behavior, and interactions, helping " "improve websites and marketing strategies." msgstr "" +"Webbplatsanalys hjälper webbplatsägare att övervaka hur människor använder " +"deras webbplats. Den ger information om besökarnas demografi, beteende och " +"interaktioner, vilket bidrar till att förbättra webbplatser och " +"marknadsföringsstrategier." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9883,6 +10030,10 @@ msgid "" "creates and sets up your account. You can start using it by going to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> Analytics`." msgstr "" +"Odoo hostar sin egen Plausible.io-server och tillhandahåller en gratis och " +"färdig Plausible.io-lösning för **Odoo Online**-databaser. Odoo skapar och " +"konfigurerar automatiskt ditt konto. Du kan börja använda det genom att gå " +"till :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> Analytics`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -10156,7 +10307,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:131 msgid "Google Tag Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Google Tag Manager" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -10165,32 +10316,41 @@ msgid "" "known as tags on your website or mobile app, directly through the code " "injector. To use GTM, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +":abbr:`GTM (Google Tag Manager)` är ett tagghanteringssystem som gör att du " +"enkelt kan uppdatera mätkoder och relaterade kodfragment, gemensamt kända " +"som taggar på din webbplats eller mobilapp, direkt via kodinjektorn. Gör så " +"här för att använda GTM:" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:137 msgid "" "Create or sign in to a Google account by going to " "https://tagmanager.google.com/." msgstr "" +"Skapa eller logga in på ett Google-konto genom att gå till " +"https://tagmanager.google.com/." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:139 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Accounts` tab, click :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" +"På fliken :guilabel:`Accounts` klickar du på :guilabel:`Create account`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:141 msgid "" "Enter an :guilabel:`Account Name` and select the account's " ":guilabel:`Country`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ange ett :guilabel:`Kontonamn` och välj kontots :guilabel:`Land`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:143 msgid "" "Enter your website's URL in the :guilabel:`Container name` field and select " "the :guilabel:`Target platform`." msgstr "" +"Ange webbplatsens URL i fältet :guilabel:`Container name` och välj " +":guilabel:`Target platform`." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:146 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and agree to the Terms of Service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klicka på :guilabel:`Create` och godkänn användarvillkoren." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -10199,16 +10359,23 @@ msgid "" "down to the :guilabel:`Website Settings` section, then click " ":guilabel:`` and :guilabel:`` to paste the codes." msgstr "" +"Kopiera koderna `` och `` från popup-fönstret. Gå sedan till din" +" webbplats, klicka på :guilabel:`Edit`, gå till fliken :guilabel:`Themes`, " +"bläddra ner till avsnittet :guilabel:`Website Settings`, klicka sedan på " +":guilabel:`` och :guilabel:`` för att klistra in koderna." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 msgid "Install Google Tag Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera Google Tag Manager" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:157 msgid "" "The data is collected in the marketing tools used to monitor the website " "(e.g., Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), not in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Uppgifterna samlas in i de marknadsföringsverktyg som används för att " +"övervaka webbplatsen (t.ex. Google Analytics, Plausible, Facebook Pixel), " +"inte i Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:3 msgid "Link trackers" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index e907d5ab3..012619122 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -2013,6 +2013,8 @@ msgid "" "It is required to be logged in as a paying on-premise customer or partner to" " download the Enterprise packages." msgstr "" +"จำเป็นต้องเข้าสู่ระบบในฐานะลูกค้าหรือพาร์ทเนอร์แบบชำระเงินภายในองค์กรเพื่อดาวน์โหลดแพ็คเกจองค์กร" +" (Enterprise)" #: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 @@ -2956,6 +2958,8 @@ msgid "" "In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Delegated " "permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" msgstr "" +"ในแถบค้นหา ให้ค้นหา :guilabel:`สิทธิ์ที่ได้รับมอบหมาย` และคลิก " +":guilabel:`เพิ่มสิทธิ์` สำหรับแต่ละอัน:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" @@ -3519,12 +3523,17 @@ msgid "" "websites. They provide a more memorable and recognizable way for people to " "navigate the internet than numerical IP addresses." msgstr "" +"ชื่อโดเมนคือที่อยู่แบบข้อความซึ่งระบุตำแหน่งออนไลน์ เช่น เว็บไซต์ " +"สิ่งเหล่านี้มอบวิธีการท่องอินเทอร์เน็ตที่น่าจดจำและเป็นที่จดจำแก่ผู้คนมากกว่าที่อยู่" +" IP ที่เป็นตัวเลข" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:8 msgid "" "**Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh** databases use a **subdomain** of the " "`odoo.com` **domain** by default (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"**Odoo Online** และ **Odoo.sh** ฐานข้อมูลใช้ **โดเมนย่อย** ของ `odoo.com` " +"**โดเมน** ตามค่าเริ่มต้น (เช่น `mycompany.odoo.com`)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3533,12 +3542,18 @@ msgid "" "databases) or by :ref:`configuring a domain name you already own `." msgstr "" +"อย่างไรก็ตาม คุณสามารถใช้ชื่อโดเมนแบบกำหนดเองแทนได้โดย " +":ref:`การจดทะเบียนชื่อโดเมนฟรี ` " +"(ใช้ได้เฉพาะกับฐานข้อมูล Odoo Online เท่านั้น) หรือโดย " +":ref:`การกำหนดค่าชื่อโดเมนที่คุณเป็นเจ้าของอยู่แล้ว < ชื่อโดเมน/ที่มีอยู่>`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a free domain name [video] " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo บทช่วยสอน: จดทะเบียนชื่อโดเมนฟรี [วิดีโอ] " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:22 msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" @@ -3551,24 +3566,29 @@ msgid "" "`_. Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) " "next to the database name and select :guilabel:`Domain Names`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการจดทะเบียนชื่อโดเมนฟรีหนึ่งปีสำหรับฐานข้อมูล Odoo Online ของคุณ " +"ให้ลงชื่อเข้าใช้บัญชีของคุณและไปที่ `ผู้จัดการฐานข้อมูล " +"`_ คลิกไอคอนรูปเฟือง (:guilabel:`⚙️`) " +"ถัดจากชื่อฐานข้อมูลและเลือก :guilabel:`ชื่อโดเมน`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Accessing a database's domain names configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเข้าถึงการกำหนดค่าชื่อโดเมนของฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:31 msgid "Search for the desired domain name and check its availability." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ค้นหาชื่อโดเมนที่ต้องการและตรวจสอบความพร้อม" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Searching for an available domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ค้นหาชื่อโดเมนที่มีอยู่" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:37 msgid "" "Ensure the Website app is installed if the domain name registration option " "does not appear." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้ติดตั้งแอปเว็บไซต์แล้วหากตัวเลือกการจดทะเบียนชื่อโดเมนไม่แสดงขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3577,10 +3597,14 @@ msgid "" " the database, but you still need to :ref:`map your domain name to your Odoo" " website `." msgstr "" +"เลือกชื่อโดเมนที่ต้องการ กรอกแบบฟอร์ม :guilabel:`เจ้าของโดเมน` และคลิก " +":guilabel:`ลงทะเบียน` ชื่อโดเมนที่เลือกจะเชื่อมโยงกับฐานข้อมูลโดยตรง " +"แต่คุณยังคงต้อง :ref:`แมปชื่อโดเมนของคุณกับเว็บไซต์ Odoo `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Filling in the domain owner information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กรอกข้อมูลเจ้าของโดเมน" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -3589,6 +3613,9 @@ msgid "" "essential to verify your email address to keep the domain active and receive" " the renewal quote before expiration." msgstr "" +"อีเมลยืนยันจาก `noreply@domainnameverification.net` " +"จะถูกส่งไปยังที่อยู่อีเมลที่ให้ไว้ในแบบฟอร์ม :guilabel:`เจ้าของโดเมน` " +"จำเป็นต้องยืนยันที่อยู่อีเมลของคุณเพื่อให้โดเมนใช้งานได้และรับใบเสนอราคาการต่ออายุก่อนหมดอายุ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3600,18 +3627,25 @@ msgid "" "several weeks before the expiration date of the domain. The domain is " "renewed automatically when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" +"การจดทะเบียนชื่อโดเมนฟรีในปีแรก หลังจากช่วงเวลานี้ Odoo " +"จะยังคงจัดการโดเมนต่อไปโดยร่วมมือกับ **Gandi.net** " +"ซึ่งเป็นผู้รับจดทะเบียนชื่อโดเมน และคุณจะถูกเรียกเก็บเงิน " +"`อัตราการต่ออายุของ Gandi.net `_. Odoo " +"ส่งใบเสนอราคาการต่ออายุทุกปีไปยังที่อยู่อีเมลที่ระบุไว้ในแบบฟอร์ม " +":guilabel:`เจ้าของโดเมน` หลายสัปดาห์ก่อนวันหมดอายุของโดเมน " +"โดเมนจะต่ออายุโดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อใบเสนอราคาได้รับการยืนยัน" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:59 msgid "The offer is only available for **Odoo Online** databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อเสนอนี้ใช้ได้กับฐานข้อมูล **Odoo Online** เท่านั้น" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:60 msgid "The offer is limited to **one** domain name per client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อเสนอนี้จำกัดเพียง **หนึ่งชื่อ** ชื่อโดเมนต่อลูกค้าหนึ่งราย" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:61 msgid "The offer is limited to the registration of a **new** domain name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อเสนอนี้จำกัดเฉพาะการจดทะเบียนชื่อโดเมน **ใหม่**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3621,10 +3655,15 @@ msgid "" "`_. Given the high number of requests, " "it can take Odoo several days to review them." msgstr "" +"ข้อเสนอนี้มีให้สำหรับแผน *หนึ่งแอปฟรี* " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเว็บไซต์ของคุณมีเนื้อหาต้นฉบับเพียงพอสำหรับ Odoo " +"เพื่อตรวจสอบว่าคำขอของคุณถูกต้องตามกฎหมายและเคารพ " +"`นโยบายการใช้งานที่ยอมรับได้ของ Odoo `_" +" เนื่องจากคำขอมีจำนวนมาก Odoo อาจต้องใช้เวลาหลายวันในการตรวจสอบ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:70 msgid "DNS records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บันทึก DNS" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -3633,12 +3672,18 @@ msgid "" "gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) next to the database name, select " ":guilabel:`Domain Names`, and click :guilabel:`DNS`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการจัดการบันทึกชื่อโดเมนฟรี :abbr:`DNS (ระบบชื่อโดเมน)` ให้เปิด " +"`ผู้จัดการฐานข้อมูล `_ คลิกไอคอนรูปเฟือง " +"(:guilabel: `⚙️`) ถัดจากชื่อฐานข้อมูล ให้เลือก :guilabel:`ชื่อโดเมน` และคลิก" +" :guilabel:`DNS`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A`: the A record holds the IP address of the domain. It is " "automatically created and **cannot** be edited or deleted." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A`: บันทึก A เก็บที่อยู่ IP ของโดเมน " +"มันถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติและ **ไม่สามารถ** แก้ไขหรือลบได้" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -3647,43 +3692,55 @@ msgid "" "database. If the database is renamed, the CNAME record **must** also be " "renamed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CNAME`: บันทึก CNAME ส่งต่อโดเมนหรือโดเมนย่อยหนึ่งไปยังโดเมนอื่น " +"โดเมนหนึ่งจะถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติเพื่อจับคู่โดเมนย่อย `www.` กับฐานข้อมูล" +" หากเปลี่ยนชื่อฐานข้อมูล บันทึก CNAME **ต้อง** ถูกเปลี่ยนชื่อด้วย" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MX`: MX records instruct servers on where to deliver emails." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`MX`: บันทึก MX จะสั่งให้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ทราบว่าควรส่งอีเมลไปที่ใด" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`TXT`: TXT records can be used for different purposes (e.g., to " "verify domain name ownership)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`TXT`: บันทึก TXT สามารถใช้เพื่อวัตถุประสงค์ที่แตกต่างกันได้ (เช่น" +" เพื่อยืนยันความเป็นเจ้าของชื่อโดเมน)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:85 msgid "" "Any modification to the DNS records can take up to **72 hours** to propagate" " worldwide on all servers." msgstr "" +"การแก้ไขบันทึก DNS อาจใช้เวลาถึง **72 ชั่วโมง** " +"เพื่อเผยแพร่ทั่วโลกบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 msgid "" "`Submit a support ticket `_ if you need " "assistance to manage your domain name." msgstr "" +"`ส่งทิกเก็ตช่วยเหลือ `_ " +"หากคุณต้องการความช่วยเหลือในการจัดการชื่อโดเมนของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:93 msgid "Mailbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mailbox" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 msgid "" "The one-year free domain name offer does **not** include a mailbox. There " "are two options to link your domain name with a mailbox." msgstr "" +"ข้อเสนอชื่อโดเมนฟรีหนึ่งปี **ไม่** รวมกล่องจดหมาย " +"มีสองตัวเลือกในการเชื่อมโยงชื่อโดเมนของคุณกับกล่องจดหมาย" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:99 msgid "Use a subdomain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช้โดเมนย่อย" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -3692,6 +3749,10 @@ msgid "" "database from emails received on their `email@subdomain.yourdomain.com` " "alias." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถสร้างโดเมนย่อย (เช่น `subdomain.yourdomain.com`) " +"เพื่อใช้เป็นโดเมนนามแฝงสำหรับฐานข้อมูลได้ " +"อนุญาตให้ผู้ใช้สร้างบันทึกในฐานข้อมูลจากอีเมลที่ได้รับในนามแฝง " +"`email@subdomain.yourdomain.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -3703,6 +3764,12 @@ msgid "" "`mycompany.odoo.com.`) in the :guilabel:`Content` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add record`." msgstr "" +"โดยเปิด `ผู้จัดการฐานข้อมูล `_ " +"คลิกไอคอนรูปเฟือง (:guilabel:`⚙️`) ถัดจากชื่อฐานข้อมูล และไปที่ " +":menuselection :`ชื่อโดเมน --> DNS --> เพิ่มบันทึก DNS --> CNAME` จากนั้น " +"ป้อนโดเมนย่อยที่ต้องการในช่อง :guilabel:`ชื่อ` (เช่น `โดเมนย่อย`) " +"ซึ่งเป็นโดเมนฐานข้อมูลเดิมที่มีจุดต่อท้าย (เช่น `mycompany.odoo.com.`) ใน " +":guilabel: ช่อง \"เนื้อหา\" และคลิก :guilabel:`เพิ่มบันทึก`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -3711,6 +3778,10 @@ msgid "" "`subdomain.yourdomain.com`), clicking :guilabel:`Verify`, and then " ":guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"จากนั้น เพิ่มโดเมนนามแฝงเป็น *โดเมนของคุณเอง* ของคุณโดยคลิก " +":guilabel:`ใช้โดเมนของฉันเอง` ป้อนโดเมนนามแฝง (เช่น " +"`subdomain.yourdomain.com`) คลิก :guilabel:`ตรวจสอบ` จากนั้น " +":guilabel:`ฉันขอยืนยันว่าเสร็จแล้ว`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3721,7 +3792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:120 msgid "Use an external email provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช้ผู้ให้บริการอีเมลภายนอก" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -3732,12 +3803,20 @@ msgid "" "you should enter for the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Content`, and " ":guilabel:`Priority` fields depend on the external email provider." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการใช้ผู้ให้บริการอีเมลภายนอก คุณควรกำหนดค่าระเบียน MX โดยเปิด " +"`ผู้จัดการฐานข้อมูล `_ คลิกไอคอนรูปเฟือง " +"(:guilabel:`⚙️`) ถัดจากชื่อฐานข้อมูล คลิก :menuselection:` ชื่อโดเมน --> DNS" +" --> เพิ่มบันทึก DNS --> MX` ค่าที่คุณควรป้อนสำหรับฟิลด์ :guilabel:`ชื่อ`, " +":guilabel:`เนื้อหา` และ :guilabel:`ลำดับความสำคัญ` " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับผู้ให้บริการอีเมลภายนอก" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:129 msgid "" "`Google Workspace: MX record values " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Google Workspace: ค่าบันทึก " +"MX`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3747,34 +3826,46 @@ msgid "" "provider?view=o365-worldwide#add-an-mx-record-for-email-outlook-exchange-" "online>`_" msgstr "" +"`Outlook และ Exchange Online: เพิ่มบันทึก MX สำหรับอีเมล " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:135 msgid "Configure an existing domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าชื่อโดเมนที่มีอยู่" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:137 msgid "" "If you already have a domain name, you can use it for your Odoo website." msgstr "" +"หากคุณมีชื่อโดเมนอยู่แล้ว คุณสามารถใช้ชื่อโดเมนนั้นกับเว็บไซต์ Odoo " +"ของคุณได้" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:140 msgid "" "It is strongly recommended to follow **in order** these three steps to avoid" " any :ref:`SSL certificate validation ` issues:" msgstr "" +"ขอแนะนำอย่างยิ่งให้ปฏิบัติตาม **ตามลำดับ** " +"สามขั้นตอนเหล่านี้เพื่อหลีกเลี่ยงปัญหา :ref:`การตรวจสอบใบรับรอง SSL `:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 msgid ":ref:`Add a CNAME record `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`เพิ่มบันทึก CNAME `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 msgid ":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo database `" msgstr "" +":ref:`จับคู่ชื่อโดเมนของคุณกับฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณ `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:145 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo website `" msgstr "" +":ref:`จับคู่ชื่อโดเมนของคุณกับเว็บไซต์ Odoo ของคุณ`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 msgid "Add a CNAME record" @@ -3785,12 +3876,17 @@ msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to forward your domain name to the address of your " "Odoo database is required." msgstr "" +"จำเป็นต้องสร้างบันทึก CNAME " +"เพื่อส่งต่อชื่อโดเมนของคุณไปยังที่อยู่ของฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:159 msgid "" "The CNAME record's target address should be your database's address as " "defined at its creation (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"ที่อยู่เป้าหมายของบันทึก CNAME " +"ควรเป็นที่อยู่ฐานข้อมูลของคุณตามที่กำหนดไว้ตอนสร้าง (เช่น " +"`mycompany.odoo.com`)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:162 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:221 @@ -3810,16 +3906,24 @@ msgid "" "domains`, and clicking :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. A message " "indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" +"ที่อยู่เป้าหมายของบันทึก CNAME อาจเป็นที่อยู่หลักของโปรเจ็กต์ " +"ซึ่งสามารถพบได้บน Odoo.sh โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า --> " +"ชื่อโปรเจ็กต์` หรือสาขาเฉพาะ (การผลิต การจัดเตรียม หรือการพัฒนา) โดยไปที่ : " +"การเลือกเมนู:`สาขา --> เลือกสาขา --> การตั้งค่า --> โดเมนที่กำหนดเอง` " +"และคลิก :guilabel:`จะตั้งค่าโดเมนของฉันได้อย่างไร` " +"ข้อความระบุว่าที่อยู่ใดที่บันทึก CNAME ของคุณควรกำหนดเป้าหมาย" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 msgid "The specific instructions depend on your DNS hosting service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คำแนะนำเฉพาะขึ้นอยู่กับบริการโฮสต์ DNS ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 msgid "" "`GoDaddy: Add a CNAME record `_" msgstr "" +"`GoDaddy: เพิ่มบันทึก CNAME`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -3827,6 +3931,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap: วิธีสร้างบันทึก CNAME สำหรับโดเมนของคุณ " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -3834,18 +3941,25 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`OVHcloud: เพิ่มบันทึก DNS " +"ใหม่`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:176 msgid "" "`Cloudflare: Manage DNS records `_" msgstr "" +"`Cloudflare: จัดการบันทึก DNS`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:179 msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to map the `www` subdomain (`www.yourdomain.com`) as" " some visitors are used to typing `www.` before entering a domain name." msgstr "" +"การสร้างบันทึก CNAME เพื่อจับคู่โดเมนย่อย `www` (`www.yourdomain.com`) " +"เนื่องจากผู้เยี่ยมชมบางรายคุ้นเคยกับการพิมพ์ `www.` ก่อนที่จะป้อนชื่อโดเมน" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -3855,6 +3969,10 @@ msgid "" "domain :dfn:`(a domain name without any subdomains or prefixes)` " "`yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"คุณเป็นเจ้าของชื่อโดเมน `yourdomain.com` และที่อยู่ฐานข้อมูล Odoo Online " +"ของคุณคือ `mycompany.odoo.com` คุณต้องการเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูล Odoo " +"ของคุณด้วยโดเมน `www.yourdomain.com` เป็นหลัก แต่ยังเข้าถึงด้วยโดเมนเปล่า " +":dfn:`(ชื่อโดเมนที่ไม่มีโดเมนย่อยหรือคำนำหน้า) ` `yourdomain.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -3863,16 +3981,23 @@ msgid "" "or visible redirect) to redirect visitors from `yourdomain.com` to " "`wwww.yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการดำเนินการดังกล่าว ให้สร้างบันทึก CNAME สำหรับโดเมนย่อย `www` โดยมี" +" `mycompany.odoo.com` เป็นเป้าหมาย จากนั้น สร้างการเปลี่ยนเส้นทาง " +"(การเปลี่ยนเส้นทางแบบถาวรหรือที่มองเห็นได้ 301) " +"เพื่อเปลี่ยนเส้นทางผู้เยี่ยมชมจาก `yourdomain.com` ไปยัง " +"`wwww.yourdomain.com`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:195 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แมปชื่อโดเมนกับฐานข้อมูล Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 msgid "" "Ensure you have :ref:`added a CNAME record ` to your " "domain name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name to your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้ :ref:`เพิ่มบันทึก CNAME ` ไปยัง " +"DNS ของชื่อโดเมนของคุณ **ก่อน** แมปชื่อโดเมนของคุณกับฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -3881,6 +4006,10 @@ msgid "" "Web browsers often display this as a warning, such as *\"Your connection is " "not private\"*." msgstr "" +"การไม่ดำเนินการดังกล่าวอาจขัดขวางการตรวจสอบความถูกต้องของ :ref:`ใบรับรอง SSL" +" ` และอาจส่งผลให้เกิดข้อผิดพลาด *ชื่อใบรับรองไม่ตรงกัน* " +"เว็บเบราว์เซอร์มักจะแสดงสิ่งนี้เป็นคำเตือน เช่น " +"*\"การเชื่อมต่อของคุณไม่เป็นส่วนตัว\"*" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -3889,6 +4018,10 @@ msgid "" "`submit a support ticket `_, including " "screenshots of your CNAME records." msgstr "" +"หากคุณพบข้อผิดพลาดนี้หลังจากแมปชื่อโดเมนกับฐานข้อมูลของคุณแล้ว " +"ให้รอสูงสุดห้าวัน เนื่องจากการตรวจสอบความถูกต้องอาจยังคงเกิดขึ้น ถ้าไม่ " +"คุณสามารถ `ส่งทิกเก็ตช่วยเหลือ `_ " +"รวมถึงภาพหน้าจอของบันทึก CNAME ของคุณได้" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -3898,10 +4031,15 @@ msgid "" "name (e.g., `yourdomain.com`), click :guilabel:`Verify` and :guilabel:`I " "confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"เปิด `ผู้จัดการฐานข้อมูล `_ " +"คลิกไอคอนรูปเฟือง (:guilabel:`⚙️`) ถัดจากชื่อฐานข้อมูล และไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ชื่อโดเมน --> ใช้โดเมนของฉันเอง` จากนั้น ป้อนชื่อโดเมน (เช่น" +" `yourdomain.com`) คลิก :guilabel:`ตรวจสอบ` และ :guilabel:`ฉันยืนยัน " +"เรียบร้อยแล้ว`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo Online database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การแมปชื่อโดเมนกับฐานข้อมูล Odoo Online" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -3909,10 +4047,13 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Custom domains`, type the domain name to add, then click " ":guilabel:`Add domain`." msgstr "" +"บน Odoo.sh ไปที่ :menuselection:`สาขา --> เลือกสาขาของคุณ --> การตั้งค่า -->" +" โดเมนที่กำหนดเอง` พิมพ์ชื่อโดเมนที่จะเพิ่ม จากนั้นคลิก " +":guilabel:`เพิ่มโดเมน`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo.sh branch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การจับคู่ชื่อโดเมนกับสาขา Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -3932,6 +4073,10 @@ msgid "" "connection, which appears as the *https://* protocol at the beginning of a " "web address rather than the non-secure *http://* protocol." msgstr "" +"**การเข้ารหัส SSL** " +"ช่วยให้ผู้เยี่ยมชมสำรวจเว็บไซต์ผ่านการเชื่อมต่อที่ปลอดภัย " +"ซึ่งแสดงเป็นโปรโตคอล *https://* ที่จุดเริ่มต้นของที่อยู่เว็บ " +"แทนที่จะเป็นโปรโตคอล *http://* ที่ไม่ปลอดภัย" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -3939,26 +4084,33 @@ msgid "" "database ` using `Let's Encrypt's certificate authority " "and ACME protocol `_." msgstr "" +"Odoo สร้างใบรับรอง SSL แยกต่างหากสำหรับแต่ละโดเมน :ref:`แมปกับฐานข้อมูล " +"` โดยใช้ `Let's Encrypt's ในการออกใบรับรองและโปรโตคอล " +"ACME `_." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:246 msgid "Certificate generation may take up to 24 hours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การสร้างใบรับรองอาจใช้เวลาถึง 24 ชั่วโมง" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:247 msgid "" "Several attempts to validate your certificate are made for five days after " "you map your domain name to your database." msgstr "" +"มีการพยายามตรวจสอบใบรับรองของคุณหลายครั้งเป็นเวลาห้าวันหลังจากที่คุณแมปชื่อโดเมนกับฐานข้อมูลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:249 msgid "If you use another service, you can keep using it or change to Odoo's." msgstr "" +"หากคุณใช้บริการอื่น คุณสามารถใช้บริการต่อไปหรือเปลี่ยนเป็นของ Odoo ได้" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 msgid "" "No SSL certificate is generated for naked domains :dfn:`(domain names " "without any subdomains or prefixes)`." msgstr "" +"ไม่มีการสร้างใบรับรอง SSL สำหรับโดเมนเปล่า " +":dfn:`(ชื่อโดเมนที่ไม่มีโดเมนย่อยหรือคำนำหน้า)`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:258 msgid "Web base URL of a database" @@ -3970,6 +4122,9 @@ msgid "" "continue from the :ref:`Map a domain name to a website ` section." msgstr "" +"หากมีการติดตั้งแอปเว็บไซต์บนฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"ให้ข้ามส่วนนี้และดำเนินการต่อจากส่วน :ref:`แมปชื่อโดเมนกับส่วน ` ของเว็บไซต์" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -3977,6 +4132,9 @@ msgid "" "address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, portal " "links, etc.)." msgstr "" +"*URL ฐานเว็บ* หรือ URL " +"รากของฐานข้อมูลส่งผลต่อที่อยู่เว็บไซต์หลักของคุณและลิงก์ทั้งหมดที่ส่งถึงลูกค้าของคุณ" +" (เช่น ใบเสนอราคา ลิงก์พอร์ทัล และอื่นๆ)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -3985,6 +4143,10 @@ msgid "" ":dfn:`(a user part of the Settings access right group under " "Administration)`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการทำให้ชื่อโดเมนแบบกำหนดเองของคุณเป็น *URL ฐานเว็บ* " +"ของฐานข้อมูลของคุณ ให้เข้าถึงฐานข้อมูลของคุณโดยใช้ชื่อโดเมนแบบกำหนดเองของคุณ" +" และเข้าสู่ระบบในฐานะผู้ดูแลระบบ " +":dfn:`(ส่วนผู้ใช้ของกลุ่มสิทธิ์การเข้าถึงการตั้งค่าภายใต้การดูแลระบบ)`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -3996,6 +4158,13 @@ msgid "" "Parameters --> New`, and enter `web.base.url.freeze` as the :guilabel:`Key` " "and `True` as the :guilabel:`Value`." msgstr "" +"หากคุณเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูลของคุณด้วยที่อยู่ Odoo เดิม (เช่น " +"`mycompany.odoo.com`) *URL ฐานเว็บ* " +"ของฐานข้อมูลของคุณจะได้รับการอัปเดตตามนั้น เพื่อป้องกันการอัปเดตอัตโนมัติของ" +" *URL ฐานเว็บ* เมื่อผู้ดูแลระบบล็อกอินเข้าสู่ฐานข้อมูล ให้เปิดใช้งาน " +":ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนาซอฟต์แวร์ ` ไปที่ " +":เมนูการเลือก:`การตั้งค่า --> เทคนิค --> พารามิเตอร์ระบบ --> ใหม่` และป้อน " +"`web.base.url.freeze` เป็น :guilabel:`รหัส` และ `จริง` เป็น :guilabel:`ค่า`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -4006,34 +4175,46 @@ msgid "" "value (e.g., `https://www.yourdomain.com`). The URL must include the " "protocol `https://` (or `http://`) and *not* end with a slash (`/`)." msgstr "" +"คุณยังสามารถตั้งค่า URL ฐานเว็บได้ด้วยตนเอง โดยเปิดใช้งาน " +":ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนาซอฟต์แวร์ ` ไปที่ " +":เมนูการเลือก:`การตั้งค่า --> เทคนิค --> พารามิเตอร์ระบบ` และค้นหาคีย์ " +"`web.base.url` (สร้างขึ้นหากจำเป็น) " +"และป้อนที่อยู่เว็บไซต์ของคุณแบบเต็มเป็นค่า (เช่น " +"`https://www.yourdomain.com`) URL ต้องมีโปรโตคอล `https://` (หรือ `http://`)" +" และ *not* ลงท้ายด้วยเครื่องหมายทับ (`/`)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แมปชื่อโดเมนกับเว็บไซต์ Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:290 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your website is different than mapping it to " "your database:" msgstr "" +"การแมปชื่อโดเมนของคุณกับเว็บไซต์ของคุณแตกต่างจากการแมปชื่อโดเมนกับฐานข้อมูลของคุณ:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:292 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" " engines to index your website correctly." msgstr "" +"กำหนดชื่อโดเมนของคุณเป็นชื่อหลักสำหรับเว็บไซต์ของคุณ " +"ช่วยให้เครื่องมือค้นหาจัดทำดัชนีเว็บไซต์ของคุณได้อย่างถูกต้อง" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:294 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including " "portal links sent by email to your customers." msgstr "" +"โดยจะกำหนดชื่อโดเมนของคุณเป็น URL พื้นฐานสำหรับฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"รวมถึงลิงก์พอร์ทัลที่ส่งทางอีเมลถึงลูกค้าของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 msgid "" "If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name to the appropriate " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "หากคุณมีหลายเว็บไซต์ ระบบจะจับคู่ชื่อโดเมนของคุณกับเว็บไซต์ที่เหมาะสม" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -4042,12 +4223,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Domain` field, enter the address of your website (e.g., " "`https://www.yourdomain.com`) and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`เว็บไซต์ --> การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า` " +"หากคุณมีหลายเว็บไซต์ ให้เลือกเว็บไซต์ที่คุณต้องการกำหนดค่า ในช่อง " +":guilabel:`โดเมน` ให้ป้อนที่อยู่เว็บไซต์ของคุณ (เช่น " +"`https://www.yourdomain.com`) และ :guilabel:`บันทึก`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:303 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your Odoo website prevents Google Search from " "indexing your original database address (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"การแมปชื่อโดเมนของคุณกับเว็บไซต์ Odoo จะป้องกันไม่ให้ Google Search " +"สร้างดัชนีที่อยู่ฐานข้อมูลเดิมของคุณ (เช่น `mycompany.odoo.com`)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -4056,6 +4243,10 @@ msgid "" "the `Google Search Console `_ to fix the issue." msgstr "" +"หากที่อยู่ทั้งสองได้รับการจัดทำดัชนีแล้ว " +"อาจต้องใช้เวลาระยะหนึ่งก่อนที่การจัดทำดัชนีของที่อยู่ที่สองจะถูกลบออกจาก " +"Google Search คุณสามารถใช้ `Google Search Console " +"`_ เพื่อแก้ไขปัญหาได้" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -4064,6 +4255,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as the" " :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in use." msgstr "" +"หากคุณมีเว็บไซต์และบริษัทหลายแห่งในฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้เลือก :guilabel:`บริษัท` ที่ถูกต้องภายใต้ " +":menuselection:`เว็บไซต์ -> การกำหนดค่า -> การตั้งค่า` การทำเช่นนี้จะระบุ " +"Odoo ว่า URL ใดที่จะใช้เป็น :ref:`ฐาน URL ` " +"ตามบริษัทที่ใช้งาน" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" @@ -5453,7 +5649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:3 msgid "Neutralized database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฐานข้อมูลที่เป็นกลาง" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5463,68 +5659,78 @@ msgid "" "data (e.g., sending emails to customers). Live access is removed and turned " "into a testing environment." msgstr "" +"ฐานข้อมูลที่เป็นกลางคือฐานข้อมูลที่ไม่ใช่การผลิตซึ่งมีพารามิเตอร์หลายตัวถูกปิดการใช้งาน" +" " +"ซึ่งช่วยให้ดำเนินการทดสอบได้โดยไม่ต้องเสี่ยงต่อการเปิดตัวกระบวนการอัตโนมัติเฉพาะ" +" ที่อาจส่งผลกระทบต่อข้อมูลการผลิต (เช่น การส่งอีเมลถึงลูกค้า) " +"การเข้าถึงแบบไลฟ์จะถูกลบออกและเปลี่ยนเป็นสภาพแวดล้อมการทดสอบ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:11 msgid "**Any testing database created is a neutralized database:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ฐานข้อมูลการทดสอบที่สร้างขึ้นเป็นฐานข้อมูลที่เป็นกลาง:**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:13 msgid "testing backup databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ทดสอบฐานข้อมูลสำรอง" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:14 msgid "duplicate databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฐานข้อมูลที่ซ้ำกัน" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:15 msgid "for Odoo.sh: staging and development databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สำหรับ Odoo.sh: ฐานข้อมูลชั่วคราวและการพัฒนา" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:18 msgid "" "A database can also be neutralized when upgrading, as it is vital to do some" " tests before switching to a new version." msgstr "" +"ฐานข้อมูลสามารถทำให้เป็นกลางได้เมื่ออัปเกรด " +"เนื่องจากจำเป็นต้องทำการทดสอบบางอย่างก่อนที่จะเปลี่ยนเป็นเวอร์ชันใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:22 msgid "Deactivated features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฟีเจอร์ที่ปิดใช้งาน" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:24 msgid "Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated parameters:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ต่อไปนี้คือรายการพารามิเตอร์ที่ปิดใช้งานโดยย่อ:" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:26 msgid "" "all planned actions (e.g., automatic invoicing of subscriptions, mass " "mailing, etc.)" msgstr "" +"การดำเนินการตามแผนทั้งหมด (เช่น การออกใบแจ้งหนี้อัตโนมัติของการสมัครสมาชิก " +"การส่งจดหมายกลุ่ม เป็นต้น)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:27 msgid "outgoing emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อีเมลขาออก" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:28 msgid "bank synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การซิงโครไนซ์ธนาคาร" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:29 msgid "payment providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:30 msgid "delivery methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วิธีการจัดส่ง" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:31 msgid ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`โทเค็น IAP (การซื้อในแอป)`" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:34 msgid "" "**A red banner at the top of the screen is displayed on the neutralized " "database so that it can be seen immediately.**" msgstr "" +"**แบนเนอร์สีแดงที่ด้านบนของหน้าจอจะแสดงบนฐานข้อมูลที่เป็นกลางเพื่อให้สามารถมองเห็นได้ทันที**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:3 msgid "Odoo Online database management" @@ -5671,7 +5877,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 msgid "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณสามารถ :ref:`ลงทะเบียนชื่อโดเมนได้ฟรี `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 msgid "Tags" @@ -6159,7 +6365,7 @@ msgstr "สิ้นสุดการสนับสนุน" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo saas~17.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~17.1" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 @@ -6221,7 +6427,7 @@ msgstr "ไม่ระบุ" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2024" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มกราคม 2024" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" @@ -6234,7 +6440,7 @@ msgstr "พฤศจิกายน 2023" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 msgid "October 2026 (planned)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตุลาคม 2026 (วางแผนไว้)" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" @@ -7664,6 +7870,9 @@ msgid "" "to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " "been pushed in your branches." msgstr "" +"แน่นอน คุณยังสามารถใช้ :code:`รวม git` " +"โดยตรงบนสถานีงานของคุณเพื่อรวมสาขาของคุณ Odoo.sh " +"จะได้รับการแจ้งเตือนเมื่อมีการส่งการแก้ไขใหม่ในสาขาของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -7721,17 +7930,19 @@ msgstr "ประวัติ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 msgid "An overview of your branch history:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ภาพรวมประวัติสาขาของคุณ:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:159 msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อความของคอมมิตและผู้เขียน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:160 msgid "" "The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database " "imports, backup restores." msgstr "" +"กิจกรรมที่เชื่อมโยงกับแพลตฟอร์ม เช่น การเปลี่ยนแปลงขั้นตอน " +"การนำเข้าฐานข้อมูล การกู้คืนข้อมูลสำรอง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -7741,6 +7952,11 @@ msgid "" "successful backup import, ...). When an operation is successful, you can " "access the database thanks to the *connect* button." msgstr "" +"สำหรับแต่ละกิจกรรม สถานะจะแสดงที่มุมขวาบน " +"สามารถให้ข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับการดำเนินการที่กำลังดำเนินอยู่บนฐานข้อมูล " +"(การติดตั้ง การอัปเดต การนำเข้าข้อมูลสำรอง ...) หรือผลลัพธ์ (ทดสอบข้อเสนอแนะ" +" การนำเข้าข้อมูลสำรองที่สำเร็จ ...) เมื่อการดำเนินการสำเร็จ " +"คุณสามารถเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูลได้ด้วยปุ่ม *เชื่อมต่อ*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:173 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 @@ -7761,7 +7977,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:184 msgid "Shell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shell" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -7769,6 +7985,8 @@ msgid "" "(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing " ":code:`psql`." msgstr "" +"การเข้าถึงเชลล์ไปยังคอนเทนเนอร์ของคุณ คุณสามารถใช้คำสั่ง linux พื้นฐาน " +"(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) และเปิดเชลล์บนฐานข้อมูลของคุณโดยพิมพ์ :code:`psql`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 @@ -7776,12 +7994,16 @@ msgid "" "You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as " "you wish, for instance side by side." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถเปิดหลายแท็บแล้วลากและวางเพื่อจัดเรียงเค้าโครงตามที่คุณต้องการ เช่น" +" วางไว้ข้างกัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 msgid "" "Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be " "disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." msgstr "" +"ไม่รับประกันอินสแตนซ์เชลล์ที่ทำงานระยะยาว " +"คุณสามารถยกเลิกการเชื่อมต่อเชลล์ว่างได้ตลอดเวลาเพื่อเพิ่มทรัพยากร" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:200 msgid "Editor" @@ -7792,15 +8014,17 @@ msgid "" "An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. " "You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." msgstr "" +"สภาพแวดล้อมการพัฒนาแบบรวมออนไลน์ (IDE) เพื่อแก้ไขซอร์สโค้ด " +"คุณยังสามารถเปิดเทอร์มินัล คอนโซล Python และแม้แต่คอนโซลเชลล์ของ Odoo ได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:212 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 msgid "Monitoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การตรวจสอบ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:214 msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลิงก์นี้ประกอบด้วยตัววัดการตรวจสอบของรุ่นปัจจุบัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -7808,6 +8032,9 @@ msgid "" "graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build " "(database import, git push, etc...)." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถซูม เปลี่ยนช่วงเวลา หรือเลือกเมตริกเฉพาะในแต่ละกราฟได้ บนกราฟ " +"คำอธิบายประกอบช่วยให้คุณเกี่ยวข้องกับการเปลี่ยนแปลงในบิลด์ " +"(การนำเข้าฐานข้อมูล, git push และอื่นๆ...)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 @@ -7817,35 +8044,37 @@ msgstr "Logs" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "โปรแกรมเพื่อดูบันทึกเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:232 msgid "Different logs are available:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มีบันทึกที่แตกต่างกัน:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:234 msgid "" "install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch," " the logs of the tests are included." msgstr "" +"install.log: บันทึกของการติดตั้งฐานข้อมูล ในสาขาการพัฒนา " +"บันทึกการทดสอบจะรวมอยู่ด้วย" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:235 msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "pip.log: บันทึกของการติดตั้งการพึ่งพา Python" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "odoo.log: บันทึกของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ทำงานอยู่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:237 msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "update.log: บันทึกของการอัพเดตฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:238 msgid "" "pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of" " time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "pg_long_queries.log: บันทึกของการสืบค้น psql ที่ใช้เวลานานผิดปกติ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -7853,6 +8082,9 @@ msgid "" " you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a" " new line is added." msgstr "" +"หากมีการเพิ่มบรรทัดใหม่ในบันทึก บรรทัดเหล่านั้นจะปรากฏขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติ " +"หากคุณเลื่อนไปที่ด้านล่าง " +"เบราว์เซอร์จะเลื่อนโดยอัตโนมัติทุกครั้งที่มีการเพิ่มบรรทัดใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -7860,17 +8092,22 @@ msgid "" "upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after " "5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถหยุดการดึงบันทึกชั่วคราวได้โดยคลิกที่ปุ่มตามที่มุมขวาบนของมุมมอง " +"การดึงข้อมูลจะหยุดโดยอัตโนมัติหลังจากผ่านไป 5 นาที " +"คุณสามารถรีสตาร์ทได้โดยใช้ปุ่มเล่น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:109 msgid "Backups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การสำรองข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:251 msgid "" "A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to " "perform a manual backup and to import a database." msgstr "" +"รายการข้อมูลสำรองที่สามารถดาวน์โหลดและกู้คืนได้ " +"ความสามารถในการสำรองข้อมูลด้วยตนเอง และการนำเข้าฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -7878,6 +8115,9 @@ msgid "" "weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the " "filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." msgstr "" +"Odoo.sh สำรองข้อมูลฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริงทุกวัน มันเก็บข้อมูลสำรอง 7 รายวัน " +"4 สัปดาห์และ 3 เดือน การสำรองข้อมูลแต่ละครั้งประกอบด้วยดัมพ์ฐานข้อมูล " +"ที่เก็บไฟล์ (ไฟล์แนบ ฟิลด์ไบนารี) บันทึก และเซสชัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -7897,6 +8137,9 @@ msgid "" " hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 " "weekly backups." msgstr "" +"รายการประกอบด้วยข้อมูลสำรองที่เก็บไว้บนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณโฮสต์อยู่" +" เซิร์ฟเวอร์นี้เก็บข้อมูลสำรองไว้หนึ่งเดือนเท่านั้น: สำรองข้อมูลรายวัน 7 " +"รายการและสำรองข้อมูลรายสัปดาห์ 4 รายการ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -7904,6 +8147,10 @@ msgid "" "monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please" " `contact us `_." msgstr "" +"เซิร์ฟเวอร์สำรองข้อมูลเฉพาะจะเก็บการสำรองข้อมูลเดียวกัน " +"รวมถึงการสำรองข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมรายเดือนอีก 3 รายการ " +"หากต้องการกู้คืนหรือดาวน์โหลดหนึ่งในการสำรองข้อมูลรายเดือนเหล่านี้ โปรด " +"`ติดต่อเรา `_" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -7915,6 +8162,13 @@ msgid "" "will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two " "cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." msgstr "" +"หากคุณรวมคอมมิตที่อัปเดตเวอร์ชันของโมดูลหนึ่งหรือหลายโมดูล (ใน " +":file:`__manifest__.py`) หรือการพึ่งพา Python ที่เชื่อมโยงกัน (ใน " +":file:`requirements.txt`) จากนั้น Odoo.sh จะทำการสำรองข้อมูลโดยอัตโนมัติ " +"(ติดธงด้วยประเภท Update ในรายการ) " +"เนื่องจากคอนเทนเนอร์จะถูกเปลี่ยนโดยการติดตั้งแพ็คเกจ pip ใหม่ " +"ฐานข้อมูลเองก็จะเปลี่ยนไปพร้อมกับการอัพเดตโมดูลที่เริ่มต้นในภายหลัง " +"ในสองกรณีนี้ เรากำลังสำรองข้อมูลเนื่องจากอาจทำให้สิ่งต่างๆ เสียหายได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 msgid "" @@ -7940,26 +8194,31 @@ msgid "" "The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format " "provided by:" msgstr "" +"ฟีเจอร์ *นำเข้าฐานข้อมูล* ยอมรับการเก็บถาวรฐานข้อมูลในรูปแบบที่จัดทำโดย:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:284 msgid "" "the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers " "under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" msgstr "" +"ตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูล Odoo มาตรฐาน (พร้อมใช้งานสำหรับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo " +"ภายในองค์กรภายใต้ :code:`/web/database/manager`)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:286 msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้จัดการฐานข้อมูลออนไลน์ของ Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:287 msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปุ่มดาวน์โหลดข้อมูลสำรอง Odoo.sh ของแท็บ *ข้อมูลสำรอง* นี้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:288 msgid "" "the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view `." msgstr "" +"ปุ่มดาวน์โหลดดัมพ์ Odoo.sh ใน :ref:`มุมมองบิลด์ `." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:295 msgid "Available for production and staging branches for valid projects." @@ -7967,7 +8226,7 @@ msgstr "มีจำหน่ายสำหรับสาขาการผล #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:298 msgid ":doc:`Upgrade documentation <../../upgrade>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`อัปเกรดเอกสาร <../../upgrade>`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:3 @@ -7982,10 +8241,11 @@ msgid "" "Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently " "selected branch." msgstr "" +"ที่นี่คุณจะพบการตั้งค่าบางอย่างที่ใช้เฉพาะกับสาขาที่เลือกในปัจจุบันเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ลักษณะการทำงานเมื่อกระทำการใหม่**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 msgid "" @@ -8012,12 +8272,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 msgid "**Modules installation**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**การติดตั้งโมดูล**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:322 msgid "" "Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกโมดูลที่จะติดตั้งโดยอัตโนมัติสำหรับบิลด์การพัฒนาของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:327 msgid "" @@ -8025,6 +8285,9 @@ msgid "" "is the default option. The :ref:`submodules ` " "are excluded." msgstr "" +"*ติดตั้งเฉพาะโมดูลของฉัน* จะติดตั้งโมดูลของสาขาเท่านั้น " +"นี่คือตัวเลือกเริ่มต้น :ref:`โมดูลย่อย ` " +"ถูกแยกออก" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -8032,6 +8295,9 @@ msgid "" "the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. " "When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." msgstr "" +"*การติดตั้งแบบเต็ม (ทุกโมดูล)* จะติดตั้งโมดูลของสาขา " +"โมดูลที่รวมอยู่ในโมดูลย่อย และโมดูลมาตรฐานทั้งหมดของ Odoo " +"เมื่อรันการติดตั้งแบบเต็ม ชุดทดสอบจะถูกปิดใช้งาน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 msgid "" @@ -8039,6 +8305,8 @@ msgid "" "just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and" " they must be comma-separated." msgstr "" +"*ติดตั้งรายการโมดูล* จะติดตั้งโมดูลที่ระบุในข้อมูลด้านล่างตัวเลือกนี้ " +"ชื่อเป็นชื่อทางเทคนิคของโมดูล และต้องคั่นด้วยเครื่องหมายจุลภาค" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:334 msgid "" @@ -8052,7 +8320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 msgid "**Test suite**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ชุดทดสอบ**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -8061,10 +8329,14 @@ msgid "" "restrict them by specifying test tags :ref:`test tags " "`." msgstr "" +"สำหรับสาขาการพัฒนา คุณสามารถเลือกเปิดหรือปิดใช้งานชุดทดสอบได้ " +"มันถูกเปิดใช้งานโดยค่าเริ่มต้น เมื่อเปิดใช้งานชุดการทดสอบ " +"คุณสามารถจำกัดได้โดยการระบุแท็กทดสอบ :ref:`แท็กทดสอบ " +"`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 msgid "**Odoo Version**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**เวอร์ชั่น Odoo**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -8072,12 +8344,14 @@ msgid "" "you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production " "database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." msgstr "" +"สำหรับสาขาการพัฒนาเท่านั้น คุณสามารถเปลี่ยนเวอร์ชันของ Odoo ได้ " +"หากคุณต้องการทดสอบโค้ดที่อัปเกรดแล้วหรือพัฒนาฟีเจอร์ในขณะที่ฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณอยู่ระหว่างการอัพเกรดเป็นเวอร์ชันที่ใหม่กว่า" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 msgid "" "In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code " "update." -msgstr "" +msgstr "นอกจากนี้ สำหรับแต่ละเวอร์ชัน คุณมีสองตัวเลือกเกี่ยวกับการอัปเดตโค้ด" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -8085,6 +8359,9 @@ msgid "" "fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly." " This is the 'Latest' option." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถเลือกรับประโยชน์จากข้อบกพร่อง การรักษาความปลอดภัย " +"และการแก้ไขประสิทธิภาพล่าสุดได้โดยอัตโนมัติ แหล่งที่มาของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo " +"ของคุณจะได้รับการอัปเดตทุกสัปดาห์ นี่คือตัวเลือก 'ล่าสุด'" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -8093,10 +8370,16 @@ msgid "" " notified by mail when the expiration date approaches and if you don't take " "action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถเลือกที่จะปักหมุดแหล่งที่มาของ Odoo " +"ให้กับรุ่นเฉพาะเจาะจงได้โดยเลือกจากรายการวันที่ " +"การแก้ไขจะหมดอายุหลังจากผ่านไป 3 เดือน " +"คุณจะได้รับแจ้งทางไปรษณีย์เมื่อใกล้ถึงวันหมดอายุ " +"และหากคุณไม่ดำเนินการหลังจากนั้น " +"คุณจะถูกตั้งค่าเป็นเวอร์ชันแก้ไขล่าสุดโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 msgid "**Custom domains**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**โดเมนที่กำหนดเอง**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -8104,26 +8387,34 @@ msgid "" "possible to add other *.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. " "For the latter you have to:" msgstr "" +"ที่นี่คุณสามารถกำหนดค่าโดเมนเพิ่มเติมสำหรับสาขาที่เลือกได้ " +"คุณสามารถเพิ่มโดเมน *.odoo.com* อื่นๆ หรือโดเมนที่คุณกำหนดเองได้ " +"สำหรับอย่างหลังคุณต้อง:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:364 msgid "own or purchase the domain name," -msgstr "" +msgstr "เป็นเจ้าของหรือซื้อชื่อโดเมน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:365 msgid "add the domain name in this list," -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มชื่อโดเมนในรายการนี้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:366 msgid "" "in your registrar's domain name manager, configure the domain name with a " "``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name." msgstr "" +"ในตัวจัดการชื่อโดเมนของผู้รับจดทะเบียนของคุณ " +"ให้กำหนดค่าชื่อโดเมนด้วยชุดบันทึก ``CNAME`` " +"ให้กับชื่อโดเมนฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริงของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:369 msgid "" "For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database " "*mycompany.odoo.com*:" msgstr "" +"ตัวอย่างเช่น หากต้องการเชื่อมโยง *www.mycompany.com* กับฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:371 msgid "" @@ -8139,30 +8430,38 @@ msgid "" "configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value " "*mycompany.odoo.com*." msgstr "" +"ในตัวจัดการชื่อโดเมนของคุณ (เช่น *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*) " +"กำหนดค่า *www.mycompany.com* ด้วยบันทึก ``CNAME`` ที่มีค่าเป็น " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:375 msgid "Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไม่ยอมรับโดเมนเปล่า (เช่น *mycompany.com*):" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:377 msgid "they can only be configured using ``A`` records," -msgstr "" +msgstr "สามารถกำหนดค่าได้โดยใช้บันทึก `` A`` เท่านั้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:378 msgid "``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value," -msgstr "" +msgstr "บันทึก `` A`` ยอมรับเฉพาะที่อยู่ IP เป็นค่า" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:379 msgid "" "the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware" " failure or your wish to host your database in another country or continent." msgstr "" +"ที่อยู่ IP ของฐานข้อมูลของคุณสามารถเปลี่ยนแปลงได้หลังจากการอัปเกรด " +"ความล้มเหลวของฮาร์ดแวร์ " +"หรือความต้องการโฮสต์ฐานข้อมูลของคุณในประเทศหรือทวีปอื่น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:382 msgid "" "Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change" " of IP address." msgstr "" +"ดังนั้นโดเมนเปล่าจึงไม่สามารถทำงานได้อีกต่อไปเนื่องจากการเปลี่ยนแปลงที่อยู่ " +"IP นี้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -8175,10 +8474,20 @@ msgid "" "*www.mycompany.com*. Most domain managers have the feature to configure this" " redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection." msgstr "" +"นอกจากนี้ หากคุณต้องการให้ทั้ง *mycompany.com* และ *www.mycompany.com* " +"ทำงานกับฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"การเปลี่ยนเส้นทางครั้งแรกไปยังครั้งที่สองถือเป็นหนึ่งใน " +"`แนวปฏิบัติที่ดีที่สุดของ SEO `_ (ดู *ระบุ URL " +"หนึ่งเวอร์ชันเพื่อเข้าถึงเอกสาร*) เพื่อให้มี URL ที่โดดเด่นหนึ่งรายการ " +"ดังนั้นคุณจึงสามารถกำหนดค่า *mycompany.com* เพื่อเปลี่ยนเส้นทางไปยัง " +"*www.mycompany.com* ได้ " +"ผู้จัดการโดเมนส่วนใหญ่มีฟีเจอร์ในการกำหนดค่าการเปลี่ยนเส้นทางนี้ " +"โดยทั่วไปเรียกว่าการเปลี่ยนเส้นทางเว็บ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:391 msgid "**HTTPS/SSL**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**HTTPS/SSL**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:393 msgid "" @@ -8187,6 +8496,9 @@ msgid "" "`_ within the hour and your domain will be " "accessible through HTTPS." msgstr "" +"หากตั้งค่าการเปลี่ยนเส้นทางอย่างถูกต้อง แพลตฟอร์มจะสร้างใบรับรอง SSL " +"โดยอัตโนมัติด้วย `Let's Encrypt `_ " +"ภายในหนึ่งชั่วโมง และโดเมนของคุณจะสามารถเข้าถึงได้ผ่าน HTTPS" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:397 msgid "" @@ -8194,10 +8506,12 @@ msgid "" " the Odoo.sh platform we are considering the feature if there is enough " "demand." msgstr "" +"แม้ว่าปัจจุบันจะเป็นไปไม่ได้ที่จะกำหนดค่าใบรับรอง SSL ของคุณเองบนแพลตฟอร์ม " +"Odoo.sh แต่เรากำลังพิจารณาฟีเจอร์นี้ หากมีความต้องการเพียงพอ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:401 msgid "**SPF and DKIM compliance**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**การปฏิบัติตามข้อกำหนด SPF และ DKIM**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 msgid "" @@ -8209,22 +8523,30 @@ msgid "" "` and :ref:`DKIM " "`." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีที่โดเมนของที่อยู่อีเมลของผู้ใช้ของคุณใช้ SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework) หรือ DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail) และอย่าลืมให้สิทธิ์ Odoo " +"เป็นโฮสต์การส่งในการตั้งค่าชื่อโดเมนของคุณเพื่อเพิ่มความสามารถในการส่งอีเมลขาออกของคุณ" +" ขั้นตอนการกำหนดค่าอธิบายไว้ในเอกสารประกอบเกี่ยวกับ :ref:`SPF " +"` และ :ref:`DKIM " +"`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:410 msgid "" "Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host" " can lead to the delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox." msgstr "" +"การลืมกำหนดค่า SPF หรือ DKIM เพื่ออนุญาต Odoo ในฐานะโฮสต์การส่ง " +"อาจนำไปสู่การส่งอีเมลของคุณเป็นสแปมในกล่องขาเข้าผู้ติดต่อของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:414 msgid "Shell commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คำสั่งเชลล์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:416 msgid "" "In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are " "available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ที่มุมขวาบนของมุมมอง มีคำสั่งเชลล์ที่แตกต่างกัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 msgid "" @@ -8233,54 +8555,65 @@ msgid "" "in such case a popup will prompt the user in order to define eventual " "placeholders such as ````, ````, ..." msgstr "" +"แต่ละคำสั่งสามารถคัดลอกในคลิปบอร์ดเพื่อใช้ในเทอร์มินัล " +"และบางคำสั่งสามารถใช้ได้โดยตรงจาก Odoo.sh โดยการคลิกปุ่ม *เรียกใช้* " +"ในกรณีดังกล่าวป๊อปอัปจะแจ้งให้ผู้ใช้ทราบเพื่อกำหนดตัวยึดตำแหน่งในที่สุด เช่น" +" ````, ````, ..." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 msgid "Clone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โคลน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:429 msgid "Download the Git repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดที่เก็บ Git" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:435 msgid "Clones the repository *odoo/odoo*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "โคลนพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูล *odoo/odoo*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 msgid "" ":code:`--recurse-submodules`: Downloads the submodules of your repository. " "Submodules included in the submodules are downloaded as well." msgstr "" +":code:`--recurse-submodules`: ดาวน์โหลดโมดูลย่อยของที่เก็บของคุณ " +"โมดูลย่อยที่รวมอยู่ในโมดูลย่อยก็จะถูกดาวน์โหลดเช่นกัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:438 msgid "" ":code:`--branch`: checks out a specific branch of the repository, in this " "case *master*." msgstr "" +":code:`--branch`: ตรวจสอบสาขาเฉพาะของพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูล ในกรณีนี้คือ *master*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:440 msgid "" "The *run* button is not available for this command, as it is meant to be " "used on your machines." msgstr "" +"ปุ่ม *รัน* ไม่พร้อมใช้งานสำหรับคำสั่งนี้ " +"เนื่องจากมีไว้สำหรับใช้กับเครื่องของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:443 msgid "Fork" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฟอร์ค" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:445 msgid "Create a new branch based on the current branch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างสาขาใหม่ตามสาขาปัจจุบัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:451 msgid "" "Creates a new branch called *feature-1* based on the branch *master*, and " "then checkouts it." msgstr "" +"สร้างสาขาใหม่ที่เรียกว่า *feature-1* โดยอิงจากสาขา *master* " +"จากนั้นเป็นการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:457 msgid "Uploads the new branch *feature-1* on your remote repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัปโหลดสาขาใหม่ *feature-1* บนพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลระยะไกลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:460 msgid "Merge" @@ -8288,7 +8621,7 @@ msgstr "ผสาน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รวมสาขาปัจจุบันเข้ากับสาขาอื่น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:468 msgid "Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch." @@ -8300,16 +8633,20 @@ msgid "" "Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote " "repository." msgstr "" +"อัปโหลดการเปลี่ยนแปลงที่คุณเพิ่งเพิ่มในสาขา *master* " +"บนพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลระยะไกลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:477 msgid "SSH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SSH" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " "is not already done). To do so, follow these steps:" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการใช้ SSH คุณต้องตั้งค่าคีย์สาธารณะ SSH ของโปรไฟล์ของคุณ " +"(หากยังไม่ได้ดำเนินการ) โดยทำตามขั้นตอนเหล่านี้:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:485 msgid "" @@ -8317,6 +8654,9 @@ msgid "" "to-github/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-" "agent#generating-a-new-ssh-key>`_" msgstr "" +"`สร้างคีย์ SSH ใหม่ `_" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:487 msgid "" @@ -8324,14 +8664,17 @@ msgid "" "`_ (only apply the step 1)" msgstr "" +"`คัดลอกคีย์ SSH ไปยังคลิปบอร์ดของคุณ " +"`_ ( ใช้เฉพาะขั้นตอนที่ 1)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:490 msgid "Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press \"Add\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วางเนื้อหาที่คัดลอกลงในคีย์ SSH โปรไฟล์ของคุณแล้วกด \"เพิ่ม\"" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:495 msgid "The key should appear below" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รหัสควรแสดงด้านล่าง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:501 msgid "Connection" @@ -8341,12 +8684,14 @@ msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อ" msgid "" "To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเชื่อมต่อกับบิลด์ของคุณโดยใช้ ssh " +"ให้ใช้คำสั่งต่อไปนี้ในเทอร์มินัล:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:509 msgid "" "You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper " "right corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณจะพบทางลัดสำหรับคำสั่งนี้ในแท็บ SSH ที่มุมขวาบน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:514 msgid "" @@ -8362,16 +8707,18 @@ msgid "" "Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be " "disconnected in order to free up resources." msgstr "" +"ไม่รับประกันการเชื่อมต่อ ssh ที่ทำงานเป็นเวลานาน " +"การเชื่อมต่อที่ไม่ได้ใช้งานจะถูกตัดการเชื่อมต่อเพื่อเพิ่มทรัพยากร" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:522 msgid "Submodule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โมดูลย่อย" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:524 msgid "" "Add a branch from another repository in your current branch as a " "*submodule*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มสาขาจากพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลอื่นในสาขาปัจจุบันของคุณเป็น *โมดูลย่อย*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:526 msgid "" @@ -8385,32 +8732,36 @@ msgid "" "The submodules feature is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." msgstr "" +"ฟีเจอร์โมดูลย่อยมีรายละเอียดอยู่ในบท :ref:`โมดูลย่อย ` ของเอกสารนี้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:535 msgid "" "Adds the branch *master* of the repository ** as a submodule under the " "path ** in your current branch." msgstr "" +"เพิ่มสาขา *master* ของที่เก็บข้อมูล ** เป็นโมดูลย่อยใต้เส้นทาง **" +" ในสาขาปัจจุบันของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:541 msgid "Commits all your current changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ยอมรับการเปลี่ยนแปลงปัจจุบันทั้งหมดของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:552 msgid "Delete a branch from your repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลบสาขาออกจากพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:558 msgid "Deletes the branch in your remote repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลบสาขาในพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลระยะไกลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:564 msgid "Deletes the branch in your local copy of the repository." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลบสาขาในสำเนาของพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลในเครื่องของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:6 msgid "Builds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บิลด์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -8432,7 +8783,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a " "build of this branch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในมุมมองนี้ แถวแสดงถึงสาขา และเซลล์ของแถวแสดงถึงโครงสร้างของสาขานี้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -8450,12 +8801,16 @@ msgid "" "A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its" " creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." msgstr "" +"บิลด์จะถือว่าสำเร็จหากไม่มีข้อผิดพลาดหรือคำเตือนเกิดขึ้นระหว่างการสร้าง " +"การสร้างที่ประสบความสำเร็จจะถูกไฮไลต์ด้วยสีเขียว" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:29 msgid "" "A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed" " build is highlighted in red." msgstr "" +"บิลด์จะถือว่าล้มเหลวหากมีข้อผิดพลาดเกิดขึ้นระหว่างการสร้าง " +"โครงสร้างที่ล้มเหลวจะถูกไฮไลต์ด้วยสีแดง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -8463,6 +8818,9 @@ msgid "" "is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the " "developer warnings were raised." msgstr "" +"หากมีคำเตือนเกิดขึ้นระหว่างการสร้าง แต่ไม่มีข้อผิดพลาด " +"ถือว่าการสร้างเกือบจะสำเร็จแล้ว " +"โดยจะไฮไลต์ด้วยสีเหลืองเพื่อแจ้งว่ามีการแจ้งเตือนนักพัฒนาซอฟต์แวร์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -8472,6 +8830,10 @@ msgid "" "database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, " "and otherwise failed." msgstr "" +"บิลด์ไม่ได้สร้างฐานข้อมูลตั้งแต่เริ่มต้นเสมอไป ตัวอย่างเช่น " +"เมื่อพุชการเปลี่ยนแปลงในสาขาการผลิต " +"บิลด์ที่สร้างขึ้นจะเริ่มต้นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ด้วยการแก้ไขใหม่ของคุณและพยายามโหลดฐานข้อมูลการผลิตปัจจุบันในนั้น" +" หากไม่มีข้อผิดพลาดเกิดขึ้น ถือว่าการสร้างสำเร็จหรือล้มเหลว" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8487,6 +8849,8 @@ msgid "" "From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " "attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." msgstr "" +"จากนั้น " +"การพุชในสาขาการผลิตจะสร้างบิลด์ใหม่ที่พยายามโหลดฐานข้อมูลโดยใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ทำงานพร้อมกับการแก้ไขใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -8494,6 +8858,9 @@ msgid "" "database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" " this build." msgstr "" +"หากบิลด์สำเร็จ หรือมีคำเตือนแต่ไม่มีข้อผิดพลาด " +"ฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริงจะทำงานพร้อมกับบิลด์นี้ " +"พร้อมด้วยการแก้ไขที่เกี่ยวข้องกับบิลด์นี้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -8501,6 +8868,9 @@ msgid "" "successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" " will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." msgstr "" +"หากบิลด์ล้มเหลวในการโหลดหรืออัพเดตฐานข้อมูล " +"บิลด์ที่สำเร็จก่อนหน้านี้จะถูกนำมาใช้อีกครั้งเพื่อโหลดฐานข้อมูล " +"และดังนั้นฐานข้อมูลจะทำงานโดยใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ทำงานด้วยการแก้ไขที่สำเร็จครั้งก่อน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -8508,6 +8878,9 @@ msgid "" "builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running " "the production database." msgstr "" +"บิลด์ที่ใช้ในการรันฐานข้อมูลการใช้งานจริงจะเป็นบิลด์แรกของรายการบิลด์เสมอ " +"หากบิลด์ล้มเหลว " +"บิลด์จะถูกวางหลังจากบิลด์ที่รันฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริงในปัจจุบัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -8559,7 +8932,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit" " tests." -msgstr "" +msgstr "บิลด์การพัฒนาจะสร้างฐานข้อมูลใหม่ โหลดข้อมูลสาธิต และรันการทดสอบหน่วย" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -8567,12 +8940,14 @@ msgid "" "during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something " "wrong occurs." msgstr "" +"บิลด์จะถือว่าล้มเหลวและไฮไลต์ด้วยสีแดง หากการทดสอบล้มเหลวระหว่างการติดตั้ง " +"เนื่องจากมีจุดมุ่งหมายเพื่อเพิ่มข้อผิดพลาดหากมีสิ่งผิดปกติเกิดขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:88 msgid "" "If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered " "successful." -msgstr "" +msgstr "หากการทดสอบทั้งหมดผ่าน และไม่มีข้อผิดพลาด บิลด์จะถือว่าสำเร็จ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -8580,6 +8955,9 @@ msgid "" "can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests " "set in the default Odoo modules suite." msgstr "" +"ตามรายการโมดูลที่จะติดตั้งและทดสอบ บิลด์การพัฒนาอาจใช้เวลาถึง 1 " +"ชั่วโมงในการเตรียมให้พร้อม นี่เป็นเพราะการทดสอบจำนวนมากที่ตั้งไว้ในชุดโมดูล " +"Odoo เริ่มต้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:94 msgid "Features" @@ -8590,6 +8968,8 @@ msgid "" "The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches " "are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." msgstr "" +"สาขาการผลิตจะแสดงก่อนเสมอ จากนั้นสาขาอื่นๆ " +"จะถูกเรียงลำดับตามรุ่นสุดท้ายที่สร้างขึ้น คุณสามารถกรองสาขาออกได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -8600,6 +8980,12 @@ msgid "" "link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the " "branch." msgstr "" +"สำหรับแต่ละสาขา คุณสามารถเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูลของบิวด์ล่าสุดได้โดยใช้ลิงก์ " +"*เชื่อมต่อ* และข้ามไปยังโค้ดสาขาโดยใช้ลิงก์ *Github* สำหรับสาขาอื่นๆ " +"นอกเหนือจากการผลิต " +"คุณสามารถสร้างบิลด์ใหม่ซึ่งจะใช้เวอร์ชันแก้ไขล่าสุดของสาขาโดยใช้ลิงก์ " +"*สร้างใหม่* " +"ลิงก์สุดท้ายนี้ใช้ไม่ได้เมื่อมีการสร้างสาขาที่กำลังดำเนินการอยู่แล้ว" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -8609,6 +8995,11 @@ msgid "" "user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* " "button." msgstr "" +"สำหรับแต่ละรุ่น " +"คุณสามารถเข้าถึงการเปลี่ยนแปลงการแก้ไขได้โดยใช้ปุ่มที่มีไอคอน Github " +"คุณสามารถเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูลของบิลด์ในฐานะผู้ดูแลระบบได้โดยใช้ปุ่ม *เชื่อมต่อ* " +"นอกจากนี้ คุณยังสามารถเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูลกับผู้ใช้รายอื่นได้โดยใช้ปุ่ม " +"*เชื่อมต่อเป็น* ในเมนูแบบเลื่อนลงของปุ่ม *เชื่อมต่อ*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -8617,6 +9008,10 @@ msgid "" " Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*. You also have the possibility to " "*Download a dump* of the build's database." msgstr "" +"ในเมนูแบบเลื่อนลงของบิลด์ คุณสามารถเข้าถึงฟีเจอร์เดียวกันกับใน " +":ref:`มุมมองสาขา `: *บันทึก*, " +"*เว็บเชลล์*, *ผู้แก้ไข*, *อีเมลขาออก* คุณยังมีความเป็นไปได้ที่จะ " +"*ดาวน์โหลดดัมพ์* ของฐานข้อมูลของบิลด์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:6 msgid "Create your project" @@ -8624,55 +9019,62 @@ msgstr "สร้างโปรเจ็กต์ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:9 msgid "Deploy your platform" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปรับใช้แพลตฟอร์มของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Odoo.sh `_ and hit the *Deploy your platform* " "button." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ `Odoo.sh `_ แล้วกดปุ่ม *ปรับใช้แพลตฟอร์มของคุณ*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:17 msgid "Sign in with Github" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลงชื่อเข้าใช้ด้วย Github" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:19 msgid "" "Sign in with your Github account. If you do not have an account yet, hit the" " *Create an account* link." msgstr "" +"ลงชื่อเข้าใช้ด้วยบัญชี Github ของคุณ หากคุณยังไม่มีบัญชี กดลิงก์ " +"*สร้างบัญชี*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:26 msgid "Authorize Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อนุญาต Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:28 msgid "" "Grant Odoo.sh the required accesses to your account by clicking the " "*Authorize* button." msgstr "" +"ให้สิทธิ์ Odoo.sh ในการเข้าถึงบัญชีของคุณที่จำเป็นโดยคลิกปุ่ม *อนุญาต*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:33 msgid "Odoo.sh basically needs:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โดยทั่วไปแล้ว Odoo.sh ต้องการ:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:35 msgid "to know your Github login and email," -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพื่อทราบข้อมูลเข้าสู่ระบบ Github และอีเมลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:36 msgid "to create a new repository in case you decide to start from scratch," msgstr "" +"เพื่อสร้างพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลใหม่ในกรณีที่คุณตัดสินใจที่จะเริ่มต้นใหม่ทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:37 msgid "" "to read your existing repositories, including the ones of your " "organizations, in case you want to start from an existing repository," msgstr "" +"เพื่ออ่านที่เก็บข้อมูลที่มีอยู่ของคุณ รวมถึงที่เก็บข้อมูลขององค์กรของคุณด้วย" +" ในกรณีที่คุณต้องการเริ่มต้นจากที่เก็บข้อมูลที่มีอยู่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:39 msgid "to create a webhook to be notified each time you push changes," -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพื่อสร้างเว็บฮุคเพื่อรับการแจ้งเตือนทุกครั้งที่คุณพุชการเปลี่ยนแปลง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8680,6 +9082,8 @@ msgid "" " new `submodules `_ for" " example." msgstr "" +"เพื่อยอมรับการเปลี่ยนแปลงเพื่อทำให้การปรับใช้ของคุณง่ายขึ้น รวมสาขาหรือเพิ่ม" +" `โมดูลย่อยใหม่ `_ " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:44 msgid "Submit your project" @@ -8690,10 +9094,12 @@ msgid "" "Choose if you want to start from scratch by creating a new repository, or if" " you want to use an existing repository." msgstr "" +"เลือกว่าคุณต้องการเริ่มต้นใหม่ทั้งหมดด้วยการสร้างพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลใหม่ " +"หรือต้องการใช้พื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลที่มีอยู่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:49 msgid "Then, choose a name or select the repository you want to use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากนั้นเลือกชื่อหรือเลือกพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลที่คุณต้องการใช้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -8701,17 +9107,23 @@ msgid "" "database or an existing set of applications, you might need to choose the " "according version. If you start from scratch, use the latest version." msgstr "" +"เลือกเวอร์ชัน Odoo ที่คุณต้องการใช้ " +"หากคุณวางแผนที่จะนำเข้าฐานข้อมูลที่มีอยู่หรือชุดแอปพลิเคชันที่มีอยู่ " +"คุณอาจต้องเลือกเวอร์ชันที่เกี่ยวข้อง หากคุณเริ่มต้นใหม่ทั้งหมด " +"ให้ใช้เวอร์ชันล่าสุด" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:55 msgid "" "Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral*," " *contract number* or *activation code*." msgstr "" +"กรอก *รหัสสมาชิก* ของคุณ สิ่งนี้เรียกว่า *การแนะนำการสมัคร*, *หมายเลขสัญญา* " +"หรือ *รหัสเปิดใช้งาน*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:58 msgid "" "It should be the code of your Enterprise subscription that includes Odoo.sh." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ควรเป็นรหัสของการสมัครสมาชิก Enterprise ของคุณที่มี Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -8731,44 +9143,51 @@ msgid "" "When submitting the form, if you are notified your subscription is not " "valid, it either means:" msgstr "" +"เมื่อส่งแบบฟอร์ม หากคุณได้รับแจ้งว่าการสมัครของคุณไม่ถูกต้อง อาจหมายความว่า:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:67 msgid "it is not an existing subscription," -msgstr "" +msgstr "มันไม่ใช่การสมัครสมาชิกที่มีอยู่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:68 msgid "it is not a partnership subscription," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไม่ใช่การสมัครเป็นพาร์ทเนอร์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 msgid "it is an enterprise subscription, but which does not include Odoo.sh," -msgstr "" +msgstr "เป็นการสมัครสมาชิกระดับองค์กร (Enterprise) แต่ไม่รวมถึง Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:70 msgid "" "it is neither a partnership subscription or an enterprise subscription (e.g." " an online subscription)." msgstr "" +"ไม่ใช่การสมัครสมาชิกแบบหุ้นส่วนหรือการสมัครสมาชิกแบบองค์กร (เช่น " +"การสมัครสมาชิกออนไลน์)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:73 msgid "" "In case of doubt with your subscription, please contact the `Odoo support " "`_." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีที่มีข้อสงสัยเกี่ยวกับการสมัครสมาชิกของคุณ โปรดติดต่อ `ฝ่ายช่วยเหลือ " +"Odoo `_" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:80 msgid "You're done !" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เสร็จแล้ว!" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:82 msgid "" "You can start using Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You " "will soon be able to connect to your first database." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถเริ่มใช้ Odoo.sh ได้ งานสร้างแรกของคุณกำลังจะถูกสร้างขึ้น " +"คุณจะสามารถเชื่อมต่อกับฐานข้อมูลแรกของคุณได้ในไม่ช้า" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:91 msgid "Import your database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "นำเข้าฐานข้อมูลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -8782,7 +9201,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 msgid "Push your modules in production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผลักดันโมดูลของคุณไปสู่การใช้งานจริง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -8821,20 +9240,25 @@ msgid "" "gettingstarted-branches-stages>`, or :ref:`merge it into your production " "branch `." msgstr "" +"จากนั้น :ref:`ทำให้สาขานี้เป็นสาขาการผลิต ` หรือ :ref:`รวมเข้ากับสาขาการผลิตของคุณ `" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:115 msgid "Download a backup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดข้อมูลสำรอง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:118 msgid "On-premise databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฐานข้อมูลภายในองค์กร" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:120 msgid "" "Access the URL :file:`/web/database/manager` of your on-premise database and" " download a backup." msgstr "" +"เข้าถึง URL :file:`/web/database/manager` " +"ของฐานข้อมูลภายในองค์กรของคุณและดาวน์โหลดข้อมูลสำรอง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -8842,20 +9266,26 @@ msgid "" " system administrator. See the :ref:`database manager security documentation" " `." msgstr "" +"หากคุณไม่สามารถเข้าถึงตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูลได้ " +"อาจเป็นเพราะผู้ดูแลระบบของคุณปิดใช้งานอยู่ ดู " +":ref:`เอกสารประกอบการรักษาความปลอดภัยของตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูล " +"`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:127 msgid "" "You will need the master password of your database server. If you do not " "have it, contact your system administrator." msgstr "" +"คุณจะต้องมีรหัสผ่านหลักของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ฐานข้อมูลของคุณ หากคุณไม่มี " +"โปรดติดต่อผู้ดูแลระบบของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:133 msgid "Choose a zip including the filestore as the backup format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกไฟล์ zip รวมถึงที่เก็บไฟล์เป็นรูปแบบการสำรองข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:139 msgid "Odoo Online databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฐานข้อมูลออนไลน์ของ Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -8863,14 +9293,17 @@ msgid "" "`_ and download a backup of " "your database." msgstr "" +"`เข้าถึงตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"`_ " +"และดาวน์โหลดข้อมูลสำรองของฐานข้อมูลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:149 msgid "Online versions (e.g. *saas-**) are not supported on Odoo.sh." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh ไม่รองรับเวอร์ชันออนไลน์ (เช่น *saas-**)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:152 msgid "Upload the backup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัปโหลดข้อมูลสำรอง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -8885,10 +9318,12 @@ msgid "" "Once the backup imported, you can access the database using the *Connect* " "button in the history of the branch." msgstr "" +"เมื่อนำเข้าข้อมูลสำรองแล้ว คุณสามารถเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูลได้โดยใช้ปุ่ม " +"*เชื่อมต่อ* ในประวัติของสาขา" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:167 msgid "Check your outgoing email servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบเซิร์ฟเวอร์อีเมลขาออกของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -8897,26 +9332,34 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing Mail Servers` " "(:ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated)." msgstr "" +"มีเมลเซิร์ฟเวอร์เริ่มต้นที่มาพร้อมกับ Odoo.sh หากต้องการใช้งาน " +"จะต้องไม่มีการกำหนดค่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์เมลขาออกที่เปิดใช้งานในฐานข้อมูลของคุณใน " +":menuselection:`การตั้งค่า -> เทคนิค -> เซิร์ฟเวอร์เมลขาออก` " +"(:ref:`ต้องเปิดใช้งาน`โหมดนักพัฒนาซอฟต์แวร์)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:174 msgid "" "After the import of your database, all outgoing email servers are disabled " "so you use the Odoo.sh email server provided by default." msgstr "" +"หลังจากการนำเข้าฐานข้อมูลของคุณ เซิร์ฟเวอร์อีเมลขาออกทั้งหมดจะถูกปิดใช้งาน " +"ดังนั้นคุณจึงใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์อีเมล Odoo.sh ที่ให้ไว้ตามค่าเริ่มต้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:178 msgid "" "Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external " "SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587." msgstr "" +"พอร์ต 25 ปิดอยู่ (และจะยังคงปิดไว้) หากคุณต้องการเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ " +"SMTP ภายนอก คุณควรใช้พอร์ต 465 และ 587" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:182 msgid "Check your scheduled actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบการดำเนินการตามกำหนดเวลาของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:184 msgid "All scheduled actions are disabled after the import." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การดำเนินการที่กำหนดเวลาไว้ทั้งหมดจะถูกปิดใช้งานหลังจากการนำเข้า" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -8925,6 +9368,9 @@ msgid "" " the queue, processing mass mailings, or third-party services " "synchronization (Calendars, files hosting, ...)." msgstr "" +"นี่เป็นการป้องกันไม่ให้ฐานข้อมูลที่นำเข้าใหม่ของคุณดำเนินการที่อาจส่งผลกระทบต่อการทำงานจริงของคุณ" +" เช่น การส่งอีเมลที่เหลืออยู่ในคิว การประมวลผลการส่งจดหมายจำนวนมาก " +"หรือการซิงโครไนซ์บริการของบุคคลที่สาม (ปฏิทิน การโฮสต์ไฟล์ ...)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -8934,6 +9380,11 @@ msgid "" "actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" +"หากคุณวางแผนที่จะทำให้ฐานข้อมูลที่นำเข้าเป็นการผลิตของคุณ " +"ให้เปิดใช้งานการดำเนินการตามกำหนดเวลาที่คุณต้องการ " +"คุณสามารถตรวจสอบสิ่งที่เปิดใช้งานในฐานข้อมูลต้นทางและเปิดใช้งานการดำเนินการเดียวกันในฐานข้อมูลที่นำเข้า" +" การดำเนินการตามกำหนดการจะอยู่ภายใต้ :เมนูการเลือก:`การตั้งค่า --> เทคนิค " +"--> ระบบอัตโนมัติ --> การดำเนินการตามกำหนดการ`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:196 msgid "Register your subscription" @@ -8941,7 +9392,7 @@ msgstr "ลงทะเบียนสมัครสมาชิก" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:198 msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การสมัครของคุณถูกยกเลิกการเชื่อมโยงหลังจากการนำเข้า" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -8949,6 +9400,9 @@ msgid "" "enterprise subscription is therefore removed, as you can only have one " "database linked per subscription." msgstr "" +"ฐานข้อมูลที่นำเข้าจะถือว่าเป็นฐานข้อมูลที่ซ้ำกันตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"ดังนั้นการสมัครใช้งานระดับองค์กรจึงถูกลบออก " +"เนื่องจากคุณสามารถเชื่อมโยงฐานข้อมูลได้เพียงฐานข้อมูลเดียวต่อการสมัครสมาชิกแต่ละครั้ง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -8957,10 +9411,14 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`database registration documentation <../../maintain/on_premise>` for " "instructions." msgstr "" +"หากคุณวางแผนที่จะทำให้เป็นการใช้งานจริง " +"ให้ยกเลิกการเชื่อมโยงฐานข้อมูลเดิมของคุณจากการสมัครสมาชิก " +"และลงทะเบียนฐานข้อมูลที่นำเข้าใหม่ อ่าน :doc:`เอกสารการลงทะเบียนฐานข้อมูล " +"<../../maintain/on_premise>` เพื่อดูคำแนะนำ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:3 msgid "Your first module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โมดูลแรกของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8979,11 +9437,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:13 msgid "Basic use of Git and Github is explained." -msgstr "" +msgstr "อธิบายการใช้ Git และ Github ขั้นพื้นฐานแล้ว" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:15 msgid "The below assumptions are made:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มีการตั้งสมมติฐานด้านล่าง:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -8995,89 +9453,91 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:18 msgid "*odoo* is the Github user," -msgstr "" +msgstr "*odoo* คือผู้ใช้ Github" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:19 msgid "*odoo-addons* is the Github repository," -msgstr "" +msgstr "*odoo-addons* คือที่เก็บข้อมูล Github" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:20 msgid "*feature-1* is the name of a development branch," -msgstr "" +msgstr "*feature-1* คือชื่อของสาขาการพัฒนา" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:21 msgid "*master* is the name of the production branch," -msgstr "" +msgstr "*master* คือชื่อของสาขาการผลิต" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:22 msgid "*my_module* is the name of the module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*my_module* คือชื่อของโมดูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:24 msgid "Replace these by the values of your choice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "แทนที่สิ่งเหล่านี้ด้วยค่าที่คุณเลือก" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:27 msgid "Create the development branch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างสาขาการพัฒนา" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:30 msgid "From Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จาก Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:32 msgid "In the branches view:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในมุมมองสาขา:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:34 msgid "hit the :code:`+` button next to the development stage," -msgstr "" +msgstr "กดปุ่ม :code:`+` ถัดจากขั้นตอนการพัฒนา" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:35 msgid "choose the branch *master* in the *Fork* selection," -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกสาขา *master* ในรายการ *Fork*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:36 msgid "type *feature-1* in the *To* input." -msgstr "" +msgstr "พิมพ์ *feature-1* ในอินพุต *ถึง*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:38 msgid "|pic1| |pic2|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|pic1| |pic2|" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:40 msgid "pic1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pic1" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:43 msgid "pic2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pic2" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the build created, you can access the editor and browse to the folder " "*~/src/user* to access to the code of your development branch." msgstr "" +"เมื่อสร้างบิลด์แล้ว คุณสามารถเข้าถึงตัวแก้ไขและเรียกดูโฟลเดอร์ *~/src/user* " +"เพื่อเข้าถึงโค้ดของสาขาการพัฒนาของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:56 msgid "From your computer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:58 msgid "Clone your Github repository on your computer:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โคลนพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูล Github ของคุณบนคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:67 msgid "Create a new branch:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างสาขาใหม่:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:74 msgid "Create the module structure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างโครงสร้างโมดูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:77 msgid "Scaffolding the module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การติดตั้งโมดูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -9085,16 +9545,21 @@ msgid "" " module structure. You can scaffold a new module using the executable *odoo-" "bin*." msgstr "" +"แม้ว่าจะไม่จำเป็น " +"แต่การถอดแบบคำนวณก็ช่วยหลีกเลี่ยงความน่าเบื่อในการตั้งค่าโครงสร้างโมดูล Odoo" +" พื้นฐานได้ คุณสามารถประกอบโมดูลใหม่ได้โดยใช้ไฟล์ปฏิบัติการ *odoo-bin*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:82 msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากตัวแก้ไข Odoo.sh ในเทอร์มินัล:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:88 msgid "" "Or, from your computer, if you have an :doc:`installation of Odoo " "<../../install/source>`:" msgstr "" +"หรือจากคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ หากคุณมี :doc:`การติดตั้ง Odoo " +"<../../install/source>`:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -9103,10 +9568,13 @@ msgid "" "` in which you replace every occurrences of " "*my_module* to the name of your choice." msgstr "" +"หากคุณไม่ต้องการรบกวนการติดตั้ง Odoo บนคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ คุณยังสามารถ " +":ดาวน์โหลด:`ดาวน์โหลดเทมเพลตโครงสร้างโมดูลนี้ ` " +"ซึ่งคุณจะแทนที่ *my_module* ทุกรายการเป็นชื่อที่คุณเลือก" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:98 msgid "The below structure will be generated:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โครงสร้างด้านล่างจะถูกสร้างขึ้น:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -9115,35 +9583,41 @@ msgid "" "classes of your module, and having classes name with special characters " "other than the underscore is not valid in Python." msgstr "" +"อย่าใช้อักขระพิเศษนอกเหนือจากขีดล่าง ( _ ) สำหรับชื่อโมดูลของคุณ " +"แม้แต่เครื่องหมายยติภังค์ ( - ) ชื่อนี้ใช้สำหรับคลาส Python ของโมดูลของคุณ " +"และการมีชื่อคลาสที่มีอักขระพิเศษอื่นที่ไม่ใช่ขีดล่างนั้นไม่ถูกต้องใน Python" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:125 msgid "Uncomment the content of the files:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ยกเลิกหมายเหตุเนื้อหาของไฟล์:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:127 msgid "*models/models.py*, an example of model with its fields," -msgstr "" +msgstr "*models/models.py* ตัวอย่างของโมเดลที่มีฟิลด์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:129 msgid "" "*views/views.xml*, a tree and a form view, with the menus opening them," -msgstr "" +msgstr "*views/views.xml* มุมมองแบบลำดับและแบบฟอร์ม โดยมีเมนูเปิดอยู่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:131 msgid "*demo/demo.xml*, demo records for the above example model," -msgstr "" +msgstr "*demo/demo.xml* บันทึกการสาธิตสำหรับโมเดลตัวอย่างข้างต้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:133 msgid "" "*controllers/controllers.py*, an example of controller implementing some " "routes," msgstr "" +"*controllers/controllers.py* ตัวอย่างของคอนโทรลเลอร์ที่ใช้งานบางเส้นทาง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:135 msgid "" "*views/templates.xml*, two example qweb views used by the above controller " "routes," msgstr "" +"*views/templates.xml* สองตัวอย่างมุมมอง qweb " +"ที่ใช้โดยเส้นทางคอนโทรลเลอร์ด้านบน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -9151,6 +9625,9 @@ msgid "" "title, description and data files to load. You just need to uncomment the " "access control list data file:" msgstr "" +"*__manifest__.py* ไฟล์ Manifest ของโมดูลของคุณ รวมถึงชื่อ คำอธิบาย " +"และไฟล์ข้อมูลที่จะโหลด " +"คุณเพียงแค่ต้องยกเลิกหมายเหตุไฟล์ข้อมูลรายการควบคุมการเข้าถึง:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:146 msgid "Manually" @@ -9162,27 +9639,30 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/developer/tutorials/getting_started` tutorial to understand the " "structure of a module and the content of each file." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการสร้างโครงสร้างโมดูลด้วยตนเอง คุณสามารถปฏิบัติตามบทช่วยสอน " +":doc:`/developer/tutorials/getting_started` " +"เพื่อทำความเข้าใจโครงสร้างของโมดูลและเนื้อหาของแต่ละไฟล์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:153 msgid "Push the development branch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผลักดันสาขาพัฒนา" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:155 msgid "Stage the changes to be committed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดขั้นตอนการเปลี่ยนแปลงที่จะกระทำ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:161 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:395 msgid "Commit your changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ยอมรับการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:167 msgid "Push your changes to your remote repository" -msgstr "" +msgstr "พุชการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณไปยังพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลระยะไกลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:169 msgid "From an Odoo.sh editor terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากเทอร์มินัลตัวแก้ไข Odoo.sh:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -9192,22 +9672,29 @@ msgid "" "explanation regarding the fact you will be prompted to type your username " "and password, and what to do if you use the two-factor authentication." msgstr "" +"คำสั่งข้างต้นอธิบายไว้ในส่วน :ref:`ยืนยันและผลักดันการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณ " +"` ของบท " +":ref:`เครื่องมือแก้ไขออนไลน์ ` " +"รวมถึงคำอธิบายเกี่ยวกับข้อเท็จจริงที่คุณจะได้รับแจ้งให้พิมพ์ชื่อผู้ใช้และรหัสผ่านของคุณ" +" และสิ่งที่ควรทำหากคุณใช้การยืนยันแบบสองขั้นตอน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:183 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:383 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:409 msgid "Or, from your computer terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หรือจากเทอร์มินัลคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:189 msgid "" "You need to specify *-u origin feature-1* for the first push only. From that" " point, to push your future changes from your computer, you can simply use" msgstr "" +"คุณต้องระบุ *-u origin features-1* สำหรับการพุชครั้งแรกเท่านั้น จากจุดนั้น " +"คุณสามารถใช้เพื่อผลักดันการเปลี่ยนแปลงในอนาคตจากคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:197 msgid "Test your module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ทดสอบโมดูลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -9228,6 +9715,9 @@ msgid "" " Once the database ready, you can access it by clicking the *Connect* " "button." msgstr "" +"คุณจะเห็นการเปลี่ยนแปลงที่คุณเพิ่งดำเนินการ " +"รวมถึงความคิดเห็นที่คุณตั้งไว้ที่นี่ เมื่อฐานข้อมูลพร้อมแล้ว " +"คุณสามารถเข้าถึงได้โดยคลิกปุ่ม *เชื่อมต่อ*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -9245,16 +9735,20 @@ msgid "" "You can then play around with your module, create new records and test your " "features and buttons." msgstr "" +"จากนั้นคุณสามารถลองใช้โมดูลของคุณ สร้างบันทึกใหม่และทดสอบฟีเจอร์และปุ่มต่างๆ" +" ของคุณได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:223 msgid "Test with the production data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ทดสอบกับข้อมูลการผลิต" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:225 msgid "" "You need to have a production database for this step. You can create it if " "you do not have it yet." msgstr "" +"คุณต้องมีฐานข้อมูลการผลิตสำหรับขั้นตอนนี้ " +"คุณสามารถสร้างมันขึ้นมาได้หากคุณยังไม่มี" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -9288,7 +9782,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:243 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:289 msgid "You can also use the :code:`git merge` command to merge your branches." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณยังสามารถใช้คำสั่ง :code:`รวม git` เพื่อรวมสาขาของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -9302,12 +9796,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:251 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:297 msgid "Once the database ready, you can access it using the *Connect* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เมื่อฐานข้อมูลพร้อมแล้ว คุณจะสามารถเข้าถึงได้โดยใช้ปุ่ม *เชื่อมต่อ*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:256 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:300 msgid "Install your module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ติดตั้งโมดูลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -9328,26 +9822,28 @@ msgid "" "Your module may not appear directly in your apps to install either, you need" " to update your apps list first:" msgstr "" +"โมดูลของคุณอาจไม่ปรากฏในแอปของคุณโดยตรงเพื่อติดตั้ง " +"คุณต้องอัปเดตรายการแอปก่อน:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:266 msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งาน :ref:`โหมดนักพัฒนา `" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 msgid "in the apps menu, click the *Update Apps List* button," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในเมนูแอป ให้คลิกปุ่ม *อัปเดตรายการแอป*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:268 msgid "in the dialog that appears, click the *Update* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในกล่องโต้ตอบที่ปรากฏขึ้น ให้คลิกปุ่ม *อัปเดต*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:273 msgid "Your module will then appear in the list of available apps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "โมดูลของคุณจะปรากฏในรายการแอปที่มีอยู่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:279 msgid "Deploy in production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปรับใช้ในการผลิต" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:281 msgid "" @@ -9385,53 +9881,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:308 msgid "Add a change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มการเปลี่ยนแปลง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:310 msgid "" "This section explains how to add a change in your module by adding a new " "field in a model and deploy it." msgstr "" +"ส่วนนี้จะอธิบายวิธีเพิ่มการเปลี่ยนแปลงในโมดูลของคุณโดยการเพิ่มฟิลด์ใหม่ในโมเดลและปรับใช้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor," -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากเครื่องมือแก้ไข Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 msgid "browse to your module folder *~/src/user/my_module*," -msgstr "" +msgstr "เรียกดูโฟลเดอร์โมดูลของคุณ *~/src/user/my_module*," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 msgid "then, open the file *models/models.py*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากนั้นเปิดไฟล์ *models/models.py*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:321 msgid "Or, from your computer," -msgstr "" +msgstr "หรือจากคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:318 msgid "" "use the file browser of your choice to browse to your module folder " "*~/src/odoo-addons/my_module*," msgstr "" +"ใช้เบราว์เซอร์ไฟล์ที่คุณเลือกเพื่อเรียกดูโฟลเดอร์โมดูลของคุณ *~/src/odoo-" +"addons/my_module*," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:320 msgid "" "then, open the file *models/models.py* using the editor of your choice, such" " as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ..." msgstr "" +"จากนั้น เปิดไฟล์ *models/models.py* โดยใช้โปรแกรมแก้ไขที่คุณเลือก เช่น " +"*Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ..." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:323 msgid "Then, after the description field" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากนั้นหลังจากช่องคำอธิบาย" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:329 msgid "Add a datetime field" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มฟิลด์วันที่และเวลา" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:335 msgid "Then, open the file *views/views.xml*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากนั้น เปิดไฟล์ *views/views.xml*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:337 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:473 @@ -9450,12 +9951,16 @@ msgid "" "These changes alter the database structure by adding a column in a table, " "and modify a view stored in database." msgstr "" +"การเปลี่ยนแปลงเหล่านี้จะเปลี่ยนโครงสร้างฐานข้อมูลโดยการเพิ่มคอลัมน์ในตาราง " +"และแก้ไขมุมมองที่จัดเก็บไว้ในฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:352 msgid "" "In order to be applied in existing databases, such as your production " "database, these changes requires the module to be updated." msgstr "" +"เพื่อที่จะนำไปใช้กับฐานข้อมูลที่มีอยู่ เช่น ฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณ " +"การเปลี่ยนแปลงเหล่านี้จำเป็นต้องมีการอัปเดตโมดูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:355 msgid "" @@ -9463,10 +9968,13 @@ msgid "" "platform when you push your changes, increase your module version in its " "manifest." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการให้แพลตฟอร์ม Odoo.sh " +"ดำเนินการอัปเดตโดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อคุณพุชการเปลี่ยนแปลง " +"ให้เพิ่มเวอร์ชันโมดูลของคุณในรายการ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:358 msgid "Open the module manifest *__manifest__.py*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดรายการโมดูล *__manifest__.py*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:366 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:504 @@ -9478,30 +9986,31 @@ msgid "" "The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the" " module upon the new revision deployment." msgstr "" +"แพลตฟอร์มจะตรวจจับการเปลี่ยนแปลงของเวอร์ชันและเริ่มต้นการอัปเดตโมดูลเมื่อมีการปรับใช้การแก้ไขใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:375 msgid "Browse to your Git folder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เรียกดูโฟลเดอร์ Git ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:377 msgid "Then, from an Odoo.sh terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากนั้น จากเทอร์มินัล Odoo.sh:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:389 msgid "Then, stage your changes to be committed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากนั้น ดำเนินการเปลี่ยนแปลงเพื่อยืนยัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:401 msgid "Push your changes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "พุชการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณ:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:403 msgid "From an Odoo.sh terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากเทอร์มินัล Odoo.sh:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:415 msgid "The platform will then create a new build for the branch *feature-1*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากนั้นแพลตฟอร์มจะสร้างโครงสร้างใหม่สำหรับสาขา *feature-1*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:420 msgid "" @@ -9512,10 +10021,15 @@ msgid "" "field will be directly available. Otherwise you can manually update the " "module within the apps list." msgstr "" +"เมื่อคุณทดสอบการเปลี่ยนแปลงแล้ว คุณสามารถรวมการเปลี่ยนแปลงในสาขาการผลิตได้ " +"เช่น โดยการลากและวางสาขาบนสาขาการผลิตในอินเทอร์เฟซ Odoo.sh " +"เมื่อคุณเพิ่มเวอร์ชันของโมดูลในรายการ " +"แพลตฟอร์มจะอัปเดตโมดูลโดยอัตโนมัติและฟิลด์ใหม่ของคุณจะพร้อมใช้งานโดยตรง " +"ไม่เช่นนั้น คุณสามารถอัปเดตโมดูลภายในรายการแอปด้วยตนเองได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:426 msgid "Use an external Python library" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช้ไลบรารี Python ภายนอก" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:428 msgid "" @@ -9523,6 +10037,9 @@ msgid "" "by default, you can define a *requirements.txt* file listing the external " "libraries your modules depends on." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการใช้ไลบรารี Python ภายนอกที่ไม่ได้ติดตั้งตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"คุณสามารถกำหนดไฟล์ *requirements.txt* " +"ซึ่งแสดงรายการไลบรารีภายนอกที่โมดูลของคุณใช้อยู่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:432 msgid "" @@ -9532,16 +10049,22 @@ msgid "" "requiring system packages for their compilation, and **third-party Odoo " "modules**." msgstr "" +"ไม่สามารถติดตั้งหรืออัปเกรดแพ็คเกจระบบบนฐานข้อมูล Odoo.sh ได้ (เช่น แพ็คเกจ " +"apt) อย่างไรก็ตาม ภายใต้เงื่อนไขเฉพาะ " +"อาจพิจารณาบรรจุภัณฑ์สำหรับการติดตั้งได้ นอกจากนี้ยังใช้กับ **โมดูล Python** " +"ที่ต้องการแพ็คเกจระบบสำหรับการคอมไพล์ และ **โมดูล Odoo บุคคลที่สาม**" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:436 msgid "**PostgreSQL extensions** are not supported on Odoo.sh." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ส่วนขยาย PostgreSQL** ไม่รองรับบน Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:437 msgid "" "For more information, consult our `FAQ " "`_." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม โปรดดู `คำถามที่พบบ่อยของเรา " +"`_ " #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 msgid "" @@ -9556,32 +10079,39 @@ msgid "" "The feature is explained in this section by using the `Unidecode library " "`_ in your module." msgstr "" +"ฟีเจอร์นี้อธิบายไว้ในส่วนนี้โดยใช้ `ไลบรารี Unidecode " +"`_ ในโมดูลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:444 msgid "Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างไฟล์ *requirements.txt* ในโฟลเดอร์รูทของที่เก็บของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:446 msgid "" "From the Odoo.sh editor, create and open the file " "~/src/user/requirements.txt." msgstr "" +"จากโปรแกรมแก้ไข Odoo.sh ให้สร้างและเปิดไฟล์ ~/src/user/requirements.txt" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:448 msgid "" "Or, from your computer, create and open the file ~/src/odoo-" "addons/requirements.txt." msgstr "" +"หรือจากคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ ให้สร้างและเปิดไฟล์ ~/src/odoo-" +"addons/requirements.txt" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:456 msgid "" "Then use the library in your module, for instance to remove accents from " "characters in the name field of your model." msgstr "" +"จากนั้นใช้ไลบรารีในโมดูลของคุณ เช่น " +"เพื่อลบการเน้นเสียงออกจากอักขระในช่องชื่อโมเดลของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:459 msgid "Open the file *models/models.py*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดไฟล์ *models/models.py*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:461 msgid "Before" @@ -9592,30 +10122,32 @@ msgid "" "Adding a Python dependency requires a module version increase for the " "platform to install it." msgstr "" +"การเพิ่มการพึ่งพา Python " +"จำเป็นต้องเพิ่มเวอร์ชันโมดูลเพื่อให้แพลตฟอร์มติดตั้งได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:496 msgid "Edit the module manifest *__manifest__.py*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แก้ไขรายการโมดูล *__manifest__.py*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:510 msgid "Stage and commit your changes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดำเนินการและยืนยันการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณ:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:518 msgid "Then, push your changes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากนั้น ผลักดันการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณ:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:520 msgid "In an Odoo.sh terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในเทอร์มินัล Odoo.sh:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:526 msgid "In your computer terminal:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในเทอร์มินัลคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:6 msgid "Online Editor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เครื่องมือแก้ไขออนไลน์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9624,6 +10156,10 @@ msgid "" "consoles, Odoo Shell consoles and `Notebooks " "`_." msgstr "" +"โปรแกรมแก้ไขออนไลน์ช่วยให้คุณสามารถแก้ไขซอร์สโค้ดของงานสร้างของคุณจากเว็บเบราว์เซอร์" +" นอกจากนี้ยังช่วยให้คุณสามารถเปิดเทอร์มินัล, คอนโซล Python, คอนโซลเชลล์ Odoo" +" และ `โน๊ตบุ๊ค " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -9633,14 +10169,19 @@ msgid "" " to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-" "master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถเข้าถึงตัวแก้ไขของบิลด์ผ่าน :ref:`แท็บสาขา `, :ref:`เมนูแบบเลื่อนลงของบิลด์ ` หรือโดยการเพิ่ม */odoo-sh/editor* " +"ให้กับชื่อโดเมนบิลด์ของคุณ (เช่น *https:// odoo-addons-" +"master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:25 msgid "Edit the source code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แก้ไขซอร์สโค้ด" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:27 msgid "The working directory is composed of the following folders:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไดเร็กทอรีการทำงานประกอบด้วยโฟลเดอร์ต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9654,42 +10195,51 @@ msgid "" "Your changes won't be propagated to a new build, you must commit them in " "your source code if you want to make them persist." msgstr "" +"การเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณจะไม่ถูกเผยแพร่ไปยังบิลด์ใหม่ " +"คุณต้องคอมมิตการเปลี่ยนแปลงเหล่านั้นในซอร์สโค้ดของคุณหากคุณต้องการให้คงอยู่" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:56 msgid "" "For production builds, the source code is read-only, because applying local " "changes on a production server is not a good practice." msgstr "" +"สำหรับรุ่นที่ใช้งานจริง ซอร์สโค้ดเป็นแบบอ่านอย่างเดียว " +"เนื่องจากการใช้การเปลี่ยนแปลงในเครื่องบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ใช้งานจริงไม่ใช่แนวปฏิบัติที่ดี" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:59 msgid "" "The source code of your Github repository is located under */src/user*," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ซอร์สโค้ดของที่เก็บ Github ของคุณอยู่ภายใต้ */src/user*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:60 msgid "The source code of Odoo is located under" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ซอร์สโค้ดของ Odoo อยู่ภายใต้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:62 msgid "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo `_)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo `_)," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:63 msgid "" "*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise `_)," msgstr "" +"*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise `_)," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:64 msgid "" "*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes `_)." msgstr "" +"*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes `_)." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:66 msgid "" "To open a file in the editor, just double-click on it in the file browser " "panel on the left." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเปิดไฟล์ในตัวแก้ไข " +"เพียงดับเบิลคลิกที่ไฟล์นั้นในแผงเบราว์เซอร์ไฟล์ทางด้านซ้าย" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -9697,6 +10247,9 @@ msgid "" "menu :menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` or by hitting the :kbd:`Ctrl+S` " "shortcut." msgstr "" +"จากนั้นคุณสามารถเริ่มทำการเปลี่ยนแปลงได้ " +"คุณสามารถบันทึกการเปลี่ยนแปลงได้ด้วยเมนู :menuselection:`ไฟล์ --> บันทึก .. " +"ไฟล์` หรือโดยการกดปุ่มทางลัด :kbd:`Ctrl+S`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -9704,6 +10257,9 @@ msgid "" "will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected " "immediately, without having to restart the server manually." msgstr "" +"หากคุณบันทึกไฟล์ Python ที่อยู่ภายใต้เส้นทางส่วนเสริมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Odoo ของคุณ" +" Odoo จะตรวจจับและโหลดซ้ำโดยอัตโนมัติ เพื่อให้การเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณมีผลทันที " +"โดยไม่ต้องรีสตาร์ทเซิร์ฟเวอร์ด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -9714,54 +10270,64 @@ msgid "" "considered as currently opened is the file focused in the text editor, not " "the file highlighted in the file browser." msgstr "" +"อย่างไรก็ตาม หากการเปลี่ยนแปลงเป็นข้อมูลที่จัดเก็บไว้ในฐานข้อมูล เช่น " +"ป้ายกำกับของฟิลด์ หรือมุมมอง คุณต้องอัปเดตโมดูลตามเพื่อใช้การเปลี่ยนแปลง " +"คุณสามารถอัปเดตโมดูลของไฟล์ที่เปิดอยู่ในปัจจุบันได้โดยใช้เมนู " +":menuselection:`Odoo --> อัปเดตโมดูลปัจจุบัน` " +"โปรดทราบว่าไฟล์ที่พิจารณาว่าเปิดอยู่ในปัจจุบันคือไฟล์ที่เน้นในตัวแก้ไขข้อความ" +" ไม่ใช่ไฟล์ที่ไฮไลต์ในเบราว์เซอร์ไฟล์" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:93 msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณยังสามารถเปิดเทอร์มินัลและรันคำสั่ง:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:102 msgid "Commit & Push your changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ยืนยันและพุชการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:104 msgid "" "You have the possibility to commit and push your changes to your Github " "repository." msgstr "" +"คุณมีความเป็นไปได้ที่จะยืนยันและพุชการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณไปยังพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูล" +" Github ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:106 msgid "Open a terminal (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดเทอร์มินัล (:menuselection:`ไฟล์ -> ใหม่ -> เทอร์มินัล`)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:107 msgid "Change the directory to *~/src/user* using :code:`cd ~/src/user`," -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปลี่ยนไดเร็กทอรีเป็น *~/src/user* โดยใช้ :code:`cd ~/src/user`," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:108 msgid "Stage your changes using :code:`git add`," -msgstr "" +msgstr "แสดงการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณโดยใช้ :code:`เพิ่ม git`," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:109 msgid "Commit your changes using :code:`git commit`," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ยอมรับการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณโดยใช้ :code:`git commit`," #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:110 msgid "Push your changes using :code:`git push https HEAD:`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Push การเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณโดยใช้ :code:`git push https HEAD:`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:112 msgid "In this last command," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในคำสั่งสุดท้ายนี้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:114 msgid "" "*https* is the name of your *HTTPS* Github remote repository (e.g. " "https://github.com/username/repository.git)," msgstr "" +"*https* คือชื่อของพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลระยะไกล *HTTPS* Github ของคุณ (เช่น " +"https://github.com/username/repository.git)" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:116 msgid "HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed," -msgstr "" +msgstr "HEAD คือการอ้างอิงถึงการแก้ไขล่าสุดที่คุณ commit" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -9769,6 +10335,8 @@ msgid "" "push the changes, most-likely the current branch if you work in a " "development build." msgstr "" +" จะต้องถูกแทนที่ด้วยชื่อของสาขาที่คุณต้อง Push การเปลี่ยนแปลง " +"ซึ่งส่วนใหญ่เป็นสาขาปัจจุบันหากคุณทำงานในรุ่นการพัฒนา" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -9804,6 +10372,10 @@ msgid "" "rather than branches. In other words, this means you can have multiple " "builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." msgstr "" +"โฟลเดอร์ซอร์ส Git *~/src/user* ไม่ได้ถูกเช็คเอาท์ในสาขา " +"แต่ในการแก้ไขที่แยกออกมา: " +"นี่เป็นเพราะว่าบิลด์ทำงานในการแก้ไขเฉพาะมากกว่าสาขา " +"ซึ่งหมายความว่าคุณสามารถมีได้หลายบิลด์ในสาขาเดียวกัน แต่มีการแก้ไขต่างกัน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -9813,10 +10385,14 @@ msgid "" " same revision as the new build that was created, but always make sure to be" " in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch." msgstr "" +"เมื่อการเปลี่ยนแปลงของคุณถูก Push ตาม :ref:`พฤติกรรม Push สาขา ` ของคุณ " +"โครงสร้างใหม่อาจถูกสร้างขึ้น คุณสามารถทำงานต่อในตัวแก้ไขที่คุณ Push ออกมาได้" +" เนื่องจากจะมีการแก้ไขแบบเดียวกับบิลด์ใหม่ที่สร้างขึ้น " +"แต่ต้องแน่ใจว่าอยู่ในตัวแก้ไขของบิลด์โดยใช้เวอร์ชันล่าสุดของสาขาของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:148 msgid "Consoles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คอนโซล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -9828,12 +10404,20 @@ msgid "" "display>`_ capabilities. Thanks to this, you will be able to display objects" " in HTML." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถเปิดคอนโซล Python ซึ่งเป็น `IPython เชลล์เชิงโต้ตอบ " +"`_ " +"สิ่งที่น่าสนใจที่สุดอย่างหนึ่งในการใช้คอนโซล Python แทนที่จะเป็นเชลล์ " +"IPython ภายในเทอร์มินัลคือ `จอแสดงผลที่หลากหลาย " +"` _ความสามารถ ด้วยเหตุนี้คุณจึงสามารถแสดงวัตถุในรูปแบบ HTML ได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:158 msgid "" "You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using `pandas " "`_." msgstr "" +"ตัวอย่างเช่น คุณสามารถแสดงเซลล์ของไฟล์ CSV โดยใช้ `pandas " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -9841,6 +10425,9 @@ msgid "" "registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or " "write on your records." msgstr "" +"คุณยังสามารถเปิดคอนโซลเชลล์ Odoo เพื่อทดลองใช้การลงทะเบียน Odoo " +"และวิธีการจำลองฐานข้อมูลของคุณได้ " +"คุณยังสามารถอ่านหรือเขียนลงในบันทึกของคุณได้โดยตรง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -9850,12 +10437,18 @@ msgid "" "in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully " "on production databases." msgstr "" +"ในคอนโซล Odoo การทำธุรกรรมต่างๆ จะเกิดขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติ ซึ่งหมายความว่า " +"ตัวอย่างเช่น การเปลี่ยนแปลงในบันทึกจะถูกนำไปใช้อย่างมีประสิทธิภาพในฐานข้อมูล" +" หากคุณเปลี่ยนชื่อของผู้ใช้ ชื่อของผู้ใช้จะถูกเปลี่ยนในฐานข้อมูลของคุณด้วย " +"ดังนั้นคุณจึงควรใช้คอนโซล Odoo อย่างระมัดระวังกับฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:174 msgid "" "You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. " ":code:`env['res.users']`." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถใช้ *env* เพื่อเรียกใช้โมเดลของการลงทะเบียนฐานข้อมูลของคุณได้ เช่น " +":code:`env['res.users']`." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -9864,12 +10457,19 @@ msgid "" "`_ mentioned above." msgstr "" +"คลาส :code:`Pretty` " +"ช่วยให้คุณสามารถแสดงรายการและการเขียนตามคำบอกได้อย่างง่ายดายโดยใช้ " +"`จอแสดงผลที่หลากหลาย " +"`_ กล่าวถึงข้างต้น" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:192 msgid "" "You can also use `pandas `_ to display graphs." msgstr "" +"คุณยังสามารถใช้ `pandas `_ เพื่อแสดงกราฟได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:8 msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." @@ -9887,7 +10487,7 @@ msgstr "ชื่อโปรเจ็กต์ของคุณ" msgid "" "This defines the address that will be used to access your production " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "นี่เป็นการกำหนดที่อยู่ที่จะใช้ในการเข้าถึงฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -9909,11 +10509,11 @@ msgstr "จัดการผู้ใช้ Github ที่สามารถ #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:36 msgid "There are two levels of users:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ใช้มีสองระดับ:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:38 msgid "Admin: has access to all features of Odoo.sh." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ดูแลระบบ: สามารถเข้าถึงฟีเจอร์ทั้งหมดของ Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -9942,6 +10542,8 @@ msgid "" "In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server " "logs." msgstr "" +"นอกจากนี้ พวกเขาไม่สามารถใช้ webshell " +"หรือไม่สามารถเข้าถึงบันทึกของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 msgid "User" @@ -9954,12 +10556,12 @@ msgstr "แอดมิน" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:89 msgid "1-click connect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เชื่อมต่อใน 1 คลิก" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:69 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 msgid "Shell/SSH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Shell/SSH" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:84 msgid "Production & Staging" @@ -9967,7 +10569,7 @@ msgstr "การผลิตและการจัดเตรียม" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:118 msgid "|green|\\*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|green|\\*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:120 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:3 @@ -9980,23 +10582,27 @@ msgstr "\\* เฉพาะสาขาการจัดเตรียมเ #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:145 msgid "Public Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเข้าถึงสาธารณะ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "อนุญาตให้สาธารณะเข้าถึงบิลด์การพัฒนาของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:152 msgid "" "If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing " "visitors to connect to your development builds." msgstr "" +"หากเปิดใช้งาน ตัวเลือกนี้จะเปิดเผยหน้าบิลด์ต่อสาธารณะ " +"ทำให้ผู้เยี่ยมชมสามารถเชื่อมต่อกับบิลด์การพัฒนาของคุณได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:155 msgid "" "In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your " "development builds." msgstr "" +"นอกจากนี้ ผู้เยี่ยมชมยังสามารถเข้าถึงบันทึก เชลล์ " +"และเมลของบิลด์การพัฒนาของคุณได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -10008,19 +10614,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:162 msgid "Custom domains" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โดเมนที่กำหนดเอง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:164 msgid "" "To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's " ":ref:`settings tab `." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการกำหนดค่าโดเมนเพิ่มเติม โปรดดูที่แท็บ " +":ref:`การตั้งค่าของสาขาที่เกี่ยวข้อง `" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:172 msgid "" "Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules" " in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." msgstr "" +"กำหนดค่าคีย์การปรับใช้สำหรับพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลส่วนตัวที่คุณใช้เป็นโมดูลย่อยในสาขาของคุณเพื่อให้" +" Odoo.sh ดาวน์โหลดได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -10029,6 +10640,9 @@ msgid "" "chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this " "documentation." msgstr "" +"การตั้งค่าเหล่านี้จำเป็นสำหรับ **พื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลส่วนตัว** เท่านั้น " +"หากคุณกำลังมองหาวิธีตั้งค่าโมดูลย่อยของคุณ คำแนะนำมีอยู่ในบท :ref:`โมดูลย่อย" +" ` ของเอกสารนี้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -10037,64 +10651,81 @@ msgid "" "for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the " "revisions of this private repository." msgstr "" +"เมื่อพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลเป็นแบบส่วนตัว " +"จะไม่สามารถดาวน์โหลดสาขาและการแก้ไขแบบสาธารณะได้ ด้วยเหตุนี้ " +"คุณต้องกำหนดค่าคีย์การปรับใช้สำหรับ Odoo.sh ดังนั้นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Git " +"ระยะไกลจึงอนุญาตให้แพลตฟอร์มของเราดาวน์โหลดรุ่นปรับปรุงของพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลส่วนตัวนี้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:188 msgid "" "To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"ในการกำหนดค่าคีย์การปรับใช้สำหรับพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลส่วนตัว " +"ให้ดำเนินการดังนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:190 msgid "" "in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on " "*Add*," msgstr "" +"ในการป้อนข้อมูล ให้วาง SSH URL ของที่เก็บย่อยส่วนตัวของคุณแล้วคลิก *เพิ่ม*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เช่น *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:193 msgid "" "it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even " "your own self-hosted server" msgstr "" +"อาจเป็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Git อื่นที่ไม่ใช่ Github เช่น Bitbucket, Gitlab " +"หรือแม้แต่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่โฮสต์เองของคุณเอง" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:196 msgid "copy the public key," -msgstr "" +msgstr "คัดลอกคีย์สาธารณะ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:198 msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ซึ่งควรจะดูเหมือนกับ *ssh-rsa some...random...Characters...here...==*" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:200 msgid "" "in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst " "the deploy keys." msgstr "" +"ในการตั้งค่าของพื้นที่เก็บข้อมูลย่อยส่วนตัว " +"ให้เพิ่มคีย์สาธารณะระหว่างคีย์ปรับใช้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:202 msgid "" "Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" msgstr "" +"Github.com: :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า --> ปุ่มปรับใช้ --> เพิ่มรหัสปรับใช้`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:203 msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" msgstr "" +"Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า --> คีย์การเข้าถึง --> เพิ่มคีย์`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:204 msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" msgstr "" +"Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`การตั้งค่า --> พื้นที่เก็บข้อมูล --> " +"ปรับใช้คีย์`" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:205 msgid "" "Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its " ".ssh directory" msgstr "" +"โฮสต์ด้วยตนเอง: เพิ่มคีย์ต่อท้ายไฟล์ที่ได้รับอนุญาตของผู้ใช้ git " +"ในไดเร็กทอรี .ssh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:208 msgid "Storage Size" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ขนาดการจัดเก็บ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:210 msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." @@ -10102,33 +10733,39 @@ msgstr "ส่วนนี้จะแสดงขนาดพื้นที่ #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:215 msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ขนาดพื้นที่จัดเก็บคำนวณดังนี้:" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:217 msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ขนาดของฐานข้อมูล PostgreSQL" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:219 msgid "" "the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, " "sessions storage directory..." msgstr "" +"ขนาดของไฟล์ดิสก์ที่มีอยู่ในคอนเทนเนอร์ของคุณ: ที่เก็บไฟล์ฐานข้อมูล, " +"ไดเร็กทอรีหน่วยเก็บข้อมูลเซสชัน..." #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:222 msgid "" "In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu " "`_ in your Web Shell." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีที่คุณต้องการวิเคราะห์การใช้งานดิสก์ คุณสามารถเรียกใช้เครื่องมือ `ncdu" +" `_ ใน Web Shell ของคุณได้" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:225 msgid "" "Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in " "your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." msgstr "" +"หากขนาดฐานข้อมูลการใช้งานจริงของคุณเพิ่มขึ้นจนเกินขนาดที่กำหนดไว้ในการสมัครใช้งานของคุณ" +" ระบบจะซิงโครไนซ์กับฐานข้อมูลดังกล่าวโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 msgid "Database Workers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เจ้าหน้าที่ฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -10136,6 +10773,9 @@ msgid "" "increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add " "more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." msgstr "" +"สามารถกำหนดค่าผู้ปฏิบัติงานฐานข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมได้ที่นี่ " +"ผู้ปฏิบัติงานจำนวนมากขึ้นช่วยเพิ่มภาระที่ฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณสามารถจัดการได้" +" หากคุณเพิ่มมากขึ้น ระบบจะซิงโครไนซ์กับการสมัครของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -10145,6 +10785,11 @@ msgid "" "it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here " "`_." msgstr "" +"การเพิ่มคนทำงานมากขึ้นไม่สามารถแก้ปัญหาประสิทธิภาพการทำงานทั้งหมดได้ " +"อนุญาตให้เซิร์ฟเวอร์จัดการการเชื่อมต่อได้มากขึ้นในเวลาเดียวกันเท่านั้น " +"หากการดำเนินการบางอย่างช้าผิดปกติ อาจมีปัญหากับโค้ด " +"หากไม่ได้เกิดจากการปรับแต่งของคุณเอง คุณสามารถเปิดทิกเก็ตได้ `ที่นี่ " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:245 msgid "Staging Branches" @@ -10181,7 +10826,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อมูลเบื้องต้นเกี่ยวกับ Odoo.sh" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -10197,6 +10842,11 @@ msgid "" "14.0 to Odoo 16.0). Frequently upgrading is essential as each version comes " "with new and improved features, bug fixes, and security patches." msgstr "" +"การอัปเกรดคือกระบวนการย้ายฐานข้อมูลของคุณจากเวอร์ชันเก่าไปเป็นเวอร์ชันใหม่ " +":doc:`เวอร์ชันที่รองรับ ` (เช่น Odoo 14.0 เป็น " +"Odoo 16.0) การอัปเกรดบ่อยครั้งถือเป็นสิ่งสำคัญ " +"เนื่องจากแต่ละเวอร์ชันมาพร้อมกับฟีเจอร์ใหม่ที่ได้รับการปรับปรุง " +"การแก้ไขข้อบกพร่อง และแพตช์ด้านความปลอดภัย" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -10205,10 +10855,14 @@ msgid "" "as soon as a new version is released. The invitation to upgrade is only sent" " if no issues are detected during the automatic tests." msgstr "" +"กระบวนการ Rolling Release ช่วยให้ลูกค้า Odoo Online " +"สามารถอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลได้โดยตรงจากข้อความแจ้งที่ส่งถึงผู้ดูแลระบบฐานข้อมูลทันทีที่มีการเผยแพร่เวอร์ชันใหม่" +" " +"คำเชิญให้อัปเกรดจะถูกส่งเฉพาะในกรณีที่ตรวจไม่พบปัญหาระหว่างการทดสอบอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "The upgrade message prompt on the top right of the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ข้อความแจ้งการอัปเกรดที่ด้านบนขวามือของฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -10218,26 +10872,34 @@ msgid "" "is possible to request an upgraded test database and check it for any " "discrepancies." msgstr "" +"แนะนำอย่างยิ่งให้ :ref:`ทดสอบการอัปเกรดด้วยตนเองก่อน `" +" การคลิก :guilabel:`ฉันต้องการทดสอบก่อน` เปลี่ยนเส้นทางไปยัง " +"`ผู้จัดการฐานข้อมูล `_ " +"อาจจะขอฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้วและตรวจสอบความแตกต่าง" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:27 msgid "" "It is **not** recommended to click :guilabel:`Upgrade Now` without testing " "first, as it immediately triggers the live production database upgrade." msgstr "" +"**ไม่** แนะนำให้คลิก :guilabel:`อัปเกรดทันที` โดยไม่ต้องทดสอบก่อน " +"เนื่องจากจะเริ่มต้นการอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริงทันที" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:30 msgid "" "If the Rolling Release process detects an issue with the upgrade, it will be" " deactivated until the issue is resolved." msgstr "" +"หากกระบวนการ Rolling Release ตรวจพบปัญหาในการอัปเกรด " +"กระบวนการดังกล่าวจะถูกปิดใช้งานจนกว่าปัญหาจะได้รับการแก้ไข" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:33 msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การอัปเกรดไม่ครอบคลุม:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:35 msgid "Downgrading to a previous version of Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดาวน์เกรดเป็น Odoo เวอร์ชันก่อนหน้า" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -10251,10 +10913,12 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`Changing hosting type ` " "(e.g., from on-premise to Odoo Online)" msgstr "" +":doc:`การเปลี่ยนประเภทโฮสติ้ง ` " +"(เช่น จากภายในองค์กรเป็น Odoo Online)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:39 msgid "Migrating from another ERP to Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การย้ายจาก ERP อื่นไปยัง Odoo" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -10265,16 +10929,26 @@ msgid "" "` while also :doc:`upgrading the source code " "of your custom modules `." msgstr "" +"หากฐานข้อมูลของคุณมีโมดูลแบบกำหนดเอง " +"คุณจะไม่สามารถอัปเกรดได้จนกว่าเวอร์ชันของโมดูลแบบกำหนดเองจะพร้อมใช้งานสำหรับ" +" Odoo เวอร์ชันเป้าหมาย สำหรับลูกค้าที่ดูแลโมดูลที่กำหนดเองด้วยตนเอง " +"เราขอแนะนำให้ทำกระบวนการแบบขนานโดย :ref:`การร้องขอฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้ว " +"` ในขณะเดียวกันก็ " +":doc:`อัปเกรดซอร์สโค้ดของโมดูลที่กำหนดเองของคุณ " +"`" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:50 msgid "Upgrading in a nutshell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การอัปเกรดโดยสรุป" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 msgid "" "Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test " "database `)." msgstr "" +"ขอฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้ว (ดู " +":ref:`การได้รับฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้ว `)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -10282,18 +10956,24 @@ msgid "" "compatible with the new version of Odoo (see " ":doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)." msgstr "" +"หากมี ให้อัปเกรดซอร์สโค้ดของโมดูลที่คุณกำหนดเองให้เข้ากันได้กับ Odoo " +"เวอร์ชันใหม่ (ดู :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db`)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 msgid "" "Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of " "the database `)." msgstr "" +"ทดสอบฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้วอย่างละเอียด (ดู " +":ref:`การทดสอบฐานข้อมูลเวอร์ชันใหม่ `)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:61 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" +"รายงานปัญหาที่พบในระหว่างการทดสอบไปยัง Odoo ผ่าน `หน้าการช่วยเหลือ " +"`__" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -10301,6 +10981,9 @@ msgid "" "database can be used as your main database without any issues, plan the " "upgrade of your production database." msgstr "" +"เมื่อปัญหาทั้งหมดได้รับการแก้ไขแล้ว " +"และคุณมั่นใจว่าฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้วสามารถใช้เป็นฐานข้อมูลหลักของคุณได้โดยไม่มีปัญหาใดๆ" +" ให้วางแผนการอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลการใช้งานจริงของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -10308,16 +10991,21 @@ msgid "" "for the time it takes to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the " "production database `)." msgstr "" +"ขออัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริง " +"โดยทำให้ไม่พร้อมใช้งานตามเวลาที่ใช้ในการดำเนินการให้เสร็จสิ้น (ดู " +":ref:`การอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริง `)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 msgid "" "Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support " "page `__." msgstr "" +"รายงานปัญหาที่พบระหว่างการอัปเกรดเป็น Odoo ผ่าน `หน้าการช่วยเหลือ " +"`__" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:76 msgid "Obtaining an upgraded test database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การได้รับฐานข้อมูลการทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้ว" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -10340,12 +11028,19 @@ msgid "" "`General Data Protection Regulation page `_ to " "learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy." msgstr "" +"แพลตฟอร์มการอัปเกรดเป็นไปตาม `นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัว " +"`_ เดียวกันกับบริการอื่นๆ ของ Odoo.com ไปที่ " +"`หน้ากฎระเบียบคุ้มครองข้อมูลทั่วไป `_ " +"เพื่อเรียนรู้เพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับวิธีที่ Odoo " +"จัดการข้อมูลและความเป็นส่วนตัวของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager " "`_." msgstr "" +"สามารถอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูล Odoo Online ได้ด้วยตนเองผ่าน `ตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูล " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -10353,37 +11048,44 @@ msgid "" "account. Databases not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow " "in a circle icon next to their name, indicating that they can be upgraded." msgstr "" +"ตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูลจะแสดงฐานข้อมูลทั้งหมดที่เกี่ยวข้องกับบัญชีผู้ใช้ " +"ฐานข้อมูลที่ไม่ได้อยู่ใน Odoo " +"เวอร์ชันล่าสุดจะแสดงลูกศรในไอคอนวงกลมถัดจากชื่อ ซึ่งระบุว่าสามารถอัปเกรดได้" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "" "The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูลที่มีปุ่มอัปเกรดถัดจากชื่อฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:102 msgid "" "Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the " "popup, fill in:" msgstr "" +"คลิกไอคอน **ลูกศรในวงกลม** เพื่อเริ่มขั้นตอนการอัปเกรด ในป๊อปอัป ให้กรอก:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:104 msgid "" "The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version" msgstr "" +"**เวอร์ชัน** ของ Odoo ที่คุณต้องการอัปเกรด โดยปกติจะเป็นเวอร์ชันล่าสุด" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 msgid "" "The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ที่อยู่ **อีเมล** ที่ควรได้รับลิงก์ไปยังฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้ว" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:106 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to " ":guilabel:`Test` for your first upgrade request" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`วัตถุประสงค์` ของการอัปเกรด ซึ่งจะถูกตั้งค่าเป็น " +":guilabel:`ทดสอบ` โดยอัตโนมัติสำหรับคำขออัปเกรดครั้งแรกของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" popup." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ป๊อปอัป \"อัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลของคุณ\"" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -10393,16 +11095,22 @@ msgid "" " can also be accessed from the database manager by clicking the dropdown " "arrow before the database name." msgstr "" +"แท็ก :guilabel:`อัปเกรดอยู่ระหว่างดำเนินการ` " +"จะแสดงถัดจากชื่อฐานข้อมูลจนกว่าจะเสร็จสิ้น เมื่อกระบวนการสำเร็จ " +"อีเมลที่มีลิงก์ไปยังฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้วจะถูกส่งไปยังที่อยู่ที่ให้ไว้" +" " +"ฐานข้อมูลยังสามารถเข้าถึงได้จากตัวจัดการฐานข้อมูลโดยคลิกลูกศรแบบเลื่อนลงก่อนชื่อฐานข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การคลิกลูกศรเมนูจะแสดงฐานข้อมูลการทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้ว" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade " "process." msgstr "" +"Odoo.sh ถูกรวมเข้ากับแพลตฟอร์มอัปเกรดเพื่อทำให้กระบวนการอัปเกรดง่ายขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" @@ -10413,6 +11121,8 @@ msgid "" "The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the " "`upgrade platform `_." msgstr "" +"**การสำรองข้อมูลอัตโนมัติรายวันล่าสุดที่ใช้งานจริง** จะถูกส่งไปยัง " +"`แพลตฟอร์มอัปเกรด `_" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -10440,35 +11150,45 @@ msgid "" "upgraded database is built as soon as it is transferred from the upgrade " "platform, and the upgrade mode is exited." msgstr "" +"ในฐานข้อมูลที่ติดตั้งโมดูลแบบกำหนดเอง " +"ซอร์สโค้ดจะต้องอัปเดตเป็นเวอร์ชันเป้าหมายของ Odoo ก่อนจึงจะสามารถอัปเกรดได้ " +"หากไม่มีเลย ระบบจะข้ามโหมด \"อัปเดตเมื่อ Commit\" " +"ฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดจะถูกสร้างขึ้นทันทีที่มีการถ่ายโอนจากแพลตฟอร์มอัปเกรด " +"และออกจากโหมดอัปเกรดแล้ว" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:143 msgid "" "Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for more " "information." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบหน้า :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` " +"เพื่อดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:145 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:341 msgid "On-premise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ภายในองค์กร" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:147 msgid "" "The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following " "command line on the machine where the database is hosted:" msgstr "" +"กระบวนการอัปเกรดมาตรฐานสามารถเริ่มต้นได้โดยการป้อนบรรทัดคำสั่งต่อไปนี้บนเครื่องที่โฮสต์ฐานข้อมูล:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:154 msgid "" "The following command can be used to display the general help and the main " "commands:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คำสั่งต่อไปนี้สามารถใช้เพื่อแสดงวิธีใช้ทั่วไปและคำสั่งหลัก:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:160 msgid "" "An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page " "`_." msgstr "" +"สามารถขอฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้วได้ผ่านทาง `หน้าอัปเกรด " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -10477,12 +11197,18 @@ msgid "" "performed. Check out the :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` page for" " more information." msgstr "" +"ในฐานข้อมูลที่ติดตั้งโมดูลแบบกำหนดเอง " +"ซอร์สโค้ดจะต้องอัปเดตเป็นเวอร์ชันเป้าหมายของ Odoo ก่อนจึงจะสามารถอัปเกรดได้ " +"ตรวจสอบหน้า :doc:`/developer/howtos/upgrade_custom_db` " +"เพื่อดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:169 msgid "" "For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can " "download it." msgstr "" +"ด้วยเหตุผลด้านความปลอดภัย " +"เฉพาะผู้ที่ส่งคำขออัปเกรดเท่านั้นที่สามารถดาวน์โหลดได้" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -10490,6 +11216,9 @@ msgid "" " the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the " "production filestore." msgstr "" +"เพื่อเหตุผลด้านการจัดเก็บ " +"สำเนาของฐานข้อมูลจะถูกส่งโดยไม่มีที่เก็บไฟล์ไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์อัปเกรด " +"ดังนั้นฐานข้อมูลที่อัพเกรดแล้วจึงไม่มีที่เก็บไฟล์ที่ใช้งานจริง" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -10497,14 +11226,16 @@ msgid "" "the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " "as it would be in the new version." msgstr "" +"ก่อนที่จะกู้คืนฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้ว " +"พื้นที่เก็บไฟล์จะต้องถูกรวมเข้ากับพื้นที่เก็บไฟล์ที่ใช้งานจริงเพื่อให้สามารถดำเนินการทดสอบในเงื่อนไขเดียวกับที่เป็นในเวอร์ชันใหม่ได้" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:175 msgid "The upgraded database contains:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดประกอบด้วย:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไฟล์ `dump.sql` ที่มีฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้ว" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -10514,12 +11245,17 @@ msgid "" "etc.). This is the folder that should be merged with the production " "filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." msgstr "" +"โฟลเดอร์ `filestore` ที่มีไฟล์ที่แยกจากบันทึกในฐานข้อมูลเป็นไฟล์แนบ (ถ้ามี) " +"และไฟล์ Odoo มาตรฐานใหม่จากเวอร์ชัน Odoo เป้าหมาย (เช่น รูปภาพ ไอคอน " +"โลโก้ของผู้ให้บริการการชำระเงิน และอื่นๆ) " +"นี่คือโฟลเดอร์ที่ควรรวมเข้ากับที่เก็บไฟล์ที่ใช้งานจริงเพื่อรับที่เก็บไฟล์ที่อัปเกรดเต็มรูปแบบ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 msgid "" "You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more " "than once." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถขอฐานข้อมูลทดสอบหลายรายการได้หากคุณต้องการทดสอบการอัปเกรดมากกว่าหนึ่งครั้ง" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -10529,10 +11265,14 @@ msgid "" "provides important information about the changes introduced by the new " "version." msgstr "" +"เมื่อคำขออัปเกรดเสร็จสมบูรณ์ รายงานการอัปเกรดจะแนบไปกับอีเมลอัปเกรดที่สำเร็จ" +" และจะพร้อมใช้งานในแอปแชท สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของกลุ่ม \"การดูแลระบบ" +" / การตั้งค่า\" " +"รายงานนี้ให้ข้อมูลที่สำคัญเกี่ยวกับการเปลี่ยนแปลงที่เกิดขึ้นในเวอร์ชันใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:198 msgid "Testing the new version of the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ทดสอบฐานข้อมูลเวอร์ชันใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -10540,27 +11280,34 @@ msgid "" "ensure that you are not stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in " "views, behavior, or an error message once the upgrade goes live." msgstr "" +"มีความจำเป็นอย่างยิ่งที่จะใช้เวลาในการทดสอบฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้ว " +"เพื่อให้แน่ใจว่าคุณจะไม่ติดอยู่กับกิจกรรมในแต่ละวันจากการเปลี่ยนแปลงมุมมอง " +"พฤติกรรม หรือข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดเมื่อการอัปเกรดใช้งานได้" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:205 msgid "" "Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent " "them from impacting the production database:" msgstr "" +"ฐานข้อมูลทดสอบถูกทำให้เป็นกลาง " +"และฟีเจอร์บางอย่างถูกปิดใช้งานเพื่อป้องกันไม่ให้ส่งผลกระทบต่อฐานข้อมูลการใช้งานจริง:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 msgid "Scheduled actions are disabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การดำเนินการตามกำหนดการถูกปิดใช้งาน" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:209 msgid "" "Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" " a fake one." msgstr "" +"เซิร์ฟเวอร์เมลขาออกถูกปิดใช้งานโดยการเก็บถาวรเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มีอยู่และเพิ่มเซิร์ฟเวอร์ปลอม" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 msgid "" "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการชำระเงินและผู้ให้บริการจัดส่งจะถูกรีเซ็ตเป็นสภาพแวดล้อมการทดสอบ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -10568,6 +11315,8 @@ msgid "" "synchronization, contact your bank synchronization provider to get sandbox " "credentials." msgstr "" +"การซิงโครไนซ์ธนาคารถูกปิดใช้งาน หากคุณต้องการทดสอบการซิงโครไนซ์ " +"โปรดติดต่อผู้ให้บริการการซิงโครไนซ์ธนาคารของคุณเพื่อรับข้อมูลประจำตัวแซนด์บ็อกซ์" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -10575,50 +11324,58 @@ msgid "" "to ensure they are working correctly and to get more familiar with the new " "version." msgstr "" +"แนะนำให้ทดสอบโฟลว์ธุรกิจของคุณให้มากที่สุดเท่าที่จะเป็นไปได้ " +"เพื่อให้แน่ใจว่าทำงานได้อย่างถูกต้องและทำความคุ้นเคยกับเวอร์ชันใหม่มากขึ้น" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:217 msgid "Basic test checklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการตรวจสอบการทดสอบขั้นพื้นฐาน" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:219 msgid "" "Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in " "your production database?" msgstr "" +"มีมุมมองที่ถูกปิดการใช้งานในฐานข้อมูลทดสอบของคุณ " +"แต่ใช้งานอยู่ในฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณหรือไม่?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:221 msgid "Are your usual views still displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มุมมองปกติของคุณยังคงแสดงอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:222 msgid "Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?" msgstr "" +"รายงานของคุณ (ใบแจ้งหนี้ ใบสั่งขาย และอื่นๆ) " +"ถูกสร้างขึ้นอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 msgid "Are your website pages working correctly?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หน้าเว็บไซต์ของคุณทำงานถูกต้องหรือไม่?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:224 msgid "" "Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, " "purchases, users, contacts, companies, etc.)" msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถสร้างและแก้ไขบันทึกได้หรือไม่? (ใบสั่งขาย ใบแจ้งหนี้ การซื้อ ผู้ใช้" +" ผู้ติดต่อ บริษัท และอื่นๆ)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:226 msgid "Are there any issues with your mail templates?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มีปัญหากับเทมเพลตอีเมลของคุณหรือไม่?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:227 msgid "Are there any issues with saved translations?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณมีปัญหากับคำแปลที่บันทึกไว้หรือไม่?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 msgid "Are your search filters still present?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวกรองการค้นหาของคุณยังคงอยู่หรือไม่?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:229 msgid "Can you export your data?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณสามารถส่งออกข้อมูลของคุณได้หรือไม่?" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -10626,60 +11383,70 @@ msgid "" " production data to verify everything is the same (product category, selling" " price, cost price, vendor, accounts, routes, etc.)." msgstr "" +"การตรวจสอบผลิตภัณฑ์แบบสุ่มในแค็ตตาล็อกผลิตภัณฑ์ของคุณและเปรียบเทียบข้อมูลการทดสอบและข้อมูลการผลิตเพื่อตรวจสอบว่าทุกอย่างเหมือนกัน" +" (หมวดหมู่ผลิตภัณฑ์ ราคาขาย ราคาต้นทุน ผู้ขาย บัญชี เส้นทาง และอื่นๆ)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:236 msgid "Buying this product (Purchase app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การซื้อสินค้านี้ (แอปซื้อ)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237 msgid "Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การยืนยันการรับผลิตภัณฑ์นี้ (แอปสินค้าคงคลัง)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 msgid "" "Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบว่าเส้นทางการรับสินค้านี้เหมือนกันในฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณหรือไม่ " +"(แอปสินค้าคงคลัง)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:240 msgid "Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ขายสินค้านี้ (แอปการขาย) ให้กับลูกค้าแบบสุ่ม" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 msgid "" "Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or " "company), and checking its data." msgstr "" +"การเปิดฐานข้อมูลลูกค้าของคุณ (แอปรายชื่อผู้ติดต่อ) เลือกลูกค้า (หรือบริษัท) " +"และตรวจสอบข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243 msgid "Shipping this product (Inventory app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "จัดส่งผลิตภัณฑ์นี้ (แอปสินค้าคงคลัง)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 msgid "" "Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production" " database (Inventory app)." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบว่าเส้นทางในการจัดส่งผลิตภัณฑ์นี้เหมือนกับในฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณหรือไม่" +" (แอปสินค้าคงคลัง)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246 msgid "Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การตรวจสอบใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้า (แอปใบแจ้งหนี้หรือระบบบัญชี)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247 msgid "" "Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as " "in your production database." msgstr "" +"เครดิตใบแจ้งหนี้ (การออกใบลดหนี้) " +"และตรวจสอบว่ามีลักษณะการทำงานเหมือนกับในฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณหรือไม่" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249 msgid "Checking your reports' results (Accounting app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบผลการรายงานของคุณ (แอประบบบัญชี)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 msgid "" "Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year " "(Accounting app)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สุ่มตรวจสอบภาษี สกุลเงิน บัญชีธนาคาร และรอบปีบัญชี (แอประบบบัญชี)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -10687,12 +11454,16 @@ msgid "" "shop until the checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in " "your production database." msgstr "" +"การสั่งซื้อออนไลน์ (แอปเว็บไซต์) " +"ตั้งแต่การเลือกสินค้าในร้านของคุณไปจนถึงขั้นตอนการชำระเงินและตรวจสอบว่าทุกอย่างทำงานเหมือนกับในฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณหรือไม่" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 msgid "" "This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based" " on your use of Odoo." msgstr "" +"รายการนี้ **ไม่** ครบถ้วนสมบูรณ์ ขยายตัวอย่างไปยังแอปอื่นๆ " +"ของคุณตามการใช้งาน Odoo ของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -10703,6 +11474,12 @@ msgid "" "encountered during the testing to fix it before upgrading your production " "database." msgstr "" +"หากคุณประสบปัญหาขณะทดสอบฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้ว " +"คุณสามารถขอความช่วยเหลือจาก Odoo ได้ผ่าน `หน้าช่วยเหลือ " +"`__ " +"โดยเลือกตัวเลือกที่เกี่ยวข้องกับการทดสอบการอัปเกรด ไม่ว่าในกรณีใด " +"จำเป็นต้องรายงานปัญหาใดๆ " +"ที่พบในระหว่างการทดสอบเพื่อแก้ไขก่อนที่จะอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -10712,24 +11489,32 @@ msgid "" "a customization, it is the responsibility of the maintainer of your custom " "module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo." msgstr "" +"คุณอาจพบความแตกต่างที่สำคัญกับมุมมองมาตรฐาน ฟีเจอร์ ฟิลด์ " +"และโมเดลระหว่างการทดสอบ " +"การเปลี่ยนแปลงเหล่านั้นไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนกลับได้เป็นกรณีไป " +"หากการเปลี่ยนแปลงที่เกิดขึ้นในเวอร์ชันใหม่ทำให้การปรับแต่งขัดข้อง " +"ผู้ดูแลโมดูลที่กำหนดเองของคุณจะต้องรับผิดชอบในการทำให้โมดูลเข้ากันได้กับ " +"Odoo เวอร์ชันใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:267 msgid "Do not forget to test:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อย่าลืมทดสอบ:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:269 msgid "Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การผสานรวมกับซอฟต์แวร์ภายนอก (EDI, API และอื่นๆ)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:270 msgid "" "Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a " "lead all the way to a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)" msgstr "" +"ขั้นตอนการทำงานระหว่างแอปต่างๆ (การขายออนไลน์ด้วยอีคอมเมิร์ซ " +"การแปลงลูกค้าเป้าหมายไปจนถึงใบสั่งขาย การส่งมอบผลิตภัณฑ์ และอื่นๆ)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:272 msgid "Data exports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การส่งออกข้อมูล" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:273 msgid "Automated actions" @@ -10740,10 +11525,12 @@ msgid "" "Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting " "multiple records on list views" msgstr "" +"การทำงานของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ในเมนูการดำเนินการในมุมมองแบบฟอร์ม " +"รวมถึงการเลือกหลายบันทึกในมุมมองรายการ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:280 msgid "Upgrading the production database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลการผลิต" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -10753,6 +11540,11 @@ msgid "" " coordination with Odoo's upgrade support analysts, reachable via the " "`support page `__." msgstr "" +"เมื่อ :ref:`การทดสอบ ` เสร็จสมบูรณ์ " +"และคุณมั่นใจว่าฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้วสามารถใช้เป็นฐานข้อมูลหลักของคุณได้โดยไม่มีปัญหาใดๆ" +" ก็ถึงเวลาวางแผนวันเริ่มใช้งานจริง " +"สามารถวางแผนได้โดยประสานงานกับนักวิเคราะห์การอัปเกรดของ Odoo " +"ซึ่งสามารถเข้าถึงได้ผ่าน `หน้าช่วยเหลือ `__" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -10760,6 +11552,8 @@ msgid "" "we recommend planning the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is " "minimal." msgstr "" +"ฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณจะไม่สามารถใช้งานได้ในระหว่างการอัปเกรด " +"ดังนั้นเราขอแนะนำให้วางแผนการปรับรุ่นในเวลาที่มีการใช้งานฐานข้อมูลน้อยที่สุด" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:290 msgid "" @@ -10769,32 +11563,38 @@ msgid "" "takes a long time to finish. **Fully rehearsing the upgrade process the day " "before upgrading the production database is also recommended.**" msgstr "" +"เนื่องจากสคริปต์อัปเกรดมาตรฐานและฐานข้อมูลของคุณมีการพัฒนาอยู่ตลอดเวลา " +"จึงแนะนำให้ขอฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดใหม่บ่อยครั้งเพื่อให้แน่ใจว่ากระบวนการอัปเกรดยังคงประสบความสำเร็จ" +" โดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่งหากใช้เวลานานกว่าจะเสร็จสิ้น " +"**แนะนำให้ซ้อมกระบวนการอัพเกรดอย่างเต็มที่หนึ่งวันก่อนอัพเกรดฐานข้อมูลการใช้งานจริง**" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:296 msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เข้าสู่การผลิตโดยไม่มีการทดสอบครั้งแรกอาจนำไปสู่:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:298 msgid "Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ใช้ไม่สามารถปรับตัวเข้ากับการเปลี่ยนแปลงและฟีเจอร์ใหม่ได้" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:299 msgid "" "Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " "an action)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การหยุดชะงักทางธุรกิจ (เช่น ไม่สามารถตรวจสอบการดำเนินการได้อีกต่อไป)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:300 msgid "" "Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " "correctly)" msgstr "" +"ประสบการณ์ของลูกค้าที่ไม่ดี (เช่น เว็บไซต์อีคอมเมิร์ซที่ทำงานไม่ถูกต้อง)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:302 msgid "" "The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a " "test database with a few exceptions." msgstr "" +"กระบวนการอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลการใช้งานจริงจะคล้ายกับการอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลทดสอบโดยมีข้อยกเว้นบางประการ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:309 msgid "" @@ -10802,6 +11602,9 @@ msgid "" "`, except for the purpose option, which must " "be set to :guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" +"กระบวนการนี้คล้ายกับ :ref:`การรับฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้ว " +"` ยกเว้นตัวเลือกวัตถุประสงค์ " +"ซึ่งจะต้องตั้งค่าเป็น :guilabel:`การใช้งาน` แทน :guilabel:`ทดสอบ`" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -10809,16 +11612,21 @@ msgid "" "upgrade is finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to " "revert to the previous version." msgstr "" +"เมื่อมีการร้องขอการอัปเกรด " +"ฐานข้อมูลจะไม่สามารถใช้งานได้จนกว่าการอัปเกรดจะเสร็จสิ้น " +"เมื่อกระบวนการเสร็จสิ้นแล้ว จะไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนกลับเป็นเวอร์ชันก่อนหน้าได้" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:320 msgid "" "The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database " "` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch." msgstr "" +"กระบวนการนี้คล้ายกับ :ref:`การรับฐานข้อมูลทดสอบที่อัปเกรดแล้ว " +"` ในสาขา :guilabel:`การใช้งาน`" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 msgid "View from the upgrade tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดูจากแท็บอัปเกรด" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -10827,6 +11635,9 @@ msgid "" "the custom modules' upgraded source code. If there are no custom modules, " "the upgrade process is triggered immediately." msgstr "" +"กระบวนการนี้ **ถูกเริ่มต้นทันทีที่มีการดำเนินการใหม่** ในสาขา " +"ซึ่งช่วยให้กระบวนการอัปเกรดซิงโครไนซ์กับการปรับใช้ซอร์สโค้ดที่อัปเกรดของโมดูลที่กำหนดเอง" +" หากไม่มีโมดูลที่กำหนดเอง กระบวนการอัปเกรดจะเริ่มขึ้นทันที" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:332 msgid "" @@ -10835,6 +11646,9 @@ msgid "" " update. In case of success, a backup of the database before the upgrade is " "created." msgstr "" +"ฐานข้อมูลไม่พร้อมใช้งานตลอดกระบวนการ หากมีสิ่งใดผิดพลาด " +"แพลตฟอร์มจะคืนค่าการอัปเกรดโดยอัตโนมัติ เช่นเดียวกับการอัปเดตปกติ " +"ในกรณีที่สำเร็จ จะมีการสำรองข้อมูลฐานข้อมูลก่อนที่จะสร้างการอัปเกรด" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:336 msgid "" @@ -10856,6 +11670,8 @@ msgid "" "upgrading a test database except for the argument `test`, which must be " "replaced by `production`:" msgstr "" +"คำสั่งในการอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลเป็นการใช้งานจริงนั้นคล้ายคลึงกับคำสั่งในการอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลทดสอบ" +" ยกเว้นอาร์กิวเมนต์ `test` ซึ่งจะต้องแทนที่ด้วย `การใช้งาน`:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:350 msgid "" @@ -10865,6 +11681,10 @@ msgid "" "upgraded database. This is why we recommend not using it during the upgrade " "process." msgstr "" +"สามารถขอฐานข้อมูลการผลิตที่อัปเกรดแล้วได้ผ่านทาง `หน้าอัปเกรด " +"`_ เมื่ออัปโหลดฐานข้อมูลแล้ว การแก้ไขใดๆ " +"ในฐานข้อมูลที่ใช้งานจริงของคุณจะ **ไม่** ปรากฏในฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดแล้ว " +"นี่คือเหตุผลที่เราไม่แนะนำให้ใช้ในระหว่างกระบวนการอัปเกรด" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:357 msgid "" @@ -10873,6 +11693,9 @@ msgid "" "must be merged with the production filestore before deploying the new " "version." msgstr "" +"เมื่อร้องขอฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดเพื่อวัตถุประสงค์ในการใช้งานจริง " +"สำเนาจะถูกส่งโดยไม่มีที่เก็บไฟล์ ดังนั้น " +"ที่เก็บไฟล์ฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรดจะต้องผสานกับที่เก็บไฟล์ที่ใช้งานจริงก่อนที่จะปรับใช้เวอร์ชันใหม่" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -10881,10 +11704,13 @@ msgid "" "`__ by selecting the option " "related to the upgrade in production." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีที่เกิดปัญหากับฐานข้อมูลการผลิตของคุณ คุณสามารถขอความช่วยเหลือจาก Odoo" +" ได้ผ่าน `หน้าช่วยเหลือ `__ " +"โดยเลือกตัวเลือกที่เกี่ยวข้องกับการอัปเกรดในการใช้งาน" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:369 msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service-level agreement (SLA)" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:371 msgid "" @@ -10892,6 +11718,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " "discrepancies in the upgraded database." msgstr "" +"ด้วย Odoo Enterprise การอัปเกรดฐานข้อมูลเป็น Odoo เวอร์ชันล่าสุดนั้น **ฟรี**" +" " +"รวมถึงการสนับสนุนที่จำเป็นในการแก้ไขความคลาดเคลื่อนที่อาจเกิดขึ้นในฐานข้อมูลที่อัปเกรด" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:374 msgid "" @@ -10899,20 +11728,26 @@ msgid "" " available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " "However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." msgstr "" +"ข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับบริการอัปเกรดที่รวมอยู่ในใบอนุญาตองค์กรมีอยู่ใน " +":ref:`ข้อตกลงการสมัครสมาชิก Odoo Enterprise ` อย่างไรก็ตาม " +"ส่วนนี้จะอธิบายบริการอัปเกรดที่คุณคาดหวังได้" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:379 msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัปเกรดบริการที่ครอบคลุมโดย SLA" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:381 msgid "" "Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " "self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" msgstr "" +"ฐานข้อมูลที่โฮสต์บนแพลตฟอร์มคลาวด์ของ Odoo (Odoo Online และ Odoo.sh) " +"หรือโฮสต์ด้วยตนเอง (ภายในองค์กร) " +"จะได้รับประโยชน์จากบริการอัปเกรดตลอดเวลาสำหรับ:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:384 msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การอัปเกรด **แอปพลิเคชันมาตรฐาน** ทั้งหมด;" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:385 msgid "" @@ -10920,12 +11755,16 @@ msgid "" "as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " "active; and" msgstr "" +"การอัปเกรด **การปรับแต่งทั้งหมดที่สร้างด้วยแอปสตูดิโอ** " +"ตราบใดที่ยังคงติดตั้งแอปสตูดิโอและการสมัครสมาชิกนั้นยังคงใช้งานอยู่ และ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:387 msgid "" "the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " "maintenance of customizations subscription**." msgstr "" +"การอัปเกรด " +"**การพัฒนาและการปรับแต่งทั้งหมดที่ครอบคลุมโดยการบำรุงรักษาการสมัครสมาชิกการปรับแต่ง**" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:390 msgid "" @@ -10933,25 +11772,29 @@ msgid "" " database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" " targeted by the upgrade." msgstr "" +"บริการอัปเกรดจำกัดอยู่ที่การแปลงทางเทคนิคและการปรับฐานข้อมูล " +"(โมดูลและข้อมูลมาตรฐาน) เพื่อให้เข้ากันได้กับเวอร์ชันที่อัปเกรดเป็นเป้าหมาย" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:394 msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัปเกรดบริการที่ไม่ครอบคลุมโดย SLA" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:396 msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บริการที่เกี่ยวข้องกับการอัปเกรดต่อไปนี้ **ไม่** รวมอยู่ด้วย:" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:398 msgid "" "the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**การล้าง** ข้อมูลและการกำหนดค่าที่มีอยู่แล้วขณะอัปเกรด" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:399 msgid "" "the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " "including Odoo partners;" msgstr "" +"การอัปเกรด **โมดูลแบบกำหนดเองที่สร้างขึ้นภายในหรือโดยบุคคลที่สาม** รวมถึง " +"Odoo พาร์ทเนอร์" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -10959,15 +11802,20 @@ msgid "" "outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " "using Python code `; and" msgstr "" +"บรรทัดของ **โค้ดที่เพิ่มลงในโมดูลมาตรฐาน** เช่น " +"การปรับแต่งที่สร้างขึ้นนอกแอปสตูดิโอ โค้ดที่ป้อนด้วยตนเอง และ " +":ref:`การดำเนินการอัตโนมัติโดยใช้โค้ด Python `; และ" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:403 msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." msgstr "" +"**การฝึกอบรม** เกี่ยวกับการใช้ฟีเจอร์และเวิร์กโฟลว์ของเวอร์ชันที่อัปเกรด" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:406 msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`เอกสาร Odoo.sh `" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:407 msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`รองรับเวอร์ชัน Odoo `" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 3b4449f26..b26491bc0 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -32,13 +32,15 @@ msgstr "การเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:5 msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ระบบบัญชีและใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:7 msgid "" "**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app to create invoices, send " "them to your customers, and manage payments." msgstr "" +"**Odoo ใบแจ้งหนี้** เป็นแอปออกใบแจ้งหนี้แบบสแตนด์อโลนสำหรับสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ " +"ส่งให้กับลูกค้า และจัดการการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -47,15 +49,20 @@ msgid "" "powered invoice recognition, synchronization with your bank accounts, smart " "matching suggestions, etc." msgstr "" +"**Odoo ระบบบัญชี** เป็นแอปบัญชีที่มีฟีเจอร์ครบถ้วน " +"ประสิทธิภาพการทำงานของนักบัญชีเป็นหัวใจหลักของการพัฒนาด้วยฟีเจอร์ต่างๆ เช่น " +"การรับรู้ใบแจ้งหนี้ที่ขับเคลื่อนโดย AI การซิงโครไนซ์กับบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ " +"คำแนะนำการจับคู่อัจฉริยะ และอื่นๆอีกมากมาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting `_" msgstr "" +"`บทช่วยสอน Odoo: ระบบบัญชี `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:56 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การทำบัญชีแบบรายการคู่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -63,6 +70,10 @@ msgid "" "accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" "sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"สร้างรายการบันทึกรายวันที่เกี่ยวข้องทั้งหมดโดยอัตโนมัติสำหรับธุรกรรมทางบัญชีทั้งหมด" +" (เช่น ใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้า ใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขาย ใบสั่ง ณ จุดขาย " +"ค่าใช้จ่าย การประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง และอื่นๆ)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -71,15 +82,19 @@ msgid "" "account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" " recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" +"Odoo ใช้ระบบการทำบัญชีแบบ double-entry " +"โดยที่ทุกรายการจะต้องมีรายการที่คล้ายกันและตรงกันข้ามในบัญชีอื่น " +"โดยมีบัญชีหนึ่งถูกหักออกและอีกบัญชีหนึ่งได้รับเครดิต " +"ช่วยให้มั่นใจได้ว่าธุรกรรมทั้งหมดได้รับการบันทึกอย่างถูกต้องและสม่ำเสมอและบัญชีมีความสมดุลอยู่เสมอ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:216 msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Cheat Sheet ของระบบบัญชี `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 msgid "Accrual and cash basis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เกณฑ์คงค้างและเงินสด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -87,14 +102,18 @@ msgid "" "reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " "basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" +"Odoo รองรับทั้งการบัญชีเกณฑ์คงค้างและเกณฑ์เงินสด " +"ซึ่งช่วยให้สามารถรายงานรายได้และค่าใช้จ่ายเมื่อมีธุรกรรมเกิดขึ้น " +"(ตามเกณฑ์คงค้าง) หรือเมื่อมีการชำระเงินหรือได้รับการชำระเงิน " +"(ตามเกณฑ์เงินสด)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`เกณฑ์เงินสด `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 msgid "Multi-company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หลายบริษัท" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -104,10 +123,15 @@ msgid "" "several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " "time." msgstr "" +"หลายบริษัทสามารถจัดการได้ภายในฐานข้อมูลเดียวกัน แต่ละบริษัทมี :doc:`ผังบัญชี" +" ` " +"ซึ่งมีประโยชน์ในการสร้างรายงานการรวมบัญชีด้วย " +"ผู้ใช้สามารถเข้าถึงหลายบริษัทได้ " +"แต่สามารถทำงานบนบัญชีของบริษัทเดียวเท่านั้นในแต่ละครั้ง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 msgid "Multi-currency environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สภาพแวดล้อมแบบหลายสกุลเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -119,16 +143,24 @@ msgid "" "Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " "items." msgstr "" +"Odoo มีสภาพแวดล้อม :doc:`หลายสกุลเงิน " +"` " +"พร้อมด้วยอัตราแลกเปลี่ยนอัตโนมัติเพื่อความสะดวกในการทำธุรกรรมระหว่างประเทศ " +"ทุกธุรกรรมจะถูกบันทึกในสกุลเงินเริ่มต้นของบริษัท " +"สำหรับธุรกรรมที่เกิดขึ้นในสกุลเงินอื่น Odoo " +"จะจัดเก็บทั้งมูลค่าในสกุลเงินของบริษัทและมูลค่าสกุลเงินของธุรกรรม Odoo " +"สร้างกำไรและขาดทุนจากสกุลเงินหลังจากการกระทบยอดรายการสมุดรายวัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" ":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " "`" msgstr "" +":doc:`จัดการธนาคารในสกุลเงินต่างประเทศ `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 msgid "International standards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มาตรฐานสากล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -138,14 +170,19 @@ msgid "" "to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " "other requirements." msgstr "" +"Odoo ระบบบัญชี รองรับมากกว่า 70 ประเทศ " +"โดยจัดให้มีมาตรฐานและกลไกส่วนกลางสำหรับทุกประเทศ และด้วยโมดูลเฉพาะประเทศ " +"ทำให้ข้อกำหนดของท้องถิ่นนั้นประสบผลสำเร็จ " +"สถานะทางการเงินมีไว้เพื่อจัดการกับลักษณะเฉพาะของภูมิภาค เช่น ผังบัญชี ภาษี " +"หรือข้อกำหนดอื่นใด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`แพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีลูกหนี้และเจ้าหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -153,6 +190,10 @@ msgid "" " one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " "**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"จะมีบัญชีเดียวสำหรับรายการบัญชีลูกหนี้และอีกบัญชีหนึ่งสำหรับรายการบัญชีเจ้าหนี้" +" เนื่องจากธุรกรรมเชื่อมโยงกับ **รายชื่อผู้ติดต่อ** ของคุณ " +"คุณสามารถเรียกใช้รายงานตามลูกค้า ผู้จำหน่าย หรือซัพพลายเออร์ได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -160,6 +201,9 @@ msgid "" "suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." msgstr "" +"รายงาน **บัญชีแยกประเภทพาร์ทเนอร์** " +"จะแสดงยอดคงเหลือของลูกค้าและซัพพลายเออร์ของคุณ ซึ่งสามารถใช้ได้โดยไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การรายงาน --> บัญชีแยกประเภทพาร์ทเนอร์`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 @@ -171,12 +215,14 @@ msgid "" "The following financial :doc:`reports ` are available " "and updated in real-time:" msgstr "" +":doc:`รายงานการเงินต่อไปนี้ ` " +"พร้อมใช้งานและอัปเดตแบบเรียลไทม์:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:947 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:418 msgid "Financial reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานทางการเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 msgid "Statement" @@ -190,11 +236,11 @@ msgstr "งบดุล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำไรและขาดทุน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 msgid "Cash flow statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "งบกระแสเงินสด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 @@ -205,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "รายงานภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 msgid "ES sales list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการขายของ ES" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 msgid "Audit" @@ -214,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "ตรวจสอบบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1076 msgid "General ledger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีแยกประเภททั่วไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1038 @@ -223,15 +269,15 @@ msgstr "งบทดลอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 msgid "Journal report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานสมุดรายวัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 msgid "Intrastat report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานอินทราสแทต" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 msgid "Check register" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบทะเบียน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 @@ -242,15 +288,15 @@ msgstr "พาร์ทเนอร์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 msgid "Partner ledger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีแยกประเภทพาร์ทเนอร์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 msgid "Aged receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อายุบัญชีลูกหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 msgid "Aged payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อายุบัญชีเจ้าหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 msgid "Management" @@ -258,43 +304,47 @@ msgstr "การจัดการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 msgid "Invoice analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การวิเคราะห์ใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำไร/ขาดทุนของสกุลเงินที่ยังไม่เกิดขึ้นจริง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 msgid "Depreciation schedule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดการคิดค่าเสื่อมราคา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 msgid "Disallowed expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ค่าใช้จ่ายที่ไม่ได้รับอนุญาต" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 msgid "Budget analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การวิเคราะห์งบประมาณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 msgid "Product margins" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัตรากำไรขั้นต้นของผลิตภัณฑ์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 msgid "1099 report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงาน 1099" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 msgid "" ":doc:`Create and customize reports ` with " "Odoo's report engine." msgstr "" +":doc:`สร้างและปรับแต่งรายงาน ` " +"ด้วยเครื่องมือรายงานของ Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 msgid "" "Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " "uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." msgstr "" +"Odoo คำนวณธุรกรรมทางบัญชีทั้งหมดสำหรับงวดภาษีที่ระบุ " +"และใช้ยอดรวมเหล่านี้ในการคำนวณภาระภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -302,6 +352,9 @@ msgid "" "prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " "to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." msgstr "" +"เมื่อสร้างรายงานภาษีเป็นระยะเวลาหนึ่ง Odoo " +"จะล็อกและป้องกันการสร้างรายการบันทึกรายวันใหม่ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับ VAT " +"การแก้ไขใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้าหรือใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขายจะต้องบันทึกไว้ในรอบระยะเวลาถัดไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -309,11 +362,14 @@ msgid "" "can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" " authority." msgstr "" +"สามารถสร้างรายงานภาษีเวอร์ชัน XML เพื่ออัปโหลดไปยังแพลตฟอร์ม VAT " +"ของหน่วยงานจัดเก็บภาษีที่เกี่ยวข้องได้ " +"ทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับการประยุกต์ใช้ของประเทศนั้นๆ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "Bank synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การซิงโครไนซ์ธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -322,10 +378,13 @@ msgid "" "overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " "waiting for paper bank statements." msgstr "" +"ระบบซิงโครไนซ์ธนาคารเชื่อมต่อโดยตรงกับสถาบันธนาคารของคุณ " +"เพื่อนำเข้าธุรกรรมทั้งหมดไปยังฐานข้อมูลของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ " +"โดยจะให้ภาพรวมกระแสเงินสดของคุณโดยไม่ต้องเข้าสู่ระบบธนาคารออนไลน์หรือรอใบแจ้งยอดจากธนาคารแบบกระดาษ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`การซิงโครไนซ์ธนาคาร`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 msgid "Inventory valuation" @@ -337,15 +396,19 @@ msgid "" "supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" msgstr "" +"Odoo รองรับการประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลังทั้งตามระยะเวลา (ด้วยตนเอง) " +"และตลอดระยะเวลา (อัตโนมัติ) วิธีการที่ใช้ได้ ได้แก่ ราคามาตรฐาน ราคาเฉลี่ย " +":abbr:`LIFO (เข้าหลัง ออกก่อน)` และ :abbr:`FIFO (เข้าก่อน ออกก่อน)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 msgid "" ":doc:`../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config`" msgstr "" +":doc:`../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:209 msgid "Retained earnings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำไรสะสม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -354,10 +417,14 @@ msgid "" "rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " "on the balance sheet report." msgstr "" +"กำไรสะสมคือส่วนหนึ่งของรายได้ที่ธุรกิจเก็บไว้ Odoo " +"คำนวณรายได้ของปีปัจจุบันแบบเรียลไทม์ " +"จึงไม่จำเป็นต้องมีบันทึกประจำวันสิ้นปีหรือโรลโอเวอร์ " +"ยอดกำไรและขาดทุนจะถูกรายงานในรายงานงบดุลโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:219 msgid "Fiduciaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ไว้วางใจ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:221 msgid "" @@ -365,32 +432,41 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " "Firms mode`. When enabled:" msgstr "" +"โหมด :guilabel:`สำนักงานบัญชี` สามารถเปิดใช้งานได้โดยไปที่ " +":การเลือกเมนู:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า --> โหมดบริษัทบัญชี`" +" เมื่อเปิดใช้งาน:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:224 msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลำดับของเอกสารจะสามารถแก้ไขได้ในเอกสารทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " "encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" msgstr "" +"ช่อง :guilabel:`ทั้งหมด (รวมภาษี)` " +"ดูเหมือนจะเร่งความเร็วและควบคุมการเข้ารหัสโดยการสร้างบรรทัดอัตโนมัติด้วยบัญชีและภาษีที่ถูกต้อง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:227 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " "encoding a transaction." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`วันที่ออกใบแจ้งหนี้` และ :guilabel:`วันที่เรียกเก็บเงิน` " +"จะถูกกรอกไว้ล่วงหน้าเมื่อเข้ารหัสธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " "vendor bills." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ตัวเลือกการเข้ารหัสด่วน` " +"มีให้บริการสำหรับใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้าและใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขาย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 msgid "Bank and cash accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีธนาคารและเงินสด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -399,6 +475,9 @@ msgid "" "and ready for :doc:`reconciliation ` with your journal " "entries." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถจัดการบัญชีธนาคารหรือเงินสดได้มากเท่าที่ต้องการบนฐานข้อมูลของคุณ " +"การกำหนดค่าอย่างดีจะทำให้ข้อมูลธนาคารทั้งหมดของคุณเป็นปัจจุบันและพร้อมสำหรับ" +" :doc:`การกระทบยอด ` กับรายการสมุดรายวันของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -406,30 +485,36 @@ msgid "" "all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " "automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." msgstr "" +"ใน Odoo ระบบบัญชี " +"บัญชีธนาคารแต่ละบัญชีจะมีสมุดรายวันเฉพาะสำหรับโพสต์รายการทั้งหมดในบัญชีเฉพาะ" +" " +"ทั้งสมุดรายวันและบัญชีจะถูกสร้างขึ้นและกำหนดค่าโดยอัตโนมัติทุกครั้งที่คุณเพิ่มบัญชีธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:16 msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ต้องกำหนดค่าสมุดรายวันเงินสดและบัญชีด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:18 msgid "" "Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " "Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." msgstr "" +"สมุดรายวันของธนาคารจะแสดงตามค่าเริ่มต้นใน :guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี` " +"ในรูปแบบของการ์ดซึ่งมีปุ่มการดำเนินการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 msgid "" "Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " "buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สมุดรายวันของธนาคารจะแสดงบนแดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชีและมีปุ่มการดำเนินการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:27 msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จัดการบัญชีธนาคารและเงินสดของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:30 msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เชื่อมต่อธนาคารของคุณเพื่อการซิงโครไนซ์อัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -438,12 +523,15 @@ msgid "" " select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " "instructions." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเชื่อมต่อบัญชีธนาคารของคุณกับฐานข้อมูล ให้ไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ธนาคาร: เพิ่มบัญชีธนาคาร` " +"เลือกธนาคารของคุณในรายการ คลิกที่ :guilabel:`เชื่อมต่อ` และปฏิบัติตามคำแนะนำ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`bank/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bank/bank_synchronization`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:40 msgid "Create a bank account" @@ -455,6 +543,9 @@ msgid "" "to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " "account manually." msgstr "" +"หากสถาบันการธนาคารของคุณไม่สามารถใช้งานได้ใน Odoo " +"หรือหากคุณไม่ต้องการเชื่อมต่อบัญชีธนาคารกับฐานข้อมูล " +"คุณสามารถกำหนดค่าบัญชีธนาคารของคุณได้ด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -462,12 +553,17 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" " (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเพิ่มบัญชีธนาคารด้วยตนเอง ให้ไปที่ :เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี --> " +"การกำหนดค่า --> ธนาคาร: เพิ่มบัญชีธนาคาร` คลิกที่ :guilabel:`สร้าง` " +"(ที่ด้านล่างขวา) และกรอกแบบฟอร์ม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:49 msgid "" "Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " "some features accordingly." msgstr "" +"Odoo จะตรวจจับประเภทบัญชีธนาคารโดยอัตโนมัติ (เช่น IBAN) " +"และเปิดใช้งานฟีเจอร์บางอย่างตามนั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -476,10 +572,13 @@ msgid "" "Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " "match your bank account information." msgstr "" +"สมุดรายวันธนาคารเริ่มต้นพร้อมใช้งานและสามารถใช้เพื่อกำหนดค่าบัญชีธนาคารของคุณได้โดยไปที่" +" :เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ระบบบัญชี: สมุดรายวัน --> " +"ธนาคาร` เปิดและแก้ไขฟิลด์ต่างๆ เพื่อให้ตรงกับข้อมูลบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:56 msgid "Create a cash journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างสมุดรายวันเงินสด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -487,12 +586,17 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " "select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการสร้างสมุดรายวันเงินสดใหม่ ให้ไปที่ :เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี --> " +"การกำหนดค่า --> ระบบบัญชี: สมุดรายวัน` คลิกบน :guilabel:`สร้าง` และเลือก " +":guilabel:`เงินสด` ในช่อง :guilabel:`ประเภท`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:61 msgid "" "For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " ":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." msgstr "" +"สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับฟิลด์ข้อมูลระบบบัญชี โปรดอ่านส่วน " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` ของหน้านี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -500,10 +604,13 @@ msgid "" "review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." msgstr "" +"มีสมุดรายวันเงินสดเริ่มต้นและสามารถใช้ได้ทันที คุณสามารถตรวจสอบได้โดยไปที่ " +":เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ระบบบัญชี: สมุดรายวัน --> " +"เงินสด`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:69 msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แก้ไขธนาคารหรือสมุดรายวันเงินสดที่มีอยู่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -511,6 +618,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " "modify." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการแก้ไขสมุดรายวันธนาคารที่มีอยู่ ให้ไปที่ :เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี " +"--> การกำหนดค่า --> ระบบบัญชี: สมุดรายวัน` " +"และเลือกสมุดรายวันที่คุณต้องการแก้ไข" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:28 @@ -589,35 +699,37 @@ msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" msgid "" "You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" " your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณสามารถแก้ไขข้อมูลทางบัญชีและหมายเลขบัญชีธนาคารได้ตามความต้องการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 msgid "Manually configure your bank information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าข้อมูลธนาคารของคุณด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`get_started/multi_currency`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`get_started/multi_currency`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`bank/transactions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bank/transactions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:91 msgid "Suspense account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีพัก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:93 msgid "" "Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " "until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." msgstr "" +"ธุรกรรมใบแจ้งยอดจากธนาคารจะถูกโพสต์ใน :guilabel:`บัญชีพัก` " +"จนกว่าการกระทบยอดขั้นสุดท้ายจะทำให้สามารถค้นหาบัญชีที่ถูกต้องได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:97 msgid "Profit and loss accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีกำไรขาดทุน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -626,6 +738,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " "of a cash register differs from what the system computes." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`บัญชีกำไร` " +"ใช้เพื่อลงทะเบียนกำไรเมื่อยอดคงเหลือสุดท้ายของเครื่องบันทึกเงินสดแตกต่างจากที่ระบบคำนวณ" +" ในขณะที่ :guilabel:`บัญชีขาดทุน` " +"ใช้เพื่อบันทึกการขาดทุนเมื่อยอดดุลสิ้นสุดของ " +"เครื่องบันทึกเงินสดแตกต่างจากที่ระบบคำนวณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:104 msgid "Currency" @@ -633,11 +750,11 @@ msgstr "สกุลเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:106 msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณสามารถแก้ไขสกุลเงินที่ใช้ในการกรอกใบแจ้งยอดได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:112 msgid "Account number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หมายเลขบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -647,76 +764,98 @@ msgid "" "bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " "payments." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการ **แก้ไขรายละเอียดบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ** " +"ให้คลิกที่ลูกศรลิงก์ภายนอกถัดจาก :guilabel:`หมายเลขบัญชี` ในหน้าใหม่ " +"ให้คลิกที่ลูกศรลิงก์ภายนอกถัดจาก :guilabel:`ธนาคาร` " +"และอัปเดตข้อมูลธนาคารของคุณตามนั้น " +"รายละเอียดเหล่านี้ใช้ในการลงทะเบียนการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 msgid "Edit your bank information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "แก้ไขข้อมูลธนาคารของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:123 msgid "Bank feeds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฟีดธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" " options are available:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ฟีดธนาคาร` กำหนดวิธีการลงทะเบียนใบแจ้งยอดธนาคาร " +"มีสามตัวเลือกให้เลือก:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " "if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ยังไม่ได้กำหนด` " +"ซึ่งควรเลือกเมื่อคุณยังไม่รู้ว่าคุณจะซิงโครไนซ์บัญชีธนาคารของคุณกับฐานข้อมูลของคุณหรือไม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " "you want to import your bank statement using a different format." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`นำเข้า (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)` " +"ซึ่งควรเลือกไว้หากคุณต้องการนำเข้าใบแจ้งยอดธนาคารโดยใช้รูปแบบอื่น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" " bank is synchronized with your database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`การซิงโครไนซ์ธนาคารอัตโนมัติ` " +"ซึ่งควรเลือกหากธนาคารของคุณซิงโครไนซ์กับฐานข้อมูลของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:141 msgid "Outstanding accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีคงค้าง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:143 msgid "" "By default, payments are registered through transitory accounts named " "**outstanding accounts**, before being recorded in your bank account." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น การชำระเงินจะถูกลงทะเบียนผ่านบัญชีชั่วคราวที่ชื่อว่า " +"**บัญชีคงค้าง** ก่อนที่จะบันทึกลงในบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:146 msgid "" "An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted " "until they are linked with a withdrawal from your bank statement." msgstr "" +"**บัญชีการชำระเงินคงค้าง** " +"คือที่ที่การชำระเงินขาออกจะถูกโพสต์จนกว่าจะเชื่อมโยงกับการถอนเงินจากรายการเคลื่อนไหวของบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:148 msgid "" "An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted " "until they are linked with a deposit from your bank statement." msgstr "" +"**บัญชีใบเสร็จคงค้าง** " +"คือที่ที่การชำระเงินเข้ามาจะถูกโพสต์จนกว่าจะเชื่อมโยงกับเงินฝากจากรายการเคลื่อนไหวของบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:151 msgid "" "These accounts should be of :ref:`type ` " ":guilabel:`Current Assets`." msgstr "" +"บัญชีเหล่านี้ควรเป็น :ref:`ประเภท ` " +":guilabel:`สินทรัพย์หมุนเวียน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:154 msgid "" "The movement from an outstanding account to a bank account is done " "automatically when you reconcile the bank account with a bank statement." msgstr "" +"การย้ายจากบัญชีคงค้างไปยังบัญชีธนาคารจะดำเนินการโดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อคุณกระทบยอดบัญชีธนาคารกับใบแจ้งยอดจากธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:158 msgid "Default accounts configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าบัญชีเริ่มต้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -725,16 +864,22 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Default Accounts` and update your :guilabel:`Outstanding " "Receipts Account` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments Account`." msgstr "" +"บัญชีคงค้างถูกกำหนดโดยค่าเริ่มต้น หากจำเป็น คุณสามารถอัปเดตได้โดยไปที่ " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า --> บัญชีเริ่มต้น` " +"และอัปเดต :guilabel:`บัญชีใบเสร็จรับเงินคงค้าง` และ " +":guilabel:`บัญชีการชำระเงินคงค้าง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:165 msgid "Bank and cash journals configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่าสมุดรายวันธนาคารและเงินสด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:167 msgid "" "You can also set specific outstanding accounts for any journal with the " ":ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." msgstr "" +"คุณยังสามารถกำหนดบัญชีคงค้างเฉพาะสำหรับสมุดรายวันด้วย :ref:`ประเภท ` :guilabel:`ธนาคาร` หรือ :guilabel:`เงินสด`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -744,10 +889,15 @@ msgid "" "outstanding accounts column, click on the toggle button and check the " ":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts/Payments accounts`, then update the account." msgstr "" +"จาก :guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี` ของคุณ คลิกบนเมนูที่เลือก ⋮ " +"ของสมุดรายวันที่คุณต้องการกำหนดค่า และคลิกที่ :guilabel:`การกำหนดค่า` " +"จากนั้นเปิดแท็บ :guilabel:`การชำระเงินเข้า/ออก` " +"หากต้องการแสดงคอลัมน์บัญชีคงค้าง ให้คลิกที่ปุ่มสลับและตรวจสอบ " +":guilabel:`บัญชีใบเสร็จ/การชำระเงินคงค้าง` จากนั้นอัปเดตบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 msgid "Select the toggle button and click on outstanding Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกปุ่มสลับและคลิกที่บัญชีคงค้าง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -755,6 +905,8 @@ msgid "" "receipts account for a specific journal, Odoo uses the default outstanding " "accounts." msgstr "" +"หากคุณไม่ได้ระบุบัญชีการชำระเงินคงค้างหรือบัญชีใบเสร็จรับเงินคงค้างสำหรับสมุดรายวันเฉพาะ" +" Odoo จะใช้บัญชีคงค้างเริ่มต้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -762,12 +914,18 @@ msgid "" "outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or " "bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" +"หากบัญชีธนาคารหลักของคุณถูกเพิ่มเป็นบัญชีใบเสร็จคงค้างหรือบัญชีการชำระเงินคงค้าง" +" เมื่อมีการลงทะเบียนการชำระเงิน " +"สถานะของใบแจ้งหนี้หรือใบเรียกเก็บเงินจะถูกตั้งค่าโดยตรงเป็น " +":guilabel:`ชำระแล้ว`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" +"Odoo สามารถซิงโครไนซ์กับสถาบันธนาคารของคุณโดยตรง " +"เพื่อนำเข้าใบแจ้งยอดธนาคารทั้งหมดไปยังฐานข้อมูลของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -775,45 +933,50 @@ msgid "" "Features `_, and click on " ":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการตรวจสอบว่าธนาคารของคุณเข้ากันได้กับ Odoo หรือไม่ ให้ไปที่ " +"`ฟีเจอร์ระบบบัญชี Odoo `_ " +"และคลิกที่ :guilabel:`ดูรายชื่อสถาบันที่รองรับ`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo รองรับสถาบันมากกว่า 25,000 แห่งทั่วโลก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในการเชื่อมต่อกับธนาคาร Odoo ใช้บริการเว็บหลายอย่าง:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:18 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**เพลด**: สหรัฐอเมริกาและแคนาดา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Yodlee**: ทั่วโลก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Salt Edge `: Worldwide" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Salt Edge `: ทั่วโลก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`Ponto `: Europe" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`Ponto `: ยุโรผ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "" ":doc:`Enable Banking `: Scandinavian " "countries" msgstr "" +":doc:`เปิดใช้งานการธนาคาร `: " +"ประเทศในสแกนดิเนเวีย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`การทำธุรกรรม`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:31 msgid "On-Premise users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ผู้ใช้ภายในองค์กร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -823,14 +986,20 @@ msgid "" " party provider so, in case of a connection error, please check that you " "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการใช้บริการนี้ คุณจะต้องสมัครสมาชิก Odoo Enterprise ที่ถูกต้อง " +"ดังนั้นตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าฐานข้อมูลของคุณลงทะเบียนกับสัญญา Odoo Enterprise " +"ของคุณ นอกจากนี้ " +"เรายังใช้พร็อกซีระหว่างฐานข้อมูลของคุณกับผู้ให้บริการบุคคลที่สาม ดังนั้น " +"ในกรณีที่เกิดข้อผิดพลาดในการเชื่อมต่อ " +"โปรดตรวจสอบว่าคุณไม่มีไฟร์วอลล์หรือพร็อกซีที่บล็อกที่อยู่ต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://production.odoofin.com/" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:42 msgid "First synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การซิงโครไนซ์ครั้งแรก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -838,12 +1007,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" " Account`." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถเริ่มการซิงโครไนซ์ได้โดยไปที่แอประบบบัญชีและ " +":menuselection:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ธนาคาร: " +"เพิ่มบัญชีธนาคาร`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" +"ตอนนี้คุณสามารถค้นหาสถาบันธนาคารของคุณได้แล้ว " +"เลือกและทำตามขั้นตอนเพื่อซิงโครไนซ์กับมัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -851,6 +1025,8 @@ msgid "" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " "disabled." msgstr "" +"หากคุณมีปัญหาระหว่างการซิงโครไนซ์ครั้งแรก " +"โปรดตรวจสอบว่าเว็บเบราว์เซอร์ของคุณไม่ได้บล็อกป๊อปอัปและตัวบล็อกโฆษณาของคุณถูกปิดใช้งาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -869,6 +1045,12 @@ msgid "" "on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " "need to reactivate it using that phone number." msgstr "" +"คุณต้องระบุหมายเลขโทรศัพท์ในระหว่างการซิงโครไนซ์ครั้งแรกเพื่อรักษาความปลอดภัยให้กับบัญชีของคุณ" +" " +"เราขอข้อมูลดังกล่าวเพราะเราไม่ต้องการให้ข้อมูลของคุณตกไปอยู่ในมือของผู้ไม่สมควร" +" ดังนั้น หากเราตรวจพบกิจกรรมที่น่าสงสัยในบัญชีของคุณ " +"เราจะบล็อกคำขอทั้งหมดที่มาจากบัญชีของคุณ " +"และคุณต้องเปิดใช้งานอีกครั้งโดยใช้หมายเลขโทรศัพท์นั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -876,6 +1058,8 @@ msgid "" "with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " "servers." msgstr "" +"ผู้ให้บริการบุคคลที่สามอาจขอข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับสถาบันธนาคารของคุณ" +" ข้อมูลนี้ไม่ได้จัดเก็บไว้ในเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของ Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -883,6 +1067,10 @@ msgid "" "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"ธุรกรรมที่ดึงมาจากแหล่งที่มาออนไลน์จะถูกจัดกลุ่มไว้ในใบแจ้งยอดเดียวกัน " +"และสร้างใบแจ้งยอดจากธนาคารหนึ่งใบต่อเดือน " +"คุณสามารถเปลี่ยนรอบระยะเวลาการสร้างใบแจ้งยอดจากธนาคารได้ในการตั้งค่าสมุดรายวันของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -890,10 +1078,13 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " "Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถค้นหาการซิงโครไนซ์ทั้งหมดของคุณได้โดยไปที่ " +":menuselection:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี -> การกำหนดค่า -> ระบบบัญชี: " +"การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:76 msgid "Synchronize manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ซิงโครไนซ์ด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -901,6 +1092,10 @@ msgid "" "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " "clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." msgstr "" +"หลังจากการซิงโครไนซ์ครั้งแรก " +"สมุดรายวันที่สร้างขึ้นจะถูกซิงโครไนซ์ตามค่าเริ่มต้นทุกๆ 12 ชั่วโมง " +"หากต้องการ คุณสามารถซิงโครไนซ์ด้วยตนเองได้โดยคลิกที่ปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`ซิงโครไนซ์ทันที` บนแดชบอร์ด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -908,6 +1103,9 @@ msgid "" "Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " "on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." msgstr "" +"หรือคุณสามารถไปที่ :menuselection:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี -> การกำหนดค่า -> " +"ระบบบัญชี: การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์` เลือกสถาบันของคุณ จากนั้นคลิกที่ปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`ดึงธุรกรรม`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -918,14 +1116,19 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual " "synchronizations." msgstr "" +"สถาบันบางแห่งไม่อนุญาตให้ดึงข้อมูลธุรกรรมโดยอัตโนมัติ สำหรับสถาบันดังกล่าว " +"ในระหว่างการซิงโครไนซ์บัญชีอัตโนมัติ " +"คุณจะได้รับข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดที่ขอให้คุณปิดการใช้งานการซิงโครไนซ์อัตโนมัติ" +" ข้อความนี้สามารถพบได้ในการพูดคุยของการซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์ของคุณ ในกรณีนี้ " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้ทำการซิงโครไนซ์ด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:93 msgid "Issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปัญหา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:96 msgid "Synchronization in error" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การซิงโครไนซ์มีข้อผิดพลาด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -934,16 +1137,22 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " "connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการรายงานข้อผิดพลาดในการเชื่อมต่อไปยัง `การสนับสนุนของ Odoo " +"`_ ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี -> " +"การกำหนดค่า -> ระบบบัญชี: การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์` เลือกการเชื่อมต่อ ที่ล้มเหลว" +" และคัดลอกคำอธิบายข้อผิดพลาดและข้อมูลอ้างอิง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:103 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การซิงโครไนซ์ถูกตัดการเชื่อมต่อ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" +"หากการเชื่อมต่อกับพร็อกซีของคุณถูกตัดการเชื่อมต่อ " +"คุณสามารถเชื่อมต่อกับพร็อกซีอีกครั้งได้โดยใช้ปุ่ม :guilabel:`ดึงข้อมูลบัญชี`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -954,19 +1163,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กระบวนการย้ายข้อมูลสำหรับผู้ใช้ที่ติดตั้ง Odoo ก่อนเดือนธันวาคม 2020" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:118 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" +"หากคุณอยู่ในองค์กร โปรดตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจก่อนว่าแหล่งที่มาของคุณอัปเดตเป็น Odoo" +" เวอร์ชันล่าสุด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:121 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" +"ผู้ใช้ที่สร้างฐานข้อมูลก่อนเดือนธันวาคม 2020 " +"จำเป็นต้องติดตั้งโมดูลใหม่ด้วยตนเองเพื่อใช้ฟังก์ชันใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -975,12 +1188,18 @@ msgid "" "You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" " refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" +"โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`แอป -> อัปเดตรายการแอป` " +"ลบตัวกรองเริ่มต้นในแถบค้นหาแล้วพิมพ์ `account_online_synchronization` " +"จากนั้นคุณสามารถคลิกที่ :guilabel:`ติดตั้ง` สุดท้าย " +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าผู้ใช้ทั้งหมดของคุณรีเฟรชหน้า Odoo ของตนโดยกด CTRL+F5" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:130 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " "won't work anymore." msgstr "" +"การซิงโครไนซ์ก่อนหน้านี้ทั้งหมดถูกตัดการเชื่อมต่อระหว่างการติดตั้ง " +"และจะไม่ทำงานอีกต่อไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -989,18 +1208,25 @@ msgid "" "Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " "connections; you have to make new ones." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถค้นหาได้โดยตรงในเมนูการซิงโครไนซ์ (:เมนูการเลือก:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี" +" --> การกำหนดค่า --> ระบบบัญชี: การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์`) " +"ไม่สามารถซิงโครไนซ์การเชื่อมต่อเหล่านี้ใหม่ได้ คุณต้องสร้างอันใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:135 msgid "" "Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " "online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" +"อย่าถอนการติดตั้ง `account_online_sync` " +"ซึ่งเป็นโมดูลก่อนหน้าสำหรับการซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์ อันใหม่จะมาแทนที่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:137 msgid "" "By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" " Accounting." msgstr "" +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น `account_online_synchronization` " +"จะถูกติดตั้งโดยอัตโนมัติพร้อมกับระบบบัญชี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:95 @@ -1010,7 +1236,7 @@ msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:143 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การซิงโครไนซ์ไม่ทำงานแบบเรียลไทม์ เป็นเรื่องปกติหรือไม่?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -1042,10 +1268,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " "**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" +"ธุรกรรมสามารถมองเห็นได้ในบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ " +"แต่ไม่สามารถดึงข้อมูลได้หากมีสถานะ :guilabel:`รอดำเนินการ` " +"เฉพาะธุรกรรมที่มีสถานะ :guilabel:`โพสต์แล้ว` เท่านั้นที่จะถูกดึงข้อมูล " +"หากธุรกรรมยังไม่ **โพสต์** คุณจะต้องรอจนกว่าสถานะจะเปลี่ยนไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฟีเจอร์การซิงโครไนซ์ธนาคารออนไลน์รวมอยู่ในสัญญาของฉันหรือไม่?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -1057,16 +1287,19 @@ msgstr "**เวอร์ชันคอมมูนิตี้**: ไม่ msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" +"**เวอร์ชันออนไลน์**: ใช่ แม้ว่าคุณจะได้รับประโยชน์จากสัญญา หนึ่งแอปฟรี ก็ตาม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" +"**เวอร์ชันองค์กร**: ใช่ " +"หากคุณมีสัญญาระดับองค์กรที่ถูกต้องซึ่งเชื่อมโยงกับฐานข้อมูลของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ธนาคารบางแห่งมีสถานะ \"เบต้า\" สิ่งนี้หมายความว่าอะไร?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -1077,10 +1310,16 @@ msgid "" " the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback" " from the connection." msgstr "" +"ซึ่งหมายความว่าสถาบันการเงินยังไม่ได้รับการสนับสนุนอย่างเต็มที่จากผู้ให้บริการบุคคลที่สามของเรา" +" อาจเกิดข้อบกพร่องหรือปัญหาอื่นๆ Odoo " +"ไม่รองรับปัญหาทางเทคนิคที่เกิดขึ้นกับธนาคารในช่วงเบต้า " +"แต่ผู้ใช้อาจยังคงเลือกที่จะเชื่อมต่อ " +"การเชื่อมต่อกับธนาคารเหล่านี้มีส่วนช่วยในกระบวนการพัฒนา " +"เนื่องจากผู้ให้บริการจะได้รับข้อมูลจริงและข้อเสนอแนะจากการเชื่อมต่อ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพราะเหตุใดธุรกรรมของฉันถึงซิงโครไนซ์ด้วยการรีเฟรชด้วยตนเองเท่านั้น?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -1089,20 +1328,23 @@ msgid "" " the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " "provided." msgstr "" +"ธนาคารบางแห่งมีมาตรการรักษาความปลอดภัยเพิ่มเติมและต้องมีขั้นตอนเพิ่มเติม " +"เช่น รหัสยืนยันตัวตนทาง SMS/อีเมล หรือ MFA ประเภทอื่น ด้วยเหตุนี้ " +"ผู้รวมระบบจึงไม่สามารถดึงธุรกรรมได้จนกว่าจะระบุรหัสความปลอดภัย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ธุรกรรมในอดีตของฉันทั้งหมดไม่ได้อยู่ใน Odoo เพราะอะไร?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สำหรับบางสถาบัน สามารถดึงข้อมูลธุรกรรมในอดีตได้สูงสุด 3 เดือนเท่านั้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ทำไมฉันไม่เห็นธุรกรรม?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -1112,10 +1354,16 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " ":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" +"ในระหว่างการซิงโครไนซ์ครั้งแรก " +"คุณได้เลือกบัญชีธนาคารที่คุณตัดสินใจซิงโครไนซ์กับ Odoo " +"หากคุณไม่ได้ซิงโครไนซ์บัญชีใดๆ ของคุณ คุณสามารถไปที่ " +":menuselection:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี -> การกำหนดค่า -> ระบบบัญชี: " +"การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์` เพื่อคลิกที่ปุ่ม :guilabel:`ดึงข้อมูลบัญชี` " +"ในการเชื่อมต่อ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:192 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "อาจไม่มีการทำธุรกรรมใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -1123,10 +1371,13 @@ msgid "" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "`_." msgstr "" +"หากบัญชีธนาคารของคุณเชื่อมโยงกับสมุดรายวันอย่างถูกต้อง " +"และธุรกรรมที่โพสต์ไม่แสดงขึ้นในฐานข้อมูลของคุณ โปรด `ส่งทิกเก็ตช่วยเหลือที่ " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:198 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฉันจะอัปเดตข้อมูลประจำตัวธนาคารของฉันได้อย่างไร?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -1135,10 +1386,15 @@ msgid "" " connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " ":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถอัปเดตข้อมูลรับรองของคุณได้โดยไปที่ " +":menuselection:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ระบบบัญชี: " +"การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์` " +"เปิดการเชื่อมต่อที่คุณต้องการอัปเดตข้อมูลประจำตัวของคุณ และคลิกที่ปุ่ม " +":guilabel:`อัปเดตข้อมูลรับรอง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:3 msgid "Enable Banking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งานระบบธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1146,58 +1402,68 @@ msgid "" " from bank accounts all in one place. It offers non-intrusive connectivity " "to ASPSPs' official APIs across Europe without storing data." msgstr "" +"**เปิดใช้งานระบบธนาคาร** " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการบุคคลที่สามที่รวบรวมข้อมูลธนาคารจากบัญชีธนาคารทั้งหมดไว้ในที่เดียว" +" ให้การเชื่อมต่อที่ไม่ล่วงล้ำกับ API อย่างเป็นทางการของ ASPSP ทั่วยุโรป " +"โดยไม่ต้องจัดเก็บข้อมูล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst-1 msgid "Enable Banking logo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โลโก้เปิดใช้งานระบบธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** synchronizes directly with banks to get access to all bank " "transactions and automatically import them into your database." msgstr "" +"**Odoo** ซิงโครไนซ์กับธนาคารโดยตรง เพื่อเข้าถึงธุรกรรมธนาคารทั้งหมด " +"และนำเข้าข้อมูลเหล่านั้นไปยังฐานข้อมูลของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../bank_synchronization`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:18 msgid "`Enable Banking website `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`เว็บไซต์เปิดใช้งานระบบธนาคาร `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:24 msgid "Link bank accounts with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เชื่อมโยงบัญชีธนาคารกับ Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:26 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`;" msgstr "" +"เริ่มการซิงโครไนซ์โดยคลิกที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> " +"เพิ่มบัญชีธนาคาร`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:28 msgid "Select your bank;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกธนาคารของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:29 msgid "" "Make sure you give your consent to share your account information with Odoo " "by clicking :guilabel:`Continue authentication`;" msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณยินยอมที่จะแบ่งปันข้อมูลบัญชีของคุณกับ Odoo โดยคลิก " +":guilabel:`ดำเนินการตรวจสอบสิทธิ์ต่อไป`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:0 msgid "Enable Banking authentication page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งานหน้าการรับรองความถูกต้องของธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:36 msgid "Finally, you are redirected to your bank's login page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ในที่สุด คุณจะถูกเปลี่ยนเส้นทางไปยังหน้าเข้าสู่ระบบของธนาคารของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ponto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1206,16 +1472,23 @@ msgid "" "one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " "number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" +"**Ponto** " +"เป็นบริการที่ช่วยให้บริษัทและผู้เชี่ยวชาญสามารถรวมบัญชีของพวกเขาไว้ในที่เดียว" +" และดูธุรกรรมทั้งหมดได้โดยตรงภายในแอปเดียว " +"เป็นโซลูชันของบุคคลที่สามที่ขยายจำนวนสถาบันการเงินที่สามารถซิงโครไนซ์กับ " +"Odoo ได้อย่างต่อเนื่อง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst-1 msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โลโก้ของแบรนด์ Ponto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" +"**Odoo** สามารถซิงโครไนซ์กับธนาคารของคุณโดยตรง " +"เพื่อนำเข้าใบแจ้งยอดธนาคารทั้งหมดไปยังฐานข้อมูลของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1223,39 +1496,44 @@ msgid "" "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration `_." msgstr "" +"Ponto " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการบุคคลที่สามแบบชำระเงินที่สามารถจัดการการซิงโครไนซ์ระหว่างบัญชีธนาคารของคุณกับ" +" Odoo `ราคาอยู่ที่ 4€/เดือนต่อบัญชี/การรวมระบบ " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../transactions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../transactions`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เชื่อมโยงบัญชีธนาคารของคุณกับ Ponto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." msgstr "" +"ไปที่ `เว็บไซต์ของ Ponto (https://myponto.com) `_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "สร้างบัญชีหากคุณยังไม่มี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เมื่อคุณเข้าสู่ระบบแล้ว ให้สร้าง *องค์กร*" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto." -msgstr "" +msgstr "กรอกแบบฟอร์มเพื่อเพิ่มองค์กรใน Ponto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> ไลฟ์` และคลิกที่ *เพิ่มบัญชี*" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณอาจต้องเพิ่ม **ข้อมูลการเรียกเก็บเงิน** ก่อน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1263,25 +1541,29 @@ msgid "" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" +"เลือกประเทศ สถาบันธนาคารของคุณ ให้ความยินยอมกับ Ponto " +"และทำตามขั้นตอนบนหน้าจอเพื่อเชื่อมโยงบัญชีธนาคารของคุณกับบัญชี Ponto ของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Add bank accounts to your Ponto account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เพิ่มบัญชีธนาคารในบัญชี Ponto ของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" +"ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้เพิ่มบัญชีธนาคารทั้งหมดที่คุณต้องการซิงโครไนซ์กับฐานข้อมูล" +" Odoo ของคุณก่อนที่จะไปยังขั้นตอนถัดไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เชื่อมโยงบัญชี Ponto ของคุณกับฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> เพิ่มบัญชีธนาคาร`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1289,10 +1571,12 @@ msgid "" "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" +"ค้นหาสถาบันของคุณ ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้เลือกสถาบันที่ถูกต้อง " +"เมื่อเลือกสถาบัน คุณจะสามารถตรวจสอบได้ว่าผู้ให้บริการบุคคลที่สามคือ Ponto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คลิกที่ *เชื่อมต่อ* และทำตามขั้นตอน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -1300,14 +1584,16 @@ msgid "" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" +"เมื่อถึงจุดหนึ่ง คุณจะต้องอนุญาตบัญชีที่คุณต้องการเข้าถึงใน Odoo โปรดเลือก " +"**บัญชีทั้งหมด** ที่คุณต้องการซิงโครไนซ์ แม้ว่าจะมาจากสถาบันธนาคารอื่นๆ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Selection of the accounts you wish to synchronize with Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเลือกบัญชีที่คุณต้องการซิงโครไนซ์กับ Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ให้การทำงานเสร็จสิ้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -1315,16 +1601,19 @@ msgid "" "will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected in the second" " step." msgstr "" +"คุณต้องอนุญาตบัญชีทั้งหมดที่คุณต้องการเข้าถึงใน Odoo แต่ Odoo " +"จะกรองบัญชีตามสถาบันที่คุณเลือกในขั้นตอนที่สอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัปเดตข้อมูลรับรองการซิงโครไนซ์ของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" +"คุณอาจต้องอัปเดตข้อมูลรับรอง Ponto ของคุณหรือแก้ไขการตั้งค่าการซิงโครไนซ์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:87 @@ -1333,42 +1622,49 @@ msgid "" "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" +"โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์`" +" และเลือกสถาบันที่คุณต้องการดึงข้อมูลบัญชีอื่นๆ คลิกที่ปุ่ม *ดึงข้อมูลบัญชี*" +" เพื่อเริ่มขั้นตอน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" +"ในระหว่างการอัปเดต ให้เลือก **บัญชีทั้งหมด** ที่คุณต้องการซิงโครไนซ์ " +"แม้จะมาจากบัญชีที่มาจากสถาบันการเงินอื่นก็ตาม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:69 msgid "Fetch new accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ดึงข้อมูลบัญชีใหม่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:71 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณอาจต้องการเพิ่มบัญชีออนไลน์ใหม่ให้กับการเชื่อมต่อของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" +"อย่าลืมให้สิทธิ์สำหรับบัญชีที่มีอยู่ (สำหรับสถาบันทั้งหมดที่คุณซิงโครไนซ์กับ" +" Ponto)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" -msgstr "" +msgstr "หลังจากการซิงโครไนซ์ของฉัน ไม่มีบัญชีแสดงขึ้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." -msgstr "" +msgstr "คุณเลือกสถาบันจากรายการและไม่ได้อนุญาตบัญชีจากสถาบันนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฉันมีข้อผิดพลาดเกี่ยวกับการอนุญาตของฉันที่หมดอายุแล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -1377,26 +1673,34 @@ msgid "" "`_. If you do not do this, the synchronization will " "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" +"ทุกๆ **3 เดือน** (90 วัน) " +"คุณจะต้องอนุญาตการเชื่อมต่อระหว่างบัญชีธนาคารของคุณกับ Ponto อีกครั้ง " +"จะต้องดำเนินการนี้จาก `เว็บไซต์ Ponto `_ " +"หากคุณไม่ทำเช่นนี้ การซิงโครไนซ์จะหยุดลงสำหรับบัญชีเหล่านี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ฉันมีข้อผิดพลาดกับสถาบันเบต้าของฉัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" +"Ponto ให้บริการสถาบันใน *เบต้า* สถาบันเหล่านี้ไม่ได้รับการสนับสนุนโดยตรงจาก " +"Odoo และเราขอแนะนำให้คุณติดต่อ Ponto โดยตรง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" +"การใช้สถาบันรุ่นเบต้าจะเป็นประโยชน์ต่อ Ponto " +"โดยช่วยให้พวกเขาได้รับข้อเสนอแนะอย่างแท้จริงเกี่ยวกับการเชื่อมโยงกับสถาบัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:3 msgid "Salt Edge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salt Edge" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1404,32 +1708,41 @@ msgid "" "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" +"**Salt Edge** " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการบุคคลที่สามที่รวบรวมข้อมูลธนาคารจากบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ " +"รองรับสถาบันประมาณ 5,000 แห่งในกว่า 50 ประเทศ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst-1 msgid "Salt Edge Logo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โลโก้ Salt Edge" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" +"Odoo สามารถซิงโครไนซ์กับธนาคารของคุณโดยตรง " +"เพื่อนำเข้าใบแจ้งยอดธนาคารทั้งหมดไปยังฐานข้อมูลของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:25 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เชื่อมโยงบัญชีธนาคารของคุณกับ Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:27 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" +"เริ่มการซิงโครไนซ์โดยคลิกที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> " +"เพิ่มบัญชีธนาคาร`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:29 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" +"เลือกสถาบันที่คุณต้องการซิงโครไนซ์ คุณสามารถดูว่า Salt Edge " +"เป็นผู้ให้บริการบุคคลที่สามของสถาบันหรือไม่โดยการเลือก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1438,43 +1751,51 @@ msgid "" " enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access " "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" +"หลังจากให้หมายเลขโทรศัพท์แล้ว คุณจะถูกถามถึงที่อยู่อีเมล " +"ที่อยู่อีเมลนี้ใช้เพื่อสร้างบัญชี Salt Edge ของคุณ " +"โปรดตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณป้อนที่อยู่อีเมลที่ถูกต้อง " +"ไม่เช่นนั้นคุณจะไม่สามารถเข้าถึงบัญชี Salt Edge ของคุณได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 msgid "" "Email address to provide to Salt Edge for the creation of your account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ที่อยู่อีเมลเพื่อมอบให้กับ Salt Edge เพื่อสร้างบัญชีของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:40 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" +"หลังจากป้อนที่อยู่อีเมลของคุณ คุณจะถูกนำไปที่ Salt Edge " +"เพื่อดำเนินการกระบวนการซิงโครไนซ์ต่อไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 msgid "Salt Edge Login page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "หน้าเข้าสู่ระบบ Salt Edge" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:47 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณให้ความยินยอมโดยทำเครื่องหมายในช่องยินยอม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 msgid "Salt Edge give consent page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Salt Edge ให้หน้าความยินยอม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:53 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ทำการซิงโครไนซ์ให้เสร็จสิ้นโดยทำตามขั้นตอนต่างๆ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:57 msgid "Update your credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "อัปเดตข้อมูลประจำตัวของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:59 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" +"คุณอาจต้องอัปเดตข้อมูลรับรอง Salt Edge " +"ของคุณหรือแก้ไขการตั้งค่าการซิงโครไนซ์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1483,6 +1804,9 @@ msgid "" "Click on the *Update Credentials* button to start the flow and follow the " "steps." msgstr "" +"โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์`" +" และเลือกสถาบันที่คุณต้องการอัปเดตข้อมูลรับรอง คลิกที่ปุ่ม " +"*อัปเดตข้อมูลรับรอง* เพื่อเริ่มโฟลว์และทำตามขั้นตอนต่างๆ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:77 @@ -1490,6 +1814,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" +"อย่าลืมทำเครื่องหมายในช่องยินยอม ไม่เช่นนั้น Odoo " +"อาจไม่สามารถเข้าถึงข้อมูลของคุณได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1497,10 +1823,13 @@ msgid "" "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" +"โดยไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์`" +" และเลือกสถาบันที่จะดึงข้อมูลบัญชีใหม่ คลิกที่ปุ่ม *ดึงข้อมูลบัญชี* " +"เพื่อเริ่มขั้นตอนและทำตามขั้นตอนต่างๆ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:84 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เกิดข้อผิดพลาดเมื่อฉันพยายามลบการซิงโครไนซ์ภายใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -1526,7 +1855,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:95 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เกิดข้อผิดพลาดที่แจ้งว่าฉันได้ซิงโครไนซ์บัญชีนี้แล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -1534,6 +1863,9 @@ msgid "" "please check on your `dashboard `_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" +"คุณอาจซิงโครไนซ์บัญชีธนาคารของคุณกับ Salt Edge แล้ว โปรดตรวจสอบ `แดชบอร์ด " +"`_ " +"ของคุณว่าคุณไม่มีการเชื่อมต่อกับข้อมูลประจำตัวเดียวกัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1541,6 +1873,9 @@ msgid "" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีที่คุณมีการซิงโครไนซ์ด้วยข้อมูลประจำตัวเดียวกันบนแดชบอร์ด Salt Edge " +"ของคุณ และการซิงโครไนซ์นี้ไม่ได้ถูกสร้างขึ้นด้วย Odoo " +"โปรดลบออกและสร้างจากฐานข้อมูล Odoo ของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -1550,6 +1885,11 @@ msgid "" " Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Please make sure to do an " "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" +"ในกรณีที่คุณมีการเชื่อมต่อกับข้อมูลประจำตัวเดียวกันบนแดชบอร์ด Salt Edge " +"ของคุณและการซิงโครไนซ์นี้ถูกสร้างขึ้นด้วย Odoo " +"โดยปกติคุณจะสามารถค้นหาได้โดยไปที่ :เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า " +"--> การซิงโครไนซ์ออนไลน์ `. โปรดตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้ *อัปเดตข้อมูลรับรอง* " +"เพื่อเปิดใช้งานการเชื่อมต่ออีกครั้ง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Cash register" @@ -1561,18 +1901,24 @@ msgid "" "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" +"เครื่องบันทึกเงินสดเป็นสมุดรายวันสำหรับลงทะเบียนธุรกรรมการรับและการชำระเงิน " +"จะคำนวณเงินเข้าและออกทั้งหมด โดยคำนวณยอดคงเหลือทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" +"กำหนดค่าสมุดรายวันเงินสดใน :เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> " +"สมุดรายวัน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" +"ในแท็บ รายการสมุดรายวัน คุณสามารถกำหนดค่าบัญชีเดบิตและเครดิตเริ่มต้นได้ " +"เช่นเดียวกับสกุลเงินของสมุดรายวัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:34 @@ -1581,33 +1927,37 @@ msgstr "การใช้งาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สามารถลงทะเบียนการชำระเงินสดได้อย่างไร?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการลงทะเบียนการชำระเงินสดให้กับลูกค้ารายอื่นโดยเฉพาะ " +"คุณควรทำตามขั้นตอนเหล่านี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" +"ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> แดชบอร์ด --> เงินสด --> " +"ลงทะเบียนธุรกรรม`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กรอกยอดเริ่มต้นและสิ้นสุด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลงทะเบียนธุรกรรม โดยระบุลูกค้าที่เชื่อมโยงกับธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใส่เงินเข้าไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1615,10 +1965,12 @@ msgid "" "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" +"การใส่เงินใช้ในการวางเงินสดของคุณด้วยตนเองก่อนเริ่มการทำธุรกรรม " +"จากหน้าต่างลงทะเบียนธุรกรรม ไปที่ :menuselection:`เพิ่มเติม --> ใส่เงินเข้า`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เอาเงินออก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -1626,15 +1978,17 @@ msgid "" "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" +"การนำเงินออกใช้เพื่อรวบรวม/รับเงินสดของคุณด้วยตนเองหลังจากสิ้นสุดธุรกรรมทั้งหมดของคุณ" +" จากหน้าต่างลงทะเบียนธุรกรรม ไปที่ :การเลือกเมนู:`เพิ่มเติม --> นำเงินออก`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ธุรกรรมจะถูกเพิ่มไปยังการลงทะเบียนการชำระเงินด้วยเงินสดปัจจุบัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:3 msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จัดการบัญชีธนาคารเป็นสกุลเงินต่างประเทศ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1643,14 +1997,18 @@ msgid "" " bank account in a foreign currency, for every transaction, Odoo stores two " "values:" msgstr "" +"ใน Odoo ทุกธุรกรรมจะถูกบันทึกในสกุลเงินเริ่มต้นของบริษัท " +"และรายงานทั้งหมดจะขึ้นอยู่กับสกุลเงินเริ่มต้นนั้น " +"เมื่อคุณมีบัญชีธนาคารเป็นสกุลเงินต่างประเทศ สำหรับทุกธุรกรรม Odoo " +"จะเก็บสองค่า:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:9 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *company*;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เดบิต/เครดิตในสกุลเงินของ *บริษัท*;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:10 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *bank account*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เดบิต/เครดิตในสกุลเงินของ *บัญชีธนาคาร*" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1658,10 +2016,13 @@ msgid "" " institution. By default, Odoo uses the European Central Bank's web services" " but other options are available." msgstr "" +"อัตราสกุลเงินได้รับการอัปเดตโดยอัตโนมัติโดยใช้บริการเว็บของสถาบันการธนาคาร " +"ตามค่าเริ่มต้น Odoo ใช้บริการเว็บของธนาคารกลางยุโรป " +"แต่มีตัวเลือกอื่นให้เลือก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:19 msgid "Activate multi-currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งานหลายสกุลเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1671,10 +2032,15 @@ msgid "" " a :guilabel:`Journal`, a :guilabel:`Gain Account`, a :guilabel:`Loss " "Account`, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการทำงานกับหลายสกุลเงิน ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> " +"การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า --> สกุลเงิน` และทำเครื่องหมายที่ " +":guilabel:`หลายสกุลเงิน` ใต้ :guilabel:`รายการส่วนต่างหลังการแลกเปลี่ยน ใน:`" +" ให้ระบุ :guilabel:`สมุดรายวัน`, :guilabel:`บัญชีกำไร`, a " +":guilabel:`บัญชีขาดทุน` จากนั้นคลิกที่ :guilabel:`บันทึก`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าสกุลเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1684,6 +2050,11 @@ msgid "" "Currencies` setting or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Accounting: Currencies`." msgstr "" +"เมื่อกำหนดค่า Odoo ให้รองรับหลายสกุลเงินแล้ว " +"สกุลเงินทั้งหมดจะถูกสร้างขึ้นตามค่าเริ่มต้น แต่ไม่จำเป็นต้องเปิดใช้งาน " +"หากต้องการเปิดใช้งานสกุลเงินใหม่ ให้คลิกที่ " +":guilabel:`เปิดใช้งานสกุลเงินอื่น` ใต้การตั้งค่า :guilabel:`หลายสกุลเงิน` " +"หรือไปที่ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ระบบบัญชี: สกุลเงิน`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1695,12 +2066,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`. You also have the option to choose the :guilabel:`Service`" " you wish to obtain currency rates from." msgstr "" +"เมื่อสกุลเงินถูกเปิดใช้งาน คุณสามารถเลือก **อัตโนมัติ** " +"การอัปเดตอัตราสกุลเงิน หรือปล่อยให้เป็น **ด้วยตนเอง** " +"หากต้องการกำหนดค่าการอัปเดตอัตรา ให้กลับไปที่ :เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี --> " +"การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า --> สกุลเงิน` ตรวจสอบ " +":guilabel:`อัตราสกุลเงินอัตโนมัติ` ตั้งค่า :guilabel:`ช่วงเวลา` " +"เป็นความถี่ที่คุณต้องการ จากนั้นคลิกที่ :guilabel:`บันทึก` " +"คุณยังมีตัวเลือกให้เลือก :guilabel:`บริการ` ที่คุณต้องการรับอัตราสกุลเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:40 msgid "" "Click on the Update now button (:guilabel:`🗘`) besides the :guilabel:`Next " "Run` field to update the currency rates manually." msgstr "" +"คลิกที่ปุ่มอัปเดตทันที (:guilabel:`🗘`) นอกเหนือจากฟิลด์ " +":guilabel:`การรันครั้งต่อไป` เพื่ออัปเดตอัตราสกุลเงินด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:44 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1731,7 +2111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Example of a created bank journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตัวอย่างของสมุดรายวันธนาคารที่สร้างขึ้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1739,10 +2119,13 @@ msgid "" "the journal. It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`." msgstr "" +"เมื่อสร้างสมุดรายวัน Odoo จะเชื่อมโยงบัญชีธนาคารกับสมุดรายวันโดยอัตโนมัติ " +"สามารถพบได้ภายใต้ :menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> ระบบบัญชี: " +"ผังบัญชี`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "Vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขายเป็นสกุลเงินต่างประเทศ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1751,20 +2134,26 @@ msgid "" "creates and posts the foreign **exchange gain or loss** as a new journal " "entry." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการชำระบิลเป็นสกุลเงินต่างประเทศ เพียงเลือกสกุลเงินถัดจากช่อง " +":guilabel:`สมุดรายวัน` และลงทะเบียนการชำระเงิน Odoo จะสร้างและโพสต์ " +"**กำไรหรือขาดทุนจากอัตราแลกเปลี่ยน** " +"ต่างประเทศเป็นรายการบันทึกใหม่โดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "How to set a bill currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "วิธีการตั้งค่าสกุลเงินของบิล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:74 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In that case, " "Odoo automatically converts between the two currencies." msgstr "" +"โปรดทราบว่าคุณสามารถชำระบิลต่างประเทศด้วยสกุลเงินอื่นได้ ในกรณีนั้น Odoo " +"จะแปลงระหว่างสองสกุลเงินโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:78 msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานผลกำไร/ขาดทุนจากสกุลเงินที่ยังไม่เกิดขึ้นจริง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -1774,10 +2163,15 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Management: Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses`." " From here, you have access to all open entries in your **balance sheet**." msgstr "" +"รายงานนี้ให้ภาพรวมของจำนวนเงินที่ยังไม่เกิดขึ้นจริงทั้งหมดในสกุลเงินต่างประเทศในงบดุลของคุณ" +" และช่วยให้คุณสามารถปรับเปลี่ยนรายการหรือกำหนดอัตราแลกเปลี่ยนด้วยตนเองได้ " +"หากต้องการเข้าถึงรายงานนี้ ให้ไปที่ :menuselection:`รายงาน --> การจัดการ: " +"กำไร/ขาดทุนจากสกุลเงินที่ยังไม่เกิดขึ้นจริง` จากที่นี่ " +"คุณสามารถเข้าถึงรายการคงค้างทั้งหมดใน **งบดุล** ของคุณได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "View of the Unrealized Gains/Losses journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "มุมมองของบันทึกรายวันกำไร/ขาดทุนที่ยังไม่เกิดขึ้นจริง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1786,10 +2180,14 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`Exchange Rates` button and change the rate of the " "foreign currencies in the report." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการใช้อัตราสกุลเงินที่แตกต่างจากที่กำหนดไว้ใน " +":menuselection:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า --> การตั้งค่า --> สกุลเงิน` " +"ให้คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`อัตราแลกเปลี่ยน` และเปลี่ยนอัตราของสกุลเงินต่างประเทศ" +" สกุลเงินในรายงาน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Menu to manually change exchange rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เมนูสำหรับเปลี่ยนอัตราแลกเปลี่ยนด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -1797,10 +2195,13 @@ msgid "" "you to reset back to Odoo's rate. To do so, simply click on :guilabel:`Reset" " to Odoo's Rate`." msgstr "" +"เมื่อเปลี่ยน **อัตราแลกเปลี่ยน** ด้วยตนเอง " +"แบนเนอร์สีเหลืองจะแสดงขึ้นเพื่อให้คุณสามารถรีเซ็ตกลับเป็นอัตราของ Odoo " +"โดยคลิกที่ :guilabel:`รีเซ็ตเป็นอัตราของ Odoo`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Banner to reset back to Odoo's rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "แบนเนอร์เพื่อรีเซ็ตกลับเป็นอัตราของ Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -1810,6 +2211,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expense Account` and :guilabel:`Income Account` to calculate and " "process the **unrealized gains and losses**." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการอัปเดต **งบดุล** ของคุณด้วยจำนวนคอลัมน์ :guilabel:`การปรับ` " +"ให้คลิกที่ปุ่ม :guilabel:`รายการปรับ` ในหน้าต่างป๊อปอัป ให้เลือก " +":guilabel:`สมุดรายวัน`, :guilabel:`บัญชีค่าใช้จ่าย` และ " +":guilabel:`บัญชีรายได้` เพื่อคำนวณและประมวลผล " +"**กำไรและขาดทุนที่ยังไม่เกิดขึ้นจริง**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -1817,21 +2223,26 @@ msgid "" "automatically reverses the booking entry to the date set in " ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถกำหนดวันที่ของรายงานได้ในฟิลด์ :guilabel:`วันที่` Odoo " +"จะกลับรายการการจองเป็นวันที่ที่ตั้งไว้ใน :guilabel:`วันที่กลับรายการ` " +"โดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:112 msgid "" "Once posted, the :guilabel:`adjustment` column should indicate `0.00`, " "meaning all **unrealized gains/losses** have been adjusted." msgstr "" +"เมื่อโพสต์แล้ว คอลัมน์ :guilabel:`ปรับบัญชี` ควรระบุ `0.00` ซึ่งหมายความว่า " +"**กำไร/ขาดทุนที่ยังไม่เกิดขึ้นจริง** ทั้งหมดได้รับการปรับปรุงแล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานกำไร/ขาดทุนจากสกุลเงินที่ยังไม่เกิดขึ้นจริงเมื่อปรับบัญชีแล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:55 msgid "Bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การกระทบยอดธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1843,39 +2254,55 @@ msgid "" " reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " "activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" +"**การกระทบยอดธนาคาร** คือกระบวนการจับคู่ :doc:`ธุรกรรมธนาคาร `" +" ของคุณกับบันทึกทางธุรกิจของคุณ เช่น :doc:`ใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้า " +"<../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`ใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้ขาย <../ vendor_bills>` " +"และ :doc:`การชำระเงิน <../payments>` " +"สิ่งนี้ไม่เพียงบังคับสำหรับธุรกิจส่วนใหญ่เท่านั้น " +"แต่ยังให้ประโยชน์หลายประการ เช่น " +"การลดความเสี่ยงของข้อผิดพลาดในรายงานทางการเงิน การตรวจจับกิจกรรมการฉ้อโกง " +"และการจัดการกระแสเงินสดที่ดีขึ้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" "Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models `, " "Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" +"ด้วย :doc:`โมเดลการกระทบยอด ` ของธนาคาร ทำให้ Odoo " +"เลือกรายการที่ตรงกันล่วงหน้าโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " "`_" msgstr "" +"`บทช่วยสอน Odoo: การกระทบยอดธนาคาร `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 msgid "Bank reconciliation view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มุมมองการกระทบยอดธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" "To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " ":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเข้าถึง **มุมมองการกระทบยอด** ของสมุดรายวันธนาคาร ให้ไปที่ " +":guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี` ของคุณ หรืออย่างใดอย่างหนึ่ง:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 msgid "" "click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," " including those previously reconciled or" msgstr "" +"คลิกชื่อสมุดรายวัน (เช่น :guilabel:`ธนาคาร`) เพื่อแสดงธุรกรรมทั้งหมด " +"รวมถึงรายการที่กระทบยอดก่อนหน้านี้หรือ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1884,20 +2311,25 @@ msgid "" "Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " "transactions." msgstr "" +"คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`กระทบยอดรายการ` เพื่อแสดงธุรกรรมทั้งหมดที่ Odoo " +"ที่เลือกไว้ล่วงหน้าสำหรับการกระทบยอด คุณสามารถลบตัวกรอง " +":guilabel:`ไม่ตรงกัน` ออกจากแถบค้นหาเพื่อรวมธุรกรรมที่กระทบยอดก่อนหน้านี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การเข้าถึงเครื่องมือกระทบยอดธนาคารจากแดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชีของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 msgid "" "The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " "transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." msgstr "" +"มุมมองการกระทบยอดธนาคารมีโครงสร้างเป็นสามส่วนที่แตกต่างกัน: ธุรกรรม " +"รายการคู่ และรายการผลลัพธ์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่วนติดต่อผู้ใช้ของมุมมองการกระทบยอดสมุดรายวันธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 @@ -1909,10 +2341,12 @@ msgid "" "The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " "newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" +"ส่วนธุรกรรมทางด้านซ้ายจะแสดงธุรกรรมธนาคารทั้งหมด โดยรายการล่าสุดจะแสดงก่อน " +"คลิกธุรกรรมเพื่อเลือก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 msgid "Counterpart entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการคู่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1922,10 +2356,14 @@ msgid "" "payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," " which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" +"ส่วนรายการคู่สัญญาที่ด้านล่างขวาจะแสดงตัวเลือกเพื่อให้ตรงกับธุรกรรมธนาคารที่เลือก" +" มีหลายแท็บให้เลือก รวมถึง :ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, " +":ref:`reconciliation/batch-Payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-" +"operations` และ :guilabel:`แชท` ซึ่งมี กล่องแชทสำหรับธุรกรรมธนาคารที่เลือก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 msgid "Resulting entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการผลลัพธ์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1935,10 +2373,15 @@ msgid "" "mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "` are also available in the resulting entry section." msgstr "" +"ส่วนรายการผลลัพธ์ที่ด้านบนขวาจะแสดงธุรกรรมธนาคารที่เลือกซึ่งตรงกับรายการคู่ " +"รวมถึงเดบิตหรือเครดิตที่เหลือ ในส่วนนี้ " +"คุณสามารถตรวจสอบการกระทบยอดหรือทำเครื่องหมายเป็น :guilabel:`เพื่อตรวจสอบ` " +"ปุ่ม :ref:`ปุ่มโมเดลการกระทบยอด ` " +"ก็มีให้ใช้งานในส่วนรายการผลลัพธ์เช่นกัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 msgid "Reconcile transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กระทบยอดธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1949,10 +2392,16 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +"ธุรกรรมสามารถจับคู่ได้โดยอัตโนมัติโดยใช้ :doc:`โมเดลการกระทบยอด " +"` หรือสามารถจับคู่กับ :ref:`รายการที่มีอยู่ " +"`, :ref:`การชำระเงินแบบแบตช์ " +"`, :ref:`การดำเนินการด้วยตนเอง " +"` และ :ref:`ปุ่มรูปแบบการกระทบยอด " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "เลือกธุรกรรมระหว่างธุรกรรมธนาคารที่ไม่ตรงกัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -1963,6 +2412,11 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +"กำหนดคู่ มีหลายตัวเลือกในการกำหนดคู่กัน รวมถึง " +":ref:`การจับคู่รายการที่มีอยู่ `, " +":ref:`การดำเนินการด้วยตนเอง `, " +":ref:`ค่าพิกัดความเผื่อแบบชุด ` และ " +":ref:`ปุ่มรูปแบบการกระทบยอด `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -1976,6 +2430,7 @@ msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" " to the next transaction." msgstr "" +"คลิกปุ่ม :guilabel:`ตรวจสอบ` เพื่อยืนยันการกระทบยอดและย้ายไปยังธุรกรรมถัดไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -1992,10 +2447,14 @@ msgid "" "journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " "receivable, payable, or outstanding account." msgstr "" +"ธุรกรรมธนาคารจะถูกผ่านรายการใน **บัญชีที่ต้องสงสัยของสมุดรายวัน** " +"จนกว่าจะมีการกระทบยอด เมื่อมาถึงจุดนี้ " +"การกระทบยอดจะปรับเปลี่ยนรายการสมุดรายวันธุรกรรมโดยการแทนที่บัญชีระงับบัญชีธนาคารด้วยบัญชีลูกหนี้" +" เจ้าหนี้ หรือบัญชีคงค้างที่เกี่ยวข้อง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 msgid "Match existing entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จับคู่รายการที่มีอยู่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -2004,16 +2463,22 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`reconciliation models `, with suggested entries" " appearing first." msgstr "" +"แท็บนี้มีรายการที่ตรงกัน Odoo " +"เลือกไว้ล่วงหน้าโดยอัตโนมัติตามแบบจำลองการกระทบยอด ลำดับรายการจะขึ้นอยู่กับ " +":doc:`โมเดลการกระทบยอด ` " +"โดยรายการที่แนะนำจะแสดงขึ้นก่อน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 msgid "" "The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " "to search for specific journal items." msgstr "" +"แถบค้นหาภายในแท็บ :guilabel:`จับคู่รายการที่มีอยู่` " +"ช่วยให้คุณสามารถค้นหารายการสมุดรายวันที่ต้องการได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 msgid "Batch payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การชำระเงินเป็นกลุ่ม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -2023,10 +2488,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " "has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." msgstr "" +"`การชำระเงินเป็นชุด `_ " +"ช่วยให้คุณสามารถจัดกลุ่มการชำระเงินที่แตกต่างกันเพื่อความสะดวกในการกระทบยอด " +"ใช้แท็บ :guilabel:`การชำระเงินแบบกลุ่ม` " +"เพื่อค้นหาการชำระเงินเป็นกลุ่มสำหรับลูกค้าและผู้ขาย เช่นเดียวกับแท็บ " +":guilabel:`จับคู่รายการที่มีอยู่` แท็บ :guilabel:`การชำระเงินแบบกลุ่ม` " +"มีแถบค้นหาที่ช่วยให้คุณสามารถค้นหาการชำระเงินเป็นชุดที่ต้องการได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 msgid "Manual operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การดำเนินการด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -2044,14 +2515,20 @@ msgid "" " the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " ":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถใช้ตัวเลือก :guilabel:`ชำระเงินเต็มจำนวน` เพื่อปรับยอดการชำระเงิน " +"แม้ว่าจะได้รับการชำระเงินเพียงบางส่วนก็ตาม " +"บรรทัดใหม่จะปรากฏในส่วนรายการผลลัพธ์เพื่อสะท้อนถึงยอดดุลคงค้างที่ลงทะเบียนในบัญชีลูกหนี้ตามค่าเริ่มต้น" +" คุณสามารถเลือกบัญชีอื่นได้โดยการคลิกที่บรรทัดใหม่ในส่วนรายการผลลัพธ์ " +"และเลือก :guilabel:`บัญชี` เพื่อบันทึกยอดคงเหลือเปิด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." msgstr "" +"คลิกชำระเงินเต็มจำนวนเพื่อตั้งค่าใบแจ้งหนี้ว่าชำระเงินเต็มจำนวนด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:132 msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ปุ่มแบบจำลองการกระทบยอด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -2060,10 +2537,14 @@ msgid "" "quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " "combination with existing entries." msgstr "" +"ใช้ปุ่ม :doc:`โมเดลการกระทบยอด ` " +"สำหรับการดำเนินการด้วยตนเองที่ใช้บ่อย " +"ปุ่มแบบกำหนดเองเหล่านี้ช่วยให้คุณสามารถกระทบยอดธุรกรรมธนาคารด้วยตนเองได้อย่างรวดเร็ว" +" และยังสามารถใช้ร่วมกับรายการที่มีอยู่ได้อีกด้วย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โมเดลการกระทบยอด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2072,12 +2553,19 @@ msgid "" "recurring entries like bank fees. Reconciliation models can also be helpful " "in handling :doc:`cash discounts <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`." msgstr "" +"โมเดลการกระทบยอดถูกใช้เพื่อทำให้กระบวนการ :doc:`การกระทบยอดธนาคาร " +"` เป็นไปโดยอัตโนมัติ " +"ซึ่งมีประโยชน์เมื่อต้องจัดการกับรายการที่เกิดซ้ำ เช่น ค่าธรรมเนียมธนาคาร " +"โมเดลการกระทบยอดยังมีประโยชน์ในการจัดการ :doc:`ส่วนลดเงินสด " +"<../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:9 msgid "" "Each model is created based on a :ref:`model type ` and " ":guilabel:`bank transaction conditions`." msgstr "" +"แต่ละโมเดลถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยยึดตาม :ref:`ประเภทโมเดล ` และ " +":guilabel:`เงื่อนไขการทำธุรกรรมของธนาคาร`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2085,10 +2573,13 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`บทช่วยสอน Odoo: โมเดลการกระทบยอด " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:19 msgid "Reconciliation model types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ประเภทโมเดลการกระทบยอด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2097,6 +2588,9 @@ msgid "" "Models`. For each reconciliation model, a :guilabel:`Type` must be set. " "Three types of models exist:" msgstr "" +"โมเดลการกระทบยอดพร้อมใช้งานโดยไปที่ :เมนูการเลือก:`ระบบบัญชี --> การกำหนดค่า" +" --> ธนาคาร: โมเดลการกระทบยอด` สำหรับโมเดลการปรับยอดแต่ละรายการ ต้องตั้งค่า " +":guilabel:`ประเภท` มีโมเดลสามประเภท:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2107,6 +2601,12 @@ msgid "" "model determine the counterpart entry's account(s), amount(s), label(s), and" " analytic distribution;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`ปุ่มเพื่อสร้างรายการคู่`: " +"ปุ่มจะถูกสร้างขึ้นในส่วนรายการผลลัพธ์ของมุมมองการกระทบยอดธนาคาร หากคลิก " +"ปุ่มนี้จะสร้างรายการคู่ " +"เพื่อกระทบยอดกับธุรกรรมที่ใช้งานอยู่ตามกฎที่กำหนดในแบบจำลอง " +"กฎที่ระบุในแบบจำลองจะกำหนดบัญชีของรายการคู่ จำนวนเงิน ป้ายกำกับ " +"และการกระจายการวิเคราะห์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -2114,6 +2614,8 @@ msgid "" "transactions to match the transaction to a new entry based on conditions " "that must match the information on the transaction;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`กฎเพื่อแนะนำรายการคู่`: " +"ใช้สำหรับธุรกรรมที่เกิดซ้ำเพื่อจับคู่ธุรกรรมกับรายการใหม่ตามเงื่อนไขที่ต้องตรงกับข้อมูลในธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2121,10 +2623,13 @@ msgid "" " match the transaction to existing invoices, bills, or payments based on " "conditions that must match the information on the transaction." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`กฎในการจับคู่ใบแจ้งหนี้/ใบเรียกเก็บเงิน`: " +"ใช้สำหรับธุรกรรมที่เกิดซ้ำเพื่อจับคู่ธุรกรรมกับใบแจ้งหนี้ ใบแจ้งหนี้ " +"หรือการชำระเงินที่มีอยู่ตามเงื่อนไขที่ต้องตรงกับข้อมูลในธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:37 msgid "Default reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "โมเดลการกระทบยอดเริ่มต้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2132,6 +2637,9 @@ msgid "" "company's fiscal localization. These can be updated if needed. Users can " "also create their own reconciliation models by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"ใน Odoo โมเดลต่างๆ จะพร้อมใช้งานตามค่าเริ่มต้น " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับการแปลทางการเงินของบริษัท สามารถอัปเดตสิ่งเหล่านี้ได้หากจำเป็น " +"ผู้ใช้ยังสามารถสร้างโมเดลการกระทบยอดของตนเองได้โดยคลิก :guilabel:`สร้าง`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -2139,14 +2647,16 @@ msgid "" " *sequence* of models is applied. You can rearrange the order by dragging " "and dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" +"หากบันทึกตรงกับโมเดลการกระทบยอดหลายโมเดล ระบบจะใช้โมเดลแรกใน *ลำดับ* " +"ของโมเดล คุณสามารถจัดเรียงลำดับใหม่ได้โดยการลากและวางจุดจับที่อยู่ถัดจากชื่อ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Rearrange the sequence of models in the list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "จัดเรียงลำดับของโมเดลใหม่ในมุมมองรายการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:51 msgid "Invoices/Bills perfect match" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้/ใบเรียกเก็บเงินที่ตรงกันอย่างสมบูรณ์แบบ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -2154,10 +2664,12 @@ msgid "" "Odoo to suggest matching existing invoices or bills with a bank transaction " "based on set conditions." msgstr "" +"โมเดลนี้ควรอยู่ด้านบนสุดของ *ลำดับ* ของโมเดล เพราะช่วยให้ Odoo " +"แนะนำการจับคู่ใบแจ้งหนี้หรือใบเรียกเก็บเงินที่มีอยู่กับธุรกรรมทางธนาคารตามเงื่อนไขที่กำหนดไว้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "Set rules to trigger the reconciliation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตั้งกฎเกณฑ์เพื่อกระตุ้นการกระทบยอด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2168,10 +2680,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner is set` is selected) to suggest the correct counterpart " "entry and reconcile the payment automatically." msgstr "" +"Odoo จะกระทบยอดการชำระเงินโดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อเลือกตัวเลือก " +":guilabel:`ตรวจสอบอัตโนมัติ` และตรงตามเงื่อนไขของโมเดลอย่างสมบูรณ์ ในกรณีนี้" +" คาดว่าจะพบการอ้างอิงใบแจ้งหนี้/การชำระเงิน (ตามที่ :guilabel:`ป้ายกำกับ` " +"ถูกเลือก) ในบรรทัดใบแจ้งยอดธนาคาร และชื่อของพาร์ทเนอร์ (ตาม " +":guilabel:`ตั้งค่าพาร์ทเนอร์แล้ว` ถูกเลือก) เพื่อแนะนำข้อมูลที่ถูกต้อง " +"รายการคู่และกระทบยอดการชำระเงินโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:66 msgid "Invoices/Bills partial match if underpaid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้/ใบเรียกเก็บเงินตรงกันบางส่วนหากชำระน้อยเกินไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2181,26 +2699,35 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the account indicated in the :guilabel:`counterpart entries`" " tab." msgstr "" +"โมเดลนี้แนะนำใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้าหรือใบเรียกเก็บเงินของผู้จัดจำหน่ายที่ตรงกับการชำระเงินบางส่วน" +" เมื่อจำนวนเงินที่ได้รับต่ำกว่าจำนวนเงินในใบแจ้งหนี้เล็กน้อย ตัวอย่างเช่น " +"ในกรณีของ **ส่วนลดเงินสด** ส่วนต่างจะถูกกระทบยอดกับบัญชีที่ระบุในแท็บ " +":guilabel:`รายการคู่`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:73 msgid "" "The reconciliation model :guilabel:`Type` is :guilabel:`Rule to match " "invoices/bills`, and the :guilabel:`Payment tolerance` should be set." msgstr "" +"รูปแบบการกระทบยอด :guilabel:`ประเภท` คือ " +":guilabel:`กฎในการจับคู่ใบแจ้งหนี้/ใบเรียกเก็บเงิน และ " +":guilabel:`การชำระเงินที่อนุญาต` ควรได้รับการตั้งค่า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payment tolerance` is only applicable to lower payments. It " "is disregarded when an overpayment is received." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`การชำระเงินที่อนุญาต` ใช้ได้กับการชำระเงินที่ต่ำกว่าเท่านั้น " +"จะถูกละเว้นเมื่อได้รับการชำระเงินมากเกินไป" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:87 msgid "Line with bank fees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ตรงกับค่าธรรมเนียมธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -2210,6 +2737,10 @@ msgid "" " be used for example, to identify the information referring to the " ":guilabel:`Bank fees` in the label of the transaction." msgstr "" +"โมเดลนี้แนะนำรายการคู่ตามกฎที่กำหนดไว้ในโมเดล ในกรณีนี้ โมเดลการกระทบยอด " +":guilabel:`ประเภท` คือ :guilabel:`กฎในการแนะนำการเข้าคู่` และสามารถใช้ " +":guilabel:`ป้ายกำกับ` ได้เป็นตัวอย่าง เพื่อระบุข้อมูลที่อ้างถึง " +":guilabel:`ค่าธรรมเนียมธนาคาร` อยู่ในป้ายกำกับของธุรกรรม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2219,6 +2750,10 @@ msgid "" "so it's essential to use it judiciously and with a good understanding of the" " patterns you're working with." msgstr "" +"`นิพจน์ทั่วไป `_ ซึ่งมักเรียกสั้น ๆว่า **Regex** " +"สามารถใช้ใน Odoo ได้หลายวิธีในการค้นหา ตรวจสอบ และจัดการข้อมูลภายในระบบ " +"Regex อาจมีประสิทธิภาพแต่ก็ซับซ้อนด้วย " +"ดังนั้นจึงจำเป็นอย่างยิ่งที่จะต้องใช้อย่างรอบคอบและมีความเข้าใจที่ดีเกี่ยวกับโมเดลที่คุณใช้งานอยู่" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -2227,14 +2762,18 @@ msgid "" "expression. Odoo automatically retrieves the transactions that match your " "Regex expression and the conditions specified in your model." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการใช้นิพจน์ทั่วไปในโมเดลการปรับยอดของคุณ ให้ตั้งค่า " +":guilabel:`ประเภทธุรกรรม` เป็น :guilabel:`จับคู่ Regex` และเพิ่มนิพจน์ของคุณ" +" Odoo ดึงข้อมูลธุรกรรมที่ตรงกับนิพจน์ Regex " +"ของคุณและเงื่อนไขที่ระบุในโมเดลของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Using Regex in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การใช้ Regex ใน Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:111 msgid "Partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การแมปของพาร์ทเนอร์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -2246,6 +2785,13 @@ msgid "" "incoming payment meets these criteria, Odoo automatically maps it to the " "corresponding customer's account." msgstr "" +"การแมปพาร์ทเนอร์ช่วยให้คุณสร้างกฎสำหรับการจับคู่ธุรกรรมกับบัญชีพาร์ทเนอร์ที่ถูกต้องโดยอัตโนมัติ" +" " +"ช่วยประหยัดเวลาและลดความเสี่ยงของข้อผิดพลาดที่อาจเกิดขึ้นระหว่างการกระทบยอดด้วยตนเอง" +" ตัวอย่างเช่น " +"คุณสามารถสร้างกฎการแมปพาร์ทเนอร์สำหรับการชำระเงินขาเข้าด้วยหมายเลขอ้างอิงหรือคำสำคัญเฉพาะในคำอธิบายธุรกรรม" +" เมื่อการชำระเงินขาเข้าตรงตามเกณฑ์เหล่านี้ Odoo " +"จะจับคู่การชำระเงินนั้นกับบัญชีของลูกค้าที่เกี่ยวข้องโดยอัตโนมัติ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -2253,10 +2799,13 @@ msgid "" "and enter the :guilabel:`Find Text in Label`, :guilabel:`Find Text in " "Notes`, and :guilabel:`Partner`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการสร้างกฎการจับคู่พาร์ทเนอร์ ให้ไปที่แท็บ " +":guilabel:`การจับคู่พาร์ทเนอร์` และป้อน :guilabel:`ค้นหาข้อความในป้ายกำกับ`," +" :guilabel:`ค้นหาข้อความในบันทึกย่อ` และ :guilabel:`พาร์ทเนอร์`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "defining partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "กำหนดการจับคู่พาร์ทเนอร์" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2264,6 +2813,7 @@ msgid "" "bank account transactions and reconciling them with the ones recorded in " "your accounting." msgstr "" +"การนำเข้าธุรกรรมจากใบแจ้งยอดธนาคารของคุณทำให้สามารถติดตามธุรกรรมในบัญชีธนาคารและกระทบยอดกับรายการที่บันทึกไว้ในบัญชีของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2271,64 +2821,71 @@ msgid "" "However, if you do not want to use it or if your bank is not yet supported, " "other options exist:" msgstr "" +":doc:`การซิงโครไนซ์ธนาคาร ` " +"ทำให้กระบวนการเป็นแบบอัตโนมัติ อย่างไรก็ตาม " +"หากคุณไม่ต้องการใช้หรือธนาคารของคุณยังไม่รองรับ มีตัวเลือกอื่นให้เลือก:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:11 msgid "" ":ref:`Import bank transactions ` delivered by your " "bank;" msgstr "" +":ref:`นำเข้าธุรกรรมธนาคาร ` ที่จัดส่งโดยธนาคารของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`Register bank transactions ` manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`ลงทะเบียนธุรกรรมธนาคาร ` ด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping transactions by statement ` is " "optional." msgstr "" +":ref:`การจัดกลุ่มธุรกรรมตามคำสั่ง ` เป็นทางเลือก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:20 msgid "Import transactions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ธุรกรรมนำเข้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:22 msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import transactions:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo รองรับไฟล์หลายรูปแบบเพื่อนำเข้าธุรกรรม:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:24 msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รูปแบบการจัดการเงินสดที่แนะนำของ SEPA (CAMT.053)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:25 msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:26 msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:27 msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:28 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:30 msgid "" "To import a file, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, and in the " ":guilabel:`Bank` journal, click on :guilabel:`Import Transactions`." msgstr "" +"หากต้องการนำเข้าไฟล์ ให้ไปที่ :guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี` และในสมุดรายวัน " +":guilabel:`ธนาคาร` ให้คลิกที่ :guilabel:`นำเข้าธุรกรรม`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 msgid "Import bank transactions from the bank journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "นำเข้าธุรกรรมธนาคารจากสมุดรายวันของธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:36 msgid "Next, select the file and upload it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากนั้นเลือกไฟล์และอัปโหลด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2336,14 +2893,17 @@ msgid "" "with their related Odoo fields, you can run a :guilabel:`Test` and " ":guilabel:`Import` your bank transactions." msgstr "" +"หลังจากตั้งค่าตัวเลือกการจัดรูปแบบที่จำเป็นและจับคู่คอลัมน์ไฟล์กับฟิลด์ Odoo" +" ที่เกี่ยวข้องแล้ว คุณสามารถเรียกใช้ :guilabel:`ทดสอบ` และ " +":guilabel:`นำเข้า` ธุรกรรมธนาคารของคุณได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/export_import_data`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/export_import_data`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:47 msgid "Register bank transactions manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลงทะเบียนธุรกรรมธนาคารด้วยตนเอง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2352,6 +2912,11 @@ msgid "" " then on :guilabel:`New`. Make sure to fill out the :guilabel:`Partner` and " ":guilabel:`Label` fields to ease the reconciliation process." msgstr "" +"คุณยังสามารถบันทึกธุรกรรมธนาคารของคุณได้ด้วยตนเอง โดยไปที่ " +":guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี` คลิกบนสมุดรายวัน :guilabel:`ธนาคาร` " +"จากนั้นไปที่ :guilabel:`สร้าง` ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าได้กรอกข้อมูลในช่อง " +":guilabel:`พาร์ทเนอร์` และ :guilabel:`ป้ายกำกับ` " +"เพื่อทำให้กระบวนการกระทบยอดง่ายขึ้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:56 msgid "Statements" @@ -2363,6 +2928,8 @@ msgid "" "institution that lists the transactions that have occurred in a particular " "bank account over a specified period of time." msgstr "" +"**ใบแจ้งยอดธนาคาร** " +"คือเอกสารที่ธนาคารหรือสถาบันการเงินจัดทำขึ้นซึ่งแสดงรายการธุรกรรมที่เกิดขึ้นในบัญชีธนาคารใดบัญชีหนึ่งในช่วงเวลาที่กำหนด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -2370,6 +2937,9 @@ msgid "" "statement, but depending on your business flow, you may want to record them " "for control purposes." msgstr "" +"ใน Odoo ระบบบัญชี คุณสามารถเลือกจัดกลุ่มธุรกรรมตามใบแจ้งยอดที่เกี่ยวข้องได้ " +"แต่คุณอาจต้องการบันทึกธุรกรรมเหล่านั้นเพื่อวัตถุประสงค์ในการควบคุม " +"ทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับการทำงานของธุรกิจคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -2379,6 +2949,10 @@ msgid "" "begin synchronizing or importing transactions. This is necessary to ensure " "the accuracy of your accounting." msgstr "" +"หากคุณต้องการเปรียบเทียบยอดคงเหลือปลายงวดของใบแจ้งยอดธนาคารของคุณกับยอดคงเหลือปลายงวดของบันทึกทางการเงินของคุณ" +" *อย่าลืมสร้างรายการเปิด* เพื่อบันทึกยอดคงเหลือในบัญชีธนาคาร ณ " +"วันที่คุณเริ่มซิงโครไนซ์หรือนำเข้าธุรกรรม " +"นี่เป็นสิ่งจำเป็นเพื่อรับรองความถูกต้องของบัญชีของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -2386,10 +2960,14 @@ msgid "" " click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button next to the bank or " "cash journal you want to check, then on :guilabel:`Statements`" msgstr "" +"หากต้องการเข้าถึงรายการใบแจ้งยอดบัญชี ให้ไปที่ :guilabel:`แดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชี`" +" คลิกปุ่มจุดไข่ปลาแนวตั้ง (:guilabel:`⋮`) " +"ถัดจากธนาคารหรือสมุดรายวันเงินสดที่คุณต้องการตรวจสอบ จากนั้นไปที่ " +":guilabel:` ใบแจ้งยอด`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:75 msgid "Statement creation from the kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การสร้างใบแจ้งยอดจากมุมมองคัมบัง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2398,22 +2976,29 @@ msgid "" "of your bank statement. Click on the :guilabel:`STATEMENT` button when " "hovering on the upper separator line." msgstr "" +"เปิดมุมมองการกระทบยอดธนาคารโดยการคลิกที่ชื่อสมุดรายวันของธนาคาร " +"และระบุธุรกรรมที่สอดคล้องกับธุรกรรมล่าสุดของใบแจ้งยอดจากธนาคารของคุณ " +"คลิกที่ปุ่ม :guilabel:`ใบแจ้งยอด` เมื่อวางเมาส์เหนือบรรทัดคั่นด้านบน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 msgid "" "A \"STATEMENT\" button is visible when hovering on the line separating two " "transactions." msgstr "" +"ปุ่ม \"ใบแจ้งยอด\" " +"จะแสดงให้เห็นเมื่อวางเมาส์เหนือบรรทัดที่แยกธุรกรรมสองรายการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:84 msgid "" "Fill out the statement's details and save. The newly created statement " "includes the previous transactions following the last statement." msgstr "" +"กรอกรายละเอียดของใบแจ้งยอดและบันทึก " +"ใบแจ้งยอดที่สร้างขึ้นใหม่จะรวมธุรกรรมก่อนหน้าที่อยู่ถัดจากใบแจ้งยอดสุดท้าย" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:88 msgid "Statement creation from the list view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การสร้างใบแจ้งยอดจากมุมมองรายการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2424,17 +3009,23 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and edit...`, filling out the statement's details, and " "saving." msgstr "" +"เปิดรายการธุรกรรมโดยคลิกที่ชื่อสมุดรายวันของธนาคารแล้วสลับไปที่มุมมองรายการ " +"เลือกธุรกรรมทั้งหมดที่สอดคล้องกับใบแจ้งยอดธนาคาร และในคอลัมน์ " +":guilabel:`ใบแจ้งยอด` " +"ให้เลือกใบแจ้งยอดที่มีอยู่หรือสร้างรายการใหม่โดยพิมพ์ข้อมูลอ้างอิง " +"จากนั้นคลิกที่ :guilabel:`สร้างและแก้ไข...`, " +"กรอกรายละเอียดใบแจ้งยอดและบันทึก" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 msgid "Customer invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:8 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้าไปจนถึงการเรียกเก็บเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -2444,10 +3035,15 @@ msgid "" "multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " "efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" +"Odoo รองรับเวิร์กโฟลว์การออกใบแจ้งหนี้และการชำระเงินที่หลากหลาย " +"คุณจึงสามารถเลือกและใช้เวิร์กโฟลว์ที่ตรงกับความต้องการทางธุรกิจของคุณได้ " +"ไม่ว่าคุณต้องการยอมรับการชำระเงินครั้งเดียวสำหรับใบแจ้งหนี้ใบเดียว " +"หรือประมวลผลการชำระเงินที่ครอบคลุมใบแจ้งหนี้หลายใบและรับส่วนลดสำหรับการชำระเงินก่อนกำหนด" +" คุณก็สามารถทำได้อย่างมีประสิทธิภาพและแม่นยำ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:17 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จากร่างใบแจ้งหนี้ไปจนถึงการทำบัญชีกำไรและขาดทุน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2458,6 +3054,12 @@ msgid "" "Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " "report." msgstr "" +"หากเรารับสินค้าในตอนท้ายของสถานการณ์ 'สั่งซื้อเป็นเงินสด' โดยทั่วไป " +"หลังจากที่สินค้าได้ถูกจัดส่งแล้ว คุณจะ: ออกใบแจ้งหนี้; รับการชำระเงิน " +"ฝากการชำระเงินนั้นไว้ที่ธนาคาร ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าปิดใบแจ้งหนี้ลูกค้าแล้ว " +"ติดตามผลหากลูกค้าชำระเงินล่าช้า " +"และสุดท้ายนำเสนอรายได้ของคุณในรายงานกำไรขาดทุน " +"และแสดงการลดลงของสินทรัพย์ในรายงานงบดุล" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2480,7 +3082,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:284 msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -2488,6 +3090,8 @@ msgid "" "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" +"สามารถสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ฉบับร่างได้ด้วยตนเองจากเอกสารอื่น เช่น ใบสั่งขาย " +"ใบสั่งซื้อ แม้ว่าคุณสามารถสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ฉบับร่างได้โดยตรงหากต้องการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -2496,66 +3100,73 @@ msgid "" "It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" " and precise manner." msgstr "" +"ต้องจัดเตรียมใบแจ้งหนี้ให้กับลูกค้าพร้อมข้อมูลที่จำเป็นเพื่อชำระค่าสินค้าและบริการที่สั่งซื้อและส่งมอบ" +" นอกจากนี้ยังต้องมีข้อมูลอื่นๆ " +"ที่จำเป็นในการชำระใบแจ้งหนี้อย่างทันท่วงทีและแม่นยำ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:47 msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ร่างใบแจ้งหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:49 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "" +"ระบบจะสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ที่เริ่มแรกจะตั้งค่าเป็นสถานะฉบับร่าง " +"ในขณะที่ใบแจ้งหนี้เหล่านี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:52 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" +"ยังคงไม่ถูกต้อง และไม่มีผลกระทบทางบัญชีภายในระบบ " +"ไม่มีอะไรที่จะหยุดผู้ใช้จากการสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ฉบับร่างของตนเองได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:55 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มาสร้างใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้าโดยมีข้อมูลต่อไปนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:57 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ลูกค้า: Agrolait" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:58 msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" +msgstr "สินค้า: iMac" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:59 msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จำนวน: 1" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:60 msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ราคาต่อหน่วย: 100" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:61 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ภาษี: ภาษี 15%" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:67 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "เอกสารประกอบด้วยสามส่วน:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:69 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ด้านบนของใบแจ้งหนี้พร้อมข้อมูลลูกค้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:70 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่วนหลักของใบแจ้งหนี้ พร้อมด้วยบรรทัดใบแจ้งหนี้โดยละเอียด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:71 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ที่ด้านล่างของหน้าพร้อมรายละเอียดเกี่ยวกับภาษีและยอดรวม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:74 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้ที่เปิดหรือ Pro-forma" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -2563,18 +3174,24 @@ msgid "" "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" +"โดยปกติใบแจ้งหนี้จะประกอบด้วยปริมาณและราคาของสินค้าและ/หรือบริการ วันที่ " +"ฝ่ายที่เกี่ยวข้อง หมายเลขใบแจ้งหนี้ที่ไม่ซ้ำกัน และข้อมูลภาษีต่างๆ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:80 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" +"\"ตรวจสอบ\" ใบแจ้งหนี้เมื่อคุณพร้อมที่จะอนุมัติ " +"จากนั้นใบแจ้งหนี้จะย้ายจากสถานะแบบร่างเป็นสถานะเปิด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:83 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" +"เมื่อคุณตรวจสอบใบแจ้งหนี้แล้ว Odoo " +"จะให้หมายเลขเฉพาะจากลำดับที่กำหนดและแก้ไขได้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2582,22 +3199,28 @@ msgid "" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" +"รายการทางบัญชีที่เกี่ยวข้องกับใบแจ้งหนี้นี้จะถูกสร้างขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติเมื่อคุณตรวจสอบใบแจ้งหนี้" +" คุณสามารถดูรายละเอียดได้โดยคลิกที่รายการในช่องรายการบันทึกประจำวันในแท็บ " +"\"ข้อมูลอื่นๆ\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:96 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่งใบแจ้งหนี้ให้กับลูกค้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:98 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" +"หลังจากตรวจสอบใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้าแล้ว " +"คุณสามารถส่งให้กับลูกค้าได้โดยตรงผ่านฟังก์ชัน 'ส่งทางอีเมล'" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" +"รายการสมุดรายวันทั่วไปที่สร้างจากใบแจ้งหนี้ที่ได้รับการตรวจสอบจะมีลักษณะดังนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 @@ -2606,17 +3229,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:139 msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**บัญชี**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**พาร์ทเนอร์**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**วันครบกำหนด**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 @@ -2628,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**เดบิต**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 @@ -2640,31 +3263,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**เครดิต**" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:58 msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีลูกหนี้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agrolait" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "01/07/2015" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 msgid "115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 @@ -2720,11 +3343,15 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " "entered the payment." msgstr "" +"ใน Odoo " +"จะถือว่าใบแจ้งหนี้ได้รับการชำระเมื่อรายการบัญชีที่เกี่ยวข้องได้รับการกระทบยอดกับรายการการชำระเงินแล้ว" +" หากไม่มีการกระทบยอด " +"ใบแจ้งหนี้จะยังคงอยู่ในสถานะเปิดจนกว่าคุณจะป้อนการชำระเงิน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายการสมุดรายวันทั่วไปที่สร้างจากการชำระเงินจะมีลักษณะดังนี้:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:238 @@ -2737,7 +3364,7 @@ msgstr "ธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รับการชำระเงินบางส่วนผ่านใบแจ้งยอดธนาคาร" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -2745,12 +3372,17 @@ msgid "" "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" +"คุณสามารถป้อนใบแจ้งยอดบัญชีธนาคารใน Odoo ด้วยตนเอง " +"หรือคุณสามารถนำเข้าจากไฟล์ csv หรือจากรูปแบบที่กำหนดไว้ล่วงหน้าอื่นๆ " +"หลายรูปแบบตามการประยุกต์ใช้ระบบบัญชีของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" +"สร้างใบแจ้งยอดจากธนาคารจากแดชบอร์ดระบบบัญชีที่มีสมุดรายวันที่เกี่ยวข้อง " +"และกรอกจำนวนเงิน $100" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:148 msgid "Reconcile" @@ -2758,13 +3390,14 @@ msgstr "กระทบยอด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:150 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "มาเริ่มกระทบยอดกันเลย!" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:154 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" +"ตอนนี้คุณสามารถตรวจดูได้ทุกธุรกรรมและกระทบยอดหรือกระทบยอดเป็นกลุ่มโดยมีคำแนะนำด้านล่าง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -2772,12 +3405,17 @@ msgid "" "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" +"หลังจากการกระทบยอดรายการในแผ่นงาน ใบแจ้งหนี้ที่เกี่ยวข้องจะแสดง " +"\"คุณมียอดค้างชำระสำหรับลูกค้ารายนี้ " +"คุณสามารถกระทบยอดเพื่อชำระใบแจ้งหนี้นี้ได้\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:164 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" +"ใช้การชำระเงิน " +"ด้านล่างนี้คุณจะเห็นว่ามีการเพิ่มการชำระเงินลงในใบแจ้งหนี้แล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:170 msgid "Payment Followup" @@ -2789,6 +3427,8 @@ msgid "" "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" +"มีแนวโน้มมากขึ้นที่ลูกค้าจะจ่ายบิลในภายหลัง " +"ดังนั้นผู้ทวงถามจึงต้องพยายามทุกวิถีทางเพื่อรวบรวมเงินและเก็บเงินให้เร็วขึ้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -2799,28 +3439,40 @@ msgid "" "passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" +"Odoo จะช่วยคุณกำหนดกลยุทธ์การติดตามผลของคุณ " +"เพื่อเตือนให้ลูกค้าชำระเงินตามใบแจ้งหนี้ที่ค้างชำระ " +"คุณสามารถกำหนดการดำเนินการต่างๆ " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับว่าลูกค้าเกินกำหนดชำระมากน้อยเพียงใด " +"การดำเนินการเหล่านี้รวมอยู่ในระดับการติดตามผลที่จะถูกกระตุ้นเมื่อวันครบกำหนดของใบแจ้งหนี้เกินจำนวนวันที่กำหนด" +" หากมีใบแจ้งหนี้ที่พ้นกำหนดชำระอื่นๆ สำหรับลูกค้ารายเดียวกัน " +"การดำเนินการของใบแจ้งหนี้ที่เกินกำหนดชำระมากที่สุดจะถูกดำเนินการ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:184 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" +"เมื่อไปที่บันทึกลูกค้าและไปที่ \"การชำระเงินที่เกินกำหนด\" " +"คุณจะเห็นข้อความติดตามผลและใบแจ้งหนี้ที่เกินกำหนดทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:194 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "รายงานอายุของลูกค้า:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:196 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" +"รายงานอายุของลูกค้าจะเป็นเครื่องมือสำคัญเพิ่มเติมสำหรับนักรวบรวมในการทำความเข้าใจปัญหาเครดิตของลูกค้า" +" และเพื่อจัดลำดับความสำคัญของงานของพวกเขา" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:200 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "" +"ใช้รายงานอายุหนี้เพื่อพิจารณาว่าลูกค้ารายใดที่เลยกำหนดชำระและเริ่มดำเนินการเรียกเก็บเงินของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -2829,12 +3481,16 @@ msgid "" "sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" +"งบกำไรขาดทุนจะแสดงรายละเอียดรายได้และค่าใช้จ่ายของคุณ ท้ายที่สุดแล้ว " +"สิ่งนี้จะทำให้คุณมีภาพที่ชัดเจนเกี่ยวกับกำไรและขาดทุนสุทธิของคุณ " +"บางครั้งเรียกว่า \"งบกำไรขาดทุน\" หรือ \"งบรายได้และค่าใช้จ่าย\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:218 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" +"งบดุลจะสรุปหนี้สิน สินทรัพย์ และส่วนของผู้ถือหุ้นของบริษัทคุณในช่วงเวลาหนึ่ง" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -2842,10 +3498,13 @@ msgid "" "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" +"ตัวอย่างเช่น หากคุณจัดการสินค้าคงคลังโดยใช้วิธีการบัญชีถาวร " +"คุณควรคาดหวังว่าบัญชี \"สินทรัพย์หมุนเวียน\" " +"จะลดลงเมื่อวัสดุถูกจัดส่งให้กับลูกค้าแล้ว" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Cash discounts and tax reduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ส่วนลดเงินสดและการลดหย่อนภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2862,18 +3521,24 @@ msgid "" "within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you " "within seven days." msgstr "" +"คุณออกใบแจ้งหนี้ €100 ในวันที่ 1 มกราคม ชำระเงินเต็มจำนวนภายใน 30 วัน " +"และคุณยังเสนอส่วนลด 2% หากลูกค้าชำระเงินให้คุณภายในเจ็ดวัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" "The customer can pay €98 up to the 8th of January. After that date, they " "would have to pay €100 by the 31st of January." msgstr "" +"ลูกค้าสามารถชำระเงิน €98 ได้จนถึงวันที่ 8 มกราคม หลังจากวันนั้น " +"พวกเขาจะต้องจ่ายเงิน €100 ภายในวันที่ 31 มกราคม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:17 msgid "" "A :ref:`tax reduction ` can also be applied " "depending on the country or region." msgstr "" +":ref:`การลดหย่อนภาษี ` สามารถใช้ได้ " +"ขึ้นอยู่กับประเทศหรือภูมิภาค" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2885,7 +3550,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:33 msgid "Tax reductions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "การลดหย่อนภาษี" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2911,6 +3576,8 @@ msgid "" "The tax is always reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " "discounted amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." msgstr "" +"ภาษีจะลดลงเสมอ ยอดเงินฐานที่ใช้ในการคำนวณภาษีคือจำนวนเงินที่มีส่วนลด " +"ไม่ว่าลูกค้าจะได้รับประโยชน์จากส่วนลดหรือไม่ก็ตาม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:78 @@ -2924,6 +3591,10 @@ msgid "" "reduction, then the tax is reduced. This means that, depending on the " "customer, the tax amount can vary after the invoice is issued." msgstr "" +"ภาษีจะลดลงเฉพาะในกรณีที่ลูกค้าชำระเงินก่อนเวลาเท่านั้น " +"จำนวนเงินฐานที่ใช้ในการคำนวณภาษีจะเหมือนกับการขาย: " +"หากลูกค้าได้รับประโยชน์จากการลดหย่อน ภาษีก็จะลดลง ซึ่งหมายความว่า " +"จำนวนภาษีอาจแตกต่างกันไปหลังจากออกใบแจ้งหนี้ ทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับลูกค้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:93 @@ -2935,6 +3606,8 @@ msgid "" "The tax is never reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " "full amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." msgstr "" +"ภาษีไม่เคยลดลง จำนวนเงินพื้นฐานที่ใช้ในการคำนวณภาษีคือจำนวนเงินเต็มจำนวน " +"ไม่ว่าลูกค้าจะได้รับประโยชน์จากส่วนลดหรือไม่ก็ตาม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -2942,19 +3615,22 @@ msgid "" "tax rate. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% " "discount if your customer pays you within seven days." msgstr "" +"คุณออกใบแจ้งหนี้ €100 (ไม่รวมภาษี) ในวันที่ 1 มกราคม โดยมีอัตราภาษี 21% " +"ชำระเงินเต็มจำนวนภายใน 30 วัน และคุณได้เสนอส่วนลด 2% " +"หากลูกค้าชำระเงินให้คุณภายในเจ็ดวัน" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วันครบกำหนด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:99 msgid "Total amount due" -msgstr "" +msgstr "จำนวนเงินที่ต้องชำระทั้งหมด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:85 @@ -2966,12 +3642,12 @@ msgstr "การคำนวณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 msgid "8th of January" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วันที่ 8 มกราคม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:87 msgid "€118.58" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€118.58" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:88 @@ -2982,11 +3658,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:104 msgid "31st of January" -msgstr "" +msgstr "วันที่ 31 มกราคม" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 msgid "€120.58" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€120.58" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:76 msgid "(€100 + (21% of €98))" @@ -2995,7 +3671,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:105 msgid "€121.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€121.00" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:106 @@ -3004,7 +3680,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:102 msgid "€119.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "€119.00" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:103 msgid "(€98 + (21% of €100))" @@ -3016,6 +3692,9 @@ msgid "" " are correctly computed according to the :ref:`type of tax reduction ` you configured." msgstr "" +":ref:`ตารางภาษี ` ซึ่งใช้สำหรับรายงานภาษี " +"ได้รับการคำนวณอย่างถูกต้องตาม :ref:`ประเภทของการลดหย่อนภาษี ` ที่คุณกำหนดค่าไว้" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -3023,10 +3702,14 @@ msgid "" " depending on your :ref:`fiscal localization package " "`." msgstr "" +"**ประเภทของการลดหย่อนภาษีส่วนลดเงินสด** " +"อาจได้รับการกำหนดค่าล่วงหน้าอย่างถูกต้อง ขึ้นอยู่กับ " +":ref:`แพ็คเกจการประยุกต์ใช้ทางการเงิน ` " +"ของคุณ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:118 msgid "Cash discount gain/loss accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "บัญชีกำไร/ขาดทุนส่วนลดเงินสด" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -3034,6 +3717,10 @@ msgid "" "benefits from the cash discount or not. This inevitably leads to gains and " "losses, which are recorded on default accounts." msgstr "" +"ด้วยส่วนลดเงินสด " +"จำนวนเงินที่คุณได้รับขึ้นอยู่กับว่าลูกค้าได้รับประโยชน์จากส่วนลดเงินสดหรือไม่" +" สิ่งนี้นำไปสู่กำไรและขาดทุนอย่างหลีกเลี่ยงไม่ได้ " +"ซึ่งจะถูกบันทึกไว้ในบัญชีเริ่มต้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -3060,14 +3747,16 @@ msgid "" "Configuration of payment terms named \"2/7 Net 30\". The field \"Description on Invoices\"\n" "reads: \"Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days\"." msgstr "" +"การกำหนดค่าเงื่อนไขการชำระเงินชื่อ \"2/7 สุทธิ 30\" ช่อง \"คำอธิบายเกี่ยวกับใบแจ้งหนี้\"\n" +"reads: \"เงื่อนไขการชำระเงิน: 30 วัน ส่วนลดการชำระเงินก่อนกำหนด 2% ภายใน 7 วัน\"" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:142 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:147 msgid "Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ใช้ส่วนลดเงินสดกับใบแจ้งหนี้ของลูกค้า" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -3083,12 +3772,17 @@ msgid "" "details by clicking on the \"toggle\" button and adding the " ":guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns." msgstr "" +"ใต้แท็บ :guilabel:`รายการสมุดรายวัน` " +"คุณสามารถแสดงรายละเอียดส่วนลดได้โดยคลิกที่ปุ่ม \"สลับ\" และเพิ่มคอลัมน์ " +":guilabel:`วันที่ให้ส่วนลด` และ :guilabel:`จำนวนส่วนลด`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 msgid "" "An invoice of €100.00 with \"2/7 Net 30\" selected as payment terms. The \"Journal Items\" tab\n" "is open, and the \"Discount Date\" and \"Discount Amount\" columns are displayed." msgstr "" +"ใบแจ้งหนี้มูลค่า €100.00 โดยเลือก \"2/7 สุทธิ 30\" เป็นเงื่อนไขการชำระเงิน แท็บ \"รายการสมุดรายวัน\"\n" +"เปิดอยู่ และคอลัมน์ \"วันที่ให้ส่วนลด\" และ \"จำนวนส่วนลด\" จะปรากฏขึ้น" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -3123,7 +3817,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../payments`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../payments`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 5d7851132..7aadb6dc9 100644 --- a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -10,6 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/index.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo เอกสาร" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 6fba9e794..a24c2570c 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # Zoriana Zaiats, 2023 # Bohdan Lisnenko, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -13485,7 +13485,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:25 msgid "Automatically" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматично" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:27 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 439666314..9f008c2a7 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2024 -# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Alina Lisnenko , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обладнання" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 msgid "Kiosk management" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2951165f8..226d46db0 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -1115,6 +1115,7 @@ msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:115 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Тип упаковки" @@ -1194,7 +1195,7 @@ msgstr "Товар" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "" @@ -1229,7 +1230,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 @@ -1370,7 +1372,7 @@ msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "" @@ -1380,12 +1382,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "" @@ -1398,7 +1400,7 @@ msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "" @@ -1419,7 +1421,7 @@ msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" @@ -1469,25 +1471,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" -":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" +":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "" @@ -1495,27 +1497,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" @@ -1527,18 +1529,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -3455,53 +3457,59 @@ msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use different units of measure" -msgstr "" +msgid "Units of measure" +msgstr "Одиниці вимірювання" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:11 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " -"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " -"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " -"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." +"imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:13 -msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " +"pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" +"Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:23 +msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the" +" :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " +"setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:34 msgid "" -"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " -"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " -"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " -"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" -" only if both units belong to the same category." +"After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can " +"convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " +"belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:43 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" @@ -3509,27 +3517,30 @@ msgid "" "new units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:47 msgid "" -"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " -"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" -" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " -"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" -" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" -" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." -" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the " +":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product" +" in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on " +"the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " +":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` " +"field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` " +"field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" +" the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally " +"recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " +"be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:57 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" -" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " -"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." +"In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the " +"new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" +" box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 @@ -3538,103 +3549,180 @@ msgid "" " category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:68 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " -"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " -"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " -"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" -" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " -"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +"app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" +" page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " +"inventory and internal transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " +"the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different " +":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " +"Measure)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " -"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " -"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:86 +msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:88 msgid "" -"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " -"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase " +"|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " +"documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 +msgid "" +":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: " +"generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " +"below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Sell products `: if a " +"different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " +"to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:100 +msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " +"needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:113 msgid "" -"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " -"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " -"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +"When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" +" the quantity in units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 +msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:121 +msgid "" +"An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " +"6`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 +msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " +"of Measure\": `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:133 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Поповнення" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:135 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " -"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " -":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " -"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:138 msgid "" -"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " -"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " -"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" -" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." +"After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The" +" purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" +" field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:143 +msgid "" +"A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" +" listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart " +"button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted " +"Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, " +"click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " +"purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:160 msgid "" -"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " -"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" -" can be manually edited on the quotation." +"When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses " +"the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " +"be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:163 msgid "" -"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" -" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " -"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " -"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" -" delivery shows the converted quantity." +"After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales " +"order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the " +"|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's " +"inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " +"shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:168 msgid "" -"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " -"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" -" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." +"For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, " +"but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" +" boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 @@ -4776,6 +4864,343 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:12 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Упаковки" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " +"can also be used to store items in bulk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:10 +msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:12 +msgid "" +":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " +"configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight " +"requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" +" carrier shipping specifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:16 +msgid "Storing items in bulk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by" +" enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable" +" Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring " +"packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping " +"cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method>`, based " +"on real shipping weight. Create package types to include the weight of the " +"package itself (e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping " +"cost calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:31 +msgid "" +"While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " +"be used in any workflow involving storable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " +":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:51 +msgid "Pack items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:53 +msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations " +"` icon on the product " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " +"button to place everything in the transfer into a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:63 +msgid "Detailed operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a" +" package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " +":guilabel:`Product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an " +"existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," +" then select :guilabel:`Create...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 +msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 +msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the " +":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the " +":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " +"<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:95 +msgid "Put in pack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse" +" transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " +"in that newly-created package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and" +" other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 +msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was " +"clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " +"in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and " +"weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " +"shipping costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:122 +msgid "" +":doc:`Shipping carriers " +"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:125 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " +"blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). " +"The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " +":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty " +"package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " +"scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available " +"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " +"at all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:152 +msgid "Cluster packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " +"makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " +"Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" +" so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " +"to the customer `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" +" pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " +"measuring it on a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available " +"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " +"available at all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:178 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for " +"moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " +"used to ship products to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:188 +msgid "" +":doc:`Using cluster packages " +"<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -5688,7 +6113,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -6950,17 +7375,17 @@ msgid "" "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "Configure the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " @@ -6976,17 +7401,17 @@ msgid "" "step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Отримайте товар безпосередньо (1 крок)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" @@ -6996,8 +7421,8 @@ msgid "" "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:98 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " @@ -7008,7 +7433,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " @@ -7020,13 +7445,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." @@ -7036,7 +7461,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " "(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " @@ -7050,7 +7475,7 @@ msgid "" "pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " "Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " @@ -7059,11 +7484,11 @@ msgid "" "reception process in one step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:88 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Доставка товарів безпосередньо (1 крок)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 msgid "" "Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " "make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " @@ -7072,7 +7497,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " @@ -7083,7 +7508,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:109 msgid "" "Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " @@ -7094,12 +7519,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." @@ -7109,7 +7534,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" @@ -7661,7 +8086,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:33 msgid "" -"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " +"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" @@ -7687,9 +8112,7 @@ msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 -msgid "" -":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 @@ -8625,21 +9048,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 -msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" +msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" -"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not" -" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " -"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." +"Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " +"logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " +"--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " +"CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" +" CSV file template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " +":guilabel:`Save these prices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -8647,24 +9103,24 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " "the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " @@ -9107,12 +9563,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:128 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" @@ -9205,11 +9661,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:105 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " @@ -9223,7 +9679,7 @@ msgid "" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:114 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " @@ -9236,25 +9692,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:148 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:125 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" @@ -9263,17 +9719,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:139 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:142 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" @@ -9281,7 +9737,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:147 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " @@ -9289,7 +9745,7 @@ msgid "" "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:154 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " @@ -9304,13 +9760,13 @@ msgid "" "Operations* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:165 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" @@ -9319,7 +9775,7 @@ msgid "" "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:171 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " @@ -9327,7 +9783,7 @@ msgid "" "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:175 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." @@ -9337,33 +9793,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "Створити дозамовлення" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:184 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:189 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:194 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." @@ -9373,17 +9829,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:205 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " @@ -9394,7 +9850,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:215 msgid "" "For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " "page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " @@ -9403,20 +9859,20 @@ msgid "" "picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:221 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:225 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:229 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " @@ -9428,7 +9884,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:237 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." @@ -9558,19 +10014,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Package Use` field, the :guilabel:`Disposable Box` option" -" should be selected if the package is used for a shipping. Alternatively, " -"the :guilabel:`Reusable Box` option should be selected if the package is " -"simply used as a method of grouping products from the same |SO| together " -"before they are moved to the intended shipping box at the output location." +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 msgid ":ref:`Packages `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " @@ -9582,11 +10033,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:98 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:100 msgid "" "To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together" @@ -9595,13 +10046,13 @@ msgid "" "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:106 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays " "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " @@ -9612,7 +10063,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:116 msgid "" "With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, " "navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, " @@ -9620,24 +10071,24 @@ msgid "" "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:120 msgid "" "Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the " ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:124 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " @@ -9645,61 +10096,61 @@ msgid "" "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:136 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:140 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:141 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:142 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:164 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:166 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:171 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:175 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is " "configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." @@ -9737,37 +10188,37 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:197 msgid "In Barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:199 msgid "" "To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " @@ -9775,7 +10226,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:215 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." @@ -9785,7 +10236,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:223 msgid "" "Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location," " `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode " @@ -9793,13 +10244,13 @@ msgid "" "products from this particular location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:227 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." @@ -9809,7 +10260,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:237 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" @@ -11236,40 +11687,84 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take " -"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple" -" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " -"locations*." +"Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from " +"two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" +" to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" -"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the " -"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" -" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " -"app." +"The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to " +"fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " +"following before proceeding:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes " -"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " -"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +"When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a " +"sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " +"packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:23 -msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock" +" in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real " +"warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" +" ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" -"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be" -" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " -"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." +"Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " +":doc:`three-step delivery " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" +" virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " +"packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " +"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" +" Routes` features **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " +"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "Create virtual parent location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " +"acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " @@ -11278,98 +11773,73 @@ msgid "" "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" -"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" -" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse " -":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other " -"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " +"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the " +"warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and " +"other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to " -"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by" -" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and " -":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will " -"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " -"individual products or product categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:55 -msgid "" -":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " -"warehouse resupplies its inventory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" -" from this warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:62 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " -"can be manufactured in this warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:64 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the " -"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick " -"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " -"location first, and then transfer it to the production location." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" -" to this warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " -"warehouse from another chosen warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:73 -msgid "" -"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" -" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." +"Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " +"Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " +"warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 -msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" -"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two " -"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" -" physical stock locations." +":doc:`Warehouse configurations " +"<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:77 +msgid "" +":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " +"<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 +msgid "Create child warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " +"there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " +"the virtual parent location warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding " +"instructions ` to configure the physical stock " +"locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 @@ -11381,7 +11851,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 -msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 @@ -11393,302 +11863,261 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 -msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:95 -msgid "Create a virtual parent location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" -"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " -"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " -"the *virtual parent location* warehouse." +"Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" -"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, " -"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was" -" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " -"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." +"While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the " +":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this " +"point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " +"the next section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the " -":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " -":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 +msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" -"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is " -"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " -"*child locations*." +"To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location " +"configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" -"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " -"Type`." +"Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse " +":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " +"(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical " +"Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " +"from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent " +"Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. " +"`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " +":guilabel:`Internal Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 +msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " +"orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" +" insufficient stock in any one location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 +msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to " +":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " +"physical warehouses together." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was " +":ref:`previously created `, from the " +":guilabel:`Locations` list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, " +"set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " +"changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:120 -msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" -"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), " -"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the " -"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" -" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +"To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" +" product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 +msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" -"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the " -"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the " -":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" -" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." +"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, " +"the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at " +"least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " +"respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" -"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent " -"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill " -"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location " -"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " -"location*)." +"The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" +" quantities:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:136 -msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 +msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 +msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" -"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location " -"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** " -"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " -"in each warehouse, respectively." +"Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " +"`VWH`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" -"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the " -":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new " -"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " -"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." +"Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, " +"add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " -"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the " -"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " -"quotation into a sales order." +"value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " +"`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm" -" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" -" virtual warehouse location." +"Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" +" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " -"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " -"order to be pulled from different warehouses." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse " +"delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" +" the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" -"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`" -" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" -" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:166 -msgid "" -"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" -" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:168 -msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " -"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up" -" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" -" all settings/configuration were done properly." +"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the " +":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " +"tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" -"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " -"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the " -":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " -"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " +"order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " +"different warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" -"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down " -"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the " -"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " -"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." +"If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " +"the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" -"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then " -":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales" -" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " -"invoice for the sales order." +"Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " +"then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " +"the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " +"the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the" +" :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " -"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " +"orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" +msgid "Packages and packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being" -" bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings*" -" are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " -"configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." +" bought, stocked, and sold. *Packages* and *packagings* are all available to" +" streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of configurations for " +"products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:12 -msgid "Units of measure" -msgstr "Одиниці вимірювання" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:14 msgid "" -"A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to " -"measure and handle a quantifiable amount of products, such a units, weight, " -"time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " -"example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by " -"specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " -"selling products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 -msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and " -":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo " -"automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " -"orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " -"category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:33 -msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:35 -msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used " -"to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " -"in centimeters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 -msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product " -"(found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from " -"the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of " -"Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " -"automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:52 -msgid "" -"On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from" -" `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " -"the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 -msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Упаковки" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:68 -msgid "" "Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a " "picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. " "Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " "specific to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 msgid "" "Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to " "either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping " @@ -11696,7 +12125,7 @@ msgid "" "used to ship the products out to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:22 msgid "" "Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different " "packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -11705,21 +12134,21 @@ msgid "" " of erasers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:28 msgid "" "Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into " "as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so " "there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " "is shipped out in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings " @@ -11727,7 +12156,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:38 msgid "" "On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" @@ -11738,7 +12167,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:45 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a" " pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, " @@ -11746,7 +12175,7 @@ msgid "" "above the customizable product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:49 msgid "" "Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in " "addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination " @@ -11754,18 +12183,18 @@ msgid "" "into." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:53 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter " "the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " "products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:58 msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single" " package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed " @@ -11774,7 +12203,7 @@ msgid "" " to specify which products are intended for which package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same " ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery " @@ -11784,7 +12213,7 @@ msgid "" "like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:72 msgid "" "Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into " "the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, " @@ -11801,7 +12230,7 @@ msgid "" "be specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:82 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of " "Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " @@ -11812,13 +12241,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:89 msgid "" "Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:92 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as " "products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount " @@ -11826,7 +12255,7 @@ msgid "" " to complete the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:97 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all " "products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option" @@ -11834,18 +12263,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:101 msgid "" "Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner " "of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" " in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:105 msgid "Packagings" msgstr "Упаковки" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that " "holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings " @@ -11853,7 +12282,7 @@ msgid "" "individual product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:111 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a " "6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, " @@ -11861,11 +12290,11 @@ msgid "" "packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:116 msgid "Set up packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:118 msgid "" "To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is " "enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " @@ -11874,20 +12303,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:123 msgid "" "In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:125 msgid "" "Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a " @@ -11895,31 +12324,31 @@ msgid "" " should be entered:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " "orders as a packaging option for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app " "` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" " moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:141 msgid "" "Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming " "the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained " @@ -11931,7 +12360,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:149 msgid "" "When all the necessary information has been entered, either click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product " @@ -11939,7 +12368,7 @@ msgid "" "another one in a fresh pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:154 msgid "" "View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form." @@ -11951,11 +12380,11 @@ msgid "" "Inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:162 msgid "View all packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:164 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " @@ -11964,7 +12393,7 @@ msgid "" "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:170 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " @@ -11976,11 +12405,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:179 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:181 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is " @@ -11988,7 +12417,7 @@ msgid "" "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:186 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." @@ -11998,7 +12427,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:193 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " @@ -13950,6 +14379,10 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " @@ -18974,7 +19407,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Застосувати зміни" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -22852,7 +23285,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " "information to quality teams:" @@ -23179,179 +23611,260 @@ msgid "A quality check for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" +msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" -"Use Odoo *Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." +"In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create " +":doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| " +"can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations " +"(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " +"operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +"Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " +"inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" +msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" +"To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " +"Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +"Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " +"makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| " +"should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " +"select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +"In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should " +"trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " +"created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" +"When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and " +":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left " +"blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " +"specified operation(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" +"If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled " +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work " +"order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " +"manufacturing operation in general." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" +"For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the " +"`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is " +"confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check " +"specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51 msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +"The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " +"determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54 msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, " +"as a whole." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product " +"included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for " +"one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " +"products are included in the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" +":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items" +" within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical " +"value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " +"checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +"The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " +"determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of " +"the |QCP| are met." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" +":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain " +"percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " +"of Transfers` field that appears below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70 msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." +":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period" +" of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field " +"below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should" +" be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" +" depends upon the type of quality check selected:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " +"complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " +"uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." +":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to " +"confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " +"manufacturing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " +"for the check to pass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the " +"product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " +"pass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be " +"filled out by the employee processing the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93 +msgid "" +"When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a" +" |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* " +"check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " +"like receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97 +msgid "" +"However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " +"purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible " +"for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific " +"quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the " +"location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " +"checks created by the |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is " +"included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" +" page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " +"instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step " +"Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, " +"either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's " +"file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " +"document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to " +"do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" +" the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about " +"the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this " +"tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " +"the |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index ab81ddd63..07d36f6aa 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ # Nancy Momoland , 2023 # Võ Văn Khoa, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -13191,7 +13191,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:25 msgid "Automatically" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tự động" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:27 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index f1caa8012..5bb175513 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -7,17 +7,17 @@ # Nancy Momoland , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Võ Văn Khoa, 2023 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-01-19 08:39+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1116,6 +1116,7 @@ msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:115 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Loại kiện hàng" @@ -1195,7 +1196,7 @@ msgstr "Sản phẩm" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "" @@ -1230,7 +1231,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 @@ -1371,7 +1373,7 @@ msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "" @@ -1381,12 +1383,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "" @@ -1399,7 +1401,7 @@ msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "" @@ -1420,7 +1422,7 @@ msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" @@ -1470,25 +1472,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" -":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" +":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " +"`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "" @@ -1496,27 +1498,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" @@ -1528,18 +1530,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -3456,53 +3458,59 @@ msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use different units of measure" -msgstr "" +msgid "Units of measure" +msgstr "Đơn vị tính" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:11 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " -"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " -"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " -"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." +"imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:13 -msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " +"pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" +"Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:23 +msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save`." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the" +" :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " +"setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:34 msgid "" -"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " -"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " -"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " -"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" -" only if both units belong to the same category." +"After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can " +"convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " +"belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:43 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" @@ -3510,27 +3518,30 @@ msgid "" "new units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:47 msgid "" -"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " -"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" -" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " -"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " -"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" -" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" -" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." -" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the " +":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product" +" in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on " +"the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " +":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` " +"field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` " +"field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" +" the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally " +"recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " +"be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:57 msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" -" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " -"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." +"In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the " +"new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" +" box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 @@ -3539,103 +3550,180 @@ msgid "" " category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:68 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " -"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " -"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " -"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" -" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " -"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +"app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" +" page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " +"inventory and internal transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " +"the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different " +":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " +"Measure)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " -"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " -"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:86 +msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:88 msgid "" -"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " -":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " -"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase " +"|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " +"documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 +msgid "" +":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: " +"generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " +"below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Sell products `: if a " +"different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " +"to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:100 +msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " +"needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button at the top of the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:113 msgid "" -"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " -"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " -"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +"When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" +" the quantity in units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 +msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:121 +msgid "" +"An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " +"6`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 +msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " +"of Measure\": `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:133 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Bổ sung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:135 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " -"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " -":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " -"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:138 msgid "" -"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " -"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " -"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" -" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." +"After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The" +" purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" +" field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:143 +msgid "" +"A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" +" listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart " +"button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted " +"Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, " +"click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " +"purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:160 msgid "" -"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " -"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" -" can be manually edited on the quotation." +"When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses " +"the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " +"be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:163 msgid "" -"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" -" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " -"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " -"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" -" delivery shows the converted quantity." +"After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales " +"order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the " +"|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's " +"inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " +"shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:168 msgid "" -"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " -"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" -" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." +"For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, " +"but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" +" boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 @@ -4777,6 +4865,343 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:12 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Gói hàng" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " +"can also be used to store items in bulk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:10 +msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:12 +msgid "" +":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " +"configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight " +"requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" +" carrier shipping specifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:16 +msgid "Storing items in bulk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by" +" enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable" +" Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring " +"packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping " +"cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method>`, based " +"on real shipping weight. Create package types to include the weight of the " +"package itself (e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping " +"cost calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:31 +msgid "" +"While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " +"be used in any workflow involving storable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " +":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:51 +msgid "Pack items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:53 +msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations " +"` icon on the product " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " +"button to place everything in the transfer into a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:63 +msgid "Detailed operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a" +" package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " +":guilabel:`Product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an " +"existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," +" then select :guilabel:`Create...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 +msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 +msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the " +":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the " +":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " +"<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:95 +msgid "Put in pack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse" +" transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " +"in that newly-created package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and" +" other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 +msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was " +"clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " +"in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and " +"weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " +"shipping costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:122 +msgid "" +":doc:`Shipping carriers " +"<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:125 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " +"blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). " +"The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " +":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty " +"package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the " +":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " +"scan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available " +"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " +"at all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:143 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:152 +msgid "Cluster packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " +"makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " +"Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " +"Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" +" so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:167 +msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " +"to the customer `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:172 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" +" pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " +"measuring it on a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available " +"**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " +"available at all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:178 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for " +"moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " +"used to ship products to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 +msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:188 +msgid "" +":doc:`Using cluster packages " +"<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" @@ -5657,7 +6082,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" @@ -6881,17 +7306,17 @@ msgid "" "deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "Configure the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " @@ -6907,17 +7332,17 @@ msgid "" "step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Nhận hàng trực tiếp (1 bước)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" @@ -6927,8 +7352,8 @@ msgid "" "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:98 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " @@ -6939,7 +7364,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " @@ -6951,13 +7376,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." @@ -6967,7 +7392,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " "(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " @@ -6981,7 +7406,7 @@ msgid "" "pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " "Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " @@ -6990,11 +7415,11 @@ msgid "" "reception process in one step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:88 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Giao hàng trực tiếp (1 bước)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 msgid "" "Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " "make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " @@ -7003,7 +7428,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " @@ -7014,7 +7439,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:109 msgid "" "Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " @@ -7025,12 +7450,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." @@ -7040,7 +7465,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Validate the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" @@ -7592,7 +8017,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:33 msgid "" -"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " +"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" @@ -7618,9 +8043,7 @@ msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 -msgid "" -":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " -"`" +msgid ":doc:`receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 @@ -8548,21 +8971,54 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 -msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" +msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" -"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not" -" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " -"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." +"Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " +"logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " +"--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " +"CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" +" CSV file template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " +":guilabel:`Save these prices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " @@ -8570,24 +9026,24 @@ msgid "" "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " "the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " @@ -8961,12 +9417,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:128 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" @@ -9059,11 +9515,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:105 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " @@ -9077,7 +9533,7 @@ msgid "" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:114 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " @@ -9090,25 +9546,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:148 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:125 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" @@ -9117,17 +9573,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:139 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:142 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" @@ -9135,7 +9591,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:147 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " @@ -9143,7 +9599,7 @@ msgid "" "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:154 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " @@ -9158,13 +9614,13 @@ msgid "" "Operations* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:165 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" @@ -9173,7 +9629,7 @@ msgid "" "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:171 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " @@ -9181,7 +9637,7 @@ msgid "" "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:175 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." @@ -9191,33 +9647,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "Tạo đơn hàng chậm trễ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:184 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:189 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:194 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." @@ -9227,17 +9683,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:205 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " @@ -9248,7 +9704,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:215 msgid "" "For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " "page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " @@ -9257,20 +9713,20 @@ msgid "" "picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:221 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:225 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:229 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " @@ -9282,7 +9738,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:237 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." @@ -9412,19 +9868,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Package Use` field, the :guilabel:`Disposable Box` option" -" should be selected if the package is used for a shipping. Alternatively, " -"the :guilabel:`Reusable Box` option should be selected if the package is " -"simply used as a method of grouping products from the same |SO| together " -"before they are moved to the intended shipping box at the output location." +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 msgid ":ref:`Packages `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " @@ -9436,11 +9887,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:98 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:100 msgid "" "To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together" @@ -9449,13 +9900,13 @@ msgid "" "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:106 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays " "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " @@ -9466,7 +9917,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:116 msgid "" "With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, " "navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, " @@ -9474,24 +9925,24 @@ msgid "" "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:120 msgid "" "Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the " ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:124 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " @@ -9499,61 +9950,61 @@ msgid "" "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:136 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:140 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:141 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:142 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:164 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:166 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:171 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:175 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is " "configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." @@ -9591,37 +10042,37 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:197 msgid "In Barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:199 msgid "" "To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " @@ -9629,7 +10080,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:215 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." @@ -9639,7 +10090,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:223 msgid "" "Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location," " `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode " @@ -9647,13 +10098,13 @@ msgid "" "products from this particular location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:227 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." @@ -9663,7 +10114,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:237 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" @@ -11090,40 +11541,84 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take " -"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple" -" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " -"locations*." +"Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from " +"two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" +" to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" -"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the " -"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" -" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " -"app." +"The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to " +"fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " +"following before proceeding:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, " -"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes " -"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " -"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +"When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a " +"sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " +"packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:23 -msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock" +" in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real " +"warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" +" ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" -"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be" -" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " -"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." +"Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " +":doc:`three-step delivery " +"<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" +" virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " +"packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " +"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" +" Routes` features **must** be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " +"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 +msgid "Create virtual parent location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " +"acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " @@ -11132,98 +11627,73 @@ msgid "" "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 -msgid "Create a new warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" -"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" -" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse " -":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other " -"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " +"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the " +"warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and " +"other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to " -"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by" -" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and " -":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for " -":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will " -"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " -"individual products or product categories." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:55 -msgid "" -":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " -"warehouse resupplies its inventory:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:61 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" -" from this warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:62 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " -"can be manufactured in this warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:64 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the " -"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick " -"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " -"location first, and then transfer it to the production location." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" -" to this warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " -"warehouse from another chosen warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:73 -msgid "" -"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " -"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" -" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." +"Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " +"Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " +"warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 -msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." +msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" -"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two " -"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" -" physical stock locations." +":doc:`Warehouse configurations " +"<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:77 +msgid "" +":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " +"<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 +msgid "Create child warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " +"there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " +"the virtual parent location warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding " +"instructions ` to configure the physical stock " +"locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 @@ -11235,7 +11705,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 -msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 @@ -11247,302 +11717,261 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 -msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" +msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:95 -msgid "Create a virtual parent location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" -"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " -"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " -"the *virtual parent location* warehouse." +"Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" -"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, " -"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was" -" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " -"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." +"While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the " +":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this " +"point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " +"the next section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the " -":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " -":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 +msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" -"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is " -"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " -"*child locations*." +"To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location " +"configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" -"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " -"Type`." +"Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse " +":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " +"(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical " +"Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " +"from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent " +"Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. " +"`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " +":guilabel:`Internal Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 +msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " +"orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" +" insufficient stock in any one location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 +msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to " +":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " +"physical warehouses together." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was " +":ref:`previously created `, from the " +":guilabel:`Locations` list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 +msgid "" +"On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, " +"set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " +"changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:120 -msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" -"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), " -"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the " -"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" -" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +"To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" +" product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 +msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" -"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the " -"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the " -":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" -" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." +"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, " +"the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at " +"least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " +"respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" -"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent " -"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill " -"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location " -"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " -"location*)." +"The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" +" quantities:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:136 -msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 +msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 +msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" -"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location " -"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** " -"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " -"in each warehouse, respectively." +"Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " +"`VWH`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" -"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the " -":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the " -":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new " -"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " -"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." +"Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, " +"add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " -"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the " -"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " -"quotation into a sales order." +"value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " +"`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the " -":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm" -" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" -" virtual warehouse location." +"Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" +" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the " -":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " -"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " -"order to be pulled from different warehouses." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse " +"delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" +" the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" -"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`" -" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" -" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:166 -msgid "" -"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" -" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:168 -msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " -"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up" -" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" -" all settings/configuration were done properly." +"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the " +":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " +"tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" -"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " -"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the " -":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " -"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " +"order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " +"different warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" -"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down " -"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the " -"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " -"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." +"If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " +"the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" -"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then " -":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales" -" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " -"invoice for the sales order." +"Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " +"then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 +msgid "" +"If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " +"the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " +"the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the" +" :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " -"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " +"orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" +msgid "Packages and packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being" -" bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings*" -" are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " -"configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." +" bought, stocked, and sold. *Packages* and *packagings* are all available to" +" streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of configurations for " +"products as they enter and leave the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:12 -msgid "Units of measure" -msgstr "Đơn vị tính" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:14 msgid "" -"A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to " -"measure and handle a quantifiable amount of products, such a units, weight, " -"time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " -"example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by " -"specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " -"selling products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst-1 -msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and " -":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo " -"automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " -"orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " -"category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:33 -msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:35 -msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used " -"to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " -"in centimeters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 -msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:45 -msgid "" -"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product " -"(found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from " -"the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of " -"Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the " -":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " -"automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:52 -msgid "" -"On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from" -" `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " -"the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:0 -msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Gói hàng" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:68 -msgid "" "Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a " "picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. " "Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " "specific to a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:18 msgid "" "Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to " "either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping " @@ -11550,7 +11979,7 @@ msgid "" "used to ship the products out to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:22 msgid "" "Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different " "packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales " @@ -11559,21 +11988,21 @@ msgid "" " of erasers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:28 msgid "" "Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into " "as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so " "there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " "is shipped out in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings " @@ -11581,7 +12010,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:38 msgid "" "On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the " ":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" @@ -11592,7 +12021,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:45 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a" " pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, " @@ -11600,7 +12029,7 @@ msgid "" "above the customizable product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:49 msgid "" "Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in " "addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination " @@ -11608,18 +12037,18 @@ msgid "" "into." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:53 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter " "the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " "products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:58 msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single" " package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed " @@ -11628,7 +12057,7 @@ msgid "" " to specify which products are intended for which package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same " ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery " @@ -11638,7 +12067,7 @@ msgid "" "like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:72 msgid "" "Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into " "the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, " @@ -11655,7 +12084,7 @@ msgid "" "be specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:82 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of " "Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " @@ -11666,13 +12095,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:89 msgid "" "Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:92 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as " "products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount " @@ -11680,7 +12109,7 @@ msgid "" " to complete the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:97 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all " "products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option" @@ -11688,18 +12117,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:101 msgid "" "Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner " "of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" " in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:105 msgid "Packagings" msgstr "Kiện hàng" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:107 msgid "" "*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that " "holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings " @@ -11707,7 +12136,7 @@ msgid "" "individual product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:111 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a " "6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, " @@ -11715,11 +12144,11 @@ msgid "" "packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:116 msgid "Set up packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:118 msgid "" "To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is " "enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " @@ -11728,20 +12157,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:123 msgid "" "In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:125 msgid "" "Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:128 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a " @@ -11749,31 +12178,31 @@ msgid "" " should be entered:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " "orders as a packaging option for the product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app " "` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" " moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:137 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:141 msgid "" "Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming " "the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained " @@ -11785,7 +12214,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:149 msgid "" "When all the necessary information has been entered, either click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product " @@ -11793,7 +12222,7 @@ msgid "" "another one in a fresh pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:154 msgid "" "View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form." @@ -11805,11 +12234,11 @@ msgid "" "Inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:162 msgid "View all packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:164 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " @@ -11818,7 +12247,7 @@ msgid "" "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:170 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " @@ -11830,11 +12259,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:179 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:181 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is " @@ -11842,7 +12271,7 @@ msgid "" "field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:186 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." @@ -11852,7 +12281,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/usage.rst:193 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " @@ -13793,6 +14222,10 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " @@ -18815,7 +19248,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Áp dụng thay đổi" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -22686,7 +23119,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " "information to quality teams:" @@ -23013,179 +23445,260 @@ msgid "A quality check for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" +msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" -"Use Odoo *Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." +"In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create " +":doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| " +"can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations " +"(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " +"operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +"Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " +"inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" +msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" +"To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " +"Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +"Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " +"makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +"In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| " +"should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " +"select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +"In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should " +"trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " +"option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " +"created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" +"When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and " +":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left " +"blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " +"specified operation(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" +"If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled " +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work " +"order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " +"manufacturing operation in general." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" +"For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the " +"`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is " +"confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check " +"specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51 msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +"The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " +"determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54 msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, " +"as a whole." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product " +"included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for " +"one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " +"products are included in the operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" +":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items" +" within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical " +"value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " +"checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +"The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " +"determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of " +"the |QCP| are met." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" +":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain " +"percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " +"of Transfers` field that appears below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70 msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." +":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period" +" of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field " +"below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should" +" be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" +" depends upon the type of quality check selected:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " +"complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " +"uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." +":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to " +"confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " +"manufacturing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " +"for the check to pass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the " +"product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " +"pass." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be " +"filled out by the employee processing the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91 +msgid "" +"An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93 +msgid "" +"When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a" +" |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* " +"check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " +"like receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97 +msgid "" +"However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " +"purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible " +"for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific " +"quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the " +"location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " +"checks created by the |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is " +"included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" +" page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " +":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " +"instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step " +"Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, " +"either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's " +"file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " +"document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to " +"do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" +" the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about " +"the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this " +"tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " +"the |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 57f75b54c..c8f488282 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -3078,6 +3078,8 @@ msgid "" "**Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh** databases use a **subdomain** of the " "`odoo.com` **domain** by default (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." msgstr "" +"**Odoo " +"云端版**和**Odoo.sh**数据库默认使用`odoo.com`**域名**的**子域**（例如`mycompany.odoo.com`）。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3086,12 +3088,16 @@ msgid "" "databases) or by :ref:`configuring a domain name you already own `." msgstr "" +"您也可以通过 :ref:`注册免费域名 `（仅适用于 Odoo 在线数据库）或 " +":ref:`配置您已拥有的域名 `，使用自定义域名。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a free domain name [video] " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 教程：注册免费域名 [视频] `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:22 msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" @@ -3104,24 +3110,26 @@ msgid "" "`_. Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) " "next to the database name and select :guilabel:`Domain Names`." msgstr "" +"要为您的 Odoo 云端版数据库注册为期一年的免费域名，请登录您的帐户并转到`数据库管理器 " +"`_。点击数据库名称旁边的齿轮图标（:guilabel:`⚙️`），然后选择:guilabel:`域名`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Accessing a database's domain names configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "访问数据库域名配置" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:31 msgid "Search for the desired domain name and check its availability." -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索所需的域名并检查其可用性。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Searching for an available domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索可用域名" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:37 msgid "" "Ensure the Website app is installed if the domain name registration option " "does not appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果域名注册选项未出现，请确保已安装网站应用程序。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3130,10 +3138,12 @@ msgid "" " the database, but you still need to :ref:`map your domain name to your Odoo" " website `." msgstr "" +"选择所需的域名，填写:guilabel:`域名所有者`表格，然后点击:guilabel:`注册`。选择的域名将直接链接到数据库，但您仍需 " +":ref:`将域名映射到您的 Odoo 网站 <域名/数据库映射>`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 msgid "Filling in the domain owner information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "填写域名所有者信息" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -3142,6 +3152,8 @@ msgid "" "essential to verify your email address to keep the domain active and receive" " the renewal quote before expiration." msgstr "" +"一封来自 `noreply@domainnameverification.net` 的验证电子邮件将发送到在 :guilabel:`域名所有者` " +"表格中提供的电子邮件地址。请务必验证您的电子邮件地址，以保持域名有效，并在到期前收到续费报价。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -3153,18 +3165,21 @@ msgid "" "several weeks before the expiration date of the domain. The domain is " "renewed automatically when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" +"域名注册第一年免费。之后，Odoo 将继续与 Gandi.net 合作管理该域名，并按照 Gandi.net 续订费率进行收费 " +"`_。Odoo " +"每年会在域名到期日前几周向:guilabel:`域名所有者`表单中提到的电子邮件地址发送续期报价单。报价确认后，域名将自动续期。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:59 msgid "The offer is only available for **Odoo Online** databases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此优惠仅适用于 **Odoo 云端版** 数据库。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:60 msgid "The offer is limited to **one** domain name per client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每位客户仅限**一个**域名。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:61 msgid "The offer is limited to the registration of a **new** domain name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该优惠仅限于注册**新**域名。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -3174,10 +3189,13 @@ msgid "" "`_. Given the high number of requests, " "it can take Odoo several days to review them." msgstr "" +"此优惠适用于*一个应用程序免费*计划。请确保您的网站包含足够的原创内容，以便 Odoo 验证您的请求是否合理，并遵守 " +"`Odoo的可接受使用政策`_。鉴于请求数量较多，Odoo " +"可能需要几天时间进行审核。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:70 msgid "DNS records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNS 记录" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -3186,12 +3204,15 @@ msgid "" "gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙️`) next to the database name, select " ":guilabel:`Domain Names`, and click :guilabel:`DNS`." msgstr "" +"要管理您的免费域名 :abbr:`DNS（域名系统）` 记录，请打开数据库管理器 " +"`_，单击数据库名称旁边的齿轮图标（:guilabel:`⚙️`），选择 " +":guilabel:`域名`，然后单击 :guilabel:`DNS`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 msgid "" ":guilabel:`A`: the A record holds the IP address of the domain. It is " "automatically created and **cannot** be edited or deleted." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`A`：A 记录包含域名的 IP 地址。它是自动创建的，**不能**编辑或删除。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -3200,43 +3221,45 @@ msgid "" "database. If the database is renamed, the CNAME record **must** also be " "renamed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`CNAME`：CNAME 记录将一个域或子域转发到另一个域。其中一条记录是自动创建的，用于将 `www.` " +"子域映射到数据库。如果数据库重命名，CNAME 记录也**必须**重命名。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MX`: MX records instruct servers on where to deliver emails." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`MX`：MX 记录指示服务器将电子邮件发送到何处。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`TXT`: TXT records can be used for different purposes (e.g., to " "verify domain name ownership)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`TXT`：TXT 记录可用于不同目的（如验证域名所有权）。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:85 msgid "" "Any modification to the DNS records can take up to **72 hours** to propagate" " worldwide on all servers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对 DNS 记录的任何修改都可能需要长达 **72 小时** 才能在全球所有服务器上传播。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:89 msgid "" "`Submit a support ticket `_ if you need " "assistance to manage your domain name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您在管理域名方面需要帮助，请`提交 _ 支持票据`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:93 msgid "Mailbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "邮箱" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 msgid "" "The one-year free domain name offer does **not** include a mailbox. There " "are two options to link your domain name with a mailbox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一年免费域名优惠**不**包括邮箱。有两种方式可将域名与邮箱联系起来。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:99 msgid "Use a subdomain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用子域名" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -3245,6 +3268,7 @@ msgid "" "database from emails received on their `email@subdomain.yourdomain.com` " "alias." msgstr "" +"您可以创建一个子域名（例如`subdomain.yourdomain.com`）作为数据库的别名域。这样，用户就可以在数据库中创建记录，这些记录来自他们在`email@subdomain.yourdomain.com`别名中收到的电子邮件。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -3256,6 +3280,11 @@ msgid "" "`mycompany.odoo.com.`) in the :guilabel:`Content` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add record`." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请打开数据库管理器 " +"`_，单击数据库名称旁边的齿轮图标（:guilabel:`⚙️`），然后转到 " +":menuselection:`域名 --> DNS --> 添加 DNS 记录 --> CNAME`。然后，在 :guilabel:`名称` " +"字段中输入所需的子域（例如，`子域名`），在 :guilabel:`内容` " +"字段中输入以句点结尾的原始数据库域（例如，`mycompany.odoo.com.`），然后单击 :guilabel:`添加记录`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -3264,6 +3293,8 @@ msgid "" "`subdomain.yourdomain.com`), clicking :guilabel:`Verify`, and then " ":guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"然后，单击 :guilabel:`使用自定义域名`，输入别名域名（例如，`subdomain.yourdomain.com`），单击 " +":guilabel:`验证`，然后单击 :guilabel:`确认，完成`，将别名域添加为您的*自定义域名。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3274,7 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:120 msgid "Use an external email provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用外部电子邮件服务器" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -3285,12 +3316,18 @@ msgid "" "you should enter for the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Content`, and " ":guilabel:`Priority` fields depend on the external email provider." msgstr "" +"要使用外部电子邮件提供商，应配置 MX 记录。要执行此操作，请打开 `数据库管理器 " +"`_，单击数据库名称旁边的齿轮图标（:guilabel:`⚙️`），然后单击:menuselection:`域名" +" --> DNS --> 添加 DNS 记录 --> MX`。您应为 :guilabel:`名称`、:guilabel:`内容` 和 " +":guilabel:`优先级` 字段输入的值取决于外部电子邮件提供商。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:129 msgid "" "`Google Workspace: MX record values " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Google Workspace: MX " +"记录值`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -3300,34 +3337,38 @@ msgid "" "provider?view=o365-worldwide#add-an-mx-record-for-email-outlook-exchange-" "online>`_" msgstr "" +"`Outlook 和 Exchange Online： 为电子邮件添加 MX 记录 `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:135 msgid "Configure an existing domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置现有域名" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:137 msgid "" "If you already have a domain name, you can use it for your Odoo website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您已经有一个域名，则可将其用于您的 Odoo 网站。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:140 msgid "" "It is strongly recommended to follow **in order** these three steps to avoid" " any :ref:`SSL certificate validation ` issues:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "强烈建议按**顺序**这三个步骤，以避免出现任何 :ref:`SSL 证书验证 <域名/ssl>` 问题：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:143 msgid ":ref:`Add a CNAME record `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`添加 CNAME 记录 `" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 msgid ":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo database `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`将您的域名映射到 Odoo 数据库 `。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:145 msgid "" ":ref:`Map your domain name to your Odoo website `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`将您的域名映射到您的 Odoo 网站 `。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 msgid "Add a CNAME record" @@ -3337,13 +3378,13 @@ msgstr "添加 CNAME 记录" msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to forward your domain name to the address of your " "Odoo database is required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个 CNAME 记录以将您的域名转发到您的 Odoo 数据库的地址是必需的。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:159 msgid "" "The CNAME record's target address should be your database's address as " "defined at its creation (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "CNAME 记录的目标地址应为创建时定义的数据库地址（例如，`mycompany.odoo.com`）。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:162 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:221 @@ -3363,16 +3404,21 @@ msgid "" "domains`, and clicking :guilabel:`How to set up my domain?`. A message " "indicates which address your CNAME record should target." msgstr "" +"CNAME 记录的目标地址可以是项目的主地址，可以在 Odoo.sh 上通过 :menuselection:`设置 --> 项目名称` 找到，或者通过 " +":menuselection:`分支 --> 选择分支 --> 设置 --> 自定义域名` 找到特定分支（生产、暂存或开发），然后点击 " +":guilabel:`如何设置我的域名？`。一条信息会显示 CNAME 记录的目标地址。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:170 msgid "The specific instructions depend on your DNS hosting service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "具体说明取决于您的 DNS 托管服务。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 msgid "" "`GoDaddy: Add a CNAME record `_" msgstr "" +"`GoDaddy： 添加 CNAME 记录 `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -3380,6 +3426,9 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap：如何为您的域名创建 CNAME 记录 " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -3387,18 +3436,24 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`OVHcloud：添加新的 DNS 记录 " +"`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:176 msgid "" "`Cloudflare: Manage DNS records `_" msgstr "" +"`Cloudflare：管理 DNS 记录 `_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:179 msgid "" "Creating a CNAME record to map the `www` subdomain (`www.yourdomain.com`) as" " some visitors are used to typing `www.` before entering a domain name." msgstr "" +"创建 CNAME 记录以映射 `www` 子域名 (`www.yourdomain.com`)，因为有些访问者习惯在输入域名前键入 `www.`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:183 msgid "" @@ -3408,6 +3463,9 @@ msgid "" "domain :dfn:`(a domain name without any subdomains or prefixes)` " "`yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"您拥有域名 `yourdomain.com`，您的 Odoo 云端版数据库的地址是 `mycompany.odoo.com`。您希望主要通过域名 " +"`www.yourdomain.com` 访问 Odoo 数据库，但也希望使用裸域名 " +":dfn:`（不含任何子域或前缀的域名）`yourdomain.com`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -3416,16 +3474,19 @@ msgid "" "or visible redirect) to redirect visitors from `yourdomain.com` to " "`wwww.yourdomain.com`." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请为 `www` 子域名创建一个 CNAME 记录，将 `mycompany.odoo.com` 作为目标。然后，创建一个重定向（301 " +"永久重定向或可见重定向），将访问者从 `yourdomain.com` 重定向到 `wwww.yourdomain.com`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:195 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将域名映射到 Odoo 数据库" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 msgid "" "Ensure you have :ref:`added a CNAME record ` to your " "domain name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name to your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"在将域名映射到 Odoo 数据库之前，请确保您已在域名的 DNS 中 :ref:` 添加了 CNAME 记录 `。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -3434,6 +3495,8 @@ msgid "" "Web browsers often display this as a warning, such as *\"Your connection is " "not private\"*." msgstr "" +"否则可能会阻止验证 :ref:`SSL 证书 <域名/ssl>`，并导致 *证书名称不匹配* 错误。Web " +"浏览器通常会将此显示为警告，如*\"您的连接不是专用的 \"*。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -3442,6 +3505,8 @@ msgid "" "`submit a support ticket `_, including " "screenshots of your CNAME records." msgstr "" +"如果您在将域名映射到数据库后遇到此错误，请等待最多五天，因为验证可能仍在进行中。如果问题仍然存在，您可以`提交技术支持工单 " +"`_，包括 CNAME 记录的截图。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -3451,10 +3516,13 @@ msgid "" "name (e.g., `yourdomain.com`), click :guilabel:`Verify` and :guilabel:`I " "confirm, it's done`." msgstr "" +"打开 `数据库管理器 " +"`_，单击数据库名称旁边的齿轮图标（:guilabel:`⚙️`），然后转到:menuselection:`域名-->使用自定义域名`。然后，输入域名（例如，`yourdomain.com`），点击" +" :guilabel:`验证` 和 :guilabel:`确认，完成`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo Online database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将域名映射到 Odoo 云端版数据库" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -3462,10 +3530,12 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Custom domains`, type the domain name to add, then click " ":guilabel:`Add domain`." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo.sh 中，进入 :menuselection:`分支 --> 选择你的分支 --> 设置 --> 自定义域名`，输入要添加的域名，然后点击" +" :guilabel:`添加域名`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 msgid "Mapping a domain name to an Odoo.sh branch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将域名映射到 Odoo.sh 分支" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -3485,6 +3555,7 @@ msgid "" "connection, which appears as the *https://* protocol at the beginning of a " "web address rather than the non-secure *http://* protocol." msgstr "" +"**SSL 加密**允许访问者通过安全连接浏览网站，在网址开头显示为 *https://* 协议，而不是非安全的 *http://* 协议。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:241 msgid "" @@ -3492,26 +3563,28 @@ msgid "" "database ` using `Let's Encrypt's certificate authority " "and ACME protocol `_." msgstr "" +"Odoo 使用 `Let's Encrypt 的证书颁发机构和 ACME 协议 `_ 为每个域生成单独的 SSL 证书 :ref:`映射到数据库 ` 。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:246 msgid "Certificate generation may take up to 24 hours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "证书生成最多可能需要 24 小时。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:247 msgid "" "Several attempts to validate your certificate are made for five days after " "you map your domain name to your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在您将域名映射到数据库后的五天内，会多次尝试验证您的证书。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:249 msgid "If you use another service, you can keep using it or change to Odoo's." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您使用其他服务，可以继续使用，也可以改用 Odoo 的服务。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 msgid "" "No SSL certificate is generated for naked domains :dfn:`(domain names " "without any subdomains or prefixes)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "裸域名 :dfn:`（不含任何子域名或前缀的域名）` 不会生成 SSL 证书。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:258 msgid "Web base URL of a database" @@ -3523,13 +3596,14 @@ msgid "" "continue from the :ref:`Map a domain name to a website ` section." msgstr "" +"如果数据库中已安装网站应用程序，请跳过本章节，继续 :ref:`将域名映射到网站 ` 部分。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:264 msgid "" "The *web base URL* or root URL of a database affects your main website " "address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, portal " "links, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库的 *web base URL* 或根 URL 会影响您的主网站地址以及发送给客户的所有链接（如报价单、门户链接等）。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -3538,6 +3612,8 @@ msgid "" ":dfn:`(a user part of the Settings access right group under " "Administration)`." msgstr "" +"要将自定义域名作为数据库的 *web base URL*，请使用自定义域名访问数据库，并以管理员 :dfn:`（管理下设置访问权限组中的用户）` " +"身份登录。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -3549,6 +3625,10 @@ msgid "" "Parameters --> New`, and enter `web.base.url.freeze` as the :guilabel:`Key` " "and `True` as the :guilabel:`Value`." msgstr "" +"如果您使用原始 Odoo 地址（例如：`mycompany.odoo.com`）访问数据库，数据库的 *web base URL* " +"将相应更新。要防止管理员登录数据库时自动更新 *web base URL*，请激活 :ref:`开发者模式`，进入 " +":menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 系统参数 --> 新建`，并输入 `web.base.url.freeze` 作为 " +":guilabel:`密钥`，将 `True` 输入为 :guilabel:`值` 。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -3559,34 +3639,38 @@ msgid "" "value (e.g., `https://www.yourdomain.com`). The URL must include the " "protocol `https://` (or `http://`) and *not* end with a slash (`/`)." msgstr "" +"您也可以手动设置 web 基础 URL。要执行此操作，请激活 :ref:`开发者模式`，进入 " +":menuselection:`设置--> 技术 --> 系统参数`，然后搜索 `web.base.url` " +"键（必要时创建），并输入您网站的完整地址作为值（例如，`https://www.yourdomain.com`）。URL 必须包括协议 " +"`https://`（或 `http://`），且*不能*以斜线（`/`）结尾。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 msgid "Map a domain name to an Odoo website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将域名映射到 Odoo 网站" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:290 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your website is different than mapping it to " "your database:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将域名映射到网站与将域名映射到数据库不同：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:292 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" " engines to index your website correctly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它将您的域名定义为网站的主域名，帮助搜索引擎正确索引您的网站。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:294 msgid "" "It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including " "portal links sent by email to your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它将您的域名定义为数据库的基本 URL，包括通过电子邮件发送给客户的门户链接。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 msgid "" "If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name to the appropriate " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您有多个网站，它会将您的域名映射到相应的网站。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -3595,12 +3679,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Domain` field, enter the address of your website (e.g., " "`https://www.yourdomain.com`) and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`。如果有多个网站，请选择要配置的网站。在 :guilabel:`域名` " +"字段中，输入您网站的地址（例如，`https://www.yourdomain.com`），然后 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:303 msgid "" "Mapping your domain name to your Odoo website prevents Google Search from " "indexing your original database address (e.g., `mycompany.odoo.com`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将您的域名映射到 Odoo 网站可防止 Google 搜索索引您的原始数据库地址（例如，`mycompany.odoo.com`）。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -3609,6 +3695,8 @@ msgid "" "the `Google Search Console `_ to fix the issue." msgstr "" +"如果两个地址都已编入索引，可能需要一段时间才能从 Google 搜索中删除第二个地址的索引。您可以使用 `Google搜索控制台 " +"`_来解决这个问题。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -3617,6 +3705,9 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as the" " :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in use." msgstr "" +"如果您的数据库中有多个网站和公司，请确保在 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置` 下选择正确的 " +":guilabel:`公司`。这样做将指示 Odoo 根据使用的公司将哪个 URL 用作 :ref:`base URL ` 。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" @@ -4642,7 +4733,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:132 msgid "Setup in the domain's DNS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在域名的 DNS 中设置" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -4819,7 +4910,7 @@ msgstr "设置完成后，Odoo 数据库就可以使用 Mailjet 电子邮件服 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:3 msgid "Neutralized database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "中立化数据库" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4829,68 +4920,69 @@ msgid "" "data (e.g., sending emails to customers). Live access is removed and turned " "into a testing environment." msgstr "" +"中立化数据库是一个非生产数据库，其中有几个参数被禁用。这样可以进行测试，而无需担心启动可能影响生产数据的特定自动化流程（例如向客户发送电子邮件）。实时访问被移除并转换为测试环境。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:11 msgid "**Any testing database created is a neutralized database:**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**创建的任何测试数据库都是中立化数据库：**" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:13 msgid "testing backup databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试备份数据库" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:14 msgid "duplicate databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "复制数据库" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:15 msgid "for Odoo.sh: staging and development databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo.sh：暂存和开发数据库" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:18 msgid "" "A database can also be neutralized when upgrading, as it is vital to do some" " tests before switching to a new version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库在升级时也可能被中立化，因为在切换到新版本之前进行一些测试至关重要。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:22 msgid "Deactivated features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已停用功能" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:24 msgid "Here is a non-exhaustive list of the deactivated parameters:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是已停用参数的不完全列表：" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:26 msgid "" "all planned actions (e.g., automatic invoicing of subscriptions, mass " "mailing, etc.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有计划行动（如自动开具订阅发票、群发邮件等）" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:27 msgid "outgoing emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "外发电子邮件" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:28 msgid "bank synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行同步" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:29 msgid "payment providers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付提供商" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:30 msgid "delivery methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交货方式" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:31 msgid ":abbr:`IAP (In-App Purchase)` tokens" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":abbr:`IAP（应用内购买）` 令牌" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/neutralized_database.rst:34 msgid "" "**A red banner at the top of the screen is displayed on the neutralized " "database so that it can be seen immediately.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**屏幕上方的红色标语会显示在中立化数据库上，以便能立即看到**。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:3 msgid "Odoo Online database management" @@ -5022,7 +5114,7 @@ msgstr "使用自定义 :doc:` 域名` 通过另一个 URL 访问 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 msgid "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以 :ref:`免费注册域名 `。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 msgid "Tags" @@ -5439,7 +5531,7 @@ msgstr "终止支持" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 msgid "Odoo saas~17.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo saas~17.1" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:41 @@ -5501,7 +5593,7 @@ msgstr "无" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 msgid "January 2024" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2024 年 1 月" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "**Odoo 17.0**" @@ -5514,7 +5606,7 @@ msgstr "2023 年 11 月" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 msgid "October 2026 (planned)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2026 年 10 月（计划）" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" @@ -6216,7 +6308,7 @@ msgstr "最后，*通过*Odoo Shell，您可以触发要调试的代码/函数/ #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst-1 msgid "Console screenshot showing ``pdb`` running in an Odoo.sh shell." -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示在 Odoo.sh shell 中运行 ``pdb`` 的控制台截图。" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:6 msgid "Frequent Technical Questions" @@ -7918,7 +8010,7 @@ msgstr "“访问数据库管理器`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者，从您的计算机上，如果您有一个 :doc:`安装 Odoo <.../../install/source>`：" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:94 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 6ae50efb8..8ee717799 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 -# Chloe Wang, 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2023,6 +2023,8 @@ msgid "" "mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "` are also available in the resulting entry section." msgstr "" +"右上方的结果分录部分显示与对应分录匹配的所选银行交易，并包括任何剩余的借方或贷方。在此部分，可以验证对账或标记为 :guilabel:`待核对`。任何 " +":ref:`对账模型按钮 `也可在结果条目部分使用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 msgid "Reconcile transactions" @@ -2037,6 +2039,10 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +"可以使用 :doc:`对账模型` 自动匹配交易，也可以使用 " +":ref:`现有条目`、:ref:`批量付款`、:ref:`手动操作 " +"`、:ref:`对账模型按钮` 匹配交易。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." @@ -2051,6 +2057,9 @@ msgid "" "`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " "`." msgstr "" +"定义对应项。定义对应项有几个选项，包括 :ref:`匹配现有条目 `、:ref:`手动操作 `、:ref:`批量支付 " +"`，以及 :ref:`对账模式按钮`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -2092,6 +2101,8 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`reconciliation models `, with suggested entries" " appearing first." msgstr "" +"此选项卡包含 Odoo 根据调节模式自动预选的匹配条目。条目顺序基于 " +":ref:`调节模式`，建议条目显示在前面。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -2154,10 +2165,12 @@ msgid "" "quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " "combination with existing entries." msgstr "" +"使用 :doc:`对账模式按钮` " +"进行常用手动操作。这些自定义按钮允许您快速手动调节银行交易，也可与现有条目结合使用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对账模型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2166,12 +2179,14 @@ msgid "" "recurring entries like bank fees. Reconciliation models can also be helpful " "in handling :doc:`cash discounts <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`." msgstr "" +"对账模型用于自动处理 :doc:`银行对账` 过程，这在处理银行费用等经常性分录时特别方便。对账模型也有助于处理 " +":doc:`现金折扣<.../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:9 msgid "" "Each model is created based on a :ref:`model type ` and " ":guilabel:`bank transaction conditions`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个模型根据 :ref:`模型类型 ` 和 :guilabel:`银行交易条款` 创建。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2179,10 +2194,12 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 教程：对账模型 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:19 msgid "Reconciliation model types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对账模型类型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2191,6 +2208,8 @@ msgid "" "Models`. For each reconciliation model, a :guilabel:`Type` must be set. " "Three types of models exist:" msgstr "" +"可通过 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 银行：对账模式`。必须为每个对账模式设置 " +":guilabel:`类型`。有三种类型的模式：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2201,13 +2220,14 @@ msgid "" "model determine the counterpart entry's account(s), amount(s), label(s), and" " analytic distribution;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`生成对应条目按钮`：在银行对账视图的结果条目部分，创建一个按钮。点击该按钮后，将根据模型中设置的规则生成对应分录，与活动交易对账。模型中指定的规则决定对应分录的账户、金额、标签和分析分配；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rule to suggest counterpart entry`: used for recurring " "transactions to match the transaction to a new entry based on conditions " "that must match the information on the transaction;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`建议对应条目的规则`：用于经常性交易，根据必须与交易信息匹配的条件，将交易与新条目匹配；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -2218,7 +2238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:37 msgid "Default reconciliation models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认对账模式" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -2226,32 +2246,34 @@ msgid "" "company's fiscal localization. These can be updated if needed. Users can " "also create their own reconciliation models by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo 中，根据公司财务本地化的不同，默认提供不同的模式。如有需要，可对其进行更新。用户也可以通过点击 " +":guilabel:`新建`，创建自己的对账模式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:44 msgid "" "If a record matches with several reconciliation models, the first one in the" " *sequence* of models is applied. You can rearrange the order by dragging " "and dropping the handle next to the name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果一条记录与多个对账模型匹配，则应用模型*序列*中的第一个模型。您可以通过拖放名称旁边的句柄来重新排列顺序。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Rearrange the sequence of models in the list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在列表视图中重新排列模型的顺序。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:51 msgid "Invoices/Bills perfect match" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票/账单完全匹配" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:53 msgid "" "This model should be at the top of the *sequence* of models, as it enables " "Odoo to suggest matching existing invoices or bills with a bank transaction " "based on set conditions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该模型应该在模型的*顺序*中位于最顶部，因为它使得Odoo能够根据设定的条件，建议将现有的发票或账单与银行交易进行匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "Set rules to trigger the reconciliation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置触发对账的规则。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2262,10 +2284,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partner is set` is selected) to suggest the correct counterpart " "entry and reconcile the payment automatically." msgstr "" +"当选择 :guilabel:`自动验证` 选项，且完全满足模型条件时，Odoo 会自动对账。在这种情况下，Odoo " +"希望在银行对账单中找到发票/付款的参考（如选择 :guilabel:`标签` 选项）和合作伙伴的名称（如选择 :guilabel:`设置合作伙伴` " +"选项），以建议正确的对应条目并自动调节付款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:66 msgid "Invoices/Bills partial match if underpaid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "未足额付款时发票/账单部分匹配" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2275,6 +2300,8 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the account indicated in the :guilabel:`counterpart entries`" " tab." msgstr "" +"当收到的金额略低于发票金额时，例如在**现金折扣**的情况下，该模型会建议部分匹配的客户发票或供应商账单与付款对账。差额将与 " +":guilabel:`对应分录` 选项卡中指定的账户对账。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2304,6 +2331,8 @@ msgid "" " be used for example, to identify the information referring to the " ":guilabel:`Bank fees` in the label of the transaction." msgstr "" +"此模型根据模型中设定的规则建议对应条目。在这种情况下，对账模型 :guilabel:`类型` 是 :guilabel:`建议对应分录的规则`，而 " +":guilabel:`标签` 可用来识别交易标签中的 :guilabel:`银行费用` 信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2313,6 +2342,8 @@ msgid "" "so it's essential to use it judiciously and with a good understanding of the" " patterns you're working with." msgstr "" +"`常规表达式 `_，通常缩写为 **Regex**，可在 Odoo " +"中以各种方式用于搜索、验证和处理系统中的数据。Regex 功能强大，但也很复杂，因此必须谨慎使用，并充分了解所使用的模式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -2321,14 +2352,16 @@ msgid "" "expression. Odoo automatically retrieves the transactions that match your " "Regex expression and the conditions specified in your model." msgstr "" +"要在对账模型中使用正则表达式，请将 :guilabel:`交易类型` 设置为 :guilabel:`匹配正则表达式` " +"并添加您的表达式。Odoo会自动检索与您的正则表达式和模型中指定的条件匹配的交易。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:0 msgid "Using Regex in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中使用 Regex" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:111 msgid "Partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "合作伙伴映射" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -2340,6 +2373,8 @@ msgid "" "incoming payment meets these criteria, Odoo automatically maps it to the " "corresponding customer's account." msgstr "" +"通过合作伙伴映射，可以建立规则，将交易自动匹配到正确的合作伙伴账户，从而节省时间并降低人工对账时可能出现错误的风险。例如，您可以为交易描述中包含特定参考编号或关键字的入账付款创建合作伙伴映射规则。当收到的付款符合这些条件时，Odoo" +" 会自动将其映射到相应的客户账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -2347,10 +2382,12 @@ msgid "" "and enter the :guilabel:`Find Text in Label`, :guilabel:`Find Text in " "Notes`, and :guilabel:`Partner`." msgstr "" +"要创建合作伙伴映射规则，请转到 :guilabel:`合作伙伴映射` 选项卡并输入 " +":guilabel:`查找标签中的文本`、:guilabel:`查找备注中的文本` 和 :guilabel:`合作伙伴` 。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "defining partner mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义合作伙伴映射" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9989,22 +10026,24 @@ msgid "" "performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both **general** " "and **analytic accounts**." msgstr "" +"管理预算是企业经营的重要组成部分。预算可以帮助人们更有计划地使用资金，指导人们安排工作并确定优先次序，以实现财务目标。预算允许对期望的财务结果进行规划，然后将实际绩效与计划进行对比。Odoo" +" 使用**总账账户**和**分析账户**管理预算。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Analytics section`, and enable :guilabel:`Budget Management`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "转至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 分析部分` 并启用 :guilabel:`预算管理`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:17 msgid "Budgetary positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算状况" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:19 msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算状况是您希望保持预算的账户列表（通常是费用或收入账户）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -10014,6 +10053,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` it applies to. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add one " "or more accounts." msgstr "" +"要定义预算状况，请转至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理：预算状况`，然后选择 " +":guilabel:`新建`。为预算状况添加 :guilabel:`名称`，并选择适用的 :guilabel:`公司`。点击 " +":guilabel:`添加行`，添加一个或多个账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -10027,7 +10069,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:34 msgid "Let’s illustrate this with an example." -msgstr "" +msgstr "举例说明。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -10035,6 +10077,8 @@ msgid "" " income and expenses of that project. We plan on having a revenue of 1000, " "and we don’t want to spend more than 700." msgstr "" +"我们刚刚开始与*Smith & Co*合作一个项目，我们想对该项目的收入和支出进行预算。我们计划有 1000 美元的收入，且不希望支出超过 700 " +"美元。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -10043,24 +10087,26 @@ msgid "" "positions`, and click :guilabel:`New` to add a position. Add the accounts " "wherein expenses will be booked." msgstr "" +"首先，我们需要定义与项目支出相关的账户。进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理：预算状况`，点击 " +":guilabel:`新建`添加一个职位。添加记入支出的账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 msgid "display the Smith and Co expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示 Smith and Co 的开支" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:47 msgid "" "Let's repeat the steps to create a budgetary position that reflects the " "revenue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "让我们重复上述步骤，创建一个反映收入的预算状况。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 msgid "display the Smith and Co revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示 Smith and Co 的收入" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:54 msgid "Analytical accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析帐户" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -10070,6 +10116,8 @@ msgid "" "Analytic Accounts` and click :guilabel:`New` to add a new **Analytic " "Account** called *Smith & Co*." msgstr "" +"Odoo 需要知道哪些成本或费用与指定预算相关，因为上述总账户可能用于不同的项目。进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"分析账户：分析账户`，点击 :guilabel:`新建`，添加一个新的**分析账户**，名为*Smith & Co*。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -10079,20 +10127,22 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " "Analytic Plans`." msgstr "" +"必须填写 :guilabel:`计划` 字段。计划将多个分析账户分组，用于分配成本和收益以分析业务绩效。可通过 :menuselection:`会计 " +"--> 配置 --> 分析会计：分析计划`来创建或配置**分析计划**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:66 msgid "" "When creating a new customer invoice and/or vendor bill, you have to refer " "to this analytic account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的客户发票和/或供应商账单时，必须参考该分析账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 msgid "add analytic accounts in a new invoice or bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在新发票或账单中添加分析账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:73 msgid "Define the budget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "定义预算" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -10101,6 +10151,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and click " ":guilabel:`New` to create a new budget for *Smith & Co* project." msgstr "" +"让我们设定目标。我们指定，希望通过这个项目获得 1000 收益，而且我们希望花费不超过 700。进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> " +"管理：预算`，点击 :guilabel:`新建`，为 *Smith & Co* 项目创建一个新预算。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -10109,16 +10161,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Budgetary Position` you want to track, define the related " ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`, and add the :guilabel:`Planned Amount`." msgstr "" +"首先，填写 :guilabel:`预算名称`。然后，选择预算适用的 :guilabel:`时期`。然后，添加要追踪的 " +":guilabel:`预算状况`，定义相关的 :guilabel:`分析账户`，并添加 :guilabel:`计划金额`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 msgid "budget lines display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算项目显示" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:88 msgid "" "When recording a planned amount related to expenses, the amount must be " "negative." -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录与支出有关的计划金额时，金额必须为负数。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:91 msgid "Check your budget" @@ -10130,13 +10184,14 @@ msgid "" "*Smith & Co* Project to see how it evolves according to the expenses or " "income for the related analytic account." msgstr "" +"转至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 管理： 预算`，找到 *Smith & Co* 项目，查看它如何根据相关分析账户的支出或收入变化。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:96 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Practical Amount` evolves when a new journal entry related to" " your analytic account and an account from your budgetary position is " "created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当创建与分析账户和预算项目中的账户相关的新日记账分录时，:guilabel:`实际金额`会发生变化。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -10146,10 +10201,12 @@ msgid "" "December), and today is 31 of January. In that case, the theoretical amount " "will be 100 since this is the actual amount that could have been made." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`理论金额` 表示根据日期，您理论上可以花费或应该收到的金额。例如，假设您的预算是 1200，共 12 个月（1 月至 12 " +"月），而今天是 1 月 31 日。在这种情况下，理论金额将是 100，因为这是实际金额。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:3 msgid "Custom reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10158,12 +10215,14 @@ msgid "" "sheets** and **income statements** with **specific groupings** and " "**layouts**." msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"附带一个功能强大且易于使用的报告框架。该引擎允许您创建新的报告，如**税务报告**或**资产负债表**和**收入报表**，并可进行**特定分组**和**布局**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:10 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to access the accounting" " report creation interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活 :ref:`开发者模式` 访问会计报告创建界面。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -10172,27 +10231,29 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`root report ` or a :ref:`variant `." msgstr "" +"要创建新报告，请访问 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理：会计报告`。在这里，您可以创建 " +":ref:`根报告` 或 :ref:`变体 `。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 msgid "Accounting reports engine." -msgstr "" +msgstr "会计报告引擎。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:24 msgid "Root reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:26 msgid "" "Root reports can be regarded as generic, neutral accounting reports. They " "serve as models on which local accounting versions are built. If a report " "has no root report, it is considered to be a root report itself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根报告可被视为通用的、中立的会计报告。它们是建立本地会计版本的模型。如果一个报告没有根报告，那么它本身就被视为根报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "" "A tax report for Belgium and the US would both use the same generic version " "as a base and adapt it for their domestic regulations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "比利时和美国的税务报告都将以相同的通用版本为基础，并根据其本地法规进行调整。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -10201,16 +10262,18 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Menu Item`. Refresh the page; the report " "is now available under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting`." msgstr "" +"创建新的根报告时，需要为其创建**菜单项**。为此，请打开报告，然后在同一报告上单击 :menuselection:`操作 --> " +"创建菜单项目`。刷新页面；现在该报告在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告` 下可用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Cases that require creating a new root report are rare, such as when a " "country's tax authorities require a new and specific type of report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "需要创建新的根报告的情况很少见，例如当一个国家/地区的税务机构要求一种新的特定类型的报告时。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 msgid "Create Menu Item button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建菜单项按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:49 msgid "Variants" @@ -10222,23 +10285,24 @@ msgid "" "always refer to a root report. To create a variant, select a generic (root) " "report in the :guilabel:`Root Report` field when creating a new report." msgstr "" +"变体是根报告的特定国家/地区版本，因此总是引用根报告。要创建变体，请在创建新报告时在 :guilabel:`根报告` 字段中选择通用（根）报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "When a root report is opened from one of the accounting app's main menus, " "all its variants are displayed in the variant selector in the top right " "corner of the view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从会计应用程序的主菜单之一打开根报告时，其所有变体都会显示在视图右上角的变体选择器中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "" "In the following image, :guilabel:`VAT Report (BE)` is the variant of the " "root :guilabel:`Generic Tax report`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下图中，:guilabel:`增值税报告（BE）`是根:guilabel:`通用税务报告`的变体。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "Report variant selection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "报告变体选择。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:67 msgid "Lines" @@ -10252,6 +10316,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`, and can have an optional additional :guilabel:`Code` (of " "your choice) if you wish to use their value in formulas." msgstr "" +"创建报告（根报告或变量报告）后，需要在报告中添加行。您可以点击 :guilabel:`添加行` 创建新行，也可以点击现有行进行修改。所有行都*需要*一个" +" :guilabel:`名称`，如果您希望在公式中使用它们的值，还可以选择附加 :guilabel:`代码`（由您选择）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 msgid "Engine lines options." @@ -10267,6 +10333,7 @@ msgid "" "seen as **sub-variables** needed by a report line. To create an expression, " "click on :guilabel:`Add a line` *within* a line report." msgstr "" +"每一行可以包含一个或多个**表达式**。表达式可视为报告行所需的**子变量**。要创建表达式，请单击行报告*内*的 :guilabel:`添加行`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -10278,49 +10345,53 @@ msgid "" "expressions using different computation engines under the same line if you " "need to." msgstr "" +"创建表达式时，您必须为该表达式指定一个 :guilabel:`标签` 属性。因此，在每一行的表达式中，它必须是**唯一**的。还必须指定 " +":guilabel:`计算引擎` 和 :guilabel:`公式` " +"。**引擎**定义了如何解释您的**公式**和**子公式**。如果需要，可以在同一行中混合使用不同计算引擎的表达式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:92 msgid "Depending on the engine, :guilabel:`subformulas` may also be required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据引擎的不同，可能还需要 :guilabel:`子公式`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:95 msgid "'Odoo Domain' engine" -msgstr "" +msgstr "'Odoo 域名' 引擎" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:97 msgid "" "With this engine, a formula is interpreted as an :ref:`Odoo domain " "` targeting `account.move.line` objects." msgstr "" +"使用此引擎时，公式被解释为针对`account.move.line`对象的:ref:`Odoo 域名`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:100 msgid "" "The subformula allows you to define how the move lines matching the domain " "are used to compute the value of the expression:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "子公式允许您定义如何使用与域匹配的移动行来计算表达式的值：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:270 msgid "`sum`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`总额`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "结果是匹配移动线路的所有余额之和。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:108 msgid "`sum_if_pos`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`sum_if_pos`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:107 msgid "" "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this " "amount is positive. Otherwise, it is `0`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果结果为正数，则为匹配移动行的所有余额之和。否则，结果为`0`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:112 msgid "`sum_if_neg`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`sum_if_neg`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -10330,7 +10401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:117 msgid "`count_rows`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`count_rows`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -10344,7 +10415,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can also put a `-` sign at the beginning of the subformula to " "**reverse** the sign of the result." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您也可以在子公式的开头加上 `-` 号，来**取反**结果的符号。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 msgid "Expression line within a line report" @@ -10388,75 +10459,78 @@ msgid "" "`*`). To refer to an expression, type in its parent line's **code** followed" " by a period `.` and the expression's **label** (ex. **code.label**)." msgstr "" +"当您需要对其他表达式得到的金额进行算术运算时，请使用此引擎。这里的公式由引用表达式组成，表达式由四个基本算术运算符（加法运算符 `+`、减法运算符 " +"`-`、除法运算符 `/` 和乘法运算符 " +"`*`）之一分隔。要引用一个表达式，请输入其上级行的**代码**，后跟一个句点`.`和表达式的**标签**（例如**code.label**）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:149 msgid "**Subformulas** can be one of the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**子公式**可以是以下其中之一：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:153 msgid "`if_above(CUR(amount))`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`if_above(CUR(amount))`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:152 msgid "" "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is " "greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有当算术表达式的值大于所提供的界限时，才会返回该值。否则，结果将是 `0`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:157 msgid "`if_below(CUR(amount))`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`if_below(CUR(amount))`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:156 msgid "" "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is lower " "than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有当算术表达式的值小于所提供的界限时，才会返回该值。否则，结果将为 `0`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:161 msgid "`if_between(CUR1(amount1), CUR2(amount2))`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`if_between(CUR1(amount1), CUR2(amount2))`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:160 msgid "" "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is " "strictly between the provided bounds. Otherwise, it will be brought back to " "the closest bound." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有当算术表达式的值严格位于所提供的界限之间时，才会返回该值。否则，将返回最接近的界限。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 msgid "" "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" " the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " "greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有当所提供的行代码和表达式标签所表示的表达式值大于所提供的界限时，才会返回算术表达式的值。否则，结果将为 `0`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 msgid "" "The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" " the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " "lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有当所提供的行代码和表达式标签所表示的表达式值小于所提供的界限时，才会返回算术表达式的值。否则，结果将为 `0`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 msgid "" "`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" " the bound expressed in that currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`CUR`是大写的货币代码，`amount`是以该货币表示的绑定金额。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 msgid "" "You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " "in another report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您还可以使用 `cross_report` 子公式来匹配另一份报告中的表达式。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" @@ -10470,15 +10544,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "`21`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`21`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "Arithmetic expressions can also be a single prefix, such as here." -msgstr "" +msgstr "算术表达式也可以是一个前缀，如此处。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "`21 + 10 - 5`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`21 + 10 - 5`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10515,14 +10589,16 @@ msgid "" "25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " "25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." msgstr "" +"账户 `210001` 余额为 -42，账户 `210002` 余额为 25。公式 `21D` 只与账户 `210002` 匹配，因此返回 " +"25。`210001` 不匹配，因为其余额为*贷方*。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前缀排除可与`C`和`D`后缀混合使用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "`21D + 10\\\\(101, 102)C - 5\\\\(57)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`21D + 10\\\\(101, 102)C - 5\\\\(57)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10536,11 +10612,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " "an empty exclusion `()`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要匹配前缀中的字母 `C` 或 `D`，但不将其用作后缀，请使用空排除项 `()`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "`21D\\\\()`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`21D\\\\()`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10558,7 +10634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "`tag(25)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`tag(25)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10574,7 +10650,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "`tag(my_module.my_tag)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`tag(my_module.my_tag)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10590,7 +10666,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "`tag(my_module.my_tag) + tag(42) + 10`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`tag(my_module.my_tag) + tag(42) + 10`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10605,7 +10681,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "`tag(my_module.my_tag)C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`tag(my_module.my_tag)C`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10619,7 +10695,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "`tag(my_module.my_tag)\\\\(10)`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`tag(my_module.my_tag)\\\\(10)`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -10673,13 +10749,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:282 msgid "`editable`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`可编辑`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:281 msgid "" "Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " "an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." -msgstr "" +msgstr "表示可以手动编辑该表达式，从而在报告中显示一个图标，允许用户执行该操作。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:285 msgid "" @@ -10885,7 +10961,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:26 msgid "General configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "常规配置" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -10893,10 +10969,12 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " "section, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置` 启用 Intrastat 报告。在 :guilabel:`客户发票` " +"部分，勾选 :guilabel:`Intrastat`，然后 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:35 msgid "Default transaction codes: invoice and refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认交易代码：发票和退款" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -10907,10 +10985,13 @@ msgid "" "refund transaction code` and then :guilabel:`Save`. The code will be set " "automatically on all respective invoice lines." msgstr "" +"您可以为所有新创建的发票和退款交易设置默认的 :ref:`交易代码 `。在 " +":menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置` 下，选择 :guilabel:`默认发票交易代码` 和/或 " +":guilabel:`默认退款交易代码`，然后 :guilabel:`保存`。该代码将自动设置到所有相应的发票行。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:45 msgid "Region code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "地区代码" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -10919,6 +11000,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Intrastat Region` where the company is located and then " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"地区代码**仅用于比利时公司**。在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置` 下，选择公司所在的 :guilabel:`公司" +" Intrastat 地区`，然后 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -10927,10 +11010,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, select a " "warehouse, set its :guilabel:`Intrastat region`, and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"如果仓库位于多个地区，可以在每个仓库的级别上定义地区代码。要执行此操作，进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " +"仓库`，选择一个仓库，设置其 :guilabel:`Intrastat 区域`，然后 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:0 msgid "Adding the Intrastat region to a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 Intrastat 地区添加到仓库" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:63 msgid "Product configuration" @@ -10940,7 +11025,7 @@ msgstr "产品配置" msgid "" "All products must be properly configured to be included in the Intrastat " "report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有产品都必须正确配置，才能列入 Intrastat 报告。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:70 msgid "Commodity code" @@ -10953,6 +11038,9 @@ msgid "" "Nomenclature `_." msgstr "" +"商品编码是国际公认的参考编号，用于根据商品的**性质**对商品进行分类。Intrastat 使用 `组合命名法 `_。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -10960,6 +11048,8 @@ msgid "" "Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set " "the product's :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." msgstr "" +"要添加商品代码，请进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 产品` 并选择产品。在 :guilabel:`会计` " +"选项卡下，设置产品的 :guilabel:`商品代码`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -11040,7 +11130,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:134 msgid "Partner country" -msgstr "" +msgstr "合作伙伴国家/地区" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -11084,7 +11174,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:165 msgid "Partner configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "合作伙伴配置" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -11207,19 +11297,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Odoo API key `" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`Odoo API 密钥 `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:17 msgid "URL of the Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 数据库 URL" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:18 msgid "name of your Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的 Odoo 数据库名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:23 msgid "Odoo API key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo API 密钥" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -11269,7 +11359,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:51 msgid ":ref:`api/external_api/keys`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`api/external_api/keys`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:56 msgid "For all databases (fiduciaries)" @@ -11399,6 +11489,7 @@ msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under the :guilabel:`Tax Return Periodicity`, you can set:" msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请转至 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`。在 :guilabel:`退税周期` 下，可以设置：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -11410,7 +11501,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reminder`: define when Odoo should remind you to submit your tax " "return;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`提醒`：定义 Odoo 提醒您提交报税表的时间；" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -12213,7 +12304,7 @@ msgstr "1,000.00" msgid "" "If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," " please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果需要准确定义含税和不含税价格，请参阅以下文档：:doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -12293,7 +12384,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`reporting/tax_returns`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 msgid "B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included) pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "B2B（不含税）和 B2C（含税）定价" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13795,21 +13886,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Click on a vendor's name to open up the details of all outstanding bills, " "the amounts due, the due dates, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击供应商名称，可打开所有未付账单、应付金额、到期日期等详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:96 msgid "" "By clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button, you can export the information " "available on the screen as a PDF or XLSX file and save it in the folder of " "your choice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过点击 :guilabel:`保存` 按钮，您可以将屏幕上的信息导出为 PDF 或 XLSX 文件，并保存到您选择的文件夹中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:98 msgid "" "You might receive several bills for the same purchase order if your vendor " "is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products, or " "if your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果供应商处于延期交货状态，并在发货时向您发送发票，或者供应商向您发送部分账单或要求您支付定金，您可能会收到同一采购订单的多张账单。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:3 msgid "Non-current assets and fixed assets" @@ -14686,14 +14777,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Enable the centralization of files attached to a specific area of your " "activity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用集中管理活动特定区域所附文件的功能。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:31 msgid "" "If you enable the centralization of your accounting files and documents, it " "is necessary to click on :guilabel:`Journals` and define each journal " "independently to allow automatic synchronization." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果启用会计文件和文档集中管理，则必须点击 :guilabel:`日记账` 并独立定义每个日记账，以便自动同步。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:0 msgid "Enable the centralization of files attached to your accounting." @@ -14703,7 +14794,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " "created documents will be found under the new workspace." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择新工作区，现有文档不会移动。只有新创建的文档才会出现在新工作区中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:43 msgid "Workspaces" @@ -14726,7 +14817,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从左侧菜单创建子工作区" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -14783,7 +14874,7 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " "to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " "supplier in your database is the contact for their bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`联系人`是与文件相关并分配给文件的人。只能查看文件，不能修改文件。例如：您数据库中的现有供应商是其账单的联系人。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -15177,11 +15268,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:90 msgid "Record expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录费用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:93 msgid "Manually create a new expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动创建新费用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -21953,7 +22044,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Carjaval 证书配置" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -21963,22 +22054,24 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " "required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" msgstr "" +"安装模块后，**必须**配置用户凭据，以便与 Carvajal Web 服务连接。要执行此操作，请导航至 :menuselection:`会计 --> " +"配置 --> 设置` 并滚动至 :guilabel:`哥伦比亚电子发票` 部分。然后，填写 Carvajal 提供的所需配置信息：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Username and password " "(provided by Carvajal) to the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`用户名` 和 :guilabel:`密码`：公司的用户名和密码（由 Carvajal 提供）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:96 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " "verification code." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`公司注册号`：公司的 NIT 编号，*不包括*验证码。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company's NIT number followed by `_01`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`账户 ID`：公司的 NIT 编号，后跟 `_01`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -21986,19 +22079,20 @@ msgid "" "templates (`CGEN03` or `CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF format of the " "electronic invoice." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`哥伦比亚模板代码`：从两个可用模板（`CGEN03` 或 `CGNE04`）中选择一个，用于 PDF 格式的电子发票。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " "testing environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用 :guilabel:`测试模式` 复选框，以连接 Carvajal 测试环境。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:103 msgid "" "Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, " "deactivate the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the production " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦 Odoo 和 Carvajal 完全配置好并准备投入生产，请停用 :guilabel:`测试模式` 复选框以使用生产数据库。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." @@ -28209,7 +28303,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Installing this module grants you access to improved accounting reports for " "Kenya, such as Profit and Loss and Balance Sheets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装该模块后，您可以使用改进后的肯尼亚会计报告，如损益表和资产负债表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -28222,11 +28316,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Kenya Tremol Device EDI Integration`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`肯尼亚 Tremol 设备 EDI 整合`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:38 msgid "`l10n_ke_edi_tremol`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_ke_edi_tremol`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -28263,20 +28357,25 @@ msgid "" "validated tax invoices directly to KRA. Installing a proxy server that " "provides a gateway between users and the internet is required." msgstr "" +"所有注册了增值税的纳税人都应该使用符合要求的税务登记簿。Odoo 决定开发与**Tremol G03 Control Unit (type " +"C)**的整合，该设备可以通过 USB " +"本地运行。该设备验证发票，以确保财务文件符合新的法规，并直接将经过验证的税务发票发送给肯尼亚税务局。必须安装代理服务器，为用户和互联网之间提供网关。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:62 msgid "Installing the proxy server on a Windows device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Windows 设备上安装代理服务器" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:64 msgid "" "Go to `odoo.com/download `_, fill out " "the required information and click :guilabel:`Download`." msgstr "" +"访问 `odoo.com/download `_，填写所需信息，然后点击 " +":guilabel:`下载`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 msgid "Install the Proxy Server on a Windows device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Windows 设备上安装代理服务器" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -28649,11 +28748,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`墨西哥 - 会计`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 msgid "`l10n_mx`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -28663,14 +28762,17 @@ msgid "" "grouping code " "`_." msgstr "" +"默认 :doc:`财政本地化套装 <.../fiscal_localizations>`，为墨西哥本地化添加会计特征，如：最常见的税种和会计科目表 - " +"基于`SAT 会计科目分组代码 " +"`_。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`墨西哥电子数据交换`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -28681,20 +28783,23 @@ msgid "" "invoices (with or without addedums) and payment complements to the " "government." msgstr "" +"包括生成和验证 :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` 的所有技术和功能要求 - 基于 " +"|SAT| 发布的技术文档。这样，您就可以向政府发送发票（带或不带附言）和付款补充。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`墨西哥电子数据交换 4.0 版`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:88 msgid "" "Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " "CFDI 4.0." -msgstr "" +msgstr "必须按照 CFDI 4.0 的正确规范创建 XML 文档。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" @@ -28702,13 +28807,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:90 msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_reports`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" "Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " "Balance, and |DIOT|." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为墨西哥电子会计改编报告： 会计科目表、试算表和 |DIOT|。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" @@ -28716,7 +28821,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:94 msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -28755,13 +28860,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" +"当从头开始安装数据库并选择 :guilabel:`墨西哥` 作为国家时，Odoo 会自动安装以下模块：:guilabel:`墨西哥 - " +"会计`、:guilabel:`墨西哥电子数据交换`、:guilabel:`墨西哥电子数据交换 4.0 版`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 msgid "" "The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " "if meeting a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for the " "business." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下模块为可选模块。建议*仅*在满足特定需求时安装。请确保这些模块是业务所需的。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" @@ -28769,7 +28876,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:119 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -28783,7 +28890,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." @@ -28795,7 +28902,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -28810,7 +28917,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" @@ -28822,7 +28929,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -34029,7 +34136,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 msgid "Online payment form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在线支付表格" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -34040,6 +34147,8 @@ msgid "" "reference number for the data stored safely in the payment providers' " "systems." msgstr "" +"Odoo 应用程序将敏感信息的处理委托给经过认证的支付提供商，因此您无需担心 PCI 合规性问题。敏感信息（如信用卡号）不会存储在其他地方托管的 " +"Odoo 服务器或 Odoo 数据库中。取而代之的是，Odoo 应用程序使用一个唯一的参考编号，将数据安全地存储在支付提供商的系统中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:44 msgid "Supported payment providers" @@ -34174,7 +34283,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Stripe `" msgid "" "Each provider has its own specific configuration flow, depending on which " "feature is available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个支付提供商都有自己特定的配置流程，具体取决于可用的功能。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -34184,6 +34293,9 @@ msgid "" "pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured in the Accounting app" " to do a :doc:`bank reconciliation `." msgstr "" +"其中在线支付提供商也可以添加为 :doc:`银行账户 <../finance/accounting/bank>` " +"，但这与将它们添加为支付提供商的过程**不同**。支付提供商允许客户在线支付，银行账户被添加并在会计应用程序中配置为 :doc:`银行对账 " +"` 。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -34193,6 +34305,8 @@ msgid "" " business flows involving online payments. No credentials are required as " "the demo payments are dummy payments." msgstr "" +"除了与 API 整合的常规支付提供商（如 Stripe、PayPal 或 Adyen）外，Odoo 还捆绑了 :doc:`Demo 支付提供商 " +"`。该支付提供程序允许您测试涉及在线支付的业务流程。由于演示付款是虚拟付款，因此无需任何凭证。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:171 msgid "Bank payments" @@ -34207,34 +34321,34 @@ msgid "" "When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " "reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " "it in your bank account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择后，Odoo 将显示您的付款信息和付款参考。您必须在银行账户收到付款后手动批准付款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`SEPA 直接扣款 <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 msgid "" "Your customers can make a bank transfer to register a SEPA Direct Debit " "mandate and get their bank account charged directly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的客户可以通过银行转账来注册 SEPA 直接扣款授权，并直接从他们的银行账户扣款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:183 msgid "Enable a payment provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用支付提供商" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:185 msgid "" "To add a new payment provider and make its related payment methods available" " to your customers, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要添加新的支付提供商并向客户提供相关支付方法，请按以下步骤操作：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 msgid "" "Go to the payment provider's website, create an account, and make sure you " "have the API credentials requested for third-party use. These are necessary " "for Odoo to communicate with the payment provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "访问支付提供商的网站，创建一个账户，并确保您拥有第三方使用所需的 API 凭据。这是 Odoo 与支付提供商进行通信的必要条件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -34245,12 +34359,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:194 msgid "Select the provider and configure the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择提供程序并配置 :guilabel:`证书` 选项卡。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将 :guilabel:`状态` 字段设置为 :guilabel:`已启用`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:34 @@ -34263,6 +34377,8 @@ msgid "" "payment provider. Refer to the :ref:`related documentation " "` for more information." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`证书` 选项卡中可用的字段取决于支付提供商。有关详细信息，请参阅 :ref:`相关文档 " +"`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -34272,6 +34388,8 @@ msgid "" "they can still manage :dfn:`(delete and assign to a subscription)` their " "existing tokens linked to such a provider." msgstr "" +"启用支付提供商后，它将自动发布到您的网站上。如果您想取消发布，请单击 :guilabel:`已发布` 按钮。客户无法通过未发布的提供商付款，但仍可管理 " +":dfn:`（删除并分配给订阅）` 与该提供商链接的现有令牌。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:210 msgid "Test mode" @@ -34283,18 +34401,20 @@ msgid "" " field in the payment provider form to :guilabel:`Test mode`, then enter " "your provider's test/sandbox credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." msgstr "" +"如果您希望将支付提供程序作为测试进行试用，请将支付提供程序表单中的 :guilabel:`状态` 字段设置为 :guilabel:`测试模式`，然后在 " +":guilabel:`证书` 选项卡中输入您的提供程序的测试/沙盒凭证。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 msgid "" "By default, the payment provider remains **unpublished** in test mode so " "that it's not visible to visitors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，支付提供商在测试模式下保持**未发布**，这样访问者就看不到它。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:221 msgid "" "We recommend using the test mode on a duplicate or a test database to avoid " "potential issues with your invoice numbering." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议在副本或测试数据库上使用测试模式，以避免发票编号可能出现的问题。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 msgid "Payment form" @@ -34320,6 +34440,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable " ":guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment Methods`." msgstr "" +":ref:`如果支付提供商支持此功能 " +"`，则客户可以保存其支付方法的详细信息以供日后使用。要启用此功能，请转到所选支付提供商的" +" :guilabel:`配置` 选项卡并启用 :guilabel:`允许保存支付方式`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -34328,6 +34451,8 @@ msgid "" "payment method details again. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce " "conversion rate and subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" +"在这种情况下，会在 Odoo " +"中创建一个**支付令牌**，作为后续付款的支付方式，客户无需再次输入其支付方式的详细信息。这对电子商务转换率和使用定期付款订阅特别有用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -34336,6 +34461,8 @@ msgid "" "token that only references the card details stored on the payment provider's" " server." msgstr "" +"启用该功能后，您仍然完全符合 PCI 标准，因为 Odoo " +"不会直接存储银行卡详细信息。相反，它会创建一个支付令牌，该令牌只引用存储在支付提供商服务器上的银行卡详细信息。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 msgid "Manual capture" @@ -34349,6 +34476,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable " ":guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`." msgstr "" +":ref:`如果支付提供商支持此功能 " +"`，您可以分两步授权和获取付款。要启用此功能，请转到所选支付提供商的 " +":guilabel:`配置` 选项卡，并启用 :guilabel:`手动获取金额`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -34358,6 +34488,7 @@ msgid "" "to cancel it and release the reserved funds. Capturing payments manually is " "helpful in many situations:" msgstr "" +"当您授权付款时，资金会保留在客户的付款方式中，但不会立即扣除。当您稍后手动获取付款时，才会扣款。您也可以撤销授权，取消授权并释放保留的资金。手动获取支付在很多情况下都很有用：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -34375,13 +34506,13 @@ msgstr "在付款完成、付款流程开始前，审核并验证订单是否合 msgid "" "Avoid potentially high refund fees for refunded payments: payment providers " "will not charge you for voiding an authorization." -msgstr "" +msgstr "避免退还付款时可能产生的高额退款费用：支付提供商不会向你收取撤销授权的费用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 msgid "" "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., in case" " of damages)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保留一笔保证金，以便稍后退还，扣除任何扣款（例如，损坏赔偿）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -34389,6 +34520,8 @@ msgid "" "order or invoice and click the :guilabel:`Capture Transaction` button. To " "release the funds, click the :guilabel:`Void Transaction` button." msgstr "" +"要在授权后获取付款，请转到相关销售订单或发票，然后点击 :guilabel:`捕获交易` 按钮。要释放资金，请单击 :guilabel:`无效交易` " +"按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -34398,6 +34531,8 @@ msgid "" "`. The providers that only support " "capturing or voiding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" +"某些支付服务提供商仅支持捕获部分授权金额。剩余金额可以捕获或作废。此类支付服务提供商在:ref:`上述表格 " +"`中设置**全额和部分金额**值。仅支持捕获或作废全额的支付服务提供商设置的值为**仅限全额**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -34410,7 +34545,7 @@ msgstr "资金不会永远保留，一段时间后，可能会自动返回至客 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow" " the manual capture from their website interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 并不支持所有支付提供商的这一功能，但有些提供商允许从其网站界面手动捕获。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 msgid "Refunds" @@ -34422,6 +34557,8 @@ msgid "" "directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " "customer payment, navigate to it and click the :guilabel:`Refund` button." msgstr "" +"如果您的支付提供商支持此功能，您可以直接从 Odoo 退款。无需先启用该功能。要退还客户付款，请导航至该付款，然后单击 :guilabel:`退款` " +"按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -34431,12 +34568,14 @@ msgid "" "`. The providers that only support " "refunding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" +"某些支付服务提供商仅支持退还部分金额。剩余金额也可以退还。此类支付服务提供商在:ref:`table " +"above`中设置**全额和部分金额**值。仅支持全额退款的支付服务提供商设置的值为**仅限全额**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 msgid "" "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow" " to refund payments from their website interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 并不支持所有支付提供商的这一功能，但有些提供商允许从其网站界面退款。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:309 msgid "Express checkout" @@ -34452,17 +34591,21 @@ msgid "" "contact form. They just have to validate the payment on Google's or Apple's " "payment form." msgstr "" +":ref:`如果支付提供商支持此功能`，您可以允许客户使用 " +":guilabel:`Google Pay` 和 :guilabel:`Apple Pay` " +"按钮，一键支付电子商务订单。使用这些按钮时，客户可直接从购物车进入确认页面，无需填写联系表单。他们只需在 Google 或 Apple " +"的付款表单上验证付款即可。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:317 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the " "selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要启用此功能，请转至所选支付提供商的 :guilabel:`配置` 选项卡并启用 :guilabel:`允许快速结账`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:321 msgid "" "All prices shown on the express checkout payment form always include taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "快速结账付款单上显示的所有价格均含税。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:326 msgid "Extra Fees" @@ -34502,7 +34645,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:349 msgid "Currencies and countries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "货币和国家/地区" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -34514,6 +34657,7 @@ msgid "" "available currencies and countries, adding or removing a payment provider's " "supported currencies or countries is possible." msgstr "" +"所有支付提供商都有不同的可用货币和国家/地区列表。如果客户的货币或国家/地区不在支持列表中，与支付提供商链接的支付方式就无法选择。由于可用货币和国家/地区列表可能存在错误、更新和未知，因此可以添加或删除支付提供商支持的货币或国家/地区。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:359 msgid "" @@ -34521,6 +34665,8 @@ msgid "" "own list of available currencies and countries that serves as another filter" " during payment operations." msgstr "" +":ref:`支付方式 ` " +"也有可用货币和国家/地区列表，可作为支付操作过程中的另一个筛选器。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:361 msgid "" @@ -34530,10 +34676,12 @@ msgid "" "possible the payment will be refused at a later stage should the country or " "currency not be supported." msgstr "" +"如果支持的货币或国家/地区列表为空，则表示列表太长无法显示，或 Odoo " +"没有该支付提供商的信息。如果不支持该国家/地区或货币，支付提供商仍可使用，但在稍后阶段支付可能会被拒绝。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 msgid "Maximum amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最大金额" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:369 msgid "" @@ -34541,6 +34689,7 @@ msgid "" "selected provider. Leave the field to `0.00` to make the payment provider " "available regardless of the payment amount." msgstr "" +"您可以限制所选提供商可支付的 :guilabel:`最大金额`。如果将该字段保留为 `0.00`，则无论支付金额多少，都可以使用支付提供程序。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "" @@ -34585,6 +34734,10 @@ msgid "" "to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you ask your " "accountant for advice." msgstr "" +"从会计角度看，有两种在线支付工作流程：一种是直接存入您的银行账户的支付，并遵循通常的 :doc:`对账 " +"` 工作流程；另一种是来自第三方 :ref:`在线支付提供商 " +"` " +"的支付，需要您遵循另一个会计工作流程。对于这些付款，您需要考虑如何记录付款的日记账分录。我们建议您向会计师咨询。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:400 msgid "" @@ -34593,10 +34746,13 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`outstanding account ` for each payment " "provider to separate the provider's payments from other payments." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，使用为 :ref:`付款日记账 ` 定义的 " +":guilabel:`银行账户`，但也可以为每个支付提供商指定一个 :ref:`未结账户 `，以将该提供商的支付与其他支付分开。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 msgid "Define an outstanding account for a payment provider." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为支付提供商定义未结账户。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" @@ -34624,7 +34780,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:415 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" @@ -34656,11 +34812,11 @@ msgstr ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 msgid ":doc:`accounting/bank`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`accounting/bank`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" @@ -34785,7 +34941,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:52 msgid "If you don't have an API user yet, click on **Create new credential**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果还没有 API 用户，请单击**创建新凭证**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -34793,6 +34949,8 @@ msgid "" "generate your **API Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you'll not be " "allowed to get it later without generating a new one." msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`服务器设置 --> 认证` 并复制或生成您的 **API 密钥**。复制 API " +"密钥时要小心，因为如果不生成一个新的密钥，以后将无法获取该密钥。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -34849,19 +35007,19 @@ msgstr "须保存反向API，以完成创建。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:94 msgid "API URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "API URLs" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:96 msgid "" "All Adyen API URLs include a customer area-specific prefix generated by " "Adyen. To configure the URLs, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有 Adyen API URL 均包含由 Adyen 生成的特定客户区域前缀。配置 URL 的步骤如下：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:99 msgid "" "Log into your Adyen account, then go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API " "URLs`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录您的 Adyen 帐户，然后转到 :menuselection:`开发者 --> API URLs`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -35278,13 +35436,15 @@ msgid "" " to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " "rather than on your main database." msgstr "" +"要使用*沙盒*账户测试 Authorize.Net，请将:guilabel:`状态`更改为:guilabel:`测试模式`。我们建议在测试 Odoo " +"数据库而非主数据库上进行此操作。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:34 msgid "" "If you use the :guilabel:`Test Mode` with a regular account, it results in " "the following error: *The merchant login ID or password is invalid or the " "account is inactive*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在普通账户中使用 :guilabel:`测试模式` 会导致以下错误：*商户登录名或密码无效，或账户未激活*。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:38 msgid "Configuration tab" @@ -35296,16 +35456,18 @@ msgid "" "`. If enabled, the funds are reserved for " "30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." msgstr "" +"使用 Authorize.Net，您可以启用 " +":ref:`手动捕获`。如果启用，在扣款前，资金将在客户卡上保留 30 天。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:48 msgid "" "After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " "Authorize.Net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**30 天**后，Authorize.Net 将**自动取消**交易。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:54 msgid "ACH payments (USA only)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ACH 支付（仅限美国）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -35336,14 +35498,16 @@ msgid "" "When ready, change the provider's :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Enabled` " "for a regular account or :guilabel:`Test Mode` for a sandbox account." msgstr "" +"准备就绪后，将提供程序的 :guilabel:`状态` 更改为常规账户的 :guilabel:`已启用` 或沙箱账户的 " +":guilabel:`测试模式`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:75 msgid "Import an Authorize.Net statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入 Authorize.Net 账单" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:78 msgid "Export from Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 Authorize.Net 导出" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -35351,26 +35515,28 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" +"下载 Excel 导入模板 `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:86 msgid "To export a statement:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导出报表：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:88 msgid "Log in to Authorize.Net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录 Authorize.Net。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:89 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Account --> Statements --> eCheck.Net Settlement " "Statement`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`账户 --> 报表 --> eCheck.Net 结算单`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:90 msgid "" "Define an export range using an *opening* and *closing* batch settlement. " "All transactions within the two batch settlements will be exported to Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用*开始*和*结束*批次结算定义导出范围。两个批次结算范围内的所有交易都将导出到 Odoo。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -35378,14 +35544,16 @@ msgid "" "into the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import " "template `." msgstr "" +"选择所需范围内的所有交易，复制并粘贴到 :ref:`Excel 导入模板` 的 " +":guilabel:`报告 1 下载` 页面。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 msgid "Selecting Authorize.Net transactions to import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择要导入的 Authorize.Net 交易" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 msgid "Settlement batch of an Authorize.Net statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authorize.Net 账单的结算批次" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -35452,7 +35620,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:132 msgid "Open the :ref:`Excel import template `." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开 :ref:`Excel 导入模板`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -35623,15 +35791,15 @@ msgstr "样例" msgid "" "Odoo's **Demo Payment Provider** allows you to test business flows involving" " online transactions without requiring real banking credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 的**演示支付提供商**允许您测试涉及在线交易的业务流程，而无需真实的银行凭证。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:15 msgid "Switch the state to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将状态切换为 :guilabel:`测试模式`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:18 msgid "Payment outcome" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付结果" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -35639,14 +35807,15 @@ msgid "" "outcome when using the demo payment provider. To do so, click on the " ":guilabel:`Payment Status` drop-down menu and select the desired outcome." msgstr "" +"在结账或在线支付账单时，您可以选择使用演示付款提供商时的付款结果。要执行此操作，请单击 :guilabel:`支付状态` 下拉菜单并选择所需的结果。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst-1 msgid "Payment status outcomes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付状况结果。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:29 msgid "Transaction state" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交易状态" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -36208,6 +36377,9 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Website payments --> Update` and select :guilabel:`On` for " ":guilabel:`PayPal account optional`." msgstr "" +"我们建议在付款时不要提示客户使用 PayPal " +"账户登录。客户使用借记卡/信用卡付款会更好、更方便。要禁用该提示，请进入:menuselection:`账户设置-->网站支付-->更新`，并在:guilabel:`PayPal" +" 账户可选项`中选择:guilabel:`开启`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:76 msgid "Payment Messages Format" @@ -36220,6 +36392,8 @@ msgid "" " encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to PayPal. If you do " "not, some transactions fail without notice." msgstr "" +"如果您在客户名称或地址中使用重音字符（或主要拉丁字符以外的其他字符），则**必须**配置由 Odoo 发送至 PayPal " +"的付款请求的编码格式。否则，部分交易会因无通知而失败。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -36573,6 +36747,9 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`generate a webhook `, and enable " "the payment provider." msgstr "" +"要使用现有的 Stripe 账户，:ref:`激活开发者模式` 并 :ref:`手动启用 Stripe " +"`。然后，您可以 :ref:`填写凭证 " +"`，:ref:`生成网络钩子 `，并启用支付提供商。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -36585,6 +36762,11 @@ msgid "" " ` with the test keys, and set the :guilabel:`State` field " "to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." msgstr "" +"您还可以使用 :ref:`payment_providers/test-mode` 测试 Stripe。要执行此操作，首先，`登录您的 Stripe " +"仪表板 `_ 并切换到**测试模式**。然后，在 Odoo " +"中，:ref:`激活开发人员模式`，:ref:`导航至支付提供商 Stripe " +"`，:ref:`用测试密钥填写您的 API 凭据 " +"`，并将 :guilabel:`状态` 字段设置为 :guilabel:`测试模式`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "Fill in your credentials" @@ -36594,7 +36776,7 @@ msgstr "填写您的凭证" msgid "" "If your **API credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " "account, proceed as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果连接 Stripe 账户需要您的 **API 凭据**，请按以下步骤操作：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -36602,12 +36784,14 @@ msgid "" "`_, or log into your Stripe " "dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys`." msgstr "" +"访问 Stripe ``_ 上的 `API 密钥 " +"`页面，或登录 Stripe 仪表板并访问 :menuselection:`开发者 --> API 密钥`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Standard keys` section, copy the :guilabel:`Publishable " "key` and the :guilabel:`Secret key` and save them for later." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`标准密钥` 部分，复制 :guilabel:`可发布的密钥` 和 :guilabel:`密钥` 并保存备用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:99 @@ -36615,6 +36799,7 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Stripe " "`." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo 中，:ref:`导航至支付提供商 Stripe `。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -36792,18 +36977,18 @@ msgid "" "The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " "instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " "They are displayed:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过**电汇**付款方式，您可以向客户提供付款说明，如银行详情和通讯方式。它们会显示：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" "at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " ":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" " now` button:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在结账流程结束时，客户选择 :guilabel:`电汇` 作为付款方式并点击 :guilabel:`立即付款` 按钮：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结账时的付款说明" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "on the customer portal:" @@ -36819,6 +37004,8 @@ msgid "" "inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " "<../payment_providers>` instead." msgstr "" +"虽然这种方法非常容易使用，而且只需最少的设置，但其流程效率非常低。我们建议使用 :doc:`支付提供商 <../payment_providers>` " +"来代替。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -36874,7 +37061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" @@ -36921,6 +37108,8 @@ msgid "" "legislation. Companies doing business abroad should also consider other " "countries' electronic signature laws." msgstr "" +"在欧盟和美国，通过 Sign 应用程序签署的文件是有效的电子签名。它们也符合大多数国家对电子签名的要求。Odoo " +"生成的电子签名的法律效力取决于您所在国家/地区的法律。在国外开展业务的公司也应考虑其他国家/地区的电子签名法律。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:28 msgid "European Union" @@ -36933,6 +37122,9 @@ msgid "" " of the European Union `_. It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" msgstr "" +"`eIDAS条例`__确立了欧盟 27 个成员国 " +"`_的电子签名框架。该条例将电子签名分为三类：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:35 msgid "Simple electronic signatures" @@ -37093,6 +37285,8 @@ msgid "" "can modify the :ref:`role ` of a field by clicking on it and " "selecting the one you want." msgstr "" +"当您需要多次发送同一文档时，可以创建文档模板。在仪表板上单击 :guilabel:`上传 PDF 模板`。选择文档并添加所需的 :ref:`字段 " +"`。您可以修改字段的 :ref:`角色 `，方法是点击字段并选择您想要的字段。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -37103,6 +37297,10 @@ msgid "" "signature, or define :guilabel:`Authorized Users` if you want to restrict " "the use of your template to specific authorized users or groups." msgstr "" +"点击:guilabel:`模板属性` 为模板添加 :guilabel:`标签`，定义 :guilabel:`已签署文件工作区`，添加 " +":guilabel:`已签署文件标签`，设置一个 " +":guilabel:`重定向链接`，该链接将在签名后收到的签名确认消息中可用，或者如果您想要限制模板的使用仅适用于特定的授权用户或组，则可以定义 " +":guilabel:`授权用户`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -37110,6 +37308,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send` to quickly send a document template to a signer or " ":guilabel:`Sign Now` if you are ready to sign your document immediately." msgstr "" +"您的模板默认在仪表板上可见。您可以点击 :guilabel:`发送` 将文件模板快速发送给签名者，如果您准备立即签署文件，也可以点击 " +":guilabel:`立即签署`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -37129,13 +37329,13 @@ msgid "" "Each field in a Sign document is related to a role corresponding to a " "specific person. When a document is being signed, the person assigned to the" " role must fill in their assigned fields and sign it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "签署文件中的每个字段都与特定人员的角色相关。在签署文件时，被指定为该角色的人必须填写指定字段并签署文件。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:136 msgid "" "Roles are available by going to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> " "Roles`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "角色可通过 :menuselection:`签署 --> 配置 --> 角色` 访问。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -37147,10 +37347,13 @@ msgid "" "role. This color can help understand which roles are responsible for which " "field when configuring a template." msgstr "" +"点击 :guilabel:`新建` 可以更新现有角色或创建新角色。选择:guilabel:`角色名称`，添加:guilabel:`额外验证步骤` " +"以确认签署人的身份，如果文件可以重新分配给其他联系人，请为角色选择:guilabel:`更改授权`。还可为角色选择 " +":guilabel:`颜色`。这种颜色有助于在配置模板时了解哪个角色负责哪个字段。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:146 msgid "Secured identification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安全身份认证" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -37160,20 +37363,24 @@ msgid "" "authentication options require :ref:`credits `. If you " "do not have any credits left, the authentication steps will be skipped." msgstr "" +"作为文件所有者，您可以通过 :ref:`SMS 验证 ` 或 :ref:`Itsme® " +"`（在比利时和荷兰可用）请求 :guilabel:`额外验证步骤。这两种验证方式都需要 :ref:`积点 " +"`。如果您没有剩余信用点数，则将跳过验证步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) <../general/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`应用内购买（IAP）<../general/in_app_purchase>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:155 msgid "" ":doc:`SMS pricing and FAQ " "<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`" msgstr "" +":doc:`SMS 定价和常见问题 <../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:160 msgid "SMS verification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信验证" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -37181,6 +37388,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select " ":guilabel:`Unique Code Via SMS`." msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`签署 --> 配置 --> 角色`。点击角色的 :guilabel:`额外验证步骤` 列，然后选择 " +":guilabel:`通过短信发送唯一代码`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -37189,6 +37398,8 @@ msgid "" "Settings` and click :guilabel:`Buy credits` under :guilabel:`Authenticate by" " SMS`." msgstr "" +"在发送 SMS 短信之前，您需要注册您的电话号码。要执行此操作，请进入 :menuselection:`签署 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并点击 " +":guilabel:`购买点数` 下的 :guilabel:`通过短信验证`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -37197,6 +37408,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send`. On the new page, select the :guilabel:`customer` and click" " :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"转到要签署的文档，添加需要短信验证的字段，例如 :guilabel:`签署` 字段，然后点击 :guilabel:`发送`。在新页面中，选择 " +":guilabel:`客户`，然后点击 :guilabel:`发送`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -37205,31 +37418,33 @@ msgid "" "Document`. A :guilabel:`Final Validation` page pops up where to add their " "phone number. One-time codes are sent by SMS." msgstr "" +"签署人填写 :guilabel:`签署` 字段，然后 :guilabel:`签署` 并点击 :guilabel:`验证并发送完成的文件`。这时会弹出一个" +" :guilabel:`最终验证` 页面，在此添加电话号码。一次性代码将通过 SMS 发送。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 msgid "Add a hash to your document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在文件中添加哈希值" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:182 msgid "This feature is enabled by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该功能默认为启用。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:183 msgid "" "As soon as the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` applies to a role, this" " validation step is requested for any field assigned to this role." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一旦 :guilabel:`额外验证步骤` 应用于角色，就会请求对分配给该角色的任何字段执行此验证步骤。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:189 msgid "Itsme®" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Itsme®" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:191 msgid "" "Itsme® authentication can be used to allow signatories to provide their " "identity using itsme®. This feature is only available in **Belgium** and the" " **Netherlands**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Itsme® 身份验证可用于允许签署人使用 itsme® 提供其身份信息。该功能仅适用于**比利时**和**荷兰**。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -37239,6 +37454,10 @@ msgid "" "Roles`. Click in the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the " "role, and select :guilabel:`Via itsme®`." msgstr "" +"该功能可在 :guilabel:`设置` 中启用，并自动应用于 :guilabel:`Customer (identified with " +"itsme®)`角色。要为其他角色启用该功能，请转到 :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> " +"Roles`。单击角色的 :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` 列，然后选择 :guilabel:`Via " +"itsme®`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -37246,10 +37465,12 @@ msgid "" " field. Switch to any role configured to use the feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"转到需要签署的文档，添加 :guilabel:`签署` 字段。切换到配置为使用该功能的任何角色，然后单击 :guilabel:`验证` 和 " +":guilabel:`发送`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 msgid "select customer identified with itsme®" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择使用 itsme® 进行身份验证的客户" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -37258,10 +37479,12 @@ msgid "" "Document`, triggering a :guilabel:`Final verification` page where " "authentication via itsme® is required." msgstr "" +"签署人在签署文件后，填写:guilabel:`签名`字段，然后点击:guilabel:`验证和发送完成的文件`，触发:guilabel:`最终验证`页面，该页面要求通过" +" itsme® 进行身份验证。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:210 msgid "Signatory hash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "签署人的哈希值" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -37271,6 +37494,7 @@ msgid "" "signature is affixed can be easily detected, maintaining the document's " "authenticity and security throughout its lifecycle." msgstr "" +"每次有人签署文件时，都会生成一个**哈希**，即操作的唯一数字签名，以确保可追溯性、完整性和不可篡改性。这一过程可确保在签名后所做的任何更改都能被轻松检测出来，从而在整个生命周期内维护文件的真实性和安全性。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -37278,10 +37502,11 @@ msgid "" " signatures. Internal users can hide or show it by turning the " ":guilabel:`Frame` option on or off when signing the document." msgstr "" +"签名中会添加一个显示哈希值开头的可视化安全框架。内部用户可以在签署文件时通过打开或关闭 :guilabel:`框架` 选项来隐藏或显示该框架。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 msgid "Adding the visual security frame to a signature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为签名添加可视化安全框。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -37295,23 +37520,25 @@ msgid "" "create a tag, click :guilabel:`New`. On the new line, add the :guilabel:`Tag" " Name` and select a :guilabel:`Color Index` for your tag." msgstr "" +"您可以通过 :menuselection:`配置 --> 标签` 管理标签。要创建标签，请点击 :guilabel:`新建`。在新行中添加 " +":guilabel:`标签名称`，并为标记选择 :guilabel:` 颜色索引`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:236 msgid "" "To apply a tag to a document, use the dropdown list available in your " "document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在文件中应用标签，请使用文件中可用的下拉列表。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:239 msgid "Sign order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "签署订单" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:241 msgid "" "When a document needs to be signed by different parties, the signing order " "lets you control the order in which your recipients receive it for " "signature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当文件需要由不同方签署时，签署顺序可让您控制收件人接收文档的顺序。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -37340,17 +37567,18 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Quick Tips: Sign order [video] " "`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo 提示：掌握签署顺序的技巧 [视频] `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:261 msgid "Field types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "字段类型" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:263 msgid "" "Fields are used in a document to indicate what information must be completed" " by the signers. You can add fields to your document simply by dragging and " "dropping them for the left column into your document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "字段用于在文件中指明签字人必须填写的信息。您只需将左栏中的字段拖放到文件中，即可将其添加到文件中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -37359,12 +37587,13 @@ msgid "" "signature item types, the signing process can be even faster for your " "customers, partners, and employees." msgstr "" +"各种字段类型可用于签署文件（占位符、自动完成等）。通过配置自己的字段类型（也称为签名项类型），可以为客户、合作伙伴和员工提供更快捷的签署流程。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:271 msgid "" "To create and edit field types, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration" " --> Settings --> Edit field types`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建和编辑字段类型，请访问 :menuselection:`签署 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 编辑字段类型`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -37372,6 +37601,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` a new one. First, edit the :guilabel:`Field Name`. Then, " "select a :guilabel:`Field Type`:" msgstr "" +"您可以点击现有字段来选择它，也可以 :guilabel:`创建` 新字段。首先，编辑 :guilabel:`字段名称`。然后，选择 " +":guilabel:`字段类型`：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -37380,32 +37611,34 @@ msgid "" "local file (usually an image). Each subsequent :guilabel:`Signature` field " "type then reuses the data entered in the first field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`签名`：要求用户手写签名、自动生成签名或上传本地文件（通常是图像）来完成签名。其他每个 :guilabel:`签署` " +"字段类型都会重复使用在第一个字段中输入的数据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:280 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Initial`: users are asked to enter their initials, in a similar " "way to the :guilabel:`Signature` field." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`首字母`：提示用户输入姓名首字母，方法与 :guilabel:`签署` 字段类似。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:282 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: users enter text on a single line." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`文本`：用户在单行上输入文本。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:283 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: users enter text on multiple lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`多行文本`：用户在多行上输入文本。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:284 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Checkbox`: users can tick a box (e.g., to mark their approval or " "consent)." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`复选框`：用户可以勾选一个方框（例如，标记批准或同意）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:285 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Selection`: users choose a single option from a variety of " "options." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`选择`：用户从多个选项中选择一个。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -37414,18 +37647,20 @@ msgid "" "the fields on the contact (`res.partner`) model of the person signing the " "document. To do so, enter the contact model field's technical name." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`自动填写合作伙伴字段` " +"设置用于在签名过程中自动填写字段。它使用签署文件者的联系人（`res.partner`）模型字段之一的值。为此，请输入联系人模型字段的技术名称。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:292 msgid "" "To know the technical name of a field, enable developer mode and hover your " "mouse on the question mark next to the field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要了解字段的技术名称，请启用开发者模式，并将鼠标悬停在字段旁边的问号上。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:296 msgid "" "Auto-completed values are suggestions and can be modified as required by the" " person signing the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "自动填写的值是建议值，签署人可根据需要进行修改。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -37436,6 +37671,9 @@ msgid "" "is set to 15% (0.150) of a full page's width, while their height is set to " "1.5% (0.015) of a full page's height." msgstr "" +"字段的大小也可以通过编辑 :guilabel:`默认宽度` 和 :guilabel:`默认高度` " +"来改变。这两个尺寸都是以整页的百分比定义的，用小数表示，1 等于整页的宽度或高度。默认情况下，创建的新字段宽度设置为整页宽度的 " +"15%（0.150），高度设置为整页高度的 1.5%（0.015）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:305 msgid "" @@ -37445,6 +37683,8 @@ msgid "" "birthdate”). You can also use a :guilabel:`Placeholder` text to be displayed" " inside the field before it is completed." msgstr "" +"接下来，编写 :guilabel:`提示`。提示会在用户签名过程中显示在屏幕左侧的箭头内，以帮助他们了解该步骤的内容（例如，\"在此签名\" 或 " +"\"填写出生日期\"）。您还可以使用 :guilabel:`占位符` 文本，在字段完成之前显示在字段内。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 msgid "Tip and placeholder example in Odoo Sign" @@ -37458,98 +37698,98 @@ msgstr "电子表格" msgid "" "Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " "form. Among others, you can:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子表格可让您以表格形式组织、分析和直观显示数据。除其他外，您还可以：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`插入并链接您的 Odoo 数据（透视表、图表、列表和菜单）`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 msgid "" ":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`使用默认模板或创建新模板 `。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 msgid "Format data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "格式数据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 msgid "Use formulas and functions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用公式和函数。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 msgid "Sort and filter data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "排序和筛选数据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 msgid "" "Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " "highlighted and defined below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下面突出显示并定义了电子表格的一些主要 :abbr:`UI （用户界面）` 元素。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst-1 msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子表格的主要用户界面元素" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 msgid "Menu bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "菜单栏" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 msgid "Top bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顶部栏" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 msgid "Formula bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公式栏" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 msgid "Filters button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "筛选器按钮" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 msgid "Row header" -msgstr "" +msgstr "行标题" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 msgid "Column header" -msgstr "" +msgstr "列标题" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 msgid "Cell menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单元菜单" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 msgid "Bottom bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "底部栏" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 msgid "Link Odoo data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "链接 Odoo 数据" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 msgid "" "You can insert and link several elements from your database in your " "spreadsheets, namely:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在电子表格中插入和链接数据库中的多个元素，即：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:7 msgid "pivots," -msgstr "" +msgstr "透视表，" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:8 msgid "graphs," -msgstr "" +msgstr "图表，" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:9 msgid "lists, and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "列表，以及" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:10 msgid "links to menus (i.e., a clickable link to a view of a specific model)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "菜单链接（即指向特定类型视图的有效链接）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -37592,28 +37832,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "By default, new spreadsheets are saved under the :guilabel:`Spreadsheet` " "workspace of the Documents app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认情况下，新电子表格保存在文档应用程序的 :guilabel:`电子表格` 工作区中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:36 msgid "Updating data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新数据" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:38 msgid "" "Once inserted in a spreadsheet, your data is kept up-to-date, reflecting any" " changes made to your database. Reopening the spreadsheet reloads the linked" " data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在电子表格中插入数据后，您的数据将保持更新，并反映数据库中的任何更改。重新打开电子表格可重新加载链接数据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:42 msgid "" "To update pivots and lists data without reopening a spreadsheet, go to the " "menu bar and click :menuselection:`Data --> Refresh all data`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在不重新打开电子表格的情况下更新透视和列表数据，请转到菜单栏并单击 :menuselection:`数据 --> 刷新所有数据`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:46 msgid "Pivot data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "透视数据" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -37623,10 +37863,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Insert pivot`, select the pivot, and tick :guilabel:`Display " "missing cells only` to preview first the missing data." msgstr "" +"使用 :guilabel:`刷新所有数据` 只更新现有的数据透视单元格。如果需要添加新单元格，请转到菜单栏，点击 :menusele透视表` " +"全面更新数据透视表。或者，点击 :guilabel:`插入数据透视表`，选择数据透视表，然后勾选 " +":guilabel:`仅显示缺失的单元格`，首先预览缺失的数据。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:0 msgid "Displaying missing cells in a pivot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示透视表中缺失的单元格" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -37671,11 +37914,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 msgid "Default templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认模板" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 msgid "Accounting: budget reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "会计：预算报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -37684,10 +37927,11 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " "intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." msgstr "" +"预算报告比较公司在规定时间内的实际支出和预算。有两个模板可供选择：一个使用季度间隔（:guilabel:`预算报告[季度]`），另一个使用月间隔（:guilabel:`预算报告[月]`）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 msgid "Extract of a budget report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算报告摘录" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -37696,12 +37940,14 @@ msgid "" " or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" " and expense accounts `." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`实际` 列下的单元格会自动填入相应期间（月份或季度）的收入和支出金额。数据来自 :ref:`收入和支出账户 ` 下的已过账日记账项目。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 msgid "" "Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " "considered when collecting data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在收集数据时，不考虑 :guilabel:`其他收入` 账户类型下的日记账项目。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -37712,6 +37958,9 @@ msgid "" "column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " "expressed as a percentage." msgstr "" +"要分析预算的执行情况，请在 :guilabel:`预算` " +"列下的单元格中填写相关期间和每个账户的预期收入（:guilabel:`收入`行）和支出（:guilabel:`支出`行）。然后，绩效（:guilabel:`Perf.`）列将" +" :guilabel:`实际` 数据与相应的预算进行比较，以百分比表示。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -37719,10 +37968,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " ":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." msgstr "" +"最后，:guilabel:`净利润` 行表示 :guilabel:`收入`总数减去 :guilabel:`实际`和 :guilabel:`预算` 列的 " +":guilabel:`支出`总数。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户关系管理：管道收入报告" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -37732,27 +37983,30 @@ msgid "" "(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " "recurring revenue)`)." msgstr "" +"有两种管道收入报告。:guilabel:`管道收入报告（月度）`专门针对一次性收入（: abbr:`NRR " +"[非经常性收入]`），而:guilabel:`MRR/NRR 管道收入报告 [月度]`涵盖经常性和非经常性收入（:abbr:`MRR " +"[月度经常性收入]`）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 msgid "" "Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置` 启用 :guilabel:`经常性收入`。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管道收入报告摘录" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 msgid "" "The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " "with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`实际` 列下的单元格中，会自动填入每月从**已赢得**商机中获得的收入金额。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 msgid "" "To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要计算收入绩效，请填写每月收入目标。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -37767,6 +38021,8 @@ msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " "depending on the month of the year." msgstr "" +"对于 :guilabel:`按销售人员分类的收入` 页面，打开 :guilabel:`目标` 页面并填写每个销售人员旁边的单元格。使用下面的 " +":guilabel:`月度系数` 表，根据年度月份调整主要目标。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -37844,11 +38100,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库中的所有用户都可以使用模板。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 msgid "Manage and edit templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理和编辑模板" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -37856,15 +38112,17 @@ msgid "" " Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " "` to view all templates in the database." msgstr "" +"进入 :menuselection:`文件 --> 配置 --> 电子表格模板` 管理模板。移除 :guilabel:`我的模板` :ref:`筛选器 " +"` 以查看数据库中的所有模板。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 msgid "" "To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " "Modifications are automatically saved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要编辑现有模板，请单击所需模板旁边的`✎ 编辑`。修改内容将自动保存。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 msgid "" "Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " "template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 :guilabel:`数据` 列下的下载按钮可导出 JSON 格式的模板。该文件可导入其他数据库。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 53dafd3ea..d34e4f4cb 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ # Jeffery CHEN , 2023 # Emily Jia , 2023 # 稀饭~~ , 2023 -# Chloe Wang, 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2024 # Mandy Choy , 2024 # Wil Odoo, 2024 +# Chloe Wang, 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2024\n" +"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2024\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ msgstr "使用 LDAP 登录" msgid "" "Install the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) module in General " "Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在常规设置中安装轻量级目录访问协议（LDAP）模块。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -1064,6 +1064,7 @@ msgid "" "profile the first time someone logs in with :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight " "Directory Access Protocol)`." msgstr "" +"在**用户信息**中，如果 Odoo 应在用户首次使用 :abbr:`LDAP（轻量级目录访问协议）`登录时创建用户配置文件，请勾选*创建用户*。" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1073,7 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "在 **模板用户** 中，为创建的新配置文件指定模板。 #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1 msgid "User information highlighted on LDAP server setup on Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 的 LDAP 服务器设置中突出显示用户信息。" #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" @@ -4476,16 +4477,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Integrations`, section, activate :guilabel:`Geo Localization`. " "Then, choose between using the OpenStreetMap or Google Places API." msgstr "" +"要使用该功能，请打开 :guilabel:`设置` 应用程序，并在 :guilabel:`整合` 部分下激活 " +":guilabel:`地理本地化`。然后，选择使用 OpenStreetMap 或 Google Places API。" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:14 msgid "**OpenStreetMap**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**OpenStreetMap**" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:16 msgid "" "OpenStreetMap is a free, open geographic database updated and maintained by " "volunteers. To use it, select :guilabel:`Open Street Map`." msgstr "" +"OpenStreetMap 是一个免费、开放的地理数据库，由志愿者更新和维护。要使用它，请选择 :guilabel:`Open Street Map`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -4493,10 +4497,12 @@ msgid "" "community `_ to fix any issues " "encountered." msgstr "" +"OpenStreetMap 可能并不总是准确的。您可以 " +"`加入OpenStreetMap社区`_来解决遇到的任何问题。" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:23 msgid "**Google Places API map**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Google Places API 地图**" #: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -6861,19 +6867,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:215 msgid ":doc:`axivox_config`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`axivox_config`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:217 msgid "" "To access the Odoo *VoIP* widget, click the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in " "the upper-right corner of the screen, from any window within Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要访问 Odoo *VoIP* 小工具，请从 Odoo 内的任何窗口点击屏幕右上角的 :guilabel:`☎️（电话）` 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:221 msgid "" "For more information on the Odoo *VoIP* widget, see this documentation: " ":doc:`../voip_widget`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关 Odoo *VoIP* 小工具的更多信息，请参阅此文档：:doc:`../voip_widget`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -6883,6 +6889,8 @@ msgid "" " indicating the agent is logged in. The call automatically ends " "(disconnects)." msgstr "" +"代理要连接到呼叫队列，只需拨打 :guilabel:`代理连接` 号码，并按下 *VoIP* 小工具中的绿色呼叫按钮 :guilabel:` " +"📞（电话）`图标。然后，代理就会听到一条两秒钟的短信息，表明代理已登录。呼叫自动结束（断开）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -6890,6 +6898,8 @@ msgid "" "management console `_, and click " ":guilabel:`Queues`, located in the left-hand column." msgstr "" +"要查看呼叫队列中已连接的代理，请导航到 `Axivox 管理控制台 `_，然后单击左侧栏中的 " +":guilabel:`队列`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:231 msgid "" @@ -6898,6 +6908,8 @@ msgid "" "connected to the queue currently, appears in the column next to the queue " "they are logged into." msgstr "" +"然后，单击 :guilabel:`已连接代理` 列顶部的绿色 :guilabel:`刷新` " +"按钮。当前连接到队列的任何代理（静态或动态）都会出现在他们登录的队列旁边的列中。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -6906,6 +6918,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon. The agent is disconnected from the queue after a" " short, two-second message." msgstr "" +"要登出队列，请打开 Odoo *VoIP* 小工具，拨打 :guilabel:`代理断开连接` 号码，并按下绿色呼叫按钮 " +":guilabel:`📞（电话）` 图标。代理将在两秒钟的短信息后从队列中断开连接。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -6915,6 +6929,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Refresh` button at the top of the :guilabel:`Connected agents` " "column." msgstr "" +"要手动将动态代理登出呼叫队列，请导航至 `Axivox 管理控制台 `_，然后单击左侧栏中的 " +":guilabel:`队列`。然后，单击 :guilabel:`已连接代理` 列顶部的绿色 :guilabel:`刷新` 按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -6922,27 +6938,28 @@ msgid "" "button, and they are immediately disconnected. This can be helpful in " "situations where agents forget to log out at the end of the day." msgstr "" +"要手动断开代理的连接，请单击红色的 :guilabel:`断开连接` 按钮，代理就会立即断开连接。在代理下班后忘记登出的情况下，这很有帮助。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:3 msgid "Conference calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电话会议" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:5 msgid "" "Conference calls help employees connect quickly and efficiently, so matters " "can be discussed in an open forum of sorts. Attendees can be limited, via a " "sign-in code. That way, confidential matters stay private." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电话会议有助于员工快速高效地联系，从而可以在公开论坛上讨论问题。通过签到代码，可以限制参与者。这样，保密事项就不会被泄露。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:9 msgid "" "This document covers the configuration of conference calls in Axivox for use" " in Odoo *VoIP*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文档介绍在 Axivox 中配置电话会议，以便在 Odoo *VoIP* 中使用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:12 msgid "Add a virtual conference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加虚拟会议" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -6950,34 +6967,36 @@ msgid "" " `_. After logging in, click on " ":guilabel:`Conferences` in the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"要添加虚拟会议室，请访问 `Axivox 管理控制台 `_。登录后，点击左侧菜单中的 " +":guilabel:`会议`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, click the green button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a conference`, and a " ":guilabel:`New conference` form appears." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接下来，单击标有 :guilabel:`添加会议` 的绿色按钮，出现 :guilabel:`新会议` 表单。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "New conference form on Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox 上的新会议表单。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:25 msgid "" "From here, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` field, and set an " ":guilabel:`Internal extension`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此填写 :guilabel:`名称` 字段，并设置 :guilabel:`内部扩展`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:27 msgid "" "The internal extension is what everyone in the network uses to quickly dial " "into the conference call, instead of typing in the whole phone number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网络中的每个人都使用内部分机快速拨入电话会议，而不是键入整个电话号码。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:31 msgid "" "Pick a number between three and five digits long, making it easy to remember" " and dial." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择长度在三到五位数之间的号码，便于记忆和拨打。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -6986,12 +7005,14 @@ msgid "" "for the conference is dialed. Immediately after dialing the extension, a " "digital receptionist prompts for the :guilabel:`Access code`." msgstr "" +"接下来，如果会议室需要安全保护，请设置 :guilabel:`访问代码`。这是会议分机拨通后进入会议的密码。拨打分机后，数字前台会立即提示输入 " +":guilabel:`访问代码` 。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Administrator extension` field, click the drop-down menu, " "and select the user's extension that manages the call." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`管理员扩展` 字段中，单击下拉菜单，选择管理呼叫的用户分机。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -6999,20 +7020,21 @@ msgid "" "conference` field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Yes` or " ":guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" +"最后，在 :guilabel:`等待管理员启动会议` 字段中点击下拉菜单，选择 :guilabel:`是` 或 :guilabel:`否`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:43 msgid "" "Should the selection be :guilabel:`Yes`, then nobody is allowed to utilize " "the virtual conference room until the administrator is present, and logged " "into the conference call." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择 :guilabel:`是`，则管理员在场并登录电话会议之前，任何人都不得使用虚拟会议室。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:46 msgid "" "When all fields are filled in, be sure to :guilabel:`Save` the " "configuration. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right " "corner to implement the change in production." -msgstr "" +msgstr "填写完所有字段后，请务必 :guilabel:`保存` 配置。然后，单击右上角的 :guilabel:`应用更改` 在生产中执行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -7020,6 +7042,8 @@ msgid "" " option to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Edit` the conference from the " "Axivox :guilabel:`Conference` main dashboard." msgstr "" +"添加会议后，Axivox 管理员可在 Axivox :guilabel:`会议` 主控制面板上选择 :guilabel:`删除` 或 " +":guilabel:`编辑` 会议。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -7028,6 +7052,7 @@ msgid "" "enter the extension or phone number of the invitee in the pop-up window that" " appears." msgstr "" +"要邀请 Axivox 用户参加特定电话会议，请单击所需会议右侧的 :guilabel:`邀请`，然后在弹出窗口中输入被邀请者的分机或电话号码。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -7036,17 +7061,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Invite` button, and the recipient immediately receives a phone " "call, automatically linking them to the conference." msgstr "" +"将分机号或电话号码添加到 :guilabel:`请输入您要邀请的人的电话号码` 字段后，单击绿色的 :guilabel:`邀请` " +"按钮，收件人就会立即收到电话，并自动将其链接到会议。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:32 msgid "Incoming numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拨入数量" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:68 msgid "" "To open a conference to a wider audience, an Axivox conference can be linked" " to *Incoming numbers*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了向更多人开放会议，Axivox 会议可以链接到 *拨入数量*。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -7054,26 +7081,28 @@ msgid "" "`_, and click :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` in the" " menu on the left." msgstr "" +"要执行此操作，请登录 `Axivox 管理控制台 `_，然后点击左侧菜单中的 " +":guilabel:`拨入数量`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:73 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Edit` to the" " far-right of the :guilabel:`Number` to which the conference should be " "attached." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 :guilabel:`来电号码` 仪表板上，点击应附加会议的 :guilabel:`号码` 最右边的 :guilabel:`编辑`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:76 msgid "" "Then, under the first field, labeled, :guilabel:`Destination type for voice " "call`, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Conference`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，在标有 :guilabel:`语音呼叫目的地类型` 的第一个字段下点击下拉菜单，选择 :guilabel:`会议`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Conference` field, click the drop-down menu, and " "select the specific conference that should be attached to this incoming " "number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，在 :guilabel:`会议` 字段中点击下拉菜单，选择应附加到该来电号码的特定会议。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -7082,10 +7111,12 @@ msgid "" "*is* an :guilabel:`Access code` required, the caller is then prompted to " "enter the :guilabel:`Access code` to enter the conference." msgstr "" +"现在，只要拨入这个来电号码，如果不需要 :guilabel:`访问代码` 就会让来电者进入会议。如果需要 :guilabel:`访问代码` " +"，则会提示来电者输入 :guilabel:`访问代码` 以进入会议。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:87 msgid "Start call in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Odoo 中开始呼叫" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -7094,33 +7125,35 @@ msgid "" "the specific extension number for the conference, and click the :guilabel:`📞" " (phone)` icon." msgstr "" +"在 Odoo 数据库的任意位置，点击右上角的 :guilabel:`☎️（电话）` 图标，打开 *VoIP* " +"小工具。然后，拨打会议的特定分机号码，并点击 :guilabel:`📞 （电话）` 图标。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1 msgid "Connecting to a conference extension using the Odoo VoIP widget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 Odoo VoIP 工具连接会议分机。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:97 msgid "" "Once the digital receptionist answers, enter the :guilabel:`Access code` (if" " needed), and press the :guilabel:`# (pound)` icon/key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数字前台应答后，输入 :guilabel:`访问代码（如需要），然后按 :guilabel:`# (pound)` 图标/键。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced dial plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高级拨号计划" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:5 msgid "" "Typically, companies have a lot of incoming calls every day, but many do not" " want their teams to answer calls 24 hours a day, 7 days a week." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通常情况下，公司每天都有大量来电，但许多公司并不希望其团队每周 7 天、每天 24 小时守着电话。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:8 msgid "" "By using Axivox advanced dial plan features, the process can be automated, " "and routing can be set up for all scenarios. This way, customers are never " "left waiting, or frustrated, because they cannot get in touch with anyone." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过使用 Axivox 高级拨号计划功能，可以实现流程自动化，并为所有情况设置路由。这样，客户就不会因为无法联系到任何人而等待或沮丧。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -7130,50 +7163,51 @@ msgid "" "automatically using a digital receptionist. This way, an administrative team" " does **not** have to be available around the clock." msgstr "" +"通过利用拨号计划中的高级元素，公司可以在特定日期或时间（如公司节假日）自动进行呼叫路由选择。公司还可以让来电者自己输入分机号，并通过数字前台自动转接。这样，行政团队就**不必**全天候待命。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:17 msgid "" "There is even the option to route callers, depending on where they are " "calling from in the world, thus maximizing efficiency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "甚至还可以根据呼叫者所在的位置为其选择路由，从而最大限度地提高效率。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:21 msgid "" "For more information on basic dial plans, and how to add elements, visit " ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关基本拨号计划以及如何添加元素的更多信息，请访问 :doc:`dial_plan_basics` 。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:24 msgid "" "Using a browser add-on for spelling may hinder the use of the visual editor " "in dial plans. Do **not** use a translator with the Axivox management " "console." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用浏览器插件拼写可能会妨碍在拨号计划中使用可视化编辑器。**请勿**在 Axivox 管理控制台中使用翻译器。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:160 msgid "Advanced elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高级元素" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:30 msgid "" "In Axivox dial plans (as described in :doc:`dial_plan_basics`), there are " "two advanced elements that can be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 Axivox 拨号计划（如 :doc:`dial_plan_basics` 中所述）中，有两个高级元素可以使用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Record`: recording feature is enabled (requires plan change, " "enabled in Axivox settings)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`录制`：已启用录制功能（需要更改计划，在 Axivox 设置中启用）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Caller ID`: replace the caller ID by the called number or free " "text." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`呼叫者 ID`：用被叫号码或自由文本替换来电号码。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -7181,6 +7215,8 @@ msgid "" "located in the menu on the left side of the `Axivox management console " "`_." msgstr "" +"要添加这些元素，请导航至 :guilabel:`拨号计划` 页面，该页面位于`Axivox 管理控制台 " +"`_左侧的菜单中。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -7188,23 +7224,25 @@ msgid "" "desired dial plan to edit it. Finally, open the :guilabel:`New element` " "drop-down menu, select the element, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"然后，单击所需拨号计划右侧的 :guilabel:`可视化编辑器` 按钮进行编辑。最后，打开 :guilabel:`新元素` " +"下拉菜单，选择元素，然后单击 :guilabel:`添加`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Visual editor for a dial plan in Axivox, with Add and the dispatcher element" " highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox 中拨号计划的可视化编辑器，突出显示添加和调度元素。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:99 msgid "For more information, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更多信息，请访问 :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Record` element records calls that are routed through this " "element, and requires an additional plan change in Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`录音`元素会记录通过该元素路由的通话，并需要在 Axivox 中进行额外的计划更改。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -7214,24 +7252,27 @@ msgid "" "there, select :guilabel:`Enabled` from the drop-down menu to enable " "recording using the :guilabel:`Record` element in a dial plan." msgstr "" +"要启用 Axivox 上的录音功能，请导航至 `Axivox 管理控制台 `_中的 " +":guilabel:`设置`。然后，转到页面底部附近的 :guilabel:`录音` 下拉菜单。从那里，从下拉菜单中选择 :guilabel:`启用` " +"以在拨号计划中使用 :guilabel:`录音` 元素启用录音。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:60 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Recording` drop-down menu is unavailable and unable to " "change, then consult Axivox to enable the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果 :guilabel:`录音` 下拉菜单不可用且无法更改，请咨询 Axivox 以启用该功能。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Caller ID` element allows for the replacement of the caller " "ID downstream, after routing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 :guilabel:`呼叫者 ID` 元素，可以在路由后替换下游的呼叫方 ID。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:66 msgid "" "Upon adding the :guilabel:`Caller ID` element to the dial plan, and double-" "clicking it to configure it, two options appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在拨号计划中添加 :guilabel:`呼叫者 ID` 元素并双击该元素进行配置后，会出现两个选项。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -7240,6 +7281,8 @@ msgid "" " by the called number`. This option replaces the caller's ID with the " ":guilabel:`Incoming number`." msgstr "" +"第一个选项是 :guilabel:`任意文本` 字段，可以输入任何文本来替换来电显示。第二个选项是 " +":guilabel:`用被叫号码替换来电显示。该选项用 :guilabel:` 来电号码`替换呼叫者 ID。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -7247,11 +7290,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming number`, so employees, or outside transfers, cannot see " "the number, and information is kept private." msgstr "" +"公司可能希望使用 :guilabel:`呼叫者 ID` 元素取代 " +":guilabel:`来电号码`，这样员工或外部转接人员就无法看到号码，信息也不会被泄露。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:135 msgid "Basic routing elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本路由元素" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7260,13 +7305,15 @@ msgid "" "numbers to an action, or by using a *Digital Receptionist* to automatically " "route or listen for an extension, based on a key input from the caller." msgstr "" +"Axivox " +"拨号计划中的基本路由元素提供基于分机的路由。这可以通过添加*菜单*将逐个拨号数字与操作联系起来，或使用*数字接待员*根据呼叫者输入的按键自动路由或监听分机来实现。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:86 msgid "" "The main difference between the two elements is that the *Digital " "Receptionist* does **not** need to be pre-configured numerically with " "actions. Instead, it acts as a virtual receptionist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "两个元素之间的主要区别在于，*数字接待员*并**不**需要预先配置数字操作，它充当的是虚拟接待员的角色。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -7275,6 +7322,8 @@ msgid "" "feature an element, wherein clicking '2' takes the caller to the element " "linked to '2' on the Menu element in the dial plan." msgstr "" +"guilabel:`菜单`：添加逐个号码拨号目录和配置的下游操作（非终端）。例如，逐个号码拨号功能可以包含一个元素，点击 '2' " +"后，呼叫者将进入拨号计划中与菜单元素上的 '2' 链接的元素。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -7291,24 +7340,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click " ":guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"要添加这些元素，请导航到位于 `Axivox 管理控制台 `_左侧菜单中的 " +":guilabel:`拨号计划` 页面。然后，点击拨号计划右侧的 :guilabel:`可视化编辑器` 按钮，编辑拨号计划。然后，打开 " +":guilabel:`新元素` 下拉菜单，选择元素，点击 :guilabel:`添加`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:102 msgid "Digital receptionist scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数字接待员情景" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:104 msgid "" "The *Digital Receptionist* element is a listen-feature that accurately " "routes callers through a dial plan, based on the extension they enter, via " "the key pad." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*数字接待员* 单元是一个监听功能，可以根据呼叫者通过键盘输入的分机号码，准确地通过拨号计划将呼叫者路由到相应的位置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:107 msgid "" "Set a *Digital Receptionist* to eliminate the need of a team, or live " "receptionist, to be on-call all the time. With that element in place, calls " "now reach their destination, without a real person interjecting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置*数字接待员*，不再需要团队或现场接待员全天候待命。有了这个功能，呼叫可以直接到达目标，无需人工干预。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -7317,12 +7369,14 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Timeout` on the :guilabel:`receptionist` pop-up window that " "appears." msgstr "" +"在拨号计划中添加 :guilabel:`数字接待员` 元素后，连接适当的端点，然后双击该元素，在弹出的 :guilabel:`接待员` 窗口中设置 " +":guilabel:`时间` 。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:115 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Timeout` can be set in `5` second increments, from `5` " "seconds to `60` seconds." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`时间` 可以 5 秒为单位设置，从 `5` 秒到 `60` 秒不等。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -7391,7 +7445,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:147 msgid "Advanced routing elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高级路由元素" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -7400,35 +7454,36 @@ msgid "" "whitelisting, or time-based variables. Calls pass through a filter prior to " "their final destination, and are routed, based on the set variable(s)." msgstr "" +"高级路由功能可在收到呼叫时自动将其路由到来电号码。可使用地理位置、白名单或基于时间的变量进行配置。呼叫在到达最终目的地之前会经过一个过滤器，然后根据设定的变量进行路由。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:160 msgid "The following are advanced routing elements:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是高级路由要素：" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dispatcher`: create a call filter to route traffic, based on the " "geo-location of the caller ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "guilabel:`调度器`：根据呼叫者 ID 的地理位置创建呼叫过滤器，以路由流量。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Access List`: create a tailored access list, with VIP customer " "preference." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`访问列表`：根据 VIP 客户的偏好，创建量身定制的访问列表。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:154 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Condition`: create time conditions to route incoming traffic" " around holidays, or other sensitive time-frames." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`时间条件`：创建时间条件，以便在节假日或其他敏感时间段对进入的流量进行路由。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:169 msgid "" "Whitelisting is a technical term used to create a list of allowed numbers. " "Conversely, blacklisting is used to create a list of denied numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "白名单是一个技术术语，用于创建允许使用的号码列表。相反，黑名单用于创建拒绝号码列表。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -7439,10 +7494,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click " ":guilabel:`Add`. For more information, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`." msgstr "" +"要添加这些元素之一，请导航到位于 `Axivox 管理控制台 `_左侧菜单中的 " +":guilabel:`拨号计划` 页面。然后，点击拨号计划右侧的 :guilabel:`可视化编辑器` 按钮，编辑拨号计划。然后，打开 " +":guilabel:`新元素` 下拉菜单，选择元素，并单击 :guilabel:`添加`。更多信息，请访问 " +":ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:179 msgid "Dispatcher scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调度器情景" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -7451,12 +7510,14 @@ msgid "" " a dial plan is linked to the :guilabel:`Start` element, in order to filter " "or screen calls as they come into an incoming number." msgstr "" +"*调度器*元素是一种拨号计划功能，可根据区域或地理位置引导呼叫。在大多数情况下，拨号计划中的 :guilabel:`调度器` 元素与 " +":guilabel:`开始` 元素相连，以便在来电号码进入时过滤或筛选来电。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:185 msgid "" "Double-click the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element in the :guilabel:`Dialplan " "Editor` pop-up window to configure it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在弹出的 :guilabel:`拨号计划编辑器` 窗口中双击 :guilabel:`调度器` 元素进行配置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -7464,6 +7525,8 @@ msgid "" "regular expressions. To add a regular expression, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line` on the bottom of the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"该元素根据正则表达式检查（通过该元素路由的）数字。要添加正则表达式，请单击 :guilabel:`调度器` 弹出窗口底部的 " +":guilabel:`添加行`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -7472,6 +7535,8 @@ msgid "" "element on the dial plan showcased in the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up" " window." msgstr "" +"然后，在 :guilabel:`名称` 下输入一个可识别的名称来标识此表达式。这是在 :guilabel:`拨号计划编辑器` 弹出窗口中显示的拨号计划的" +" :guilabel:`调度器` 元素中出现的名称。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -7480,32 +7545,34 @@ msgid "" "helpful when a company would like to filter their customers to certain " "queues, or users based on the customer's geo-location." msgstr "" +"在 :guilabel:`正则表达式` 字段中，输入 Axivox " +"应为来电路由的国家代码或区号。当公司希望根据客户的地理位置将其客户过滤到特定队列或用户时，这一点尤其有用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:200 msgid "" "To specify all numbers behind a certain country code, or area code, include " "`\\d+` after the country code, or country code + area code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要指定某个国家代码或区号后面的所有号码，请在国家代码或国家代码 + 区号后面加上 `\\d+`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "" "Dispatcher configuration panel, with name, regular expression and add a line" " highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "调度程序配置面板，突出显示名称、正则表达式和添加一行。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:208 msgid "`02\\\\d+`: validates the numbers starting with `02`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`02\\d+`：验证以`02`开头的数字" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:209 msgid "`00\\\\d+`: validates all numbers beginning with `00`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`00\\\\d+`：验证所有以 `00` 开头的数字" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:210 msgid "" "`0052\\\\d+` validates all numbers beginning with `0052` (Mexico country " "code)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`0052\\\\d+` 验证以 0052（墨西哥国家代码）开头的所有号码。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -7520,25 +7587,27 @@ msgid "" "specifies a match pattern in text. In other words, a match is made within " "the given range of numbers." msgstr "" +"正则表达式（简称为 \"regex\" 或 \"regexp\"），有时也称为 " +"\"有理表达式\"，是指定文本匹配模式的字符序列。换句话说，就是在给定的数字范围内进行匹配。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:219 msgid "" "When the desired configurations are complete on the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` " "pop-up window, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在弹出的 :guilabel:`调度器` 窗口中完成所需配置后，请务必单击 :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:222 msgid "" "Upon doing so, the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element appears with different " "routes available to configure, based on the :guilabel:`Regular Expressions` " "that were set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样，:guilabel:`调度器` 元素就会根据设置的 :guilabel:`正则表达式` 显示可配置的不同路径。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:225 msgid "" "Attach these routes to any :guilabel:`New element` in the " ":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在弹出的 :guilabel:`拨号计划编辑器` 窗口中，将这些路径附加到任何 :guilabel:`新元素` 上。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -7546,20 +7615,22 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dispatcher` element after setting at least one :guilabel:`Regular" " Expression`." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，在设置至少一个 :guilabel:`正则表达式` 之后，:guilabel:`调度器`元素上会出现一个 :guilabel:`未知` " +"路径。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:230 msgid "" "Calls follow this route/path when their number does not match any " ":guilabel:`Regular Expression` set on the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当呼叫号码与 :guilabel:`调度器` 元素上设置的任何 :guilabel:`正则表达式` 不匹配时，呼叫会遵循此路径。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "Dial plan with dispatcher element highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "拨号计划，突出调度器元素。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:238 msgid "Time condition scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "时间条件情景" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:240 msgid "" @@ -7602,7 +7673,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:257 msgid ":guilabel:`Month` - `July`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`月份` - `七月`" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:259 msgid "" @@ -7629,13 +7700,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:274 msgid "Access list scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "访问列表情景" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:276 msgid "" "An *Access List* element in a dial plan allows for the routing of certain " "numbers, and disallows (denies) other numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "拨号计划中的*访问列表*元素允许路由某些号码，并禁止（拒绝）其他号码。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -7680,7 +7751,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:300 msgid "`0017165551212`: validates the number (`0017165551212`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`0017165551212`：验证号码（`0017165551212`）" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -7688,12 +7759,14 @@ msgid "" " expressions or numbers, click :guilabel:`Save` on the :guilabel:`Access " "List` pop-up window." msgstr "" +"使用正则表达式或数字设置 :guilabel:`允许` 和 :guilabel:`否决` 字段后，在弹出的 :guilabel:`访问列表` 窗口中点击" +" :guilabel:`保存`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:305 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Access list` element in the dial plan, three paths " "(or routes) are available to link to further actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，在拨号计划中的 :guilabel:`访问列表` 元素上，有三个路径（或路由）可用于链接到进一步的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:308 msgid "" @@ -7703,10 +7776,12 @@ msgid "" " Lastly, :guilabel:`Authorized` callers can be sent to a specific extension " "or queue." msgstr "" +"通过添加 :guilabel:`菜单` 元素并将其连接到 :guilabel:`未知` 路径，未知呼叫可通过常规菜单流进行路由。 " +":guilabel:`已拒绝` 呼叫可路由到 :guilabel:`挂机` 元素。最后，:guilabel:`已授权`呼叫者可被发送到特定的分机或队列。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1 msgid "Access list element highlighted in an example dial plan." -msgstr "" +msgstr "拨号计划示例中突出显示的访问列表元素。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:318 msgid "Switches" @@ -7904,32 +7979,34 @@ msgid "" "company can call them back. With dial plans in Axivox, a company can manage " "how incoming calls like this are handled." msgstr "" +"当有人致电企业时，他们可能需要联系客户支持、销售团队，甚至是个人直线电话。呼叫者可能还在寻找有关企业的一些信息，例如营业时间。或者，他们可能希望留下语音邮件，以便公司可以回电。通过" +" Axivox 中的拨号计划，公司可以管理这类呼入电话。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:11 msgid "" "Using proper call architecture through a dial plan, callers get directed to " "the right people, or to the right information, in a quick, efficient manner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过拨号计划使用适当的呼叫架构，可以快速、高效地将呼叫者引导至正确的人员或正确的信息。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:14 msgid "This document covers the basic configuration of dial plans in Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文档涵盖 Axivox 中拨号计划的基本配置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on advanced dial plans, visit " ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关高级拨号计划的更多信息，请访问 :doc:`dial_plan_advanced` 。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:20 msgid "" "Using a browser add-on for spelling may hinder the use of the visual editor " "in dial plans. Do not use a translator with the Axivox management console." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用浏览器插件拼写可能会妨碍在拨号计划中使用可视化编辑器。请勿在 Axivox 管理控制台中使用翻译器。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:26 msgid "Dial plans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拨号计划" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -7937,56 +8014,58 @@ msgid "" "`_, and clicking on :guilabel:`Dial plans` from " "the menu on the left." msgstr "" +"访问拨号计划，方法是导航到 `Axivox 管理控制台 `_，然后点击左侧菜单中的 " +":guilabel:`拨号计划`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:31 msgid "" "To add a new dial plan from the :guilabel:`Dial plan` page, click the green " "button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a new dial plan`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在 :guilabel:`拨号计划` 页面添加新的拨号计划，请单击标有 :guilabel:`添加新拨号计划` 的绿色按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:35 msgid "" "Axivox has no limit to the number of dial plans that can be created. These " "can be added, and improved upon, at any time. This allows for sandboxes to " "be created with many different configurations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Axivox 不限制可创建拨号计划的数量。这些计划可以随时添加和改进。这样就可以创建具有多种不同配置的沙盒。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "" "Dial plan dashboard with the edit features and Add a dial plan button " "highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "拨号计划仪表板，突出显示编辑功能和添加拨号计划按钮。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:43 msgid "" "To edit an existing dial plan, choose one of the following options to the " "right of the saved dial plan:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要编辑现有拨号计划，请在保存的拨号计划右侧选择以下选项之一：" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: this action deletes the attached dial plan." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`删除`：此操作将删除所附的拨号计划。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit`: this action allows the user to edit the dial plan." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`编辑`：此操作允许用户编辑拨号计划。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Visual Editor`: this action opens a visual editor window, where " "the dial plan architecture can be viewed and edited." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`可视化编辑器`：此操作将打开一个可视化编辑器窗口，在该窗口中可以查看和编辑拨号计划结构。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Duplicate`: this action duplicates the dial plan, and puts it at " "the bottom of the list, with an extension of one number (+1) larger than the" " original extension." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`复制`：此操作将复制拨号计划，并将其放在列表底部，分机号码比原始分机号码大一个号码（+1）。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:54 msgid "Dialplan editor (visual editor)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拨号计划编辑器（可视化编辑器）" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -7994,6 +8073,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dial plan` page, a pop-up :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` window " "appears." msgstr "" +"点击 :guilabel:`拨号计划` 页面上拨号计划的 :guilabel:`可视化编辑器` 按钮后，会弹出 :guilabel:`拨号计划编辑器` " +"窗口。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -8002,6 +8083,8 @@ msgid "" "(graphical user interface)` appears, where various dial plan elements can be" " configured and linked together." msgstr "" +"该弹出窗口是配置拨号计划架构或结构的主要位置。在这个窗口中，会出现一个 " +":abbr:`GUI（图形用户界面）`，在这里可以配置各种拨号计划元素并将它们链接在一起。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -8207,12 +8290,14 @@ msgid "" "management console `_ , and click on " ":guilabel:`Incoming numbers`." msgstr "" +"要将现有拨号计划附加到一个来电号码，请访问 `Axivox管理控制台 `_ " +"，然后单击:guilabel:`来电号码`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:178 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` next to the number to which the dial plan " "should be attached." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，单击要附加拨号计划的号码旁边的 :guilabel:`编辑`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -8222,23 +8307,25 @@ msgid "" "choose the desired dial plan from the :guilabel:`Dial plan` field that " "appears." msgstr "" +"这样就会显示一个单独的页面，在此可以修改该号码的拨号计划。为此，请从 :guilabel:`语音呼叫目的地类型` 字段下拉菜单中选择 " +":guilabel:`拨号计划`。然后，从出现的 :guilabel:`拨号计划` 字段中选择所需的拨号计划。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:184 msgid "" "With that in place, that means when that specific number calls in, the " "configured dial plan is activated, and runs through the prompts to properly " "route the caller." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样，当特定号码打入时，配置的拨号计划就会被激活，并通过提示正确路由呼叫者。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:187 msgid "" "Finally, :guilabel:`Save` the changes, and click :guilabel:`Apply changes` " "in the upper-right corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，:guilabel:`保存`更改，并单击右上角的:guilabel:`应用更改`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:191 msgid "Basic dial plan scenario" -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本拨号计划情景" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -8248,17 +8335,18 @@ msgid "" "Play a file --> Menu --> (Hang-up, Calls, Queues, Conferences) --> " "(Voicemail, Hang-up)`." msgstr "" +"下面展示的是用于呼叫路由的基本拨号计划方案，可以添加其他元素来扩展设置。此基本拨号计划方案包括以下链接元素：menuselection:`开始-->播放文件-->菜单-->（挂断、通话、队列、会议）-->（语音信箱、挂断）`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1 msgid "Basic dial plan configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "基本拨号计划配置。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:203 msgid "" "This setup does **not** include any basic or advanced call routing. For more" " information on call routing, reference this documentation: " ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此设置**不**包括任何基本或高级呼叫路由。有关呼叫路由的更多信息，请参考此文档：:doc:`dial_plan_advanced`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:3 msgid "Dynamic caller ID" @@ -8316,6 +8404,7 @@ msgid "" " helpful in cases where employees change positions frequently, or if they " "leave the company." msgstr "" +"如果公司外的人试图回拨用户/员工，他们将通过主线（默认号码）回拨。如果设置了拨号计划，则会提示他们进行选择。在员工频繁更换职位或离开公司时，这一点尤其有用。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -8324,13 +8413,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Settings` in the left menu, and navigate to :guilabel:`Default " "outgoing number`." msgstr "" +"要访问默认号码，请访问 `Axivox 管理控制台 `_并登录。然后，点击左侧菜单中的 " +":guilabel:`设置`，并导航至 :guilabel:`默认发送号码`。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:43 msgid "" "From here, change the :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` by clicking the " "drop-down menu, and making a selection from the incoming phone numbers " "available on Axivox." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从这里，单击下拉菜单更改 :guilabel:`默认拨出号码`，并从 Axivox 上可用的拨入电话号码中进行选择。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8338,6 +8429,7 @@ msgid "" "changes` in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`General Settings` page " "to implement the change." msgstr "" +"请确保 :guilabel:`保存` 更改，然后单击 :guilabel:`常规设置` 页面右上角的 :guilabel:`应用变更` 以执行更改。" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:49 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index ad8b93565..f2c9eecfc 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:34 msgid "Lastly, click one of the following buttons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最後，按一下以下其中一個按鈕：" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:36 msgid ""